«'^i ■ ;\
I V
1
T^FJK ^JS^X-i
* AND
mmkmm
HORSES
I' 1/
-/.,:;M:!.
„vVi-<.Ss? ■■-■:■»'
^v
-^'W
^•^^!«s:-
^1^-
■ >''c'^
-<^ V -.^
v<^
^S^\
<S^:„.^'
^XS
T^\
^ ci
^- .;
>^
v^X ^-^ ^
;;:^^^,
'/r •>:
c c <:<
ucsrc;.^.
:-=-^^?; tdk^^^^^fx.
^^^^tfH^c" ^^^.^^ -^x^jC^-
^ r? O i Si^ . '
c:e
.-r^cC
<^f
»*- — ,
( CS^
^ ^.
;J^':^
t-'^.^
i^M ^
m
'^'%'
■^:
M A G N E R ' S
ART or
Earning * and * Edueating * Harses.
:]^::Z!fI5fIEIH:3iz±^
L/,
THE
ART OF TAMING AND EDUCATING
The Horse:
> <!TSTEM THAT MAKES EASV AND PRACTICAL THE STTBJECTIOX OF WILB AND VICIOUS
HORSES, HERETOFORE PRACTICED AXD TAUGHT BY THE AUTHOR AS A SECRET,
AND NEVER BEFORE PUBLISHED ; INDORSED BY LEADING CITIZENS
AND COMMITTEES OF EXPERTS IN THE PRINCIPAL CITIES AND
TOWNS OF THE UNITED STATES AS UNQUALIFIEDLY
THE SIMPLEST, MOST HUMANE AND EFFECTIVE IN THE WORLD ;
Details of Management in the Subjection of over
FORTY REPRESENTATIVE VICIOUS HORSES,
AND
The Story of the Author's Personal Experience ;
■rOGETHEK WITH CHAPTERS OK
FEEDING, STABLING, SHOEING, AND THE PRACTICAL TREATMENT FOB SICKNESS,
LAMENESS, etc., WITH A LARGE NUMBER OF RECIPES HERE-
TOFORE SOLD AS GREAT SECRETS.
944 ILLUSTRATIONS.
BY D. MAGNER,
Assisted in the Medical Department byJAMES HAMILl., D. V. S., formerly Lecturer on Stioeingand Disease
of the Foot, 1 Columbia Veterinary College, N Y.; CHAS. A. MCYCR, D. V S., New York;
JOHN McL^UGlHLIN, D. V.S , State (New Jersey) Veterinary Inspector for the
Board ff Health; B.C. McBETH.Vet. Surgeon, Battle Creek, Mich.
BATTLE CREEK, MICH.:
Review & Herald Publishing House.
1886.
5
Entered accordiog to Act of Congress, in the Year ]8S!8,
By D. MAGNER,
In tlie Office of tlie Librarian of Congress, nt Washington.
Ai,i, TliGHTS Reserved.
Sp'&ciCj&l Notice^ — Friends who may wkh to com-
municate with me directly in relation to this hook, or other busi-
ness j please address —
JJ. MAGNER,
Battle Creek, Mich.
(See also page 1081.)
PREFACE.
*
There are eleven million horses in the United States, and not
one man in a million who knows how to educate them to the highest
degree of usefulness. We say educate; for the horse is an animal
of high and spirited organization, endowed by his Creator with
capabilities and faculties which sufficiently resemble man's to come
under the same general law of education and government. Prima-
rily, the word educate means to lead out or lead up; and it is by
this process of leading out and leading up a child's faculties that
the child becomes a useful man, and it is by a like process that a
colt becomes a useful horse. Now teachers, like poets, are born,
not made. Only a few are gifted to see into and see through any
form of highly organized life, discern its capacities, note the interior
tendencies which produce habits, and discover the method of
developing the innate forces until they reach their noblest expres-
sion, and then apply the true and sufficient guidance and govern-
ment. The few who have this gift are teachers indeed, and, next to
the mothers of the world, deserve the world's applause as foremost
among its benefactors.
Next to child training and government comes horse training and
government ; and which is the least understood, it were hard to say.
Boys and colts, so much alike in friskiness and stubbornness, both
are misunderstood and abused in equal ratio. The boys are shaken
and whipped, and colts are yanked, kicked, and pounded. That
high-spirited or slow-witted boys become good men, and high-
* This preface was written l)y a gentleman well known in the world of letters,
anrl especially famous, not only as a lover of fine horses, but as a high authority on
all matters concerning them. Learning that I had in preparation a new work, he
volunteered to write the preface, which is here given as a concise introduction to the
author's own labors, with a high appreciation of the compliment paid him by the
distinguished writer, in the personal allusion, the jiublication of which demands no
apology when its high source is considered.
(vii)
Vlll
VREFACE.
S]>iritO(l or iliill ccM?. mako servicoiihlo liorsos. T onno<^ivo is duo tn
the grace of Ood more tliaii to man s iV!i;eiicy, — tliiit fme grMcc. I
mean, spread abroad through and existing in .ill His creatm-es,
which operates in regenerating continually, mnking the good better,
preventing those whose circumstances forbid their becoming good
from })ecoming absolutely bad.
The author of this book is known to me as one of the "fifted
ones of the earth, because he is gifted to discern the natujv of
animals, and educate them for man's service. The possession of
this gift suggested his mission, and well has he followed it, and by
it been educated himself to a degree rarely, if ever, attained by man
before. T doubt if there be on the globe his equal in knowledge as
to the best method of training horses. Through this volume he
seeks to give the public the benefit of his experience. I bespeak for
it the careful perusal of the curious, and of those especially whose
judgment and heart alike prompt them to seek for and promulgate
knowledge, which, being popularised, would make the people more
humane and horses more serviceable
AV. TI. 11. M.
k'-T^-^
4W OF COPYRIGHTS
Tlic exflu^ivo benefits of copyrigM^ exfp.nd to iwenty-eiglit years,
ihfn renetvahle for fourteen years-: if llw antlior is dead, to flie
/icirn, hy rc-rcc.ordinfi. din/ adverfishi(/ the re-record for fmrr ireehs
ill 1 1 try neivsipaper in iln- United States.
The forfeiture of all tin- hooks, and a penalty of fifty cents on
each sheet [sixteen pages) <f the work, half to the United States,
and half in tJte author, is tint penalty for juddishing or importing
<iny ii'iirk ivithout the loritten consent of the author : and the printer
is equally liable n^ith the publisher.
Entries must be sent to the Librarian of Congress at Washing-
ton, T>. (\ The laws are found in Vol. //". if the United States
Statutes, pages .'riC-'fSB.
%^TJiis Work is protected hy three separate Copyrights, cover-
ing, first, its Title ; second, its Literary Composition ; and third,
its Engraving s.'^^^
There are also three patents covering imp>ortant methods of
subjection and treatment given in this book. First, a simjjle means
of subjection by which ayiy horse, however vicious, balky, or unman-
ageable, can be put in harness, subdued, and driven gently without
danger of accident. Second, a method by ivhich headstroyig, lung-
ing, runaway horses can be controlled directly, and .so subdued by
the piressure of the reins upon the nerve centers, that he ivill soon
submit to the ordinary restraint of the bit. Third, a method of
preventing and curing contraction and quarter-crack — an absolute
cure for quarter-crack, ivith freedom to drive on any road as desired,
without causing the hoof to split back as it grotvs — guarayUeed a
means of perfect cure. Fourth, [patent jjending) a method by which
most pidling, lugging, horses on the bit ivill drive safely and easily
to a pdeasant and easy restraint of the reins.
^M' Purchasers of this work from the author or his agents will
be given a special certificate entitling them to the use :f cither or all
these patents (for jjersonal use only), without e.ttra charge; all
others using them ivill be subject to legal p)roceedings.'^^
(ix)
.. .=-.e^
GENERAL SUM^RY OF TI^IS WORK.
Title Pages, Preface, Law of Copyright, and Gen-
eral Summary, 8 pages.
Contents, 12 *'
The Work Proper and Index, 1082
Supplement 36
(1089)
Total, 1128 pages.
"^■^^^^Q
TR^
W^i
^i^p^'
-H^CONTENTS.**
PAGE.
INTRODUCTION 20
CHAPTER I.
METHODS OF SUBJECTION. . 30
Principles of Taming and Teaching Horses 20
First Method of Subjection 30
Second Method of Subjection • 38
Third Method of Subjection 48
Control by Whipping 60
The War Bridle— First Form 61
Double Draw Hitch Form 63
Second Form 63
W. or Breaking Bit 70
Four-Ring or Upper Jaw Bit 73
Half -Moon Bit 75
Spoon Bit 76
Patent Bridle. 76
Foot Strap 79
Breaking Rig 83
CHAPTER n.
COLT TRAINING 91
Haltering a Wild Colt 92
Taming or Making the Colt Gentle 94
Teaching to Follow — How to Make the Colt Follow Instantly 96
Training to Follow with the Whip Two Ways 96
Training to Follow with Halter and War Bridle 96
Driving to Harness 103
Bitting 107
Hitching to Wagon 110
Sullen, Lunging Colts 113
Colts that Throw themselves over Backwards •■ 114
Driving Double H^
Hitching the Colt by the Halter 116
(xi)
xii CONTENTS.
(JHAPTEE ITT.
EXCESSIVE FEAR.— ITS EFFECTS 118
Fear of Rattle of Wagon 125
Jumping out of Shafts 126
Fear of Top Wagon 126
Objects Exciting Fear while Riding or Driving 127
Fear of a Robe 129
Fear of an Umbrella or Pai-asol 130
Fear of Sound of a Gun 131
Fear of Hogs and Dogs 132
Fear of Railroad Cars 132
Insanity . . 135
Illustrative Cases. — Case 1. — Press Horse, Gowanla, N. Y. 136
Case 2.— Brookville.Horse, Pa 136
Case 3. — Gates Horse, Garrettsville, 0 140
Case 4. — Dr. Keegan's Horse, Cleveland, 0 141
Case 5. — Greencastle Horse, Pa 142
Case 6.— Collins Horse, Toledo, (). 144
Case 7. — Rochester Horse, N. Y 145
Case 8. — Wild Pete, Petroleum Centre, Pa. 147
CHAPTER IV.
KICKING 153
Runaway Kickers 170
Confirmed Kickers 171
Sulky Kickers 173
Switching Kickers 179
Kicking Straps 179
Foot Straps 183
Over-draw Check 183
Hip Strap 186
Four-ring Bit 187
Kicking when Struck with Ihe Whip in Driving 188
Kickers in Stall 190
Kicking wliile Harnessing 193
Kicking and Biting while Grooming . 196
Bad to Bridle 196
Illustrative Cases. — Case 1. — Putney Horse, Yl 197
Case 2. — Malone Horse, Cleveland, O. 198
Case 3. — Watson Horse, Memphis, Tenu. 201
Case 4. — Hettrick Horse, New York City 303
Case 5. — Hankey Mare, Gettysburg, Pa 206
Case 6. — Goodman Horse, Mississippi . 207
Case 7. — Me Vay Horse, Mansfield, O. 212
Case 8. — General Kiiox Stnllinii, Tiancaster, N. H 215
COjS^TENTS.- xiii
Case 9.— Wild Ravenna Colt, O 218
Case 10.— Lima Stallion 220
CHAPTER V.
BAD TO SHOE 222
Palliative Treatment 222
Confirmed in the Habit 229
Regular Subjective Treatment 237
Leaning Over 239
CHAPTER VI.
BALKING 240
Palliative Treatment 243
A Maine Man's Method .' 246
Regular Treatment 248
Restless Balkers 250
Balking Double 252
Best Treatment 253
Overloading 255
Illustrative Cases. — Case I^o. 1 257
Case No. 2 257
Case No. 3 257
Case No. 4 258
CHAPTER VII.
RUNNING AWAY. . : 261
Case No. 1. — Dover Plains Horse 267
Case No. 2— West Falls, N. Y. 267
Half-moon Bit 268
Spoon Bit 269
Four-ring Bit 271
Patent Bridle 27^
Liigginu', (ir PulliiiL;' ii|Hiii ( >ii(' itciii 273
Will not Back 274
Will not Wait or Stand when getting into or out of Wagon. 276
CHAPTER VIII.
HALTER PULLING , 279
Running Back in Ihc Sl;dl avIhh Unhilclicd 289
Making a Horse Sf.Miid withoiii Hitcliini;- 290
How to JIilc]i to a, Smoolli 'I'rcc or I^nsl so llml llic ,Stra[) will ihiI
Slip 291
xiv CONTENTS.
CHAPTER IX.
STALLIONS 292
Treatment for Headstrong Stallions 296
Treatment for very Vicious Stallions 299
Godolphin Arabian 308
CHAPTER X.
MISCELLANEOUS HABITS .^ 316
To Catch a Horse 316
Cribbing 319
Wind-sncking 323
Putting the Tongue out of the Mouth 323
Pawing in Stall 325
Kicking in Stall 326
Getting Cast in Stall 326
Jumping over Fences 327
Tender Bitted 328
Kicking Cows 328
To Lead a Cow Easily 330
To Force a Horse on a Trot 330
CHAPTER XI.
TEACHING TRICKS 334
Teaching to Follow with Whip 334
Teaching to Nod his Head, or Say "Yes " 334
Teaching to Shake his Head, or Say " No " 334
Teaching to Tell his Age : 334
Teaching to Kick Up 335
Teaching to Kiss 337.
Teaching to Lie Down and Sit Up 337
Teaching to Sit Up 339
Teaching to Throw Boys 340
Teaching to Walk upon his Hind Feet 345
Teaching to Walk upon the Knees
Teaching to Chase a Man out of Ring 346
Teaching to Drive without Reins 347
CHAPTER XII.
HORSE-BACK RIDING 350
How to Sit upon a Horse 351
Secure and Insecure Positions 352
Mounting 355
Holding the Reins 357
CONTENTS. XV
Ladies Learning to Ride 358
The Value of Horseback Riding for Cure of Dyspepsia, etc. 360
CHAPTER XIII.
SUBJECTION 365
Historical Facts 865
Dick Christian 365
Bull 365
Jumper 366
The Irish Whisperer 366
Offutt 368
O. H. P. Fancher 368
John S- Rarey. — How he Attained liis Success, etc. 368
The Effects of Treatment 384
Review of System 397
Medicines or Drugs 403
Control by the Eye or Will 408
Illustrative Cases. — Case 1. — Mt. Vernou Horse 412
Case 2. — Gallopsville Horse 414
Case 3.— Buffalo Omnibus Co.'s Horse 415
Case 4. — Oxford Horse 418
Case 5. — Hermon Horse 420
Case 6.— Wilkins Horse. 421
Case 7. — Hilliuau Horse, Jet 435
Case 8. — Norwalk Horse 434
dase 9. — Allegan Man-Eater 435
Case 10.— Roberts Horse 440
Case 11. — Mustang Pony 448
CHAPTER XIV.
DENTON OFFUTT, Rarey's Instructor, 449
Extracts from Offutt's Book. — Taming with Medicines 456
Great Secret for Taming 456
CHAPTER XV.
FA3IILIAR TALK WITH THE READER 457
CHAPTER XVI.
PERSONAL EXPERIENCE ' 473
Almost a Failure 479
Meeting Difficulties 481
Experiments 483
Driving without Reins 485
First Publication 487
Visit to Maine 488
Exciting Curiosity 491
Success in Maine 493
Special Experiments 495
Difficulties 497
Opposition 499
Success in Cleveland 501
Success in Michigan 503
Publications Revised 507
In New York 509
Test Ex])eriments 523
Keeping Engagements 533
CHAPTER XVII.
BREEDING 537
Selection of Stallion 539
Care of the Mare 540
CHAPTER XVIII.
STABLING 543
Serious Objections 545
Ventilation 547
Proper Style of Rack, etc 549
CHAPTER XIX.
FEEDING AND WATERING 550
Cooking the Food 554
Watering 557
CHAPTER XX.
now T( ) TEr.L THE AGE 559
Diseases <if Ox' Tcctli 5(i7
CHAPTKJI XXI.
SllUELNi;. I'lirl Firsi 5S()
Outline ol' Ihc Slructurc of llic J'ool ."jS I -.")!) -2
<JriHi;il Kcumiks V>'27
9
Triiniiiiiig <il(i
ICxci'S'-ivc I'ariiiL:. Kcmarks froiu (tanigcc *i5:]
Ad.jllslniclll nt llic Shoe . (\~>7
N'iiiiiiiL,'' I lif Slioc (!(il
(')iniliing I^omh tl\c N.iil C;(;5
Shoeing llie niml Feel fifili
Contraction 0G8
COXTEXTS xvii
The Spreaders ^*^^
Curliug under of Heel 685
Quarter Crack ^^1
Corns • • ♦^^^
AVeak Heels ™'_|
Clicking, or Overreaching '^0'
Stumbling l^^
Shoeing Sore or Tender Feet W8
Shoeing laundered Horses "^^l
Extracts from— Gamgee on Coleman, Youatl. Miles, Flemming's
Comments, Osmer, SoUesev. Lafosse. Freeman,. 31. Char-
lier ' '^2-725
CHAPTER XXU.
CIRCULATION ^^'^
General Plan of Circulation '^^^
Ventilation : .... 743
CHAPTER XXIII.
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT T46
74fi
Inflammation •,
Antiphlogistics • ■ '^^^
Osteosarcoma ' '*
Enchondrona ' _
Diseases of the Bones 'Jy^
Anchylosis of Bone '^^
Caries of Bone • f"^
Necrosis of Bone '^J*
Exostosis, or Bony Enlargement 7o4
Splint, or Splent ''5*
CHAPTER XXIV.
DISEASES OF THE JOINTS "^56
Spavin ^^^
Ring-bone ' *^
Side Bone, or False Ring-bone 772
Curb ■ ■ '^l^
Bog Spavin, or Thorough-pins ''"''4
Capped Hock '^^^
Wind-Galls • ""
CHAPTER XXV.
NAVICULAR-JOINT LAMENESS 778-798
XT . 799
Neurotomy
Condition of the Feet in Chronic Lameness 803
1*
xviii CONTENTS.
Hypertrophy 803
Atrophy 803
Corns 805, 813
Laminitis, or Founder 828
Chronic Founder 838
Peditis, or Inflammation of the Os Pedis
CHAPTER XXVI. ^
CATARRH 841
Laryngitis, or Sore Throat 843
Strangles, or Horse Distemper 845
Glanders and Farcy 848, 854
CHAPTER XXVI I.
CHRONIC COUGH ; 854
Heaves, or Broken A¥iud 856
Roaring 859
Brouchocele 861
Nasal Gleet 862
Influenza — Epizootic Catarrhal Fever 864
Pink Eye 866
CHAPTER xxvnr.
DISEASES OF THE CHEST 868
Congestion of the Lungs ^ 873
Pneumonia — Inflammation of the Lungs 875
Pleurisy 878, 882
Hydrothorax, or Water on the Chest 883
Typhoid Pneumonia 884
Bronchitis 885
CHAPTER XXIX.
COLIC 886
Tympanites, or Flatulent Colic 894
Inflammation of the Bowels 898
Superpurgation, Diarrhea, etc 903
Constipation 905
Worms 906
Bots ■ 913
Inflammation of the Kidneys 915
Profuse Staling, (Diuresis) 916
Retention of Urine 918
Bloody Urine ... , 918
CONTENTS. xix
CHAPTER XXX.
DISEASES OF THE NERVOUS SYSTEM 918
Inflammation of the Brain— Phrenitis 919
921
Megrims, or Vertigo
Sun Stroke ^^;J
T*ir*\lvsis
Azoturia— Partial Paralysis— Spinal Meningitis 923
Rabies, or Madness ■ •
Tetanus, or Lockjaw * ^_
Stringhalt "''^
Thumps, or Spasmodic Action of the Diaphragm J^o
Lymphangitis— Weed— Monday Morning Leg 937
The Peritoneum "
„.,.,. 938
Peritonitis
The Stomach ^^'
, ,. ,. 939
Indigestion
Acidity of the Stomach • • ■
940
Acute Indigestion •
CHAPTER XXXI.
THE FOOT— INJURIES OF, AND CAUSE OF LAMENESS 941
Pricking in Shoeing, Stepping on Glass, etc 941
Foot Lameness
Seedy Toe
Gravelling •
Bruise of the Sole
Treads or Calks
Overreach
Quittor
Thrush
Canker
945
946
947
947
948
951
951
954
955
CHAPTER XXXII.
956
[[][[,.[... 957
' " 962
_[ 963
.'■ ""'^ 964
964
' " ' ' 664
][][[[. 966
„. -, ■ 968
Hip Lameness
SPRAINS, BRUISES, ETC
Sprain of the Back Tendons . . .
Breaking Down
Sprain of the Fetlock
Sprain of the Perforans Tendon
Joint Lameness
Shoulder Lameness
Sweeney
Knuckling Over
Broken Knees, or Open Joint
Fractures
971
974
XX • CONTEXTS.
Dislocation of the Patella, or Stifled 976
Stifle-joint Lameness 977
CHAPTER XXXIII.
( ITS AND WOUNDS 977
Injuries of the Tongue 983
Sore Mouth 984
Fistula of the Withers and Poll Evil 935, 987
CHAPTER XXXIV.
DISEASES OF THE EYE 990-998
Simple Ophthalmia, or Inflammation of the Eye 991
Specific or Periodic Ophthalmia 994
Amaurosis, or Glass Eye 997
Cataract 998
Dropsy of the Belly— Ascites 999
Anasarca, or Swelled Legs 1000
Inflammation of the Veins — Phlebitis 1001
Thrombus 1002
Lampas 1003
CHAPTER XXXV.
DISEASES AND INJURIES OF THE SKIN 1003
Surfeit 1003
Urticaria, Nettle Rash, Hives, etc 1004
Mange : 1005
Hen Lice 1007
Ring-Worm 1007
Scratches, Mud Fever, and Cracked Heels 1008
Grease 1012
Tumor on the Shoulder 1014
Tumor on Point of the Elbow 1016
Sallenders 1017
Mallenders 1017
Saddle or Collar Galls 1017
CHAPTER XXXVI.
TENOTOMY .' 1018
Division of the Tendons 1019
Castration • 1022
Injuries and Diseases of the Penis 1024
Foulness of the Sheath and Yard 1025
Parturition, or Foahng 1025
Abnormal Presentations • 1026
Blisters 1037
CONTENTS. xxi
Counter Irritants 1038
Hot Fomentations 1032
Poultices 1034
The Pulse 1035
Giving Balls 1038
Physicking 1040
Bleeding, or Phlebotomy ^- 1043
Setons 1044
The Rowel 1044
Tracheotomy 1045
Embrocations 1047
Caustics 1049
CHAPTER XXXVII.
MISCELLANEOUS RECIPES 1050-1061
Recipes from the Author's old book 1062-1072
Human Remedies 1073-1 081
General Index 1082-1088
SUPPLEMENT.
Following page 448 is a chapter on Checking and Blinders, comprising
26 pages, with 40 illustrations.
m^ms<t.m.i
The liorse is the most indispensable and valuable of all
the animals used by man. Nearly all the advocations and
many of the recreations of every-day life, are largely
dependent on the use of horses. When treated intelligently
and properly, the horse is the most tractable and serviceable
of all the domestic animals ; but if treated ignorantly or
badly, he is liable to become so vicious and unmanageable
as to be comparatively if not wholly -worthless.
While there is no lack of information and accepted
authority on breeding, stabling, shoeing, driving, color, etc.,
etc., as pertaining to horses, there is a singular lack of
authority, or even intelligent understanding, on the art of
arts, namely, that of teaching, subduing, and changing the
character of wild or vicious horses, as desired. In fact,
there is no book or other authority on the subject, it being
practically a new science, the principles of which have but
recently become understood, as developed by the author of
this work.
There is no subject more of a mystery, even to the
most intelligent, or about the successful performance of
which there is more incredulity or misconception. It is
supposed that if a horse is courageous and strong, and
becomes vicious or resists control, the fault must be wholly
in an incorrigibly bad temper, that makes his successful
management impossible ; whereas a proper understanding
of the subject shows that the animals condition is the
result of ignorant, bad treatment, and which kind, intelligent
treatment would entirely prevent or overcome ; and that
in consequence, a large proportion of the best horses by
(7)
K JNTRODUCTIOX.
nature Lmao fastened upon them liabits that make ilieni
practically nnsafe and worthless for use. Then hy the
present system, proved to be so defectiye and iiijurious, it
is the work not nnfrequently of months and years to break
eolts to drive; and even after this great expenditnio of
time and effort, many of the best horses are mined ; so
that the loss to the people of the country both from the
depreciation of value, accidents, and loss of time, is in the
aggregate enormous.
One horse kicks ; a second balks ; a third pulls against
the bit and runs away despite the efforts of several men to
hold him ; a fourth will not stand while persons are getting
into or out of a carriage ; another is liable to kick the
blacksmith over when he tries to take up or hold his foot
for shoeing, compelling, in many cases, the necessity of
roping the horse down on his side to be shod ; another is
liable to kick any person coming within reach of his heels ;
the next is perhaps all right until he catches the rein
under his tail — which ho is sure to do — when he is liable
to kick or run away ; Avhile, perhaps, the next will try to
pull loose or break his neck when hitched by a halter or
bridle; another fears a baby-wagon, stone, stump, dog,
Avhite cow, umbrella, robe, train of cars, or something else.
One horse will not stand ; another will not back; another
will pull away when led by the halter ; another lugs on
the bit, or pulls on one rein. One horse will not work
double, another will not work single ; and so on to the end
of the catalogue of vices to wliich horses are subject.
These, with many other vices or liabits that could be
mentioned, are the cause not only of great pecuniary loss,
but of personal injury, if not destruction of life, throughout
the country, which, when fully realized, is fearful to con-
template. What city, village, or neighborhood is there
that has not almost daily disastrous accidents resulting
INTRODUCTION.
from the use of horses ? And how man}' horses of spirit
do we find that do not have some one or more of these
habits that have been mentioned ?
Now if we can prevent or overcome all this without
abuse or accident, saving at least nineteen twentieths of
the time employed in breaking them, and give assurance of
their entire subjection and safety, it is certainly deserving
of being ranked among the most important features of
benevolence and economy to the people of the country.
There have not been Avanting at different times many
who have pretended to be able to tame and control horses
of the most vicious character, but upon investigation it has
proved that their success was based upon a very slender
knowledge of the art. Whatever has been my own success,
it is a slow growth, the result of long-continued observation
and experimenting, following up every apparent or real
clue that promised success, imtil I learned how to act
directly upon the horse's brain, and to influence it as
desired. My progress at first was very slow and uncertain,
and I was exposed almost constantly to failures. This,
though annoying and frequently discouraging, Avas the only
means of instruction hy Avhich I was finally able to grasp
the subject Avith sufficient clearness to reduce the knoAvledge
to a practical basis.
During the early part of my experience I was greatly
misled, and consequently lost much valuable time in
experimenting on Avrong principles and methods of treat-
ment, and Avas compelled to abandon such methods by
reason of failures. In this Avay I was led to study out new
principles and methods of treatment^ adapted to the A^arious
peculiarities of disposition and character in horses, until I
was able to discern with great certainty the exact treatment
for each case.
The prevailing lack of confidence in my principles and
" • INTRODUCTION.
methods of management was also a serious cause of
embarrassment to me, since it continually forced me, at
great expense and loss of time, to make experiments upon
the most vicious horses that could be found, in order to
prove the value of my treatment. The experiments in
New York City, and other places, referred to in Personal
Experience, will in part illustrate this.
In the winter of '78 my health had become so seriously
impaired that I was compelled to give up traveling. I
now concluded to carry out at my leisure the purpose
which had for some time been developing in my mind, that
of writing out the full details of my system, including such
knowledge as I believed most valuable to horse-owners for
reference. I at first intended to make a work of only
about three hundred pages, which would embody merely
the simple outlines I gave to classes, with some additions
to the treatment for sickness and lameness which I had
already given in my old book. But after writing it up and
preparing the illustrations I supposed necessar}^, I could
see so much that should be added, that I was induced to
rewrite the whole matter, bringing it up to about six
hundred pages with about three hundred and fifty illustra-
tions. When this was completed, I again found it necessary
to make still more additions, until it grew upon my hands
to its present size and number of illustrations.
The great point in teaching classes was measured by
the success I had in the control of such especially vicious
horses as might be presented for experiment, often requir-
ing nearly the whole time at my disposal. As a general
thing, even the best class of people cared but little for
principles, which were really the most important and
necessary to a true understanding of the subject. They
simply wanted the proofs of what the treatment would do.
Consequently, if I could only be successful in hitching up,
INTRODUCTION. ll
driving, or controlling, as advertised, such horses as they
might produce (and the more quickly and sensationally
this could be done, the stronger the proof of my skill) , no
matter how loosely or imperfectly the explanation of
principles was given, they were sure to be satisfied. But
it in all cases limited me to such a mere outline in the
explanation of principles as well as details of treatment,
that though I was in nearly all cases successful in giving
the most perfect satisfaction to all who attended my
lectures, it was no less true that but very few received
more than the most limited idea of my methods of treat-
ment. It was rarely that even the most attentive members
of the class could explain more than the simplest form of
war bridle, or put on the rig for the first method of subjec-
tion, even after being fitted. Possibly they might put on
the cord in a rough way for the third method, but they
received nothing like the clear, comprehensive knowledge
of the subject which can be obtained from this work.
The value of this book depending mainly upon its
authenticity, I deemed it necessary to include a chapter
explaining how I came to engage in the business, with an
outline of my progress, under the head of Personal
Experience. I have included many indorsements, some
of which are so strongly personal, that delicacy would
forbid their presentation, but I felt compelled to do so to
give greater authenticity to my statements.
With the enlargement of the work, grew also the
necessity for making the department for the treatment of
sickness and lameness equally complete. With this object
in view, I made considerable effort to secure the aid of the
best veterinary skill I could find. I first called upon Dr.
Bates, the Dean of the Columbia Veterinary College,
N. Y. ; also upon Dr. Walton, the House Surgeon of the
same institution, to whom I gave my plans. They treated
IS INTRODUCTION.
me cordially, and promised me all the aid in their power,
Dr. Walton afterward giving me much aid on several
important points. By his adAdce, I called upon Dr. Hamill
(416 East 14th Street), formerly Professor of Pathological
Shoeing in the college, for the purpose of getting his assist-
ance in the writing of the chapter on Shoeing. This gen-
tleman, upon introducing myself, recognized me as an old
acquaintance, having attended my lectures while in the city
in 1872. He expressed himself especially interested in my
efforts, and volunteered all the aid in his power to give.
I took notes from him on all the necessary points on
Shoeing, and he promised to read over anything I should
write on the subject, and make such additions or alterations
as he might find advisable. I found it more difficult to
secure the necessary assistance in the other departments.
I stated the difficulty to Dr. Hamill, and expressed the fear
that I would be likely to fail, when he came nobly to my
aid, with his iDersonal services and fine library, which were
constantly at my disposal. He also secured for me the
help of two of his colleagues. Dr. Meyer (409 East 84th
Street), New York City, and Dr. John McLaughlin of
Jersey City, now of Providence, R. I., both of whom a few
years previous had graduated with high honors at the
Columbia Veterinary College.
To facilitate my work, I had these gentlemen dictate
to me the outlines of treatment in the simplest language
possible, with permission to make any changes I desired.
The dictations in all cases were made without premedita-
tion or study, the point in view being to give me facts in
the fewest words. This was the more difficult for them
from the fact that in all cases they were limited to my
ability to take notes, as on account of the peculiarly
sensitive condition of my health I could endure but very
brief conversation, and but thirty or forty minutes' writing
INTKODUCTION. 13
at one time. But, notwithstanding the generous aid given
me by the gentlemen named, especially Drs. Hamill and
Meyer, there was still much important matter needed, which
I was finally so fortunate as to secure, prepared by no less
an authority than that of a gentleman, who is at the head of
one of the most popular and successful veterinary colleges
in America, but whose name I am not at liberty to publish.
To this authority I am indebted for the matter comprised
in articles on Inflammation (page 746), Catarrh, Bronchitis,
Chronic Cough, Inflammation of the Bladder, Indigestion,
Diseases of the Eye, etc., etc., together with other matter
referred to. I made such changes in, or additions to, this mat-
ter, as well as added new treatment, as would make it most
desirable for popular reference. I may mention also that
I have been specially fortunate in securing many favorite
prescriptions of great value from leading practitioners, for
which I would gladly give credit if not debarred by special
request.
I especially desired to have the explanations of treatment
free from technical terms, and so clear and plain that any
one could understand without difficulty. I have made a
special effort for this in the management of such diseases
as are most dangerous and common. This will explain
the reason for giving so much space, and the large number
of illustrations to shoeing, spavins, navicular joint lameness,
etc.
As explained in the note to the chapter on shoeing, it
will be found that Prof. E. A. McLellan of Bridgeport,
Conn., at present Lecturer on Shoeing and Diseases of the
Foot in the Columbia Veterinary College, gave me valuable
aid in that department, for which I would make him due
acknowledgment. The extreme pressure of his professional
demands only, prevented his giving me more especial
assistance at the time, but which he kindly promised to
14 INTRODUCTION.
give me, if necessary, at some future time. Dr. McBeth
of Battle Creek, Mich., has also rendered me much valua-
ble assistance.
The difficulties I encountered in making this work will
be better understood by giving the simple facts, which it
is hoped will be accepted as sufficient to excuse for whatever
is faulty in its writing or arrangment : First, I am not a
practical writer, and owing to serious cerebral inflammation
I have not been able to write a single page of this book
with my own hand, nor read any part of it for revision or
correction. It has been dictated by me to a copyist, then
read for revision, making the work extremely laborious and
difficult. It will, however, be found to give in the most
faithful manner, without any reserve avhatever, all the
j)oints of my Avork more carefully and thoroughly than I
could possibly do before a class. I desire emphatically to
state that I do not keep back any secret whatever, and
would further state that if I did not wish to make my
system of treatment entirely accessible to the public,
there are many single points herein published which I
would not give for one hundred dollars ; but which, as any
one must see by the remarkable results of my experiments,
are invaluable to practical horsemen upon all classes of
vicious horses ; so that by its instruction their subjection
and management should be accomplished without difficulty.
. This work is not only the first of the kind published
explaining the art of taming and educating horses, but it
is the practical outgrowth of my own experience. In its
writing I have not only aimed to give the fullest explana-
tion OF MY PRINCIPLES AND METHODS of management, with all
the details carefully classified, but as an additional aid 1
have included the details of treatment of nearly fifty of the
most INTERESTING AND DIFFICULT cascs treated by me, giving
age, color, cause of viciousness, etc.
INTRODUCTION. 1^
It has been AveU known wherever I have traveled that
I taught my system as a secret which I never gave in
print ; and on account of the great expense in traveling,
requiring not only the aid of skilled men, but from five to
ten horses, to give me a reasonable compensation, I was
compelled to charge five, and in some sections of country
ten dollars for such instructions, thus putting them within
the reach of but comparatively few. The importance,
then, of making this knowledge available to all at a moderate
cost, can be seen.
After Avriting this introduction, I incidentally find in a work
called " The First Century, or One Hundred Memorable Events
in the History of Our Country," by R. N. Devens, Esq., a chapter
on John S. Rarey's achievements, which is so remarkable in the
extravagance of its statements that I consider it necessary to refer
here to the facts in the case. After the lapse of twenty years,
when the method of treatment used by Rarey is not only known
by every school-boy, but has practically gone into disuse, such
statements from a man of Mr. Devens' reputation for liistorical
accuracy as a writer, a brothei- of a former Postmaster General, a
member of the Historical Society of Pennsylvania, and author of
Appleton's Commercial and Business Encyclopedia, Lives of
AVashington, Napoleon, Wellington, etc., in a work of so impor-
tant a character, by such an author as the one mentioned, it
carries with it such unusual weight that it Avould natui-ally, if un-
challenged, be accepted as indisputable authority.
For the benefit of my readers, I Avill copy a few paragraphs
in relation to Cruiser, to show the extreme perversion of facts
when compared Avith the statements given under that head in
another chapter of this book: —
" Cruiser's habit, it appears, was to scream and yell when any
one approached him, to smash up his stall into lucifer matches, and
to attempt to bite and destroy every living thing in his neighbor-
hood. Noblemen used to go and throw articles into his brick
box, in order to see him fight. When he was to be fed or watered,
the first proceeding with his groom was to ascertain, by thrusting
a long pole in at the stable door, where the enemy stood, and then
16 INTRODUCTION.
to deposit the food, shut the door, and vanish as soon as possible.
Mr. Rarey changed all this in a moment as it tuere. He ordered
the stable door to be thrown open, introduced himself according to
his system, without delay, and in half an hour the indomitable
Cruiser might be ridden by a child, could listen tranquilly to the
beating of a drum, and stand serene even if an umbrella were
flourished in his face. Gentle as a lamb, he followed his teacher
about the arena like a dog, stopping when he pointed his finger,
lying down when he was told, rising again when he obtained
permission, and doing all this in a mild, good-humored sort of
way, as if the wish to oblige was the sole ruling motive, and that
the now docile Cruiser was totally unaware of that terrible array
of whips and spurs, bits and muzzles, with which his first teachers
had sought to check his ferocity and bring him to reason. The
speedy, easy, and complete success of Mr. Rarey, in this remarka-
ble case, gave him, at once, the most flattering and exalted repu-
tation from one end of Europe to the other.
"On Mr. Rarey 's appearance at Niblo's in New York, he
exhibited this renowned specimen of the equine race — an animal
over sixteen hands high, and of immense bone and muscle — and
said : ' When I went to England and exhibited there, the papers
all said, "This is very well, but try Cruiser!" I immediately
wrote to Lord Dorchester about the horse, and he replied that the
horse could not. be brought to me, but that I must come to him.
I did go to him. The horse had not been out of his box for three
years ; a brick stable had to be built for him, and he would have
been shot, but he was the last of a race of splendid blood-horses,
and his owner was anxious to preserve him if possible. I found
that by his biting and kicking he had so injured himself that he
could not be taken out of his box, and so I had to wait for his
recovery. I went down to see him, quietly and unknown, but
somehow the papers got hold of it, and everybody said I dared
not go near Cruiser.' Under these circumstances. Mi-. Rarey was
detained some three weeks, when he went to London accompanied
by the now subdued steed.
"The collar and muzzle which Cruiser used to wear were
exhibited by Mr. Rarey. His owner could place them upon him
only by letting a rope down through the roof of his stall, fastening
it under his neck, and raising him off his fore feet. The exhibition
at Niblo's was the first time Cruiser had been on the stage iu
America. 'We have,' said Mr. Rarey, 'had no rehearsal ; but
instead of kicking, as he u.sed, he will now (as you see) give me
his foot like a gentleman.' Two straps were now shown, being
all that had been used in taming this hor.se. Mr. Rarey, on being
asked to explain more particularly how he approached Cruiser,
said : ' I think horses have a reason for everything they do, I
INTRODUCTION. 17
knew if I approached Cruiser with a stick, he would fio-ht me, as
he had fought others who came to whip him. In. the box was a
double door, so that I could open the upper half. I went quietly,
opened the door noiselessly. Cruiser turned round, saw me'
started back frightfully, but did not attempt to come at me. He
came slowly up to smell of me after a while, and in spite of Lord
Dorchester's entreaties, I stood still. Presently, when I saw
that he stood naturally, I began to fondle him. Lord Dorchester
begged me to tie his head, and I did so, but you never saw such
fighting. Finding that he would either kill himself or tear down
the box, I released him and began all over again. After he
allowed me to fondle him, I took him into the sti-aw-yard, and
proceeded as with any other horse, until at last he would let me
take any liberty with him, and Lord Dorchester mounted him
with impunity.' Mr. Rarey declared that Cruiser was about as
celebrated for his viciousness as he himself was for taming him.
" Appealmg to the intellect and affections of the horse, as the
basis of his system of treatment, Mr. Rarey was enabled to say to
his vast audience at Niblo's Garden, New York : ' I never had an
accident since I became perfect in my system, and I don't fear
any. I have been among horses since I was twelve years old,
and at first had a great many accidents. Every limb has been
broken but my right arm ; but being young when these accidents
happened, the bones naturally healed strongly. Now I know
horses' every thought, and can break any animal of whatever age
and habits in the world. I can make any animal sensible of my
power — make him gentle and even affectionate.' "
According to these statements, Rarey was able to exhibit a de-
gree of power over vicious horses that had never before or since
been attained or even approached, making himself a landmark of
genius and skill that could not be equalled, and that all this was
accomplished by the use of two ordinary straps.
The boldness of his claims, as thus set forth, deepens into
audacity when they are examined in the light of the facts which
I have been enabled to demonstrate, the full particulars of which
will be found on pages 368-384 of this work. Much as I dislike
to mar the posthumous reputation of any man, and especially one
whose fame has been won in a field similr.r to that occupied by
myself, I deem it an act of simple justice not only to myself and
my many thousands of pupils in fifteen different States, but to my
system of ti-eatment, to expose the fallacy of Rarey 's pretensions,
especially in reference to Cruiser, on whose subjection more than
any or all other of his feats his reputation was made. In the first
1 8 INTRODUCTION.
place, it is jaot true that Ci-uiscr was not taken from his stable for
three yciars, and. that he Avould have been shot, etc., which is
proved by the fact that he was let for breeding purposes at a
rental of $500 per season, and was taken out almost daily, and
controlled with but little real difficulty. He never was jjulled up
from the ground to have a collar put on him, nor did he ever wear
an iron muzzle. Also, instead of going into his stable as stated,
and controlling him so easily and successfully, the experiment
was a failure. His control M'as owing entirely to Mr. Goodenough's
management, and by a method of treatment which, had it been
known at the time, would have utterly destroyed Rarey's reputa-
tion or claims to success; hence the claim set up for his unusual
inherent power, and for the system as being a perfect and com-
plete method of subjection, falls to the ground.
The additional fact that Cruiser and the other cases, when out
of Rarey's hands, returned to their former vicious practices, and
again became unmanageable, also demonstrates the fallacy of
these claims, and proves conclusively that the horses were not
subdued, except to a condition of temporary obedience, the ruling
principle of which was fear. It is also apparent that the assump-
tion of knowing a horse's every thought, and being able to subdue
any horse or animal in the world, amounts to nothing, because,
like the other pretensions, it was all assumed for effect. What he
practiced, he learned of Denton OfFutt, from whose book an inter-
esting chapter will be found on pages 449 to 456. The writer vis-
ited professionally every town in the vicinity of Groveport, Rar-
ey's old home, and although he made the most diligent inquiry of
old settlers, he found no one who claimed for Mr. Rarey any no-
ticeable success in the control of horses, before going to Europe.
The true key, which has been overlooked by Mr. Devens, and
in fact all other writers on the subject, was the consummate good
management exhibited by Mr. Goodenough, by which, as the first
movement on reaching England, permission was secured to exhibit
before the queen and the royal family, even before they had dem-
onstrated a right to such distinction. Their continued success in
maintaining their hold upon the public opinion, was also due to
the adroitness of Mr. G. in surmounting the difficulties which
arose, and which so firmly established their claims in the public
mind as to require, e\'en at the present day, the most positive
proofs to show their unreliability.
INTRODUCTION. 19
Nearly all my scholars of late years understood and practiced
this method of treatment, and I was compelled, as a condition of
satisfying- them, to prove the superiority of my treatment. Then
nearly every vicious lioi-se brought forward to be experimented
upon had been subjected in the most thorough manner to the
method of treatment used by Karey. The Wilkins horse of New
York, case G, Subjection; the Malonc horse, case 2, Kicking; the
stallion Jet, case 7, Subjection; with many others, though com-
prising but few of the largo number treated, were good illustra-
tions. The Wilkins horse was treated for a week on this principle
without doing any good whatever. He had been treated so much
that the moment his foot was taken up he would lie down appar-
ently gentle, but when again upon his feet, would become thor-
oughly wicked again. The Malone horse had been subjected to
it in the most thorough manner without avail. In the case of
Jet, which was a particularly bad one, the treatment was equally
inert, and had no effect at all upon him. The same might be
said of hundreds of others treated by me before my classes, or
as special tests in the presence of experts. The quickness and
complete success of the experiments, in these and other noted
cases, are results which are conceded to have been shown by no
one else in so short a time in the control of vicious horses, cither
in ancient or modern times.
A feat that I performed almost daily, and which would have
been utterly impossible to accomplish by the Rarcy treatment, was
the subjection of headstrong, unmanageable stallions, so that they
would not only follow any one Avithout restraint but, at a distance
of ten feet, could be called away from a horse or mare. This appar-
ently impossible feat I guaranteed to perform within ten minutes,
with a forfeiture of one hundred dollars to the owner in case of
failure. It is proper to add here that during the last few years, most
of the experiments made before my classes were in part or wholly
performed by my assistant. Not only this, but my scholars could
readily do the same, and very many of the cases were fully as
difficult to manage as those referred to.
CHAPTER /.
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
In the subjection and education of horses we have
three natural difficulties to overcome. First : The horse
is much stronger than man, and just so far as he learns
in any way that he can resist his control, to that degree
Fig. 1. —An intelligent, courageous, yet extremely sensitive nature.
A sketch from life of a noted Arabian Horse.
will he be encouraged to become unmanageable and vi-
cious. Second : His methods of reasoning being limited to
seeing, hearing, and feeling, to prevent his becoming ex-
cited or frightened at objects and sounds with which he is
(20)
GENERAL PRINCIPLES.
21
brought in contact, he must be convinced of their innocent
character by his own way of reasoning. Third : He
cannot understand the
meaning of language or
words of command, ex-
cepting so far as he is
taught by associating
them with actions ; con-
sequently he cannot know
what he is required to do
unless shown and taught
in a way he can compre-
hend.
Takino; these condi-
tions in
order, we
see,
Fig. 2. — Ideal of au intelligent, docile
character.
for example, that if a
horse learns to pull away, break his halter, resist the
blacksmith in shoeing, or run away, etc., he will be en-
couraged to do
so afterward,
until the habit
becomes fixed.
On the con-
trary, we see
that when a
colt is first hal-
tered, no mat-
ter how hard
he may resist,
Fig. 3.— Ideal of a sensitive, nervous character. when Once
forced to sub-
mit he will not only follow readily without restraint.
22
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
but will contimie to do so afterward ; also when the feet
are taken up and handled until the operation is submitted
to, or such restraint
brought upon the
mouth as to overcome
the power of resist-
ance, there will not
only be submission
for the time, but, if
done properly, all in-
clination to resist af-
terward will be over-
come.
The principle is
Fig. 4.— Sullen treachery. the same in relation
to other habits, or in overcoming viciousness. No matter
how wild or vicious the horse may be, if so controlled that
resistance becomes
impossible, and his
fear is overcome by
kind treatment,
there will not only
be entire submis-
sion without the
use of power or re-
straint, but he will
remain so afterward
if not abused or ex-
cited.
Second. We see
that when an ob-
ject or cause of unusual sound is brought suddenly or un-
FiG. 5.— Sketch from life of the most vicious
Mustang Pony the writer ever saw.
GENEEAL PEINCIPLES.
23
expectedly to his notice or in contact with his body, it is
liable to excite the most intense fear or resistance, and
of which he will ever
afterward be afraid ;
whereas if brought
slowly and gently to
his notice, letting him
smell and feel of it, it
can soon be brought
over or around him
without causing the
least fear, or attracting
his attention. It does
not matter whether it
is in driving to carriage,
letting the crosspiece come across the quarters, raising an
umbrella behind, or the noise of a steam-engine, etc., the
effect is the same.
Fig. 6. — Sketch from life. Good illustration
of a vicious, treacherous nature.
Fig. 7. — The Hilman Horse, "Jet." A noted vicious Stallion.
Third. In relation to teaching the meaning of sounds
or words of command. It is evident that if a man were to
sit on a block and simply repeat the word " whoa " to a
horse, he might do it indefinitely without teaching him its
24
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
meaning. But if the horse were moved moderately, and
immediately after the command he were pulled upon suffi-
ciently hard to
make him stop,
he will, after a
few repetitions,
learn to stop at
command, to
avoid being
pulled upon. Or
in teaching to
back, if, after
the command is
given, the reins
are pulled upon
Fig. 8. — Naturally doeile and intelligent. sufficicntlv to
force him back, he will, after a few repetitions, soon learn
to back freely when the word is given, to avoid the hurt
of being pulled upon. To explain this principle more fully
I will give the
details of teach-
ing a few tricks:
' If it is desired
to teach a horse
to make a bow,
first prick him
lightly on the
back with a pin,
and repeat until
in his effort to
avoid the annoy-
ance he drops his
Fig. 9.—" Wild Pete." A very peculiar and
interesting case.
GENEEAL PRINCIPLES.
25
head; then instantly stop the pricking and caress him.
Repeat the pricking until the head is again dropped ; then
caress him, and
give him some-
thing of which
he is fond.
Continue to al-
ternate in this
way with the
pricking a n d
caressing until
at the instant
a motion is ^^'^' ^^' — ^^^ Allegan Man-eater.
made toward the back he will drop his head.
To teach to kick up, simply prick him on the rump
until there is an inclination to kick up, when, as before, stop
and caress him.
So repeat until
the least motion
toward the rump
will induce him
to kick uj).
In teaching
any kind or
number of tricks
the principle is
precisely the
same, the differ-
ence being that instead of a pin, other means suitable to
the requirements of the case must be used.
Now, to teach these tricks by word, it will be neces-
sary to repeat the command and associate the act with it ;
Fig. 11.— Sketch of a noted vicious Stallion.
26
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
that is, " make a l)ow," " kick," etc., in connection with
the signal of whatever trick is being tanght, until there is
obedience. An im-
portant point in teach-
ing 1 ricks is to guard
against confusing or
'''^^^.^</ -^^^^^^^ exciting the horse ;
'" "'"^ ^ " therefore but one trick
must be taught at a
time, and that slowly
and carefully repeated
until thoroughly un-
derstood. Then an-
FiG. 12. — strong willed, intelligent character. other trick is to be
taken up, and so on. At each progressive step review the
previous tricks until any trick demanded will be promptly
performed. The duller the horse the less can be attempted,
and the more time must be
given, while the more intel-
ligent the horse, the more
can be done and taught. To ^ ^^^
have prompt obedience at ^^ .^v^J^^^^^BSj^-
the command, the exact sig-
nal and word given in teach-
ing the trick must be re-
peated, even the tone or
pitch of the voice, otherwise
the horse will not know what
is wanted of him, and he ^^^- ^^- Bamyard Lunkhead,
will become confused, and consequently unable to obey.
The principle is the same in teaching a horse to do
anything in or out of harness, the difference being that
GENERAL PRINCIPLES.
27
such means as will give more power of control must be
used. Now the point of real interest, and the one to which
I wish to call special attention in
this connection, is that the prin-
ciple is precisely the same in ei-
ther overcoming or preventing vi-
ciousness or bad habits of any
character. The only difference is
that instead of teaching a trick
we now combat the habit or vi-
ciousness already formed, simply
repeating until there is entire do-
cilit}^
Fig. 14.— Docile, intelligent. Jf ,^ niau Were strOUg CnOUgh
to take a fighting "bully" by the shoulder and shake him
so thoroughly as to show him he had power to control him
as he pleased, and then treat him kindly, it would have a
better effect in convincing him of his mastery and make
him less inclined to
resist, than if he
had controlled him
after a desperate
struggle of half an
hour or more, that
would necessarily
greatly strain or in-
jure him physic-
ally. Or if the con-
test were carried on
in the presence of others, where his pride would be greatly
stimulated, or under circumstances that would arouse his
bad nature, he would allow himself to be punished most
severely before he would submit,
Fig. 15. — A noted vicious Horse.
26
i\IETH(3r>S OF SUBJECTION.
FiCr. 16. — Sketch of a noted vicious Horse.
On the same principle, if a man could catch and hold a
horse, or control him as he wished, so as to completely
prevent his struggling and
becoming excited and
heated, until the muscles
are entirely relaxed and
he becomes submissive,
and then win his confi-
dence by kind treatment,
scratching the mane, giv-
ing apples, etc., it would
be the most efficient kind
of subjection. But as
there is not power to do
this, we must resort to
such means or methods of management as will come as near
it in princii3le as we can. In doing this, if the horse were
given such freedom as
to encourage his confi-
dence to resist, or his
Ijad nature were called
out by ignorant, abusive
treatment, in like man-
ner he Avould, in the fury
of his madness, resist
with the greatest per-
severance, regardless of
even the most severe
punishment. Then
again, the resistance, whatever it may be, is only a symp-
tom of the real cause to be overcome, which proceeds from
a condition of the brain, or the impression made upon it.
Fig. 17. — Expression of vicious, bad nature.
GENERAJ. PEINCIPLES.
29
On this account, controlling physical resistance becomes but
a temporary bridge across a gulf to enable building the real
structure. So subjection is but a means for reaching the
brain to remove the exciting cause of the resistance. If
stimulated by fear, then to show there is no cause for fear ;
if through real viciousness, then to remove the resentment
by kind treatment ; when the horse's reason can be molded
and instructed in any channel desired.
The next difficulty is the
different degrees of resist-
V' O
Fig. 18.— Vicious.
Fui. 19. — Treacherous.
ance to be met with in different
horses. A dozen horses may break
the halter or kick. One may be broken of the habit
quite easily, another may resist ten times as long, while
the third may even require hours of treatment, the differ-
ence being in the pecularity of character and temperament.
The better to aid in explaining these conditions, I present
a large number of representative heads, with some refer-
ences to aid in determining the treatment to be employed,
and which should be studied carefully. An important con-
dition also is to guard against possible accidents, because
this would defeat the very end for Avhich the treatment is
intended. For more particular reference, see part follow-
ing ""Medicine" in chapter on "Subjection."
30 :methods of subjection.
I give three direct methods of subjection, followed by
several indirect methods. The first is based upon the
principle of disabling and throwing. So far as we disable
any part of the horse's body, wc produce to that degree a
sense of helplessness in him. So when we disable the
whole body, or overmatch the i)ower of the horse wholly,
we create in him a powerful impression of our mastery
and a corresponding sense of his own helplessness.
The method given of throwing a horse, called the
First Method of Subjection,
Is the simplest and most eifective form based upon this
Fia. 30. — Leatlier Throwing Rig,
principle, and is the outgrowth of a great deal of practical
experimenting.
There are two rigs here given ; one of leather, and one
of rope. The Leather Rig works well, is not difficult to fit,
but is troublesome to make, and expensive, costing from
eight to fifteen dollars. The Rope Rig works equally well,
and can be made of any old rope in a few minutes, at a
merely nominal cost. For the first, or Leather Rig, the sur-
FIEST METHOD OF SUBJECTION.
31
cingle should be made of two thicknesses of good harness
leather, about three inches wide, and about eight or ten
inches longer than the circumference of the body. The
buckle should have two tongues, and be made of good
wrought iron. When this rig is on and drawn tightly from
the part over the back bone, a double strap, the length of
the back, with a strong crupper, should be attached. Four
or five inches on the off side, should bo fastened at the
front edge of this surcingle a strong two-inch ring. On
the opposite edge should be attached another strap extend-
ing to a ring upon the back strap at the hip. A little pad
should be fixed to the part coming across the back, to pre-
vent bruising or chafing it.
Fig. 21. Simple Rope Rig.
To make the Rope Rig, procure a three-fourths-inch rope,
eighteen or twenty feet in length. One that has been
used enough to render it pliable is best. Make a simple
loop about three inches long at one end, and double the
rope about four feet from the loop. Pass over this doubled
part a three-inch ring made of three-eighths rod. Measure
the distance from the tail to where the saddle of the har-
ness comes, to which bring the ring and make a sim-
ple knot of both ropes around it, regulating it to the
32
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
length of the back as it is tightened. Next, put the
double part under the tail, twist two or three times, and
bring the part with the ring to its place about eight inches
to the right of the back, with the loop
Fig. 23.— Foot lied up. PlQ- 23.— Foot Strap.
toward the near side. While holding it in position, reach
under the body, catch the opposite end of the rope, bring
Fig. 24.— The Rig as arranged for throwing.
it through the loop, and draw down to the size of the
body. Make a simple knot in the rope, which forms a
button and keeps it from slipping out. It is also necessary
to protect the back and tail by winding the part of the
FIEST METHOD.
33
rope coming under the tail, and putting two or three
thicknesses of cloth or blanket between it and the back.
Next, put on a strong strap halter with the nose part
coming well down, and draw it up rather close back of the
jaw ; then take a piece of strong cord, from five-sixteenths
to three-eighths of an inch in diameter and about twenty feet
in length, tie a hard knot in each end, mid fisten one end
Fig. 2.5.— Turning a stubborn Horse around before throwing.
around the rope or surcingle just above the ring. Pass
the other end, from above, down over the strap of the hal-
ter back of the jaw, thence back and down through the
ring referred to, until the slack is taken u}t. Now tie up
the near forefoot. The best way to do this is to pass an
ordinary hame strap around the foot, thence to the belly-
band, and buckle short.
Though this method, when properly used, enables throw-
34
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
ing a horse on even A^eiy hard ground without bruising the
knees or other parts, still it is very important, and adds
greatly to the ease of throwing to have good soft ground.
The best is that which is free from stone, Avith thick, soft
sod, as an orchard or meadow, a ploughed field, or a place
liberally covered with straw or manure. Presuming that
such a place has been selected, stand almost in front of the
" ^-?^^^-
Fig. 26. — Usual position of a Horse that resists strongly before being tlirown.
horse at the right, have a firm hold of the cord about seven
or eight feet from the shoulder, and pull gently, but firmly.
This will draw the head back to the side, and the body being
thereby thrown out of balance, the horse is forced to fall
over with a rolling motion on his side. If during the first
trial he resists, let him have his own way a little while, and
when in a good position, pull quickly, and he can be easily
forced off his balance and made to fall over. If a strong-
FIRST METHOD.
35
willed, headstrong fellow, disposed to resist hard, perhaps
lunging forward, etc., as some horses are liable to do, take
a firm hold of the cord and run around in a circle until he
is made to follow, hopping steadily (as shown by cut 25),
then stop, pull quickly, and he will be easily thrown over
upon his side. (See cuts 27 and 29.) As soon as the cord
is slacked he will jump up, but by repeating as before he
will again be thrown. Simply repeat the throwing as long
Fig. 27. — As the Horse will usually fall.
as the horse will get up. If he does not attempt to rise
after being once thrown, stand behind him, keeping firm
hold of the cord, and strike the belly with the hand or
touch him with the whip, to incite him to jump up ; and
on the instant of his doing so, pull quickly upon the cord,
which will again roll him back helplessly upon his side.
If the horse is sensitive upon the belly, quarters, or
the feet, while down and forced to yield, first touch the
parts with a pole until he will submit to it, then with the
36
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
hand until there is no incentive to resistance shown by the
muscles becoming relaxed ; after which he should be al-
FiG. 28. — Type of sullen character upon which this method will fail.
lowed to get up, and the handling or touching repeated
until submitted to on his feet. Sometimes it is necessary
to reverse the treatment, and throw the horse on the op-
FiG. 39. — Position of the Horse when clown.
posite side, before he will be entirely sulnnissive ; but af-
ter being thrown to the extent of making him lie down
submissively, it will do no good to repeat the treatment,
FIEST METHOD. 37
If the impression produced is not sufficient to break up
the horse's confidence and prevent a repetition of the habit,
whatever it is, the treatment is a failure in his case. For
example, if the horse is a kicker, and persists in kicking
after the full extent of the treatment, it should be aban-
doned ; but if the habit is given up after several times
throwing, and he submits unconditionally, it is the right
treatment for him, and all, in a general way, that is needed.
Fig. 30. — Rolling the Horse back wHen struggling to rise.
On the other hand, if the horse drops or lies down submis-
sively, refusing to get up when touched or handled, it will
fail. It should not be used upon nervous, irritable, un-
broken colts, especially those showing a wild, sulky, or
mustang nature, as they are liable, as "soon as the leg is
tied up, to lunge, or when pulled upon to throw themselves
recklessly or sullenly down. For the subjection of such
cases, and all colts, balkers, and horses bad to shoe, har-
ness, clean, or ride, it is not so good as the Second Method.
It is most valuable when used in connection with the other
methods. In some cases of nervous character, if the horse
38
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
can be safely thrown once, rolling him back, as shown above,
until there is submission, will have a good effect.
Fig. 31. — The Horse subdued.
Second Method of Subjection.
If one were to turn around rapidly a few times, he
would become dizzy. Were he to suddenly reverse the
motion, the effect would be so intensified as to cause fall-
ing. The effect is the same upon the horse, and gives al-
most unlimited poAver in the control of wild, nervous, vi-
cious, kicking, runaway horses.
I once had such a horse brought to me to experiment
upon before a class. He was a nervous, kicking, runaway
horse of the worst character. When hitched to a buggy,
he became frightened, kicked, and ran away, tearing the
buggy to pieces. He was so desperately afraid of a wagon
that he could not be put in shafts or even brought near
SECOND METHOD.
39
them. After working upon him for two hours, aided by
members of the class, and resorting to every device in my
power for his control, I completely failed. I was nettled,
yet bound to succeed, but "How?" was the question. At
this juncture I happened to think that turning around
quickly several times in succession caused extreme dizzi-
ness and helplessness.
The question followed, " If I could make the horse turn
Fig. 32. — Method of tying halter to the tail.
around rapidly, why could I not neutralize and overcome
his resistance in this way?" I remembered having once
seen a dog in play catch his tail in his mouth and run
around, and it occurred to me that by tying the horse's
head to his tail he would possibly turn himself around. I
did so, as shown in cut 32, and to my surprise and satis-
faction he went around rapidly, and in a short time fell
over, dazed and helpless. Soon recovering, he jumped up,
turned rapidly as before, and again fell over. In course
40
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
of a few moments he fell over three times. (See cut 34)
As before explained, he was extremely nervous and afraid
Fig. 33. — Powerful effect of the treatment shown by tlie Horse staggering
to the point of falling Mhen»quickly untied.
of being touched ; so as he went around, I brought the
pole against his quarters until he was submissive to it.
Fig. 34. — Position in which the Horse fulls confused and helpless
when turned too quickly.
SECOND METHOD
41
The experiment proved u. most wonderful success, us it en-
abled me to do in about ten minutes what was utterly im-
possible for me to do before in two hours, and with the
aid* of several men. I had, in fact, by the' mere circum-
stance of failure made one of the most important discover-
ies that had yet been made in the art of taming horses.
This method is wonderfully effective in the subjection
of colts and vicious horses, especially those of a certain
Fig. 35.— Method of holding the strap while going
around with a doubtful case.
class of temperament, and in breaking single balkers.
When combined with the other treatment, it makes easy
and simple the control of horses it w^ould be both difficult
and dangerous to subdue without. For example, a wild,
dangerous colt, mustang, or vicious mule, which it would
be perilous to try to confine with straps or other rigging,
wdth the aid of a simple halter, can be brought under con-
trol in a few minutes. Or if in any case this is not suffi-
cient to compel entire submission, it will always give suffi-
42 METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
cient advantage to subject safely to the other methods of
treatment.
I will name this the Second Method of Sub.jection. The
conditions to be observed in its application are as follows :
First : Select a soddy place in a field or yard free from
stones, stumps, or sharp fence corners. The place should
not be too soft, such as a deeply ploughed field, barn-yard
manure, or deep straw. Heavy sod with considerable grass
is the best. Second : If there are sharp shoes on the feet,
Fig. 36. — The sullen colt as he will usually stand refusing to turn when tied.
they should be removed before subjecting to this treatment;
to neglect this ^vould endanger calking or cutting the feet
badly. Third : A strap halter should always be used.
After catching the tail, take the strap of the halter between
the teeth to enable the use of both hands, and tie the hair
of the tail into a knot. Divide the hair above the knot,
pass the strap through, and tie into a half-hitch knot. The
strap should be drawn just short enough to compel the
horse to turn fast enough to divert his attention (something
as in cut 32) and make him helpless, but not so short as to
SECOND METHOD.
43
cause him to fall. The more nervous and excitable the
subject, the longer the strap must be left at first ; and the
colder-blooded, the shorter must it be drawn. If at all
doubtful as to the length, when the strap is run through
the tail hold it in the hand and go around with him a few
times (as in cut 35) so that the necessary length can be
exactly ascertained, then quickly tie into a half-hitch knot
and let go. If tied the right length, the horse will keep
Fig. 37. — A vicious colt as he •will usually strike when the pole
is brought near liis nose while turning.
moving in a circle as described ; but if tied too short, or
forced up to the point of falling, the moment he staggers
pull quickly upon the end of the strap which will pull it
loose, and tie again the required length.
Sulky or cold-blooded colts, if tied very short at first,
are liable to throw the head against the nose-piece of the
halter, and if pushed are likely to rear up and fall over
backward. This can be easily prevented by holding the
44
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
strap as before up near the tail with one hand and the part
near the head with the other, and going around with him
a few times until he is dizzy ; then tie quickly and let go.
Motion toward the head while passing, and so continue un-
til he moves steadily.
Now take a pole or rake handle about eight or ten feet
long, and bring it gently against the legs or parts of the
horse most sensitive, until there is complete submission to
Fig. 38. — A vicious Horse as he will usually kick when touched
with pole while turning.
it. This he will usually resent by kicking violently. Sim-
])\y continue until all inclination to resist is overcome, so
that after being untied the muscles are so relaxed that the
feet can be taken up and handled without his showing the
least resistance. Sometimes a young horse or colt will
start all right, but when tested will not go sufficiently fast to
enable his control. Under such circumstances, while mov-
ing touch sharply with a whip across the nose, and repeat
until he is forced up to the point desired to compel submis-
SECOND METHOD.
45
sion. The point is to bring the brain to a certain point of
inactivity and hold it there until he is helpless and sub-
missive.
I soon learned by experience that by turning one way
only, the impression upon the brain after a certain point
diminished with the continuance of the turning ; and that
to maintain the effect it was necessary to turn the horse
much faster, and even then, after a time, it would become
Fig. 39. — The first indication of submission — sulimitting to be poled.
inert. To remedy this, I reversed the action by tying in
the opposite direction, which not only greatly increased
the effect but enabled me to repeat the treatment with suc-
cess to any extent. In many bad cases the horse should
be turned one way up to the verge of falling, then quickly
reversed, at the same time poling as before explained. It
is necessary under such circumstances to watch carefully
so as to be able at the instant there is any indication of
falling, to prevent it by pulling the strap loose. The more
46
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
frequent and quickly the reversing and turning, the better
the effect. In some cases it must be repeated rapidly
three, four, five, and even six times before it will be suc-
cessful. To do this successfully requires care and quick-
ness, and the horse should not be given freedom to run
against anything. After the horse has submitted, he should
be thoroughly poled all over, the feet handled, etc., until
there is entire indifference to it, then untied, and the same
Fig. 40,— Taking up the colt's foot while tied — one of the tests in
determining his submission.
handling repeated. If the treatment has been properly
carried out, there should be no difficulty at this point in
the handling, poling, mounting, etc.
This method of subjection is the simplest, the most hu-
mane and effective, all things considered, that has yet been
discovered. It not only diverts the horse's brain from act-
ing, but matches his strength so perfectly against itself,
that lie can be made entirely helpless without producing
any pain or injury. It will effect the entire subjection
SECOND METHOD. ^^
and docility of the average of the worst of wild, unbroken
colts m from five to fifteen minutes, so that they can be
ridden, have the feet handled, or allow anything to come
against the quarters. (See cut 41). It gives, in connection
with the War Bridle, the true key for breaking single balk-
ers. It IS smgularly well adapted for supplementing the
other methods, and effecting the control of extremely vLous
horses that have partially or wholly resisted the other meth-
ods. It is also the safest and best method of treatment for
Fig. 41. -^Method of testing after beiug imtied.
the subjugation of extreme cases bad to ride, bridle, have the
head handled ; also those which have the habit of striking.
It will not work well upon kicking, switching mares
and colts of a slow, cold-blooded, sulky nature. There may
also occasionally be found horses of quick, nervous, but de-'
cidedly determined character, that will at first seem to re-
sist it, or faU down too quickly. The Third Method should
be used for a short time upon such, to tone down their im=
petuousness, after which they will usually submit to this
method without difficulty.
Though compelled almost daily to subject all kinds of
48 METHODS OF SUBJECTION
horses to this treatment in small barns and other unsuita-
ble places, and surrounded by a crowd of men, by being
careful I never had a serious accident occur. Of course,
in a field or open yard the danger would be immeasurably
diminished. Still I think it my duty to advise the greatest
Fig. 43. — One of the tests frequently given by the writer in proving tuc eftect
of the treatment upon a notably vicious case, when makjiag
experiments before his class.
care to prevent accident. By going slowly at first, and fol-
lowing up cautiously, there can seldom be an accident.
Third Method of Subjection.
It is well known that by hitting a horse at a certain
point back of the ear, it is easy to knock him down;
also if a horse were to throw himself over backward and
hit this part on a hub or stone, he would be liable to be
killed. At the front part of the atlas bone, or the first of
the cervical vertebra, where it articulates into the occipital
bone, or back part of the head, about an inch of the spinal
THIRD METHOD.
49
cord is not covered with bone. If a knife or other sharp
instrument were driven down at this point sufficiently to
penetrate it, it would
cause instant death. Bv
bringing gentle but firm
pressure upon this part,
we have one of the most
safe and reliable methods
of subjection knov^jn. It
is, however, like the other
methods, especially fitted
to a certain class of dis-
position and habit, not in-
frequently making it easy
to subdue horses upon
which the other methods
have failed ; such as nerv-
ous-tempered, courageous, strong-willed horses that will not
bear excitement or any freedom that would heat the blood.
It is a method of treatment that must be used with great
care and judgment. It is easy, of course, to put on press-
ure, but the point is to use it on cases for which it is
suited, and adapt it to conditions. Not enough pressure,
or applying it carelessly, would cause failure, while too
much pressure, or if continued too long, would not only be
abuse, but dangerous to life.
I found by experience that by puUing sharply upon a
horse with the "Second Form of War Bridle," which
brings the force of the pull upon this point, would often so
unnerve and break up his confidence that, though pre-
viously he could not be touched around the feet or body,
he would now submit to it unconditionally. Also putting
Fig. 43 — Method of applying the cord to
put on pressure.
50
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
the center of a cord under the bridle so as to rest upon this
point, and bringing both ends through the rings of the bit
and carrying back
for reins, would usu-
ally make the horse
drive in a short time
to a slack rein.
I was not, how-
ever, led to make
any special effort to
study out the key
of this principle of
subjection until in a
chance way I heard
Fig. 44.— Holding cord when through the mouth. ^^ ^ man who in
breaking colts brought a cord moderately tight two or three
times around the head. This, with the remembrance of the
effects before referred to, led me to experiment carefully
with a cord in this way, but found it gave but little more
power of control than a common war bridle, and I aban-
doned its use. At the time, I carried canvas, visiting only,
large centers, which gave me all the opportunity I wished
for using the First and Second Methods, and I rarely found
a horse that would not submit to these methods. One day,
however, a vicious, kicking mare was brought in that re-
sisted my regular treatment ; for, once warming up in har-
ness, she would kick in spite of all that could be done. I
was led instinctively to try the effect of extreme pressure,
and, without stopping to reason upon the matter, kept on
winding the cord until I used nearly one hundred feet of
hard, Avell-stretched cord. I let her stand about fifteen min-
utes, when upon trial 1 found her perfectly submissive. I
THIED METHOD.
51
told the man I did not know what the after effect would be,
and if it injured her in any way to report to me. Two
weeks later he informed me that she was broken of the
habit, and all right. Although this mare had
resisted the other methods, she was of the ex-
act temperament to submit easily to this
treatment.
This success induced me to try the effect
of severe pressure upon other cases, for the
purpose of learning how much i)ressure should
be used, and the limit to which it could be
safely carried. I found this to be governed
in a great measure by the character of the
horse. Ordinary cases could bear a pressure
of three cords, or a little over sixty feet, and
would submit in from five to fifteen minutes,
while some extreme cases of courage and pluck
could bear the pressure of a hundred feet or *'ig- 45. — cord
-,-, n -, . when on.
more equally well, and in some very excep-
tional cases even a much longer time. In one case of a
wonderfully tough, plucky mare, as an experiment the
pressure was left on nearly an hour, when she fell down
helplessly, but upon removing the cord she quickly recov-
ered, and so far as I could judge, without sustaining injury.
I learned to use on an average from seventy to eighty-five
feet, drawn more or less tightly, and leaving it on a longer
or shorter time, according to the resistance shown.
I did not give this method to classes, but held it as a
reserve until after my experiments in New- York in 1872.
The simplest and best way of applying it is as follows :
Take a small, firmly wound, smooth hemp cord about five-
sixteenths of an inch in diameter and from twenty to
52
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
twenty-four feet long. (Finding it difficult to get cord of
the proper size, strength, and smoothness, I have been com-
pelled to have it manufac-
tured for me especially for
the purpose, and can supply
orders by mail at a reason-
able price.) Tie a hard knot
at one end, and a loose tie or
knot about eighteen or twenty
inches from this end. Bring
around the neck and slip the
end knot through the loose
Fig. 46.-Touchmg the Horse's quarters tie aS for first form of War
with pole while the cord is on.
Bridle. Stand a little in front
and left of the head, bring the cord through the mouth and
pass it over the head where the halter rests, pulling down
gently ; thence through the mouth again and hold firmly
with the left hand, while with the right it is again passed
over the head» and
pulled down as before.
(See cuts 43, 44.) So
repeat to the end of
the cord, winding not
very tightly. Always
use care to bring it
over the tongue so jis
not to tangle or bruise
it. Now take another
cord and tie to the first
one, so that when
pulled down the knot will come on either side of the head,
not at the top, or in the mouth. Draw this cord as tightly
Fig. 47.
-Manner in which some horses kick
when touched with pole.
THIED METHOD.
53
as thought necessary for the cjise, and continue to wind
until three or four cords are used, according to the degree
of resistance to be con-
trolled. Unless in a small
place where there is not
sufficient room to run
around, attach a strap or
cord to two or three of
those around the head and
hold by it, or tie to a hitch-
ing-post.
The principle involved
is that the greater the Fig. 48.— Manner m which a vicious Horse
, ,, „ .„ T will kick when touched with pole.
strength oi will and power
of resistance on the part of the horse, the more cord must
be used, the tighter it must be drawn, and the longer it
must be left on. In no case, if put on very tightly, should
it be left on longer than
thirty minutes, while the
average time for ordinary
cases should not be more
than from six to fifteen
minutes. It should not
be put on carelessly or
indifferently, nor should
attention be drawn from
it one moment until it is
again removed.
Success will now greatly depend upon the advantage
taken while using this treatment, as it will practically do
no good to put on pressure and do nothing more. For ex-
FiG. 49. — Submitting to the pole after
being subdued.
54
METHODS OF SUliJECTlON.
ample : If a kiokcr in Iminess, while the pressure is on take
a small pole or rakestale and biing against the legs and
quarters, as shown in cuts 4G, 47, 48, 49. This will usu-
ally be violently resisted by kicking. If after reasonable
effort there is not submission to it, it may be advisable to
increase the pressure by winding a little tighter or adding
more cord.
The central point of observation now should be the
Fig. 50. — Manner in which some extremely vicious horses will
resist b_y jumping when subjected to pressure.
horse's eye. So long as there is fire in the eye and the
ears are thrown back, no matter whether the horse kicks
or not, it is an evidence that he is fighting hard and the
pressure must be kept on. On the contrary, when there is
a general ceasing of resistance, the eye softened in its ex-
pression as if going to sleep, the breathing accelerated,
panting-like, and especially if there is rapid sweating, it is
sure evidence of unconditional submission. To keep on
pressure any longer would not only be entirely unneces-
sary, but abusive. These indications are unfailing, and
THIRD METHOD.
65
the cord luiist. at once be removed. Commence unwind! no-
repeating the poling from time to time, until the cord is
wholly removed from the head. Then turn the hist cord
into first form of "War Bridle," with the control of which
any resistance can be restrained. Repeat the poHng as be-
fore on both sides, and against the quarters, to test his do-
cility, as shown by cut 49.
It is invariably a good sign of submission, when the
pressure is removed, to have the horse take a long breath
Fig. 51. — As some desperately vicious hoises will throw themselves
wlien subjected to prtSbure.
and also to sweat freely. The treatment must now be car-
ried out for driving as directed in chapter on " Kicking."
If bad to shoe, while the pressure is on, attach a rope
or strap to the foot and pull back and forward, as in cut
55, until submissive to it, and' the toe rests upon the
ground. The cords should then be immediately taken off
the head, and the last one turned into the first form of War
Bridle, to be used if necessary. All good subjects for this
treatment will resist hard at first, and make a determined
fight, but when they do give up, will be found entirely sub-
56 METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
dued ; while those that do not resist when touched while
the pressure is on, are, as a rule, not good subjects for it.
This method of subjection rcA^eals the horse's character
exactly, whatever it is. If one of great courage and spirit,
he will usually resist at first with great fury while under
the treatment, but finally submit unconditionally. But if
of a sullen, treacherous nature, while the pressure is on he
will often stand sullenly, doing nothing. In such cases the
Fig. 52. — The Horse as he stands when subdued.
Second Method must be depended upon, in connection with
the other treatment.
The success with which some kickers can be subdued
and broken of the habit by this method, is remarkable. It
is especially adapted to the subjection of courageous, de-
termined, sensitive horses, that will not bear excitement or
heating of the blood. It also works well upon biting,
striking, vicious stallions, especially when used in connec-
tion with the other methods. It works extremely well
upon mules, seldom requiring more than ten minutes to
subdue even those of a very vicious character.
THIRD METHOD.
57
Fig. 53.
Cases upon which it will not work well, <and for which
it should not be used, are young, unbroken colts, sulk}^,
cold-blooded horses, and, once in a great while, a class of
high-strung, sensitive horses of
great courage and endurance, that
become excited, strike, and resist
hard. Such cases are, however,
somewhat rare. If it must be
used upon such, let it be after
subjecting to the First or Second
Methods, or both.
The reason this method should
not be used upon colts, is that
-Mouth as usually kept ^^ ^^.-jj ^^^^^^^. ^^^^-^^ ^^_
open when cord is on. "^ ./ •/
temj)t to put on the cord, or bite
and chew upon it to a degree that will bruise or cut the
cheeks, which is very troublesome to treat. (See cut 54.)
Besides, colts can be controlled so much easier and better
by the Second Method that
there is no necessity for using it
upon them. There may occa-
sionally be found an old horse
that will bite upon the cord like
colts. In all such cases the treat-
ment must at once be abandoned,
and dependence placed upon the
other methods. Those that cut
or bruise the cheeks are usually
of a surly, obstinate nature, the
sullen disposition being denoted by the small, clear eye,
set well back on the side of the head, eyebrows rather
heavy, fullness below the eye, and small nostrils. When
Fig 54. — Appearance of mouth
when biting upon the cord.
58
METHODS OP^ SUBJECTION.
excited, they are very sullen, aiul iiidiJl'erent to ]»;i,in or con-
trol. I would udd that the average of horses will keep the
mouth open when subjected to this treatment, without at-
tempting to bite (as in cut 53). In an extensive practice
of many years, I have found no means of protection worth
the trouble of using.
This method of subjection is so arbitrary that for along
time I have felt unwilling to publish or give it to my classes,
•^^'wkWV
Fig. 55. — PuUiug the foot back — bad to shoe.
fearing they would abuse it. With anything like ordinary
care, it is not at aJl difficult to determine the cases for which
it is suitable, and to avoid needless abuse by it. When
properly used, it is not only entirely safe, but not at all
objectionably severe. It is always advisable, before apply-
ing this treatment, to look the horse over in a general way.
If a nervous, excitable, coltish-acting fellow, that has, per-
haps, been seriously frightened by carelessness or accident,
the Second Method may first be used. Should this fail, or
not produce satisfactory results, tlien this method may be
tried. First bring the cord through the mouth once, and
THIRD METHOD.
69
pull down rather
tight. Should this
be submitted to, it
is safe to proceed ;
but if he strikes vi-
olently, or resists,
showing a disposi-
tion to bite upon
the cord, especially
after two or three
cords have been
used, it had bet-
ter be abandoned
and other treat- *^'C'- ^'''- ~ Pullin? head of a vicious horse around to
avoid Ills fuie ivet should lie strike, and observing
ment used. Or if *'''''* ^^^^ cord comes right in the mouth.
it is desired to subject the horse to the First Method first,
and the rig cannot be pu^i. on with safety, subject to the
Second Method for
afew moments, then
resort to the First,
after which the im-
p r c s s i o n can be
fixed b}^ this.
The First Method
cannot be rejieated
with much assur-
ance of success. If
*FiG. 5r. — Looking at the opposite side to see that
the cord comes right, and determining the the llOrSC will UOt
amount of pressure uecesstiry. i rL i •
^ get up alter being
thrown, you have accomplished all that it will do. Also
*The above cuts were unavoidably omitted from their proper places iu connection
with cuts 43 and 44, where they belong.
60 METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
the Third Method will, as a rule, prove a success or failure
after the first trial. But if the horse will bear it, this trial
can be carried to a considerable extreme of pressure, and
continued for some time, though it should not exceed thirty
minutes except in very extreme cases. This I have learned
ft
by a long series of careful experiments upon all kinds of
horses. The point is to make all the impression possible
with it when used, and then, if necessary, resort to other
methods.
It is rarely necessary to use much severity in the sub-
jection of colts. The less excitement and punishment used
in their treatment, the better. Also in the management of
vicious horses, the best proof of skill lies in surprising or
forcing them into submission before they become excited.
Much extra work and abuse will thereby be prevented.
Under no circumstances must there be half-way work.
Nothing short of the most thorough and complete submis-
sion will answer. Short of this there will be danger, in
the future handling or training, of their breaking over and
becoming more unmanageable than before.
Control by Whipping.
In chapter on " Colt Training," I have referred to the
control of horses by whipping, and I think it advisable to
refer to it here more definitely as a method of subjection.
If a sensitive, nervous-tempered horse were shut up in a
small yard or building, and then suddenly or unexpectedly
whipped from behind, and the whipping cease as soon as
the horse is disconcerted and frightened, it would certainly
do a great deal in the way of controlling him. But this
should not be hazarded in the control of courageous, strong-
willed horses, especially stallions, as it would be likely to
WAE BEIDLE— FIEST FORM. 61
cause such to suddenly pitch at the trainer. I have fre-
quently found horses so extremely sensitive that punish-
ment of any kind would immediately excite in them the
greatest resentment. The most noticeable case in my ex-
perience was an English thoroughbred, in Fredericton, N.
B. This horse could with care be handled with a good
bridle ; but the trainer warned me to look out for myself
if I attempted to punish him in any way. To test him I
put on the War Bridle, and gave him a sharp jerk back-
ward with it, when he jumped directly for me, and I had
all I could do to save myself.
The next most marked case was that of a horse I had
trained to drive without reins, and had traveled with
through Ohio and other parts of the West. Whipping
would excite his hostility to such a degree that in training
him it was necessary to keep his head tied from me. I re-
fer to these cases to show that such treatment is decidedly
objectionable, and should not be employed.
The whip should not be used as a means of subjection
but of punishment. As explained under another head, the
skin on the legs and body of a horse is so thick that when
he is warmed up, and his sensibilities blunted, the most
severe whipping is not much felt by him ; so if the horse
is one of much courage, and has acquired confidence to
fight, he will be likely to resist this treatment.
THE WAE BEIDLE— FIEST FOEM.
The War Bridle is naturally the next in order. The
first idea of it was obtained from the Comanche Indians.
Its first form was very limited and crude, being simply a
loop around the lower jaw, the cord put around the neck
and drawn down through the loop. With this cord well
62
METHODS OF SUBJECTION
back upon the neck, the pulling upon it gave some power
upon the head right and left. This is the form in which 1
found it. The various modifications of its use, as here rep'
resented, are the result of over twenty years' constant
practice. With a knowl-
edge of its proper applica-
tion, and a little practice,
it will bo found a very val-
uable means of control.
For the simplest form of
War Bridle, take a piece of
the very best quality of
hemp cord, tie each end into
a hard knot, and make an'
other knot or loop about
twenty inches from one end.
Bring this end uround the
horse's neck, and pass it
through the loose knot or
loop, regulating to the size
of the neck. Next catch
the end hanging down, and pass between the cord and neck
forming a loop, with the free end on the near side. Pass
this loop through the mouth, as shown in Fig. 59. This
we will call the First Form of War Bridle.
Fig. 58. - First Form of War Bridle.
Double Draw Hitch Form.
Put on the cord as before explained. Then pass it over
the head and back through the mouth, thence through the
loop this forms on the near side. (See Fig. 63.) This
more than doubles the power of the previous form, and is
very important when great power is necessary. If desired,
WAR BRIDLE— SECOND FORM.
63
Fig. 59.— First Form of War Bridle.
this can be
modified so
as to give
still greater
power by
bringing the
cord across
under the
upper lip in-
stead of
through the
mouth, or by
making an-
other loop
over the head in the same manner, and bringing it under
the upper lip.
Second Form.
Make a single loose knot or loop about a foot from a
knot at the end. Put the end knot through the loose knot
or loop, and draw sufficiently tight to prevent its slipping
out. The loop thus formed should be only large enough Ut
go over the lower jaw. The larger the loop the less power
_ will be obtained.
Next pass the
cord from the off
side over the
head where the
halter rests, and
down through
this loop back of
the jaw till the slack is taken up. (See cuts 63 and 64.)
Fig. go. — Smallest size of cord used — five-six-
teenths of an inch diameter.
Fig. 61. — Largest size of cord used — three-eighths
of an inch in diameter.
G4,
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
Fig. 62.— Double Draw Hitch.
The points of. using the War Bridle are as follows : For
the First Form, which giyes power sideways and back,
stand opposite the shoulder and give a sharp, quick pull or
jerk, and instantly slack, using more or less force accord-
ing to the amount of
resistance to be over-
come. Repeat at in-
tervals of five or
eight seconds until
the horse will come
around, then repeat
on the opposite side.
In a few minutes the
horse will usually
come around and fol-
low rather than be hurt by being pulled upon.
For controling a horse bad to harness, shoe, etc., after
pulling right and left a few times, and while the cord is
kept rather taut, the object can be brought gently to the
head or back until submitted to. In all obstinate cases it
is important that the head is at first held under restraint
until successful, giving freedom as there is submission to
it. A few minutes' trial will almost always determine
whether it will give success or not. If after a fair trial
there is still resistance, it must be abandoned for the gen-
eral treatment.
For the Second Form, which gives power sideways and
forward, stand in front, a little to one side, and, as before
explained, give a short, sharp jerk, or pull, slowly repeat-
ing. Sometimes, if the horse is sensitive and nervous, two
or three pulls will be sufficient to make him follow promptly,
even running after the trainer to avoid being pulled upon.
WAR BlUDLE— SECOND FORM.
65
Fig. 63. — Second Form of
War Bridle.
But if a cold-blooded fellow that shows considerable resist-
ance, and stands sullenly in defiance of the pulling, after
pulling a few times go to the
opposite side and repeat in the
same manner. This will help
to disconcert him, and weaken
his resistance. Sometimes the
resistance may last ten minutes,
or even longer, the horse per-
haps, bracing himself stub-
bornly; but even this should
be no cause for discouragement.
Simply repeat the treatment
slowly, or not fast enough to
get out of breath, for when the
horse does come it will be all at
once with a jump, when in most cases he will be found bro-
ken, following and leading anyw^here without being pulled
upon, in an av-
erage case the
first pull will usu-
ally pull the
horse off his feet,
and after being-
pulled upon sev-
eral times, he
will usually fol-
low promptly.
This is an im-
portant point in
Fig. 04.— Second Form of War Bricle as it should breaking double
""' "'j"^*^^- l)alkers,— to first
5
G6
METHODS OF SITBJECT10^\
make the horse come ahead until ho will follow without re-
sistance, then, as described under that head, the power of
the gentle horse is brought upon him until he Avill go ahead
as desired.
Putting this part over th(! head, about half way back
on the neck, drawing down tightly and tying into a half-
hitch, is a good way to keep the head down to bridle, etc.,
but it should not be kept tied more than a minute or two.
Fig. 65. — Cord too far back ou the neck, with loop on the
lower jaw too large. Will not work.
(See cut 66.) Sometimes a horse bad to shoe can be made
to stand quietly by putting the small loop over the upper
jaw under the lip, instead of the lower jaw. Simply pull-
ing right and left a little, and holding rather tight while
shoeing, is all that will be necessary.
Another modification is to put on the War Bridle (Sec-
ond Form) passing the cord across the upper lip and o^^er
the head, thence through the loop this forms. (See cut
68.) This will sometimes work A-ery well in controlling a
horse bad to shoe, harness, etc.
WAE BEIDLE— SECOND FORM.
67
A word of caution may here be given in the use of the
War Bridle. It is important in the management of obsti-
nate cases, to pro-
tect the hands
from injury, as.
they are liable to
have the skin
torn off or blis-
tered, which in
the excitement
may not at the
time be felt.
Many interest-
ing anecdotes
could be given in
relation to the
use of this cord.
A popular writer,
in explaining the control of horses, says : '^ If a rope be
fastened in the mouth of a
horse, and another around the
neck, he becomes helpless,
and feels his helplessness, and
follows his master round and
round like a child. I saw
this done." This is about as
near as most writers can de-
scribe what they have no
practical knowledge of. No
Fig. 66.— Metbod of tying down to make horse submit
to be harnessed, have his head handled, etc.
Fig. 67.— Manner of tying.
ftving man could get any idea of the use of the War Bridle
from this description.
Several years ago a young man introduced himself to
68
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
the writer, and stated that he eoiihl break any horse of
kicking in ten minutes, no matter how bad he might be.
r tokl him I Avoidd give him one hundred dollars for knowl-
edge that would enable me to control a kicking horse with
certainty m that time better than I was then able to do.
Assured of this, he came up as if to give me a profound
secret, and said, " You take a piece of rope and put it in
the horse's mouth and over his neck, then yank him with
Fig. 68.- Modification of Second Form.
it, and in ten minutes you can't make him kick." I had
been through that country years before teaching classes,
and the young man had got a crude idea of the War Bridle
through some of my scholars. His success in controlling
some ordinary cases with it, gave him confidence to believe
that he could break any horse.
A gentleman who once attended my class, upon meeting
me years afterward, said he did not practice anything but
that cord arrangement. He said that once while visiting
some friends, and telling them what he had learned to do,
WAE BEIDLE— SECOND FOEM. 69
after some bantering and making a wager with one or two
of them, he trained a young horse in a few minutes with
the cord so that he would follow him anywhere, even into
the house. He said he told them he would take the horse
to the top of the house, if they wished. His friends were
much surprised, and satisfied at the result of the experi-
ment. Said he, " They actually thought I could make the
horse follow me up the ladder if I wished."
The simplicity of this form of control makes it difficult
to realize its value ; neither is it too much to say that it
requires a great deal of practice to use it with decided ad-
vantage. If limited to the various forms of the War and
Patent Bridles, one could drive and control more than half
of the average of vicious horses in the country. When
properly used, the ease and quickness with which a colt or
horse can be made to follow is surprising, particularly by
the First Form. This form is especially adapted to con-
trolling by the head and teaching to follow, such as head-
strong stallions, and lunging, headstrong horses that have
learned to pull away. Also for controlling horses bad to
shoe or bridle, and such as will not stand to be harnessed
or cruppered, or refuse to have the collar put on. It may
be used for ordinary cases afraid of the buffalo-robe, etc.
It will also break a cow that kicks while milking. The Sec-
ond Form is just the thing for the management of balkers,
as explained under that head.
I used this bridle ten years before knowing how to
bring out anything like its full resources. Indeed, it was
only after thirteen years that I learned the Double Draw
Hitch Form — a modification alone that more than doubles
its power. In fact, we were constantly developing more
and more, to the very last of my practice, the great value of
this simple means of control.
70 METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
"W," OR Breaking Bit.
The Breaking Bit is one of the most simple and effectr
ive means of making a hard, unmanageable mouth flexible
to the restraint of the bit that I know of. It has been the
growth of many years' practice, and as will be noticed in
other parts of this w^ork, some of my greatest feats in the
control of headstrong, runaway horses were accomplished
by means of it. It is not a bit for driving, though it may
in some cases be used as such. The secret of its success
is not so much in the bit as in the manner of using it, which
Fig. 69. — W, or Breaking Bit. Half size.
in principle is practically the same as that given for the
War Bridle. As explained in the use of the cord, there
may be at first the most determined resistance to it; but
by repetition of the treatment the horse will in a short
time not only cease resisting, but will follow anywhere.
The impression made in this way is never forgotten, and
the horse will afterward lead by the merest restraint of the
halter.
In the same manner when there is at first an effort with
this bit to control or force the submission of a headstrong
horse, there may be at first the most desperate resistance
to it ; but by repetition of the treatment there will in a
short time be such complete submission to it that the horse
can be held or controlled afterward, even under the great-
"W," OE BEEAKING BIT. 71
est excitement, by the lightest restraint of an ordinary bit.
This principle of training is also illustrated in " Halter-
Pulling," and in foct in every step of subjective treatment.
The length of the bit should be regulated to the size of
the mouth, so that when pulled upon, the bars will come at
right angles with the jaw on each side. The average length
is eight and three-fourths inches from center to center of
ring-holes when put together. This makes the length of
small bars three and three-eighths inches, and long bars
five and five-eighths inches from center to center of holes.
It may be made much shorter, but it would i)roportionately
lessen the lever power of the bars upon the jaw, which is
the key of its success. It should be made of round cast-
steel rod about five-sixteenths of an inch in diameter.
(A good illustration is given on a scale of one-half size.)
Between the bars at the ends, there should be a small, thin
washer. It must be finished smooth, with no rough cor-
ners or surfaces anywhere. Sometimes a round, stiff, piece
of leather may be put inside the rings, but this is not nec-
essary.
A great variety of bits are made on this principle, but
their construction is so faulty they do not work well.
They are mainly defective in being too short and rough.
This bit will not bruise or cut the mouth. Some of the
points which it took me a good many years to learn, were,
that there was no practical advantage in making the bars
twisted and rough for the purpose of hurting more ; that
the lever power was the point of its success, and that it
would work just as well when the bars were smooth as
when twisted and roughened.
The point of its use is, when put in the mouth the reins
are to be brought back through the shaft lugs so as to bring
72 METHODS OF SUEJECTION.
a straight, even pull upon the mouth backward, and prevent
the horse from turning around. While he is standing or
moving, according to circumstances, after giving the com-
mand to back or whoa, give a sharp, raking jerk upon the
reins, and repeat at short intervals. In all ordinary cases
the submission will be quick and easy ; but in plucky, bad
cases, the resistance may be very determined. In fact, in
many cases the resistance may be so great that it may seem
impossible to make the horse yield ; but this should not
discourage. Perseverance will in all cases bring success.
If the horse warms up much, and becomes sullenly in-
different to the pressure of the bit upon the mouth, by re-
peating the lesson it is rarely he will not be found to sub-
mit in a few minutes. At unv rate the lesson must be so
thorough that there will be unconditional submission. In
all my experience I never found more than half a dozen
cases that did not submit to one or two lessons. The point
is to persevere, repeating, if necessary, until there is suc-
cess.
More extended details in the application of this bit will
be found in chapters on " Colt Training," and " Running
Away." As training the mouth by this bit is not always
desirable on account of the work of doing it, and the lack
of skill and practice in using it, I include other forms of
bits which will enable the control of horses more directly
and with great success: 1. The Four-ring Bit; 2. The
Half Moon Bit; 3. The Spoon Bit; and 4. The Patent
Bridle.
Four-ring, or Upper Jaw Bit.
In controlling a horse by the head, we find that one of
the most sensitive parts of the mouth is the roof of the up-
FOUE-EING, OR UPPEE JAW BIT.
73
per jaw. If we take a common snaffle bit and slide two
rings over the mouth-pieces, and connect them by a strap
passing loosely ove.. the nose, when the reins, which are
attached to the outside rings, are pulled upon, the center of
the bit is forced upward against the roof of the mouth.
Fig. 70. — Improved Four-ring Bit,
This produces such acute pain that but few horses can pull
against it for any length of time.
This bit has been in very general use for a number of
years, but I do not know when or by whom it was in-
vented. Frank Leslie, of Leslies Weekl?/, who witnessed
some of my experiments in New York City, told me that
Fig. 71. — Improved Four-ring Bit. Patent applied for.
while in Europe he saw an illustration of such a bit in an
old Grecian work. While the bit works fairly Avell when
not pulled upon very hard, its power would be almost
wholly lost by the rings sliding to the ends of the bars if
the resistance against it were at all severe. To prevent
this I devised an obstruction to the rings at a certain point,
beyond which they cannot slide. (See cuts 70, 71,) By
this improvement the bit will rest easily and naturally in
74 METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
the mouth, yet be held firmly in place in spite of any de-
gree of pulling upon it.
This bit will work well upon hard pullers and side
reiners, especially those that, as they warm up, have more
inclination to lug or pull. A horse that will pull so hard
upon a common bit as to draw the wagon by the reins, will,
in most cases, by the use of this bit submit to an easy rein.
Fig. 72. — Four-riug Bit as arranged for use.
It is also one of the simplest and safest means to make a
horse stand to be shod. For this purpose, when the bit is
in the mouth, take a common War Bridle cord, tie one end
into the near ring, and pass through the opposite ring till
taut, and tie. Then bring the cord around the horse's neck
as for Second Form of War Bridle, with the cord well
back upon the neck, and passed down back of the jaw.
This will be found of special A^alue to horse-shoers, because,
with rare exceptions, it compels most horses bad to shoe to
stand gently while being shod. See chapter on " Bad to
Shoe."
HALF MOON BIT.
75
It will greatly increase the efi'ectiveiiess of the Half
Moon Bit to keep the head elevated. Indeed, this alone
will enable driving many headstrong horses easily. The
simplest and best form of check for this is arranged about
as follows : Put on a small steel bit partly bent, and pass
a closely-fitting strap from each ring across the nose. To
keep it in place, another small strap should extend from
the center of it to the head-piece. The gag-runners should
be attached to the bridle well up on the head-piece on a
line with the enrs. The check-rein should be attached to
this bit, and drawn short enough to throw the head well u\k
Fig, 73.— Half Moon Bit
The next point is to so conform the driving bit that it
cannot be resisted. This is accomplished by making the
part of the mouth-piece coming .igainst the jaw so thin that
more than an ordinary pull upon it will liurt so severely
that there will be no inclination to pull against it ; next,
that it be made so circular in form that it Avill give suffi-
cient lateral restraint to prevent pulling ov lunging side-
ways. The length should be from four and seven-eighths
to five inches from center to center of lioles, the bend about
one inch forward from a line di-aAvn across the center of
the holes, with the edge fded down to about the thickness
of the back of an ordinary knife-blade, and rounding to
prevent cutting. This will make the surface bearing against
the mouth so narrow the most plucky horse can scarcely
76
METHODS OF SUHJECTION.
pull against it. This bit will be found very effective for
the management of spirited, pulling, and lunging horses.
Spoon Bit.
The Spoon Bit simply causes sensibility in the mouth
in another way, namely, by the pressure of the spurs or
flanges against the outside of the jaw to the degree the bit
is pulled upon. It will be found in many cases to work
Fig. 74.— Spoon Bit.
very nicely, though it is not a bit that gives much power.
It is more like the Four-ring Bit in compelling an easy sub-
mission of the mouth to the guidance and restraint of the
reins. The illustration will sufficierJl-' explain its con-
struction.
Patent Bridle.
The Patent Bridle is especially adapted for the control
of extremely headstrong, lunging horses. It requires con-
sideral)lc i)ractice as well as much hard work to train a
horse successfully by the Breaking Bit ; also to make a
bad puller, or horse having a hard mouth, so sensitive as
to submit to the control of an ordinary bit. And on ac-
count of the other bits given being frequently inadequate
PATENT BEIDLE.
77
for these cases to make their management simple and easy,
I have invented this means of control.
This is an ordinary bit with a jjulley in each ring. A
small, oval strap passes
under the head-piece of
the bridle, at each end
of which is a pulley
corresponding to those
attached to the bit. Tie
or buckle the ends of
the reins into the rings
of the bit, pass them
up through the pulleys
on the ends of the round
straps, thence back
through the pulleys in
the bit rings. On the
ends of these round pul-
ley reins, is stitched a
small, strong ring. Another round, extra bit of strong,
flexible material (used only for very severe cases) is at-
tached to the main bit. (See cuts 75, TO.) This bridle
gives great pulley power up
and backward, against the
most sensitive part of the
mouth, under the upper lip,
making it almost impossible
to resist an ordinary pull
upon the reins. In addition,
the fulcrum of whatever
power is used being brought, by the rounded strap before
referred to, directly upon the spinal cord (as explained in
Fig. 75.— Outliuc of Patent Bridle.
Fig. 76.
78
METHOI>S OF SUBJECTION.
Third Method), makes it a direct and powerful means of
subjection ; so that if there is courage to pull for any length
of time, the horse finds himself so overmatched that he will
soon cease the resistance, and drive with an easy or slack
rein, when the extra bit, if used, can be removed. A rub-
ber connecting the ends of the bit to the rings on the pul-
ley reins makes the action of the bit upon the mouth the
Fig. 77. — The Patent Bridle for headstrong, luughij^-, runuway
horses. Patented Oct. 30, 1880.
same as any ordinary bit. But if at any time lliere should
be much resistance, the rubbers stretch sufficiently to give
play to the reins upon the pulleys, which will compel sub-
mission,— a Aciy important point in the management of
plucky, treacherous horses.
In breaking a horse to lead, simply reverse the reins
through the puUcys so as to pull ahead. By catching both
reins and pulling sideways and ahead, it will give such pur-
FOOT STEAP.
79
chase that the horse can be lifted right or left, or ahead,
with as much or more power than by the War Bridle.
For halter-pulling pass the reins or cord attached to the
rings through the ring or hole in the manger, and form the
end into a noose around the body of the horse back of the
shoulders. The instant lie begins to pull, the punishment
becomes so severe uj^on his head that he will soon be afraid
to pull. This is the only practicable means for breaking
bridle-pullers. It is equally eftective for breaking double
balkers. For such, the cord is tied to the end of the pole
(as explained under the head of "Balking"), when, if he
does not go, the gentle horse jerks him out of his tracks.
Foot Strap.
The Foot Strap, properly considered, is but a palliative
means of control. It is, how^ever, so simple and practical
that I will give it a place
here. It is merely to be used
in an emergency as an aux-
iliary to the other methods.
Tying up one foot (referred to
in " Subjection") greatly dis-
ables a horse from resisting.
During my early experi-
menting I frequently resorted
to this means in the manage-
ment of colts. Once having a, horse I could not safely con-
trol while driving, it occurred to me to attach a strap to
the foot and carry it back to the wagon, by w-hich means
I could at any moment, while driving, hold the foot help-
less. Upon trial the effect upon the horse was beyond my
expectation. The sudden pulling of the foot from under
Fig. 78.— Foot Strap.
80 METHODS OF SUBJECTIOIT.
him had a much more powerful effect in disconcerting and
discouraging the resistance than coukl possibly be done by
tying up the foot. A horse can travel but a short distance
upon three legs, and if a bad kicker, he is liable to balance
on the opposite leg and kick as bad as before ; whereas,
suddenly holding the foot helpless not only prevents this,
but freedom can be given him to move again when desired.
When there is danger of an unbroken colt's resisting
control and running away, a strap may bo attached to both
fore feet, which will of course give power to entirely dis-
able him. Buckle a soft strap around the foot, to which
attach a cord or driving-rein, and carry back under the
belly-band to the wagon. The belly-band should be strong,
and not buckled very tightly, so as to allow entire freedom
for the cord or strap to play. With the aid of this alone,
when properly used, almost any colt can be easily broken
to harness without difficulty. (See cut 78.)
Breaking Big.
When a colt or horse is dangerous or reckless in his re-
sistance, it is very convenient to control him by means that
will require but Little if any practical skill, and for this pur-
pose T have in\'ented the Breaking Big, which will be found
a valuable acr^uisition to the other methods here given.
To break a kicking, runaway horse or colt, all that is
necessary is to carefully harness him in the rig so that he
will not break loose, and let him go as he pleases. The
more ho struggles to free himself, or tries to kick and run,
the quicker he will be broken, while the trainer can sit
quietly behind, touching and poling the horse where sensi-
tive, until he is entirely gentle and submissive. The rig
should be constructed as follows : First set nn upright post
BEEAKING lilCi. g^
firmly in the ground. Next have two shaft arms about
twenty feet in length so fitted that one end of each will
turn upon the post. At the outer end of both of these
shaft arms should be fitted a spindle and a wheel from a
lumber or farm wagon. Separate the ends of the arms at
a distance of eleven or twelve feet, or so that the horse can
travel between them without touching either. Next place
Fig. 79— Simple Form of Breaking Rig. Patented July G.TsSO.
two bars across from one shaft arm to the other, tlie inner
one about three feet and eight inches from the hub of the
wheel, the outer one about two feet from the inside one
at the horse's shoulders, and three feet at the quarters, so
that an average-sized horse can travel easily between them.
Have Jioles or mortises made through the shaft arms, and
the ends of the bars fitted to them. The inner one should
be fastened permanently, but the outer one so fitted that
it can be taken out and reversed to allow driving the othei-
way. It would be well to have tlie holes or mortises du-
plicated so that ihe bars cnii bo ndjustcd in fit the size of
the horse,
6
82
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
(Jj
•-5
S
O)
OS
Ph
a
■•i
o
CO
ADAPTATION TO WANTS. 83
If the wheels are not high enough to support the frame
arms, put an extra piece of scantling on the upper side,
and make the mortises or holes high enough to bring the
bars where the shafts would come in driving. The simplest
way of fastening the horse in the rig is, after he is har-
nessed in place, to pass a strap under the body from one bar
to the other, another over the body and shoulders, and a
third over the hips.
No matter how vicious- or headstrong a runaway horse
may be, the faster and more determinedly he runs in this
rig, the sooner he will from necessity become gentle. lie
has not the liberty to rear up, throw himself, or kick. If
he undertakes to run, he is carried in a circle so rapidly
that he becomes comi)letely drunk and dizzy, and would
fall helpless if not confined and supported. If sensitive
about having the head, neck, or hind parts touched, he can
now be handled until he is entirely submissive to it. If
he is afraid of an umbrella or robe, they can now be brought
around him until he is submissive. If he is afraid of a car-
riage-top, open and shut an umbrella before his face, over,
and behind him, until he is fearless of it. If afraid of hav-
ing the rein caught under the tail, and inclined to run un-
der such circumstances, he can now, with entire ease and
safety, be made to submit to it.
Adaptation to Wants.
It is evident to almost any one that all horses are not
alike, and that they cannot all l)e managed in the same
way ; that there are great differences in strength, intelli-
gence, and disposition. Yet the majority of people seem
to entirely overlook these conditions in applying treatment,
84
METHODS OF STT]',.TF/'TI0N.
ADAPTATION TO WANTS.
85
or in putting them to such work ;is \ho.y arc by Die pecul-
iarity of their nature best adapted.
In the first place, we see there is a singular adaptation
in all the domestic animals to the locations and sections of
country in which we find them, and to the wants of the
people in those parts. In the extreme North, where no
other domestic animal could live, we find a dog of peculiar
Fig. 82.— The stallion, Godolphin Arabian.
iiature, adapted to the wants of the Esquimaux as a beast
of burden, fisherman, hunter, &c., and able to subsist on
the scantiest fare of fish. A little farther south, the Lap-
landers have the reindeer, which not only thrives on the
moss peculiar to that region, but supplies the people with
subsistence in the way of milk, butter, and cheese. He
travels with rapidity long distances, drawing a sledge over
the frozen ground, easily guided and controlled by the Lap-
lander as he sits behind. His skin makes the best of cloth-
ing, while the flesh is indispensable for food.
80
METHODS OF SrB.IF.rTION.
The Peruviiius have the Ihiinn. or alpaca, which, accus-
tomed to climbing the mountain.s, carries heavy burdens
over the Andes, and furnishes the people with milk for
their children ;ind wool for their clothing, as well as flesh
for food. The ])eoi)le of the desert have the camel, or drom-
edarv, for crossing the arid, sandy plains. Not only will
Fig. 83. — A good model of Draught Horse.
he carry a heavy burden patiently, but carries Avithin his
body a supply of water to last him a week.
Now we see the same principle of adaptation to the va-
rious wants of man shown to a wonderful degree in the
horse, by the great modifications in size, strength, and en-
durance. For drawing heavy loads we have the coarse-
grained, heavy, square-shouldered, patient cart-horse. For
quick, active exertion, the thoroughbred, or lithe, active
race-horse, with oblique shoulders, deep chest, dense text-
ADAPTATION TO WANTS.
87
ure of body, having the conformation of the greyhound,
and capable of running with the swiftness of the wind.
Some are docile,.intelligent, and quick to learn ; others
are dull, wild, or A^icious, and more difficult to manage, often
reminding of the characteristics of other animals. For ex-
ample, a horse having small, round eyes, set well back on
*FiG. Si. —A fiue model of the Frcncli Norman Horse.
the sides of the head, hea^y eyelids, long from eyes to ears,
narrow forehead, rounding nose, and small nostrils, will be
found naturally obstinate, treacherous, and stupid, remind-
ing of the hog or mule nature.
Though sullen and deter-
♦Drawing from life of the Norman Stallion, " Vermouht," owned by E. Dillon
& Co., Bloomington, 111., well known importers of Norman Stallions.
88
METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
mined in his resistance at first, and reijuiring considerable
time, he is not difficult to manage. On the contrary, if the
eye be large, clear or dark in color, showing much white,
and set well out on the head, long from eyes to ears, ears
rather long and heavy, and set well apart, forehead mid-
dling broad, and medium-sized nostrils, the character when
excited will be vicious, and he will be liable to snort, strike,
and kick, reminding of the cat, or feline nature. In this
' <///////'
>\%^
Fig. 85.— The Shetland Pony.
class are to be found the greatest average of vicious horses.
If a horse has large, brown eyes, set well out on the
head, eyelids thin, short from eyes to ears, ears pointed
and active, forehead broad, and nostrils large, he will be
naturally docile and intelligent. If made vicious, no mat-
ter how bad, he will submit readily to treatment.
Again, if the horse is one of fine bones, thin skin, small
chest, medium-sized stomach and bowels, not inclined to
put on flesh, there will be great sensibility and action, but
not corresponding endurance.' Any resistance usually re-
sults from excitement and fear, requiring but little more
ADAPTATION TO WANTS. 89
than careful, good iiiauagomeiit. But if on the other hand
we find the horse to be heavy boned, with dense texture
of body, deep chest and good digestion, there will be greater
power of resistance, and more prolonged endurance. The
greatest average of the most vicious horses I have ever
handled were dull iron-grey, sorrel, or black, and occasion-
ally a bay is equally bad.
In determining character we cannot form correct judg-
ment by studying parts only ; it must be determined chiefly
by the correspondence of the different parts of the whole
body. For example, a horse with long ears, and small,
round eyes, may kick and run, but this is no certain indi-
cation that every horse with long ears and small eyes is a
kicking runaway. The whole body must be taken into
consideration, though frequently a very reliable opinion
can be formed by a close observation of the head, and es-
pecially by the expression of the eye. The "Hillman"
horse referred to was in every respect a model in appear-
ance except the eyes, which were snake-like, and the form
of the head between the ears, which was very low. He
would look at a man pleasantly, and the very next minute
spring at him with the quickness of a cat.
Long-continued practice in the treatment of all kinds
of horses enabled me finally to determine with great accu-
racy the exact type of character from the color, kind of
eyes, ears, etc., as there is always an intimate relation be-
tween the peculiarity of disposition and the physical struct-
ure. Indeed, this was necessary to my success, for unless
I was able to determine clearly the character of the horse
when brought forward for treatment, and know just how
he would be liable to act under excitement, I would often
be subjected to great embarrassment by having notoriously
}>0 METHODS OF SUBJECTION.
bad horses sprung upon me without warning. In fact, it
was on account of being caught in this way a great many
times that I was compelled to become observant, and when
able to point out what a horse would do, and the treatment
necessary for his subjection, and then prove it, it became
a great point in my favor.
To give some idea of these peculiarities, I include a
great variety of heads. But it will be understood that it
is impossible, with the greatest nicety of artistic skill, to
illustrate the changing expression of even the eye. In the
human eye, anger, fear, or affection is clearly marked.
Now the horse shows the same peculiarity of changing ex-
pression in his eye, and will require the same amount oi
study to determine his intentions.
The methods given in this chapter are proved to be the
most powerful, comprehensive, and humane for the subjec-
tion of horses that have ever yet been discovered. They
give power to control the whole or any part of the body,
so that with reasonable care it becomes a very easy and
simple matter to perform astonishing feats of mastery over
the most vicious horses. When his intelligence and better
nature cannot be reached by kindness, force becomes nec-
essary until a foundation is laid which will allow an appeal
to the better nature by kindness. Under treatment by
these methods the horse is taken at such a disadvantage at
every point that there is but one alternative, — submission.
It is science against strength, — man using his ingenuity to
neutralize and master brute force.
Now it is seen that the most valuable machine may be
rendered useless by bad management ; that its usefulness
and value depend upon the skill with which it is managed.
So the advantages of these methods depend upon the man-
ner in which they are applied. A more detailed explana-
tion of these methods, with a history of the methods here-
tofore practiced, etc., will be found in the chapter on " Sub-
jection," which should be read in connection with this.
CHAPTER II.
COLT TRAINING.
The successful teacher aims first to gain the confidence
of his scholars, so that he can address their understanding
clearly. But were he to transform himself into a danger-
FiG. 86. — Simple way of haltering a dangerous colt.
ous monster, whipping them while talking in an unknown
language, indicating by his actions that he would kill or in-
jure them, they would become so frightened and excited
(91)
92
COLT TEAINING.
tliat their first impulse would be, resistance, or ,a desperate
struggle to get away.
Now this is the impression made upon the wild, un-
broken colt when hurt, frightened, or excited, in the effort
to train and control him, and Avhich in a proportionate de-
gree must increase the difficulty of his successful manage-
ment.- It is important, on this account, that every step in
Fig. 87.— Testing a doubtful colt before subjecting to treatment.
the management of these cases be of a character to prevent
and overcome fear, when the instruction and training can
be carried forward tb the degree of the colt's ability to un-
derstand, and there is perfect obedience.
Haltering.
To halter an unbroken colt, first turn him into a mod-
erate-sized room or carriage-house, without stalls or any-
HALTEKING.
93
thing which he can run against to hurt himself. It would
alarm him too much to try to catch and hold him to put
on the halter, and besides, there is danger of getting hurt.
This difficulty can be easily overcome as follows : Get a
hcj'ht pole ten feet long, and drive two nails in it about
eight inches apart, the first about one inch from the end.
Take a common rope halter, and form a running noose with
the part which slips through it back about two feet. Hang
Fig. 88.— About the length the halter should be tied.
the part which goes over the head upon the nails at the
end of the stick, so as to be easily adjusted upon the head.
(See cut 86.) If the colt is not excited or frightened, as
the halter is extended toward him he will reach out his
nose to smell and examine it. While he is gratifying his
curiosity in this way, bring the slack part under his jaw,
the head part over and back of the ears, when by turning
the stick half way round, the halter will drop upon the
head. Now by pulling upon it, the slack will be taken up
m^ the halter will be upon him securely.
94
COLT TKAINING.
Making the Colt Gentle.
To teach a vicious, headstrong colt to follow, subject
him at once to Second Method. Tie the hair of the tail
into a knot, and run the halter through above it, drawing
short enough to turn the body in a half circle. If at all
doubtful about the length, before tying go around with him
once or twice (see cut 35), when the length can be regu-
lated to the point desired and tied into a half-hitch knot.
Fig. 89.— Pulling the foot back with cor J.
Now bring the pole against the quarters until it is submit-
ted to.
If the halter is tied too long, especially if the colt is a
little sullen, he will not move around fast enough to have
the desired effect. Or if he is at all nervous and excitable,
and tied very short, he will be likely to go around so rap-
idly as to fall helplessly before the halter can be untied.
To avoid possible accident this should bo carefully guarded
against.
When the colt will submit to being touched on one side
or part with a pole, go to the opposite side, and repeat un-
MAKING THE COLT GENTLE.
95
/
til there is no resistance or fear shown. Some colts will
resist very hard when touched, striking and kicking with
great fury. This need not discourage; simply force up
sharply to the point of helplessness, reversing quickly, and
repeating until there is entire submission. It is rare that
this treatment will not give success in ten or fifteen min-
utes. But should the case be one of such extreme vicious-
ness as not to submit, then the treatment must be the same
Fig. 90.— Pulling the foot forward.
as for other extremely vicious horses. After submitting,
if warm and sweaty, keep handling him gently until cool.
Next, handle the feet. At this stage there should be
no difficulty in doing this. If, however, the colt should
show an inclination to resist the foot being taken, and it is
not desired to push the general subjection farther (for fre-
quently a colt may be entirely gentle as to general hand-
ling, and still resist the feet being taken, with much en-
ergy), put on the War Bridle. After giving a few quick,
energetic jerks right and left with it, let an assistant tie a
96
COLT TEAJNl^^G.
rope or strap around the foot below the fetlock, and, while
holding the cord rather tight on the mouth, pull the foot
back until it is submitted freely to the restraint upon it ;
then reverse and pull forward a few times. Finally take
the foot in the hand and pound upon it.
Teaching to Folloav.
Usually after this treatment the colt will lead by the
Fig. 91.- The colt as he stands after treatmeut.
halter freely ; but if he does not, put on the War Bridle,
First Form, which will soon enable making him do so.
Sometimes it is desirable to use the Second Form. Colts
of a cold-blooded nature, which are liable to become sullen
when heated, will sometimes resist very hard ; but by per-
severance they always work in, though in some extreme
cases it may be best to wait until the excitement is over,
and then repeat the lesson. As the War Bridle may not
always be available, T will give the simplest method of
doing it with a halter : —
If a rope halter is on, tie the running noose back of the
TEACHI^TI TO FOLLOW. 97
jaw into a knot to prevent it from pulling tightly upon the
nose. Stand opposite the shoulder, take a firm hold of the
hitching-part, and give a sharp, quick jerk, repeating at
slow intervals until the colt will step around promptly;
then repeat on the opposite side, gradually pulling more
on a line with the body until he will go right, left, or ahead
freely. The War Bridle, if available, is much more power-
ful and effective, and to be preferred.
The following method will also teach a sullen colt to
follow instantly, though not so good to make follow by the
Fig. 93. — Wrong way of teaching colt to lead by halter.
halter, which is the real object to be attained : Take a
piece of cord twenty-two to twenty-five feet in length,
double, and place the center of it under the tail like a
crupper ; bring both ends forward, crossing and twisting
them once or twice over the back, and knot together in
front of the breast. Now catch the halter strap in the
left hand rather loosely, and, with the right hand, pull
upon the cord with a sharp jerk ; this will so excite and
frighten the colt that he will jump aliead, and after repeat-
ing once or twice, will follow anywhere. Should the colt
kick when the cord is pulled upon, it must not be repeated,
;is it would teach the habit of kicking. At once take it
olf, and make a noose around the l)ody (as shown in cut),
7
9a
COLT TEAINING.
when it will be found tluit luilliiiii' ([uickly will so tighten
the noose and hurt the back as to make the eolt jump
ahead in surprise, and he will soon learn to follow promptly.
This does not require any skill, and will be found to work
very nicely. It will be found especially valuable in teach-
ing young, sensitive colts to lead.
I will give another method of teaching colts to be
Fig. 93. — When pulled upon vei-y hard is liable to rear and
throw himself over backward.
gentle and follow Avithout the use of the halter, — a method
I f>racticed with great success during my early experi-
ence,— which, when well done, will be found very eifective.
First, get the colt into a small room or carriage house.
The smaller the inclosure the less inclined the colt will be
to get away. Next, take a common five or six foot buggy
whip, and, speaking kindly, approach him slowly, as he
will bear. Tie will naturally get as far away into a corner
as he can, but as sooxi as you see the least indication of
TEACH IXC TO FOLLOW
99
fear, step back, showing an indit'terent manner. When his
alarm subsides, apijroach as before, and so continue to do
until the mane can be touched and patted a little. This
submitted to, bring the whip from behind you, quietly
over his back, until it extends over the shoulder, so that
the lash can be brought against the opposite side of his
head a little below the eye, and commence tapping with it
Fig. 94.— Right way of pulling to teach the colt to lead.
very lightly, gradually increasing the force of the stroke
until the head is moved from it a little, when stop and
caress; so continue until he steps around toward you a
little to get away from the force of the' stroke. By re-
peating the tapping, and striking a little harder, as he
learns to fear the whip he will be forced around in a circle
at will. This may be done when the halter is on. If the
whip is too limber and the lash too springy and long, it
100
COLT TEAINING.
will be difficult to do this properly, as it will be liable to
be brought across the fjice in an irregular manner, fright-
ening the colt and makhig him try to get away. Success
will depend upon the whip being just right.
The point made of forcing the colt around, step well
up to the head and drop the end of the whip back over the
hips, touching the part lightly with it, or barely enough to
move him, then step forward, when he will come ahead.
Fig. 95. — Simple method of making a sulleu colt follow instantly.
Should he come ahead too far, he can be instantly stopped
by bringing the lash to the first position and forcing him
around again. Now repeat, not enough to frighten or hurt
much, yet sufficient to force him around or ahead freely.
It will help greatly to reward with apples, etc. It seldom
requires more than five or ten minutes to teach a colt to
follow in this way. (Tlie principle is the same in teaching
steers or oxen to drive with the whip, with the difference
that when it is desired to stop the steer, to prevent him
from running ahead, it may be necessary to put on a foot-
strap, as explained in the first chapter. The foot-strap
TEACHING TO FOLLOW.
101
would also be good for the colt, though I prefer, when re-
straint is necessary, to use the halter.)
During my first visit to Maine, in 1863-4, 1 advertised,
the better to attract attention, that I would take any colt
that had never been haltered, and within twenty minutes
make him perfectly gentle to lead, ride, and handle. Daily
the wildest colts to be found were driven in from the coun-
try to put me to the test. In my run through the entire
State I did not fail in a single instance, with the control of
Fig. 90. — The colt as be ■will usually follow after treatmeut.
the whip alone, to lead such colts into the open street, witli-
out halter or bridle. The feat was accomplished by train-
ing as explained.
Another method, which has been ^jracticed by some
traveling horsemen, is to turn the colt into a small inclos-
ure, and whip keenly witli a bow whip, around the legs and
flanks. This will cause the colt in his fright and pain to
run into a corner. As soon as he will turn his head around
a little, the whipping is stopped and an effort made to reach
his head slowly, the hand being held out toward him while
doing so. Should the head be turned away, or resistance
be shown, the whipping is repeated, and this continued un-
102
COLT TliAlNING.
til he can be controlled. At each inclination to follow, he
is caressed ; while for running away, or resistance, the whip
is applied, until he soon learns to follow to avoid punish-
ment.
There are several objections to this method : First, the
horse is greatly excited and frightened by the severity of
the punishment, before he can know what it is for, which
is entirely prevented by the other methods. Second, if
Fig. 97. — Teaching a colt to follow with the whip.
the horse is warm-blooded and plucky, there is danger of
teaching the most aggravating kind of kicking, as the in-
tense excitement and pain of the whipping impresses the
nervous system so greatly as to weaken and injure it, mak-
ing what is termed a habit of nervous, switching kicking —
a habit very difficult to overcome. The writer has at dif-
ferent times found fine colts that had been treated in this
manner by traveling horsemen, and completely spoiled.
The other methods are so much simpler, and more humane,
that there is no need whatever of resorting to such needless
cruelt^ .
DElVmG TO HAENESS.
103
If the colt is not very bad after being haltered, catch
the halter up near the head, and go aronnd with him on a
sharp walk. At the same time bring the pole (one end of
which being well back under the arm) against the quarters.
The pulling around will sufficiently disconcert the horse to
allow this without much resistance, and he will soon leam
to submit, when repeat on the opposite side. It will be
still better to put on the War Bridle, and after pulling
Fig. 98. — Colt as he will follow after being ti-aincd with whip.
around right and left, bring the pole against the quarters,
legs, and flanks, as before explained. If the colt will sub-
mit to this, it is all that is necessary to do, and just as ef-
fective as if he were subjected to more powerful treatment.
Driving to Harness.
With the foundation laid of making the colt gentle to
be touched, handled, and rode, the course I usually pursue
to accustom the colt to drive in harness is about as follows :
Put on the harness, which should be so fitted as to rest
]04
COLT TEAINING.
easily upon the body, tie up the tugs and breeching straps,
and bring the reins through the lugs or shaft bearers. This
is very important, to prevent his turning around. Now
get behind, holding the reins low on each side of the hips.
If he does not start as desired, touch lightly with a Avhip,
and drive around a little, gradually pulling so as to drive
him in long circles, and ahead, or either way, freely. If
the mouth is hard, and he pulls upon the bit rather stub-
FiG. 99.— Bringing the pole against the quarters.
bornly, the Breaking Bit, if available, had better be substi-
tuted. This will give all the power desired.
After the drive, while standing, let an assistant bring
a pole against the quarters and flanks until submitted to,
then back the horse sharply against a rail or pole so ar-
ranged that it will come against the quarters w^here the
breeching or crosspiece of shafts comes. (See cut 101.)
The resistance to this poling may sometimes be so serious
as to necessitate subjecting again to Second Method, but
not often if the first lesson is made very thorough. It will
not do under any circumstaiices to proceed farther, until
DEIVING TO HARNESS.
lOi
there is unconditional submission to this requirement. Then
drive around moderately, either stopping to pole, or have
an assistant do it gently until it can be done without at-
tracting his notice in the least. A good way is to tie the
hair of the tail into a knot quite short, so that a pole passed
through the hair above it when pressed against the quar-
ters will strike where the breeching comes. It is very im-
portant to have the colt made thoroughly fearless of beinj^
Fig. 100.- Colt when first driven in liaruess.
touched about the quarters and flanks in tliis way while
driving.
The next step is to make the point of reining, stopping,
and backing. After he has learned to go ahead and turn
sideways, he can easily be taught to stop. To do this, say
" Whoa ! " sharply, and immediately give a slight, raking
pull upon the reins sufficiently hard to compel stopping,
then instant]}^ slack. Usually, the colt will at first try to
move ahead. Let him go a few steps, then repeat the com-
mand, and, as before, pull sufficiently hard to stop him.
So repeat until he learns to stop and stand quietly as long
as desired.
Next, stand behind and say, " Back !" and immediately
106
COLT TEAIJSriNC:^.
give a sharp, raking jerk to pull him back a little, and re-
peat until he will back as desired. Do not force him to
back too freely, but just enough to give to a slight pressure
of the bit. If there is much resistance to the driving bit,
the Breaking Bit may be substituted, but this must not be
used so severely as to bruise or make the mouth sore. If
he becomes warm and decidedly stubborn at any point, the
better way will be to put him away until cool, when, by
repeating the lesson, he will soon work in. At this point
Fig. 101. — Backing the colt against rail or pole.
there is great danger of spoiling the mouth, because when
the blood becomes greatly heated, the sensibility of the
mouth is so blunted that he will bear having it bruised and
even cut to pieces without noticing it. But when over the
excitement, it will be so sensitive and sore that he is liable
not only to yield to the pressure of the bit too freely, but
acquire the habit of running back. Hence the advisability
of putting him away until cool, and then repeating the les-
son, when the mouth will be sufficiently sensitive to com-
pel submitting freely. If he is given to running away, and
resists the bit so hard that he cannot be held, first, over-
BITTING.
107
come his fear of being touched around the quarters, etc., by
the Second Method, then train the mouth with the Break-
ing Bit until manageable. I ndA'ise this training of the
mouth, because, when properly done, it enables controlling
afterward with an ordinary snaffle bit.
It is not advisable, in teaching to drive, to run one les-
son into another, especially that of stopping and backing.
Fig. 103.— Simple form of Bltting-rig.
Backing should be taught very cautiously, so as not to teach
the habit of going back toe freely — a bad habit.
Bitting.
My course in most cases has been to continue the driv-
ing to poles or wagon. But as bitting may be necessary,
especially for headstrong colts, I will include directions
here : —
Simply put on such an outline of harness as will enable
108
COLT TEAINING.
103. — Strained, unnatural position of
the head when checked liigh.
bringing pressure upon the mouth and holdhig it there.
The ordiiiary arrangement is a surcingle with crupper at-
tachment, to which the check-rein is connected. This is so
common and well^understood that it is unnecessary to go
into an explanation of de-
tails. There are great ob-
jections to the common
method of bitting, and
putting the rig upon an
entirely green, wild colt,
checking the head up high,
and turning him loose in
this condition. The colt
in his struggles for free-
dom is liable to get mad,
rear up, fall backward,
and possibly kill himself.
At any rate, the undue confinement irritates and excites
him to a needless degree.
The proper course would be about as follows : First, put
on a bridle with a snaffle bit, leaving it on until he becomes
accustomed to it. Next, put on any simple harness rig,
and check at first so as to bring but little restraint upon
the head, leaA-ing it on thirty or forty minutes. Next day,,
check a little shorter, and let him run in a yard in Ihe same
manner. At each repetition, check shorter, until the head
is brought as high as he will bear.
Another excellent method is to fit a simple surcingle,
having loops at different points on either side, and with
crupper attachment. Put on an ordinary bridle with snaf-
fle Ijit and gag-runners. Now take a piece of cord about
the size used for War Bridle, and fasten its center, either
bringing it over the water-hook, or held by a strap connect-
ing with the saddle-part. Pass the ends forward through
BITTING.
109
the gag-runners, down through the rings of the bit on each
side, thence back through the loops on each side of the sur-
cingle, an^i tie into the hip ring of the back-band sufficiently
short to give the restraint required. The higher the cord
is held on each side, the
greater the tendency to
pull the head up and back,
while the lower, the
greater the tendency to
pull the nose in ; so the
length and height on each
side must be regulated to
suit the case. While by
this means there is re-
straint upon the head up
and backward, the sliding
of the line or cord through
the rings and gag-runners gives sufficient freedom for the
head to be brought down, thereby easing the weariness of
the restraint.
Training the mouth implies teaching it to submit freely
to flexible restraint. Now bitting is only a partial step to-
wards accomplishing this, as it only holds the head to a
fixed ppsition of restraint. Not infrequently, when the
head is checked high and held there so long as to weary
the muscles of the neck, the head is rested upon the bit
for relief, and imperceptibly the habit of lugging is learned.
Several other bad habits may also be learned by this indi-
rect method of training the mouth ; the annoying habit of
pulling on one rein, holding the head down when pulled
upon, refusing to stand, back, or to rein freely, or refusing
to rein but one way when excited or maddened.
There has been practically no remedy for these diffi-
culties, yet they are in most cases easily prevented or over-
110 COLT TBAi^^lNG.
come by the simple method of trahiiiig the mouth with the
Breaking Bit.
If the colt does not rein freely, or pulls too heavily,
put on the Breaking Bit, run the reins through the shaft lugs
and drive around slowly. When the pull is too hard, give
a little raking jerk, just enough to break the pull, then
slack instantly, and so repeat. Do the same also for throw-
ing the head down, and lugging, which will bring the head
up and back. Simply repeat until the mouth submits freely
to moderate restraint. Sometimes the horse will fight this
(j^uite hard for a time, the same as a stubborn, headstrong
horse will resist the jerking or pulling upon the War Bridle
in teaching to lead ; but by repeating, he will soon learn
to submit to it unconditionally. There must be persever-
ance until the point is made of submitting to the slightest
restraint. If necessary, the lesson should be repeated
when driving to wagon. It is surprising how easily the
mouth is made to submit to restraint by a little training
with this bit. (See details of using Breaking Bit under
that head in. first chapter.)
Hitching to Wagon.
With sufficient control of the mouth to hold the horse
under any excitement, the next step is to drive to wagon.
As it is sometimes a little risky to do this directly, driving
to poles should be resorted to first. In fact, I regard this
necessary, because it accustoms the colt to being touched
around the quarters, backing against the crosspiece, etc.,
with entire safety. Hitch the colt into these polos with-
out breeching, and drive around, turning right and left, and
backing against the crosspiece occasionally to fix the im-
pression of being touched by it.
Before hitching to wagon, all fear of any rattle, or noise
from behind, must be overcome. Next, hitch the horse in,
HITCHING TO WAGON.
Ill
and before attaching the tugs, run the crosspiece against
the quarters to overcome all fear of the shafts. Be very
particular that the harness is fitted so as not to restrain
the circulation, or bring any undue pressure upon any part
of the body. In my practice I give the head entire free-
dom, using nothing but the restraint of the reins, as it tends
to confuse and annoy the colt to be needlessly hampered
in any Avay. If desirable to guard against any possible
impulse of resistance, attach a strap to the fore foot, by
Fig. 105. — Testing the colt by driving in poles.
which it can be taken up at any time. This will prevent
kicking. I would also add here that it is always advisable,
when the colt is standing in the shafts, before being at-
tached, to shake and rattle the wagon ; then move him
ahead and pull the wagon behind.
Another point : The colt should always be hitched
where the road is wide and level, or in a field, giving a
chance to drive around and turn easily. At first let him
go any way he will, giving him a moderately slack rein.
If the previous work has been well done, the colt will be
3,s gentle, and indifferent to excitement as any old horse,
112 COLT TEAINING.
But if not subdued and made thoroughly gentle and fear-
less, as before explained, there is danger, in exceptionally
bad cases, of his getting frightened and kicking, and thus
a great point is lost. It is, in fact, almost fatal to success
to let a horse by carelessness or accident resist at any
point, as it makes him cunning and doubtful — a condition
that sometimes requires very careful, thorough work to
overcome.
There should be no effort to make a drive until the colt
is accustomed to turning, stopping, and starting, but not to
backing ; let that come after the going ahead and stopping
is thoroughly established, when repeat the lesson on back-
ing a little. At first, the driving should be confined to a
walk, then gradually let out to a moderate trot, being care-
ful not to drive to the point of exhaustion. If the colt
steps well, and it is desired to cultivate a fast trotting gait,
there is more necessity for going slowly. First, let him
out on a smooth, moderately descending road, holding up
often, and speaking to him kindly. Gradually he can be
let out faster and a little farther, but not to the point of
breaking, nor so far at any time as to cause fatigue. If it
is intended to hitch to top carriage, drive around first with
an umbrella held over the head, bringing it over the back.
Next, lead him around so that he can look into the top and
smell of it, then lead him into the shafts and hitch.
The custom of using blinders on horses, especially as
usually put on, in a haphazard way of pressing against and
covering up the eyes, is an abomination which should be
dispensed wdth in driving. They are admissible only when
the horse is lazy or cunning, watching the whip, etc. Any
horse of intelligence and courage will always drive more
reliably when able to see around and behind him. '
SULLEN COLTS.
113
Sometimes a colt, becoming heated and sullen, refuses to
rem, or lunges sideways. If very bad, subject sharply to
Second Method while the harness is on, following with the
treatment by the War Bri-
dle until perfectly sub-
missive to it ; then do up
the cord and commence
driving again. If there
is disinclination to rein,
drop the reins, untie the
cord, and jerk him in the
opposite direction until he
will come freely, when tie
again loosely into the fer-
ret, take up the reins, and
go on with the lesson. It
is very important, in les-
sons of this character, that
the head be not hampered
in any way by extra rig-
ging of any kind ; nothing
should be upon it but an
easily-fitting bridle. The
harness in all cases should
fit easily, so as not to ir-
ritate by its pressure or
restraint. The lesson is
to be continued by driv-
ing to poles, etc., as be-
fore explained. It may
also be necessary to use
the Breaking Bit, but this must be used cautiously on colts,
as it is easy to make the mouth too sensitive with it, which
must be guarded against.
114
COLT TKAmiNG.
Throwing over Backward.
Sometimes colts acquire the habit of throwing them-
selves down, or over backward. This is one of the few
habits for which there has been no practical remedy, yet
when subjected to proper treatment, it will not, as a general
thing, be found difficult to overcome. Subject quickly to
Second Method, and get him so confused and off his bal-
FiG. 107. — Colts as usuiilly made to follow on a ruu by a few
luiimtcs' treatment before the class.
ance that he cannot concentrate his purpose to throw him-
self. Let the lesson be made sharp, following quickly with
War Bridle. Sometimes it may be necessary to use the
Third Method ; then put in harness and drive around as
first explained. If well done, it is rarely the colt will try
to throw himself afterward ; should he do so, repeat more
thoroughly with the Thkd Method, after w^hich, with the
Second, and, while yet confused, drive him around, at first
rapidly, then more slowly until found reliable.
These cases have been very common in my practice.
By way of illustration I will refer to two cases, one of the
colts being sold wdien three years old for $150. In trying
THEOWmCi OVBE BACK\YARD. 115
to break him, he acqmred the habit so badly of throwing
himself down that it was impossible to drive him in harness.
He resisted every effort to break him, consequently, Avhen
six years old he was sold for $50. He was brought in
without my being informed as to his true character, for the
purpose of breaking me down. He yielded readily, how-
ever, to the Second and Third Methods, driving anywhere
as gentle as desired. The other, eight years old, had re-
sisted every effort to be broken, and had the habit so badly
that whenever the reins, or even the halter, were pulled
upon a little while leading, he would throw himself down.
A horse-breaker, who took the job of breaking him for $25,
joined my class at Elyria, Ohio, and brought him in to be
experimented upon. In a chance way, when taking him
by the halter to look him over, I happened to pull a little
to make him follow, when instantly he threw himself over
backAvard. The man thought it a good joke, and laughed,
saying, " He is a good one. If you can keep him on his
feet while driving, you will break the worst horse that ever
lived. I can't break him, and I don't know of any one who
can, so I brought him in for you to try your hand upon."
I put the harness on the horse carefully, all ready to
drive, tied up the reins so I could take them down quickly,
and subjected him sharply to the Second Method. When
he became so dizzy as to be at the point of falling, I quickly
pulled the halter-strap loose, grasped the reins, and gave
him a cut or two with the whip across the hind legs, at the
same- time yelling " Get up !" to frighten him ahead. He
jumped before he knew what he was at, and after a few
moments' pushing in this way he could be driven without
showing any inclination to repeat the habit. The lesson,
though requiring but a few minutes, proved effectual.
Occasionally horses of this character may bother consider-
ably. Such are usually of a cold-blooded, sullen nature,
116 COLT TEAINING.
but it is only a matter of a little more care and extra work,
to make them work in submissively. It is advisable in all
these cases to test thoroughly for two or three days, before
driving.
Driving Double.
We first drive the colt double because easier. If this
is desirable, subject first to Second Method, making him
gentle to be touched around the quarters and parts gener-
ally, so that there will be no fear when touched by the
tugs or whiffletree. Put on the off side first, because less
liable to be excited there, then reverse to the near side.
Hitching the Colt.
In most cases when the colt is taught to follow freely
as before explained, there will be but little inclination to
try to pull loose when hitched by the halter, especially
if the stall is wide, and the hitching part of the halter is
left rather long. But as it is the best proof of skill to guard
against successful resistance at any point, such precautions
must be taken as will prevent it. It must be borne in mind
that learning to stand when hitched, above any other con-
dition of training, should be so thoroughly taught that there
will be no inclination to pull, even when subjected to the
greatest excitement or fear, as from dogs or hogs running
in front, cats or hens jumping or flying around the manger,
the blowing of newspapers, etc., near the head. The
surest and best method for overcoming this fear is as fol-
lows : —
Take a large size War Bridle cord of the best quality
about twenty-eight to thirty feet long, double it, and make
a noose of the doubled end around the body a little back
of where the saddle rests. Bring the other ends forward
between the fore legs, through the ring or hole in the man-
HITClimCx BY THE HALTER. 117
ger and tie to the ring of the halter back of the jaw. The
length must be so regulated that the horse can step around
as freely as if tied rather long by a common halter. If
there is an inclination to go back when in any way excited,
the noose draws so tightly around the body, and presses so
keenly upon the back bone, that the colt is at once disa-
bled, hurt, and frightened, so that the first impulse is to
jump ahead. A few repetitions will convince him of his
inability to pull loose, as well as create in him such a fear
of pulling, that he cannot be induced to repeat it. Hitch
Fig. 108,— Proper method of hitchiDg the colt at first.
in this way in the stall a few times until there is no incli-
nation to pull loose, after which he can be hitched with en-
tire safety, directly by the head.
By this mode of treatment, there is no danger of the
colt straining or hurting himself, or pulling himself down—
a very objectionable habit— or to pull loose when first
hitched. It teaches him to submit unconditionally to the
restraint of the halter upon the head under the greatest ex-
citement.
For extended details of hitching by the halter, and hal-
ter pulling, see chapter under that head.
CHAPTER III.
EXCESSIVE FEAR.— ITS EFFECTS.
It is quite wonderful to what a degree the nervous sys-
tem can be shaken or deranged by a sudden fright or in-
tense fear. So susceptible is the mind to this influence
Fio. 109. — The colt excited by fear.
that not infrequently very trifling causes in themselves
make such an imj^ression upon children and sensitive per-
sons as to produce convulsions and insanity that may in
some cases end in death. Even large audiences are some-
times so panic-stricken by the cry of fire, or some other
(118)
GENEEAL REMARKS. 119
cause uf danger, as to seem insensible to reason. Under
such circumstances, many men and women become so de-
mented that they are most likely to do just what they
should not. For example, they will try to save things of
no value, and leave valuable property to be destroyed,
throw mirrors and other fragile articles from upper story
windows, without realizing they must be broken ; be un-
able to dress, or will get on garments the wrong way, etc.
Now the horse is liable to be excited and deranged in
the same manner. It is well understood how difficult it is
to get horses out of a burning building ; and if by blind-
folding, etc., they are taken out, when given freedom their
confusion and excitement is so intense that they are apt to
rush back into the fire. On the sudden approach of a train,
or blowing of the whistle, a horse in crossing the track is
liable to become so paralyzed that he cannot be forced across
in time to prevent a collision. It is not uncommon to have
a horse frightened to death in this way.
To illustrate^ I will include an account of a few such
cases that comprise the record of a few days only :
"In Rochester, K Y., the other day, a horse was so frio;]itene(l at an
engine letting oif steam that it trembled, and in a moment fell dead from
fright/'
"At White Plains, New York, a horse was so friglitcned hy a locomo-
tive whistle that he dropped dead."
"Two very remarkable cases of horses being frightened to death oc-
curred in Fairmount Park, Phil., within the past few days. Last Thursday
the horse of P. Wallace, of Seventeenth and Catharine streets, became un-
manageable, through fright at a train of cars on Mifflin Lane. The occu-
pants of the carriage alighted, and Mr. Wallace undertook to drive the horse
off to quiet it, when it dropped dead."
"During Monday the horse of Mr. Zeiss, Ridge avenue and Jefferson
street, ran away by fright at a passing steamboat. Guard Ledlie caught the
animal, when Mr. Zeiss said ho could then manage the horse, and started off.
The horse went off all right for about 60 yards, when he again ran away and
went 15 or 20 feet, when he dropped dead."
Colts or unbroken horses are especially susceptible to
fear. Almost every step in their management, as shown
in Colt Training, hes in overcoming resistance excited by
120
FEAE.— ITS EFFECTS.
Fig. 110. — Nervous, excitable character.
fear. It is the principal cause of kicking and running away,
as well as many other annoying or dangerous habits, which
make the horse partially or Avholly worthless for use.
A colt that once had the habit of feeding around and
poaching in neighboring
yards, was so gentle and
indifferent to fear that
he could scarcely be
driven away. In order
to frighten him off, an
old tin pail was tied to
his tail and a dog set on
him. At first he cared
nothing about it, but
when he started to run,
the pail rattled and
thumped against his heels so severely that he became fright-
ened, and kicked. The fjxster he ran, the more the pail
rattled and thumped against his legs, and he ran until he
was exhausted. As the result, his nervous system was so
shaken and injured that afterward the stirring of the grass,
or drawing of a stick on the ground behind him, would so
excite him that he would scringe, switch, and kick.
The effect is the same upon a colt or horse, which by
some accident or imprudence has been excited to kick and
run away while hitched to a wagon. The striking of the
wagon against the legs in kicking, makes him think it is the
wagon hitting and hurting him, and he tries in the most
desperate manner to get away or free himself from it ; so
the fear, kicking, and running are increased until freed from
the wagon, disabled, or caught. Thus the wagon becomes
the same in respect to frightening and exciting the horse
and spoiling him, that the tin pail was in frightening the
colt. The same effect, of exciting and frightening the
GENEEAL EEMAEKS. 121
horse as by sudden or unexpected contact with objects or
sounds, are produced in various ways. Now, as these dif-
ficulties are entirely preventable by proper treatment, the
importance of understanding and applying it can be appre-
ciated.
A horse's way of reasoning is limited to his experience
in seeing, hearing, and feel-
ing. When comdnced in
this way that an object or
sound will not hurt him, no
matter how objectionable
or repugnant it may have
previously seemed in ap-
pearance, it will be re-
garded with entire indif-
ference. It is remarkable Fig. hi.— Extreme of a wild, vicious
also what a degree of in- "^*'''"''"
sensibility to fear, or how much confidence can be inspired
when proper treatment is apphed. For instance : Let a
pole be brought suddenly or unexpectedly against the quar-
ters of a wild colt, and he will instantly jump, snort, and
kick, showing the greatest fear of it. If this be repeated
for a few times, the fear, kicking, and effort to get away
will be greatly increased. If, on the contrary, the pole
were slowly and gently brought to the nose, so that he can
smell of it, then passed over the mane and back, gently
rubbing the parts, and gradually extending it over the hips
and across the quarters lightly, increasing the force of the
contact as he will bear, at the same time attracting his at-
tention, and quieting his fear by stroking the head, talking
to him, or giving apples, etc., a few repetitions, requiring
in all, perhaps not more than ten or fifteen minutes, will
make the colt entirely fearless and indifferent to being
touched.
12.2
FEAR— ITS EFFECTS.
T was once present when a team of four horses was har-
nessed for the first time to a band wagon. With the first
note, the horses were excited to such intense fear that it
was only by the greatest effort they were kejit from run-
ning away, though the band stopped playing instantly. I
directed the men to get out and
go back about fifteen rods. In
the meantime, I took the most
excitable horse by the bridle,
stroked his nose, talked to him
quietly, and directed the others
to be treated in a like manner.
They were greatly excited ; the
one I held fairly shook with
fear. After a few minutes, I
directed the band to commence
very lightly upon one or two in-
struments at first, the others af-
terward to gradually start in. This slight commencement
was repeated several times before the horses would bear it
without showing great excitement. I then directed them to
play louder, and increase the tone gradually until up to the
full force of all the instruments and drums. This point
made, while playing they came forward very slowly, got in
and commenced again in the lightest possible manner, grad-
ually increasing the sound until they played again with
full force. I now directed the band to keep quiet while
the team wns driven a short distance, then, as before, com-
mence lightly and slowly, gradually playing louder until
the horses appeared indifferent to the sound. The result
was that in less than twenty minutes the band paraded the
streets, playing as they pleased, the horses entirely gentle,
in fact, appearing to enjoy the music. Here we see such
marked excitement and fear shown from hearing a sudden,
Fig. 113. — Docile, intelligent
character.
GENERAL REMARKS.
12:^
unexpected sound, as to precipitate the most violent resist-
ance, and the contrary of soon quieting down and becoming
indifferent to it, by convincing the reason that it would not
cause injury.
Understanding these effects, we will now consider con-
ditions. Suppose we wish to accustom a colt to the sight
of a piece of paper or a white handkerchief. It is first
brought to his nose so that he is able to feel of it, and see
it plainly, then rubbed against the head and neck until it
ceases to attract attention.
If now the operator were
to step behind or opposite
the flanks, and throw it
suddenly behind or under
the belly, it would be very
likely to excite as much
fear and resistance as if ,f]
he had not before seen or
felt it. The difference of
position makes it appear a
new object of danger to
be avoided. Familiarized with it at the head, it should be
thrown down carelessly in front, then a little further back,
occasionally rubbing it against the head and nose, and so
repeating until it can be thrown anywhere around or under
the body ; this must also be done on both sides of the body
alike.
A spirited horse that may have been driven for years
to a wagon, gentle, would be just as likely to kick and run
away should the breeching break and let the cross-piece or
whiffletree come against the quarters, as if he had previ-
ously known nothing about them. And so in relation to
other objects or causes of resistance. This is particularly
noticeable in breaking colts, as shown by the fact that mak-
FiG. 113. — Sullen, treacberous character.
124
FEAR— ITS EFFECTS.
ing one side or leg gentle will not make other parts so ;
both sides must be treated alike. It is on account of these
conditions not being understood (the details of which are
given in Colt Training, Kicking, etc.) that so many acci-
dents occur from the use of horses supposed to be gentle
and safe. They are gentle so far as they have been broken
or accustomed to certain objects or sounds, but when sub-
jected to changes, the impulse of kicking, running away,
Fig. 114. — Simple Treatment - bringiug the pole over the back
and quarters until no fear of it is shown.
etc., is as liable to occur as if they were entirely unbroken.
Hence we say that the great majority of such accidents are
the direct result of ignorance and bad treatment. In break-
ing colts, as explained under that head, if the trainer is in
no hurry, and does not wish to resort to coercive treatment,
the confidence of the colt can be easily won by scratching
the mane, giving apples, etc. After being haltered, com-
mence rubbing along the back with a pole, extending it
down the hips and legs, and giving an apple, etc. Where
much fear is shown, bring the pole to the first point and
EATTLE OF A WAGON. 125
work again back to that which is sensitive. In this way
continue the rubbing or scratching about the hips, quarters,
or flanks until no fear of it is shown. Or a short hokl can
be taken of the halter, and, while stepping around, sharply
pull the colt after ; then bring the pole smoothly, but lightly,
against the quarters and hips until submissive to it. This
slow and direct method of treatment is as good and lasting
as when controlled by direct subjective treatment, which is
necessary only when resistance is great.
Fear of Rattle of Wagon.
If the horse is afraid of the rattle of a wagon, restrain
or overcome his resistance as may be necessary by one or
more of the methods of subjection. Next, accustom the
horse to being touched on the quarters, etc., with a pole.
Put on the harness with Patent Bridle, or Breaking Bit, to
insure holding him easily, bring him in front of the shafts,
and have some one rattle the wagon until the horse is re-
gardless of it. Now carefully put him between the shafts,
and let the wheels and body of the wagon be shaken
again ; then drop the shafts upon the ground and repeat.
Should the horse at any time try to run ahead, pull him
back sharply until he will stand quietly without resistance.
Now hitch him up and drive moderately at first, making a
noise by a stick running across the spokes, etc. Gradually
let out to a trot and run, compelling him to stop occasion-
ally at the command to " whoa." In the meantime, as
there is submission, treat kindly. This will not usually
be found a difficult habit to overcome. In making experi-
ments before classes on this kind of cases, which were very
common, it rarely required more than fifteen or twenty
minutes to hitch up nnd drive such safely, even without
breeching.
120 FEAJI.— ITS EFFECTS.
Jumping out of the Shafts.
To make a colt entirely sale and reliable in shafts, he
should be thoroughly accustomed to objects striking against
his quarters or legs. It is not sufficient that he is accus-
tomed to being touched around the tail, or even flanks ; for
though brought to submit to this, there will be no assur-
ance of his being gentle should the shafts strike lower down
on his quarters or legs. In my practice I always make it
a point, even after the colt is proved gentle, while he is
standing between the shafts to pull them against tlie legs
both ways, letting them drop down sharply on the ground,
etc., until he is entirel}^ indifferent to their noise or con-
tact. When a horse is not properly trained to this, if the
breeching is not unbuckled Avhen he is unhitched, there
is danger of his becoming frightened from the breeching
pulling the shafts sideways against the legs, and bringing
its pressure upon another part. Under such circumstan-
ces a horse, if at all sensitive, is apt to become very much
frightened, kick, and jump around until loose, and is ever
afterward, the moment unhitched, ready to jump out of the
shafts. The habit, as a rule, is easy to overcome. Simply
accustom the quartei^-i to be touched, and treat practically as
before exj^lained.
Top Carriage.
A very little precaution in preventing excessive fear
will save a great deal of trouble. In no respect is this
more strongly illustrated than in the fear of a top carriage.
Because a horse drives gently to an open carriage, it is ta-
ken for granted he must know enough to drive to one with
a top, and hence the trouble. The horse should first be
driven around moderately, the driver carrying over his head
OBJECTS EXCITING FEAE. 127
an open umbrella, which appears to the horse like the top
of a carriage. It should be shaken around and over the
horse's body gently until it does not attract his attention
in the least. Now lead the horse to the carriage, and let
him feel and smell of the top, and, while doing so, raise and
lower it. Then lead him around the carriage, shaking and
rattling the top at intervals. Next lead him into the shafts
so as to bring the head over the dash. If sensitive, caress
and talk to him, and reward as before. Turn the horse
around in the shafts, lowering and raising the top until it
can be brought up and thrown back without attracting his
notice. While the top is up, put the shafts through the
lugs so as to bring the horse into position, attach the har-
ness, and start him on a walk or moderate trot, rej)eating
the raising and lowering of the top until it is disregarded,
when he can be driven rioht alono-.
O a
If an extreme case, it will be necessary to first compel
submission by subjective treatment, and getting thorough
•^jontrol of the mouth with the Breaking Bit or Patent Bri-
dle. There must be no half-way work. Make every step
sure, and go slowly until the horse can be put in shafts as
before explained, and driven without showing fear. This
work must in all cases be done out of doors. It may also
be necessary to repeat the lesson once or twice, so far as
leading around, feeling and smelling of the carriage, are
concerned. It is only a matter of a little work and care in
this way to make almost any horse entirely gentle and
fearless.
Objects Exciting Fear while Riding or Driving.
In overcoming the horse's fear of objects while riding
or driving, very much depends upon the treatment. If but
partially broken, and sensitive, it will help very much to
put him through a course of subjection. Sometimes, horses
128 FEAR— ITS EFFECTS.
so exceedingly sensitive they can hardly be driven with
any degree of safety, after being treated are entirely fear-
less in driving. This is seen in the effect produced by the
treatment upon the wild colt. The subjection of " Wild
Pete," and other horses referred to at the conclusion of this
chapter, are good illustrations of the remarkable effect of
this treatment.
If the horse drives gentle, but is afraid of some special
object, such as a white stone, stump, sheep, etc., take all
the precaution possible against his seeing such things sud-
denly and unexpectedly. As soon as his alarm is excited,
if at all violent, the best way is to stop him, speak encour-
agingly, and hold him quiet until his alarm subsides, then
let him go on, quieting him until the object is reached or
passed by.
Many horses comparatiA^ely safe are liable to be fright-
ened by suddenly meeting a drove of sheep, load of hay,
white cow, sprinkling wagon, etc. For safety, it is better
for a few times to get out and take the horse by the head
and hold or lead him in part. Particular care should be
taken not to expose him to the sudden meeting of a brass
band and drums. If he is a crazy headed fellow that seems
all right until he sees something and then loses his senses,
lunging into the fence, or turning around quickly, there is
so much danger of being upset that unless there is certainty
of making him thoroughly safe, he should be condemned
for such use. If he will keep well up to the bit there
should be no trouble in preventing his going sideways by
either the Breaking Bit or Patent Bridle.
The Bit gives power in but two ways, — sideways and
ahead ; so if the horse will not go against it and runs back
when suddenly frightened, or turns around quickly, there
is practically but very little power to prevent it, except
what can be done with the whip and speaking sharply. ^
FEAK OF PtOBE.
129
Hence the great clanger and imprudence of using such horses
for single carriage driving.
A Kobe.
The sight of a buffalo robe will sometimes excite great
fear in a horse. In ordinary cases the fear of it can be
easily overcome as follows : While holding the horse by a
halter, or War Bridle, which would be better, stand on the
off side of the head, and bring the robe up to the right
side, so that he can see and smell of it. If this is borne,
with a quick jerk-Kke movement swing it over the head,
covering it completely, and go around Avitli him, keeping
on either side of the head until he will stop and stand
quietly. The first movement determines the success or
failure of the experiment. The point is to get it over the
head so quickly that the horse cannot see the movement,
when the terror of it will almost immediateh' subside.
Then draw it backward and forAvard, finally pulling it off
and throwing it on, and so repeat until it can be thrown
over the body or around the horse in any manner.
If there is failure by this method, which is something
of a sleight, take the following course : First, get good con-
trol with the War Bridle. Next, while holding the horse
firmly with one hand, with the other bring the robe gently
to his nose, letting him smell and feel of it, when, gradually,
as he will bear, bring it up over the head, neck, and bod}' ;
then stand off a little way, and throw it upon him, and re-
peat until it can be thrown upon him at a distance of eight
or ten feet without exciting fear. Both sides must be
treated alike.
No matter what is done, the treatment must always
commence at the nose and head, and gradually work back,
as before explained. To overcome all fear of the robe, it
*may be necessary to repeal the lesson several times. If
0
130
FEAR..— ITS EFFECTS.
the robe cannot be brought near tlie horse with safety by
the control of the War Bridle, the resistance must be over-
come by First or Second Methods of Subjection. The
Breaking Rig, if available, Avould be still simpler and bet-
ter. Occasionally there may be found cases in which the
intensest fear may be shown, for Avhich the treatment should
be made exceptionally careful and thorougli. Cases 5 and
Fig. 115. — Lettiug colt feel and smell of an umbrella.
7, referred to at the close of this chapter, are good illus-
trative subjects.
When treated by Second Method, the horse may strike
and kick so recklessly as the robe is brought near, it may
be necessary to hang it upon the end of a pole to bring it
near the head with safety. It will aid greatly to give the
horse apples, etc., after submitting.
Umbrella or Parasol.
For an ordinary case of a horse being afraid of an um-
brella or parasol, bring one while closed, gently to the nose,
passing it back over the head and neck ; then open it a lit-
FEAR OP GUJ^. J3J
tie and repeat until it can be fully spread and brought over
and around the body generally. Now go off some distance
and again approach slowly, and hold it over the head If
at any point, there is much fear evinced, close it and let
the horse see and smell of it, when again repeat the ex-
periment; so continue until the horse can be approached
m any manner while swinging the umbrella over the head
Fig. 116.— BringiDg umbrella over the head.
without attracting notice. No matter how well the horse
behaves, the umbrella should not at any time be forced
upon him so quickly or unexpectedly as to excite him To
do so would endanger undoing the good impression previ-
ously made. The lesson should be repeated as for other
objects.
Sound of a Gun.
If the horse is afraid of the sound of a gun, first, snap
caps some distance from him, gradually going nearer and
132 FEAE.—ITS EFFECTS.
repeating until it can be done over the body, neck, and
head, occasionally patting and rubbing the head and neck
with the hand ; then repeat, putting in small charges of
powder and coming nearer, and so continue until a full
charge can be fired over or near the horse, as desired.
Hogs and Dogs.
Sometimes a dog or hog by running under a colt will
excite intense fear. If very bad, get good control by sub-
jecting to First and Second Methods, and drive around in
harness in a small yard where th re are hogs until they will
not attract attention. Next, hitch to a wagon, and repeat
the driving slowly. These cases usually require several
repetitions of treatment.
Railroad Cars.
When a horse has been frightened by a locomotive or
train of cars, it is sometimes a very difficult matter to over-
come the fear, mainly on account of the inability to control
the movement of the cars. The simplest and best course
for all average cases will be about as f Hows : —
Drive the horse around in harness, so far away from
the engine as not to excite much fear, and gradually drive
back and forth in long circles, and closer, st ping ccasion-
ally to give a piece of apple, or something, talking and rub-
bing the head and neck awhile. Sometimes it may be ad-
visable to use the War Bridle ; but, as a general thing, it
would be better to teach him confidence by driving around
near the train. This should be repeated until he can be
driven around, and quite close, without offering resistance.
Now drive around to a wagon or sulky ; if to a wagon, get
one that will allow turning short circles without upsetting.
To work surely, it is necessary to work slowly. Of course
it will be necessary to have absolute control over the mouth.
BAILEOAD CABS. 1^3
In this way a horse can be driven with comparative safety
near or about moving or stationary trains. Anything Hke
complicated rigging for the control of such horses will be
found comparatively worthless. If the horse cannot be
driven with safety after the treatment given, the risk is too
great; he had better be discarded for driving near the cars.
It may be asked, how I have been able to make horses
so fearless of the cars that they can be led up to an engine
or driven near, with indifference. The course I have usu-
ally pursued is as follows : First get the horse under good
control by a course of subjection, usually by the First or
Second Methods, or both; then make arrangements with the
engineer to let off steam plentifully, and rush the horse,
with the harness on, into it until completely covered, when
he will soon cease to care anything about the noise, etc. If
this cannot be done, drive him around, gradually going
nearer the engine, until indifferent to it.
Much depends, in the first place, upon getting the horse
under good control ; second, in the management while in
the neighborhood of the engine. A good way, sometimes,
is to blindfold the horse and dri^^e near the train until quiet,
then let him see out of one eye, gradually moving him
around, and let him see out of both eyes. Very much can
be done in this way. The horse should be hitched to a
wagon and driven at every available opportunity about or
near the cars.
There is one point to which I would call particular at-
tention : The horse may appear perfectly gentle after being
treated, but when the position is changed, as when taken
from a building into the street, or from the street into a
building, or if allowed to stand for some time, he will, upon
trial, seem to be as much afraid as ever, but upon repeti-
tion of treatment it will require only a very few minutes to
make him as fearless as before.
134 PEAR— ITS EFFECTS.
Prenatal Causes.
In this connection I would call attention to indirect
causes of fear which should be guarded against. For
example : A farmer who kept a small dairy had the cows
driven to and from the pasture by a trained dog, which bit
and frightened one of them severely. A neighbor had a
very wild cow, which had been treated gently. Both
cows having steer calves, the ow^ner of the wild cow bought
the calf raised by the neighbor for the j^urpose of match-
ing his own to make a yoke of steers. When he tried to
train them, he found the one out of the gentle cow that
had been frightened, exhibited such uncontrollable fear of
dogs, and became so wild when he saw one or heard it
bark, that he could do nothing with him, and so sold him
for beef. The incident was related to me by the owner,
who was a member of my class, upon my advancing the
theory that great extremes of fear or viciousness were
sometimes the effect of prenatal causes.
Soon afterward, in the same neighborhood, a five-year-
old colt was brought in to be experimented upon before a
class. He was extremely wild and difficult to approach,
and, as the owner stated, had never been touched or
handled by any one. Upon remarking that there must
haA^e been some good cause for this, and that usually such
extreme fear and sensibility was the result of abuse to the
mother, the owner said, " That is true," and then gave me
the following ficts concerning him : " When the stallion
was brought to serve the mare, he acted badly, and was
disposed to resist the groom, for which he was taken behind
the barn and severely whipped. In this condition, while
A^ery much excited, he w^as put to the mare. When the
colt came, he was so wild that no one could get near
enough to touch him.
INSANITY. 135
It being impossible, with safety, to go near enough to
this colt to touch him, the halter was put on with pole, as
explained in " Colt Training," when he was easily subjected
to Second Method, by which he was made s gentle and
manageable in about fifteen minutes that he was harnessed
and driven to breaking-cart, without breeching, acting as
well as any ordinary, quiet colt.
A great many cases illustrating the effects of bad
treatment at such times, have been repeatedly brought to
mv notice.
Insanity.
It is not uncommon to find horses insanely afraid of
some particular object, as blood, or the sound of the cars,
etc., while perfectly indifi'erent to other objects or sounds.
The causes we cannot always trace, though we can see
the effects. In all ordinary cases, there is but little
difficulty in overcoming such fear by proper treatment,
but it is possible to find cases so extreme as to render it
difficult, if not impossible, to make reasonably safe. I am
satisfied, as before explained, that many of the extreme
cases of this character which I have treated, have been the
effect of prenatal causes. But the nervous system can be
so impressed by direct causes of fear and injury as to
destroy life or produce insanity, as shown by reference to
several cases in the first part.
This insanity in horses is shown by the intense re-
pugnance to special objects and sounds. Horses that have
once been frightened by something giving out, or running
against the hind quarters, cutting or injuring them, per-
haps severely, are afterward uncontrollably afraid of the
noise of the wagon, or the shafts touching the parts. One
of the worst horses I ever handled was a small bay, in
Vermont, that was perfectly gentle, except being afraid of
the shafts touching one quarter. This was caused by the
].% PFAE.— ITS EFFECTS.
•shaft liaviuiJ' run into his ([nartor. OrdinaiT cases of this
kind yield to treatment in a few moments. Some nerAous
systems are susceptible to very intense impressions when
once excited, and there will he corresponding difficulty in
OA^ercoming them. Therefore success must he determined
as much by the intensity of the habit, as by the treatment.
The success of the treatment Avill depend upon the direct-
ness wdth Avhich the brain can be influenced ; but success
in getting up a reaction and changing the character as de-
sired, must )»e equally the result of the amount of resist-
ance, viciousness, or derangement of the nervous system.
These are jjoints which should be studied, since frequently
even a minor habit, or apparently trifling form of resist-
ance, may cause a great deal of trouble to l»e overcome,
because of the intensely susceptible as Avell as positive
character of the case.
I include here an account of a few representative
cases, out of the many to Avhich reference could, if neces-
sary, be made, mainly for the purpose of showing the re-
markable change of cliaracter that may be produced in a
horse when subjected to proper treatment.
Case T.
When at Buftalo, New York, an eight-year-old sorrel
horse, owned by William Press, of Gowanda, w\is brought as
a subject for experiment. This horse Avhen six years old
was used to plow corn. The whiflletree coming accident-
ally against his quarters, so frightened him that he kicked
and ran away, tearing the cultivator to pieces. Every
effort to work him afterward only intensified his fear.
Four or five times in succession he kicked loose and ran
away, becoming wholly unmanageable.
Mr. Press was a leading horseman in the town. He
had recently taken lessons in the art with a number of
ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
137
FiCr. 117. — Press Horse, after
being subdued.
others, and they eonchided to try tlieii- skill on the sorrel.
Five of them as.senibled on the following Sunday, and
worked half a day on the horse,
using nearly thirty dollars'
worth of rigging. The result
was, that after doing all they
could, ^vhen they tried to hitch
and drive the horse, he kicked
himself loose, and ran furiously
OA' er a mile into the village, with
his straps and rigging hanging
to him. They concluded now
the horse could not be broken,
and that he was j^ractically
worthless.
My. Press brought the horse to Buffalo, and offered to
sell him to me. I told him, if he Avould join my class, I
would break the horse for him, as I wanted just such a one
upon which to illustrate the effect of the treatment.
" I do not care to join any horse-taming class," replied
he. " I have been in a number of them, and can do as much
with a horse as any man. I do not want any such instruc-
tions, but will sell you the horse."
" I do not want your horse," said I, " but if you will
join the class and bring him in for me to experiment upon,
I will guarantee not to injure him, and promise if I do not
hitch him up and drive him perfectly gentle in twenty min-
utes, to charge you nothing for instructions, and also to give
you the best suit of clothes to be found in the city of Buf-
falo."
" I will come on these conditions," said he, " yet I know
no living man can drive that horse."
He and his friends laughed in anticipation of the sport
they were to have in seeing me defeated. They knew, as
138 FEAE.— ITS EFFECTS.
they supposed, all about horse-taming, and felt sure this
subject would cause me humiliating failure. When he was
brought in, Mr. Press got upon the top seat, out of harm's
way. At the same time he told the people that ten men
could not hold the horse in shafts, and that he felt it his
duty to tell them that they must look out for themselves.
I told the people there was no danger at all, that the case
was in fact a very simple one to manage.
I subjected him quickly to the First and Second
Methods, which made him submit to have anything brought
against his quarters ; this was the first point to be gained.
I then obtained control of the mouth by the Breaking Bit,
when I hitched him up and drove him, without breeching,
perfectly gentle and manageable, all of which was done
within fifteen minutes. Next morning, I gave him another
short lesson out of doors, testing him hard, hitching and
unhitching him in the open street with entire success. The
feat was regarded as marvelous. Mr. P. and others who
knew the case, said they would not have believed it possi-
ble had they not seen it done.
Though the horse appeared perfectly gentle, Mr. P.
said he had no faith that he would stay broken, and that
he would not ride behind him for any amount of money,
and offered to sell him to me at my own price. I bought
the horse, and two weeks afterward, sold him in the city
where he was afterward used, and proved perfectly gentle.
I will explain here an interesting fact in connection
with this case, to show the necessity of treating a horse
where in the habit of resisting, and where it is desired to
work him : Knowing I could make a great stir in Gowanda
by taking him back and exhibiting him there, and anticipat-
ing that the horse, though under the most perfect control in
the city, would be likely when in the country to show some
of his old nature, I arranged to guard against such results
ILLUSTEATIVE CASfiS. 139
as much as I could by driving there in the night, as doubt-
ful horses always drive better in the night than in the day
time. I started about 9 o'clock, and as I had anticipated,
upon reaching the country, he acted so badly, showing such
intense fear of almost everything he saw, that I could not
drive him with any safety. I was, in fact, compelled to
get out and lead him back to the settled part of the city,
when he at once drove as well as ever. I had broken and
driven him in the noisiest and most densely traveled part
of the city. There he was perfectly gentle ; but upon tak-
ing him where he had not been controlled, the instinct of
his old fear and resistance became so strong, that to pro-
ceed would be at the risk of having him kick and resist
control. If subjected to treatment here, his management
would have been as easy and simple as in the city. But
as I did not care to do this, on account of the difficulty of
getting privacy, and w^hich would also require doing the
whole work over again, I concluded to give up the project
of exhibiting him at Gowanda. My friends never knew
the reason of my not showing him there as promised, and
will learn it for the first time from this explanation.
A very sensitive horse will always behave better in a
noisy city than in the country. The rattle and noise on
every side so confuses as to prevent him from concentrat-
ing his purpose to resist, or from having his attention di-
rected in any particular direction ; whereas in the country
the whole attention is attracted to some special object or
cause of notice, and excites correspondingly increased dis-
turbance. This condition is specially referred to under
various heads.
Case II.
This was an eight-year-old bay, owned in Brookville,
Pa. He was of ordinary size, nervous temperament, good
140 li^EAR.— ITS EFFECTS.
head, strong, dense texture of body, and naturally of good
disposition, but had been spoiled by being frightened into
running away several times, the last time jumping over the
toll-gate and leaving the wagon there. He was afraid of a
wagun and could not even be hitched to one. The people
did not question my ability to so control him that I could
drive him, but would not believe that I could break him so
that others could drive him. There was a general impres-
sion that I either acted upon the horse's brain in some mys-
terious Avay to control him, or that I gave medicine to do
so. Some went so far as to say they would not believe it
though they should see it done. By great effort, however,
I was able to make quite a large class on the condition that
I subdue this horse and drive him perfectly gentle before
them.
I subjected the case to First and Second Methods, and
getting good control of the mouth, not only drove him to
wagon down hill without breeching, but at the same time,
to prove his perfect safety, had him driven by a boy eight
years old, in the same manner. This short lesson proved
sufficient to completely reform him.
Case III.
This Avas a nine-year-old bay horse, owned by Mr.
Gates, of Garretsville, Ohio. He would run away in double
or single harness, and defied every effort to break him.'
With great care he could be hitched up, but the moment
a whip or the least thing excited him, he would kick and
run away, regardless of all control. All sorts of rigging had
been tried on him in vain. Although a very powerful, en-
ergetic horse, I knew he would not prove a difficult case,
and so stated, guaranteeing that I would hitch him up
without breeching, drive him before a class, and make him
submit to nnv excitement desired.
ILLUSTEATIVE CASES. 141
Upon trial he yielded readily to First and Second Meth-
ods ; after which, with the Breaking Bit, I obtained entire
control of the mouth, though he resisted for some time with
great courage and perseverance. His mouth had become
so hard that with any driving bit in use, he could run away
with even six or eight men holding on to the reins. In
about thirty minutes from the time I commenced, I drove
him, perfectly gentle, in shafts without breeching.
I saw at once that I could make a great stir with him
at Garrettsville, and so proposed going back there the third
time. The owner consenting, I advertised that two weeks
afterward I would drive the horse without breechino-, down
hill through the main street of Garrettsville, while distant
from him ten rods, and prove him one of the safest horses
in the country. At the time appointed there was a large
crowd assembled to witness the experiment, and I per-
formed the feat without any reservation whatever, to the
Avonder and surprise of all present, enabling me to make
the largest class I had yet made there.
It is proper to explain that though the horse had stood
idle for two wrecks, upon trial I did not find it necessary to
repeat the treatment, and did no more than to hitch him
up under canvas, and rush him out into the street. The
owner was still afraid he could not manage the horse safely,
so he wished me to handle him once more. This I did in
a field outside of the town, where I subjected him to the most
exacting tests. Years afterward, he informed me that he
sold the horse to a gentleman in Pittsburg, who used him
for a family horse, proving him one of the gentlest and saf-
est in the city.
Case IV.
This was a twelve-year-old sorrel horse, owned by Dr.
Keegan, of Cleveland, Ohio. While hitched in the street,
and covered with a blanket^ he was frightened by the wind
142 PEAK.— ITS EFFECTS.
suddenly lifting and throwing the blanket under his body.
It was afterward an object of such terror to him that he
did not have a blanket over him again for seven years.
lie would have killed any man venturing near him with
one in his hand. When I exhibited one before him, at a
distance of twenty feet, he plunged away in the most des-
perate manner ; and after being almost completely disabled,
he would squeal, strike, and kick at a blanket held at a dis-
tance of ten or twelve feet, his eyes bloodshot with terror.
The point was to appeal to the understanding without seri-
ously shocking the nervous system.
I subjected him to First and Second Methods, showing
him a part of the blanket, first at a distance of about twelve
or fifteen feet, gradually coming nearer as I felt safe in so
doing. Even after a treatment that would have compelled
the complete submission of any ordinary horse, he was so
fierce and desperate that I could not approach near enough
with the blanket to make him smell or touch it, without
danger of being killed. I hung it upon a pole, and when
able finally to bring it against his nose, he grabbed 't in his
mouth four or five times with the ferocity of a buUdo^ but
biting less and less each time, until he seemed to cai'c noth-
ing about it, when he submitted to having it thrown over
or around him, as desired, entirely regardless of it ; and
the experiment was pronounced a remarkable success.
Case V.
This was a bay pony, nine years old, owned by a phy-
sician at Greencastle, Pa. This horse was afraid of a buf-
falo-robe. I had a large class of leading citizens, and at
the close of the instructions the pony was brought in. Al-
though distant from him more than thirty feet, upon ex-
posing a part of the robe to his view, his terror became so
great that in his effort to get away, he broke out of the
ILLUSTKATIYE CASES. 143
barn. When brought back, I subjected him for thirty min-
utes to the Second Method, without making any apparent
progress in overcoming his fear. He continued making the
most desperate resistance by striking and kicking at the
robe whenever it was exposed to his view. The owner
now objected to further treatment, claiming he could not
be broken, which was seconded by the class. This was
extremely annoying. The usual experiments and instruc-
tions had been gone through with, the class entirely satis-
fied, and at the time this horse was brought in, were en-
gaged in paying their fees. As soon as they saw him re-
sist, they stopped paying to await results of the experi-
ment, which, as explained, was pronounced a failure, and
a sufficient excuse for them not to pay me. It was not
alone this class at stake, but a failure would be magnified
to such an extent as to destroy confidence in my efforts
in the surrounding towns.
I asked, "What do you value your horse at?"
He replied, "One hundred and fifty dollars."
"Very well," said I, and put up the amount, which he
understood he was at liberty to take if the experiment re-
sulted in the least injury to the horse. I then said to the
class: "I want no talk or criticism from you. I insist
upon your keeping still and in your places until the result
of the experiment is determined. You say I will fail. We
will see about that. It will cost you nothing if I do."
As I brought the robe near the horse, he was so des-
perately afraid of it that he would squeal, kick, and fight
with the greatest fury. But my blood was up, and there
was nothing for it but at any hazard to see the end. It
was a severe struggle ; but I Avas determined to push him
now, regardless of consequences, to such a limit of help-
lessness as would enable me to bring the robe close to his
nose. When I did so, he grabbed and ground it between
144 FEAK.— ITS EFFECTS.
his teeth, let go, grabbed and bit it again, and so repeated,
five times in succession, when his Avhole nature seemed to
suddenly change, and he submitted to it without the least
resistance. I now rubbed it gently over his head and
body, then untied him and repeated the rubbing, followed
by throwing it upon him gentl}^ In a few moments I
could stand and throw it upon him without his caring for
it. All were now delighted with the result. Every man
paid his fee cheerfully. The pony was led home by his
owner, who carried a robe over his shoulder dangling be-
fore the horse's head, while another was thrown over the
horse's head and neck, he being as indifferent to it as if he
had never been frightened by such an object. All present
voted, "I was a good fellow."
Case VI.
This was a five-year-old colt of a cold-blooded, sullen
nature, owned by Mr. J. C. Collins, proprietor of the trott-
ing track in Toledo, Ohio. Though a thoroughly practical
horseman, he could do nothing with this horse. The only
way he could drive him was b>' hitching him between two
heavier horses and tying him back to them by the head.
This gentleman was persuaded to join the class, as he
afterward stated to the writer, " with the expectation of
being fooled." After witnessing the experiments on a num-
ber of very bad horses, he came forward, saying, '' he had
a horse that he would like to see me drive, and would
bring him in next day ; that it was the only horse he ever
had he was willing to take off' his hat to, and say he could
not Ijreak ; that if I could break and drive him in the time
claimed, he would be convinced I could break any horse in
the world."
I found the horse a strong, determined, impulsive fel-
ILLUSTKATIV-K CASES. 14.5
low, very much afraid of anything being brought around
or near him, especially of being touched around the quar-
ters or flanks. Subjecting to First and Second Methods
compelled his complete submission, Ilis resistance to the
Breaking Bit was very determined ; but, in time, he sub-
mitted to it unconditionally, requiring in all about forty
minutes. The lesson was in part repeated next day and he
was driven without breeching through the main street of
the city.
I append Mr. CoUins's acknowledgement published at
the time : —
"Great Feat — The Worst Runaway Horse in Toledo.
" I certify that a five-year old bay horse owned by me was so vicious and
unmanageable that he could not be driven single or double without running
away. I tried to drive him with a strong, gentle horse, and he would run
away in defiance of all I could do, carrying the other horse with him. The
only way we could hold him or drive him in Iiarness was by hitching him be-
tween two horses, and attaching a strap from his bit to the hame rings of the
horses on either side. It was impossible to hold this horse in any other way.
Professor Magner subjected him to treatment in my presence, and drove him
in the street, yesterday, without breeching, to wagon, so perfectly gentle and
manageable that the slightest command, or pull on the reins, would cause
him to stop, allowing the wagon to strike his heels, etc. I have driven him
myself since, single and double, and find him perfectly gentle and manage-
able. I believe a knowledge of Prof. Magner '3 treatment of the greatest
value to owners of horses, and should be learned by all who are wise to their
own interests. His system will enable any man to make the most vicious
horses gentle with a reasonable effort, and it is undoubtedly the best in the
world. I would not take ^500 for what I learned from him.
"J. P. COLLINS,
"Proprietor of Track, Toledo, Ohio."
Case YIT.
This was a bay horse owned by a butcher in Rochester,
N„ Y. A professional horse tamer \\ h > had boen quite suc-
cessful in the West was engaged there in business. Hap-
pening in the city, I visited him, and during my A'isit, the
horse was led in to l)e experimented upon before the class.
When shown a robe, he exhibited the r..ost intense fear of
it. After a treatment of nearly two hours the horse was
in reality worse than before, and the experiment was an
10
14G FEAE.— ITS EFFECTS.
acknowledged failure. The man said, "I liaA^en't time to
break so bad a horse in one lesson, but I will give him
another to-moriow, when I will show you the effect of the
treatment upon him.
When the class had gone and he was left alone, he took
the horse in haiid and worked with him until twelve o'clock
that night. Upon my return next morning, al)out ten
o'clock, I found an assistant driving around with a buffalo-
robe fastened upon the horse's back. Every few mo-
ments the hors would snort and kick at the parts of the
robe hanging over his hips, and to all appearances as much
afraid of it as the night before. As a final resort, they
tried this method of familiarizing him with it.
Knowing the fear of the robe could not ])e overcome by
the treatment used, and not willing to see the man de-
feated, I felt compelled, as an act of friendship, to help
him out of the scrape. Not wishing to be identified in any
way with the matter, I exacted a pledge of secrecy from
the man driving him ; after which I subjected the horse
quickly to Second Method, and in less than ten minutes he
was made perfectly gentle. The robe was pulled under
the body, between the hind legs, and thrown upon him
from a distance of over ten feet without his showing the
least fear of it. He performed equally well the same even-
ing before the class, proving perfectly gentle. The result
was regarded as a proof of the great success of the treat-
ment.
The treatment used upon him was a modified form of
7 irst Method. It was tried upon him persistently, as
stated, for nearly two hours, and Avhile down, the robe put
upon him; b it when allowed to get upon his feet, and the
robe shown him, his resistance and fear of it were as great
as before. Failing in this, the only resource left was the
palliative treatment, which had no effect whatever upon
ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
147
him. Pushing sharply with Second Method, made him for
the moment sufficiently helpless to permit the robe to be
put upon him, and when in the position of resistance, (on
his feet) when he seemed to realize its harmless character
he submitted unconditionally, and thereafter became en-
tirely indifferent to it. The importance of this treatment
is shown by the fact that though the lesson was not re-
peated, after standing almost an entire day, he proved en-
tirely gentle. *
Case VIII.
This was a nine-year old bay pony, owned by Mr.
Smawley, a liAery
keeper in Petrol-
eum Centre, Pa.
This pony was so
wild and reckless
that he was in
that region of
country known
by the name of
Wild Pete. Ev-
ery effort to break
him had failed.
It usually re- ^'^- h^-wm Pete.
quired two men to hold him while being groomed. He
could be ridden, but it was utterly impossible to do any-
thing with him in harness. Once when a harness was put
on him, he became so frightened and reckless that he jumped
and got away, and when found, all the harness excepting
the collar had been torn or shaken off. His insane fear
was so great that he was really wicked in his resistance.
When I visited the place in 1869, I was confronted
with this horse. All said, " Let us see you drive Wild
148
FEAE.— ITS EFFECTS.
Pete," regarding it as a good joke that they had a horse
that could " beat the horse-tamer."
Upon examination, I found him a small, closely-knit
fellow, possessing great action and power of endurance.
His forehead was broad, and the head in all respects well
formed. To test him, I put on the War Bridle, tied up his
near fore-foot, and while holding him, with the lash of a
straight buggy whip barely touched his quarters. This
frightened him so* intensely that he sprang over six feet
Fig. 119. — Wild Pete ia the act of running away.
into the air, kicked violently, pulled away from me, and
although on three legs, repeated this jumping and kicking
for over half a mile.
I stated to the people that I could not break such a
horse in a barn, but would form a class, and on the follow-
ing day I would drive him before them without breeching,
entirely gentle and fearless, and that the money for the in-
structions might be deposited in the bank, to be delivered
to me on fulfillment of this condition. As this was one of
the most interesting and marked cases I had found in all
my experience, and as it represents a large class of nerv-
ous!, unmanageable colts, I will include the full details of
the treatment used : —
ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
149
I first arranged with the owner to have him taken to
the Titusville trotting park, eight miles distant, and there I
subjected him carefully to Second Method, which was ex-
actly adapted to his temperament. I touched his quarters
very lightly at first, Avhich he resisted by kicking, snorting,
and jumping in the most desperate manner. But I per-
sisted in the effort, repeatedly reversing both ways until
he was compelled to submit to it, but not sufficiently to
hold gentle.
Fig. 120. — Pole Rig referred to below.
This so toned him down that I was then able
to subject him without difficulty to First Method, which, as
he resisted with great courage, was consequently very ef-
fective in his case, but not by any means sufficient to
make him submit to be harnessed or put in shafts. Con-
sequently, I subjected him again to Second Method, and
now succeeded in making him entirely gentle to submit to
having a pole brought against his flanks, etc.
The next step was to drive him, which I knew I could
not safely do. To accomplish this, I improvised the pole
rig for shafts. (See cut.) As soon as he found himself be-
tween the poles and allowed to moA^e, he seemed for a few
150
KEAK.— ITS MI'M-\K(!'rs.
inoinents to cxcit all the energy of despair in trying to get
away. But expecting this, I was prepared to meet it and
liold him, though liis resistance at this stage was \er\ de-
termined.
This simple rig, though a chance outgrowth of inciden-
tal necessity, proved not only just the thing for the emer-
gency, but a valuable acquisition for the management of
colts and horses generally of this character. Turning right
or left, the poles come against the legs ; in backing, the
Fig. 121.— Wild Pete, as he appeared next day after being subdued.
ends stick into the ground, bringing the cross-piece firmly
against the quarters. There is no danger of their breaking,
and by their use the (quarters can be accustomed to being
touched or run against by the shafts in driving. Submit-
ting to this he was practically broken, and at once harnessed
before a wagon with breeching straps loose, and drove back
to the American House, much of the way with the cross-
piece striking his quarters, proving him perfectly gentle.
That evening I drove him to Petroleum Centre, and the
next day as promised, exhibited him in harness, proving
him a model of docility.
An incident peculiar to this case is here worth 3^ of men-
ILLUSTRATIVE CASES. 151
tion : Upon Adsiting this place about three years afterward,
Mr. Smalley informed me that the horse had been used as a
family carriage horse and was one of the safest in that part
of the country, but that it was impossible to shoe him with
the halter on, while with the bridle on he was perfectly
gentle to have his feet handled. While treating him, had
I taken up his feet after the harness was removed, and ac-
customed them to being handled and pounded upon for a
few moments, he would have been just as gentle while be-
ing shod with the halter on as with the bridle. As it w^as,
he could associate submission only in the manner the treat-
ment was used, and this carried it no fjirther than driving
with the control of the bit, and hence the docility to allow
the feet to be handled while it was on.
CHAPTER IV
KICKING.
Kicking is in all cases the result of ignorance or bad man-
agement. As explained in Colt Training and Fear, mak-
ing one side of the body gentle and submissiA'^e to contact,
will give no assurance in respect to the opposite side. Now
"■*Kg\-RtllLt^. CMC
Fig. 132.— The effect of bad treatment.
when a colt or horse is broken as ordinarily done, and goes
off all right when put in harness, it is taken for granted
that he is as gentle and safe as can be expected ; but, if
by carelessness or accident the rein is caught under the
tail, or the cross-piece or whiftletree should come suddenly
against the quarters, those parts being practically unbroken,
or not accustomed to such contact, the horse is liable to be
so excited and frightened as to kick ; and once started in
this habit there is increased inclination to do so until con-
firmed in it. Now all this could be prevented without the
(152)
GENEEAL KEMAI^KS.
153
least dilUciilty by fifteen or twenty minutes' treatment,
which would make the horse entirely insensible to such
causes of contact. It is a habit also that merges into so
many other faults that destroy the value of the horse and
render him unsafe for use, that I consider it advisable to
make this chapter as full in the details ofmanagement as space
will permit. There is no reason to suppose that a horse is
naturally bad and unmanageable because he kicks. The
point is to make him sufficiently gentle to safely bear, with-
out kicking, the restraint and excitement necessary in har
Fig. 123. — Treatmeut that only confirms the habit.
ness. Or when the habit is once formed to so combat it
that all tendency to repeat it is overcome.
In the chapter on Colt Training I have given details of
the treatment to be pursued for the management of excit-
able colts, or those that kick. It also includes directions
for overcoming fear of the wagon, and other causes of ex-
citement, until proved gentle to control, and the treatment
as given there for such cases should be studied in connec-
tion with this.
In the chapter on Teaching Tricks, which can also be re-
ferred to, I have explained that the principle of breaking
up and overcoming a habit is exacth^ the reverse of that
of teaching a trick or habit. If, for example, in teaching a
l.-)!
KICKINCt.
horse to kick iiji. lie were so Liriitle and learless tliat he
could not by any ordinal y means be made to do so, it
would be necessary to use such means as would excite and
irritate liim to kick, when he could
be easily confirmed in the habit. On
the same principle, if the horse is a
very determined kicker, then an ef-
fort should be made to overcome the
sensibility which is the cause of the
kicking, until there is no inclination
to repeat it. This can easily be done
by either one, or by a combination,
of the Methods of Subjection given.
To illustrate: I had a pony that I
washed to teach to throw boys. As
a preliminary to teaching him this trick, it was necessary
to make him kick up promptly at command. The simplest
way of teaching this trick is to prick lightly on the rump
with a pin, and when the hind parts are throwai up a little,
caress, and repeat until simply
touching the part causes the horse
Fig. 124.— a little doubtful.
diS:,m^'
Fig. 125.
Points of uood character.
Fig. 126.
to kick up. I^ut this pony was so gentle that sticking
the pin into his rump would not excite the least motion
toward kicking. The only alternative now was to make
the parts sufficiently sensitive to start him in the trick.
GE^EKAL HEMAKKS.
1;
).)
Fig. 127. — Docile cliaructer.
T drove a few tacks into a shingle, filed the ends sharp,
and of equal length, and hacked them into the skin a. little
to cause irritation. Next day on touching his rump with
a pin, he kicked readily. A few repetitions made him so
sensitive that even the lightest
touch on the part with the
finger, or even a motion to-
ward the hip, would make him
kick as high as I wished, which
he would do ever afterward.
This is teaching to kick.
Now if a horse is violently
excited h}" any cause, such as
by catching the rein under the
tail, the breeching l^reaking or
being too long, so as to allow the cross-piece or shafts to
come against the quarters, etc., it would excite kicking,
and the habit is taught
precisely as if by inten-
tion. It is seen that af-
ter starting the horse in
kicking, at each repe-
•titiuii of being touched
or hurt he will kick the
harder. So in learning
l)y chance to kick in har-
ness, the greater the ex-
citement and fear pro-
duced and the oftener its
repetition, the more
reckless and determined
Now any cause that excites and
irritates this kicking without being able to control or stop
it, will only intensify and confirm it. Consequently, when
Fig. 128. -Good eve.
will* the habit become.
loG
KIOKIN(i.
u horse by chance is made to kick, and in trying to break
np the habit is excited and badly managed, each repetition
of treatment, if unsuccessful in overcoming the habit, only
aggravates and tends to confirm it.
The key of success is in being able to combat the habit
directly until all inclination
to resist is overcome. But
the method of doingthis
must in a great measi^ be
governed by the peculiar-
ity of disposition, and the
intensity with which the
habit is fixed. If the nerv-
ous system is so greatly
deranged and weakened
that kicking is in a great
measure involuntary, and
Will not bear abuse, ^j^-^ ^^^-^^-^^^ ^^ oVOrCOmO by
subjective treatment, then such means must be used as will
disable and restrain the kicking in harness until the inclin-
ation is fully overcome. So far as the act of kicking is con-
cerned, it is about the same in all cases ; but the energy
of resistance and the persistence of the habit depend upon
the sensibility, jjluck, and endurance of the horse, and the
degree to which the nervous system has been shaken or
broken down by fear or abuse. A very little lack of good
judgment here may sometimes cause a great deal of trouble
and needless cruelty, and make the horse's subjection far
more difficult. I pay particular attention to this point, and
do not make a move until sure of the proper course. I
have learned by long experience to take no false step if
avoidable, knowing what trouble may result therefrom-
For instance : Is the horse a wild, reckless runaway, or
simply one that, save the habit of kicking, is otherwise
Fig. 129.— Sensitive.
GEKEIiAL REMAliKS.
157
gentle ? Is he cold-blooded and persistent, throwing all his
energy into kicking at all hazards ? If the first, is the
habit the result of fear, and to what degree is the nervous
system weakened, or is the case one of a really bad dispo-
sition ? If the second class, what is the undercurrent of
his nature ? Will he bear pushing while under excitement,
or is he one that to warm him up is to excite only to more
intense resistance ?
If he is very sensitive, high strung, kicking mainly from
fear, the treatment must be of a char-
acter not to heat the blood, excite,
or give much freedom, when all
Fig. 130. — Ideal of sullen, treacherous nature.
that will be necessary to do Avill be to accustom him to the
noise or rattle of the wagon, or bearing contact until fear-
less of it. If a headstrong, runaway kicker, especially one
that kicks recklessly when touched, a simple course of sub-
jection that will force his submission to restraint, will usu-
ally be all that is necessary ; when by repeating the les-
son in part once or twice the habit can be easily overcome.
If a cold-blooded, sulky kicker, or one that kicks only
in harness, the habit must be combated directly until un-
der control. The cold but courageous, switching kicker,
kicking by spells or when excited, will usually submit most
readily to simple restraint. To excite or irritate cases of
158
KICKING.
this character by general coercive methods, unless the after
treatment is carried out with great care and judgment, will
only do harm by irritating the nervous system to a degree
that W'Ould only intensify the habit.
A good idea of these differences in disposition and char-
acter can be seen by the large variety of illustrations of
heads in this and other chapters.
For inexperienced persons, the Breaking Rig, if avail-
able, would make the control of all ordinary cases simple
and easy. But presuming it is not available, I will give
Fig. 131. — Ideal expression of the determined, fighting kicker.
my regular methods of management. As I have before ex-
plained, the principle of breaking a horse of a habit is the
reverse of teaching it, and I have also reminded in the chap-
ters before referred to (Colt Training and Fear), that mak-
ing one part of the bod}^ gentle does not give assurance of
making other parts so. The same in breaking a horse to
drive in harness, making him gentle out of harness or in a
position in which he is not accustomed to w^ork, cannot be
regarded as assurance of safety when hitched before a
wagon. The subjection must be progressive until this end
is attained.
Now to break a horse of kicking, the first point is to
GENEKAL REMAEKS.
159
make a reliable foundation by rendering him thoroughly
gentle out of harness. In doing this, it will greatly facili-
tate success to adapt the treatment to the case as nearly
as possible. I have learned, as one of the hard lessons of
my experience, that if I let the horse resist me after once
forcing his submission, it will only make him worse than
he was before. It gives him increased courage and con-
fidence afterward to fight back, and thus makes his char-
acter doubtful and treach-
erous. This taught me
when I had a bad case t<>
make every stej) s u r c ;
Fig. 132. — Points showing the expreasion of contirnied kickers.
from each step gained, to make the next until I came to
driving, whicli I made so thorough tliat I felt sure of mak-
ing the horse reliable.
Suppose we have a nervous, kicking colt or horse, of a
naturally good disposition. Perhaps putting on the War
Bridle and puUing him right and loft a few times, just
enough to disconcert a little, will make him submit in a few
minutes to have a pole brought against the quarters, hips,
and flanks. Simply repeat until the horse will submit to
be poled in any manner with the head free. If the horse
is strong and shows much fear of being touched around the
IGO
KTCKlNfi.
quarters, kicking hard, and trying to get away, this treat-
ment Avill not be sufficient. It is necessary, therefore, to
resort to means by which he can be controlled quickly and
easily. The Second Method would be the simplest way of
doing it, turning him right and left sharply, but not to the
point of falling, at the same time bringing the pole against
the quarters as he passes around, until he will sub'.nit' to it
without fear while standing still.
The point of his submitting unconditionally to be
Fig. V-i3. — A good expression of the sullen kicker.
touched all around the tail, quarters, and flanks, should at
this stage be made very thorough. Then, when untied, re-
peat this poling; or, if necessary, by the control of the
War Bridle repeat the pohng until the horse will stand
quietly while being poled in any manner with the head
free. (See cut 41.) If the horse is of decided viciousness and
great endurance, the treatment must be made more posi-
tive. For such, this method may not be sufficient. When
this is anticipated, follow with either or both the other
methods; and, if necessary, repeat the Second Method.
Tf I have a good place and the horse will bear the excite-
ment, I usually follow with the First Method, throwing
GENEKAL KEMAilKS. 161
rapidly eight or ten times, as fast as the horse will get up ;
then stand behind him and excite him to get up, and roll
him back until he will not try to get up. This is the limit
of this treatment, and works well when the horse will get
up with energy ; but is almost inert when there is not much
resistance to it.
All that is necessary when the horse gets up and is
Fig. 134.— Snowing the impulsive, dangerous character of bad kickers
when first brought for treatment.
standing on three legs, is to bring the pole against the quar-
ters. If there is submission to it, simply repeat until he
will bear the poling in any manner with his head and legs
free. But if there is still resistance, follow with the Third
Method, and repeat. While pressure is on, bring the pole
against the quarters industriously. Usually, at first, the
horse will kick hard when touched ; but it is rarely there
102
KICKING.
will not be submission in a few minutes. This point nuide,
gradually remove the pressure, and while doing so, kec})
rubbing and bringing the pole against the quarters and
flanks until there is unconditional submission.
Sometimes young horses of this character are very bad.
The greatest average of the w^orst horses I have ever found
have been iron-gray, sorrel, or black, though I have occa-
sionally found bays extremely bad. But the case must be
very bad that will not yield readily to the Second and
Fig. 135. — As some very bad kickers will act when touched.
Third Methods. The First in many cases will be found
equally effective. A great deal depends upon how the
treatment is applied. A man may use either or all the
methods, supposing he has done all that it is possible to do,
and fail in subduing the horse, yet I may use the same
treatment immediately afterward and succeed without dif-
ficulty, the only difference being in the proper application
of the treatment. (These conditions will be found explained
in connection with the description of each method in the
first chapter.) When done properly, it should seldom re-
quire more than thirty or forty minutes to subdue even
very bad cases.
GENEEAL REMAEKS.
163
The point accomplished of making the horse gentle in
one position to be handled and poled, it must be carried to
driving in harness, which is the real point to be attained ;
for however gentle the horse may be at this stage, he may
still resist with great recklessness when driven to wagon.
In many cases, if thoroughly subdued, he may be safely
put to a wagon and driven ; but if at all doubtful this should
Fig. 136. — As the desperate kicker sometimes resists when
subjected to First Method.
not be attempted, as in the event of kicking successfully a
great point is lost. To break a horse reliably of kicking,
means that there will be no inclination to kick in any posi-
tion, no matter how irritated.
Now put on the harness, tie up the tugs and breeching
straps, and run the reins through the shaft-bearers. The
point in driving is to disconcert and control the horse suffi-
ciently by the power of the bit, so that he can be controlled
and driven by the restraint of the reins. The most power-
1G4 KICKING.
f'ul and simple means of controlling the mouth is by the
Patent Bridle. If this is not available, the " W " or Breaking
Bit should be used. The chief value of this bit depends
upon the way it is used.
The advantage of the Patent Bridle is that it gives great
power without requiring any special practice. Get directly
behind the horse ; if he is sensitive, it is better before
starting to have an assistant bring a pole over the back and
Fig. 137. — As the bad kicker will usually resist wheu
touched while turning.
against the quarters on both sides and flanks until he takes
no notice of it. Now start the horse gently, and, having
driven a few steps, bring the pole against the quarters
lightly at first, then repeat, until it can be brought with
considerable force against the legs and quarters without
exciting fear. If the horse is very sensitive, give an ap-
ple, stroke the head and nose, and speak kindly. No mat-
ter how severe the previous treatment, when submissive,
kindness will be very important in quieting the nervous
system. In addition, it tells the horse by his way of rea-
soning that the punishment is for kicking. Now drive right
DETAILS OF TREATMENT.
165
and left, pulling the rein firmly against the outside quar-
ter, and continue until the horse dri^^es fast or slow as re-
quired. If disposed to resist when touched, and kicks,
give a quick, sharp pull on the reins in order to pull the
head up and back, which would disable and prevent carry-
ing out his purpose. This is usually not difficult. But
sometimes the horse will kick violently when this is done ;
if he does, and there is good control of the mouth, set him
Fig. 138.— As extremely bad kickers resist when touched
while pressure is on.
back hard against a rail or pole so arranged that it will
strike the quarters on a level with the cross-piece of shafts,
repeating until there is entire submission. (See Colt Train-
ing.) The point of doing this is to bring the quarters al-
most up to the pole, and then with a sharp, quick pull,
force him back against it.
Should the horse resist the bit and appear plucky, he
will try to pull far enough away to kick against the rail,
which must not be permitted. But if there is sufficient
control of the mouth, he can be held against it helplessly,
K;r;
KICKING
Avlien after a few inefl'ectual efforts lie will submit. Repeat
this surging back against the rail until there is no resist-
ance, then drive as before, being careful that all sensibility
around the quarters is overcome before stopping.
Sometimes it is advisable to put on the foot-strap, and,
at the commencement of driving when there is an effort to
touch the quarters, pull the foot from under, which disables
the horse so that he cannot kick. In my practice I rarely
Fio. 13P. — Test often given by the writer in proving the horse's
docility after being subdued.
use this means. Sometimes it works well in the manage-
ment of green, impulsive colts, and it will be found a good
auxiliary means of control, but seldom necessary in the
management of kickers.
If it is desired to be especially thorough and careful,
hitch and drive to poles as described in Colt Training.
Drive to the right and left, and back against the cross-
piece. This will accustom the horse in moving to bear the
pressure of the shafts against the quarters and flanks, — a
very important point, — which cannot be done with regular
sliafts.
DETAILS OF TEEATMKNT.
167
No matter how well the horse driA'es to poles, it is no
assurance that he will be reliable before a wagon. The in-
creased noise and rattle of the wagon will be an additional
cause of excitement to which he must be accustomed. Be-
fore hitching, repeat the touching around the quarters and
flanks with a pole. If he has been much frightened at the
wagon, let him feel and smell of it, at the same time rattle
it until he is accustomed to the noise, and encourage him
by giving apples, etc. ; then put in shafts. Pull ihe wagon
Fig. 140. — As the horse usually drives in harness after being subdued.
forward at first lightly against tlie quarters, gradually re-
peating until it can be brought against the parts quite hard.
Now by starting him a little and pulling the wagon behind
in this way, it can be ascertained what he w^ll bear.
Attach him to the wagon without buckling the breech-
ing-straps, get in, let him go slowly a few steps, then pull
him back sharply, saying, " Whoa ! " which will bring the
wagon as before against the quarters. Repeat, driving him
faster and faster, until he can be put at a moderate trot,
and then increase to a run. In this way he becomes
thoroughly reconciled to the noise and excitement of a
wagon, as well as to the contact with the shafts. Of course
1(58
KICKLVG.
when it is desired to drive in the regular manner, the
breeching-straps must be buckled.
A A'ery important point, and one that should not be neg-
lected, is, tlmt when the horse behaA^es well, he should be
encouraged by giving apples, talking to kindly, etc. A
great deal also depends upon the temperament of the man.
Some men, w^hatever their experience with horses, seem to
be almost poison to them. They think that all that is
necessary is to jerk a horse around, or subject him to treat-
FiG. 141. — A test to which the horse should be subjected
before beiug subdued.
ment as if but a mere machine ; then if the horse acts badly
or resists, they attribute the entire trouble to the bad char-
acter of the horse, instead of their own lack of skill and
care. If at any point in driving the horse he should re-
sist control and kick hard, he must be subjected again to
the regular subjective course to the point of unconditional
submission.
It was a matter of almost daily occurrence while travel-
ing, to have young horses of this character brought me to
experiment upon before my classes. Among (hem I would
DETAILS OF TEEATMENT.
169
Fig. 142. — One of the tests usually given by the writer l)efore the class,
proving the horse's entire submission in harness.
170
KICKING.
Fig. 143. — No life or action.
frequently find mares and colts which showed such terror
when brought near a wagon as to jump and kick so desper-
ately that the combined
strength of several m e n
could not bring them near,
or hold them in shafts. The
owner would usually say:
" I would like to see you
hitch up and drive my
horse, but you must take
your own chances. If you
let anything strike his heels
I'll warrant he'll kick and
run away." And, " They
never had a horse before
this one that they could not
break." Now it was rare that I was unable to drive such
horses by the treatment explained, in from fifteen to thirty
minutes. Such suc-
cess, in connection
with the apparent
ease with which it
was done, would al-
ways be a cause of
the greatest surprise
and satisfaction.
Runaway Kickers.
The treatment for
runaway kickers is
practically the same
as for horses of the previous habits, the difference being
simply in training the mouth, which must be made sufli-
FiG. 144. — Sensibility and action.
DETAILS OF TREATMENT.
171
ciently thorough to compel iiiicoiKlitional siihmissioii to
the restraint of the bit. (For full details see "Running
Away.")
Confirmed Kickers.
Confirmed kickers are usually exceptionally bad cases,
and mjiy be classed under three heads, as follows : Nervous,
Excitable Kickers,
Sulky Kickers, and
Switching Kickers.
Some of the very worst
horses of this kind I
have ever broken, and
which caused me the
most trouble, were cases
which, at first, did not
seem very b a d , but
grew worse as t h o y
warmed up. Some will
, , Fig. 145.. — Norman Horse. Naturally gentle.
show the most w^onder-
ful pluck, striving to kick in defiance of all that can be done,
and require not only the most careful l)ut thorougli course
of treatment to be broken. While others, though kicking
with extreme viciousness, and showing a great deal of ex-
citement, may become entirely gentle l)y a short lesson of
subjective treatment. So that the act of kicking must not
alone influence the treatment so much as the peculiarity of
disposition.
If the horse is large boned, with strong, dense texture
of body, not inclined to put on flesh, gray or sorrel, eyes
large, rather dark, showing much white, and with a sort of
sullen expression, no matter what the character of the kick-
ing, he will usually prove a hard fighter. Horses of this
character usually will not bear any mistakes or fooling with,
172
KICKING.
Fifi. 1-46.— Sullen, treacherous nature.
They must be taken in hand with great care and thorough-
ness. Sometimes a very nervous, excitable horse will not
bear the Second Method, becoming warmed up too quickly.
In such a case, the
First and Third Meth-
ods must be depended
u p 0 n . TLsnally the
Third will be all that
is rerjuired. If so, the
pressure should be all
that the h o r s e will
bear, and when suc-
cessful there will be
entire submission, the
eye softened in expres-
sion, and the whole system, as it were, relaxed, the horse
showing no fear of having the pole brought against the
quarters. In a general way I would advise treatment about
as f 0 1 1 o w s : If
there is not en-
tire docility after
using the Third
Method, use the
First to the ex-
tent the case will
bear. Much de-
pends upon how
this is done, and
how the horse
submits. If he
is rangy, quick,
and active, it may be necessary to be particularly careful to
avoid hard, stony ground. Select a ploughed field free from
stones, or where the sod is very soft. Throw the horse
Fi.(;. 147. — The best type of intelligent,
courageous nature.
DETAILS OF TKEATMENT.
173
Fig. 1-tS. — a noted vicious kicker.
quickly, and as often as he will get up ; then reverse the
rig and throw him on the opposite side, and repeat. Now
see what the result will be by poling and handling around
the quarters ; but few
horses will resist it.
If there is any incli-
nation to kick after-
ward, the next alter-
native should be the
Second Method. But
I repeat : As much
depends u p o n the
way this is done as
upon the method it-
self. The point is to
throw the horse off
his balance with sufficient force, and often enough to bear
being poled at pleasure around the quarters and flanks, — a
task not at all difficult to perform. If the horse has a good
mouth, the after treatment will be simple and easy. The
most difficult horses of this character to break are those
with mouths so tender that they will not go against the
bit, or will submit to it too easily. Presuming there is a
good stiff mouth, (for nearly all these cases are of this char-
acter), put on the harness with Patent Bridle or Breaking
Bit, and make the after treatment as before explained, be-
ing careful to be thorough, taking no chances that can be
avoided until able to drive to wagon perfectly docile.
Sulky Kickers.
It has been explained in the first chapter that horses
represent the different characteristics of the domestic ani-
mals. The most marked and annoying is the suHen or salky
nature represented by the bear, hog, or bulldog. As kick-
174
KICKING.
ers, they are \ery persistent anil difficult to break, if not
managed just right. Yet when treated properly they are
not at all difficult to break of the habit. One of their pe-
culiarities is that when broken they act as indifferent, and
gentle to control, as though they
had never had the habit.
When a horse is excitable and
nervous, the treatment must be
such as not to increase the ex-
citement ; while in managing
cool, sulky fighters, it must be
quick and aggressive. Some-
times the First Method will not
Fig. 149.— a vicious horse before work at all ; it uiay, however, be
subjection. . • i i -^ 4-1 t, v
tried, and it the horse can be
made lo get up with energy, make all the impression you
can with it. Now follow quickly with Second Method. If
you let the horse go his own way, touching him around the
quarters, etc., he will only Avarm up into increased resist-
ance. Motion with a pole toward
the nose ; if this does not cause him
t(^ move sufficiently (| u i c k , then
touch him with the whip sharply,
which, in addition to motioning to-
ward the head, should push him as
rnpidly as desired. Reverse quickly
and force as before up to the 2:)oint
of falling. Rejoeat in this w^ay a few
times, keeping him as nearly help-
less and confused as possible, in
the meantime poling as before ex-
plained. In extremely bad cases, if the treatment has not
been carried far enough he will be likely to kick with great
determination. If he does, grasp the pole with the end
Fig. 150. — The same after
treatment.
DETAILS OF TREATMENT. 175
back under the arm, catch the hitching part of the halter
np near the head, and Pun around with him, at the same
time pressing the pole against the quarters, and hold until
submitted to. When successful on one side, go to the op-
posite side and repeat. Successful in this, pole him while
standing, then untie and do the same. A remarkable fea-
ture will now be that when he once gives up, he will be
likely to act as indifferent to the poling as if he never cared
anything about it. It will be advisable, however, to put
on the War Bridle — the most powerful form — and pull him
right and left a few times, which greatly intensifies the im-
pression of power already made.
The Third Method does not seem to work well on these
cases because they will not resist under it ; it works well
only on those cases which resist it hard for a short time,
then give up unconditionally ; upon such it will be found
very effective. While, as before explained, "throwing,"
or the First Method, does not produce impression sufficient
to do much good unless the horse will try to resist it by
getting up. The Breaking Rig would work well upon most
of these cases. Among this class there is occasionally a
horse that will seem to fight through all the treatment
when warmed up, either sulking when forced, or fighting
back. A point in the management of such cases, which I
have practiced with great success, but which must be done
with great care, is to carry the treatment so far that when
cool he will be somewhat sore, when he will be found not
much inclined to resist.
Now the point of success is to give him a short, sharp
les§on, that will compel submission before he becomes
warmed up ; as his warming up would defeat the work by
destroying sensibility and stimulating resistance. Usually
turning around a few times will be all that is necessary to
force submission. A horse that at first would be likely to
17G
KICKING. *
resist for hours, if pushed, will submit unconditionally in
ten or fifteen minutes after becoming cool and over the ef-
fects of the excitement. Then work up slowly and care-
fully as before explained.
For example : A small mustang
pony, eight or nine years old, was
brought me to experiment upon.
The owner said he wished to show
that he had a first-class kicker, and
wanted a little fun out of him. At
first, he did not seem to be very bad,
but as he warmed up he kicked with
the greatest fury ; and after two
hours' effort, I was compelled to give
him up, failing completely. The
viLi. 151. -Expression of most ^^^^^j really kicked worse than when
obstinate cases. ^ i • i
1 commenced. Upon returning to
that place four years afterward, I was surprised to learn
that this pony had been used as a pet by the little boys
and girls of the family ; that he
was driven and used everywhere
to a phieton, and was one of the
finest and safest driving ponies
in that country. The owner told
me that a day or two after his
having been handled by me, they
thought they would see what
they could do with hiin, and to
their surprise they found feim per-
fectly gentle. They put him in
harness, and he drove off without any trouble. lie be-
haved so kindly that the children drove him, and he was
highly valued for his docility.
I found by experience that many cases when w.'irined
Fig. 1.53.— Will resist hard.
DETAILS OF TREAT.MEXT.
177
up would resist with such desperation that it would be very
difficult and dangerous to force them to a point of submis-
sion ; yet by putting them away until cool, and then re-
peating the treatment, they would submit perfectly in a few
minutes. Some of my greatest feats in breaking extremely
bad kickers have been accomplished in this way. The ne-
cessity for this repetition was fre-
quently the cause of great em-
barrassment. Perhaps an ex-
tremely bad horse broughi iiic
for experiment would become so
warmed up, and resist with so
much determination, as to make
the continuance of the effort little
less than abuse. My only alter-
native would be to induce the
ow^ner to bring the horse to the
Yui. 15;J. — Most dilliciilt type of
character to break.
next place of appointment, by
guaranteeing to control and drive him there entirely gentle.
This would excite so much suspicion and doubt in the minds
of the class that they would invariably follow to see what
the result would be. It then became a necessity to suc-
ceed, as to fail would l)e sufficient reason for demandina* a
return of their money. But 1 seldom found much trouble
in making my point, — usually a short, sharp lesson would
be sufficient.
Good eases illustrative of this principle are the Gal-
lopsville Horse, Case No. 2. Subjection ; Collins Horse,
No. 6, Fear, and the Gates Horse, No. 3, Fear. While
the last named could not be driven out of doors prudently
when first handled, vet, afterward, when cool, the effect of
the treatment was so marked that by merely testing a few
mom_ents two weeks afterward, lie proved so gentle as to
be driven without breeching, and down hill, through the
13
178
KICKING.
Fig. 154. — Ideal of bad character.
main street of the village, controlled by word of command
alone ^vliile eight or ten rods distant. The Hanky Horse,
No. 5, Kicking, was perhaps the most marked case. This
horse conld not have been driven the first time handled,
yet by a short repetition of
the lesson next day, he was
driven without difficulty.
A great many interesting
cases of this character could
be referred to if necessary.
The important point is not to
do too much, yet enough to
make the impression necessary
to be able to force unconditional submission. Another
point : No matter how well a horse may work immediately
after being subdued, it should not be accepted as a proof
that he is broken. He
should be tested carefully
when cool and over the
excitement. If there is
the least indication to re-
sistance, the lesson must
be repeated until there
is certainty of the horse
being safe. It is certain
that anything short of do-
ing enough to make the
horse safe, or to over-
come the habit, will be likely to result in disastrous fail-
ure; for giving the horse liberty at any stage to fight
back, practically destroys all that has been done, by teach-
ing him to become cunning and treacherous. Hence the
importance of making every step sure to the point of driv-
ing, and establishing the impression so thoroughly that no
Fig. 155. — Sullen nature.
DETAILS OF TEEATMENT. 179
matter what the aggravation, there will be no inclination to
repeat the habit.
Switching Kickers.
When a horse is greatly excited and irritated by fear
or abuse, his nervous system is liable to become so sensi-
tive that he will squeal and switch. This is more common
to mares which are more impressible than horses ; conse-
quently, when badly spoiled, they are more difficult to
break. In this form it becomes involuntary resistance, or
a species of insanity, and in extreme cases very difficult to
overcome. The point is, if possible, to make a sufficiently
strong, counteracting impression to overcome this. Very
much will depend upon how much the nervous system has
been shaken, and the peculiarity of disposition. Some of
the worst kickers I have ever handled were colts which had
been greatly frightened and abused in breaking. The course
I pursue with such is about as follows : —
If the case is one that will bear impressing sufficiently
to overcome the kicking, I subject to regular treatment as
advised for ordinary cases, directing my attention particu-
larly to accustoming the quarters to being touched. Fail-
ing in this, I use direct means of restraint, such as the
kicking-s traps or over-draw checks. The kicking will now
punish so severely that there will soon be fear to repeat
it. The straps should be used in driving for some little
time after the inclination to kick is overcome.
Kicking-Straps.
These straps should be cut at least two inches wide ;
they should be mjide of two thicknesses of good harness
leather, sewed together and fitted so they will come nicely
around the leg between the fetlock and gambrel. There
should be a strong wrought iron D stitched on the front
180
KICKING.
sides. The insides should be lined with soft, thin leather,
or buckskin, to prevent chafing the leg. If no Patent
Bridle is available, use a strong, well-fitting halter, with
the strap passing back between the legs over the belly-
band ; or it may be attached to the belly-band by a piece
of rubber. Next, take a strong hempen cord, not less than
five-eighths of an inch in diameter, firmly wound, or a good
piece of leather made round like a rein, run it through a
Fig. 156. — Kicking-Straps as arranged for use.
pulley or ring attached to the halter-strap a little back of
the belly-band, and extend to the rings of the foot-straps.
The point is to have the rig so regulated that the position
of the horse will be perfectly natural in traveling; but
should he run or kick, both legs coming back at once brings
the whole force directly upon the nose. The straps should
be kept on until the pain caused by the kicking makes the
horse so much afraid to kick that he will not repeat it.
Sometimes the straps are connected with the bit so that
the horse will kick directly against the mouth. But this
DETAILS OF TREATMENT.
181
is objectionable because when the kicking is severe against
the mouth it will be cut and bruised, besides it is liable to
break the jaw. Even when kicking against the nose, by
the restraint of the halter, there is possible danger of in-
juring the spinal cord at the juncture
of the head with the spinal column.
I never had an accident occur from
such a cause, though I used the treat-
ment a great deal in my early experi-
menting. I have heard of one case in
Maine of a horse breaking his jaw by
kicking against the bit, and one in
Ohio, killed by the severity of the
shock upon the neck.
It will be found that when the horse
kicks against the mouth or nose, he
will soon learn to throw the head down
to give greater length between it and
the legs, as this destroys the force of the blow.
Fig. 157.— Tail Strap.
With the
use of the Patent Bridle the force of the kicking throws
the head up, and at the same time punishes with such se-
verity that there will not be much
inclination to repeat it, and the
habit will soon be overcome.
Twenty years ago, a very bad
mare defied my utmost efforts to
stop her kicking, and as a matter
of experiment I passed a rope from
the bit, to the hind leg below the fetlock, and thence back
to the opposite side of the bit, and held it in my hand
while I excited her to kick. After a few repetitions she
gave up unconditionally. By this means I succeeded in
breaking her of the habit, but the rope chafed and tore the
skin so badly upon the legs that I had much trouble in
Fig. 158. — Tail Strap detached.
182
KICKING.
curing them. To guard against this in other cases^ I put
on straps to which I attached rings, and passing the rope
through them as before, I irritated her to kick, repeating
until there was submission. But as this could not be car-
ried out in driving, the kicking-straps, with the connection
made to the bit, were devised ; after which the pulley ar-
rangement was added. These straps are best adapted to
kickers with the nervous system so weakened that the habit
is in a great measure involuntary.
Foot- Straps.
I found that by tying up the leg, the horse was not
only prevented from kick-
ing, but so disabled that he
could not go ; while giving
freedom to travel, and dis-
abling only at the moment
of danger, made a far more
powerful means of restraint,
and became a very effective
means for the control of run-
away colts. It is seen that
if the leg is pulled from un-
der just as there is intention to kick, it not only disables
the same as if tied up, but serves to divert the horse from
his purpose of kicking ; while at the same time he can be
given freedom to move again when it is desirable. When
there was danger of the horse lunging ahead I used a foot-
strap upon both fore feet. If the horse attempted to lunge
forward after one leg was taken up, I instantly followed
by pulling the other from under. In the case of a doubt-
ful horse, the foot-strap will be found a good reserve power.
During my practice of late years, I seldom made use of
Fig. 159.— Foot Strap.
DETAILS OF TREATMENT.
183
such means, but depend mainly upon the regular course of
subjection to force submission.
Over-Draw Check.
The over-draw check can be modified in various ways,
according to the case. Sometimes a simple over-draw check
is all that is necessary. If more power is desired, in ad-
dition to the check, the restraint can be carried to the hips,
thence to the shafts. (See cut 161.) So that in the act of
kicking, as the quarters are elevated, the restraint will be
Fig. 160. — Simple method of forcing the head up, and preventing
kicking by the elevation of the hips.
instantly brought upon the head, throwing it so high as to
disable. This principle of control was learned by the writer
under the following circumstances : In 1861, when in Hen-
derson, Jefferson Co., N. Y., a half-witted fellow offered to
instruct me how to drive any kicking, runaway horse. He
said, " Bring the center of a slender rope of sufficient length
to the top of the horse's head, and pass the ends down
through the rings on each side of the bit, and thence back
into the wagon as reins." I afterward used this means of
control and found it would work well in some cases, though
not in all. I gave the idea to a man named Hartman, in
Lancaster, Pa., who modified it into what was afterward
known as the " Hartman reins," which he patented. A
184
KICKING.
great improve nient in this for kickers, is to pass the reins
over the hips to the shafts as explained.
Checking the head high Avill sometimes hold in restraint
a strong-willed, treacherous horse, that is liable to lunge
sideways, or pull heavily. It will usually work well when
a horse is a little irritable, and simj^ly needs a litile restraint
to keep him inside ilio ]»oint of resistance, the same as
Fio. 161. — The horsic as disabled when there is an effort to kick.
the tail-strap acts in preventing the horse from kicking by
keeping the tail confined and helpless. The simplest and
best way of checking the head high is to pass the check-
rein through gag-runners, which sliould be attached to the
head part of the bridle well up near the ears, and buckle
into an extra bit, which is to be held up against the roof
of the mouth by means of a strap passing over the nose.
This form of chock inji- tlio head up and back will bo found
A ery effective.
A common method in use years ago for kickers was to
DETAILS OP TREATMENT.
18'
Fig. 163. — Simple method of
controlling the head.
put a triangular piece of iron, in form like a V, between the
collar and bit. The central point resting upon the collar,
and with both ends attached to the
rings of the bit, it held the head up
in position as desired. A strong-
headed, doubtful h 0 r s e will fre-
quently drive with entire safety
when the head is helplessly held up
in this manner ; but the check be-
fore referred to is the simplest and
best means.
Sometimes the h I) r s e will kick
only when the rein is caught under
the tail. If he is simply irritable,
and hugs the rein, the easiest way
to prevent it is to wind an ordinary
crupper with cloth, or cover nicely with ohamios skin,
or soft leather, until one half to two inches in diameter, as
m a y be neces-
sary. (See cut
165.) This be-
ing larger than
the rein belo\\'
makes it impos-
sible for the
horse to hug the
rein with sufh-
cient strength
^ , Ti ., Fig. 163. — The .same as in use.
to hold it.
When the tail becomes very sensitive from the continued
chafing of the parts, its action becomes involuntary. In
such cases it must be confined to make the horse safe.
This can be easily done by buckling a small strap around
it under the hair about two-thirds down the dock, from
186
KICKING.
which, on each side, extend a small strap to the hip-straps,
and fasten short enough to prevent the tail from switching
around and catching the reins.
Hip-Strap.
If the horse is irritable around the hips, but drives all
right so long as restrained, or unable to bring the hind
Fig. 164. — A simple method of keeping the head elevated
to prevent kicking while driving.
parts up, simply strapping him down will sometimes be all
that is necessary to do in order to use him with safety.
The best way to do this is as follows : Attach a loop to the
harness between the hip and tail; through this pass a
strong two-inch strap with ends attached firmly to the
DETAILS OF TREATMENT. 187
shafts on each side. There should be pieces of leather or
iron screwed to the under sides of the shafts to keep the
ends in place.
Two points must be kept in mind in order to be success-
ful : 1st. The shafts must be so stiff that they will not
bend much. 2nd. The strap over the hip should be so
strong that it will not break, and just tight enough to be
drawn straight when in place, but not so long as to give
any freedom to raise the hips.
Four-ring Bit.
The four-ring bit by its power will sometimes throw
the nose up, and occasionaliy make a doubtful, headstrong-
horse drive all right ; but it is best
adapted for the management of
headstrong luggers. Sometimes a
strong-headed puller that cannot
be held by an ordinary bit will
drive gentle with this. The ef-
fectiveness of this bit is in the
pressure of its center against the fig. i65.— crupper as wound
roof of the mouth. As made here- '' ''''''''' ^^*^^*°^ '^^ ^■"'^•
tofore, when pulled upon very hard, these rings would slide
in so far as to prevent the desired purchase against the
palate. To prevent this, I devised the slot, or obstruction.
Sometimes the Patent Bridle will work quite well in the
management of kickers.
For the Breaking Rig, see illustration with description
in first chapter.
It may be asked, " Is there any medicine by which you
can make a horse gentle ?" See "Medicine" in ''Subjec-
tion."
188 KICKING.
Kicking whp:n Struck with the Whip in Driving,
Some horses are usually gentle until struck or touched
with a whip on the back or flanks, which they will resist
by kicking. Or v/hen not going fast enough, if hit sharply
with a whip, the response is a kick. There is usually no
fear of the wagon or of anything exhibited ; it is simply a
sullen resistance, and unless treated properly is a A^ery ugly
habit to overcome.
For a simple, ordinary case of this kind, put on the War
Bridle, and after giving a few sharp pulls with it, touch
him over the back with a whip, at each repetition striking
harder until he can be struck quite hard without resisting.
Should he kick, punish sharply^with the cord, and repeat
until there is no resistance. Now put on the harness with
reins through the shaft-bearers, and drive around, touching
gradually over hips and back. Should there be resistance,
punish sharply with War Bridle, which should be left on
under the bridle. Simply repeat until successful. This
should be all that is necessary to do to break any young
horse. But if the horse is very bad, it will be likely to
fail. In such a case, subject to either method, as may be
found advisable. If tlie First Method be tried, touch with
the whip after throwing. If the Third, while pressure is
on, touch or strike lightly in the same manner whenever
sensitive, until there is no resistance. If Second Method
is used, touch the part while the horse is going around. In
either case the point must be made thoroughly. Now put
on the harness ; if a Breaking Bit or Patent Bridle is avail-
able, it should be used. If the horse will go ahead freely
at command, the work will usually be sufficient. But if
he sulks, refusing to go against the bit, the case will be
serious. In such cases proceed about as follows : —
"^ Get a good bow whip of the best quality, from six to
DETAILS OF TEEATMENT. 189
seven feet long, say in a quick and sharp manner, " Get
up ! " If he does not respond at once, catch both reins in
the left hand, step a little to left, at the same time lift the
reins out of the way of the whip, and give him one or two
sharp cuts around the legs up near the belly. Then quickly
jerk upon the near rein to disconcert and throw the head
up. If the horse springs ahead surprised and disconcerted,
a few repetitions will soon establish the idea of going ahead
when commanded. Should he, however, kick in response,
this must at once be abandoned ; as in bad cases these fel-
lows will stand sullenly, and fight every time struck.
Grasp the reins as before in the left hand, and step to the
right and forward of the quarters. Instantly after the
sharp '^ Get up ! " give one or two keen cuts with the whip
across the tip of the nose. This will so surprise him as to
cause him to jump quickly. After a few repetitions he
will, at command, spring ahead without being touched, when
the point is made. Now drive around right and left until
he will start or stop as desired. When the horse works
well, make friends with him by giving apples, etc., which
tells him that punishment is for resistance, and reward for
obedience. No matter how stubborn these cases may ap-
pear at first, if treated sharply in this way they will in-
variably work in well.
When I first hitched up " Gilford," he seemed to have
his own mind about going, and would not start ahead when
commanded. I gave him a sharp touch of the whip, when
he kicked and smashed the dash in. This was his trick,
of which I knew nothing. I at once unhitched him, and
treated as just explained, until he would start promptly,
and he never kicked afterward.
Sometimes in driving or trotting, a horse will go oil" aW
right until struck with the whip or pushed a little, when he
will sulk or kick. Such are usually horses showing a large
190 KICKING.
undercurrent of the positive or sullen nature, and are very
provoking when irritated. They seem difficult to manage
because there is no way of forcing that will not react in
trouble. During my early experience I used the foot-strap
with much success in the management of this habit. At
the instant of touching sharply with the whip, pull the
foot from under, which not only disconcerts the horse, but
prevents the kicking. Indeed, this alone will enable the
perfect control of most of these cases.
Kickers in Stall.
In the first place, for the management of kickers in the
stall, a great deal depends upon the size of thQ stall and
adroitness of the man in approaching the horse. A very
narrow stall makes it somewhat difficult, if not dangerous,
to approach even many gentle horses. Such stalls are not
only an abomination for the increased danger and incon-
venience they cause in going around a horse, but for not
affording sufficient freedom for the horse to lie down and
step around. It is no reason for stalls being so constructed
because somebody who should know better makes them so.
If the stall is large, there will be better opportunity to
keep out of reach, and, unless the horse is very vicious,
there will be no difficulty in going around him with com-
parative safety.
Then, much depends upon the character of the man.
A courageous, determined horse soon learns to become ag-
gressive toward a naturally timid man who seems afraid
to approach him. If a horse is very vicious in his stall,
he is like any other dangerous brute upon which nothing
short of a thorough course of subjective treatment will pro-
duce any impression. But if irritable or cunning, a sharp
lesson with the War Bridle until he w;ll follow promptly
KICKERS IN STALL. 191
will nsimlly be sufficient ; after which it may be left on for
a day or two.
The treatment for all ordinary cases should be about as
follows : First, put on the War Bridle, Second Form,
which may, if the case is stubborn, be turned into the
Double Drmv Hitch Form, and make him feel its power
sufficiently to follow promptly. Lead him into the stall,
and while holding tlie cord, step in and out repeatedly,
making him, during the time, keep his hind parts turned
in the opposite direction. This treatment may be accom-
panied by giving apples, etc.
If the case is important, and it is desired to be very
thorough, after putting on the halter, put on the War
Bridle, Si^ond Form, with the part going through the
mouth running through the rings on either side of the
halter to keep it in place, and the part over the head well
back upon the neck. Now pass the cord back to the end
of the stall and tie to a ring or post, leaving it sufficiently
long to give the horse room to step around as usual when
tied by the halter. When it is desired to go in, if he does
not step around at command, untie the cord and give a
sharp pull upon it, which will bring the head around,
throwing the hind parts to the opposite side, when he can
be approached with safety. This may be repeated when
first put on for a few times, to teach the idea of stepping
around when commanded. After a few repetitions he will
soon learn, when approached and commanded, to step
around.
There is a great sleight in approaching vicious horses
when in stalls, the disregard of which may sometimes
cause a naturally gentle horse to kick if approached or
touched unexpectedly. First, no matter how gentle a
horse is, there should be no effort to go near or approach
before attracting his attention by speaking to him. If at
192 KICKING.
all doubtful, the course should be about as follows : When
behind, a little to the near side, look directly at the horse's
head and say sharply, " Get around ! " repeating until the
eye is caught. A great deal depends upon the expression
of confidence and authority shown. An intelligent, cour-
ageous horse will discern instantly any lack of confidence
or power, and become correspondingly aggressive.
At first the horse may look back and try to measure
your strength and be disposed to (question your advance.
It will be a matter of will power now. Look at him with
all the firmness you can, and repeat the " Get around ! " with
the most thorough vim of expression. If a man of any
iierve, but few horses will disobey. If he steps around,
tie matter if the ears are put back and the eyes partly
closed showing inclination to kick, there will seldom be
much danger. The eye kept firmly upon that of the horse,
will discover any movement almost before it is made ; so
reach the end of the stall fronting the horse, with head
slightly turned to hold the eye, and make a quick, gliding
leap or long step toward the shoulder. After getting
well forward of the hips there will be little danger ; watch-
ing the opportunity in this way, and moving quickly, will
permit getting beyond reach of danger before the horse
can kick.
This is really the only secret of getting around oj' into
the stall of a doubtful horse without getting hurt. (See
chapter on " Stallions.") By observing closely, the inten-
tions of the horse will always be revealed by the expres-
sion of the eye and his actions. Danger is shown by the
ears being thrown back, eyes partly closed, lips drawn
back, and mouth perhaps partly open. If the horse will
not move when commanded, but holds his position firmly,
especiall}' if one having a dark, lurking eye set well into
the head, thick eyelids, and heavy ears, the character is
A
KICKING WHILE HAENESSING. 193
treacherous and needless risks should not be hazarded.
What such a horse does he will do quickly without warn-
ing. But if he seems to yield, no matter how bad he is,
and there is quickness in getting into the stall, as explained,
there will be but little danger.
I have frequently been able to go into the stalls of
horses that were very dangerous, and have never been
kicked or hurt while doing so. Many times the horse
would kick the stall, but by a sharp, ringing command suf-
ficient to disconcert, and by jumping quickly, I could al-
ways get to the shoulder or head without being touched.
In many cases I have been compelled to take the chances
from necessity ; but by observing these precautions, and
calculating my chances carefully, I would be able to get
by, though at the instant of doing so the horse would kick
the stall behind me.
When desiring to get out, pull the head around after,
bringing the hind parts well around to the opposite side.
The instant the halter is let go, step or spring beyond reach.
While Harnessing.
The habit of kicking while harnessing is always the re-
sult of carelessness or bad treatment. Were the horse
treated kindly and the harness put on gently until accus-
tomed to it, there would be no trouble. Not being accus-
tomed to the breeching or the crupper under the tail, a
sensitive horse is liable to kick when feeling pressure upon
those parts. I have frequently found horses gentle after
the harness was on, yet they would kick violently when the
attempt was made to put it on; while others would kick
only after it was on. All that is necessary to do in such
cases, is to put on the War Bridle, and, after giving a few
sharp pulls with it, hold firmly in the left hand, and while
keeping it taut upon the rnouth, with the right spread the
'" ■• - ' 13
194
KICKING.
"1
harness gently over the back and hips. The pressure of
the cord upon the mouth will hold the attention of the horse
sufficiently to allow putting the crupper under the tail and
buckling.
To break up the habit, it may be necessary to repeat
this treatment two or three times, punishing sharply for
any resistance, and encouraging by kind treatment for al-
lowing it to be put on and off as desired. After gaining
the attention by the War Bridle, it may be drawn down
and tied as in cut 66, page 67, but not kept so more than
Fig. 166. — As a bad case of this character will usually resist
before treatment.
thirty seconds to a minute ; after which the harness can be
put on or off as desired. It is very important in these
cases to associate kindness with the treatment by giving
apples, etc.
Resistance to having the collar put on, or the neck
touched in consequence of having been made sore, is some-
times a formidable diffi(;ulty, as the horse may show great
viciousness, striking or kicking violently. If the treat-
ment named is not sufficient, then more force must be
KICKING WHILE HAENESSING.
195
used; but with care, the War Bridle will be found suf-
ficient. In such cases, attention must be given to having
the collar large enough to permit putting easily over the
head. Or if an open collar, it should be unbuckled and
put on quietly over the neck. In addition, particular at-
tention should be given to curing the parts if sore. A
great point also in the management of such cases is in win-
ning the confidence of the horse to bear having the sensi-
tive parts touched by scratching the mane and other parts,
Fig. 167. — As the horse will stand quietly to be harnessed
after treatment.
and imperceptibly approaching the sensitive parts until it
is borne ; then follow by caressing, giving apples, etc.
There may be cases also where resistance to the har-
ness upon the hips, or crupper- under the tail, will be very
violent. In such cases a regular course of subjection may
be necessary. One of the worst horses the writer ever
handled was of this character, compelling to resort to the
First, Second, and Third Methods, which were in part
repeated to break him of the habit.
196 KICKING.
Kicking and Biting While Grooming.
The habit of kicking and biting while grooming, is in
all cases the result of bad treatment. A sharp currycomb
or card is usually raked recklessly over the legs and belly,
regardless of cutting into the skin. The horse may snap,
kick, and almost lie down upon the ground in the effort to
avoid or relieve the pain ; but no more attention is given
to this than to kick and pound as a means of compelling to
stand quietly. Sharp currycombs, or any instrument that
will hurt, should not be used upon such horses. Should
the horse be over-sensitive, the result of former bad treat-
ment, restrain a little with the War Bridle until he will
submit to being cleaned as directed. In such cases, it is
always advisable to commence at an insensible part, and
work gradually to the part at wdiich the grooming is re-
sisted.
Bad to Bridle. ^
Most horses will submit readily to be bridled by giving
a short lesson with the War Bridle, and tying down as ex-
plained, when the bridle can be put on or off as desired.
Care should be taken to have the bridle large and easy-fit-
ting. As there is submission, give more freedom until
there is no resistance. Should the horse show viciousness,
and resist this treatment, then subject to Second Method,
and while tied, handle the head and put on the bridle.
When untied, restrain with the cord, being careful in such
cases to work gently, rewarding liberally for obedience.
Able once to take off or put on the bridle without force,
repeat for some time, holding the attention by giving ap-
ples, etc. Such a horse should be bridled with care for
some time to outgrow the sensibility.
THE PUTNEY HOESE, 197
Case 1. — Putney Horse.
This was an eight-year old bay, of close, compact struct-
ure, weighing about 950 pounds, and owned by J. B.
Blanchard, of Putney, Vt. He was a runaway kicker of
the worst stamp, having defied every effort to break him.
In a passive condition he appeared to be a horse of ordinarily
good character, with eyes rather dark, of medium size, and
with a sullen expression. His ears were rather long, and
set on well apart, quite long from eyes to ears, and with
good, broad forehead, — all indicating endurance, courage,
and pluck, of the most decided character. When brought
forward to be. experimented upon, no intimation was given
of his character. It was simply claimed that he was un-
broken. Upon trial he developed the most desperate re-
sistance.
Not having a suitable place in which to handle him, the
First Method, which was exactly adapted to his tempera-
ment, could not be used. Resisting the Second Method,
he was subjected to the Third, which was carried to its ut-
most hniit before he yielded.
Upon testing the mouth he developed the most deter-
mined opposition. With the Breaking Bit he pulled ten men
— five to each rein — on a w^alk across the barn, resisting;
even to being pulled down upon his knees, but submitted
in about forty minutes. The whole treatment required
about an hour. Next day he was brought to Westmore-
land, N. H., where I was advertised, and upon testing him
he proved perfectly gentle. On the following day the
owner drove him to a sleigh twenty miles to Keene, where
the horse was well known, and also drove him in the streets
while there without breeching, proving him perfectly gen-
tle. The horsemen declared they knew such a horse could
not be broken, but here was the undoubted proof of his do-
ciHty. This incident enabled me to make a large class.
198
K ICKING.— ILLUSTKATl VR CASES.
Case 2. — Malone Horse.
This was probably one of the most notable kicking, run-
away horses ever known in the State of Ohio, special
reference to which is made in "Personal Experience." He
was a fine, blooded trotter, eight years old, about 16 hands
high, and weighed about 1050 pounds. In appearance he
was quiet, and perfectly gentle to ride and handle. The
greatest effort had
been made for years
to break this horse,
but without success.
At the time of my
visit to the place, all
hope of ever being
able to subdue him
had been abandoned.
I subjected him to
the First Method,
which he at first vio-
lently resisted, but
after being thrown about a dozen times he submitted un-
conditionally. It was not sufiicient, however, to produce
the degree of submission desired, and he was next subjected
to the Second Method, which he also resisted with great
courage, requiring in all about twenty minutes. The foun-
dation was now laid for the next step, — that of obtaining
control of the mouth. This was, if anything, his strong
point, having resisted all kinds of bits and rigging.
When tested with the Breaking Bit, he plunged against
it, fighting so hard that at one time he wxnt over the rope
upon the seats. By careful management, however, he was
in about twenty minutes brought under perfect control.
Next morning I tested him hard in the ring, and found him
Fig. 168.— The Malone Horse.
THE ]\I ALONE HORSE. 199
manageable. I now took him outside tiie city to know
definitely what he would bear in the street. Upon careful
trial he proved entirely manageable, when I drove him back.
I now trained him to stop, turn right and left, to the mo-
tion of the whip, continuing the lesson about ten minutes,
resting as long, then repeating until he would turn right
and left as desired. I employed every spare moment in
this way up to 12 o'clock, when I hitched him up without
reins, letting shafts go against the quarters, etc., and drove
to the square, where there was a large crowd, and proved
7Tvij_^ WIILEY.ENS.
Fig. 169.— An incident of the Malone Horse. Result of an effort
by a horse-breaker to drive hini.
him perfectly gentle. For several days, each time, before
hitching up, I tested him by running the shafts against his
quarters, to remind him of his lesson ; otherwise he was
treated with great care and kindness, being quieted down
by petting, giving apples, etc. I explained to the class
that, in the management of this and all other cases of like
character, it would be necessary, after a spell of idleness,
to remind of the lesson by a slight repetition of treatment.
I sold the horse to a leading horseman, A. S. Robins,
who had been a member of the class, and who had wit-
nessed all the details of the treatment. I especially ex-
plained to him the necessity for this case. Upon my leav-
200
KICKING.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
ing the city he desked me to take the horse with me for a
few weeks, which I did. Finding his constitution had been
seriously injured by the severity of the treatment to which
he had been previously subjected in the effort to break
him, and that the least use of him got him off his feed,
to improve his condition I had him carefully fed, and kept
quiet during the time in my care, over a month, intending,
as a matter of safety, before allowing him to be taken away,
to give him another short lesson ; but while I was absent
the owner sent for him. After letting him rest a short
Fig. 170. — The Malone Horse as driveD, next day after treatment, on the
Square, without bridle, reins, or breeching.
time, he hitched him to a buggy, took in a friend, and drove
around the city all right. But when near home, on driv-
ing sharply round a corner at the Kenard House, perceiv-
ing the horse wiggle his tail as if to kick, he jumped out on
one side, and his friend on the other. The horse, finding
himself free, ran away, and tore the wagon to pieces. Some
said he kicked ; others that he did not. Happening in the
city the next day, and hearing that the famous Malone
horse had run away, I called upon Mr. R. for an explana-
tion. The moment he saw me he said : —
THE WATSON HORSE. 201
" Do n't say a word. I am entirely to blame ; not the
horse. I drove him all over the city, and never had a
horse drive nicer. But somehow I got the idea he was go-
ing to kick, and before I knew what I was about, I jumped
out and let him go. He did n't try to kick."
I said, " Let me take him, I will soon make him so he
will drive with perfect safety."
" No," he replied, " I am afraid of him, and shall never
ride behind him again."
I give these -details, mainly, to show how liable good
horsemen, of even much intelligence, are to fail on account
of not carrying out the instructions properly.
Case 3. — Watson Horse.
This was a kicking, runaway horse of the worst char-
acter, owned by a coal-dealer named Watson, in Memphis,
Tenn. He was a rather heavy-boned, light gray gelding,
nine years old, and Aveighed about 1030 pounds. There
were so many incidents of interest connected with this
horse that I give some of the details : He was in appear-
ance and color very much like the last one referred to,
simply a little heavier boned and shorter legged, but a
horse of wonderful pluck and endurance. He was ac-
knowledged to be the worst runaway kicker in the State
of Tennessee. Over a year before, a horse-drover from
Kentucky, hearing of him, claimed he could drive him or
any other living horse. Upon trial the horse ran away,
clearing himself from the wagon, throwing the man out so
violently as to cause an arm to be broken, and otherwise
seriously injuring him. Afterward, a mule-drover from the
eastern part of the State claimed to be able to drive him,
betting largely upon the results. As before, the horse ran
away, threw the man out, nearly killing him, and plunged
into the Mississippi River, from which he was with diffi-
^202 KICKING.— illustrative: CASES.
culty rescued. Upon my arrival there, this man was still
confined in the city, helpless from the eiTects of the injury.
It was considered a good joke to test me with this
horse ; and to do anything there, I found it necessary to
break him. I took him outside the city for treatment, and
subjected him to First Method. Not proving sufhcient, I
followed it quickly with Second, alternating with First,
then again with the Second with great rapidity, when he
submitted to being touched around the quarters without
offering to kick.
Upon trying his mouth I found it entirely unmanage-
able ; but after about an hour's effort, succeeded in making
him drive perfectly gentle. The same afternoon I drove
him, without breeching, down the principal street of the
city by word of command, while distant from him eight or
ten rods, letting him go fast or slow, stopping and starting
him as I desired. It was believed, however, that he must
have been under the influence of medicine. To test this, he
was shut up for a week, after which I was requested by Gen-
erals Forest, Rucker, and other leading citizens, to drive
him to a carriage. Upon arriving, I found the horse hitched
ready to be driven, and the demand, " We want to see you
get in and drive this horse now." This was decidedly
risky, as it is rarely that sufficient impression can be made
upon the brain by one lesson to mako a horse safe eight
days afterward. To fail, as they predicted, would of course
be equivalent to exposing me as a humbug. Pretending to
be under the influence of liquor, I staggered toward the
horse's head, and with the apparent effort of steadying my-
self, with the right hand I grasped both reins back of the
jaw, and gave a sudden pull down and back, at the same
time saying sharply, " Whoa ! " The horse yielded per-
ceptibly to this, which Avas sufficient to show me that the
mouth was entirely manageable. I immediately got in,
THE HETTRICK HORSE.
203
drove the horse about ten rods, turned him quickly around,
and drove back down hill on a ftist trot. Upon reaching
them I threw the lines out over his head and yelled,
"' Wlioa ! " He stopped so quickly as to slide fully ten
feet. All were convinced there was no humbug about that,
and joined in voting me all right.
Case 4. — Hettrick Horse.
For a domestic horse, this was one of the most vicious,
striking, kicking, runaway brutes the writer ever saw.
He was a large sorrel,
weighing about 1150 lbs.,
and was owned by a man
name d Hettrick, who
kept a hack-stable on
Thirtieth-st., near Sixth
Avenue. Mr. Hettrick
first saw the horse hitched
up in Twenty-fourth-st.,
to a big cart, with both
wheels blocked. Two men
were holding him by the
head, and the third in the
cart holding by the reins.
The horse was sold for $275, on condition that he could be
driven. Notwithstanding the precautions taken, at the first
jump he ran away, tearing the cart to pieces. Mr. Het-
trick left his card, stating that he would give $50 for the
horse, and he was accordingly sent to him for that price.
As he expressed himself to me that evening, he was will-
ing to give $50 for a good subject with which to test me.
The moment I saw the horse I knew I had an unusually
dangerous fellow to deal with. I told the owner I did not
consider it prudent to take such a horse before a class un-
FiG. 171.— The Hettrick Horse after
being subdued.
204
KICKING.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
THE HETTEICK HOESE.
201
til I knew what he would bear, as it might cause me con-
siderable trouble to get to him, and besides expose the
class to accident. As he could be led safely by keeping
well out to the end of the halter, I had him taken over to
my place, on the opposite side of the street, and tied to the
center-pole. I found I could not go near him to touch any
part of his body without getting struck or kicked. His re-
sistance was so remarkable in this respect that I give an il-
lustration of it. But once getting my hands upon him,
which took me nearly an hour to do, I was so provoked
Fig. 173 —The Hettrick Horse as driven in the street next day.
that I did not stop until I had completely subdued him. I
subjected him to Second Method, which he resisted, acting
more like a wild, untlimable animal than a horse. At one
time he jumped over the rope upon the seats, breaking
down several of them, — just such an accident as I had an-
ticipated. I next subjected him to First Method, then
again to Second, which completely subdued him. The rest
was easy ; he was simply tested with the Breaking Bit un-
til compelled to submit to it. He was hitched up the next
day, driven to Central Park, and proA^ed entirely gen-
tle, in single or double harness. He had so much of the
wild, mustang nature that, notwithstanding his entire do-
cility in harness, it would have been a dangerous experi^
20G KICKING.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
merit, even after being thus subdued, excepting when done
very cautiously, to put the hand upon his nose, as it would
cause him to snort and strike.
This case was so interesting that I had an accurate
drawing made of his head, which I had engraved with
others, and which is given at the heading of this case.
Notwithstanding it was an accurate drawing of the head
after being subdued, and shows a very bad expression of
character, it scarcely gives an idea of the striking expres-
sion of viciousness before being subdued.
Case 5. — Hankey Mare.
This was a seven-year-old mare, owned by Mr. F. A.
Hankey, of Gettysburg, Pennsylvania. She was a bright
bay, weighing about 1000 pounds, of remarkably strong,
firm texture of body. She had a good intelligent head,
showing the indications of great activity and pluck. The
eyes were rather small, showing much white, eyelids rather
heavy, quite long from eyes to ears, and ears long.
She was raised by the owner, Mr. Hankey, who tried
to break her when she was three years old, but, notwith-
standing he resorted to every possible expedient, completely
failed. She not only resisted the control of several men,
but ran away, carrying with her a heavy four-horse wagon
loaded with manure. The following letter to a cousin of
his, Wm. Motter, of Emmetsburg, will explain itself: —
''Dear Sir: —
" I was a member of Mr. Magner's class yesterday in Gettysburg. He
had a class of over forty scholars. I took in my mare for him to handle,
which I had been trying to break from the time she was three years old, and
could do nothing with her. She was the womt runaway kicking mare I ever
saw, and I had given up all hopes of ever being able to break her. After
trying every way I could to break her and failing, I made up my mind I
would fix her for once so she couldn't run away; so I filled my large, four-
horse wagon with manure, and hitched her to it, with three other horses.
Notwithstanding there were three men holding her in addition, she carried
wagon, horses, and men, right away with her mouth, and tore everything to
pieces. It took two hours yesterday to control her. To-day I took her to
THE GOODMAN HOESE. 207
Fairfield, where she was hitched up, before the class, perfectly gentle, not
minding the cross-piece running against her quarters, or showing the least
inclination to kick. I write this to say to you, and all my friends, to join
his class and learn his system. He is no humbug. The knowledge to be
gained is that which farmers and horse-owners cannot afford to be without.
"Yours Truly, F. A, Hankey."
The facts of her running away with a four-horse wagon,
I was positively assured to be in every particular true.
Mr. Hankey joined the class on condition that the mare
should be driven gentle. Being compelled to handle her
in the midst of a large crowd in an ordinary sized carriage-
house, with hard ground floor, the difhculty of her subjec-
tion was greatly increased. She was subjected first to
Third Method, which was carried to the fullest extreme
for about fifteen minutes, then to the Second, after which
again to the Third, when she submitted to have the quar-
ters touched without kicking.
Her resistance to the bit was extreme, and it required
over an hour to make her yield at all to its restraint. Not
considering it safe to drive her while warm, I told the
owner if he would take her to Fairfield next day that, with
a little additional treatment, she could be driven with en-
tire satisfaction. He and a large number of the class fol-
lowed me there, where, as promised, she was driven with
entire success. As explained in chapter on " Kicking,"
though many of these extremely desperate cases cannot
be driven while warm, because liable to fight back, which
would be equivalent to failure, by putting away until cool
and over the excitement, they can be driven with but little
difficulty. If the horse cannot then be driven with entire
safety, the safest and best way is to repeat the lesson,
when the driving Avill be made easy.
Case 6. — Goodman Horse.
This case is included not only to show some of the dif-
ficulties the writer encountered during his early experience,
208 KICKING.- ILLUSTKATIVE CASES.
but to call attention to a type of character that will often
be met.
In Goodman, Mississippi, I had a large class. The only
subject offered for experiment was an ordinary looking sor-
rel, medium sized, and to all appearance, perfectly docile.
This was all the more puzzling to me, as I noticed a gen-
eral expression of interest to see the horse driven. To il-
lustrate the First Method, the " throwing rig " was put on,
when, with scarcely an effort of resistance, he dropped
down upon his side without appearing to haA^e energy
enough to get up. He was equally indifferent to the Sec-
ond Method. No matter how confined or pushed, he could
not be made to go around rapidly enough to cause the least
dizziness ; also out of harness he was as indifferent as an
ox while having a pole brought against his quarters or legs.
While attempting to drive in harness, there was no resist-
ance to being hitched up ; but the moment started, he com-
menced such a volley of kicking as I never saw a horse do
before. If confined too closely he would drop sullenly
upon his belly, not attempting to resist until again upon
his feet and an effort was made to move him, when he
would repeat the kicking.
I told the class I never saw such a kicker before, that
the simplest way of satisfying them would be to give them
their money back. Their answer was : —
" No, sir ', you advertised to drive any horse. We have
furnished you with one, and we want to see you drive him.
If you can't do it, we will see that you stop traveling
through the State swindling the people."
This implied that if I could not do it my career would
be short. It was not a matter of teaching the class any
more, but of driving the horse. Aided by a number of the
plass, who really did all they could to help me, I worked
upon the horse from four o'clock in the afternoon till ten at
THE GOODMAN HOESE. 209
night, without making the least apparent headway in his
subjection. The horse was now put in the stable, when he
went to eating as unconcernedly as though nothing had
happened. Next morning I again took him in hand, put-
ting him before a cart, and working him until dark with-
out, so far :as I could see, making any progress whatever in
his control. I went to bed thoroughly tired, but deter-
mined to go through the matter at any hazard.
Next morning, after breakfast, I went out to look at
him. He stood eating, apparently as quiet and unconcerned
as though he had not been touched. I stepped into his
stall to study him a little closer, and found his mouth simply
a little sore from the effects of the bit which had been used.
In attempting to back him out of the stall he resisted.
This so provoked me that I determined for once to have
the best of him. I put the hitching part of the halter,
which was of ordinary rope, through his mouth, and sent
him back on a run to the middle of the floor. At this
point he collected himself for a desperate fight, but my tem-
per being up, I sent him back out of the barn into the mid-
dle of the yard, against the reach of an old lumber wagon
which happened to be there. Now commenced a most des-
perate struggle, which lasted fully a minute, he making
an effort to kick up, and I to hold him so closely against
the reach that he could not do it. He finally gave up the
contest, quivering all over. His whole nature seemed now
to be changed. I knew I had him safe, and at once hitched
him up without breeching, and drove him through the
streets perfectly gentle. All expressed themselves per-
fectly satisfied, saying, " You are a good fellow," etc. Cer-
tainly I felt happy in being able to feel myself out of the
scrape. At my request the owner took him to Carrolton,
about thirty miles distant, where, to the surprise of the
people who knew his former bad character, I drove him
210 KICKING.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
hitched to a wagon without breeching, starting and stop-
ping him by word of command while ten rods distant. This
was the means of making me a large class there.
This horse was nine years old, half mustang and half
thoroughbred. He was of medium size, strong and com-
pact in form. His owner, who had the reputation of being
one of the best horsemen in that part of the State, told me
he never had a horse before that he could not break, but
this one defied his utmost effort, — in fact, he never saw
such a horse before.
The Third Method would have enabled the easy man-
agement of this case. The method of treatment should
have been about as follows : When subjected to pressure
he should have been put in shafts or poles and made to move,
letting the cross-piece strike the quarters; as he submitted,
the pressure should have been removed until he could be
driven without restraint. If properly carried out, I am
confident this course would, as proved in the management
of a great many cases of like character, have enabled his
easy control in fifteen to thirty or forty minutes.
The Breaking Rig would also have enabled his easy
management.
I give the particulars of this case mainly to show
through what effort much of my success was obtained, as
well as to impress more clearly the course of treatment to be
pursued. Much of my trouble really arose from ignorance,
or in not knowing what to do. In this connection I think
it advisable for future reference to make the following ex-
planation : I have reminded in the treatment of this case
chat the Second Method would not work, because the horse
would not turn. I refer to it to show how little I knew
about the true principle of carrying out this valuable method
of treatment at that time, notwithstanding I invented it, and
had practiced it for over ten years with great success. The
treatment by this method should have beei; as follows ;— <
THE GOODMAN HOESE. 211
First, tie just short enough to move him. If tied too
shoi't there is danger of his rearing up, mustang style, and
falling over backward, or of going round so quickly as to
fall down before the nervous system can be sufficiently
impressed to prevent his lunging or throwing himself. The
aim should be to move the horse moderately at first, grad-
ually forcing up quicker, but not to the point of falling.
After tying, have ready a good bow whip, stand upon the
outside, and give him a good sharp touch across the nose.
After two or three times the horse will usually stop, and
throw the head down and forward, pulling upon the halter
with great severity. Now tie a little shorter, and force
more quickly with the whip. If inclined to pull sullenly,
force up quicker. The more sullen the temperament, the
more necessity for compelling more activity with the whip.
The greatest alertness and judgment are required to do this
well. First, the instant the horse is about to fall, he should
be quickly untied and tied in the opposite direction before
he regains his balance, repeating in this way perhaps two
or three times. All this should not ordinarily require more
than five or eight minutes, though in some cases it may re-
quire longer time. When properly done, the effect of this
treatment is sometimes quite surprising. Next, put on the
harness with the Breaking Bit, under which the War Bridle
may be put for reserve. Drive the horse around, frighten-
ing him to jump ahead, and disconcerting by an occasional
sharp cut of the whip across the nose. The horse will not
usually resist until put in harness, when he is apt to fight
back quite hard. When this is attempted, fight it through,
or rush him over it, which can be done by the War Bridle,
the Double Draw Hitch Form is best. This enables lifting
him right and left out of his tracks, as desired, which has
a powerful influence in discouraging these sullen cases at
this point. But with the Third Method, as explained, the
212 KICKING.— ILLUSTKATIYE CASES.
management of these cases becomes still easier and sim-
j^ler.
Case 7. — McVay Horse.
This case was very nearly like the last one referred to,
with the exception of a large blending of the nervous tem-
perament with that of the sullen or sulky nature, and, of
course, was more intense in resistance. She had kicked
from the time she was a colt, and had become so fixed in
the habit that she would kick and squeal as soon as the
door of her stable was opened. As this is a very remark-
able case I will give its history : —
The firm of Mc Vay & Allison bought of L. L. Dorsey,
of Kentucky, the well-known breeder of " Gold Dust " trot-
ting stock, three young mares and a staUion. One of these
mares w^as a most desperate kicker, and considered a hope-
less case. She was sold at an exceedingly low price to get
rid of her. The buyers supposed they had an especially
good bargain, not anticipating any trouble in breaking her.
Upon getting the horses home, the most persistent effort
was made to break this mare, employing for the pur-
pose, at different times, the most successful horse-breakers
to be found m that part of the State. Every effort only
left her worse than before. At the time of my visit there
she was seven years old, and regarded by her owners as
worthless.
In spite of the most liberal advertising in this town, I
found it impossible to excite the least interest in my efforts ;
and as a last resort offered to forfeit $500, if I could not
subdue and drive without breeching, in forty minutes, any
horse that could be produced. I was entirely ignorant of
this mare, which, as can be seen, was an unusually difficult
case, or I would not have ventured taking such a risk.
The owners^ supposing they had a sure thin^ on this mar§
THE McVAY HOESE. 213
to break me down, told their superintendent to join the
class, and take her in ; that they did not care if she was
killed ; for as they could not break her they did not wish
to breed from her, and she was, consequently, good for
nothing. A few who were let into the secret came for-
ward and bought tickets, feeling sure that they could get
their money back, not having the most remote idea that
the mare could be driven in the time specified. Upon see-
ing her, I saw at once that she was one of the worst kick-
ers I ever had brought me to experiment upon before a
class ; and that to succeed at all, it must be by a well-di-
rected and supreme effort, — a sort of rush that would break
up her confidence before she warmed up.
She was subjected to First Method, as a matter of trial,
which she did not resist, and it was, in consequence, use-
less in her case. The Third Method was next used, and
carried to the utmost of what could be done with it, and
followed quickly with the Second. The important point
to which I wish to call attention in the management of this
case is, that it was made effective only by forcing her rap-
idly with a whip (as explained in the application of the
treatment at the close of the last case), after which she was
harnessed quickly, and rushed around the ring rapidly with-
out kicking back once successfully. A little time was now
taken in testing her, to which she submitted uncondition-
ally, when the doors were thrown open, and she was driven
up and down the street to the surprise of all who knew her.
All was done within forty minutes. It was yet believed
by the owners, and all who knew her, that she would be
as bad as ever the next day. I cautioned the man who
brought her in (who was claimed to be one of the best
horsemen in the country) to test her very carefully, by
partly repeating the treatment for several days ; and doing
this I thought he would be able to hold her gentle.
214 KICKING.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
Next morning, after breakfast, this man called upon me
at the hotel, and requested me to go into the street with
him. After going a few rods, he pointed to a horse har-
nessed to a buggy, and hitched to a post. " There she is,"
said he. And sure enough, there was the mare. I felt in-
dignant that he should disregard my instructions. But he
said he had tried her in every way that morning, that she
could not be made to kick, so he concluded to hitch her up
and drive her down (two miles), and that she had driven
all right.
About six weeks later, when at Newark, Ohio, Mr.
McVay came to me, and stated that his mare was perfectly
gentle, and the most promising and valuable mare in Rich-
land County ; that he used her for family driving, and one
day while driving her rapidly before a sleigh, in company
with his children, the breeching broke, letting the sleigh
run against her heels. He expected, of course, she would
kick and run away, but, to his surprise, the instant he said,
" Whoa ! " she stopped quietly, not showing the least fear,
or offering to kick. He added that if I would come
back to Mansfield I could get as large a class as I would
want. I felt so indignant at the contemptible opposition
and prejudice to which I had been subjected there, that I
said I would not go back and teach a class there under
any condition.
It is proper to explain that the mare's not kicking that
morning was very much a matter of chance. Had she
kicked, the effect of the treatment the day before would
have been entirely undone. This is referred to, to show
the importance, at this stage, of being careful to make
every step sure in the management of such cases, and leave
no chance for failui*e.
THE STEVENS HOESE.
211
Case 8. — General Knox Stallion.
This was a four-year-old black stallion, owned by Mr.
Stevens, of Lancaster, N. H., and is a case of so much in-
terest that I will give the details.
When at a small town in Vermont, forty miles from
this point, a horse-breaker, who attended my lectures,
wished to know whether I intended visiting Lancaster.
Answering " Yes," he said, " You
will get the worst horse there to
handle you ever saw in your life.
He will do everything mean a
horse can do. The owner is a
good horseman, but wishing to
take no chances, he sent him here
for me to break. I had him here
six weeks, and succeeded in driv-
ing him in harness, but could really
do nothing at all with him. If he
could do nothing else he would
kick, lunge into the fence, or throw
Fig. 174.— The Stevens Horse
after being subdued.
arrested
I could have broken him, but did
You will find
himself down. I was
twice for cruelty to him.
not have the time, so I sent him home
him there, and I tell you he is a bad one."
When I went to Lancaster the owner of this colt was
pointed out to me. I walked up and invited him to join
the class. He replied that he had no confidence whatever
in me ; that he had seen any number of horse-breakers,
etc., and knew all he wanted to know about horse-taming.
I said to him : —
" I believe, sir, you have a horse you cannot manage,
and I can put you in the way of breaking him."
216 KICKING.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
" You cannot break him," said he ; " I can break any
horse you can."
" You cannot break your colt," said I.
'' No," he answered, " nor can any one else do it."
'* Bring him here," said I. "If I have a correct im-
pression of the case, I belioA^e I can drive him gentle in
twenty or thirty minutes." Finally yielding, the colt was
sent for, and led forward for my inspection. I stated at
once, that I could drive him without breeching in fifteen
minutes.
" It is utterly impossible," said Mr. Stevens. " You
don't know anything about him."
I told him to come into the class, and if I did not hitch
up and driA^e the colt in fifteen minutes and convince him
there was no hunibug about my treatment, that I would
not only give him his money back, but $25, in addition,
also guaranteeing to give him $500, if I injured the horse
in any Avay.
He looked at me sharj^l}^, saying, " I do not know
Avhat to think of it. Either you are one of the worst hum-
bugs in the world, or else you know more about horses than
any other living man ; I do not knoAV which." He finally
concluded to join the class, with the understanding that if
I failed in the least he should hold me strictly responsible
for any damage done to the horse. On this condition I
took his name and money.
I saw at once where the trouble was. The colt was in-
tensely sensitive, but intelligent, and any treatment which
would excite him in the least Avould make him a most dif-
ficult subject to manage. I knew also just the treatment
he would bear. He Avas so nervous that when the bedding
Avas being scraped up, or moved behind him, he Avould al-
most jump into the manger from fear. He Avas subjected
Avith care to the Third Method, using only ordinary press-
THE STETENS HOI^SE. 2l7
ure, when he submitted readily to treatment, and, as prom-
ised, was hitched up and driven gentle. The owner had
to admit that he was astonished at the result. On the fol-
lowing day the horse was taken to the next town, where I
was advertised, hitched up and driven, without breeching,
in the street. A week later Mr. Stevens informed me that
the colt was just as gentle as when I left him, his character
bei*Qg completely changed. The whole trouble in this case
was bad management. I include the case mainly to show
the importance of knowing what to do, and how to apply
the treatment properly.
The horse-breaker previously referred to had been a
member of my class many years before, and supposed he
knew all that could be learned about the management of
such cases, and was, in fact, considered an extra good horse-
breaker, yet, as seen, he was entirely incompetent to man-
age this case.
Any careful, patient man, wdio knew nothing about my
methods of subjection, could, by taking time, have managed
this case, without serious difficulty, by proceeding about as
follows : First, fill the pockets with good apples ; next,
take a pole something like a rakestale, and while holding
the horse by the halter bring the end slowly over the back
and hips, rubbing gently down the quarters and legs, back
and forth. In the meantime give a little apple, and caress.
This lesson repeated a few times would have made him en-
tirely fearless of being touched and handled. Next, the
gradual process of driving around in harness, and poles, as
explained in Colt Training, would have made him entirely
fearless of being touched around the quarters by shafts,
etc., and would have taught him to be guided and controlled
by the reins, and driven to a light sulky. In this way he
could have been grown in slowly, within one-half to a day's
time, and not have learned anything about resistance.
218
KICKING.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
Case 9. — Wild Ravenna Colt.
In conclusion I will refer to a case which caused me a
great deal of anxiety on account of the danger of bringing
him under canvas, and treating before a class. I introduce
it mainly as a good representative of a certain class of wild
colts, and to show the wonderful change that can be pro-
duced in a horse by i:)roper treatment.
While at Ravenna, Ohio, during the County Fair, I had
a canvas on the ground for my special use. A colt was led
in from a distance of
some five or s i x
miles, between two
men, who controlled
him by a long rope
attached to either
side of the halter
The colt was six
years old, weighing
from 1050 to 1100
pounds, of so wild
and impulsive a
character that nothing could be done in the way of break-
ing him. He seemed quiet enough when not approached,
touched, or in any way excited ; but would rush or jump
impulsively around more like a wild steer or mule than a
horse, the moment any one came in sight, or near, as
though to lay hands upon him. When led on the ground,
there was a wide scattering of the people for some dis-
tance around him, as it was evident that should the least
thing occur to get him started he would be liable to pre-
cipitate himself into their midst, and perhaps kill some
one. The question became, " Was it w^orth while, for
what I could make, to take the chances of getting him un-
FiG. 175.— The Ravenna Colt.
THE EAVENNA COLT. 219
der canvas, and, with a crowd of people around, try to
subdue him there?" I finally concluded that if the chances
were great I must make them proportionately advanta-
geous ; that the very danger and risk implied corresponding
success. I accordingly announced that if a class of a cer-
tain number could be raised I would guarantee to make
the colt as gentle in twenty minutes as any horse, and
should I fail would refund the money. The number being
quickly made uj), I raised the canvas on one side, and by
using great care got the colt under without much difficulty.
But if he was nervous and afraid outside, he was very
much more so inside. I however succeeded in getting
near enough to attach a strap to his halter and tie to the
tail. This done, the case was practically simple and safe ;
for, notwithstanding he made a heroic struggle, I had him
so completely in my power that he was helpless so far as
doing harm. In a short time I was able to take off the
ropes and force complete submission. This w\as done
wholly by the " Second Method." In ten minutes I
hitched and drove him around without breeching, now en-
tirely quiet and submissive. I directed the owner to at
once put him in the team and drive home, and he drove
off without the least trouble.
I knew there would be no difficulty in making the colt
gentle, and stated so positively. The danger and real diffi-
culty lay in taking him among the people, in a public
place, for should he get excited he would be liable to tear
through the canvas with such Avild fury that the most
serious consequences might result. Could the case have
been treated at home, all this would have been simple and
easy. The greatest point of interest about the case was
the ease and quickness with wdiich he was made com-
pletely gentle, becoming as indifferent to excitepient or
contact with the wagon as an ordinary cart horse ; and
220 KICKING.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
the simplicity of the treatment by which such a surprising
change was accomplished made it seem easy for any ordi-
nary man to do the same.
The greatest average of cases offered for experiment
were colts that had become vicious, runaway kickers by
bad management, and young stallions that had become so
headstrong and impulsive that they could not be con-
trolled. Such were the best subjects upon which to illus-
trate treatment, rarely requiring more than half to three-
quarters of an hour to make them gentle. The treatment
for the first-named cases has been so carefully explained
under different heads that it need not be referred to far-
ther here. But so little reference has been made to this
class of stallions that I will, in conclusion, refer to two rep-
resentative cases.
Case 10. — Lima Stallion.
When at Lima, Indiana, a gentleman informed me that
he had a finely-bred stallion, seven years old, that continu-
ally got the better of him, and he did not know what to
do with him. The horse was intelligent and of beautiful
form, but for want of exercise and proper treatment had
become so headstrong and impulsive that the owner could
do nothing Avith him. " Now," said he, " I do not consider
myself a fool with horses. I have handled them all my
life and can drive any common horse as well as the aver-
age of men ; but I cannot see how it is possible by any
reasonable treatment to control such a horse as mine in
the short time of twenty or thirty minutes, so that he can
be led by the halter, driven to harness, and near other
horses and mares without kicking or running away. It is
contrary to all reason. I would be afraid to undertake to
lead him out, for I know I could not hold him. Why, he
has never been harnessed or put in shafts in his life. I
THE LIMA STALLION. 221
can see how it might be possible to accomplish this in a
day or two, but to do so much in so short a time is what
I cannot understand."
I give these remarks because they are simply the ex-
pression of what I almost daily heard from those interested
in special cases. It seemed difficult to them because they
did not understand how it could be done. The case was
simply subjected to Second Method, to which it yielded
readily. He was then taught to follow with the War
Bridle, after which he was easily driven as promised.
CHAPTER Y.
BAD TO SHOE.
Like most other habits to which horses are subject, that
of resisting to have the feet taken up and submitted to re-
straint for shoeing, is caused by carelessness, or ignorant,
bad treatment. By the use of a Httle patience and tact, it
is rarely that even very sensitive colts cannot be made to
Fig. 1~6. — As a vicious liorse will sometimes act while being shod.
submit the feet to be handled and pounded upon as de-
sired ; and once done, unless there is some special cause
for disturbance, it can always be done. It is true there is
occasionally a young horse that is naturally so wild and
vicious as to resist all ordmary good management in the
effort to take up and handle the feet ; but with our present
methods of treatment, even these cases submit readily to
control in a short time, so that the management of even
the worst of these cases is not at all really difficult.
PALLIATIVE TREATMENT.
223
If a colt of ordinaiy good character, give a short lesson
with the First Form of War Bridle, when the feet can be
taken up without difi&culty. The efficiency of this simple
method of control, in making colts submit to be rode, led,
or handled, is very remarkable ; and in no respect is it greater
than in allowing the feet to be taken up and handled. Pull
right and left sharply a few times with the War Bridle, or
sufficiently to make the colt come around without being
pulled upon ; then step back, holding the cord rather tight,
pass the right hand lightly down the hip and leg to the fet-
lock, and lift the foot gently ; at the same time, with the
Fig. 177. — As the horse will stand after treatment.
left hand, press hard against the hip, so as to throw ,the
weight of the body upon the opposite leg, which will enable
taking up the foot more easily. If sensitive, lift it but a
few inches at first, and then let it rest again upon the
ground ; then again slide the hand lightly down the limb,
and lift a little higher than before, repeating until in a po-
sition to rest upon the knees with the gambrel under the
arm. With the right hand hammer the foot lightly, put it
down and take it up a few times, then stop and caress.
This point made, bring the foot gently forward, in po-
sition as if to clinch down the nails. Should the colt at
any time jerk or pull the foot away, let go and give a few
224 BAD TO SHOE.
sharp j)ulls with the cord, and go on as before until the foot
can be taken up and hammered upon as desired. The op-
posite foot must be treated in the same way ; then take
the fore feet. Rest the left hand upon the shoulder,
pass the right lightly down the limb to the fetlock, nnd at
the instant of lifting the foot, as before explained, with the
other hand press upon the shoulder to throw the weight
upon the opposite leg, which will relax the near one, and
make it easy to be taken up. Take up and let down a
few times, tapping it lightly, and repeat until it can be
pounded upon quite hard ; then bring forward upon the
knees, and proceed the same as before. The foot should
not be held at any time so long, or grasped so awkwardly,
as to produce fatigue, or frighten so that it would excite
inclination to pull away. By being careful at first, but lit-
tle difficulty will be experienced in making any ordinary
colt submit the feet to be taken up and hammered upon as
desired. Should the colt be so wild or vicious as to resist
the War Bridle, subject to Second Method until so dizzy
and helpless that he stops turning.
While the head is still tied around, as before, rest one
hand upon the hip, pass the other quickly from the gam-
brel down to the fetlock, and lift the foot forward. If sub-
mitted to, but little more need be done ; but if resisted,
send around again until helpless, when the effort should be
repeated. If submitted to, untie the halter and repeat the
handling. Sometimes, after the head is given freedom and
the dizziness passes off, the horse may, unexpectedly, kick
violently. To avoid being struck, stand well forward, and
far enough out from the hip to be out of range of the foot,
and, as before, while balancing the body by resting the left
hand upon the hip, with the right cautiously, but firmly,
lift the foot forward. Should the horse kick, the hand will
gimply be carried back with the foot without doing harm,
PALLIATIVE TEEATMENT.
225
When the foot is freely submitted, step forward to the
usual position, so as to come well under the hip, bringing
the foot upon the knees. If in this position he kicks, the
foot will be simply thrown out and back from the knees, so
that there will be no danger of accident. If the case is
still unmanageable or doubtful, put on the Double Draw
Hitch Form of War Bridle. While an assistant is holding
the cord (see cut 178), buckle a rein, or tie a cord around
the foot below the fetlock. Get directly behind, out of
Fig 178.— FuUiug the foot back while controllea with the War Bridle.
reach, and pull the foot back. This will usually be re-
sponded to by a sharp kick, or the foot pulled forward with
energy. If so, let the War Bridle be jerked upon once or
twice, as punishment. Repeat the pulling at short inter-
vals until the foot will finally be given back freely, and when
given freedom, it will be rested upon the toe with the mus-
cles relaxed. Now step forward to a point a little back of
the shoulder, with one hand take a short hold of the strap,
at the same time resting the other upon the horse's back,
and pull the foot forward repeatedly. Usually this will be
submitted to ; if so, catch the foot and bring it forward and
15
220
BAD TO SHOE.
back, to test its flexibility or submission to control. If,
however, it is resisted, or the control is still doubtful, pass
the strajD over the neck, back between the fore legs, and
up under the part over the back. Pull short enough to
bring the leg well forward under the body, and tie into a
half-hitch. This will bring the weight and pulling of the
leg directly across the back and neck in a way that disables
greatly.
Next, touch or lightly slap the leg until it is submitted
Fig. 179.— The colt as he will stand after treatment.
to freely, when more freedom should be given by giving
loose a little. When freely given to the hand, untie, carry
the leg back and forward to test it, when take in both
hands and pound upon it, as before explained. After the
foot is submitted unconditionally, keep on handling for
some time, giving apples, etc. The opposite foot must, prac-
tically, be treated in the same manner, and more or less,
according to the degree of resistance.
The blacksmith shop is no place in which to handle
colts. The fire and hammering add to the general excite-
ment, and greatly increase the difficulty of making the
4
PALLIATIVE THEATiMENT.
227
Fig. 180. — Simplest method of making a
nervous horse stand to be shod.
horse submit the feet. In .addition, it is not the bhxck-
smith's duty to expose himself to be injured or hurt, or to
lose time in trying to shoe a wild, unbroken colt. Such
colts should always be han-
dled at home until proved
gentle, which, by following
out the instructions given,
will not be found a difficult
task. I have often found
horses that, in consequence
of fear or abuse in a black-
smith's shop, could not be
shod there. I will refer
here to but one of many
cases in point.
During my early experi-
ence, while at a town in Southern Pennsylvania a horse
was broudit forward for treatment that could not be shod,
his particular cause of resistance being fear of the black-
smith's leather apron.
When first taken to the
shop for the purpose of
being shod, the hammer-
ing and flying sparks
greatly excited him, and
as the smith came forward
to take up his foot, the ap-
pearance of his leather
apron became an object of
intense fear. In a short
time he became so violent
that he would not allow
any man with one on to approach him.
The owner and smith concluded they had a sure thing
'^/'^■■4/
Fig. 181. — Blindfolding a nervous horse
to be shod.
228
EAD TO SHOE.
ill this case with which to beat me, and came twelve miles
for the purpose, leading the horse. They said they would
both join the class provided I would make the horse suffi-
ciently gentle to allow a man with a leather apron on to go
near enough to handle him. At the same time they told
their friends secretly that I could do nothing with the horse,
and that they came there for the express purpose of show-
ing me up as a humbug. All felt so sure that the horse
would beat me that a large number joined the class to see
Fig. 182. — As the cord may be adjusted for control of simple cases.
the fun, expecting of course they would get their money
back. I subjected the horse quickly to the Second Method
and War Bridle, not requiring in all more than six or eight
minutes, when he could be handled without the least diffi-
culty, being perfectly regardless of the apron. I ordered
the horse taken to the shop, and accustomed to the sparks
and hammering ; to be treated kindly, giving apples, etc. ;
also to be shod a few times outside the shop to make sure
of his docility.
PA LLI ATI VE TREATMENT.
220
Fit.. i'So. — Simple method of using the
cord for the control of horses
bad to shoe, harness, etc.
To show the simplicity of what may appear difficult, it
is worthy of mention that at the same place, a party of three
men — a father and two sons — were employed over three
hours in trying to lead a
six-year-old colt, pulling,
pushing, and backing him
by main force, to the place
of exhibition, a distance of
not over one-fourth of a
mile. The conditions were
that I must make him fol-
low me freely across the
barn floor. A few sharp
pulls with the War Bridle
were sufficient to make the
horse run after me, not re-
quiring in all more than
two minutes, proving so conclusively the ignorance and bad
management of the parties that they were laughed at and
ridiculed by the entire
class. (See cut 106 ; also
Case 4, in " Subjection.")
Confirmed in the Habit.
As the main object in
the management of most
cases is to make them
submit to be shod with
the least trouble, I will
fi r s t give the simplest
treatment for doing so.
Indeed, this simple treat-
ment, with a little care, will often be sufficient for the con-
trol of even very bad cases.
Fig. 184. — Method of putting on the cord
when the horse proves very stubborn.
230
BAD TO SHOE.
If the horse is very sensitive and excitable, but natur-
ally gentle if given his own way (they are usually rangy,
good-tempered animals until excited or irritated, when they
become exceedingly obsti-
nate in their resistance,
perhaps simply i)ulling the
foot away at an unguarded
or critical moment, kicking
or throwing the poor smith
across the shop), a great
deal, of course, depends
upon the good management
of the shoer, but as much
on the aid of the owner.
Fig. ISu. SliowiDg the manner of letting Try the followiug COUrSC :
up on the cord as the horse submits. ^^^^ ^^^ ^^^^.^j^ .^ -^^ ^^^g._
tion, and ready, his left hand resting on the horse's hip, let
the owner, or some good, quiet man, catch the horse's ear
with one hand, squeezing or twisting it a little, wdth the
other stroke the nose, or
grasp the muzzle, and hold
firmly but gently, at the
same time talking to the
horse kindly. If there is
resistance to this, try blind-
folding. Tie a blanket, or
something convenient, over
the eyes, at the same time
rubbing the nose, etc.
With care on the part of
the shoer, cases that have
proved very difficult to
shoe will submit at once to be shod as desired. If these
expedients fail, put on the cord, the First, or Double Draw
Fig. 186.— Four-ring Bit. Method
of pulling down on the cord.
PALIJATIVE TEEATMENT. 231
Hitch Form, and make the horse feel its jDower by giving a
few sharp pulls right and left. Then step back to the
hips, pull the head around a little, keeping the cord taut,
and take up the foot, punishing instantly for any resistance.
Or, stand to the head, and keep the cord drawn rather
tight to hold the attention of the horse while an assistant
takes up the foot. If the horse is very stubborn, bring the
second turn of the cord over the upper jaw, under the lip.
This part being very sensitive, a slight pressure hurts so
severely as to disconcert the horse sufficiently to make him
submit. Or the cord. Second Form, can be put on, with
the loop brought over the upper jaw, and pulled suffi-
ciently taut to force submission. In either case, gradually
let up as the horse submits. In no case should the cord
be held tight more than half a minute at a time.
The four-ring bit properly used will sometimes work
extremely well in making a horse submit to be shod. The
bit is put into the mouth with an ordinary head-piece, and
the strap closely adjusted across the nose. Now tie the
end of the cord to the near ring, pass it around and tie to
the opposite one back of the jaw ; then pass over the neck,
well back, and down behind the jaw, as for Second Form
of War Bridle. Now by pulling down upon the cord the
joint of the bit will be forced up against the roof of the
mouth, which hurts so severely that the horse is at once
disconcerted, or disabled sufficiently to permit the foot to
be taken up. The amount of pressure, or force of the pull-
ing, must be regulated according to the resistance. If there
is submission in a short time, the lightest pressure will be
sufficient to make the horse stand quietly to be shod.
There is this to be said about this method of treatment,
as well as that of the War Bridle : if it works at all, it
seems to work so well as to leave nothing to be desired.
But if it fails, the failure will be equally marked. It is,
232 BAD TO SHOE.
however, but just to add that though in many cases fail-
ing, the power of the War Bridle or four-ring bit, when
properly used, is sometimes wonderful, the horse at once
submitting unconditionally.
Tying the head to the tail so as to keep the head bent
around pretty well, will sometimes make a horse submit to
be shod, but not often. (See cut 42.) This means, with
that of putting the cord under the upper lip, which I copy
below, has been of late so extensively published as an infal-
lible means of making the most vicious horses stand to be
shod, ridden, etc., that I think it necessary to give some
explanation of them here : —
" Mastering Vicious Horses.
"Recently an exhibition was given at the corner of Ninth and Howard
Streets of a new and very simple method of taming vicious horses, which is
claimed to be superior to any in use. The first trial was with a kicking and
bucking mare, which, her owner says, has allowed no rider on her back for
five years. She became tame and gentle in as many minutes, and allowed
hei'self to be ridden about without a sign of her fi^rmer wildness. The means
by which this result was accomplished consisted of a piece of light rope, which
was passed around the front jaw of the mare, just above the upper teeth,
crossed in her mouth, and then secured back of her neck. It is claimed that
no horse will kick or jump when thus secured, and that a bucking horse,
after receiving this treatment a few times will abandon his vicious ways for-
ever. A very simple method was also shown by which a kicking horse can
be shod. It consisted in connecting the animal's head and tail by means of a
rope fastened to the tail and then to the bit, and drawn tightly enough to
incline the horse's head to one side. It is claimed that it is absolutely im-
possible for a horse to kick on the side of the rope. At the same exhibition
a horse which for many years had to be bound on the ground to be shod, suf-
fered the blacksmith to operate on him without attempting to kick, while
secured in the manner described. "
This is from the same piece as the Maine man's method
of breaking a balking horse. (See " Balking.") As I brought
both these methods of treatment into use, and have had al-
most unlimited experience with them, I am able to deter-
mine their value with more accuracy than it is possible for
inexperienced persons to do. While they will secure the
control of many, even quite bad cases, as explained, they
cannot by any means be depended upon for the control of
PALLIATIVE TEKATMENT. 233
really difficult cases. They \\eve used by me almost daily
under circumstances like the following : —
After subjecting a horse to the Second Method, while
still tied, the effort would be made to take up the foot ; but
it was rarely, unless thoroughly subdued, that the foot
would be submitted. The same is true of the cord or War
Bridle. It was often a matter of considerable importance,
to be able to control some cases quickly, and I would, as an
experiment, try the most simple and direct methods of
management. I have experimented in this way thou-
sands of times before, after regular subjective treatment
with the War Bridle, and cannot regard it as more than pal-
liative, since it would, in a great many cases, prove entirely
inefficient. Even with the Double Draw Hitch, its most
powerful and effective form, which, until recently, we kept
a secret, and used only as a reserve, we could not de-
pend upon it. Fifteen years ago the War Bridle was my
principal resource for controlling colts and bucking horses
to ride. But it is entirely inferior to the Second Method
for the control of bad cases. Simply tying the head to the
tail, and sending around until dizzy, then mounting from
the outside, so as not to get entangled by the strap, the
horse will be found so helpless that he cannot buck ; should
he attempt it he would simply be carried around the more
rapidly until submissive.
The matter of breaking bucking colts and horses was a
common, and, sometimes, a very formidable difficulty to
meet. One of the worst cases I ever came across was a ten-
year-old mule in Central Mississippi. It was proved ab-
solutely impossible, even by the restraint of any kind of
rigging, to mount or keep upon this brute's back. In fact,
the case was so bad, and the people felt so sure that I could
not ride her, that they made up a large class for me, know-
ing they would get their money back if I failed to do so.
234 BAD TO SHOE.
I simply subjected her to the Second Method sharply, and
in less than fifteen minutes rode her as I pleased. This
would have been impossible by the palliative means re-
ferred to. She was a good representative of the mustang
nature. This is the only method of treatment by which a
strong, determined bucker can be safely and easily mastered.
It was quite frequently the case that we would have
for our main subject a horse that was particularly bad in
shoeing. As a test of success, it would be often required
that the horse be shod in a blacksmith shop. Now after be-
ing subjected to regular treatment there would usually be
but little trouble in taking up and hammering upon the feet
as much as desired at the place of treatment ; while we
would sometimes have all we could do, even by the most
severe use of the War Bridle, to handle such in the shop.
I will refer here to one case in point out of many hundreds
that could be mentioned : —
When at Taunton, Mass., the only subject for treatment
was a very bad horse to shoe. The case submitted readily
to the Third Method. The class insisted, as a condition of
being satisfied, that the horse should be shod next day at
the blacksmith shop. I had a very large class at this place,
and a failure m doing this would have given them sufficient
reason to demand a return of their money. There was no
opportunity for me to handle the horse in private, as the
class took particular care that I should not have access to
him in the meantime. Notwithstanding the Double Draw
Hitch was used upon him to the utmost of what could be
done with it, we barely succeeded in making him submit to
be shod there.
Before leaving New York, (referred to in "Personal Ex-
perience") Mr. Wilkins, the owner of the horse subdued as
a special test, called upon me and requested me to assist
him in having the horse shod, stating that he had become en-
PALLIATIVE TEEATMENT. 235
tirely unmanageable in this respect. The special point of
this horse's peculiarity was in his obstinacy of resistance.
When he once found he could resist his foot's being taken
up, he would afterward fight at every attempt to take it
up, kicking back, and striking the ground with all the force
of a sledge hammer.
I depended upon the Second and Third Methods for
the subjection of this case, which required a little more than
half an hour to effect his entire submission. I told the
owner, who was a good horseman, that he ought to be able
to make him stand to be shod by the aid of the War Bridle,
as the horse, after being treated by me, had remained per-
fectly gentle up to this time.
Said he, "I tried it, and failed ; I would like to see you
do it." Upon trial, though I used the cord to the utmost
limit of its power, I was barely able to make him stand to
be shod, — a point not at all difficult by the regular subject-
ive treatment. It was, in fact, a very common occurrence
for me to find old scholars, and others who had indirectly
learned, and become practiced in, the use of some special
method of control long practiced and taught by me, claim-
ing to be able to control any living horse by it, whether
balky, a kicker, or bad to shoe, etc.
Shoers who had used the War Bridle with success were
the most common. In proof of their ability to do this, ref_
erence would be made to some special case which they had
easily shod that had before proved unmanageable. This
success would inspire such confidence in the method that
they would honestly think themselves able to control any
horse, however bad he might be.
I will refer to an incident in point : When in Buffalo,
N. Y., in 1869, where I had been detained for some time
on business, a well known veterinary surgeon, Dr. Wm.
Somerville^ 27 Erie street, informed me that there was a
230 BAI) TO SHOE.
young horsc-shocr near there who chiimed to have a secret
by which he could make any horse, no matter how vicious,
stand gently to be shod. I stated that it could not be done ;
that the man had undoubtedly learned some simple method
of control which gave him power to shoe many quite bad
cases ; but that really bad eases could not be controlled by
any such treatment. It was arranged that I should be ad-
vised when the man had a bad case to shoe. Upon being
notified, I called, and stated to the man that if he had any
point which I did not understand, by which he could make
a horse stand to be shod better and easier than I was able
to do, I would give him $100 for the secret. His control
was obtained by the four-ring bit, which was nothing new
to me. I told him that his over-confidence would cause
him trouble when he chanced to get a really bad case to
shoe, and was not surprised when soon afterward informed
by the Dr. that in trying to shoe a bad horse the man got
kicked across the shop, and was seriously hurt. It was con-
sidered a good joke upon the man, as the result was just as
I 2:)redicted.
A great many other palliative means might be men-
tioned ; such as tying a rope or rein to the foot and passing
it back through a ring attached to the tail, so that
the foot can be pulled back and held up. But should
the horse resist very hard, there is danger by this
method of the horse's being seriously strained or injured.
Another method is to buckle a strap around the foot be-
low the fetlock, and around the leg above the gambrel,
which keeps it flexed. This is also objectionable because
of the severe struggle to resist restraint, and the danger of
falling.
SUBJECTIVE TEEATMENT. 237
Regular Subjective Treatment.
In breaking up the habit, very much depends upon the
disposition of the horse, and the treatment pursued. In
most .cases the following will be found easy and effectual:
Subject to the Third Method, using more or less pressure,
according to the case. While the cord is on, attach a
strap or rein to the hind foot, and pull back as previously
explained. At first there will usually be great resistance,
the horse kicking with great spitefulness, or pulling the
foot forward energetically. But however much he may
resist at first, it is no indication of failure. Simply keep
pulling the foot back at short intervals until there is no re-
sistance. When given freedom, it will be rested upon the
toe, then pull forward and back as before explained. In
some cases it may be necessary to tie forward by bringing
the strap over the neck, back between the legs, and making
fast to hold the foot firmly until all resistance is overcome.
Treat the opposite foot in the same manner.
All this should not require more than ten or twenty
minutes. Should the horse warm up and resist it deter-
minedly, increase the pressure and repeat. In some very
rare cases I have been compelled to use the pressure of a
hundred feet of cord before succeeding. It is well to state
that some of these cases were among the most desperately
vicious horses to be found. It was not unusual for the
writer to find horses that it was iuipossible to shoe except
by tying down or fastening in a frame. If in traveling-
there were any such cases anywhere within the radius of
his visit, they were almost sure to be brought forward with
the hope of beating ; but it was rarely .they would not sub-
mit unconditionally in from twenty to thirty minutes by
the treatment given.
To give an idea of the power of this treatment when
238
BAD TO SHOE.
properly applied, I will refer to its effects upon a few
special cases.
At Bellows Falls, Vt., a paper-maker owned a fine
horse, which, though otherwise very gentle, was extremely
hard to shoe. A traveling horseman of much experience
and a great deal of pretension, visited the place and made
a small class. The owner, wishing to have his horse
broken, brought him in to be experimented upon. Ac-
cording to the gentleman's statement to me, this man
»r7
Fig. 187. — Pulling the foot back to test the horse's submission.
worked with the horse about half a day, injuring him
very severely, — in the owner's language, " almost killed
him." The result of it all was that the horse beat the
man completely, and was more reckless and determined in
his opjDOsition than before. I requested the gentleman to
let me see the horse. Upon examination, I found him to be
finely bred, naturally gentle, but if excited or badly man-
aged he would be extremely difficult to control. I told
the owner we Avould have no difficulty at all with the
horse, and succeeded in rendering him perfectly gentle in
about fifteen minutes.
SUBJECTIVE TREATMENT.
239
The day following, at the next point we found an
eight-year old mare, considered impossible to shoe. The
temperament being suitable, we subjected her to Second
Method and War Bridle, which made her entirely submis-
sive in about ten minutes. The next day, at Putney,
Vt., the kicking, runaway horse referred to as Case No. 1,
in chapter on "Kicking," Illustrative Cases, was presented.
Reference is made to these consecutive cases to show the
frequency with which exceptionally vicious horses were
Fig. 188. — As the foot will be rested upon the ground after submitting.
brought for experiment and the success in their subjection.
In the management of many cases, either or both the
First and Second Methods may be used with advantage in
connection with the Third Method, but it should always
be done at home where there is time and priA^acy to apply
and carry out the treatment properly.
Leaning Over.
There are occasionally horses that will allow the foot
to be taken up, but wiU lie down or lean over upon the
240 BAD TO SHOE.
blacksmith while it is held. Usually a sharp lesson with
the War Bridle, repeating it for each recurrence of ly-
ing over, until he learns to stand without leaning, will be
sufficient. If this is resisted, subject to Second Method.
While the head is tied around, take up the foot and test
until he will stand squarely. If there is any inclination
to lean over after the head is given freedom, punish with
the cord, which should be sufficient. Sometimes it is ad-
visable to stand at the head ready to punish, while an as-
sistant takes up and holds the foot as if to shoe. Though
a horse may for some time be sullen and persistent in lean-
ing over, it is not usually a difficult habit to overcome.
Once compelled to stand, it is seldom necessary to repeat
the lesson.
It should have been stated in the proper place that there
must be no effort to push against the quarters ; but the
moment there is an effort to lean over, the foot should be
instantly dropped, and the punishment with the War Bri-
dle made somewhat severe, which is to be repeated until
there is submission, or subject to Second Method, as ex-
plained, which should in all cases result in breaking up the
habit.
CHAPTER VI.
BALKING.
If a naturally gentle horse be hitched to a tree or other
immovable object and commanded to pull, he would at first
pull all he could ; the second time he would not pull with
quite so much confidence as at first ; while the third or
Fig. 189. — As the horse will sometimes stand, regardless of the
most severe whipping.
fourth time he would pull but little, or perhaps not at all.
To whip and urge him now to pull would only start him in
the habit of balking. Or, if a horse is overloaded or so
exhausted he cannot pull the load, and in this condition is
whipped and urged to go, he will balk. Or, if he starts
too quickly, and is pulled back violently and whipped till
16 (341)
242 BALKING.
confused and excited, tlie habit of balking is begun.
Hence we see that this habit is purely acquired, the same
as kicking and other habits, for which there can hardly be
a reasonable excuse.
Balkincr horses are of two kinds : Double balkers and
single balkers. Balkers in single harness are divided into
two classes : First, horses that sulkily refuse to go at all ;
second, those that will not jjull unless given their own
way. The mule and ox, and horses having similarly pa-
tient, cold-blooded natures, have little inclination to this
habit, while nervous, warm-blooded, fine-grained horses are
easily taught the habit.
In teaching a colt to drive without balking, let him go
slowly at first and as he pleases. There should be suffi-
cient room so as not to require short turns ; as pulling
short around before learning to rein is liable to confuse and
irritate him to balk. If there appears any inclination to
stop, or if he refuses to go, the driver should sit quietly in
the wagon, fix the harness, or do anything to take up time
until the horse gets over his fret. If he does not feel sure
of his going, let him get out and move the colt a little to
the right or left, speak to him kindly, and it is rarely that
he will not ftiove off without knowing that he has balked.
If he has an irritable disposition, and appears uuAvilling to
stand, particular care should be taken to teach him thor-
oughly the lesson of stopping and starting, as described
under the head of Colt Training. If the habit is only par-
tially learned, and especially if the colt is of a warm-
blooded nature, it is by all means advisable to win him out
of the habit by kind treatment, if possible. I will illus-
trate by referring to a peculiar case in my early expe-
rience : —
When in Myersburg, Pa., referred to in " Personal Ex-
perience," I often traded horses, and not unfrequently got
BALKING SINGLE. 243
very bad ones. Among them was a small pony mare, nine
years old, — a confirmed balker. This I did not know until
after I had traded for her. I harnessed her carefully in
shafts, but she stood stubbornly. Upon touching her with
a whip, she threw herself down. I saw at once that she
was one of the very worst of balkers, and that in the effort
to break her she had been subjected to a great deal of
whipping and abuse. I unhitched her, got lier up, tied up
the harness and reins, went into an orchard close by and
filletl my pockets with apples. I then led her to a back
road not much used, and standing near her head with a
switch in my hand, touched her lightly over the hips, say-
ing, " Get up ! " This caused her to start. After going a
few steps, I called, "Whoa ! " at the same time pulled upon
the reins, when she stopped, for which I gave her a piece
of apple, and stroked her nose and head. This I repeated
until she would start and stop at command.
This point gained, I next untied the reins, and while
standing at the shoulder and holding the reins slack in my
hands, I repeated the command for starting, touching her
for a few times lightly over the hips. At each repetition
I stood a little farther back until able to get directly be-
hind her, and make her go or stop at command. I then
took her to the top of the hill and hitched her up. This
was the critical point of the experiment, and I did not pro-
pose to take any chances of failure. I commenced again
at her head, rewarding as before, until I was able to get
on the step, and finally into the wagon ; at each repetition
being careful to reward her, even getting out of the wagon
to do so. It was soon quite amusing to see how eagerly
she would reach round her head in anticipation of her re-
ward. Now I required her to go a little farther at each
time of starting until able to drive fifteen or twenty rods ;
then I took her out of harness, and put her in the stable.
244
BALKING.
The next day I hitched her up auain, and commenced
cautiously as before, spending only a few minutes, but re-
quiring her to go farther and faster until on a sharp trot
or run. I repeated this lesson again next day until she
could be driven as desired. The point of success was that
I made the lessons short, and was careful not to do more at
a time than she would bear. I could even make her stop
in a mud-hole and stand as
long as I wished her to, and
then at command she would
pull out gently. Those who
knew the mare were quite
surprised to see me drive
her, and regarded it a great
feat. In reality it was no
feat at all, but merely the
result of a little patient
management, which it is not
difficult for any one to prac-
tice. This mode of treat-
ment is especially adajjted to nervous horses that will not
bear pushing.
There is nothing that so tries a man's temper and pa-
tience as a sullen balker. One may resolve to be patieiit,
but after reasonable efforts with kind treatment, and fail-
ing, he determines to see what a whip will do. Some men
in anger will strike a horse over the ears, twist and pull
his tongue severely, and yet not be able to make the ani-
mal flinch. A balking horse of spirit, thoroughly maddened
by such treatment, may resist the most severe punishment.
Horses have been known, when excited in this way, to
sullenly stand even the burning of straw under them.
The skin on the legs and body is so thick, and has so little
sensibility, th^t when the blood is thoroughly warmed up.
Fig. I'.H). — Slow, pati(;nt nature — not
disposed to balk.
PALLIATIVE TEEATMENT. 245
the severest whipping or pounding can be scarcely felt, and
it becomes only a means of intensifying the habit. The
usual method of whipping, kicking the belly, hitting back
of the head with a club, etc., while often liable to kill or
seriously injure the horse, has no beneficial effect.
Sometimes very simple treatment will start a balky
horse ; as, kicking the leg lightly below the knee until he
lifts his foot ; passing a string over one of his ears, and ty-
ing it down; letting the horse inhale a little ammonia or red
pepper. These are very common tricks, and will some-
times disconcert a horse sufficiently to cause him to start.
The following has been considered a great secret in the
treatment of balkers, and will in some cases work with
considerable success : Take the oslets or warts growing in-
side a horse's leg, dry and grate them fine and keep in a
tightly-corked bottle, as they lose their strength quickly
and evaporate on being exposed to the air. About three-
quarters of an hour before the horse is to be driven, blow a
thimbleful from a quill into his nostrils. This has a
soothing effect, and will cause the horse to go off all right.
An old mail who had been a successful horse-breaker,
told me that he had used it forty years, arid never failed
to make a horse go as he desired with it ; that he seldom
repeated it more than two or three times. When a horse
takes a dislike to other horses and kicks at them, the os-
lets from a vigorous horse, or from the one objected to,
used as above, will in most cases overcome such aversion.
(See Medicine in " Subjection,")
Sometimes stepping before a horse and moving him to
the right or left a little, and stroking his nose, or pulling
his ears gently, etc., will cause him to start. Grasping
both nostrils with the hand to prevent his breathing until
he struggles for freedom, and turning him a little sideways
at the instant of letting go, will frequently start quite a.
24G BALKING.
bad horse. Tying the tail to the cross-piece will fre-
quently start him, as a horse will always pull by the tail.
Blindfolding is one of the simplest and best methods of
starting a stubborn balker. After being blindfolded, he
should be allowed to stand a few minutes, then move him
right and left a few times, say, encouragingly. Get up, and
the horse Avill usually pull steadily against the collar and
move off all right. Tying up the fore leg, and compelling
him to stand on three legs till tired, will usually be a very
effectual means of starting a balker, and frequently after a
few repetitions it will break up the habit. This method
works best on nervous, impulsive horses.
A Maine Man's Method.
" When a horse balks, take him out of the shafts, tie
the bridle rein into the tail short enough to bring his body
into a half circle, and make him go around four or five
times. This will make him dizzy ; then put him in shafts
and he will go off all right. If one lesson will' not break
him, repeating it will be sure to do so."
This is not so ; it is nothing more than merely pallia-
tive, which will, it is true, frequently enable starting a balk-
ing horse, but is not by any means adequate for breaking up
the habit. It will be seen farther on that it is part of my
> regular treatment for this habit. I invented it and taught
it in that State nearly twenty years ago ;' and the idea of
managing balky horses in this way was given by me as a
simple method of starting the horse, not of breaking up the
habit.
A mare in the habit of balking, although occasionally
driving well for weeks at a time, one day got into one of
her balking tantrums. Her owner, becoming angiy, de-
termined to kill her. Taking a gun from the hands of a
sportsman who happened to be standing near, he fired the
PALLIATIVE TEEATMENT. 247
charge of shot into the body. It did not kill her, and on
recovering, she was put to work as usual. It was found
afterward that whenever she balked, simply pointing a
stick at her was sufficient to make her start at once.
A horse employed in drawing limestone to a kiln from
a quarry close by, w^s in the habit of balking. One day
he refused to pull, and, in defiance of the strength of
several men who caught and held the wheels to prevent the
accident, backed over the precipice, falling about thirty
feet. The cart was broken to pieces, but the horse escaped
with slight injury. He was put to work as usual, but was
never known to balk there afterward.
About ten years ago a member of my class gave me
the following particulars of a case : He had a mare that
would sometimes work well for a week, and then, perhaps,
at a critical time would stand stubbornly, resisting all
effort to move her. One day while drawing in oats she
balked. After working with her a long while, he resolved
that she should 0:0 or starve. He drove a stake down in
the ground, and tied her to it ; then putting a sheaf of
oats a few rods distant he went off. This was at ten
o'clock in the morning. About five o'clock, he returned
and tried to start her, but she would not go. He tied her
again to the post, and let her stand until morning. Then
he unhitched her, took the reins and tried to start her, but
she would not pull. During the afternoon, he tried her
again, when she went. Upon reaching the sheaf of oats, he
let her eat it. He now drove her home, unharnessed and
fed her, then put her to work. She worked all right for a
few days, and then balked again. This time he let her
stand forty-eight hours, then fed her, when upon trial,
she went all right, and he kept her at work. She never
balked afterward.
Another man of much tact with horses informed me
248 BALKING.
that he always succeeded with balkers by the following
treatment : When n horse balked, he unhitched and put
liim in the stall, and stationed a man behind him with a
whip. Every minute or two the man tapped the horse
on the quarters with the whip, just enough to annoy him.
This was kept up for twenty-four hours, the regular feed
and water being given. If he refused to go upon being
tried, he was put back, and the same treatment kept up to
prevent his going to sleep, until he would go as desired.
It was rarely, after one or two lessons of this treatment,
that a horse would not work in all right. Innumerable in-
stances of breaking very bad horses in this way have been
brought to my notice by horsemen who have been members
of my classes.
It does no good, practically, to subject a horse to treat-
ment in a barn, or where not accustomed to balk. It should
be carried out as nearly as possible where in the habit of
resisting. Any means that will disconcert a horse when
he balks is a step in the right direction. But if we have
in addition power to move him as we wish, we have the
key of compelling the entire submission of balkers that have
defied the greatest efforts to break or drive them. This
we can obtain by the Second Method, and other treatment
here given.
Regular Treatment.
The course I usually pursue, and which I advise, is
about as follows : Put into the wagon, ready for use, a
good strap halter, a War Bridle, a light bow whip that will
not break, and some good apples. Hitch up the horse as
if to make a journey, and let him go as he pleases until a
level, isolated piece of road is reached. Now if he does
not balk, provoke him to do so. Get out quietly, unhitch
him, tie up the reins and tugs, put on the halter, over the
EEGULAE TREATMENT. 249
bridle, and subject him to Second Method both ways until
off his balance. If hitched up now, he will be likely to go
off all right, but will be apt to balk at some future time.
As the object should be to effectually break up the habit,
it is necessary to make the lesson very thorough.
This treatment makes a f)owerful impression upon him
in two ways : First, to convince him that there is poAver to
make him move any way desired, which is the point to be
established, as he does not know the difference between
going sideways and straight ahead. Second, it disconcerts
him in the most powerful manner, and thus prevents or
overcomes the inclination to resistance. But it is also nec-
essary to create sufficient reserve power to force him to
move should he again refuse to go. To do this, put on the
War Bridle (First, or Double Draw Hitch Form), and lift
him right and left. When he follows promptly, change to
Second Form. Now pull upon him sideways and ahead.
As he yields, gradually pull more on a line with the body
until he will come ahead promptly.
Next, tie up the cord loosely in the terret, take down
the reins, run them through the shaft-lugs, and get directly
behind. Say, " Get up ! " pulling one rein a little, and, if
necessary, touch the quarters sharply with the whip. Af-
ter going a short distance, call, " Whoa ! " If he does not
stop, force him to do so by a sharp jerk of the reins. Re-
peat this until he will stop and start at command, then re-
ward by giving some apple. Repeat the driving, stopping,
and starting, until he works in all right and is over the ex-
citement of the treatment, then hitch to a wagon, when will
come the real test. Stand near, and in a low, gentle tone,
say, '' Get up ! " and repeat the starting, stopping and re-
warding, as before, until he will go as desired. If a very
bad case, it is necessary to make the impression as thorough
and complete as possible, and it would be best to put him
250 BALKING.
away until the next day, when he should be tried, and, so
far as found necessary, the treatment repeated until under
good control.
Although the horse may go a few times as commanded,
yet, after hitching to a wagon, he may balk again. If so,
take down the cord, stand in front of him — a little to the
right or left — and give a sharp jerk, repeating until he wall
go at command. Should this be resisted, which is not at
all improbable, repeat the previous course of treatment,
which, in some cases, may be supplemented by the other
methods of treatment. It is advisable to test the horse
hard before putting to regular work. A great point after
the coercive treatment, is to win his confidence by giving
apples, etc.
Restless Balkers.
If, when a young horse is hitched to a wagon, he is al-
low^ed to start as he pleases a few times, he is liable to ac-
quire the habit of becoming impatient, so that as soon as
hitched up, if not allowed to go his own way, he may get
mad and balk. Or if whipped to start quickly, and then
pulled back upon, or if made to stand too long w^hile getting
into or out of a wagon, he Avill acquire the habit of balking.
A short lesson in teaching to start and stop, as directed in
" Colt Training," would prevent this. As it is a very com-
mon as well as annoying form of balking, I will include the
details of a simple treatment, which can be easily f)racticed
by any one : —
First, teach the horse to stand with the harness on, as
explained to stand with the Breaking Bit ; then tie up the
reins, give a good sharp lesson with the War Bridle, and
put him in shafts. If he balks, overcome it with the War
Bridle. If of a quick, nervous disposition, this treatment
should be sufficient ; but if of a decidedly resolute, plucky
EESTLESS BALKEES. 251
character, regular coercive treatment by Second Method,
etc., may be necessary. But as there is usually little in-
clination among owners to resort to coercive treatment, for
the benefit of such I include the details of simple, winning
treatment : —
Before putting the horse into shafts, adjust the harness.
Get directly behind, with an ordinary carriage whip touch
the hips lightly, and say, sharply, " Get up ! " After going
a short distance, call, " Whoa ! " and pull lightly upon the
reins to make him stop. When there is prompt obedience,
give a little apple, etc. Continue driving and stopping un-
til a good foundation is made for the next step. Next,
turn the carriage to face a barn or high fence, and quietly
hitch the horse in ; then go to his head, caress, talk to him,
and give some apple. Be in no hurry, but hold his atten-
tion in this w^ay several minutes. When you want him to
move, walk ahead a little and say, " Get up ! " or " Come!"
After going a few steps, stop and repeat the reward-
ing.
There will be less inclination to rush ahead when a barn
or high fence is in front, and you are standing directly be.
fore him. In addition to this, his attention is attracted by
the apples. In this way repeat until the obstruction is
reached, when it will be easy to turn or back short around.
Gradually get back opposite his head and shoulders, with
each repetition going farther back till the wheel is reached,
when mount the step and get into the wagon. Repeat this
until the horse is obedient to wait for the driver to get in,
stopping and starting as desired. Now drive farther, and
take some one in with you as if to make a journey. First,
drive where the horse is least likely to resist, but finally in
front of the house, or other place, where there has been
most trouble. The hitching and unhitching should be re-
peated, and his attention held as before with apples, etc.,
252 BALKING.
in the meantime talking, walking around, and rattling the
wagon. A little care should be used, especially after idle
spells, to hold the attention ])y giving apples, etc., or have
some one stand at his head and talk to him, but not to take
up the reins until able to start. If in a barn, keep the door
shut until ready to start.
Balking Double.
When a horse throws himself in the breeching sullenly,
with his head over the other horse's neck, as if to say,
" Make me go if you can ! " it will try a man's patience very
much, and unless he knows how to overcome the difficulty,
he will be likely to retaliate by kicking, pounding, etc.,
which is likely to do more harm than good. Many
horses are led into this habit by badly fitting collars, that
either choke or make the shoulders so sore that it becomes
painful to push steadily or firndy.
When hitched to a load, care should be used to prevent
pulling so hard and long at a time as to get out of breath.
Neither should a stop be made in a soft place, or where a
steady, heavy pull to start will be required. The team
should be kept fresh, and encouraged by stopping often and
giving the horses a chance to recover breath. In pulling
up hill or very steep places, a good rest should be given be-
fore starting. If one or both horses become confused, and
balk, let them stand until they recover fully. Then stand
in front, take both by the head, and move them to the right
or left. It is sometimes advisable to turn them both ways.
When you get them to move together, say gently and en-
courngingly, " Come, boys ! " or any word to Avhich they are
accustomed. Much depends upon the skill of the driver
in bringing them up against the collar with assurance, and
in helping them to break the force of the dead pull in start-
ing, by moving partly sideways. If the wheels are sunk
BALKING DOUBLE.
253
254 BALKING.
in the mud, and the power and willingness of the horses
to pull out is doubtful, a part of the load should be thrown
off; better do this than run the risk of spoiling the team.
Horses compelled to pull hard should not be checked
up. Let the head have full freedom. Sometimes a horse
is so stubborn that he will not go, even when not required
to pull any load. Always be governed by circumstances,
such as the horse's disj^osition and the difficulty to be en-
countered. If of a sensitive, nervous disposition, try either
of the following tricks, which in many cases will work very
nicely : First, tie a strap or cord to the end of the tail,
bring it forward between the legs and attach it to the hame
ring of the gentle horse, or to the end of the pole. Tie it
so short that unless the horse will come forward promptly
to his place, he will be pulled upon sharply. Or double a
piece of cord (that used for War Bridle is best), pass the
tail through the center, and twist the ends of the cord
three or four times and tie to the hame ring of the gentle
horse, or to the end of the pole. Or, again, a noose may
be formed of a small chain or rope around the body back of
the shoulders, and tied to the end of the wagon tongue.
Now when the gentle horse is made to start, the pull be-
comes so severe that it startles and disconcerts the balky
horse from his purpose, and compels him to go ahead.
After adjusting either of these rigs, start the gentle
harse quickly so as to make a sharp pull upon the balker,
which will surprise and force him to jump ahead. After a
few repetitions, he will jump ahead to avoid being hurt.
If the cord under the tail causes the horse to kick, it should
not be used.
Best Treatment.
First, put on (under the ordinary bridle) the Second
Form of War Bridle, bring it under the head-piece, and, as
BEST TEEATMENT. 255
in the case of balkers in single harness, pull sideways and
ahead, slowly repeating until the horse comes freely with-
out restraint. This lesson should be made very thorough.
To prevent chafing or cutting the hands, gloves should
be worn, or the cord may be wound around a piece of
broom handle or other stick with which to pull upon. This
done, get a. .stiff pole or sapling about three or four inches
in diameter, and about ten feet in length, or so long that it
will extend about thirty inches beyond the horse's nose.
Bore a hole about two inches from each end, and fasten the
large end of the pole to the inside end of the gentle horse's
singletree. When the horses are hitched up, pass the War
Bridle through the hole at the other end of the pole, and
draw it short enough so that when the horse is up in his
place there will be little, if any, restraint upon him, and
make fast. Next, pass a cord under the pole from one
hame ring to the other, making both ends fast, and leaving
it just long enough so that when both horses are in their
natural positions, there will be no slack. Then pass another
cord around the pole and tie both ends into the gentle horse's
hame ring, regulating the length so it will hold the pole ,
over the wagon tongue in position. Or have a ring made
about one-half to three-fourths of an inch larger than the
pole. Attach a cord or strap to connect this ring with the
hame rings on each side. This holds the pole in position
over the wagon-tongue, and is a better way than the first,
but more troublesome to make.
If there are stay chains on the doubletree, they should
be removed, so as to give it free play. Get into the wagon
(there should be no load) and start the gentle horse quickly.
The balker of course refuses to go. The instant the gentle
horse starts ahead, if the adjustment is properly arranged,
his whole power is brought directly upon the balky horse's
head, compelling him to start. Finding he must go, it will
25 G BALKING.
usually be but a yery few minutes' work to make him so
afraid of being pulled upon and hurt, that he will be the
first to start at the command. This accomplished, put on
a little loading, gradually increasing it until he learns to
use his strength reliably. To fix the impression thoroughly,
it may be necessary to keep the pole on a few days.
The Patent Bridle will be found to work, very nicely in
the management of these cases. The reins are simply re-
versed, so as to pull ahead instead of back, and tied to the
end of the pole.
Overloading.
There is a general inclination among teamsters to over-
load. This is very common in large cities. While engaged
in making illustrations for this work in New York City, I
daily passed through Fulton and other streets, and fre-
quently took a side street to avoid witnessing the abuse
to which horses were subjected in consequence of being
overloaded. It was no unusual thing to see a team
whipped severely while pulling to their utmost power, and
finally compelled to stop for want of strength to go farther.
The team never should be compelled to draw more than it
is able to pull easily over the worst parts of the road. This
should be the rule. The strain, and pulling in this way,
will sometimes injure a horse more in a few minutes than
working reasonably hard all day.
When a horse is unaccustomed to work before a wagon
or plow, is unsteady and easily irritated, especially in plow-
ing, it is advisable to let him go around a few times before
putting the plow into the ground. A little patience at the
beginning, in this way, will frequently enable working a
horse in gentle that would otherwise be easily spoiled.
The following advice is so good, and so much in point, that
I include it here : —
OVEELOADING. 257
"Advice to Teamsters.
" The 'Friends of the Horse ' in Boston have issued a circular in re-
gard to the treatment of that animal, which is indorsed by many of the most
prominent veterinary surgeons of New York and Boston. The following
hints should be heeded by drivers everywhere : —
' ' First, a man should see that good care is taken of his horse in the stable
by being well fed with wholesome food, of cracked corn and oats, with plenty
of good hay. Potatoes or carrots may be given once or twice a week to good
advantage. See that he is kept clean, warm, and comfortable, with plenty
of bedding. A piece of rock salt should always be left in the manger.
"Second, he should see that his harness is kept soft and clean, particu-
larly the inside of the collar, which ought always to be smooth, as the per-
spiration, Avhen dry, causes ii-ritation, and is liable to produce galls on the
shoulder. The collar should fit closely, with space enough at the bottom to
admit a man's hand. If too large, it has the bad efl'ect of drawing the shoul-
ders together. On no consideration should a team, or any work-horse, be
compelled to wear a martingale, as it draws the head down, and prevents him
from getting into an easy and natural position. The check rein may be used,
but only tight enough to keep the head in a natural position, and it should
never be wound around the hames. See that the hames are buckled tight
enough at the top to bring the draught irons near the center of the collar.
If too low, it not only interferes with the action of the shoulder, but gives the
collar an uneven bearing. Caution should be taken that the girth is not
buckled too tight, particularly on string teams, for when the traces are
straightening it has the tendency to draw the girth against the belly and dis-
tress the horse.
"Third, see that the horse is well shod with a good stilf shoe, always
calked at toe and heel on the hind feet, as it is there where all the propell-
ing power comes from when heavily loaded. Keep the feet good and strong
by not allowing them to be cut away too much by the blacksmith.
"Fourth, the best of judgment should be used in loading, taking into
consideration the condition of the street and the distance to be traveled.
Never overload, for by so doing you only distress, strain, and discourage
your horse, and do him more injury than you can possibly gain by carrying
the extra load. When your load is hard to pull, stop often and give your
horses a chance to breathe. No good driver will ever resort to the cruel
practice of whipping or beating his horse. A light whip may be carried, but
there is seldom use for it. Much more can be accomplished by kind treat-
ment and good judgment. Remember the horse is a very intelligent, proud,
sensitive, noble animal, the mo.st useful known to men, and is deserving of
the greatest kindness. As many horses have suffered from bad example and
inexperienced drivers^ the above advice is offered."
This method of treatment makes the breaking of double
balkers a very simple and easy thing to do. It gives
power to force the horse into obedience without danger or
cruelty. I will refer to a few cases, showing the ease with
which horses of this character can be broken by the treat-
ment given. 17
258 BA T;KING.
Case No. 1. — At Great Barrington, Mass., an Irishman
proposed to join my class and pay a double tuition fee, if
I would break his horse of balking. I told him if he would
join the class I Avould teach him the principle, and if he
could not make his horse work perfectly gentle when he
went home that evening, he could so report next day at
West Stockbridge, where I was engaged to lecture, and I
would return his money. He was extremely suspicious
and incredulous as to my terms, but finally joined the class.
The following day he was at the next town, so well pleased
that he stated publicly to his friends, that in ten minutes
he was able to make the balky horse work as well as the
gentle one, and that he could indorse all my statements.
Case No. 2, — At Brunswick, Maine, a man introduced
himself to me, and stated that he teamed for a living;
that his whole property was in his horses ; that one of them
balked, making his team worthless ; that his only object
in going into the class was to break this horse of the
habit.
I assured him that I would put him in the way of break-
ing his horse without difficulty ; and that if he could not
make his horse work and pull as desired when he went
home in the afternoon, on the following morning he could
come to me and get his money back. Next day he stated
that in less than ten minutes he was able to make this
horse work just as well as the other.
Case No. 3. — When in Northern New York, in 1876, a
man introduced himself to me as an old scholar, who had
attended my lectures a few years before, and desired to
come into my class again. He said that he had not had occa-
sion to make any use of the instructions until about a year
before, when, in plowing, one of his horses balked. He
was for some time puzzled to know what to do, when it
occurred to him to try this method of treatment. He had
ILLUSTEATIVE CASES. 259
forgotten the details, but remembered the general plan.
He took a three-fourths inch rope, and put it on the Second
Form of War Bridle, as described for balking. He next
took a rail from the fence, and tied one end to the gentle
horse's singletree ; to the other end he attached the rope.
He then started the gentle horse, and jerked the balky
horse out of his tracks two or three times. Using his own
language, " That 'ere horse did n't wait to be pulled upon
the second time, but pulled as if for life, and never offered
to balk afterward, though I put the plow down to the
beam."
It was by mere good luck that this man succeeded, con-
sidering the crude, imperfect manner in which the treat-
ment was applied. It is hardly safe to risk attempting to
make a bad horse go directly in this way. He should be
made to yield first to the War Bridle until very sensitive
to its restraint, then the pole should be adjusted very care-
fully. If too short, or so limber that it will bend much,
the experiment will be liable to fail.
Case No. 4. — A great many cases illustrative of the ef-
fect of the treatment could be referred to, but to saA^e space
I wiU add but one more, selecting as a representative case,
one among single balkers, an eight-year-old pony owned in
Linesville, Pa. This horse was brought in to be treated
before the class. He attracted my attention at once from
the fact that when irritated he would resist every effort to
make him follow by the War Bridle, by bracing his fore
legs with all the stubbornness of a sullen mule. He would
balk, riding or driving, and was entirely unmanageable.
To test him a little, I put on the War Bridle and tried to
move him. He spread his fore legs, and gave his head
around to the shoulder on either- side, but I could not move
him. To undertake to handle him before a class in the
small space at my disposal, and with a large crowd of men
260
BALKING.
around, would have been a difficult and embarrassing task.
I had a clear intuition of his exceptionally stubborn nat-
ure, and determined not to handle him before a class. I
took him outside the town the next morning, and subjected
him to Second Method. This treatment he resisted with
great determination, and I was obliged to carry it to its
fullest extent, and follow with the War Bridle, requiring
in all about thirty minutes. Though he was now aj^par-
ently quite gentle and manageable, he made a bold stand,
resisting the power of the War Bridle with such determin-
FiG. 192. — Patent Bridle as used for breaking double balkers.
(See page 252.)
ation that it became necessary to repeat the previous treat-
ment, when he drove in all right. The same day he was
driven to the county fair at Conneatsville, twelve miles dis-
tant, drawing a heavy load. We had ordinary cases offered
daily, which seldom required more than ten or fifteen min-
utes to drive perfectly gentle.
CHAPTER VII.
RUNNING AWAY.
Though the treatment for this habit is, to a great ex-
tent, given under the heads of " Kicking," and " Fear," yet
in bad cases it is liable to be so troublesome to manage that
I deem it necessary to consider it more definitely. The
main point is to make the mouth manageable to the re-
straint of the bit. But if there is much viciousness or re-
sistance, it is necessary to tone it down or overcome it by
a general course of subjection, when the control by the
mouth can be made more easy and certain. For example :
A nervous, excitable colt, so unmanageable as to be both
difficult and dangerous to put in shafts by an}'^ control that
can be brought upon the mouth, after a proper course of
subjective treatment which would overcome his fear and
excitement, would be found to offer but little resistance
to the control of even a common bit. The effect is the
same in the management of headstrong, runaway horses,
moved by some special cause of excitement, such as the rat-
tling of a wagon or other object.
There are three principles of controlling the mouth: 1.
By training, as done wdth the Breaking Bit ; 2. By a
form of bit that will prevent the horse from pulling against
it, on account of the pain it causes ; 3. By obtaining
such power upon the mouth and head as will prevent the
horse from pulling.
Of course these conditions run more or less into each
(201)
202
EUNNING AWAY.
other in the different forms of bits given, the point in all
cases being to use such a form of bit or method of treat-
ment as will safely and easily effect the control. The
Breaking Bit is undoubtedly the best for making a hard
mouth flexible. The Half-moon Bit, with check to restrain
a dull, stiff mouth, also w^orks
well. By pulling upon it, its
thin, bearing surface presses
against the jaw, and hurts so
keenly that but few horses can
pull very strongly against it.
The Spoon Bit also, in many
cases, works excellently by the
pressure it throws upon the jaws
laterally, thereby making it a
good form of bit for cases that
will not rein easily, or that will
pull on one side. Next, comes
the Four-ring Bit, which, with
its improvement, is a very sim-
ple but powerful means of con-
trolling doubtful, head-strong,
It is particularly well adapted for the easy
The fourth and last is the Patent
Bridle, which has been designed especially for the direct
control of head-strong, runaway horses.
The Power of the Patent Bridle is so great that when
properly adjusted it is very difficult for a horse to make
any prolonged resistance to it. It acts in three important
ways : First, in its most severe form it produces such in-
tense pain in connection with its great power upon the
mouth, that it is very difficult for any horse to resist its re-
straint ; second, in proportion to the resistance, if any,
it brings such a pressure upon the spinal cord that it be-
FiG. 193 .—The Patent Bridle.
lugging horses,
driving of side-reiners
THE PATENT BEIDLE.
263
264 EUNNING AWAY.
comes impossible to bear up against it for any length of
time ; third, its impression upon the nervous system is
so great that when the struggle is ended the subjection of
the horse is complete.
It is proper to add that these combinations and forms
of bits may be varied in different ways to an almost unlim-
ited degree. I give what I believe to be the simplest and
the best.
' A cool, determined man can perform wonderful feats
with the Breaking Bit, simple as it is. It requires more
work, but is the only bit I have found that works satisfac-
torily in making the mouth sensitive to the control of an or-
dinary snaffle bit. It was with this bit I performed my
greatest feats, and it cost me a good many years of experi-
menting to develop its resources. If the mouth is stiff and
hard, and it is desired to make it flexible, put on the har
ness with this bit in the bridle, run the reins through the
shaft-bearers, and get directly behind. Now commence ;
slowly move the horse on a moderate walk, and suddenly
call, " Whoa ! " following instantly with a quick, raking jerk
upon the reins. Repeat at short intervals, until at the mo-
ment the command is given, the horse will stop instantly
to avoid the hurt of being pulled upon. Then gradually
increase the gait to a fast trot or run, making him stop as
before.
In most cases the horse will submit in from ten to fif-
teen minutes ; but if badly set in the habit, and plucky,
the resistance may be so strong that this cannotb donein one
lesson. The difficulty is, if the horse warms up very much,
the sensibility of the mouth becomes so blunted or do-
troyed that he will bear the severest pulling upon without
flinching. Then the best way is to put him away until
cool, when by a few minutes' treatment the mouth will be
found so sensitive that he will usually submit uncondition-
THE PATENT BEIDLE.
265
266 EUNNING AWAY.
ally. In this way it can be determined how much to do
without danger of harm. This point accomplished, hitch
to a wagon, and repeat the same treatment. The course pur-
sued by the writer, as before explained, is to let the horse
go a few steps, call, " Whoa ! " and give a sharp, raking jerk
to force him back a little. Repeat, so far as necessary, to
establish the point of stopping and coming back, then, as
before, let out a little faster until proved safe when on a
fast trot or run. This point is to be made very thoroughly.
If it is thought advisable, the bit can be left on for a few
days in driving, but usually this will be unnecessary ; for if
the horse is properly trained he can be controlled by an or-
dinary snaffle bit.
No chances must be taken with a runaway horse.
This is a habit that requires thorough breaking up. In my
practice, I am not only thorough in these cases, but even
extreme in my treatment. No matter how well the horse
behaves, I never let up on him until sure of his being en-
tirely manageable under the greatest excitement. My ob-
ject is to make the horse as safe as possible under any
emergency. After the preliminary treatment, I drive on a
moderate trot, and gradually up to the point of running,
even under the whip, making him stop at command, until
perfectly submissive. *If at all disposed to be tricky, I test
him so thoroughly as to wholly remove all inclination to
break over. No matter how sensitive or liable to kick pre-
viously, this should be done without even buckling the
breeching to prevent the cross-piece coming against the
quarters.
This was the secret of the Malone horse, and other run-
away horses referred to, proving so safe after being sub-
dued. At one time, while in a crowd, the wagon was
crushed against his quarters. At another time one of the
couplings of shafts broke, letting it drop sideways upon his
ILLUSTEATIVE CASES. 267
heels, — one of the most severe tests a sensitive horse can
be subjected to, — yet at each time he stopped instantly at
command and stood perfectly quiet, without showing the
least fear. See " Malone Horse, Case No. 2, Kicking."
To give a good idea of the effect of this bit, I will in-
clude an account of two average cases broken by its
use : —
Case No. 1.
When at Dover Plains, N. Y., a man offered to join my
class on condition that I would break his mare of the habit of
running away. He stated that when she reached the top
of a hill, she would take the bit in her mouth and rush
down, regardless of all restraint, and become entirely un-
manageable. I simply trained her with the Breaking Bit
about twelve minutes, when she drove gentle. Next day
she was driven by the owner, and proved broken of the
habit.
Case No. 2.
When at West Falls, near Buffalo, a gentleman told me
he had a fine six-year-old colt that he raised and broke;
that he was naturally very gentle, and trotted fast, but one
day while letting him out on a rapid trot, a man drove up
behind with a pair of fast-stepping horses, which so excited
the colt that he pulled against the bit and ran away in
spite of all he could do. The next day he hitched him up
and let him move off, but the moment he struck a trot, he
ran against the bit and pulled so hard that, despite all ef-
fort to prevent it, he again ran away. He now procured
a pair of Hartman reins, supposing he could hold him with
these without difficulty ; but, as before, the moment the
horse struck a trot he ran away. He next tried different
kinds of bits and rigging without success, and had given up
all hope of ever being able to control him in harness. He
208 EUNNING AWAY.
had now been standing six months in the stall, doing noth-
ing.
Understanding the disposition of the horse, I felt confi-
dent there wonld be no difficulty in breaking him, and told
the owner if he would join my class I would put him in the
way of breaking the colt. He laughed, saying that he would
believe it when he saw it done. But by much urging he
was fin.ally induced to join the class.
Having too many horses to experiment upon that day,
to save time I subjected this horse only to the simple train-
ing of tiie mouth for som ) twelve minutes. At first there
Avas so little sensibility that pulling upon the bit seemed
like pulling upon a post ; but by repeating the treatment
he was soon made to feel its power sufficiently to yield to
its restraint. The owner wished the horse hitched up and
driven out of doors, but I knew this could not be safely
done. I told him if he would bring the horse on the next
day to a neighboring town, I would drive him. He did so,
and upon testing him there, I found the mouth now so sen-
sitive that when pulled upon sharply he ran back across
the barn. I immediately hitched him to a buggy, with
breeching straps unbuckled, and drove' him on a sharp trot
and run, proving him perfectly manageable. He was driven
next day by his owner to Wales Centre, and proved en-
tirely broken.
The more difficult cases of this character are well rep-
resented by " Cases 2, 3, 5, and 7, Kicking ; " " Cases 1,
3, 6, and 8, Fear ; " and " No. 2, Subjection."
Half-moon Bit.
The Half-moon Bit, an illustration of which is given,
will sometimes work very nicely upon head-strong pullers.
The point of its success lies in holding the head up, which
can be easily done by the form of checking in connection
HALF-MOON BIT ADJUSTED.
260
with the extra bit, which of itself greatly restrains the im-
pulse of resistance. The bit is very simple, merely a cir-
cular mouth-piece, with the inner part filed clown to about
the thickness of the back of an ordinary knife-blade, and
rounding to prevent cutting. This makes the bearing sur-
face against the mouth so narrow that the most plucky
horse can scarcely pull against it, while its circular form
prevents pulling sideways. It must, however, be tried cau-
FiG. 196.— lliL Ilalf-niooii Bit adjusted.
tiously upon a dangerous horse. Before trying whether
the horse will submit to it, put on one or two foot-straps,
which will be sufficient to disable the horse should he lunge
so recklessly against the bit that he cannot be held. (This
will be necessary only in extremely bad cases.) Then
in all cases the experiment should be made where the road
is very wide and free from obstructions, or in an open,
smooth field. For illustration of bit, see cut 73, page 75.
Spoon Bit.
The Spoon Bit, an illustration of which is given, is so
constructed as to bring the edges of two flanges, when
270
EUIS^NIKG AWAY.
pulled upon, upon each side of the lower jaw. In some
cases of badly trained mouths, or of moderately head-strong
horses, it will be found to work very nicely. One point of
advantage is its mildness, it being only a simple snaffle
bit until resisted. It works especially well in the manage-
ment of horses that rein hard. It is not a bit that is
Fig. 197. — First form of Spoon Bit. IJasy on the moutli.
adapted for head-strong, dangerous luggers, as it does not
give power sufficient for such cases.
A valuable form of bit, and one which works exceed-
ingly well for the control of some headstrong, pulling horses,
Fig. 198. — Second form of Spoon Bit. Gives more Power.
is a simple bar made flat or concave on one side, and
rounded on the other, from five-eighths to three-fourths of
an inch wide, with a piece of rounded leather inside the
ring on each end, as shown in cuts 199, 200. The flat or
concave side is used when the horse pulls, or is inchned to
resist the bit. When the mouth is sensitive and managea-
ble, simply turning the rounded side against the jaw makes
FOITE-RING BIT. 271
it extremely easy on the mouth. The length must be reg-
ulated to the size of mouth, or about the average length of
driving-bits.
Four-ring Bit.
The Four-ring Bit is peculiar in respect to the sensibil-
ity it causes upon the roof of the mouth. While it is not
a bit that gives much direct power, the efiect is such that
Fig. 199.- Slightly rounded, or flat Concave, with edges rounded, when
when not desired to be severe. more severity is required.
but few horses outside of lunging, runaway horses, can ef-
fectually pull against it. Hence a horse that with an or-
dinary bit would pull so hard as to make it extremely dif-
FiG. 200.— The rounded side of the bar.
ficult to restrain and control him, more especially one that as
he warms up will pull harder, will scarcely pull at all upon
this bit, but will drive so easily as to hardly straighten the
reins.
It is not, however, to be risked too much in the driving
of a really dangerous horse ; for, as before stated, its suc-
cess depends more upon the sensibility it causes upon the
roof of the mouth than upon any real power it otherwise
272 BURNING AWAY.
gives. Consequently, should the horse lunge recklessly
against the bit, the pain it inflicts not being sufficient to
hold him in check, he is liable to get away. When used
upon a doubtful horse, he should be carefully tested with
it, first by driving around a little in harness, then as de-
scribed in the use of the Half-moon Bit. The foot strap
should also be used to enable testing the horse sufficiently
hard to know with certainty to what degree the horse wall
submit to the restraint. It is no proof of skill, but, on the
contrary, of ignorant fool-hardiness, to take doubtful chances
in the management of cases in which a single mismove
would precipitate a dangerous runaway.
It is a perfect remedy for cases that pull on one rein,
and for luggers. It should be carefully fitted. The strap
across the nose should not be so long as to lose the power
of forcing the joint firmly against the roof of the mouth.
Patent Bridle.
To give sufficient power to overcome extreme resistance
most effectually, I devised the Patent Bridle, which gives
such power that the strongest horse can be easily held and
controlled. It does not require any practice or work other
than fitting the head-piece and bridle to the head, and set-
ting the horse back a few times. It gives two important
points of advantage : 1st. It is as any common bit in the
mouth until resistance is excited, when by an ordinary ])u\\
such pain and power are produced in the mouth that it can
rarely be resisted ; 2nd. Should there be so much
pluck as to pull against it, in addition to the pain and pur-
chase upon the mouth, it also causes such pressure upon
the spinal cord, — the most vital part of the whole body, —
that the wdiole nervous system is relaxed, and the horse is
subdued, driving with a slack rein ; yet it is ready at any
time to repeat the same terrible penalty.
PULLING UPON ONE EEIN. 273
This bridle and the bits will be furnished by the author
or his agents.
Lugging, or Pulling upon One Uein.
The habit of lugging or pulling on one rein is the re-
sult of the faulty method of training the mouth. If not
made to suTjmit to flexible restraint, when pulled upon the
result is lugging, pulling on one rein, etc. It may result
from one side of the mouth being sore, but is not so often
from this cause as supposed.
The quickest and simplest way to break up this habit
is to put on the Breaking Bit, also the First Form of the
War Bridle. But instead of bringing the cord through the
mouth, bring it through the rings of the bit. Pull sharply
on the side opposite that on which he lugs, until he will
bring the head around freely without being pulled upon.
Now tie up the cord, take down the reins, and drive around.
If he pulls in the least, repeat the lesson, until he learns
to yield promptly to the restraint of the reins, when he
ought to drive to an ordinary bit ; or the Breaking Bit
can be kept on for a day or two. This treatment will make
that side of the mouth as tender and submissive to restraint
as the opposite, and he will pull evenly.
I have found a great many bits advertised as a perfect
remedy for side-reiners, etc., but in my experience they
have not proved satisfactory. Sometimes a bit will work
on some horses, but not on others. The Four-ring Bit, as
explained under that head, is practically a specific for this
habit ; but as it is advisable in many cases to so break up
the habit that an ordinary bit can be used, I have thought
it advisable to include details for doing it.
18
274 KUNNING AWAY.
Will not Back.
Sometimes a horse will back readily out of harness, but
when put before a wagon will resist every effort to make
him back. Again, a horse may back all right until crowded
and maddened, when he will stand sullenly, and refuse to
move. Various palliative measures could he mentioned
for making such a horse back, though they are hardly prac-
ticable ; as, standing in front and pushing the end of a
sharp stick under the shoulder blade gently until he will
go back ; or, by taking a firm hold of the reins, and kick-
ing the shins until the leg is lifted, then pushing back and
repeating until successful.
If a young, sullen colt is liable to resist the restraint
upon the mouth so much as to injure it, put around the
body a surcingle. Tie a rope around the fore foot below
the fetlock, and bring forward over the belly-band. Now,
while standing in front of the horse, catch hold of the reins
and pull up the foot ; as you let the foot down again, pull
upon the reins ; this will bring the foot down eight or ten
inches back of the other one. Caress for this, and repeat,
which will very soon teach a sullen colt to go back
freely.
The War Bridle, Second Form, will usually work bet-
ter than this means, but it is liable, in extreme cases, to
bruise the mouth somewhat. If, however, it is desired to
use it, stand on the near side, bring the head partly around,
^hen give a sharp pull backward ; this will force the horse
partly sideways, as well as back. Forcing him sideways a
little prevents his power, in a great measure, to brace
against the pull, as he could do if pulled upon in a line with
the body. vSimply repeat cautiously until he can be made
to go back freely.
If a horse that has learned to resist, put on the harness
WILL NOT BACK. 275
with the Breaking Bit, or Half-moon Bit, and with a firm
hold of the reins get directly behind and call, " Back ! "
sharply. Follow this with a quick, sharp, raking pull, so
that, if possible, the horse can be forced back before warm-
ing up, as he will in this condition struggle hard to resist.
If he spreads his legs, and throws his head sullenly against
the bit or down upon the breast, the case is a bad one,
and it is necessary to work carefully. Simply repeat
slowly, and if there is not success before he warms up and
becomes reckless, put him away until cool, when the mouth
will be found so tender that he will rarely refuse to go back
freely when pulled upon.
Great care should be used not to force the horse back
too freely after he once gives up ; for with the increased
tenderness of the mouth produced by the severe treatment,
he may acquire the habit of going back too freely when
pulled upon, — one of the most annoying habits a horse can
learn. I would call attention to this particularly in train-
ing colts to back.
Usually a lesson of ten or fifteen minutes is sufficient
for ordinary cases, but I have in a few instances found old
horses that had learned this habit so thoroughly that it was
utterly impossible to break them of it. One of the worst
I ever found was in a small town in Connecticut. This
was a medium-sized, gray horse, twelve years old. He
could not be made to back, in or out of harness. The
Breaking Bit was used, and he was compelled at first to go
back repeatedly by making the jerks so quick and sharp as
to force him to yield before he could concentrate his pur-
pose to resist. But becoming warmed up, the legs were
thrown forward at an acute angle with such an obstinacy of
resistance as to defy the utmost force of punishment by
the bit. As a matter of experiment, five men pulled stead-
ily upon each rein ; but the horse resisted w^ith so much
276 EUNNING AWAY.
stubbornness as to be pulled down upon the belly. Seeing
the necessity of now resting until the mouth could become
sensitiA^e, and the excitement pass off, I directed the
owner to bring the horse to the next town, promising to
then make the experiment a success. Upon trial at this
place, a few uick, energetic pulls proved sufficient to make
the case yield, and he soon could be made to back as read-
ily as desired.
Will not Stand.
Usually it is not difficult to teach a horse to stand un-
less there is inclination to balk. If a young horse that is
simply a little impulsive, treat the same as directed for
teaching colts to stand. Usually, with an ordinary mild
bit, there will be an inclination to pull against it and fight
its restraint. If this is the case, the Breaking Bit can be
used as follows : —
First, with the harness on, train to stop as explained
in Colt Training. When first hitched to a wagon, let it be
away from the place where accustomed to be hitched. I
prefer to turn the horse's head toward a high fence or barn,
because there is less inclination to go ahead when such an
obstruction is in view. Then get in and out repeatedly,
occasionally giving him an apple, etc., for some time. Now
move him around, standing him a little farther off at each
repetition, and gradually more sideways, until ho will stand
with his body parallel to the barn or away from it. Next,
repeat the lesson where in the habit of being hitched, un-
til he will stand as desired.
When hitched in, have the reins in the hand or within
easy reach. The moment he starts, give a sharp pull that
will make him stand, go to the head and stroke it for a
while, then go back to the wheel. For the least resistance,
set him back sharply with the reins. When desired to
WILL NOT STAND. 277
start, take him by the head, and, after going a few steps,
call, " Whoa ! " If he does not stop promptly, pull sharply
upon the reins until he will do so. Reward for standing ;
punish for moving. Having once learned to stand and wait,
get on the step and make a noise ; this submitted to, get in
quietly and sit down. Repeat the stopping, starting, and
waiting, until the impression is fixed upon the mind. After
he will do this properly away from the house, he should be
taken where in the habit of resisting, and the lesson re-
peated, if necessary.
Horses of this character are sometimes very sensitive,
and require nice management, because they are so easily
taught to balk. The point is to impress thoroughly the
idea of stopping, and make it so habitual that, when the
horse is most impulsive during cold and chilly .weather, it
will not be forgotten. A A^ery good plan, should the case
be a little daubtful, and seem in danger of working into the
habit again, would be to have some one stand in front of
him, or near the head, and stroke the nose a little, but not
touch the reins. This will disconcert the horse sufficiently
to make him stand while getting in, when by stepping out
of his way he will move off quietly.
If the Breaking Bit is not available, the following course
of treatment, though requiring more time and care,
will be found to work very well : Put on the foot strap,
call '' Whoa ! " at the same time pull upon the foot strap,
which will pull the foot up and throw the horse upon three
legs. After a few repetitions, he will stop rather than be
pulled upon and tripped. Now put him before a wagon,
carrying the foot strap back as a third rein. If he starts,
simply pull the foot from under a few times, or until ho
will stand as desired. In some cases, the foot strap may
be put on both fore feet, as a very determined horse may
lunge forward upon three feet. If when one foot is taken
278 EUNNING AWAY.
up there is inclination to lunge forward, simply pull the
other foot from under, which brings him forward upon his
knees. This treatment should be given on soft, sodded
ground, or sandy road free from stones, to avoid bruising
the knees.
Put the Breaking Bit into the bridle and commence crack-
ing a whi}), yelling, or anything else to attact his attention.
If he moves, punish by jerking him back sharply, and say,
" Whoa ! " Then repeat, cracking the whip, etc., until he
will stand quietly under the excitement. When he will
stand while in wagon, get out and caress him, walk around
carelessly, crack the whip, etc. The instant he starts, call
" Whoa ! " and jerk him back again. When he will stand,
go to his head, caress, give an apple, etc. ; so rejteat the
lesson^until Jie will stand quietly. At first, the cause of
excitement should be moderate, gradually increasing each
time. The reins should extend back into the wagon over
the seat, so they can be caught quickly whe". necessary.
In this way the horse is made afraid to start for fear cf be-
ing punished. If it is desired to make the effect still more
thorough, boys can be made to run around, make a noise,
etc.
A simple way to make a horse stand without being
hitched, is to buckle or tie a strap or cord around the near
fore foot below the fetlock, and tie the other end around
the shaft back of the cross-f>iece, bringing it short enough
so that, while not interfering with the limb while standing,
it prevents its being brought forward in the effort to stop
or go ahead, A horse will stand quietly by spanceling the
fore legs together; that is, tying two small cords around the
fore legs about six or seven inches apart. As soon as the
horse finds he cannot step, he will stand quietly.
CHAPTER VIII.
HALTER-PULLING.
Halter-pulling is one of the simple habits that not only
cause great annoyance, but seriously injure the value of a
horse, by rendering him unsafe to be left hitched in the
street. A horse subject to this habit may stand all right
when not excited, but will be ready to break his neck in
the attempt to pull loose should a bit of paper, Dr anything
Fig. 301. — As the colt will naturally resist when pulled
upon straight ahead.
else, be suddenly thrown down in front of him. There
was no habit that troubled me more to learn how to man-
age than this one. It was easy enough, with a little care,
to keep a horse from pulling for a short time, but the diffi-
culty was, in bad cases, to wholly prevent or break up the
habit.
When there is an effort at first to lead a colt bv the
halter, the moment the pressure is felt upon the head, there
(379)
280 HALTBK-PULLING.
is an inclination to resist, or pull back. If the halter is a
rough, hard, rope one, with the slipping-noose back of the
jaw, when jDulled upon the pain inflicted will increase this
tendency to res-ist and pull away. (See cut 201.) In the
same manner when a colt is tied, and his freedom restrained,
there is a natural inclination to resist and pull back ; and
if after a violent struggle the halter is broken, the habit of
pulling is learned. Usually, the younger the colt the more
Fig. 203. — As the colt is liable to break loose when hitched
in the usual manner.
stubborn will be the inclination to pull, and often he will
struggle so desj^erately as to throw himself down. Not
only this, but there is danger of straining and injuring the
neck by the violence of the jerking and pulling. I have
known of colts pulling so hard as to make the neck stiff,
deforming and spoiling them ; and in a few cases even kill-
ing themselves by dislocating the neck. Yet there was
practically no better remedy in use than to hitch by. a hal-
ter so strong that he could not break it. The point was to
be able to so hitch the colt as to induce the least inclina-
METHOD OF TEEATMENT. • 281
tion to pull, and that when he did pull he could not break
away, strain, or otherwise injure himself.
The first successful experiment I made in the manage-
ment of this habit was to pass the hitching part of the hal-
ter through the ring in the manger, thence back over the
belly-band, and tie to the hind foot, leaving it so long that
the horse could step around as usual. AVhen the horse
pulled, the strain came directly upon the hind leg, which
prevented his j)ulling severely. After submitting to this,
I next tied the hitching part around the fore leg above the
knee, so that should he pull, the leg was pulled forward to
the manger. But I soon discovered two objections to this
method : First, there was danger, by this violent pulling
upon the leg, of causing serious lameness ; and second,
when afterward hitched directly by the head, there was a
liability of his repeating the pulling.
To avoid this difficulty I took a cord of sufficient length,
brought the center under the tail like a crupper, bringing
both ends forward over the back, twisting a few times, and
then knotted them together in front of the breast. I then
passed the ends through the rings of the halter, and tied
to the post or manger. When the horse pulled, the strain
came directly upon the tail, which, in the case of a colt,
would cause him to jump ahead, surprised and frightened.
I soon learned, however, that a stubborn horse accustomed
to the habit, would quickly learn to pull against it, or pull
as bad as ever when it was taken off. I also found that it
was apt to make the tail so sore that there was not only
liability to cause the horse to kick then when pulled upon,
but afterward, should the rein be caught under the tail, or
he be otherwise irritated.
I then devised the plan of making a noose of the cord,
and placing it well back around the body, bringing both
cords forward between the legs, and through the hole in
282 HALTER-PULLING.
the manger, thence back to the halter, and fasten. Thus
two important improvements were made ; namely, the seri-
ous objection of making the tail sore was removed ; and,
instead of tying directly to the post or manger, passing it
through the ring or hole in the manger, and tying to the
halter back of the jaw, the restraint was brought directly
upon the head as if ordinarily hitched, but with the advan-
tage of greatly disabling and punishing, while the horse
could not strain or injure himself in the least, no matter
how hard he pulled.
If the subject were a colt, the moment there was an ef-
fort to pull, the sudden tightening of the cord around the
body frightened and hurt him so much that it compelled an
instantaneous jumping ahead, and after repeating two or
three times, all inclination to pull was entirely overcome.
It was necessary to hitch him in this way only a few times,
Avhen he could be tied by the halter directly, without know-
ing it was possible to pull. If while hitched in this man-
ner he was frightened by a robe, or a piece of paper coming
suddenly in front of him, he was soon convinced of his in-
ability to pull loose, and consequently the inclination to do
so was overcome.
For especially bad, sullen pullers, however, I found this
was not of itself sufficient to break up the habit. It was
easy, of course, to prevent the horse from pulling while the
rig was on, but when taken off, and the horse tied as usual
by the halter, there was liability of his again repeating the
pulling. To overcome this difficulty, I was led to the ex-
])edient, when there was an effort to pull, of inflicting such
intense pain as to disconcert the horse from his purpose,
even while under the greatest excitement, and on this point
I was successful. To give something of an idea how I was
led to do this, I will refer to a chance incident : —
Two colts that pulled very hard upon the halter — one
METHOD OP TREATMENT.
283
of them desperately — were brought me to experiment upon.
The one that pulled the worst provoked me so much by his
intense pulling, that to frighten him out of it I whipped
him very hard upon the tip of his nose, where there is the
most sensibility. Though he made a supreme struggle, I
succeeded in this way in making him so afraid to pull that,
no matter how excited afterward, he could not be made to
go back. The other horse submitted in a few minutes, re-
quiring but a slight punishment. Meeting the owner after-
ward, he informed me that the horse that pulled the hard-
Fjg. 203.— As a horse of sullen temper is liable to throw himself
down when pulling.,
est at first never did it afterward, while he had much
trouble in effectually breaking the other one of the habit.
This led me to experiment upon this principle all I
could. When I found a bad case, I treated it, if possible,
in private, and was invariably so successful that I soon be-
came convinced that I could in this way force the most
stubborn pullers into submission in a few minutes. In
making these experiments for over two years, I found that
in many cases the lesson must be repeated, in order to fully
break up the habit, and that it was fatal to success to let
the horse feel that he could resist at any point. Nothing
284 HALTEK-PULLING.
with which the horse is tied should give way. Even the
breaking of the whip, or the inability to force to the point
of complete submission, would be equivalent to defeat. In
all cases, the experiment should be made at the place where
in the habit of resisting, or as near it as possible.
The Patent Bridle will be found to give still more power,
and is indispensable in the breaking of bridle-pullers. In
using this, reverse the reins through the pulley, so that in-
stead of passing back, they will run forward. (See cut 205.)
Now the moment the horse pulls, the punishment upon the
head becomes so severe that he will be afraid to re-
peat it.
Having learned these points, I advertised, among other
apparently difficult feats, to break any halter-puller in two
minutes so that he would not pull upon his own halter when
hitched. Many amusing incidents could be given, showing
an effort to break me down in this respect. I will give
here two illustrative cases, one of them among the worst
halter-pullers the writer ever saw : —
On the morning of my engagement at a large town in
Northern New York, happening to step into a livery stable,
I found several men standing around, laughing and yelling
at a mare hitched in the stall. She had a rope under her
tail, against which she pulled with great desperation, sit-
ting back upon the ground and bracing herself with her fore
legs. There was no lunging, but a steady, reckless pull,
which settled the cord its thickness into the flesh of her
tail. In explanation, they said they were stirring up and
practicing the mare, to have a good subject for me ; that
they knew she was the premium halter-puller of that coun-
try, and they proposed to fix her so that she would
beat me.
She was ten years old, of medium size, brownish black
in color, of the most courageous, plucky character imagina-
METHOD OF TBEATMENT. 285
ble, and one of the worst possible halter-pullers in the coun-
try. She would undoubtedly have defeated me had I
not, in this way, become aware of her extremely bad char-
acter, and prepared for the emergency. It was a precon-
certed plan to spring the mare upon me, and defeat me,
and thus make an excuse to get their money back. Though
I had never seen so bad a halter-puller before, I determined
to put a bold front on the matter, and pass for all I was
worth.
In forming a class, I told the people they were to dis-
tinctly understand if I could not control the mare in two
Fig. 204.— The halter-puller trying to pull loose.
minutes so that she could not be made to pull when hitched
by her own halter, I would give every man his money
back ; with this understanding I made a large class.
It now became important for them to defeat me, and
for me, if possible, to succeed. Fearing my whip would
break, I secured an extra one, of the best quaUty I could
find, stripped off my coat and vest, attended carefully to
every detail of hitching, and doubled the usual strength of
the cord, to guard against the possibility of breaking. The
moment the mare was tied, she went back with all the fury
of a maniac. But she had no more than done so when I
sent the ksh of the whip across the tip of her nose, re-
286 HALTEE-PULLING.
peating as rapidly and with as much force as I could. The
struggle was a desperate one, and the excitement and anx-
iety to see which would beat was intense. At the four-
teenth or fifteenth blow, the whip broke ; dropping it and
catching the other, without losing a blow, I followed up the
struggle. Had this whip broken, failure would have been
inevitable ; but fortunately it held out, and at about the
thirtieth blow she jumped ahead. But true to the in-
stincts of her desperate pluck, she immediately went back
again. The punishment, however, was too hot for her, and
Fig. 205. — As a horse will rear and jump ahead after pulling.
after the third stroke she bounded into the air, completely
conquered ; for, in defiance of the utmost effort, she could
not be made to pull back. I was consequently voted "all
right." So great was the exertion on my part, that after
she submitted I was out of breath and completely ex-
hausted.
I told the owner afterward that if he wished to break the
mare successfully, he must not permit any fooling with her ;
he must lead her quietly to the stable, back her into the
stall, tie her head to the post, and let her stand until cool
and over the excitement, when the impression would be so
METHOD OF TEEATMEXT. 287
intensified that she would not repeat the habit ; and as a
matter of precaution to test her as thoroughly as he could,
then hitch her as I had done. I met the owner a week
afterward, when he told me there were not men enough in
town to make her pull hard enough now to break a tow
string.
At Marion, N. Y., where I made a large class many
years before, I found a twenty-four-year-old mare that had
not been hitched for ten years ; also a daughter and grand-
daughter of the mare, — all confirmed halter- pullers. To
catch mc, nothing was said about the character of the sub-
jects until the time of making the experiments. The young-
est mare was led in first, and proved a decidedly good sub-
ject, yielding unconditionally in about a minute. They
next led in the mother, a twelve-year-old mare, saying,
"We have another case we wish tried." But, upon trial,
she yielded, if anything, more readily than the first. They
laughed and said, " Now let us have the old mare ; if he
can stop her from pulling, we will give it up." This revealed
the plot, and she was the reserved case upon which they
depended to defeat me. Upon trial, however, the old mare
proved no more difficult than the others, — in fact, not mak-
ing near so good a contest as the first. Almost daily there
were horses of this character brought me, man}^ of them ex-
tremely bad ; but in no case was there failure. (Details
of hitching a colt, and accustoming to stand hitched, are
fully given in " Colt Training," and can be referred to un-
der that head.)
In breaking up this habit, no possible chances for de-
feat should be taken. First, the cord must be so light and
pliable as not to be noticeably felt around the body, yet
so strong that it cannot be broken by the most desperate
lunging. If heavy and clumsy, it woidd teach to descrim-
inate between being off* or on. Secondly, the manger, post,
288
HALTBE-PULLING.
or ring through which the cord plays, should be so strong
or solid there is no danger of giving way. If it is a hitching
ring, and small or rough, it should be wound with leather,
or something to prevent its cutting the cord. Thirdly, the
horse should be first tied where in the habit of pulling
hardest, or where most accustomed to pull. The degree
of freedom should be about the same as when ordinarily
hitched by the halter, and the point of tying or playing
through the ring should be about on a level w^ith the breast.
As before explained, in ordinary cases all that is necessary
is to hitch in this way, and frighten him back a little at
Fig. 206. — A test to which the Ti alter-puller was usually submitted
by the class after treatment.
first by whatever excites him, until he refuses to go back,
when all inclination to pull is overcome. While in serious
cases, especially if of a plucky, determined character, pun-
ishing sharply with a whip will be necessary.
It is important also that the whip be of the most suit-
able kind, as in many cases the Avant of this precaution
would be suflicient to cause defeat. It should be from five
to six feet long, rather stiff, with a bow top made of buck-
skin, and a good hard lash. It must be of such good ma-
terial that there will be no danger ofits breaking, and so easily
METHOD OF TREATMENT. 289
handled that the end of the nose can be struck with quick-
ness and precision. If long and unwieldy, it cannot be
handled with the effectiveness necessary, as there is dan-
ger of hitting around the eyes and head, which must not
be done.
Another point : The horse must not at first be hitched
where he cannot, if necessary, be punished with the whip.
When he goes back, punish instantly. When he jumps for-
ward, make a noise, crack the whip, or anything else, but
do not strike him. It is advisable to let him stand quietly
where treated until cool. He may, when left alone, try to
pull again once or twice, but this will only fix the impres-
sion the stronger until he will give up the contest. Next,
he should be tested at other points, though not very se-
verely. If he pulls, the punishment should be quick and
sharp until submissive. It does no good to break a horse
only sufficiently to make him stand quietly when not ex-
cited or frightened. To be effective, he must be made to
stand quietly, regardless of any of the usual causes of ex-
citement. Unless this can be done, the horse cannot be
risked hitched in the street, or at any place where exposed
to any causes of fear. Hitching to a limb of a tree, which
will give when pulled upon, will prevent the habit during
the time hitched, but when tied to an unyielding post or
manger he is again liable to pull.
Running Back in the Stall when Unhitched.
For ordinary cases of running back in the stall when
unhitched, tie a little longer than for halter-pulling ; then
untie the halter, and the horse will run back to the point
of being disabled and hurt. This will cause him to jump
ahead. Repeat, at each time tying a little longer, until
the nose will come on a line with the back end of the stall,
when he should be hit sharply across the nose until he
19
290
HALTER-PULLING.
jumps ahead. This will in a short time make him afraid
to run back. As a precaution, it is advisable, the next time
he is unhitched, to have a cord on, so that should he try
to run back he could be caught by the cord attachment and
punished as before.
Whenever I had a particularly bad case of this kind, I
would hitch the horse as
before explained, but with
the cord or rope so long
that when he went back it
let the nose come just out-
side the stall. I would
then stand outside, while
some one unhitched him,
or made him go back. The
moment he w^ent the length
Fig. 207.— First method of making a horse of the COrd, he WaS stopped
stand in harness without hitching. ^^j^J^ .^ j^^k, wheU I stood
ready to punish him by hitting him
across the tip of the nose once or
twice, causing him to jump ahead.
A few repetitions of this would
make him so afraid he could not
be made to go back. I have at
different times created considera-
ble amusement in the management
of these cases by making it im-
possible for the owner, after the
experiment, to back the horse out
of the stall. Treated in this way,
the management of these cases is
easy and simple.
It is sometimes quite important to have a horse stand
without being hitched, as there may be no hitching-post at
Fig. 208. — Second method of
making a horse stand with-
out being hitched.
EUNNING BACK IN STALL.
291
hand. This can be done in two ways : First, by buckling
one end of a strap around the foot below the fetlock, and
the other end to the crosspiece of the shafts, just short
enough to hold the foot in
a perpendicular position.
When the horse tries to
step, being unable to carry
the foot forward he is
rendered helpless. It is
always advisable to try a
horse before leaving him
in this way, as it is barely
possible he may lunge for-
ward upon three legs if
badly frightened ; but
only wild, impulsive fel-
lows are liable to do this. Another way is to simply tie
the fore legs together, as seen in the cut. This method is
specially valuable in making saddle-horses stand without
hitched.
It is also important to be able to hitch a horse to a tree
or smooth post in such a manner as to prevent the cord
from slipping down. Above I give an illustration of a
method for doing this, which is so plain that it does not
need any further description.
Fig. 209. — How to hitch a horse to a tree
or smooth post so that the strap or
cord will not untie or slip down.
-*^
'^-
CHAPTER IX.
STALLIONS.
There is no class of horses that require more careful
management than stallions. They have more intelligence
than other horses, and are quicker to take advantage when
carelessness or weakness is shown. They are also more
courageous in their re-
sistance. In addition,
the character of their re-
sistance— b i t i n g and
striking — is far more dif-
ficult to combat. Mis-
takes can be m a d e in
breaking mares and geld-
ings without doing much
more harm than to in-
crease the labor of their
subjection ; but in subdu-
ing a stallion, a mistake,
or even slight carelessness, is in many cases fatal to suc-
cess. The whip should never be used upon a horse of
tlfis character ; for there is great danger, if at all spirited
or courageous, of his becoming aggressive and vicious.
A young horse that is very gentle, allowing himself to
be handled and caressed around the head, etc., can, by bad
treatment, easily be made so vicious that his whole char-
r393)
Fig. 210.— Portrait from life of Old Hamble-
tonian. Sire of the Hambletoniau
trotters.
BEFOEE TEEATMENT.
293
294 STALLIONS.
acter is changed. A great many cases of this kind have
come under my observation. At one time, a gentleman
who had jjreviously attended one of my lectures, told me
that he and his brother owned a fine stallion in company.
The horse was naturally quite gentle, but one day his
brother, becoming impatient with him, hit him sharply ; the
result was the horse ever afterward held such an antipathy
against him that he could not safely go near or handle him
in any way, while towards himself the horse was perfectly
gentle.
One of my pair of matched, trained horses, nine years
old, bought in Madison, 0., and exhibited by me for a num-
ber of years, was of good character at the time of coming
into my possession ; but when 1 undertook to train him to
be controlled by the whip, he became so excited when hit
that he jumped at me with nil the ferocity of a bulldog,
and I was obliged to tie him back. One sharp whipping,
and leaving him mad, would have made him irretrievably
vicious ; so I was very careful when compelled to rouse
him much to treat him afterward with great kindness, —
giving him apples, rubbing his nose, etc., until entirely over
the excitement, and finally succeeded in training him as I
wished without making him vicious. After using him for
some years, he passed into other hands, when, by needless
excitement and punishment, he became so bad a biter as to
be almost worthless.
The " Gifford-Morgan Horse," sold to Fred Arnd, of
Bath, N. Y., and mentioned in the last part of this chapter,
is a striking case in point. Had I not been in Bath at the
time, and able to treat him properly, he would have been
entirely unmanageable and worthless.
I would also refer to the " Robert's Horse," of Utica,
SPECIAL CASES. 295
N. Y. (" Case No. 13, Subjection.") This horse had previ-
ously been of so good a character that be was used for family
driving ; but in consequence of being whipped repeatedly
by an ignorant groom in order to make him show off, he
became so vicious as to be entirely unmanageable. There
are, however, occasionally to be found stallions that are by
nature vicious, even in defiance of the most careful manage-
ment. Perhaps the most marked case of this character
ever known in this country was the Hillman Horse, " Jet,"
Case 7, Subjection.
During the conversation I held with Mr. Goodenough
(referred to in chapter on " Subjection "), in speaking of the
intelligence of horses, he said, " It is wonderful what a
memory a horse has. Once, while we were subjecting the
Stafford Stallion to treatment, his resistance was so deter-
mined that Rarey lost his patience, and hit him across the
head with a pitch-fork. The horse never forgot it ; for he ever
afterward manifested such hatred towards him that he
could approach and handle him only by using the greatest
caution, while I could handle him without exciting in him
the least resentment. Some time afterward, w^hen handhng
him, happening to leave the enclosure for a moment, the
horse suddenly grabbed Rarey by the arm, and would un-
doubtedly have killed or seriously injured him had I not
quickly rushed to the rescue. On my approach, the horse
let go and ran off."
I refer to these cases to show to owners the necessity
of employing good, careful men to take charge of their
horses. A coarse-grained, passionate man should not be
employed at any price. Habits of intemperance should in
all cases be sufficient to disqualify a man for such work.
My experience in the management of this class of horses
296 STALLIONS.
has been very extensive. Advertising as a specialty that
I would make any headstrong, unmanageable stallion that
could not be led or controlled by even two or three men at
once, so manageable in ten minutes that I could stand ten
feet away and call him to me away from a mare or other
horses, of course there was great interest to see whether I
could do so apparently difficult a feat ; and almost every
week or two an especially vicious stallion of this character
would be reported for treatment, but he invariably proved a
good subject.
There is no class of horses that submit more readily to
treatment when taken in time, but they are the hardest to re-
form when the treatment is not right, or when, by the in-
efficiency of the owner or groom, they are afterward al-
lowed successful resistance. On this account I have thought
it advisable to give special instructions for the management
of these cases.
Treatment for Headstrong Stallions.
If a colt is simply unbroken and impulsive — perhaps
nipping a little — he can be easily made gentle by subject-
ing him lightly to the Second Method and following with
the War Bridle. Sometimes a horse of this character is
perfectly manageable until led near other horses, when he
will try to pull away. I will refer to two or three such
cases. While at Pennington, N. J., a horse that pulled away
so badly he could not be taken into the streets at all if
other horses were in sight, was reported for treatment. He
was subjected lightly to the Second Method, and then
brought under thorough control by the War Bridle, when
he was led home as manageable as any horse.
At a point in Northern New York, a five-year-old horse
AFTEE TREATMENT.
297
298 STALLIONS.
was produced that proved entirely unmanageable in this re-
spect. As a test, a horse was brought to his view at the
opposite end of the barn, when, in spite of the united efforts
of two or three men, he rushed toward him, and to guard
against accident, the horse was taken away. In less than
five minutes' treatment by the War Bridle he was made
perfectly gentle while in the presence of other horses —
even to being called away from them by word of command
alone, while I was standing from six to ten feet away from
him.
At Litchfield Corners, Me., a horse of the same age was
reported to be utterly unmanageable when brought near
other horses ; but by the same treatment he was brought
under control in less time than the above case. At another
place near Portland, Me., a four-year-old colt that had be-
come entirely unmanageable in the same way, and was
brought to the place of experiment only by blindfolding,
was made completely manageable in seven or eight min-
utes, and led home by the owner without the least difficulty.
Well-bred, nervous-tempered horses of this character
will always prove easy subjects to manage ; while those of
a sullen, cold-blooded, or draft order, may be found quite
difficult, and require very careful treatment. It is seen
that for these simple cases a short lesson with the most se-
vere form of the War Bridle should be all that is necessary.
Stand opposite the shoulder, four or five feet away, and
give a sharp pull, repeating slowly until he will come
around promptly. This lesson must be made sufficiently
thorough to overcome all inclination to resist, no matter
how tried or excited. Five or ten minutes' treatment,
when properly done, should be sufficient to break up the
habit.
VICIOUS STALLIONS. 299
Tkeatment for Very Vicious Stallions.
Vicious stallions require very careful management. In
determining the treatment, a great deal depends upon the
temperament of the horse, and how greatly his resentment
has been excited. A horse that seems the worst is not al-
ways the hardest to break ; in fact, if he has never been
fooled with much, he may be, in many instances, the very
easiest to manage ; and when once subdued by the methods
of subjection given here, it will not be difficult to hold the
character good by careful after-treatment.
If a stallion of moderately good disposition be partially
broken or subdued, and that for a number of times, it may
be very difficult to afterward make him reliably gentle.
Or when once thoroughly subdued, if he is whipped or
managed in such a way as to again excite him to resist, it would
require the most thorough course of treatment to produce
the same degree of docility as before ; for by such success-
ful resistance the horse is taught a degree of cunning and
treachery that it is next to impossible to break up. On this
account it is of the greatest importance that the treatment
of these cases, when once undertaken, should be very care-
ful and thorough.
For a really dangerous horse whose head cannot be
reached with safety, the best course is to subject him first
to the Second Method, which will give sufficient foundation
to use the other methods with more success. Subject him
next to the First Method, throwing rapidly as long as he
will get up, or until he will not try to resist. It is rarely
this will not make the horse, in a general way, submissive ;
but as it is necessary to make the impression as intense as
possible upon these doubtful cases, this treatment should
300 STALLIONS.
be followed with the Third Method, and in some en pes it
may be advisable to repeat again with the Second, after
which the War Bridle should be used.
. It is almost needless to remark that there should be the
most careful attention, while going around the horse, to keep
such a restraint upon him as will prevent his biting. A
very little carelessness, such as taking the eye off from
his, turning the back to him, or relaxing restraint upon the
head, would encourage aggression, and practically undo all
that has been done. It is easy enough to subject the horse
to the various methods of subjection given, but it is not so
easy to exercise that prudent after-watchfulness which is
an indispensable requisite in fixing and holding the impres-
sion made. In going into the stall, the trainer should give
the horse an apple or two, or something he likes, to win
his better nature. It is also important that the horse be
worked or driven enough to keep him a little sore or tired.
Above any other class of horses, stallions seem the best
able to determine the strength of character of a man from
his actions ; and in approaching them in the stall it is al-
most fatal to success to show any timidity, or weakness in
voice or manner ; whatever the feeling of doubt, nothing
but the most perfect confidence and firmness must be shown.
Fencers always look each other in the eye to see an in-
dication of the intended movement, and to be ready to ward
off the attack. In the same manner are the intentions and
movements of the horse in a great measure revealed. In
approaching a vicious horse in a stall, a fixed, determined
expression of the eye and manner will sometimes so dis-
concert him that he will stand undecided what to do until
appraached and made helpless. The usual course to pur-
sue is about as follows : When within reach of the horse,
APPEOACHING A STALLION.
301
look him firmly in the eye, and say, " Get around ! " or any
other word of command, in a way to make him feel your
power. If his eye quails, approach ; if not, stand still. It
may be a duel of a few minutes to determine which will
give up. Should he yield, approach softly, midway be-
tween his head and quarters, so as to keep him, as it were.
Fig. 213. — Method of placing the hand, and bringing it quickly to the
head, in approaching a vicious stallion.
undecided and unbalanced. If standing too near his quar-
ters, he is liable to kick ; if too near his head, to strike or
bite. The point is to keep him undecided until the shoul-
der is reached, then pass the hand quickly up the neck to
the ear, thence down, grasping the nose-piece of the hal-
ter. He is at such a disadvantage now that unless very
violent he cannot do harm. Should he, however, attempt to
strike or bite, grab the mane at the shoulder with the other
302 STALLIONS.
hand, and so keep the head turned straight from you. But
should he prove too much, the only alternative is to get out
of the way. Presuming, however, that he is under good con-
trol, the point now is to disable him. Have ready a cord,
throw the doubled part over the neck and pass over the lower
jaw ; bring the other part down through the loop tight, and
tie into a single hitch. Now put on another cord, and if nec-
essary tie up one leg to prevent kicking, get him out of
the stall and subject him to treatment, modifying it accord-
ing to the case.
Should the horse show a cool, daring expression of eye,
with ears thrown back, and standing sullenly, and seem-
ingly indifferent, no chances should be taken. Such a horse
will wait until within reach, when he will kick, strike, or
bite, so quickly that no firmness or quickness of action
would save a man. In such a case, resort to any means
most convenient and safe that will give sufficient control to
enable subjecting him to the regular treatment. If no hal-
ter or bridle is on, the following course may be adopted :
Put on a halter as described in Colt Training, tie up the
head, put on a bridle, or one or two War Bridles, get him
out on a sodded place, and subject him to treatment. Of
course if the stall or room is large enough, he can be sub-
jected to treatment there.
The point of making the horse sufficiently gentle to be
handled and used while free from rigging or restraint of
any kind, must be thoroughly established as a foundation
upon which this afterrtreatment must be based. Unless
this can be done, the horse cannot practically be made safe.
In my experience with these cases I make the lesson, if I
can, a quick, overpowering rush of force, which breaks up
aH resistance, and makes him submit before he warms up,
A BAD CASE. 303
being careful not to strain, bruise, or over heat the horse.
But should he warm up, and fight with such energy that I
cannot force his unconditional submission, I aim to carrj
the treatment simply far enough to make him sore. This
is sometimes difficult to do, as these horses, especially the
cold-blooded cases, may be so sullen in their resistance they
cannot be made sufficiently sore to do any good. At any
rate, the lesson must be repeated to the point of producing
unconditional submission, or there cannot be any hope of
success. The horse should be tested the day after treat-
ment, when the effects can be best discerned. If the least
vestige of resistance be found in him, it must be imme-
diately overcome by more or less repetition of treatment.
The Avorst horse of this character I ever found was a
blind, gray stallion in Pittsburg, Pa. This horse was a
strong-muscled, heavy-boned fellow, with a remarkably fine
head,and was a perfect model in points of strength and endur-
ance. Ordinarily, he showed every indication of being nat-
urally gentle, but by bad training had become vicious, and
when roused or excited was a perfect bull-dog. Though
compelled to handle him at a great disadvantage in a barn,
I succeeded, after much efibrt, in making him sufficiently
gentle to handle for the time, which was in reality a great
feat.
Sometimes stallions, especially of this character, are
liable to develop very peculiar whims in the way of affection
or hatred. I have frequently found horses that would be
perfectly gentle toward certain persons,^ but entirely un-
manageable toward others. I will giA^e here one very
marked case, formerly owned by me. A* ten-year-old Gif-
ford-Morgan stallion, owned in Bath, Steuben Co., N. Y.,
was of a fine, intelligent, docile disposition naturally, but
S04
STALLIONS.
EFFECT OF TEEATMENT.
305
when excited he showed an under-current of great will and
courage. He was raised in Gowanda, N. Y. I bought him
for the purpose of training him to drive without reins, and
succeeded in making him drive very nicely, holding him
gentle. For a stallion, he was singularly free from all in-
clination to bite, and other habits of viciousness. Later, I
sold this horse, with another, for breeding purposes, to Fred
Arnd, a hotel keeper in Bath, N. Y. Mr. Arnd (who was
Fig. 215. — The Fred Arnd Horse as seen by the writer four years
after being subdued.
somewhat intemperate in his habits) one day perceiving
the horse acted as though about to bite, whipped him se-
verely. Happening in the stable at the time, I found Arnd
in the horse's stall, and greatly excited from the exertion of
kicking and whipping. I told him emphatically that he
must not whip and abuse the horse in that way. If he did,
he would surely in a short time make him so vicious he
could do nothing with him. I advised him at once to give
the horse some apples, and handle and caress him until over
the excitement. But he disregarded the advice, and about a
20
30G STALLIONS.
week afterward I again heard a row in this stalL Proceed-
ing to the i^lace,. I found Arnd with hat off and face red
with possion, in the act of whipping and kicking the horse.
I again told him in the most positive terms that he could
not whip and abuse the horse in that manner without spoil-
ing him, and that he must on no condition repeat it. As
before, I urged him to treat the horse kindly, give apples,
etc. ; but, as before, my advice was disregarded, and as the
result, in less than a week afterward he came to me and
said, " That horse is so vicious no one can go near him. I
am afraid he is completely spoiled. If you can and will
break him for me, I will do anything you require."
I found the horse perfectly furious, with eyes like balls of
fire, and ready to jump at any one who might approach.
He did not seem to have the least recollection of me, and
it was with the greatest difficulty I was able to get him out
of the stall, and across the street into my tent. I sub-
jected him first to Second Method, following with First,
which he resisted furiously. I threw him fully a dozen
times before he gave up the contest, when he quieted down,
and seemed to fully recognize me. I talked to him and
caressed him now for some time, walking around with him,
when he would follow me around perfectly gentle. I now
directed him to be placed in the care of a quiet, careful
man, and instructed him to make it his business to visit the
horse frequently in his stall, give an apple or two each
time, caress and talk to him, and on no account to allow
Arnd to go near or in his sight until I advised it. The
treatment was continued two weeks, the horse acting just
as gentle as before. Now while standing at his head I di-
rected Arnd to come inside the door of his stall. The
horse knew him instantly and became greatly excited, but
EFFECT OF TEKATMENT. 307
I managed, however, to keep him quiet while Arnd was
near him.
I soon afterward left the place, but at the expiration of
about four years I again visited that part of the State pro-
fessionally. At Merchants ville, in the same county, I was
surprised to find this horse. I was informed that at the
moment Arnd would come near, the horse would become
furiously excited and seem ready to jump at him, but was
perfectly gentle toward others. Convinced that he could
not manage him, he sold him to his present owner, a resi-
dent of Merchantsville, who used him for breeding purposes
and for a family driver.
The man told me his wife could hitch up the horse and
drive him as well as any old family horse, and he could
take him out in the street by the halter and play with him
with all the freedom he could with any pet horse. " But,"
added he, " were he to see a bald-headed man, it would
make him so furious he would kill him if he could get at
him." Mr. Arnd was bald headed, and the horse retained
his peculiar repugnance to such an appearance. I took him
into the streets by the halter, and found he was just as
obedient to the whip as when I owned him, over four years
before.
In training this horse to drive without reins, I was com-
pelled a great many times to punish him with the whip
very severely, possibly as hard if not harder than Arnd
did, but I was always careful never to leave him smarting
from the effects of such punishment. I at once gave him
apples, etc., until cool and quiet. It is impossible to teach
a horse to drive without reins, without at times whipping
quite severely. This must be done to force obedience to
the whip, or the horse cannot be relied upon.
308
STALLIONS.
GoDOLPiiiN Arabian.
In concluding this chaj^ter, I will give the romantic
story of the famous " Godolphin Arabian," the most noted
sire of 'the English thoroughbreds, copied from a story by
Eugene Sue, published in Wallaces Monthhj^ 170 Fulton
St., N. Y. The editor of this journal, who is A^ery careful
authority, states in conclusion as follows : —
" As a matter of course we must not expect historical
Fig. 216.— Godolphin Arabian. From Stubb's picture.
accuracy in a romance, but there are not many things in
this that practically need correction."
I include a portrait of this famous horse, taken from
Stubb's picture.
" The story opens with an English philanthropic Quaker, who,
while on a visit to Paris, in 1732, received letters from home, an-
nouncing that his only daughter had gratified his fondest hopes
by making him a grandfather, and, according to the custom of
his sect, he resolved on evincmg his gratitude to the Giver of all
good for the fortuitous event by performing some charitable ac-
tion. In his progress on this work of mercy — it was a dreadful
GODOLPHIN AEABIAN.
809
cold night in the latter part of January — he saw a great crowd
at the foot of the Pont Neuf, and a horse, in a heavy cart, loaded
with wood, attempting in vain to draw his burden up the ascent,
while the carter was urging him on with brutal severity. All
the efforts of the animal to move forward were ineffectual, and,
driven to desperation by the lashings of his hard taskmaster, he
plunged with so much violence, the ground being extremely slip-
pery, that he fell on his knees, and was unable to rise. The carter
renewed his blows, and with horrid imprecations seized the bit of
his bridle, attempting to force him up, but with such violence that
the mouth of the poor animal was filled with blood. With violent
efforts, he at last got on his legs, but only to fall again, when,
turning on his side, he lay
trembling, covered with sweat,
and his eye reproachfully fixed
on his inhuman tyrant, who,
unmoved by his piteous groans,
kicked him repeatedly on his
streaming nostrils, till every
one cried ' Shame ! ' but all
were too much afraid of his
known brutality to further
interfere. Their horror was
increased when the fellow, go-
ing to the tail of his cart, took
out a handful of straw, and
twisting it into the form of a
torch, and lighting it, was in
the act of applying the brand
to the poor animal's foot, when the compassionate Friend inter-
fered, arrested his arm, and exhibited fifteen louis-d'ors spread on
the palm of his hand, offering the whole as the price of his pur-
chase. Although he had treated the execrations of the multitude
with contempt, the ' timber-merchant ' was not proof against the
glittering coin, and crushed the torch under his foot. The pur-
chase was agreed upon, the horse disengaged, and the parties pro-
ceeded to the driver's stable, to complete the contract.
"The carter, mollified by receiving the money, so far beyond
his estiination of the value of the animal, said he ought, injustice,
to tell the purchaser that the horse was the most malignant and
ungovernable brute he had ever met with, and so dangerous to
approach that he was obliged to put his corn into his manger be-
fore he had entered the stable; that, from his vicious habits, he
had bought him fot a mere trifle, having given only twenty crowns
for him; that ' the beggar,' when in the humor, would draw well,
but when he had a heavier load than usual, would play him the
Fig. 217. — Godolphin Arabian. From
Stubb's picture. By J. C. Beard.
310 STALLIONS.
same trick he Imd done that day, and nothing but extreme sever-
ity would induce him to do his work. He was also so cunning as
to utter groans on the slightest punishment, and then he would
put on the appearance of submission till he was released from the
vehicle, when he would kick and run at him with open mouth,
in the most savage manner. The only way he could subdue him
was to keep him constantly in the shafts, so that he could not lie
down, either by night or by day ; and he placed both horse and
cart under a shed, for protection from the weather, the only sleep
he got being as he stood. Once a week (on Sunday) he permitted
the Moor to release him, and then the three, Agba, Scham (for such
was his Moorish appellation), and the cat, seemed in a state of
ecstasy.
" The carter goes on to state that an uncommon attachment
subsisted between the three ; that the Moor doated on the horse,
having accompanied him to Paris from Barbary, and that the cat
woidd jump on his back, purring continually, the horse whinny-
ing in evident gratification at his presence. He then proceeds to
say that ho had purchased the animal from one of the royal cooks;
and, on the Quaker expressing his astonisRment that an animal so
meager should ever have belonged to the king, the wood-man pro-
ceeded to state how he came into his possession.
"Scham was employed in the most menial capacity, drawing
a covered wagon from the Paris cuisine to that of Versailles, but
was so vicious, and so savage with other horses, especially if any
mares were in sight, that they could do nothing with him, and the
comptroller ordered him to be sold. No one, however, would pur-
chase him, not only from his known character, but because he con-
sumed more food than he was worth; and he was at length given
to one of the cooks, to get rid of him, on condition that he would
find -him sustenance. It appears, however, that his new master
kept him on short commons; for he actually attempted to make a
meal of the cook, having seized him with his teeth, and bitten a
large piece of flesh through his clothes. This was enough for the
cuisinier, who determined to get rid of the vicious brute. He ac-
cordingly sent for the wood-merchant, and offered to sell him the
horse for thirty crowns, but eventually parted with him for
twenty.
"M. Sue then proceeds: The driver spoke truly; the horse so
lately put to the drudgery of the wood-merchant's heavy cart, was
one of eight Barbary steeds, which the Bey of Tunis had sent as a
present to Louis XV., in 17*31, in consequence of having concluded
a treaty of commerce, which was efltected in his majesty's name,
by M. the Viscount do Manly, a commander in the king's navy.
" On the arrival of these animals in Paris, thev, for a short
time, attracted the attention, or rather the curiosity, of the king
GODOLPHIN AEABIAN. 811
and his court; but, from their wild appearance, their restless and
haughty deportment, their lean and angular forms, rendered more
so by the fatigue of the voyage, they were received into the royal
stables with perfect indifference, and, subsequently, with contempt.
M. Sue accounts for this from the prevailing fancy of his majesty
for the great Norman horses, both for war and the chase, and
more especially for those bred in Sutfolk — short in the loins, well
knit together, going close to the ground, and termed thickset. As
the king's name is a tower of strength in v/ar, so in fashion his
taste is paramount, and these Barbary horses excited the greatest
raillery and scorn— their deep chests, their small mouths, their
beautiful, nervous, and bony forms, so typical of the character of
this famous race, and religiously preserved pure in the East, were
all lost* on king, courtiers, equerries, and grooms.
" Of the eight Tunisian slaves sent from Africa by the Bey,
Agba alone remained, the other seven having returned to their na-
tive country. The poor mute was so attached to Scham that even
the natural affection for home was disregarded, and, though ex-
cluded from the royal stables, he hovered about their precincts for
the purpose of seeing his favorite whenever he was suffered to pass
the door, living on the charity of those who pitied his unhappy
condition. Since he had become the property of the wood- carrier,
the Moor had taken up his quarters in the shed for the sole pur-
pose of enjoying the society of the 'Barb, and obtained his food by
begging, for he (the carter) refused to encourage him, believing
that his witchcraft rendered the horse so vicious. He suffered him
to remain in the shed, as he was much amused to see the evident
affection subsisting between the mute, the horse, and the cat. On
his return home, Agba and Grimalkin were always in waiting,
the former squatting down disconsolately, with the cat curled up
by his side. On permitting him to giv^e the horse his food, the
Moor would rise up in ecstasy, embrace the animal, take his head
between his hands, jump on his back, then dismount, and creep
under him; by all of which endearments the horse seemed as grat-
ified as himself. He would whinny, and appear to talk to him, as
if rejoiced to see him. On the other hand, if the Moor was not in
the shed, he became furious, stamped with his feet, laid back his
ears, and attempted to attack the carter. On one occasion the
Moor was not in the shed, but returned when he was chastising
the horse, and was so exasperated that he seemed inclined to at-
tack him, bu^ he showed him his shoulder-of -mutton fist, and the
demonstration was sufficient.
" When the Quaker, who had been struck with their mutual
attachment, told the Moor that he had purchased the horse, and
that both should acconijiany him to England, the poor fellow
showed the most extravagant joy, threw himself on his knees at
312 STALLIONS.
the feet of the Englishman, and placed his foot on his head, in to-
ken of submission, and showing that he would be his slave for life.
He removed the cumbrous harness with which Scham was capari-
soned, in a sort of frenzy, believing that the malign influ-ence had
departed from his companion. The hard- stuffed collar covered
with blue sheepskin, the I'usty hames, the ponderous wooden sad-
dle, and the thick bridle, were all dashed to the ground in the
greatest indignation , then, drawing from one of the pockets of his
cloak a horse-hair glove, he began to rub down Scham, after the
manner of the Moors of Tunis (who never use a currycomb), the
friction of which soon renders glossy the handsome and fine skin
of the horses of the pure race. Scham, thus unharnessed, could
be better examined by the Quaker. He was a brown bay, about
fifteen hands high, with a white spot on the off hind leg. He was
terribly thin ; his sharp bones seemed to pierce through his skin,
naturally so fine and delicate that he was covered with wounds
by the friction of tb.c heavy collar and shafts of the cart. The
dust and dii't which covered the poor animal rendered his coat,
formerly so bright and smooth, quite dull and rough, and his mane
was matted with filth. Notwithstanding his distressing and mis-
erable appearance, a judge of horse-flesh would still have admired
his bony form ; and on seeing his deep chest, — sure indication of
capacity and strength of lungs, — it was evident that Scham could
perform, without the slightest difficulty, a lengthened course.
Judging also from the construction and strength of his well-pro-
portioned limbs, his speed must be prodigious; and his large hams,
flat and so singularly tajx'iing ofl", seemed steel springs to his iron
frame. These, added to his uncommon beauty, and his graceful
tail, flowing like a plume of silk, pi'oved him to be an illustrious
descendant from the purest caste.
"The Quaker shortly after returned home, accompanied by
his purchase, his mute attendant, and the faithful cat.
"Arrived in Englan<l, Scham is located at Bury Hall, the res-
idence of the Quaker, situated about fifteen miles from London,
on the banks of the Thames ; and in a short time, through the
care of Agba, and plenty of nutritious food, he recovered his pris-
tine form, so that no one could have believed him to be the
miserable object so cruelly treated at the foot of the Pont Neuf.
Agba was feared and despised by the other domestics, for* they had
not the Quaker's tolerance ; but they respected him for his attach-
ment to the horse and devotion to his master.
"A cloud, however, soon lowered on the destiny of Scham:
his vicious dispo.sition Ijcgan to show itself, and he would suffer no
one to ride him but Agba. He had defeated all the attempts of
one Tom Stag, a rough-rider, to reduce him to obedience, and had
put him on one occasion in peril of his life, by almost crushing his
GODOLPHIN AEABIAN. 313
leg against a wall. He had also thrown his mastei-'s son-in-law,
Dr. Harrison, and this was deemed the climax of ingratitude by
the benevolent Quaker, who, in consequence, determined to part
with him.
" Scham was then sold to one Rogers, landlord of the Royal
Lion, a large inn near Charing Cross, to whose stables he was
forthwith transferred; the Quaker making Agba the offer of re-
maining in his service, or receiving a sum of money. The mute,
determined not to lose sight of his companion, accepted the latter,
and, accompanied by the cat, followed Scham to London, and took
an obscui'e lodging as near the inn as possible ; for Rogers, having
the same impression as the Paris carter, that the deviltric-s of the
horse were owing to the malignant influence of the Moor, had re-
jected all further intercourse. Every attempt to enter the stable
was indignantly resented, not only by Rogers, but by the subor-
dinates iu his employ, and Agba bud the satisfaction of seeing two
brought out on shutters, and carried to the hospital, from the
wounds received from the 'born devil,' the appellation Scham had
obtained from his new master. Agba, refused all admission to
the stables, was almost in despair from being unable to obtain a
sight of his favorite; and, determined at all hazards to accomplish
his purpose, he scaled the walls which environed the stables, and
being caught by Rogers, was committed to Newgate on a charge
of attempted l;)urglary. Here, unable to express his innocence, he
sunk into despair, although his mild demeanor had excited the pity
of his jailers. The Quaker's housekeeper, being called to the
prison by a relative who had come under the ban of the law, and
learning the cause of the poor Moor's incarceration, proclaimed her
conviction of his innocence, and gave so much of the history of
Scham, and Agba and his cat, as to produce the greatest commis-
eration for the unfortunate mute.
" His case coming to the ears of the young Lord Godolphin,
who was struck with the attachment of the horse and rider, he in-
terested himself in his behalf, had an interview with the Quaker,
learned his history, purchased the horse from Rogers, who with-
drew his prosecution, and poor Agba and Scham were sent ofl' to
Gogmagog Hall, there to be treated with the same indifference and
contempt that Scham had experienced in the royal stables of
Louis XV.
" Hobgoblin was then the lord of the ascendant in the se-
raglio of Gogmagog ; and so cruelly, in A.gba's opinion, was Scham
neglected, that he often wished the Barb enclosed within the den
of Rogers, where death might have relieved him from his misery.
The progeny of Hobgoblin had been hitherto successful above all
their competitors; and Lord Godolphin having purchased Roxana,
by Flying Childers, out of Monica, for 600 guineas — a great price
314 STALLIONS.
at that period — he resolved to form a new dynasty in the futm-e
o't'iieration of lioxana and Hobuoblin.
" M. Sue then gives the liaisons of Roxana and Scham ; how
Roxana refused tlie caresses of Hobgoblin, and, when she
neighed indignantly at the approach of the Lord of the Harem,
she was answered by one so loud and^ shrill that the hills re-echoed
the sound ; that Roxana, recognizing the impassioned cry, expressed
the most lively astonishment and delight, and at the moment
Hobgoblin was brought into the paddock, Agba opened the door
of the stable, and Scham rushed in frantic energy upon his rival.
A tremendous battle ensued. Hobgoblin being eventually driven
from the field, and Scham triumphed both in love and victory.
" Lord Godolphin, exasperated at the defeat of his project, im-
mediately ordered the culprit off to a stud-farm at a distance of
sixty miles, where he was turned out to seek his food on an almost
barren common.
" Two years had elapsed, when Agba was aroused from the
most painful reflections by approaching sounds, and was no less
surprised than gratified by a courier announcing his lord's com-
mands to return to Gogmagog; and in less than one hour, Agba,
Scham, and the cat were on their way to the Hall.
" The cause of this recall is explained in a few words. Lath,
the produce of Scham and Roxana, showing some line racing
points, the prejudices of Lord Godolphin and his stud-groom began
to subside. With a force and vigor beyond his years, he excelled
all his rivals in their exercises; and the progeny of the Darley
Arabian, brought from Aleppo in 1717, having proved successful
in all their contests with the indigenous breed, people began to
wonder that they had so long neglected the source of so much
beauty, and purity of blood. In addition. Lath had beaten all the
descendants from the hitherto renowned Hobgoblin.
"The author then jumps over four years, and, in 1738, three
sons of Scham, which had beaten everything opposed to them,
were engaged in influential stakes at Newmarket — Lath in one
for five-, Cade in one for four-, and Regulus in one for three-year-
olds. Lord Godolphin, partaking of the now generally prevailing
opinion in favor of the Arabian blood, which in every instance had
defeated all competitors, felt so confident that the three descendants
of Scham would carry off the respective stakes, that he resolved
that the sire should partake of the triumph of his sons; and the
formerly despised Barb was led on the heath, arrayed in purple,
and mounted by Agba in magnificent Oriental costume, two
grooms on each side (for safety) holding him by silken cords at-
tached to his golden bridle. On his appearance, the air resounded
with acclamations. The predictions of Lord Godolphin were
realized; and each of his horses having won the prizes for which
GODOLPHIN ARABIAN. 315
it had contended, the spectators appeared in a state of ecstasy, and
cheered with renewed applause, which Scham received with dig-
nitied composure, as if conscious of his claims to distinction. As
to Agba, he was in a state of absolute hallucination — the malign
star had disappeared, and the glory of his horse was established.
They returned to Gogmagog in triumph ; and to prove his admi-
ration of the wondrous powers of the Barb, Hobgoblin's splendid
stable was appropriated to Scham, and the words, GoDOLPHiN
Arabian, which the noble lord had given to Scham, were engraved
in letters of gold on its marble pediment.
" This celebrated horse died at Gogmao-oe:, in 1753, agfed twen-
ty-nine. Grimalkin had preceded him to the tomb, and Agba did
not long survive."
Mr. Wallace here remarks : " And thus ends Mr. Eugene
Sue's biography of Godolphin Arabian," adding, as stated
at the commencement, that as a matter of course we must
not expect historical accuracy in a romance ; but there Sire
not many things in this that practically need correction.
He also adds the following statement : —
" The origin of the horse is really unknown, and all that can
be said on this subject is mere conjecture. It is a remarkable fact
that this horse attained the very highest pinnacle of fame twenty
years after his arrival in England, and yet there was no one, even
in that brief space of time, who went to the labor and ti-ouble of
tracing and determining his true history. The same old story is re-
hashed over and over again, that Mr. Coke brought him from
France, but nobody has sought to know from whom or how he
came into Mr. Coke's possession. He w^as called an Arabian,
but the best judges were inclined to the view that he was a
Barb. In forming this opinion, however, they were governed en-
tirely by his conformation, which is only a rule of approximate
accuracy, and never safe to state with certainty. The old records
say that Mr. Coke gave him to Roger Williams, keeper of the
Saint James Coffee House, London, and that he presented him to
the Earl Godolphin. The great success of the Darley Arabian, some
twenty years before, had made Eastern blood very popular at this
time ; and it has always been a conviction with me that Earl Go-
dolphin knew more about the blood and origin of this horse than
any of the writers who have undertaken to enlighten the world
about him, or he never would have bred Roxana and his other
good mares to him, untried as he then was. The story of the cat
was not invented by the novelist, but is founded on truth. Mr.
Pick, in his Turf Register, after enumerating a few of the more
prominent of his get, remarks that ' every superior horse of tho
present day partakes of his valuable blood.' "
CHAPTER X.
MISCELLANEOUS HABITS.
To Catch a Horse.
\v a young colt is frequently petted by scratching the
Riane and tail, giving apples, etc., care being used not to
arouse his fear or resentment in any way, instead of run-
ning away when approached, he will soon wait or come for-
ward to be petted and rewarded. It is frequently the case
that ladies who are in the habit of petting horses, are able
to approach and catch them in the field without the least
difficulty, while they cannot be approached at all by men.
The reason is that women are more kind and gentle in their
treatment, and always ready to caress the horse, and re-
ward with a little sugar, or something else of which he is
fund ; neither do they take advantage l)y whipping or other
abuse; while men, who are frequently in the habit of ston-
ing the horse, or hitting him with the halter when turning
him out, cannot go near him, or succeed in catching him
only after the most prolonged effort, on account of the fear
and repugnance such treatment creates.
When a small boy, I was presented with a young don-
key. Of course I was delighted, and would occasionally
put oats in my pocket, and feed her from my hand. This
soon made her such a pet that as soon as she saw^ or heard
me, no matter how far distant, she would whinny and run
toward me, put her head under my arm, and try to get her
nose into my pocket for the oats with which I rewarded
(316)
TO CATCH A HOESE. 317
her. If treated in like manner, the horse can be made to
come to his master, and follow him with aflection and con-
fidence.
If the colt or horse is wild, and tries to pull away or keep
the head out of reach when approached, put on the War
Bridle, and train him until he will follow promptly. But
if so wild or vicious as to require general treatment, sub-
ject to either method most suitable until submissive, when
make the point of teaching to follow very thoroughly.
This will be easy enough, but we wish to do still more,
namely, to be able to walk up to the horse from some dis-
tance without his running away, also to make him come at
command, and stand quietly to be haltered. The course I
usually pursue is as follows : After making the horse fol-
low, lengthen the cord to seventy-five feet or more, and let
it drag on the ground. If I have not enough of the reg-
ular kind of rope, I attach a piece of bed-cord. The War
Bridle should be changed to the Second Form, to prevent
its slipping out of the mouth, with the part over the neck
placed well back. There is no difficulty in approaching
the horse Avithin the length of the cord (twelve or fourteen
feet) used in the training ; but when beyond this distance,
and especially when the horse once learns he is beyond
control, he will soon learn to keep out of reach. On this
account it is necessary to make the cord long enough to
convince him that he is within control when beyond this
distance. Step away twenty or thirty feet, and walk up
quickly toward him. If he turns to run, simply catch up
the cord and jerk the head around ; then approach, caress
him, give apples, etc., and walk away again. So repeat^
going a little farther off" at each time, until at the end of
the cord. It is necessary, of course, to make this lesson
thorough, until the confidence of the horse is won. In
some cases it is advisable to go through with the form of
318 MISCELLANEOUS HABITS.
haltering and imhaltering, leading out into the field, walk-
ing toward him and back, singing, whistling, and occasion-
ally giving him an apple, etc.
In training Turco, referred to in " Personal Experience,"
after getting him so he would come to me when thirty or
forty feet away, he at one time jumped through a gap in
the fence into an adjoining field, where he raced around for
some time, enjoying his freedom. Though I was consider-
ably annoyed, I did not try to catch or run after him, as
this would only reveal my weakness, and confirm him in
the habit of running away. I simply walked around as
though indifferent, until he became tired and went to graz-
ing, then, although I approached him cautiously, when
within a few feet of him he again ran away. He repeated
this several times. I strolled around until finally able to
get near enough to catch him by the mane. To attempt
any punishment now would only undo a great deal of past
good treatment. Instead, I scratched his mane, rubbed his
nose, walked around a little, and finally told him to come
along, when he followed submissively back to the yard.
I now put on the War Bridle, Second Form, and, as be-
fore explained, attached nearly one hundred feet of cord to
it, which I let drag on the ground. I then went on with
the lesson. As he came near the gap, he again shot through
like an arrow. I simply caught up the cord, and stopped
him so quickly as to almost throw him down. Finding
himself fairly caught, he came back directly upon being
called. I repeated the experiment, and three times in suc-
cession he jumped through the gap ; but at each time I
jerked him back when about seventy-five feet away. Af-
ter a few repetitions, no matter how near he went to the
gap, he would not attempt to jump through. I now petted
and rewarded him by giving apples, etc., as usual. I re-
peated the lesson several times afterward in the yard and
CEIBBING. 319
open field, to thoroughly fix the impression, and he never
forgot it. I finally trained him so I could let him run up
the street twenty rods or more, and then could call him
back to me instantly at the crack of the whip. The secret
of this was the reward I always had for him.
In turning a horse out to pasture he should never be
started violently when the halter is taken off. There
should be no effort to deceive by carrying oats in a pan, or
rubbing ears of corn together, etc., and when allowed to
come near enough, to rudely grasp, halter, and lead him
off. The reward of corn or oats should be promptly given,
with other expressions of kindness. Indeed, it is in most
cases best to commence by occasionally going into the field
and carelessly approaching the horse, and giving him some-
thing of which he is fond, until his confidence is won. A
sensitive horse always partakes in a great measure of the
character of the owner ; if tricky and deceptive, the horse
will become so. The only way to make the horse honest
and confiding, is to be honest and kind in his management.
Cribbing.
This is a habit for which there has been no practical
remedy. Many claim that it is caused by indigestion, and
that by neutralizing the gas generated in the stomach in
consequence, a horse will cease to crib. Mr. 0. H. P.
Fancher, especially referred to in the chapter on " Sub-
jection," was the most pretentious advocate of this the-
ory ; but I have never known or heard on any reliable
authority of any case being cured by giving medicine.
It has also been claimed that cribbing is caused by the
teeth pressing too closely against one another, the remedy
for which is sawing between them. I have known of a
great many cases treated in this way, but without any
320
MISCELLANEOUS HABITS.
success, except that in some cases the habit is prevented
for a time by the soreness produced by the filing. Driv-
ing wedges between the teeth has also been resorted to,
the effect of which would be such intense pain as to pre-
vent the horse from cribbing for some little time. It can
be seen that all these pretended remedies are practically
of no account.
It is a little singular that a horse will not crib on any-
thing that is lower than the knees, consequently a sure
way to prevent the habit is to tear away the manger, and
feed the horse from the floor or from a basket.
To break up the habit, the only practical remedy is
punishment, as hereafter explained.
When in Bath, N. Y., many years ago, I noticed that a
horse when cribbing at a jDOst in the
street contracted the larynx and
muscles of the neck forcibly during
the act. Instantly it occurred to me
to make the experiment of putting
such an adjustment upon the throat-
latch as would prevent it by the pain
it caused. I went*to a harness-shop,
procured some six-ounce tacks, drove
them through a strip of leather about
half an inch apart, and filed the
points sharp and of equal length. I laid this bit of strap
on the inside of the throat-latch, so as to bring the point
of the tacks under the larynx, and kept it in place by
winding each end and center with a piece of waxed end.
I now buckled the throat-latch long enough so that it
would not touch the neck when in the act of eating or
swallowing, yet so close as to bring the points of the tacks
sharply against the muscles of the neck at the least at-
tempt to crib, and stood by to notice the effect. The first
Fig. 218. — A horse in the
act of cribbing.
CEIBBING.
321
Fig. 219. — The halter adjusted for cribbing.
time the horse tried to crib, he was hurt so severely that
he jumped almost from the ground. In a short time he
tried it again,
with the same
result ; the third
time he only gave
a little nip, and
then stood qui-
etly for some
time. I now had
him changed to
another location,
with a man close
by to note the
results. He re-
ported that the
horse did not crib
any more during
the afternoon. I have broken several horses of the habit
by this means, and think if the adjustment is made right
and continued long
enough, it will be
found to be the best
means yet discovered
of breaking up this
habit. The point of
success will depend
upon the care with
which this is kept ad-
justed. If there is large muscular development of the
neck, the strap must be buckled shorter than when the neck
is well cut out, as it is termed. Make the reproof severe
at first ; then keep the tacks so adjusted as to touch sharply
when the habit is repeated. If the throat-latch is not on
21
Fig. 220. — Throat-strap with tacks.
322 MISCELLANEOUS HABITS.
a line with the top of the head, the tacks cut the jaw a
little below the junction of the head with the neck. If
this is kept on a few days or weeks, and then taken off
and again adjusted carelessly, there is likely to be a failure ;
for if the horse finds he can crib once with this on without
hurting himself, he will be encouraged to repeat the effort,
and will punish himself severely to do so. But if punished
at first, and this is kept where it will hurt keenly at the
least attempt to crib, and is left on a few weeks, it ought
to be successful. It will not do to buckle a strap around
the neck. The adjustment must be made to the strap of
the halter, and the halter must fit nicely to the head. It
must be made like a bridle, with brow-]3iece, so that it will
not shift or move on the head. A boy broke five horses of
this habit a few years ago; but he became careless, and
failed on the sixth. There is, once in a while, an old horse
of determined character that will crib in defiance of this or
any other means. Such cases are, however, rare. A
young, nervous-tempered horse will yield readily to the
treatment, and but few horses will attempt to crib while
Avearing a muzzle.
If a strap be buckled rather tightly around the neck, a
horse will not crib while it is on. This is, however, but a
simple preventive. There is also the objection that grad-
ually the horse may learn to resist, to overcome which, the
strap has to be buckled tighter, which of course obstructs
the circulation, and causes inflammation, thus producing se-
rious and permanent injury. If a strap is used for this
purpose it should be fully three inches wide, and buckled
just tight enough to prevent the inclination to crib. A
wide strap works a great deal better than a narrow one,
and is less liable to do harm.
PUTTING THE TONGUE OUT. 323
Wind-Sucking.
Sometimes a horse sucks wind without the habit of
cribbing. I include a cut of a form of bit to prevent this,
for which much is claimed. A practical horseman of ex-
perience gave me the point. He claimed that it would
work perfectly in preventing the inclination to crib and
suck wind. I include it on the strength of his statement.
Procure a piece of gas-pipe about seven inches long. Drill
a h 0 1 e across each
end, through which
put in rings, as seen
in cut; next, drill
four or five holes, as
shown in cut. The
theory is that the gas ^'^- ^^^■- ^'* ™^*^*^ ^^ gas-pipe for preventing
cribbing and wind-sucking.
in the stomach can
not escape through the mouth on account of its being closed,
and that instinctiA'-ely the horse will bite on something to
open the mouth and throw off the gas. With this bit in
the mouth, the air passes through the small holes in the cen-
ter, and out through the ends.
I would be glad if those interested would give it a trial,
and report to me. It is safe and inexpensive. The gen-
tleman referred to positively assured me that in several
cases known to him it worked with perfect success.
Putting the Tongue out of the Mouth.
If the tongue is put over the bit, have a piece of thin
sheet-iron, about two and a half inches wide and five inches
long, with the ends rounding, and the edges filed smooth.
Drill two small holes (see cut) near each edge, at the cen-
ter, and fasten to the bit. Shorten the cheek-pieces of the
bridle, so that the bit is drawn well up in the mouth. This
324
MISCELLANEOUS HABITS.
Fig. 222. — Manner of putting the
tongue out.
piece of iron renders it impossible for the horse to get the
tongue over the bit. The simplest and best way of prevent-
ing this is to have the smith make a mouth-piece, as repre-
sented in the cut below,
which is seen to be bent up,
and comes so high in the
mouth that the horse cannot
get the tongue over ; this
works perfectly, and is not
inconvenient to drive with.
It should be bent up at
least 21 to 3 inches, come
well out to the cheek-pieces,
and be filed smooth to pre-
vent cutting or chafing the
mouth. The tongue is some-
times, but not often, put out under the bit. For such cases
the following treatment will work well : —
Get three medium-sized bullets, and hammer them
out to about an inch
and a half in length.
Drill a small hole
through the end of
each. Tie one to the
center of the bit by a
little piece of wire
through the joint.
Attach the others to
the bit about an inch
from the center (one on each side), so as to play loosely.
(See cuts.)
When this bit is in the mouth, these extra arrange-
ments will so disconcert the horse that in his struggles to
get them out of the way, he will forget to put the tongue out.
Fig. 223.
PAWING IN STALL.
S2l
The next best way is to buckle a strap around the nose
so that the mouth cannot be opened. This, of course, pre-
vents the tongue being put out, and in a short time the
habit will be broken up.
Pawixg in Stall.
A horse will not paw much unless he can hear the'
noise ; so a good
method of prevent-
ing this habit is to
muffle the foot by
tying apiece of
blanket around it.
Next, by attaching
a piece of chain or
clog to the foot, as
follows: Get a piece
of chain about ten
inches in length, run a short strap through one of the
end links, and buckle
it around the foot
above the fetlock ;
or a piece of light
chain can be fastened
to a small block, and
attached to the foot
in the same manner.
When the horse at-
tempts to paw, the
clog or chain rattling
against the foot so disconcerts or hurts him that he will re-
peat the movement but a few times.
Fig. 224.
Fig. 335.
326 MISCELLANEOUS HABITS.
Kicking in Stall.
Kicking with one foot against the side of the stall is a
habit which many horses are liable to learn, and, like paw-
ing, it is sometimes exceedingly annoying; therefore it is
important to be able to prevent or overcome it. In the
first place, it is rare that a horse will learn to kick against
the side of the stall if it be large and roomy. Large stalls
are, in all cases, very important for the health and comfort
of the horse, as well as for convenience in going around
him. The simplest and best way of preventing this habit
is to pad the side of the stall, which will prevent the sound
of the striking, when the inclination to kick will soon be
overcome. Or, attach a clog or piece of chain to the foot,
as explained for pawing.
Another method is to tie some thorny bushes together,
and suspend them over the place kicked, so as to swing
freely when struck. When the horse kicks, the rebound
will bring the bushes against the legs, so frightening and
hurting him that the attempt to kick will be repeated but
a few times. A clog may also be hung over the place
struck or kicked, which, when struck, would react in the
same way, and thus prevent a repetition of the habit.
Making the stall wide, and padding the sides as explained,
are the most simple and practical methods for preventing
this habit.
Getting Cast in the Stall.
This is also caused by being confined in a stall that is
too small. When the horse rolls and turns upon his back,
he is so cramped and restrained by the narrow walls that
he is unable to roll himself back to regain his feet. Some-
times the division of the stall is so short that in the effort
to roll, his body comes across, and in contact with, the
JUMPING OVER FENCES. 327
ends, and, the head being hekl fast by the halter, it is im-
possible for him to get up; so a large, roomy stall would
of itself be almost a complete remedy. The simplest way
to prevent it is to tie one end of a piece of rope or cord to
the beam or flooring directly overhead, and the opposite
end to the head-piece of the halter back of the ears, leav-
ing it just long enough to allow the horse to reach his nose
to the ground. As he lies down and tries to roll, being
unable to bring the top of his head to the ground, he is
disabled from rolling. A small ring should be stitched to
the top of the halter, to which the strnp cr cord can be eas-
ily and securely fastened wdicn necessary.
Some horses are liable, by pawing, to get the fore foot,
and in some cases even the hind foot by scratching the head
with the leg, over the halter-strap, thereby becoming tan-
gled and helpless in the stall. The halter should be hitched
higher than common, though long enough to permit the
horse to lie down easily.
Jumping over Fences.
Every dairyman knows that a cow or ox will not at-
tempt to jump a fence, pull it down, or run, while a board
is over the forehead, attached to the horns in front of the.
eyes ; this simple means will usually work well upon cattle,
but will not do upon a horse, because it gives too much
freedom to see over the nose.
If a horse or mule, put on a halter that fits well to the
head — a five-ring halter is best. Next find a piece of
thin leather (an old boot-leg will do), about as long as the
head, and from four to five inches wider than the head is
at the eyes. Form it same as in cut, with a string attached
at each corner. Attach the upper corners by the strings
to the halter, where the brow-piece is attached to the
cheek-piece. Tie the cords attached to the lower corners
328 MISCELLANEOUS HABITS.
back of the jaw (being careful to leave freedom enough for
the jaws to act when eating). Let the ends now pass
over the throat-latch, and make fast. The horse is simply
disabled from looking ahead or over the nose, which will
disconcert him sufficiently to prevent jumping or throwing
the fence down. If an ox or cow, attach the upper corners
to the horns, and pass the strings around the neck instead
of oA^er the throat-latch.
Tender Bitted.
Use a large, smooth mouth-piece, with leather cheek-
pieces, so as to let the bit rest about an inch lower than
usual in the mouth. Next try winding the bit with a piece
of chamois-skin which has been saturated with tannin or
alum, to harden the mouth.
Kicking Cows.
Many years ago a man who attended my class in Her-
kimer Co., N. Y., reported to me that he had a very bad
kicking heifer, and as a matter of experiment he put the
War Bridle on her and gave her a sharp lesson with it, as
directed for breaking a colt to lead and drive. After a
few minutes' treatment, he found that she stood perfectly
gentle to be milked, and he had no more trouble with her.
Some time afterward, while in the dairy counties, I gave
this point to my classes, and I have since had a good many
especially bad, kicking cows brought forward to be exper-
imented upon, the treatment in all cases proving successful
in a few minutes.
One of the most amusing incidents that occurred in
making these experiments was at a little town near James-
town, N. Y. At the time I carried canvas, and after get>
ting through the regular experiments, a notoriously bad
KICKING COWS.
329
tearing
kicking cow was brought in for treatment. As usual, a
few pulls of the War Bridle made her stand to be milked
as gentle as could be desired. While the class were amus-
ing themselves over the ease with which the cow was
controlled, and somewhat at the expense of the owner,
with the cord still on, she suddenly, and without warning,
rushed through the wall of the canvas, almost
down the w^hole tent, and
ran through the main
street of the town to-
ward home. Every dog
in the street took after
her, making a most ludi-
crous scene, no one ap-
pearing more amused
than the owner. He
came into the class on
condition that I would
make the cow gentle to
be milked at home. He
Fig. 226. — Arrangement of the cord for
leading a cow.
never came back to report upon the success of the exper-
iment. The course of treatment is about as follows : —
Put on the War Bridle, Second Form, pull right and
left a few times ; then stand off at a safe distance, and pull
a little upon the teats. If there is resistance, punish ; so
repeat, until there is no resistance. Sometimes the teats
are sore, and the pain caused by milking is very severe.
Take Gonlard's extract 2 oz., sulphate zinc 2 oz., lard 2
oz., and rub upon the parts a few times. This is a favorite
remedy among dairymen for sore teats, cake in the bag,
etc. This prescription I know to have been sold for fifteen
dollars, and it is prized by dairymen in Northern New
York, where the medicine is sold especially for their use.
330
miscellanf:olts habits.
To Lead a Cow P^asilv.
Tie a rope around the head under the horns, Itringing
the knot over the ear. Now bring the rope forward and
under the ear, again forward over and under the cord.
By pulling now, the cord will tighten around the ear, hurt-
ing so severely that the cow will lead freely.
To Force a Horse on the Trot.
During one of my early tours in Ohio, a horse-trainer
came one hundred and fifty miles to attend my class. He
stated that there was
but one point in which
he was interested, and
if I could help him on
that, it was all he de-
sired. The point was,
how to force and keep
a horse on the trot
under excitement.
On this point he was
very much interested, for the reason that he made the train-
ing of trotters his business, and it was indispensable that
he should be able to do this. Also, because he knew of a
mare that could trot very fast, but when driven in company
with other horses, or excited in the least, she would break,
and could not be made to trot, and on this account was re-
garded worthless as a trotter. He could buy her at a very
moderate figure, and could make a big thing on her if he
could break her ; but he did not wish to purchase her un-
less he felt confident of success in her management.
This was a new point to me ; but on the impulse of the
moment I advised him to try the Breaking Rig as shown
by cut on page 180, at first to work her slowly and gently
Fig. 827.— To change a horse's gait.
FOECING TO TKOT. 331
until accustomed to it ; then gradually push her under ex-
citement, cracking the whip, etc., and then driving her with
other horses, gradually Avorking up in same manner with-
out restraint of rig.
I had noticed when driving with this rig that a horse
must either walk or trot; for the instant he struck a run,
both legs coming back at the same time shortened the cord
so much as to tangle and hurt severely, and consequently
it must work in this case.
He went iiome, bought the mare for $375, made the
experiment, and Avas successful beyond his expectations,
soon being able to put her under the whip, and dri^'e her
under any excitement, Avith other horses, at the top of her
speed. Within three months he sold her for $1500. Hap-
pening to meet me some time afterAvard, he gaA^e me the
above facts, at the same time stating that he then had an-
other horse of the same character on Avhich he expected to
do equally well.
The gait of a horse can be changed from pacing to trot-
ting, or from trotting to j)acing, by passing the cord or strap
from the hind foot to the opposite 'fore foot — through rings
in the belly-band for trotters — and from hind to fore feet
direct for pacing. (See cut 230.) This Avill not, however,
be found to be of much practical value.
Q>
CHAPTER XI.
TEACHING TRICKS.
In this chapter I give the portraits of my old group of
trained horses and ponies, whose performances were re-
garded with such great interest by all who witnessed them,
that for a number of years I was compelled to give an extra
exhibition daily for the benefit of ladies and children, for
which a regular admission fee was charged ; and it was uni-
versally conceded that these exhibitions were more inter-
esting than those of any circus. The performances of Blind
Billy were regarded as especially remarkable, from the fact
of his being totally blind. He is, without question, the
most remarkable performing horse that has ever been ex-
hibited in this or any other country. I give a very fine
portrait of this remarkable horse, sketched by a leading
artist.
The details of teaching a few tricks, which I give in
this chapter, will be of special interest to farmer boys, who
may desire to train their colts in this way. A horse seems
more intelligent and tractable when trained to perform a
few simple tricks, such as telling the age, kissing, bowing
his head, kicking up, turning right and left, or following
with the whip, etc., all of which any intelligent boy can
easily train a colt to do.
In training a colt or horse to perform these tricks, there
should be no hurry, or effort to teach more than one thing
at a time. Make the lesson short, and repeat until thor-
(332)
DETAILS OF TEACHING.
33S
334 TEACHING THICKS.
oughly learned, when another can be taken up, but do not
contin
horse.
continue the lesson long enough to excite or confuse the
To Follow by the Wiiie.
One of the simi:)lest and most interesting tricks to teach
a horse is to follow at the motion of the whip, without bri-
dle or halter. It is oven quite useful, as it teaches a horse
to follow at command from one part of the barn to another,
or to come out of his stall without attempting to get away.
Full details of teaching this trick are given in the chapter
on " Colt Training."
To Nod his Head, or Say Yes.
To teach a horse to bow, or nod his head, prick him
lightly on the back with a pin, and continue until in his ef-
fort to avoid the annoyance he drops his head ; then in-
stantly stop the pricking, and caress him. Repeat the
pricking until the head is again dropped, when caress and
oive him somethiner of which he is fond. Continue to al-
ternate in this way with the pricking and caressing until
at the instant a motion is made toward the back, or even
to take a pin from the coat, he will drop his head.
To Shake his Head, or Say No.
To teach a horse to say No, prick him lightiy on the
top of the shoulder with a pin until he shakes his head,
when stop and reward him. Repeat the pricking until at
the least motion toward the withers the horse will shake
his head.
To Tell his Age.
To teach a horse to tell his age, prick him lightly on
the back part of the leg until, to avoid the annoyance, the
DETAILS OF TEACHING.
335
foot is lifted, or there is an effort to paw ; for this, stop
and caress him. Repeat until the least motion toward the
leg will cause him to paw the ground.
In teaching this trick, the body is naturally bent a lit-
tle while in the act of pricking the leg, and by repeating,
the position will soon indicate to the horse that he must
Fig. 229.-Bliud Billy.
paw. This position is to be maintained until he paws four,
five, or six times, or as many times as he is years old,
when the position is changed, and the pawing ceases.
To Kick Up.
To teach a horse to kick up, simply prick him on the
rump with a pin until there is an inclination to kick up,
when^ as before^ stop and caress him. Repeat until the
336
TEACHING TIUCKS.
least motion toward the rump will induce him to kick up ;
then touch with the whip, and repeat until at the mere
motion of it he will kick up.
These tricks may be made quite interesting by talking
to the horse somewhat as follows : '* Tommy, I want you
to tell how old you are ; will you do it ? " and signal for
the horse to shake his head, as if refusing. Then exclaim,
as if surprised, " Oh, you can't tell your age, I suppose,
without being paid for it ! Will you do it if I give you a
Fig. 230. — Blind Billy i-unning after and catching liis trainer when
playing Blind Man's Buff.
lump of sugar?" and signal for him to nod his head. You
can now signal for him to tell his age, and when he has
done so, it gives him an air of sagacity which is very amus-
ing and interesting. Again, you may ask, " What will you
do to one who does not treat you well?" then signal for
him to kick. His prompt obedience, of course, indicates to
the spectators that he understands what is said to him,
when in reality he is only obeying the signals which have
been taught him. The nice point lies in giving the signals
in such a manner that they will not be noticed or under-
stood by the spectators.
DETAILS OF TEACHING. 337
Teaching to Kiss.
Kissing is a A^eiy simple trick to teach a horse, and it
adds greatly to the interest of those already explained.
Stand facing the horse, with the right side turned partly
toward his left shoulder, and let him take a piece of apple
from your hand which is held toward his mouth. Bring it
nearer each time, and finally let him take a piece in the
3ame manner from between the lips. When he does not
reach forward promptly to take the piece of apple from the
lips, prick him with a pin at the point of the shoulder.
Repeat until he gets the idea of avoiding punishment by
bringing his mouth to that of the trainer when desired.
Now put the apple farther into the mouth, which will com-
pel him to open his lips to get it. Commence lessening
the size of the apple, finally giving it to him as a reward
after he has performed the trick of bringing his mouth to
that of the trainer. This will teach him that by doing this
he will escape punishment and receive reward.
To Lie Down and Sit Up.
A horse is taught to lie down or to sit up principally
by means of the whip or bridle, as follows : Tap the horse
smartly across the shins until he will drop upon his knees.
This method, however, requires a good deal of care and
judgment, or it will occasion needless pain and punishment
before the horse is made to submit, I will give the follow-
ing method, which, though slower, is better calculated for
amateurs : —
Tie the bridle-reins into a knot back of the neck, throw
your strap over the back, under the body, and tie to the
near foot, below the fetlock. Now pass the right hand well
over the back, and take a short hold of the strap. Cause
the horse to step toward you, and pull the foot up. Then
338
TEAC3IING TRICKS.
Fig. 331.— Blind Billy kicking up.
the left, at the same time
pressing down and from you
firmly with the right, until
the horse will lie down. Now
pass the end of the strap
through the ring of the bit,
draw through gently, step
over tlie neck, and as the
horse attempts to get up, pull
him back, until he lies quiet.
Hub and caress him, and af-
pass the left hand around the
reins, pull .back and down
upon them in such a manner
as to turn the head a little
to the off side, at the same
time pulling down steadily
but firmly on the strap over
the back with the riuht hand.
As the horse goes down,
gradually pull the near rein,
so as to bring the liead to
Fig. 233.— Bliiul Billy walking on
his knees.
ter lying a few minutes, say, " Get up,
sir !" Repeat in this way a fcAv times,
until the horse will lie down readily.
Then while holding him on or near the
knee with the strap, hit him on the shin
of the other with a small whip, until he
will bring it under and lie down. After
a while he can be made to come on his
knees and lie down by simply pulling
the head down a little and hitting the
leg with the whip, at the same time
saying, " Lie down, sir ! " repeating un-
til the horse will lie down to the motion of the whip.
Fig. 233. — Blind Billy
in his great act of
walking erect.
DETAILS OF TEACHUMG.
339
To Sit Up.
When the horse will lie down promptly, put on him a
common collar, and while down take two pieces of rope,
each about ten feet in length, tie the ends around the hind
feet, carry them forward between the fore legs, and bring
them once around the collar. Now step on his tail, take
the bridle-reins in the right hand, while holding the ends
Fig. 334.— Tommy. Sketch from life.
of the ropes firmly in the left. Give a little jerk on the
reins, and say, " Get up, sir ! " When the horse throws
out the forward feet and springs to raise himself on the
hind feet, he finds himself unable to complete the effort, on
account of the hind feet being tied forward under him, and
so brings himself in a sitting position. Instantly step for-
ward, holding the ropes firmly, rub and caress the head and
neck a httle for a few seconds, then as you see the efibrt
to keep up becoming tiresome, let loose and say, " Get up,
340
TEACHING TEICKS.
sir !" By repeating in this way a few times, the horse will
soon learn to sit up when commanded, without being tied.
To Throw Boys.
To teach a horse to throw boys, first make him kick
up as before explained. Then have plenty of straw on the
ground, put a boy on his back, and while holding the halter
make the horse kick up sharply by pricking, or touching
him with the whip. The instant he kicks up, have the boy
throw himself forward over the shoulders, for which
give
Fig. 235. — Tommy in his vicious act defending the ring.
the horse a caress and a piece of apple. Repeat until he
will, at the motion of the whip, make an effort to get the
boy off. When he has done this, put on a larger and
stronger boy, so that he must make a greater effort to get
him off. Watch the point carefully, and see that the boy
comes off when the horse makes an effort to throw him,
otherwise he will soon become discouraged. By persever-
ing in the treatment, he will soon learn to throw the most
expert rider. But it will be noticed that he will make a
greater effort sometimes than at others. When he does not
seem to work well, put on a poorer rider, and work up again
gradually. When the horse makes a particularly good
DETAILS OF TEACHING.
341
Fig. 336. — Tommy as the model
riding pony.
point, give him apples, and caress him, for encouragement.
It is important now to teach the horse to throw his
rider only when commanded, or at a signal. To do this,
when the boy is on, lead
the horse a short distance
around the ring, and then
signal for him to throw.
Repeat in this manner, also
letting him go around alone
with the boy on his back,
until he will go on a sharp
trot or run, and throw when
commanded.
I trained a pony to throw
so expertly that he would
at times turn a man or boy over in a double somersault, ana
bring him down squarely upon his feet. The best throw-
ing pony ever exhibited in this country is admitted to be
"Tommy." (See cut 234.)
He has been exhibited in all
the principal places in the
North, and although the best
riders, from the bare-back cir-
cus-rider to the mustang-
trainer on the plains, have
tried, no man has ever been
able to sit squarely upon his
back one minute after* the
horse was signalled to throw
him. His performances in
this way have been regarded as wonderful. He will even
carry two boys upon his back for a while, and then at the
motion of the finger throw them both. This sometimes
afforded a good deal of amusement. First, if a boy was in-
FiG. 237. — Tommy in his great act
of throwing.
342
TEACHING TRICKS.
dicated to him as being good, he would allow him to ride
as long as he wished, and then to safely slide oil' behind
down to the ground. Then another boy vvould come who
perhaps used tobacco, or had some other vice, when the pony
would throw him immediately. Again, if there was a
sharp political campaign, a
democrat and a republican
boy would mount him at the
same time, and the one who
could ride the longer time
could declare his party the
victor.
To give something of an
idea of the wonderful ])eY-
formances of these ponies,
Fio. 238. — Tommy as the gentle pony. • n j.i i
especially the expert n ess
with which Tommy could throw a rider, I give some ex-
tracts from the press : -
" Last night a large number of our leading citizens, by special
invitation, were present at Prof. Magner's exhibition on Champlain
street.
" The first exercise was performed with blind Billy, a pony,
stone blind. The pony sat down at a word from his master, and
walked upright on his hind legs several times ai'ound the ring. A
hankerchief was thrown down in the ring, and the pony ordered
by his master to find it. After walking around a few minutes,
,the pony came to a stand and seized the article in its mouth. Sev-
eral other interesting tricks were performed by this blind pony,
but the most laughable scene took place when the spotted wild
horse. Tommy, was introduced. He presented every appearance
of a wild steed, and ran restively about with distended nostrils and
fiery eye, his mane bristling like the quills of a fretful porcupine,
but at the approach of his master he became as tame as a lamb.
Every one was invited to try their equestrian skill on Tommy,
and all who tried were thrown to the ground, tenderly, but in the
twinkling of an eye. Mr. Magner offered $100 to any one who
would ride Tommy one minute. Several tried, but none were re-
warded with success. One ambitious gentleman threw off hat,
coat, and vest, and said he ' would be d — d if he didn't ride him.'
DETAILS OF TEACHING. 343
Tommy was too much for him. He was thrown several times,
and finally concluded that he had better let Tommy have his own
way." — Cleveland Leader,
"Fun on the Paeade.
" The parade yesterday morning presented such a lively scene
as has not been witnessed for some time. The occasion was uhe
exercise of some trained horses by Mr. Magner. Straw was plen •
tifully strewn on the ground, and expectation was high while the
arrangements w<?re going on. A cord(jn of boys and men were
arrange*], a rope placed in their hands, and a ring formed around
the straw, into which soon pranced the first animal. This one cut
up all sorts of circus capers, the most notable and most heartily
applauded feat being the dexterous unseating of a small colored
boy, who had the hardihood to allow himself to'be placed astride
tlie animal. Next came a totally blind animal, which jDcrformed
miraculous antics at bidding.
" The last feature was the crowning one. A spotted horse
was let into the arena amid the plaudits of the vast assemblage
present on the ground, and the Reform Club, which appeared en
masse at the windows. After various gesticulations by the horse,
a challenge was sent to the multitude for some one to mount. A
larger darkey essayed the task ; but no soon(n' had he pronounced
himself 'ready,' than spotty raised his hindermost legs, lowered
his head, and L. D. went careering through the air. ' Golly,
boss ! dat hoss can't do dat again ; ' and so up he went again, to be
treated the same Avay, only more so. A fairer complexioned au-
ditor then attempted it, but he was treated in like manner. In
fact, it is quite impossible for any one to remain seated when that
horse takes a notion to unseat him. The prompt unseating of
these two worthies so amused the multitude that Mr. M. thouo-ht
they had had fun enough for one day, and so announced the show
ovei'.
" His class in this city was a large one, numbering over forty
members, comprising our leading citizens, all of whom acknowledge
the superiority of his system over those of other trainers who have
visited this locality.
" His power over untamed horses is said to be marvelous." —
New-London (Conn.) Eveniiig Gazette.
"A Wonderful Performing Blind Horse.
"Among Prof. Magner 's fine troupe of horses is one that is
blind. This beautiful pony — for he is a beauty — is a wonder. He
seems to understand every word said to him. and will perform the
344 TEACHING TEICKS.
most difficult fcais with an ease and rapidity that is siirprisint^.
He will go to any part of the ring, find and bring a handkerchief,
take it from his leg, or any |)art of his body, go lame, go right or
left, back, go ahead, sit down like a dog on either side, squeal like
a pig, roll over, walk and kick on his knees, put his cars back and
forward, kiss, with many other tricks, showing the greatest intel-
ligence and most skillful training.
" He was not touched with a whip during the whole perform-
ance. The Professor simply stood at the center-pole, and talked
to him as he would to a boy. He is, without a doubt, the finest
and most remarkable performing horse in the world." — Cleveland
Leader.
"An Exciting Incident.
" Mr. Magner's tent is crowded daily to witness the perform-
ances of his wonderful ponies, and attend his lectures. One of
these beautiful ponies, among other amusing performances, will
throw any one from his back. Yesterday, when Tommy was
introduced, a crack circus-rider came forward to ride him for the
reward of one hundred dollars. He stated that he came to Buf-
falo to get the money, as he could ride Tonnny, or any other horse,
as long as he pleased. At this turn in afiairs, a genei'al stir was
manifested, which culminated in the most intense excitement. It
was proved that no ordinary man could ride the cunning little fel-
low, as shown by his performances for weeks. But here was a
trained athlete, that could turn a somersault on a horse bare-back
without being thrown ; would it be possible to throw him ? There
were serious appi-ehensions that he could not. Mr. Magner stood
silent a moment, with the I'eserve characteristic of him, contem-
plating the intruder, as if to say, You may, perhaps, do it, but not
if I can prevent it ; while the other stood with folded arms, show-
ing the most perfect confidence in himself.
" It was a scene worthy the brush of a painter. The immense
throng present were hushed into silence, waiting for the contest.
A signal brought Tonmiy upon a run. The whip was passed
around his nose quietly, when the athlete was invited to come for-
ward, who, disdaining help, lightly bounded upon the pony's back ;
but before he had time to say Jack Robinson, Tommy commenced
a series of gyrations that would astonish an Indian, and sent his
man fully six feet into the air. It was beautifully and grandly
accomplished; but would he, could he, do it again?
" The trial was made, and, as before, the pony went into the
air with the quickness of lightning, and, aftei' a little more pro-
longed effort, sent his man heavily to the ground. But the con-
test was not yet over. All the desperation that pride and confi-
DETAILS OP TEACHING. 345
dence could excite seemed to be now called into the actions of the
man for a final test. He mounted more carefully, ami, with a
grasp of iron, awaited the onset. It soon came ; for Tommy, seem-
ing to be now conscious of the task upon him, twisted and turned
and jumped as if a demon, his eyes flashing fire, until, with a
tremendous bound, he sent the man high in the air from his l)ack,
this time fully vanquished. It was a grand performance. Many,
with feelings of intense admiration, crowded forward to caress the
noble little fellow, while Mr. Magner seemed as proud of his pet
as if he had won a kingdom. It was the finest and most exciting
exhibition we ever witnessed." — Buffalo (N. Y. ) Courier.
To Walk upon his Hind Feet.
To teach a horse to walk upon hi.s hind feet, put on the
First Form of War Bridle, and while holding a short whip
in the right hand, with the left give little sharp jerks upon
the cord, which will throw the head up. At each inclina-
tion to do this, touch hiin under the jaw with the whip,
and encourage until he will raise the fore feet from the
ground and stand straight. When he learns to stand up
step forward of him a little, and ask him to come. If he
tries to come down, touch him sharply under the jaw to
keep him up, and repeat until he makes an effort to walk
in this position, for which caress and reward. A lesson
should not be continued longer than a few minutes, and at
first should not be repeated more than twice a day. By
perseverance in this way, a horse will soon learn when he
gets up to balance himself, and take two or three steps for-
ward.
This is a trick some horses cannot be made to do, be-
cause they have not strength enough in the loins and hind
legs to get up and walk. " Blind Billy " is wonderfully
strong in this respect. He frequently walked twice around
a thirty-four-foot ring without coming down, and without
being touched. This was the greatest performance of the
kind I ever knew^, but the secret of it was the strength of
U6 TEACHING TEICK8.
his back and quarters. One of the most interesting tricks
that "Blind Billy" does is squealing at command. He
first squealed by chance, when he was put in the same po-
sition again, and made to repeat it. The same is true of
"' Gilford's " groaning. He first groaned by chance, and
was then made to do it afterward.
To Walk upon his Knees.
To teach a horse to walk upon his knees, first teach him
with a whip to go down upon his knees, than pull him ahead
Fig 389. —Tommy in his vicious act — chasing a boy out of the ring.
a little by the halter, until he will make an effort to walk
in this position. At first he will make an effort to get up,
but he must be forced back again until he learns to keep
down and make an effort to come ahead. There should be
plenty of soft sod or straw on the ground to prevent hurt-
ing the knees. It requires patience to teach this trick, but
once started, the horse will soon learn to walk as far as
desired.
To Chase a Man out of the Ring.
To teach a horse to chase a man out of the ring, train
him first with a whip, then step away from him a little,
DETAILS OF TEACHING. 347
And make him follow, for which reward him. When he
will chase you across the ring, turn short around and face
him. He is now to come straight up to you without biting ;
but so long as you run from him, he is to run after you.
The proper course is to run out under the ropes, and when
he follows you, rew^ard him. An intelligent pony will learn
to do this very quickly.
Driving without Reins. •
Twenty years ago, driving a horse without reins was
Fig. 240. — Turco and Gilford, as driven without reins.
regarded as one of the most interesting feats of training
ever exhibited. People would come from all parts of the
country, often as far as twenty miles, to see a spirited stall-
ion driven to a carriage without bridle or reins, — turning,
stopping, backing, driving fast or slow, etc., by the motion
and control of a whip. Yet it is one of the most simple
feats of training imaginable. The idea of this method of
training after a time becoming quite generally known, so
many common horses were trained in this way it soon lost
its novelty. It is, however, so interesting a feature that
I will give the full details of its management : —
First, put on an open bridle, with the reins resting
348 TEACHING TRICKS.
loosely upon the neck. Provide yourself with a straight
buggy whip having a straight or bow top. Stand opposite
the back, grasp the rein just short enough to take up the
slack, but not tight enough to pull on the head. Now with
the whip commence tapping lightly about at the center of
the off shoulder, when the horse will bring his head around
a little to avoid the annoyance. By pulling now slightly
upon the rein, he will step around to the right, when caress
him and give an apple, etc., and so repeat until he will step
around promptly Avhen touched with a whip. Now go
around opposite the hip, holding the rein moderately tight,
and touch the shoulder, as before, with the whip. When
he steps around, caress. So repeat until he will come
around promptly at the motion of the whip alone. Next,
go to the opposite side, and so repeat until he will step
around in either direction desired.
The next step is to teach him to stop at the motion of
the whip. With the horse in a corner well up against the
wall, stand on the near side well back toward the hip, and
bring the whip gently up on the back of the head, so that
the lash will reach over upon the fore head. Tap lightly
at first, then a little harder until he will step back a little,
for which instantly caress, and repeat until he will go back
promptly.
It will be necessary now to provide a whip sufficiently
long that while standing at the hip or tail, it will reach the
head, so that in moving, when the whip is raised, the horse
will instantly stop. If he does not, he can be hit sharply
to compel him to do so. Repeat in this way until he can be
stopped or forced back under any excitement.
The next step is to turn him right and left as if driving
with reins. To do this, grasp the tail with one hand, and
with the other bring the whip to the shoulder ngain, and
tap it as before until he will step around. When he is about
DETAILS OF TEACHING. 349
half way around, bring the whip to the opposite shoulder,
striking him sh'arply until he will turn in that direction.
Simply repeat until he will turn in any direction desired.
Now get in, and let the reins extend back under you
upon the seat, but so loosely that they will not bring any
restraint upon the head. Catch the foot-strap so that you
can pull the foot up at will. Now repeat the lesson of
stopping, and starting, and turning either way, until he is
prompt in his obedience. In the meantime should he try
to go ahead, pulling the foot up will stop him. The
reins are on as a matter of convenience, so they can be
used when necessary. I prefer, however, to give the head
perfect freedom, and depend upon the foot-strap for safety.
In my practice of training a horse to drive in this way, I
repeat the lesson of stopping, etc., a hundred times over,
until I feel sure the horse is perfectly safe to drive with the
whip.
After horses are trained to drive single, they can then be
put together, and with a very little practice they will drive
equally as weU double.
CHAPTER XII.
EQUESTRIANISM,
*
That there is no exercise to be compared with horse-
back riding is conceded by all well-read physicians, as well
as by all ladies and gen-
tlemen who have given
it a test. One has only
to look at a person re-
turning from a ride on
the saddle to see at once
the beneficial result.
The tinge on the cheek,
and ruddy glow on the
whole face and neck, is
a positive assurance of
the fact. It will prove
a sure cure for dyspepsia
in its worst form, if one
will but persevere in
the delightful recreation.
But some one will say,
'• Oh, I cannot ride
horse-back ; it is too vi-
olent an exercise." And
why? Simply because
Fig. 241. — Horseback Riding.
*By request of the writer, this paper was furnished by J. W. Robinson, Esq.,
of Portland, Me., a practical teacher of Esquestriauism of many years experience.
(850)
PKACTICAL HINTS. 351
the attempt is made without any knowledge of the art, if
it may be so called. The fundamental principle of the art
of learning to ride is to learn one thing at a time, and learn
to do that well, before attempting to do anything else.
The first thing to learn is how to sit upon a horse. One
should become perfectly at home in a saddle upon a con-
stantly moving horse, so that wdiether it walks, trots, can-
ters, shies, or jumps, he will either not lose, or will imme-
diately regain, his position. The proper seat is a firm one
in the saddle, with the legs below the knee free, and the
body above the waist supple and pliable. Whatever move-
ment the horse makes, whether to the right or left, or tip-
ping backward or forward, the hips must conform to it,
while the legs from the knees downward are free to obey
the rider's will, and the upper part of the body retains its
balance by accommodating itself instinctively to every
movement. If the upper part of the body be kept rigid,
its effect will be to remove the hips from their place in the
saddle. If, on the other hand, it be flexible, it will yield
and sway with every movement, and will be left free to
obey the motions of the saddle.
In Tommy's act of throwing the boys, described in
another chapter, Avhenever a boy or young man would sit
in the saddle rigidly, with a firm grasp of the mane, no
matter how strong or supple he might be, the pony would
throw him with ureat ease, and with the force of a bullet,
from his back ; but when a young man came in who would
sit and balance himself on the pony's back as if with the
greatest carelessness, harmonizing the motions of his body
freely with those of the pony in the attempt to throw him,
was not quite so full in detail on some points as was thought necessary, the author
has taken the liberty, not being himself a practical equestrian, to appropriate and
insert instructions from the best modern authorities, being especially indebted to a
series of papers written by Col. Geo. E. Warring, and published in the American
Agriculturist.
352
EQUESTRIANISM.
it would frequently require the greatest effort to dislodge
the rider.
The position assumed in the saddle should be with the
weight of the body supported directly under the hips, the
spine curved inward, and the head and chest thrown back-
ward. We give two illustrations from Leach, showing the
insecure and the secure position in riding. The lidcr in
Fig. 243. — Au insecure position.
the first illustration exhibits the greatest caution and tim-
idity, v/ith his body bent forward, and his whole attitude
one of rigidity. The second illustrates the freedom with
which the body may be managed when the seat is secure.
When a landsman first goes to sea, he finds it extremely
difficult to adapt himself to the motions of the vessel, stum-
bling and falling like a child learning to walk ; but with
practice he soon gets what is termed his " sea-legs." The
principle is the same in learning to adjust one's self to the
jftotioiis of the horse in riding,
PEACTICAL HINTS.
353
The learner should make no attempt to guide or manage
his horse, nor even trouble him.self how to mount and dis-
mount. Let him get into the saddle, turn his toes inward,
press his knees against the saddle, but not his calves, bring-
ing the flat of the thighs in the largest contact with it.
Curve the spine inward, and throw the shoulders back.
Fig. 243. — A secure scat.
Let the arms hang listlessly by the side. Holding mainly
by the knees, shift the seat from side to side and from
front to rear, with as little swaying as possible of the up-
per part of the body. Continue this practice, no matter
how long it takes, until the seat is firm, and the learner can
move in any direction while keeping the spine curved in-
ward. When the lider has accustomed himself to the sloy
83
354
EQUESTRIANISM.
motion of a walk, let the speed be increased, until finally
the horse is galloj^ed with a long bridle reiii, under all his
motions, and the rider feels comfortable and easy, and has
learned to depend only on his thighs and the flexibility of
the body to maintain his position.
Fia. 244. — A good model of riding-horse.
Having perfectly accustomed himself to the seat, the
pupil may now put his feet in the stirrups, and learn their
use. They should be used as a matter of comfort and con-
venience, as it is fatiguing to rido Avith the legs dangling at
the horse's side. In walking, a gentle support of the stir-
rups keeps the l)ody from swaying from side to side as the
horse moA^es. In trotting, — when stirrups are almost in-
dispensable,— they permit the horseman to either " rise to
PEACTICAL HINTS. 355
the trot," or to distribute the shock in "riding hard" be-
tween the feet, the seat, and the thighs, so that it is no
longer a shock, but becomes a quick, easy movement. The
stirrup leathers should be so adjusted that the iron will just
touch the bottom of the feet, giving them support without
raising their position, while the inner part of the thighs, as
far down as the knees, are pressing firmly and immovably
against the saddle, and the legs below the knees hanging
vertically.
In ordinary riding it is best to have the ball of the foot
touch the stirrups, as the play of the ankle-joint gives more
elasticity to the support. But in gallojjing or leaping it is
best to '' driA^e the feet home," and carry the stirrups in the
hollow of the foot. We consider the wooden stirrup in com-
mon use in this country to be the safest and best.
The main office of the stirrups is to rest the legs, while at
the same time they assist in maintaining a proper position.
But in case of any sudden start, the knees and thighs should
be at once performing their duty of grasping the saddle.
They cannot do this if the weight is thrown too much upon
the feet. It is also important to learn how to stand in the
stirrups while the horse is in motion, turning so as to look
to the rear, to throw the weight first on one foot and then
on the other, and to assume every possible position rapidly
and easily; for all this adds to security, freedom, and grace
in the seat.
The following is the correct manner of mounting by the
aid of the stirrups : First, take the reins in your left hand
just over the horse's withers. Stand with your right side
to the horse, not too near, and put the left foot in the stir-
rup. Grasp the horse's mane with the rein hand, the pom-
mel of the saddle with the other, give a spring with the
right foot and vault into the saddle, throwing the leg back
and over the horse. Now rest the ball of the feet in the
356
EQUESTEIANISM.
stirrup, and close ilic knees against the horse to keep a
firm seat while trotting fast.
It is impossible to ride really avcII on an average horse
without a curb bit;
but it is impossible
to ride well on any
horse unless the
curb bit is properly
made and projjcrly
adjusted. And no
one can either ride
with pleasure or be-
come really a good
horseman on a horse
that is in constant
pain from an ill-fit-
ting bit.
The beginner should use the reins of the snaffle only,
grasping a rein in each hand at a length that will give him
command of the horse. The proper manner of holding the
reins, is, however, in the left hand, the curb reins divided
Fig. 245. — Position in mounting.
Fig. 246.— Army Bit.
Fio. 247.— Ordinary Bit.
by the little finger, the snaffle reins divided by the middle
fmger, the ends of both sets carried up through the hand
and secured by the thumb, which should be uppermost,
PRACTICAL HINTS.
357
Fig. 248. — Holding the reins.
and pointed to the ears of the hoi-sc. B}^ bonding the
wrist to the right, so that the knuckles come npjterniost,
the horse is turned to the
right. By bending the wrist
to the left, so that the finger-
nails come uppermost, the
horse will be turned to the
left. There should never be
tension on the two bits at the
same time. The horse should
be ridden upon the curb ; the
snafHe should be used to fix
the heiaht of its head, and
occasionally to take the place
of the curb to freshen the
mouth.
Particular attention should
be given to having the saddle adapted to the size of the
person who is to use it. If it is too large for the rider,
it will not only give him dis-
comfort, but will increase the
difficulty of acquiring a seat.
Invalids, or those not ac-
customed to horseback rid-
ing, should select a horse
that is gentle and fearless,
easily managed, sure-footed,
and elastic in action. A
riding-horse should not be
used in harness, as this soon
destroys the elasticity and
Fig. 249.— Ordinary side-saddle. ,■, o ••
smoothness of action neces-
sary for easy riding. If the horse is at all vicious and un-
manageable, he should be subjected to such treatment (as
n58
EQUESTRIANISM.
explained under that lioad) as will insure his entire docility
and easy management. This is ^particularly necessary be-
fore attempting to ride him in the street.
Much of the foregoing instruction will apply to ladies
learning to ride horseback. The lady should so sit upon
the horse that her weight will fall perpendicularly to the
Fig. 250. — Position in the saddle
back of the horse, her face directly to the front, her shoul-
ders drawn back, and her elbows held to her sides. She
will permit her body, from the hips upward, to bend with
the motions of the horse, in order that she may preserve
her balance. The right knee will hold the upright horn
close in the bend of the knee. The left foot will be thrust
into the stirrup to the ball of the foot, and the heel wall, as
a rule, be carried down. But when the heel is elevated,
the upper part of the left knee should find support in the
PRACTICAL HINTS.
359
side horn, and for tlint end the stirrup leather shonhl be
given such a length as will permit this. A lady should
noA^er be mounted on a weak or stumbling horse.
The reins are to be held in the left hand, as already
described, and in a line with the elbow. The whip should
be carried in the right hand, with the jioint toward the
Fig. 251.— Good ijositiou.
ground. It takes the place of the right leg of the man,
and the horse should be trained to answer to its applicadon
in exactly the same way as to the pressure of the man's
leg. The horse should never be struck with the whip upon
the head, neck, or shoulders, as such whipping will render
him nervous, and may cause him to swerve.
It does not come within the limits of an abbreviated
article of this character to give the details for the training
of a horse to the different gaits and tricks of Avhich he is
3G0 EQUESTlilANlSM.
capable under the saddle, as there are a great variety of
works imparting this knowledge in full, which are easily
accessible by those who desire it. With these suggestions,
and suffieiont practice, any one may enjoy this the best of
all modes of exercise.
If people would generally adopt liorseback riding, they
would starve out half of our doctors, and w^ould live in the
enjoyment of much better health than they now do. I
will give here one of the many cases of restoration to health
from this exercise that have come under my notice : A
lady (whose name I will omit) came into my riding-j)ark
in a hack from her home about a mile distant. I arranged
a stand so that she could step upon it, and sit down in the
saddle without any effort. I led the horse around at a
walking pace for about twenty minutes, when she dis-
mounted quite exhausted, and was taken home. The next
day she came again in the carriage and took another short
lesson, and so continued to do three or four times a "week
for about four months. During this time she gained in
strength to such an extent that at the expiration of the
time she rode by car to Boston, a distance of twenty-five
miles, did some shopping, thence to Cambridge to dine with
her mother, and then returned home and rode ten miles on
horseback. At the end of her ride she said to me, "I feel
no more fatigued than I did this morning wdien I started
for Boston."
This is only one of the many cases that have come un-
der my observation of regaining health from this exercise.
Let every one have good practical training if possible, but
get the exercise at all events, if you cannot have the train-
ing.
In corroboration of what Mr. Robinson says on the ben-
eficial effects of horseback riding, I copy the foil jwing par-
agraphs from a valuable little work on " Horseback Riding
from a Medical Standpoint," by Dr. Durant, of New York : —
PKACTICAL HINTS. 361
" Horseback riding, as we have seen, is one of the most ener-
getic moditiers of the circulation ; it distributes the blood equally
to every part of the capillary net- work, giving to each part its
due proportion, by maintaining a due tension in every part by
equalizing the temperature ; it prevents equally aneemia and hy-
peraemia, and sanguineous stagnation, by the impulsion which it
gives to the circulatory phenomena, and aids nutrition by the ac-
celeration of the respiratory and digestive phenomena. It is by
its effect upon tho reactions of the blood to the nervous system
that horseback riding produces such a happy influence.
" The effect of horseback riding upon the functions of the sys-
tem, is especially remarkable upon that of digestion. It stimu-
lates the appetite, excites and perfects digestion, favors absorp-
tion— in fact, to use a trivial expression, ' it makes the bits go
down.' These are not the only results of the new energy im-
parted to the functions which we have studied, all of which con-
cur in the accomplishment of this special one ; it exercises a special
influence upon the muscular fibre of the coats of the stomach and
the intestines. These viscera may be considei'ed as fairly sus-
pended in the abdominal cavity, where they are barely held and
limited in their movements by the folds of the peritoneum. Each
shock from the horse shakes them and makes them roll, as it were,
upon each other, and causes the changes in the relations of the
convolutions of the intestines. These shocks and knocks and rub-
bings act as a mechanical excitant upon the muscular fibre, which
in consequence contracts with more energy, preserving, however,
the peculiar character of the fibre-cells ; that is, of contracting
slowly and successively ; the action of the fibre being increased
and the peristaltic contractions acquiring more power, there re-
sults from it a more intimate mixture of the juices and aliments
in the stomach, a more perfect chymification of the food, and a
more prompt and complete absorption of matters already digested ;
and, lastly, all those which have as yet escaped the process are
brought into the portions of the intestines where their metamor-
phosis is effected."
CHAPTER XT II.
SUBJECTION.
In this chapter I wish to embody explanations which I
could not well give in other parts; it may also be considered
as a continuation of the first chapter.
The first account I find of any one taming a horse is
Fig. 252. — The leg tied up, and surcingle on.
that of Alexander the Great, when a boy of seventeen,
taming Bucephalus, The story, as recorded, is as follows :
A horse was ofi'ercd for sale to PhiHp of Macedon, who,
perceiving he was unmanageable, ordered him to be taken
(363)
HISTOEICAL FACTS.
363
out of camp. Young Alexander, observing that the horse
was simply frightened by his shadow, took him by the head
and moved him about so that he could not see it, jumped
upon his back and let him run. The whole camp was
alarmed for the safety of the young prince borne off on the
furious horse. But nothing could be done, as the horse soon
distanced all pursuers ; and when, a short time afterward,
Alexander rode into camp entirely unharmed, with the
horse gentle and manageable, the surprise and gratification
of all were great. The horse had simply been allowed to
run until exhausted, when he became manageable. The
same method of
subjection, with
some slight varia-
tions, is still prac-
ticed by the peo-
ple of South Amer-
ica, and by the
Indians of our Western Plains. On the pampas the horse
is caught with a lasso, thrown to the ground, his head cov-
ered with a blanket, when a bridle with a powerful bit and
a saddle are put on. He is then mounted, the blanket
pulled off, and the horse in his fear runs or bucks until ex-
hausted, in his endeavor to throw his rider. . He is then
turned about and ridden into camp, the hair of his tail
squared off to indicate that he is broken, and he is again
turned loose.
The Indians of our Western plains catch the horse with
a lasso, and with a small hair or raw-hide rope form a noose
around the lower jaw for a bridle, mount, and let the horse
run until exhausted. Cold-blooded horses may be subdued
with considerable success by this means, but those of a
warm-blooded, courageous nature, if given freedom to run
in this way, would be liable to go until they dropped dead,
Fig. 253.— The Leg-strap.
364
SUBJECTION.
or until the constitution was so seriously injured as to ruin
them.
Any method of lowering the vitality will make a horse
gentle, such as physicking, bleeding, tying down, depriving
of water, food, sleep, subjecting to intense pain, etc., which
can be carried to any extent desired ; but the trouble is
that when the horse regains his strength, or recovers from the
Fig. 254. — The horse ready to l.e thrown.
effects of the pain, he is liable to become as bad as be-
fore.
By disabling any part of the body, there will be pro-
duced a corresponding sense of helplessness and submission.
For example, tying one ear down or twisting it is regarded
by many as quite a secret to make a horse stand to be shod.
It is quite a trick among many jockeys, in driving a kicker,
to tie the tail to the crosspiece, or forward by a string to
the belly-band, having discovered that a horse will not kick
if the tail is disabled or cannot be raised. It is on this
HISTOEICAL FACTB. 365
principle that many headstrong horses can be driven gentle
by checking the head high. A man named
who had considerable notoriety as a horse-tamer in England
nearly one hundred
years ago, based
his whole success
in the management
of horses upon ty-
ing up the fore leg,
Avhen he would
mount and ride the ^^^- "'^-^^^ ^"°'-^*'''^p ^^^•^•
horse until gentle. Disabling, or tying up both fore legs,
and throwing the horse down, carried this principle to still
greater perfection. The first published account I find of
this method of subjugation being practiced was by a man
named
who lived in Stanton-le-Vale, Lincolnshire, England. This
man had quite a local reputation for his power over horses.
A correspondent of " Bell's Life," published in London, who
gave Bull one guinea to teach him the secret, described his
method as follows : —
First, buckle a surcingle around the body ; second, tie
up the fore leg by buckling a strap tightly around the foot
and fore-arm ; next, attach a strap to the off fore foot, bring
it over the horse's back, and grasp it firmly with the right
hand. With the left, catch the near rein of the bridle, and
pull the head around toward you. When the horse is made
to step, pull the foot from under him, bringing him on his
knees, when in a short time he will lie down ; this was the
whole secret. In the account, the correspondent referred
to Bull's control of several horses^ niaking them lie down^
get up, etc., at command,
366 SUBJECTION.
We also learn that about the year 1800 a man named
CTTjnyniPEii;
Fig. 256. — The Bridle used to prevent biting
TSIE XI^ZSH:
in Yorkshire, England,
was quite celebrated for
his power over horses,
although he kept his
method a great secret.
The following account
shows that his method
was the same as Bull's :
A corresf>ondent in the
Veterinarian, named Cas-
tly, in referring to a cer-
tain horse given Jumper
to break, says that in
ten days he brought
him home perfectly sub-
dued, for he would lie
dotvn, and rise again, at
his command.
About the same time
/ a man named Sullivan,
better known as
who lived in Mallow, in the County of Cork, Ireland, had
quite a local reputation for his power over horses. His
method of management was to shut himself up in a build-
ing with the horse to be subdued, until he had him under
control, when he would open the doors and exhibit the ef-
fects of his treatment. While the horse was standins:
quietly, he would occasionally put his mouth to the horse's
ear as if whispering something to him; hence the term
HISTOEICAL FACTS.
367
" Whisperer " Sullivan. Many people, even of intelligence,
supposed that Sullivan's control was supernatural. Though
an ignorant man of the lowest class, and addicted to drink-
ing, he was evidently a shrewd fellow in making the most of
his secret. It is stated as a fact that the parish priest,
whenever he saw Sullivan coming toward him in the street,
believing he was in league with the devil, would cross him-
FiG. 257. — As the horse is liable to rear and plunge, in his
resistance to being thrown.
self and take the opposite side, to protect himself from his
supposed Satanic influence.
Sullivan would not reveal his secret, but there is no
doubt but that his method of treatment was the same as that
practiced by Jumper and Bull. When exposed to the pub-
lic, the horse was always sweaty, and exhibited the general
effects of exhaustion usually produced by this method of
treatment. According to report, he claimed to have ob-
368 SUBJECTION.
tained the secret from a soldier who had been in service in
America, in return for treating him to a gallon of porter.
The first man in this country of whom I have any ac-
count, claiming to have the secret of taming horses, was one
named
who traveled in the Southwest. But it was admitted that
circus men understood and used it long before his time. He
seems to have kept his knowledge a secret ; for we find
that but very few obtained it of him, and those only at very
large prices.
The next was
formerly of New London, Ohio. He claims to have traveled,
when young, through Mexico and Texas, and to have lived
for some time among the Comanchee Indians. I do not
know positively whether he learned the secret of Offutt,
but I so inferred. At least, he practiced the method prior
to 1844, when he was quite a young man, as will be shown
hereafter. But no great stir was made by any one in this
field of effort until the advent of
in England, in 1858. Rarey was the son of a country ho-
tel-keeper in Central Ohio, at a place called Groveport.
When of age, he went to Texas, and on his return traveled
as a horse-tamer. Finally, arriving at Toronto, Canada, a
gentleman named R. A. Goodenough, an American banker
and produce broker, who carried on a large stock-breeding
farm, became interested in his mode of treatment, and took
him to England for the purpose of teaching the system.
There were several circumstances which seemed to give
him immediate notoriety: 1. His being permitted to give
m exhibition before the queen and ro^al family j 2. IIi§
HISTORICAL FACTS.
369
bold pretensions to being able to know a horse's every
thought, and to subdue any horse or animal in the world.
In proof of these claims, he subdued Cruiser so that he coul(^
handle him with safety before the public. This horse was
said to be so vicious that an iron muzzle was kept on him,
and he was shut up in a building built especially for him.
He next subdued a horse called the Stafford Stallion,
owned by the emperor of France, so that he was driven in
the streets of Paris for two weeks by the side of a mare.
Fig. 258. — Usual position before being thrown.
This horse was so vicious that he had killed three men,
and had been kept confined in a building for two years. A
still more surprising feat was the subjection of a zebra from
the zoological gardens of London.
So great was the interest excited among all classes in
England by this apparent success, that two thousand sub-
scribers Avere obtained to learn the secret, at $50 each.
But when he came to reveal his method, it was found, or
claimed, to be based wholly upon disabling and throwing
the horse, the same as Bull's method, excej)ting that in-
stead of bringing the strap Avhich was attached to the off
34
370
SUBJECTION.
fore leg, over the back, it was l)rought under the body, over
the surcingle. (See cut 254.) The horse was then brought
upon his knees, and held there until he would lie down,
when he was handled and caressed until reconciled to the
restraint and submissive to control.
This treatment was so simple, and the change produced
in so short a time seemed so remarkable, that it Avas surpris-
ing, as there was no idea at that time that a horse could be
Fig. 259. — The horse subdued.
so acted upon directly as to change his character. What
little knowledge there was on the subject was possessed by
but few, who kept it a great secret. The submission was
all that could be desired, so far as the lying down and
handling afterward while on his feet was concerned, but
was not by any means sufficient in the management of bad
cases (which was not explained) to hold him submissive
afterward in other positions. (See first chapter, " First
Method of Subjection," also the close of this paper.)
But over against these achievements were the unpleas-
HISTOEICAL FACTS. 371
ant facts that the cases upon which he claimed his reputa-
tion, out of his hands became again as vicious as before, and
that Cruiser, for this reason, was finally presented to him by
the owner. In showing him in this country, as an evidence
of his previously bad character, Rarey exhibited the big
iron muzzle which he claimed the horse had worn before
Fig. 260. — The first step in the improved method of throwing.
being subdued by him. I include here illustrations of the
treatment, which, with the explanation gi^^en of it in the
reference to Bull, will make it sufficiently clear to the
reader.
Notwithstanding the method was well known and taught
in this country before his return, there was great curiosity
among all classes to see Mr. Rarey himself illustrate the
treatment ; yet in spite of the most thorough and oft-re-
peated trials by himself and others, there was failure to give
the satisfactory results claimed and expected.
372 SUBJECTION.
Although I could explain the mystery of his success in
a few paragraphs, yet in consequence of the great niiscon-
cej3tion in regard to it, and to the merits of his claims, I
consider it necessary to give my reasons for doubting their
genuineness, as well as the way I was finally able to obtain
the facts.
There were several points which to me would not seem
to bear close investigation : First, if this treatment enabled
Mr. Rarey to perform the feats claimed in Europe, why would
it not, upon thorough trial by himself and others, produce
the same resrftts here upon horses only moderately vicious ?
Second, Cruiser and the other cases referred to, out of his
hands became again entirely unmanageable. How was it
that he could control such horses, while others, using the
same treatment, utterly failed upon them ? These were
questions which puzzled and misled the public, making
them believe, as the only reasonable explanation, that
Rarey had a magnetic or psychological power over horses
that others did not possesf^and which enabled him to con-
trol them as he wished ; or that he gave them drugs, or
something that gave him power to control them for the
time. Another fact : Before going to Europe he made no
especial reputation as a horse-tamer,* and after dissolving
partnership with Mr. Goodenough in England, or after his
return to this country, he made no special stir, nor did he
make the improvements to be reasonably expected from a
man capable of the resources and skill necessary to attain
the success with which he had been credited. He simply
repeated the same method of treatment, depending mainly
upon the prestige of his European reputation for enlisting
attention here. It also came out after his return from
* During my early professional career, I traveled over imith country that had
been visited by Rarey previous to his going to Europe, especially in Southern Penn-
sylvania, and frequently heard of him. All the statements concerning him sub-
stantially agreed in the fact that he traveled alone from town to town, with but
very indifEerent success.
HISTOEICAL FACTS.
373
Europe, that he learned the secret of Offutt,* from the fact
that Oflfutt sued him for revealing it, claiming large dam-
ages, at first getting judgment, but upon being carried to a
higher court, the judgment was reversed.
In talking with Mr. Fancher about Mr. Rarey's claims,
as proof that he did not originate the system, he brought
Fig. 261. — The second step in the improved method of throwing. Objectionable
from danger of pulling the horse over backward, &c. Details explained
farther on. See page 506 in Personal Experience.
forward indorsements from Henry Clay, Daniel Webster,
and other men of national reputation, showing that he (Fan-
cher) practiced the same method as early as 1844, which
was long before Rarey was known.
I had tried the treatment upon all sorts of horses, and
had studied with close attention the effect it would produce
upon horses of different temperaments and habits. While
* See note on page 384,
374
SUBJECTION.
it would insure considerable success in the control of some
horses, it would utterly fail upon others. I was led to be-
lieve that possibly there might be some secret about the
treatment that I did not understand. To satisfy myself
upon this jDoint, I had a great desire to see Mr. Rarey him-
self explain and illustrate it. This I Avas finally able to
do in Pittsburg, Pa., in the early summer of 1865, when
he gave a series of exhibitions there. I exhibited there
Fig. 262. — The method as now used, giving all the power desired to throw-
any horse with ease, and without danger.
•
the week before, and remained over to see him. His ap-
plication of treatment was precisely what I had long un-
derstood and practiced.
I next desired to see Cruiser, and study the peculiari-
ties of his disposition. In 1868, when in Columbus, Ohio,
and neighboring towns, I had an opportunity of submitting
several of his colts to treatment. Two of them were con-
idered entirely unmanageable, having resisted all efforts to
HISTOEICAL FACTS.
375
break them. One, an eight-year-old colt, belonging to Squire
West, of Reynoldsburg, Ohio (a point twelve miles south of
Columbus, on the pike), was especially vicious. This colt
submitted to my treatment perfectly in less than an hour.
I now went to Groveport to see Cruiser, and spent two
hours studying him as he stood in his paddock. I found
him a medium-sized, fine-grained horse. His head was well
proportioned, wide and full between the eyes, which, though
not large, were well set out on his head. The eyelids were
thin, and the distance from eyes to ears noticeably short.
Fig. 263. — As the horse usually falls by this method.
The ears were exceedingly fine, short, and pointed, and set
close together, indicating, like the other parts, great sensi-
bility and courage, and, if excited, great capacity for pro-
longed resistance. (I give a sketch of his head, drawn un-
der my direction from memory, by J. C. Beard of New
York. It is not exactly the impression I had in my mind,
but it is as near it as the eminent artist could catch from
my description.) Though susceptible of being easily man-
aged when subjected to proper treatment, such a horse I
knew I could not make gentle and hold him so by .the treat-
ment claimed to have been practiced upon him. And when
87G
SUBJECTION.
I took into consideration the character of the Stafford horse
in France, which I know to be that of a savage, bull-dog
nature, and which would nut by iiny uieuiis be amenable to
such a method of treatment, also that of the zebra, a far
more difficult nature to subdue, I was fully convinced that
they never were controlled by the method of treatment
claimed to have been practiced upon them. Also at this
time and later I made careful inquiry in the neighboring
towns in relation to Rarey, but could obtain no facts show-
FiG. 264. — Position of the horse when down.
ing that he possessed any unusual aptitude or ability in the
control of horses during his early career.
I now desired to see Mr. Goodenough, Mr. Rarey's
partner in England, from whom I hoped to obtain a clue to
the matter. This I did not expect to accomplish, not know-
ing whether he were in the country, or even living ; but I
was finally so fortunate as to meet him under the following
circumstances : In 1872 I Q;ave test exhibitions in New
York City (special reference to which is made in Personal
Experience) before lending horsemen, to which Mr. Good-
enough was incidentally invited by a friend. A few min-
utes before commencing the exhibition, Mr. Goodenough
HISTOEICAL FACTS. 377
was introduced to me. I was impressed instantly, " Here
is the key to the whole matter." I found him a man nearly
six feet tall, finely proportioned, of a strong, vigorous, pro-
gressive nature, and just the man capable of engineering
and making a success of such an enterprise. I immediately
said to him that he was the man of all others I wished to
see, and that I would like a few minutes' private conversa-
tion with him. This he kindly granted, when I said,
" There is one question I wish to ask, which vou alone can
answer. You were with Mr. Rarey when he subdued
Cruiser, and I would like to knowjust how he accomplished
it; for I am sure he never did it by the treatment he pro-
fessed to have practiced upon him."
Mr. G replied, " How do you know ? "
I said, " I have studied Cruiser carefully, and handled
several of his colts, and the treatment will not work for me
with anything like such success upon a horse of that nat-
ure and temperament, and I should like to know how Mr.
Rarey was able to subdue him by such a method of treat-
ment. It will make no difference now about the facts be-
ing known, Mr. Rarey being dead."
Mr. Goodenough laughed, and said, " You are right ; he
did not subdue him by that treatment. We tried it thor-
oughly upon him, and failed. I then advised Rarey to tie
him down. We did so, and let him lie all night and the
night following, when we could handle him as Ave pleased.
This was the only alternative that suggested itself in the
emergency, and we employed it."
After writing the foregoing, and giving the facts to a
well-known literary gentleman (Mr. Robert Bonner of New
York), explaining the importance of the discovery I had made,
and adding that I intended to publish it, Mr. Bonner asked,
" Is Mr. Goodenough living ? "
I stated that I did not know, when he said nt once, —
378 SUBJECTION.
" It will not do to publish it unless Mr. Goodenough is
living."
Not haA'ing any clue to Mr. Goodenough beyond having
met him in the city eight years before, it was a matter of
great difficulty to find him, and it was only after a long and
diligent search that I was by the merest chance finally
successful. I found him still in vigorous health at the age
of seventy-two. He received me kindly, but on stating
the object of my visit, he manifested a decided reluctance to
say anything about the matter ; and it was only
after urgently explaining to him that it was necessary, not
only to the present but to future generations, that the facts
should be made known ; that I washed to give in this book
which I was about to publish only such simj)le facts as were
necessary to a correct explanation of the principles of con-
trolling and managing horses, and with the promise that
whatever I should write upon the subject should not be pub-
lished until first submitted to his inspection, that he, after two
hours f)leasant conversation, — during which time he gave
me many interesting incidents in connection with his efforts
in England, — gave me in substance the following state-
ment : —
First becoming interested in Uarey's mode of treatment,
and desiring to go to England for his own pleasure, and as
a means more of recreation than of profit, he proposed tak-
ing Rarey to England for the purpose of teaching the sys-
tem, and if successful, to divide the profits equally. Should
the enterprise not pay, he was to return Rarey to this coun-
try at his own expense. As a preparatory step, Mr. Good-
enough had exhibitions given before the chief officers of
the government, which were highly satisfactory. He then
obtained letters of introduction from the Governor General
of Canada to Sir Charles York of the Horse Guards of Lon-
don, also to Sir Richard Airy, Quartermaster General, to
HISTOEICAL FACTS. 379
whom he explained what he wanted ; and by them he was in-
troduced to Col. Hood, Prince Albert's Chief Equerry, who
had charge of the Queen's farm at Windsor, and Lord Al-
fred Paget, the Queen's First Equerry, who were made
confidants, and to whom the system was previously ex-
plained. By them he was introduced to the Queen and
royal family, before whom he performed upon a four-year-
old colt from the Queen's farm, and also upon other horses.
These gentlemen permitted their names to be used in the
London Times as reference for the faithful performance
of what was promised.
Books were now opened at Tatersall's for subscriptions
to learn the system, and two thousand names, comprising
the nobility of England, were obtained, at ten guineas each.
The first lesson was given at the Duke of Wellington's
private riding school, upon Cruiser.
The facts in relation to Cruiser and his subjection were
as follows : He was owned by Lord Dorchester, and had
been vicious from a colt. He was kept for breeding pur-
poses at Morrel Green, forty-one miles from London, in a
building erected especially for him. He had on a simple
watering-bridle, to which were attached two chains, each
about twelve inches long, having buckles on the ends. The
door of his stable was cut in two, and when they intended
to lead him out for use, they opened the lower half and
put in a bucket of water for him to drink. When he
plunged his nose into the bucket to drink, they would
quickly buckle to these chains two straps, each twenty
feet long, when he could easily be led out between two
men.
I asked Mr. Goodenough, " What about the big iron
muzzle which it was claimed Cruiser had worn ? "
He laughed, and said, " That was all advertising decep-
tion. I had nothing to do with that. There was no muz-
zle at all on him,"
380 SUBJECTION.
He leased the horse for six months by the payment of
£100, stipulating that he should break the horse, and re-
turn him in good order. Should he fail, he was to pay
£500, which he subsequently paid Lord Dorchester, and
brought the horse to America.
Not wishing to follow the plan of the grooms in taking
him from the stable, they devised the following one, and
nearly failed. They backed a cart up near the door, and
tried by various means to attach the straps to the bridle ;
but after an hour's effort, failed. Finally, while Mr. Good-
enough stood in the cart and attracted the attention of the
horse as he stood near the door, Rarey succeeded in slipping
the strap over the leg and arm. Once on three legs, he was
speedily brought under control by throwing. He was now
led into the yard on three legs, and Lord Dorchester
mounted him. They now repeated the treatment out of
doors. The horse finally becoming greatly excited, re-
sisted with the greatest fury, to use Mr. Goodenough's ex-
pression, " fairly roaring."
At this point, when failure was inevitable, Mr. Good-
enough suggested the only means of success available, —
tying down, and letting him remain until exhausted and
submissive. He was accordingly led into the stable again,
his fore-legs tied up, and he was thrown down, a collar put
on, and his hind legs tied forward to it. In this condition
he was left until the next morning, when they gave him
water while down ; but behaving gentle, he was released.
They now fed and groomed him carefully, and led him be-
hind a dog-cart to London, forty-one miles. To make sure,
that night they tied him down again, when afterward he
could be managed without difficulty. After this, Rarey
handled and trained him every day for two weeks, when
he had him under such good control that he could stand in
the ring, and by calling, the horse would come out of his
stall to him.
mSTOBICAL FACTS. 381
The Stafford horse was the worst one they handled. It
was only after being subjected to treatment in the most
thorough and persevering manner, and being tied down
ten nights in succession, that they could, by using the
greatest precaution, handle him with any degree of safety.
The zebra was tied down every night for two weeks. Of
course all this was kept a profound secret. In all critical
cases, they invariably handled the horse in private until
successful. Cruiser and the other horses were handled al-
most daily for two weeks, to insure their reliable manage-
ment when in public.
Another fact was not known ; namely, that the entire
subjection of the zebra, and almost the entire Avork of sub-
duing the Stafford horse, was done by Mr. Goodenough.
At the conclusion of the interview, the writer asked, "Who
wrote the three principles upon which it was assumed the
system was founded ? " His answer was,
" Oh, I fixed those up."
c?Wf? foiec^oin^ fia{> €^en <yu{>mitUcl to me fot UiHUon and
coii^cHofi, and J find U a Mmjtfa Uahmenf of fach.
Netv York, ^ \ , LU^ ^^^C^^^^^e^'-^-W^
June 2d, 1881. ' / ^ — — ~/r^
I would call special attention to the far-reaching skill
and boldness of conception exhibited by Mr. Goodenough
in the management of every detail of the enterprise, with-
out which, success Avould ha^e been impossible. First, in
creating such great interest in and attention to tlieir efforts ;
second, the ingenuity capable of suggesting such means of
management as would give success ; third, the skill and
care with which every point of weakness was guarded and
concealed until he had accomphshed his purpose. This
382
SUBJECTION.
certainly, when calmly considered, was one of the boldest
and best executed feats of management ever accomplished
in any field of effort, and justly entitles him to whatever
success or honor there Avas in the achievement.
It struck me as of great interest to give a portrait of
Mr. Goodenough in connection with his statement, and I re-
Mr. R. a. Goodenough
At the age of 72.
quested his permission to do so. This he at first, in the
most positive terms, declined to permit, but finally, after
much persuasion, and as a matter of personal favor, it was
granted.
As before explained, any method of lowering the strength
or vitality, such as bleeding, starving, depriving of sleep,
etc., will give power to subdue the horse to any de-
gree for the time ; yet after the strength is regained, the
character is liable to become as bad as before. This is
proved by the cases referred to again becoming vicious.
HISTOEICAL FACTS. 383
The Allegan horse, " Case No. 9, Subjection," Avas
starA^ed to the point of helplessness, with other extreme
treatment, without being able to hold him gentle ; yet after
a course of proper subjective treatment, he was held gentle
without difficulty. The Hillman horse, " Case No. 7, Sub-
jection," is another striking case. The most severe treat-
ment failed to hold him gentle. If necessary, the same
could be said about many other cases, showing such limited
imperfect methods to be entirely inferior to the regular
treatment here given.
As to the method claimed to have been used (disabling
and throwing) , it was good so far as it went, but it did not
go far enough. This can be better understood when it is
learned there was but one method of treatment, " throwing,"
for all kinds of horses, from the green colt that had never
been handled, to the old horse of the worst character ; all
were treated alike. Of course it is easy to disable and
throw a horse until he will not resist, so far as the act of
throwing is concerned, but if the horse, after being thrown,
persists in the habit, which may be expected in bad cases,
it will fail. But even this principle of subjection we have
now so far improA^ed upon as to make it immeasurably more
direct and powerful in effect.
If in wrestling a man could be thrown directly upon
his back as fast as he could get up, it is evident a much
more effectual impression of his antagonist's mastery would
be made than if he were permitted to carry on a doubtful
struggle for half an hour, that Avould only occasionally
bring him to his knees. The very doubtfulness of the
contest would stimulate him to the utmost resistance until
exhausted. But if he Avere thrown at once, and as often
as he could get up, his courage and confidence Avould be at
once broken up, convincing him of the uselessness of con-
tinuing the struggle, and making the impression of mastery
384 SUBJECTION.
all that could be desired. The effect upon the horse is the
same. It" the control is made direct and positive, throwing
the horse on his side as often as he can get up, the confi-
dence which stimulates the resistance is quickly broken up.
Now this we are able to do by the improvement gi^^en
in the First Method, which gives such power that any or-
dinary man can throw the strongest horse as quickly and
as often as he can get up ; in addition, he can hold him
down or roll him back, as lio pleases, thereby making it
not only far more effective, but entirely obviating the ob-
jections of the old method. Yet even with this great ad-
vantage, it is seen that this method constitutes but a small
part of my system, and is far inferior to the other methods
introduced.
The ease and success with which the character of a wild
or vicious horse can be changed when subjected to the
proper method of treatment is wonderful. For example,
a wild, unbroken colt that it would be dangerous to touch
or even approach, and which it would be entirely impossi-
ble to control in harness, can, by ten to thirty minutes' ju-
dicious, subjective treatment, be made just as manageable
and gentle as any well-broken horse. Or a runaway kicker
that has become afraid of the wagon, and perhaps so vicious
in his resistance as to be entirely unmanageable, can, by a
Note. — In March, 1883, after the foregoing statement was in type, the writer
visited New York City for the purpose of having new illustrations made, and obtain-
ing assistance in the preparation of the medical department of this work. While
there, he was incidentally informed by a prominent gentleman to whom he submitted
the proof-sheet of the article, that the facts concerning Rarcy's being taught by
OfiEutt would be found in the issue of Tiirj\ Field, and Farm of Jan. 4, 1878. To
prove the assertion, the gentleman sent to the office of that paper for the files con-
taining the issue in question, and read the article. It comprised an interesting ac-
count of a visit by the editor, ?/Ir. Busbcy, to Mr. A. Kcene Richards, at the home of
the latter gentleman, at Blue Grass Park, near Georgetown, Ky. At the close of
this chapter (page 449) I give the substance of their conversation in relation to the
matter, as an introduction to an extract from Mr. Offutt's book, which clearly shows
that Rarey received his knowledge from Denton Offutt.
EFFECTS OP TEEATMENT.
385
little treatment, seldom requiring more than twenty or
thirty minutes, be made so gentle as to submit even to
have the cross-piece come against the quarters, — a test that
only horses of the very best character will bear.
This is strikingly illustrated in the ease with which the
most stubl^orn horse can by a few minutes' treatment be
made, without the least restraint of halter or bridle, to fol-
low or run after the trainer with the docility and obedience
of a pet. It is also shown in the ease with Avhicli a nerv-
ous, excitable horse can be made indifferent to an object
Fig. 265. — Effect of fcood
influences.
Fig. 266.— Effect of bad
iiiflueuces.
that had ^jreviously induced in him the greatest terror. But
it is mainly interesting as contrasting the facility and ease
with which even horses of extremely bad character can be
made entirely gentle when treated properly, with the diffi-
culty of doing it Avhen the treatment is not right ; show-
ing conclusively that the main causes of trouble in the con-
trol and management of horses are ignorance and bad treat-
ment.
Properly considered, the art of taming and teaching
horses consists in appealing to or acting upon the brain
most forcibly in the desired direction. This can be done
with great success, even without the use of much physical
85
88G
SUBJECTION.
force. Every one knows that a single word may often be
sufficient to make such an impression upon the brain as not
only to destroy all kindly feeling, but to perpetuate the
greatest enmity ever afterward ; also that character is
formed by the influences to which the mind is subjected.
This i.^ proA^ed by the fact that children, and those ex-
posed to coarse or abusive influences, have the stamp of
that character predominant, while those subject to kind, in-
telligent treatment have the better nature developed ; also
that even the most intellisrent men and w^omen can have
Fig. 207. — Efiect of good education
and influences.
Fig. 36S. — Effect of bad education
and influences.
the mind so perverted and weakened by the use of narcot
ics or unnatural stimulants, such as tobacco, opium, alcoholic
liquors, etc., as to make it very difficult to overcome the
habit. I give a series of illustrations showing the contrasts
of character, the results of good and bad influences, for which
I am indebted to the courtesy of Messrs. Fowler & Wells,
of New York City.
On the same principle, the horse can be influenced in
the formation of his character for good or bad, by the treat-
ment to which he is subjected. We see that the impres-
sion of CA on a few moments is sometimes sufficient of itself
to change the whole character for life. This is shown by the
EFFECTS OF TKEATMEl^T.
387
ease with which many fine horses, though previously of
the very best character, have been changed into dangerous,
unreliable brutes, by a little carelessness which allow^ed them
to run away, or by abusive treatment which aroused the
temper into uncontrollable resistance, making them after-
ward practically unsafe and worthless for use. And on the
same principle, when understood and properly applied, a
bad character can be neutralized and overcome so as to
establish a reliable condition of docility, as shown and
Fig. 200.— Result of good
influences.
Fig. 270.— Result of bad
influences.
proved in the many cases recorded in this and other chap-
ters of this work.
The better to explain this, I give a variety of illustra-
tions showing the effects of bad treatment and intensely
exciting influences upon the nervous system. Understand-
ing these principles and applying them properly, it is often
wonderful to what a degree the brain can be acted upon
in making a horse either gentle or vicious ; showing that it
is not only not difficult, but even easy, to make the most
vicious, unmanageable horses as gentle and obedient to
control as if they had always been of the best character.
It is a recognized fact that the horse partakes largely
of the character of the owner. If he is kind and gentle^
388
SUBJECTION.
the horse, on commg under such influences, though pre-
viously nervous and difficult to manage, soon becomes do-
cile and gentle; while an irritable, passionate or impulsive
man will often speedily impart the same characteristics to
the animal he undertakes to manage.
To explain the principles governing these conditions,
we will presume to make a few simple experiments. First-
suppose a horse resists being shod; if the foot Avere taken
up very gently, lifted higher, and gradually using more
force as there is sufficient power acquired to hold and re-
strain it,, until submitted to be pounded upon without ex-
citing resistance.
the success in the management of the
Fig. 371.— Effect of good influ-
ences unci training.
Fig. 273.— Effect of bad influ-
ences and training.
case would be easy ami simple. But if there is not suffi-
cient tact and delicacy in taking up the foot, or the resist-
ance becomes so great that it is pulled away, the treat-
ment, no matter how successful up to this point, would not
only be a failure, l)ut to some extent make the horse
worse by teaching him his power of resistance. It would
be necessary in such a case to use such simple or direct
means of control as Avill enable holding and restraining the
foot most easily ; but in the event of the resistance becom-
ing so great that the foot cannot l)e held or controlled,
then the restraint should be made of such a character as to
first enforce general submission, when, if necessary, the
treatment can be again carried directly to the foot, when
EFFECTS OF TEEATMENT.
389
the control can be made easy and simple. In this we find
there are two principles involved: 1. Tact and judgment
to hold the inclination to resistance passive until the atten-
tion and confidence can be won, or until there is submis-
sion; 2. In using means of subjection, or force, to make ev-
ery step of progress so sure that resistance cannot be suc-
cessfully made until all inclination to repeat the habit is
overcome.
Next, in the case of a wild, unbroken colt, to gradually
overcome his fear by working indirectly to the point of his
resistance until he becomes submissive. For example : If,
Fig. 273. — Expression of
kindness and love.
Fig. 274. — Expression of
disarust and hate.
after haltering, a pole were brought gently to the nose
until there is no fear of it, then passed back slowly, at
the same time gently rubbing the mane and other parts
until it can be passed around the quarters without excit-
ing his resistance, it would be just as good, if not better,
than if subjected to more severe treatment. But if he re-
sists, or is so vicious that he will not submit to this treat-
ment, then he must be subjected to such treatment as will
most directly neutralize and restrain his resistance until
this can be done and the impression made permanent, when
but little difficulty will be experienced in enforcing docil-
ity in even the most vicious cases.
:}90
SUBJECTION".
The principle is the same in the management of kick-
ing, runaway, biting, striking horses, as well us horses of
other peculiarities of resistance, the point being, first, to
use tact in addressing the animal's intelligence without ex-
citing his fear, or to the least possible degree, and, as in
the examjiles referred to, resorting to such means of re-
straint or power to impress the brain sufficiently, without in-
jury, to compel obedience, and fix the condition of docil-
ity,— more or less being necessary to be done, according to
the severity of the case. Although I have given in the
Fig. 37.5. — Primary effects of intemperance.
first chapter very full details of the principles and best
methods of doing this, which, with the details of their ap-
plication for the management of the various habits, to be
found in subsequent chapters, shovdd make it sufficiently
clear to the reader, still I think there are some points that
require in this connection more full explanation. I would
allude particularly to the necessity for adapting treatment
to conditions of intelligence and character, the importance
of not neutralizing or counteracting the effects of the treat-
ment by exciting resistance, the effect of drugs, inherent
power, etc.
The study of physiology teaches that the primary units,
or protoplasm, are in all cases the same; that each peculi-
EEVIEW OP SYSTEM.
301
arity of action or sense is governed by aggregations of these,
called nerve centers; that, for example, the nerve centers
controlling the senses of smelling, tasting, feeling, seeing,
balancing, etc., are at the back part or base of the brain ;
that the power and activity of these senses are in all cases
governed by the strength and activity of such ganglia of
nerves. Thus, a hound that follows the scent, or a bird-
dog that has the power of smelling game at a distance, has
large development of the olfactory nerve ; while the grey-
hound, eagle, vulture, etc., that depend upon seeing game
Fig. 376. — Ultimate etfects of intemperance.
at a great distance, have large development of the optic
nerve; and others that depend for safety upon hearing,
have large development of the auditory nerve. Thus e\-
ery peculiarity of animal nature has some special excellence
of power, adapted either to aggression or defense. The
bee has its sting, the viper its fangs, the bull its horns, and
the horse bites, strikes, kicks, etc.
The front brain, or cerebrum, gives the power of sense,
or reason, and animals of but small brain have but very
little capacity for being trained or taught, while those haA'-
ing considerable brain can be easily taught. For example,
a fish has very little or no brain, and cannot be taught any-
89^
SUBJECTION.
Fig. 277. — ^Expression of aggressive
viciousness.
thing, while a dog, elephant, or other animal that has con-
siderable deA^elopment of brain, can easily be taught a great
deal.
In like manner there are greater or less degrees of a
natural tendency in horses
to viciousness and resist-
ance, imposing more or less
difficulty in their subjec-
tion. Twenty horses may
kick or run away, and so
far as the act of resistance
is concerned, there is prac-
tically little or no differ-
ence. One horse may yield
to treatment in a few min-
utes, the next may require
a much longer time, while the third, though subjected to
the same treatment, can perhaps be controlled only after
hours of extreme effort.
Consequently, success in
the subjection of any par-
ticular case, or in over-
coming any special habit,
must depend, first, upon
the amount and quality of
the brain; second, the de-
gree to which tlie nervous
system has been impressed
or deranged ; third, upon
the pluck and endurance
of the horse ; and fourth,
the directness and power
with which the resistance can be restrained or controlled,
and the skill with which the treatment is applied.
Fig. 27S. — Expression of docility.
BEVIEW OF SYvSTEM.
SOS
Fig. 279. — Expression of viciousness.
It is evident that a very timid, sensitive nature, whicli
is moved entirely by fear, can be controlled best by patient,
winning treatment, while a
stubborn, aggressive type of
character must be met by
force, or the fear of punish-
ment. Hence, in propor-
tion to the predominance of
these peculiarities llirro
must be force, or winning
treatment, or both com-
bined. To illustrate: A
sheep or gazelle, or any an-
imal of that nature, can
be managed best by gentle,
winning treatment. To ex-
cite them in any way would
undo the effect of a great
deal of patient work, while the bear, hog, mule, and kin-
dred natures, will bear force : and
punishment in many instances be-
comes a necessary condition of
their management. The horse
possesses, to a singular degree,
these, with other remarkable
modifications of character, not
only making a combination of
kindness and force necessary,
but this force must be of a char-
acter not to excite pain, or to
stimulate the bad nature, as this
but neutralizes or counteracts the
eflects of good treatment. This
is particularly the case when there is much sensitiveness,
or where there is much tendency to the strong, wild^
Fig, 380. — Exprussiun vi
kindness.
804
SUBJECTION.
courageous type of nature. These conditions show that
no matter how good and perfect the treatment, success
must depend greatly upon the skill and judgment of the
trainer in properly adapting the efforts to the conditions of
the case.
First, these conditions require enforcing submission be-
fore the horse boc-onies greatly excited and Avarmed up.
Should there be failure before this is accomplished, the dif-
* Fig. 231.— Expressior. of rage and fear.
ficulty of making him surrender unconditionally will be
greatly increased.
Second, the horse must be made to understand the harm-
less character of objects and sounds forced upon his notice,
until intelligently reconciled to them.
Third, the co-operation of his intelligence and better
nature must be won by kindness to permanently fix the
impression of control. In doing this, we see that so far as
we can show a horse in any way that we are master, he
will become submissive and gentle. Thus by disabling and
throwing until he is so discouraged that he will not try to
resist, he will become gentle to handle j but ii' he is allowed
EEYIEW OF SYSTEM.
395
to get up immediately and move about at will, he may again
resist with the greatest courage. To make him reliably
gentle upon his feet, he must be controlled in this position
also. For exam-
ple, should he re-
sist the bit and
run away, subject-
ing him to any
treatment short of
direct control of
the mouth, and
that at the time
and in the position
of his resistance,
Avould be defective
or entirely useless.
On the same principle, should the horse kick, balk, or show
any other bad habit, sutHcient power must be used to com-
bat or overcome
these habits direct-
ly, or there cannot
be assurance of suc-
cess. Of course it
is easy, in a general
Fig. 282. — Expression of strong, determined
character when mad.
way.
to subdue a
horse; but the diffi-
culty is to do it so
as not to excite his
resistance, or to do
him any physical
injury.
In teaching a colt to lead by the halter, or follow, if the
pull is brought upon the head sideways, his power of re-
sistance in this direction becomes so lessened that he can
Fig. 283. — Expression of nervous excitability.
396
SUBJECTION.
be pulled around instantly and easily, and he can soon be
taught to come around and follow without resistance. But
if this cannot be done with the halter, increase the power
of pulling by means of the War Bridle, or decrease the
power of resistance by tying up one foot.
If, on the other hand, the pulling were made straight
ahead, which is the more common method, the work will
be done at a great disadvantage, because in this way we
stimulate resistance, if we do not give power successfully
Fig. 284. — Effect of intense fear.
to resist us. This mode of pulling would retard, if not
wholly neutralize, the effort to control the horse, as he
would now involuntarily draw backward, bracing himself
with his legs, thus increasing his power of resistance, which
soon shows him there is not sufficient strength to move him.
Hence the necessity of combating the resistance in such a
way as not to permit this to be done. Either or both the
methods combined will give sufficient power to compel his
following without causing him injury.
The principle is the same in combating a habit, or
viciousness of any character. But should the resistance
KEVIEW OF SYSTEM. 397
be so great that it cannot be overcome hy simple treatment,
then the more direct means of obtaining power must be
used, such as the various methods of general subjection,
using one or more, according to the character of the case.
The art of taming horses, or the principles of subjection,
may be divided into four general classes. The one entitled
the First Method of Subjection, in the first chapter, is the
most sensational, and is based upon making the horse par-
tially helpless by tying up the fore leg, and throwing.
This, though necessarily limited in its effects, when prop-
erly done is a valuable method of subjection. Throwing
him repeatedly and rapidly as often as he can get up, and
rolling him back until he gives up unconditionally, is the
full extent of the power of this method. If the horse be
of a nature to submit fully to this method, the result will
be very satisfactory ; if not, it should be followed by the
other methods.
The second, called the Second Method of Subjection, is
simpler, and is based upon the principle of preventing the
horse from concentrating his purpose to act until he can be
rendered helpless, and be subdued. In the subjection of
colts and some strong, dangerous young horses, that, when
approached, strike and kick, and upon which it would be not
only extremely difficult, but dangerous, to try the other
methods, this method will be found especially effective. It
is also a reliable reserve to be used in connection with the
other methods, particularly the first, or in effecting control
when the others prove inadequate. It gives the true key
for breaking single balkers, as it not only gives power to
move the horse at will, but disconcerts the mind from the
purpose of resisting, by the confusion it causes.
This form of subjection, simple as it is, requires very
nice discrimination to bring out its full effects, especially
in the management of very bad cases ; for if not carried far
398 SUBJECTION.
enough, there is liability of failure, and even when carried to
the fullest extent of its power, there may in some cases be
resistance to it. These are usually cases that, when
warmed up or handled carelessly, become desperate in their
resistance before being made to yield. The point in the
management of such is to follow with the Third Method,
which will usually make the horse submit. But if there is
much resistance to it, after cooling off, another sharp or
short lesson with this will rarely fail to produce uncon-
ditional submission.
Third, by pressure upon the spinal cord, which grasps,
as it were, and holds in subjection at will, the very life of
the horse. This is called the Third Method of Subjection.
It will be found especially adapted to the subjection of
nerA^ous-tempered horses that will not bear excitement.
For example, a horse that in an attempt to throw would be-
come so irritated and excited as to jump and resist so much
as to endanger straining, or if subjected to the Second
Method would go so quickly as to be liable to fall down
directly, or be made to yield only after the most severe
effort, will usually submit readily to this method of treat-
ment. If a kicker in harness, that exhibits fear when any-
thing is brought near or against his quarters, subjecting
him to pressure of about three cords, and touching the quar-
ters gently with a pole until indifferent to its contact, will
usually compel submission in a few minutes. Horses of an
ordinary bad character submit in from eight to twelve min-
utes, but exceptionally bad cases may resist it thirty min-
utes, even with the use of four cords (100 feet) ; but in all
cases it can be supplemented by the other methods.
One important point I wish to impress is that whatever
is intended to be done with this method, must be done at
once, and carried to the fullest extent that the horse
will bear. If he resists it, it must at once be abandoned,
EEVIEW OF SYSTEM. • 399
because it is liable to make the cheeks more or less sore :
also the effect is not satisfactory when repeated next day,
or at any time afterward ; so that if the point is not made
at once, other treatment must be resorted to.
I seldom use this method in the management of colts,
because they are liable to bite, or chew the lips or cheeks.
In their management, the Second Method, in connection
with the War Bridle, is far more simple and easy. Occa-
sionally an old horse will do this, and may resist the treat-
ment violently, and become much excited over it. In such
a case it must be at once abandoned.
Next come the various modifications of the War Bridle,
which give all the. power necessary to subdue and control
more than half of the average of vicious colts and horses.
It is all that is necessary for nearly all horses bad to shoe,
harness, etc., and is by far the best means of teaching a
horse to lead or follow. It is one of the most effective
means of overcoming the habit of balking. Though a minor
method of subjection, I regard it so important that I have
given a careful explanation of it, very fully illustrated.
The Breaking Bit and Patent Bridle are equally impor-
tant in their places. The Breaking Bit, without doing in-
jury, gives power to train the mouth so that it will yield
to an ordinary bit. The Patent Bridle was invented by
me for the purpose of enabling persons lacking in practical
experience, to directly control headstrong, lunging, runa-
way horses. In the first place, the extra adjustment over
the upper jaw gives such power upon the mouth that the
most reckless horse cannot successfully pull against it, and
he will in a short time be so unnerved as to become sub-
missive to a slack rein. Secondly, the pressure upon the
spinal cord is so intense that courage to pull cannot be
maintained for any length of time. When he gives up, it
becomes simply a common bit in his mouth, but ready to
400 SUBJECTION.
instantly bring to bear the same terrible pain and power
before felt. I also give illustrations of very powerful but
simple means of controlling headstrong horses by the Half-
Moon and other bits.
I call attention in a general way to the application cf
these methods, because much depends both upon the way
they are used for cases to which they are specially adapted,
and in properly following with the next best suited to the
case. When the case is critical, an imjjortant jjoint is to
make every step of the treatment sure, and to Yary it all
the horse will bear ; for the more ways in which power to
enforce obedience can be applied, the more impressive and
enduring will be the effect. Consequently, if the case be
bad, it may be necessary to apply two, or even all three, of
the methods of subjection. Suppose the case to be a bad,
young, kicking horse, the First Method will usually be
found applicable; he would be likely to resist the Second
too severely to make it successful. The best course would
be to send him around a few times, enough to take off the
wire edge of his courage, then put on the throwing rig, and
throw him rapidly eight or a dozen times, when his subjec-
tion will be easy and simple. When on his feet, and espe-
cially when driven around in harness, if it is discovered
that he is yet so sensitive as to be liable to kick or break
over, the Second or Third Method should at once be used.
Not unfrequcntly both will be necessary. The First will
do no good if repeated, for the reason that the horse Avill
lie down, and remain passive while down, but when up may
kick as viciously as before. Sometimes the Third Method
may be tried, and the horse not submit to it uncondition-
ally ; then the Second or First are to be tried. The differ-
ence between the First and Second is that the First cannot
be repeated with success, while the Second can be ; and
usually in very bad cases I hold the Second as the reserve
EEYIEW OF SYSTEM. 401
powei'. As explained in the first chapter, it will not do to
use the First Method on a sullen or sulky horse. He will
usually drop down upon his belly, not trying to get up.
In such a case dependence must be placed upon the Second
and Third alternately.
The mustang, of a wild, dangerous nature, cannot be
safely approached and subjected to the Third Method, be-
cause he would strike the moment approached. If a rig
could be put on, and the foot tied up (which would be very
difficult to do), the instant freedom is given again he would
be likely to bound into the air, or drop down sullenly upon
his belly, either doing nothing or acting like a desperate
maniac. For such the Second Method would be just the
thing. It requires very little effort to tie the halter into
the tail, and send around until helplessly dizzy, when the
subjection of the case becomes simple and easy. A wild
mule, that cannot be safely touched, can frequently be made
entirely gentle in a few minutes in this way, and after this
treatment, if necessary, the other methods can be used.
If space permitted, these explanations might be ex-
tended indefinitely. But whatever the success of the direct
treatment, it is important to hold the advantage gained, by
kind and careful after-treatment, because upon kindness must
depend fixing and holding the impression made upon the
brain by the previous treatment. Without this, it is practi-
cally impossible to hold a very vicious horse gentle. It is,
of course, easy enough to compel obedience by force, or by
reducing the strength ; but unless the incentive to resist-
ance is overcome, which must really be done by kindness,
the instinct of viciousness is liable to again gain the ascend-
ency. The importance of this is repeatedly urged in the
previous chapters. Without this, the best results of direct
subjection can easily be neutralized, and the horse be per-
mitted to go back into his old habits. Should this occur,
26
402 SUBJECTION.
the difficulty of his subjection would be greatly increased,
as such failures teach the horse to become cunning, and
give him confidence to fight back at every opportunity.
This is the reason, why I refused to handle the Portland
horse "Jet" (Case 7, Subjection), until I could remain in
the city long enough to see that the after-treatment was
properly carried out. AVitliout this care, there w^ould have
been failure It was the main key of making the " Arnd"
horse, of Bath, N. Y., gentle. I refer to these as good rej)-
resentative cases ; for without this care neither of these
horses could have been held gentle, and it is equally im-
portant in the management of all cases.
The great power and eflectiveness of these methods
when properly applied, will enable the trainer to easily
and safely control the most powerful horses to any extent
desired. This is proved by the success of my experiments
upon all kinds of horses which had resisted all previous ef-
forts to break. Reference to a few representative cases
will be found at the close of this chapter.
The subjection of '' Wild Pete," the " Hettrick Horse,"
" Wilkins Horse," " Omnibus Horse," " Portland Horse
Jet," and many others that might be named, equally vicious,
when the character of the horses, and the shortness of the
time required to produce the changes, are considered, may
seem to border so closely upon the miraculous as to appear
incredible; yet these results were accomplished simply by
the skillful application of the methods of treatment here
given.
Many people suppose there is a medicine or something
of the kind that will make vicious horses gentle, or enable
the r control at will. Sometimes, when unusually success-
ful in the subjection of an exceptionally vicious horse or
colt, though the treatment had been carefully explained to
the class, the result would appear so wonderful that they
MEDlCmES, OR DJIUGS. 40a
could not realize liow sucli a cliano:e could be brouo-lit
about by the treatment employed. It Avas not unusual to
have persons smell of my hands or clothing to see if they
could discover some peculiar odor about me to account for
so great an achievement.
On this account, I think it advisable to explain what
medicines are supposed to do this, and their effects. The
main object in the use of odors, or scents, has been to attract
attention, and divert it from the real means of control.
Many odors, or scents, will in some instances affect the
nervous system greatly. Blood, a buffalo robe, or any
offensive odor, will intensely excite many horses. In
trapping for mink or other animals, it is no uncommon
thing for the hunter to conceal the smell of his hands from
the trap, and attract the animal to it by using some odor
that is agreeable to him. Asafetida put on the bottom of
the boots will cause wolves to follow the wearer eagerly.
While this is admitted, there is no odor or medicine that I
know of — and I have experimented carefidly with all those
supposed to have this power, without obtaining decidedly
satisfactory results — that will make a wild horse approach-
able and induce him to follow, or make a vicious horse
gentle.
What is supposed to be the great medicine for doing
this is called the " Arabian secret," which consists of two
parts of the oil of rhodium, and one each of cumin and
anise, to be kept in separate bottles and corked tightly;
but practically it makes no difference whether they are
kept separate or not. A little of this is to be rubbed on
the hands, and while held before the horse, approach from
the windward side ; when near enough, rub a little on ]iis
nose, when the horse, it is claimed, will follow anywhere.
Other essential oils are recommended for the same purpose,
but their effect is really no better than good apples or any-
404 SUBJECTION.
thing of which the horse is fond.'"'' Warts or ostlets, grow-
ing on the inside of a horde's leg, dried, and pulverized
with a coarse rasp or grater, and about a thimble full blown
into the nostrils, is also claimed to make any horse gentle.
This is to be used in connection with the oils mentioned.
The oil of parsley is sometimes used for the same purpose.
A few drops are put on the hands or handkerchief, and the
horse is allowed to smell of it. The perspiration from under
the arms, rubbed on the horse's nose, or breathed into the
nostrils from the hand, is also held as quite a secret for
making a horse so gentle that he will follow readily.
Before and during the time of Rarey, parties under-
standing the secret of " throwing," usually managed as
follows : Force the horse to lie down on the barn floor until
submissiA'e ; and, while lying quietly, open the door and
allow the people to come in. Under such circumstances,
much curiosity will be manifested to discover what has
been done. The operator now, while pretending that he is
unobserved, will slip a jjiece of apple into the horse's
mouth, and rub the hand over the nose. This will of
course be observed, and when curiosity is sufficiently
aroused, the pretended tamer will say, " Yes ; I have a
secret scent by which any horse can be tamed, the effect
of which you see." Then he will offer to sell the secret,
naming a large price, but finally taking Avhat he can get.
I have found in my travels many who have paid from ten
to fifty dollars for the " Arabian secret." The control was
obtained by throwing. But this in itself being too simple
to inspire much faith, the medicine dodge was added.
* Denton Offutt's book, ■which I have carefully read, and the best features of
which are given at the close of this cliapter, contains some secrets for taming
horses and olhcr animals, for the virtues of which he claims a great deal; but thc}'
.are practically cf no more consideration than other treatment of the same kind.
Still, I thought it advisable, and of sufficient interest to the curious, to copy them
verbatim, and they will be found embodied in this work.
MEDICINES, UP. DKUCtS, 405
The man who was most instrumental in teaching this
method of " throwing," was Mr. 0* H. P. Fancher, before
referred to, who chiimed to have given Rarey instructions
on the practical application of the method of subjection
which he practiced. In 1865 and '66, I traA^eled through
his section of country, and hired to him one of my horses
trained to drive without reins, when he took the road,
teaching my system, and abandoned the medicine scheme.
* Catlin, describing his travels among the North Ameri-
can Indians, mentions the manner of their taming horses
as follows : —
" The Indian coils his lasso on his arm and gallops
fearlessly into the herd of wild horses, and soon gets it
over the neck of one of the number, when he instantly dis-
mounts so as to hold him dow^n and prevent him from
turning over on his back. He now gradually advances
until he is able to place his hand on the animal's nose and
over his eyes, and breathe into his nostrils, when the horse
becomes so docile and conquered, that by removing the
hobbles from the feet, he can be led or ridden into canqD
with very little difficulty."
According to this statement, which seems reliable,
covering the eyes and breathing into the nostrils of the
wild horse, was the princijDal means of his subjection ; if
true, it would be an easy and simple matter to make a
vicious horse gentle. I have repeatedly tried the experiment
upon all kinds of horses, and found it would not produce
any appreciable effect for me, and consider it practically of
no more account than merely stroking the head and nose
with the hand.
I might add many other pretended secrets, but none of
them are worthy of much consideration. Ostlets, before
referred to, taken from a vigorous horse, properly prepared
and used, may produce very satisfactory results, especially
406 . SUBJECTION.
ill Ihc management of balkers. They should be prepared
as follows : If the subject be a mare, the warts, fresh and
strong, should be taken from a healthy horse. Sometimes
old accumulations lose their strength, and are good for
nothing. Dry the ostlets carefully, and grate them to a
fine powder, and keep in an air-tight bottle. One hour
before the horse is driven, blow an old-fashioned thimble
full into the nostrils, and the horse will usually go off all
right.
This secret was given me by an old man in Western
Ohio, who, with his sons, about ten years ago, was a mem-
ber of my class. After taking me one side, and express-
ing his appreciation of the information I had given him, he
said he would give me a secret that he had practiced for
forty years, and had never known it to fail. " Every one
around here knows," said he, " that I can drive any balky
horse, but never learned the secret of my doing it. I am
now an old man of seventy-four years ; and not intending to
handle any more horses, I will give it to you for your ben-
efit." He said he had never in any case found it necessary
to repeat it more than two or three times.
Sometimes a horse that has learned to kick his mate,
can be cured by giving this. It would also be good when
a horse objects seriously to the scent of a buffalo robe or
other object, to blow this into the nose, because it conceals
the repugnant odor. It will also be found the jDrincipal
ingredient in the remedy for the cure of fits. (See
" Medical Department " under the head of " Miscellaneous
Recipes.")
I would here add that I have had so little trouble in
breaking balkers by the treatment explained under that
head, that I never used this ; but I have given the secret to
many, and reports have been favorable. A great secret
amonff some doo; fanciers is holding a little of this in the
MEDICINES, OR DRUGS. • 407
hand, and letting the dog smell of it, when he will follow
anywhere. The secret of the effect of these ostlets upon
the horse, is undoubtedly the strong pungent odor, which
has a remarkably soothing effect upon the nervous system,
by which the horse is disconcerted and won from his pur-
pose of resistance.
It is well known that gypsies are very successful in
managing vicious horses. Their method of management is
to boil a plug of tobacco in a gallon of ale, until the strength
is extracted, then give enough of it to make the horse so
sick that he cannot resist.'-' He is then driven as desired,
and when over the effect of it, the dose is repeated, if nec-
essary.
I never but once resorted to the use of medicine
to control a horse before a class. When at Howard
Steuben Co., N. Y., a strong, wild, unbroken colt seven
years old, was the subject of experiment. At the time,
I was so prostrated by ague that I was not able to give
the horse sufficient treatment to drive him under canvas or
in the street with safety. The class insisted upon my
doing this. I therefore proposed to the owner that the
colt be taken to the next town, where I would be on the
following day, when I would make him drive gently, promis-
ing thatif I failed to do so satisfactorily, I would return them
their money. Next morning I was more prostrated than be-
fore, but as my failure to drive the horse in the street would
necessitate a return of the money, and make it impossible for
me to form a class there, I was compelled to resort to strat-
egy. I directed one of my men to go to the drug store and
get two ounces of tincture of lobelia, and, when free from
observation, give it to the horse. In about half an hour,
* This was given me by a gypsy who was a member of m}- class. Gypsies liave
been repeatedly in my classes since, and all admit that this was their principal
secret.
4(« tSUBJKCTrON.
wlieii T snpposcfl he felt the full ofrecls, T subjected him as
;i Hi.Mttor of I'orni to the Second jNTethod (ur ;i few minutes,
Mild then di'ovc him through the streets perl'ectly gentle.
The fact was, he had become so sick that he could not resist.
I now directed the man to put him in his team and dri^'e
home. Knowing the temperament of the horse, I concluded
he would submit to this means, which he did, but I resorted
to it only because of my weakened condition.
I was informed by the owner nearly a year afterward,
that the liorse remained entirely gentle, and that if I would
return again to II , he would warrant me a large class.
I haA^e experimented carefully with this method of treat-
ment upon a A\ariety of cases. Sometimes it would Avork
exceedingly well on those of a cold blooded nature, but
courageous, strong-willed cases are liable, Avhen excited, to
resist it, even when given much larger doses. (Two
ounces should be about the maximum dose for an ordinary
sized horse.) In addition to making violently sick, it is
liable to produce severe attacks of colic. One horse I
experimented upon in this way became subject to colic.
Control r.v thk Evk, or AVh-l.
It is supposed ))}' many that certain persons possess a
peculiar power by which they can with safet}^ approach
and control a vicious horse ns if by magic. In the sense
understood, this cannot be done. There is no inherent
power beyond that of nerve to conceal any impression of
fear or- timidity, and the ability to exercise accurate judg-
ment in determining what to do and how much, so cMS not
to excite resistance until tlio horse is under control. For
example, standing just beyond his rejich, and looking fix-
edly into his eye, saying with sternness, "Get around!"
until he is disconcerted, then approaching the shoulder and
passing the hand (quickly but smoothly up to the halter or
CONTROL BY THE EYE, OR WILL. 409
bridle, thence to the nose-piece, and grasping it firmly,
will enable one to approach some horses with safety, which
it would be dangerous to go near without.
It is an undoubted fact that a certain class of snakes
can so charm birds as to disable and catch them, and there
are well-authenticated cases of their charming children and
men. An intelligent lady, in whom the writer has perfect
confidence, stated that in two instances she had seen small
birds charmed by a black snake. Once, when stepping
over a log, she saw a bird in the act of flying into the open
mouth of a large black snake which lay coiled upon the
ground at the opposite side.
I copy here another instance of this kind from the
Petersburg (Va.) Index-Appeal: —
"The Snake's Ability to Charm.
" A veritable instance of the peculiar fascination which the
snake exerts, was witnessed a few days ago within a short dis-
tance of our city. The gentleman who saw this says he was walk-
ing leisui'ely along the road when his attention was directed to
the movements of a brown thrush which Avas flitting about near
a small plum bush, and, at intervals, giving a cry as of distress.
He walked up to the bush, supposing he would find a brood of
young birds. He looked carefully, but saw nothing, and was
walking off, when he noticed that the thrush had returned to the*
bush from which he had frightened it. He waited a moment to
watch its movements, when he saw it fly down on the ground be-
neath the plum. There it stood still a short time, then began to
circle around the bush, still crying in its peculiar tones. This
circling was kept up for a while, and then the thrush seemed
gradually to weaken, and at length stood perfectly still — immov-
able, with its wings partly open, and its head bent forward. He
drew neai'er to the bush, when he heard an ominous hiss, and,
looking down under the plum he saw a large black snake coiled
up, and about to spring upon the bird. He frightened the snake
away and picked up the bird, which made no effort to escape, and
seemed powerless. In a few minutes, however, the bird revived,
and shortly afterward flew off"
- It is also a fact that some men, by an effort of the will,
can control others, as shown by the art of what is termed
410 . SUBJECTION.
psychologizing, or putting into a stute of trance. This has
led to a very general belief that, in like mannei-, certain
persons have the power of controlling vicious horses, so
that they can be rendered completely gentle. I haA'C at
different times seen plausible statements by diilerent writers
sustaining this theory. But notwithstanding man's intelli-
gence and will power are greatly superior to that of horses,
I never have known of a horse being directly controlled in
this way. I think I may assume, without presumption, that
I have subdued, and had treated under my supervision,
more exceptionally vicious horses than any other living man.
It has been a matter of hard, practical experience with me,
and I know it is impossible to control wild or vicious horses
by will power alone. I am so confident of this that I will
give any man one thousand dollars who will show that he
can control wild or vicious horses in any such way. I have
many hundreds of times made wild or vicious horses so
docile that they would run after, or follow me around, with-
out the restraint of a halter, or without being touched in
any way, — a feat in most cases not at all difficult to per-
form on a suitable subject. And as I have stated in an-
other place, though the principles were carefully explained
those present would often insist that it must have been
done by some secret power. I am thus emphatic to cor-
rect this false impression, which seems to prevail in the
minds of all classes of society.
As explained in another part of this chapter, any
method of impressing the horse with the sense of helpless-
ness, such as disabling, repressing by fear, intense pain, or
the reverse, quieting the nervous irritation by scnitching
the mane and tail, giving apples, etc., can to a great extent
hold passive the impulse of resistance. The principle is to
so change or disconcert the general nervous action, as to
secure the more easy concentration of the nervous forces
CONTEOL BY THE EYE, OR WILL. 411
in the direction desired ; hence every method of repressing
by fear, or revealing power by action or voice, etc., may be
regarded as the expression of this power, which of course
no one denies. But that by will power alone, the character
of a horse can be held completely submissive or in a
marked trancoydal state, is entirely impossible.
Having taken lessons in psychology many years ago, I
found that I could to a certain extent control the will of
others ; yet notwithstanding the greatest etibrt, I never
have been able to control horses without first impressing
the nervous system with a sense of physical power. The
cases which are most likely to resist such management, are
stallions wdiich have grown into viciousness through bad
treatment, and mustangs, or those of a fixed, wild nature.
The"AVilkins Horse," " Hillman Horse," and "Mustang
Pony," Cases G, 7, and 11, Subjection, and the " Hettrick
Horse," No. 4, Kicking, are cases in point. As a matter of
experiment, while the " Hettrick Horse" was tied to the
center pole of the ring, I tried for over an hour to even get
near enough to touch his body without being struck or
kicked, and if my life depended upon it, T could not safely
do it ; yet by less than twenty minutes' proper subjective
treatment, his submission was made complete. In proof of
this, reference could be made if necessary to a great many
of like character.
When a horse is thoroughly vicious and unmanageable,
subjecting him fj[uickly to a full course of treatment, sur-
prises and breaks up his confidence, on the same principle
that the eye disconcerts and controls, with the difference
that now it is the result of direct physical control, when
by careful management he can be held gentle. But in
doing this, as I have repeatedly remarked, it is fiital to
success to let the horse see, at any point, that there is not
sufficient power to master and control him. Sometimes,
412 SUIUECTION.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES
Avheii this is well done, the will of the horse is so i4i)roughly
broken, and made so submissive, that, though previously
so vicious as to be entirely unmanageable, he m.ty become
among the safest and gentlest for use. The mum point of
success, after he thoroughly submits to coercive treatment,
is to win his affections.
ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
As an additional aid to the reader in studyirit, this sub-
ject, I include the details of treatment in the management
of a few representative cases.
Case 1. — Mt. Vernon Horse.
This was an eight-year old, sorrel gelding, weighing
about 1100 pounds. He had an exceedingly strong, tough
organization, but was most remarkable for his wild, treach-
erous, sullen nature. He was one of the best types of this
peculiarity of character the writer ever treated. His head
was almost the exact counterpart of that of the " Hett-
rick Horse," Case 4, Kicking, but was immeasurably the
worse horse to subdue. He could not be controlled in har-
ness, double or single, was so strong and tough that up to
the time of his being brought to me, his temper had not
been subdued by any treatment given him. He would kick
out sideways and kill a hog whenever brought near one.
He was in fact one of the most dangerous and difficult horses
to break ever known in that country.
I had been at Mt. Vernon, Ohio, over a week when this
horse was brought in to be treated before the class. The
moment I saw him across the ring, I made the remark,
" There is a Averse horse than I have ever yet treated in
the State." The owner, offended at my giving his horse
so bad a character, said he could handle and drive him.
Though I knew nothing whatever of the horse beyond
MT. VERNON HOHSE. 413
what I saw of him at a distance, I stated that there was
not a man in the country who could drive him, and if I could
not prove it, I would charge him nothing for my instructions.
Upon trial with a severe bit, he went straight along in
defiance of the pulling of ten men upon the reins, when his
bad character was confessed.
Had I not been able to prepare the minds of the class
to see the true character of the horse, he would have
broken me down ; but in fact my statement was accepted
as a reasonable explanation, and so I had an opportunity
to repeat the treatment until successful. I had a very
large class of experienced horsemen, and it became a
matter of deep interest for them to see whether the char-
acter given him would be fully proved by trial. He was
subjected first to the First Method, which he resisted Avith
great energy. This was followed by the Second and Third
Methods, carried to the fullest extreme, when he would
allow his quarters to be touched all around with a pole,
and could be handled without difficulty.
He Avas next taken in hand for over an hour to obtain
control of the mouth, but Avithout making the least impres-
sion upon him. This I expected and explained to the
class, and put liim over till the next day, Avhen he Avas
again subjected to the Second Method sharply, and the
training of the mouth repeated, as before, for about an
hour, Avith but little apparent success. This Avas extraor-
dinary, there having no horse been brought forward for
years that did not in tAvo lessons yield to the control of the
bit; but I promised that one more lesson Avould bring him.
On the day folloAving, he was again subjected in part to
First and Second Methods, and the mouth again taken in
hand, though quite sore from the effects of the previous
treatment. His wonderful pluck and nerve enabled him to
fight it Avith the utmost desperation for nearly an hour,
414 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
when he at la.st- gave up unconditionally, and was driven
before the cla.ss and upon the streets with entire success,
afterward remaining perfectly gentle and manageable.
A week later, he was exhibited in the street at a little
town eight miles distant, where he was owned. His good
character and performances enabled me to make a large
class there.
Case 2. — Gallopsville Horse.
This was a seven-year old sorrel gelding, owned in Gal-
lopsville, N. Y. He was a remarkably fine, muscular fel-
low, weighing about 1050 pounds. I refer to him as a
good type of an extremely bad, unbroken colt, and but a
slight modification of the previous case. In the preceding
case, when the horse was hitched up, he would go, per-
haps, some distance, and then, suddenly and without warn-
ing, pull ahead, or kick and run away. And, once resist-
ing, there was no possibility of holding him afterward. He
was a snorting, treacherous brute of the worst kind, and
when brought forward for treatment, Avas considered en-
tirely unmanageable in harness.
The touching of the harness, or anything brought against
his quarters would cause him to jump or kick with great
fury. At this time I remained but one day in a place, and
taught my classes in any kind of a building available. At
this place we had a small carriage house with hard-wood
floor, which Avas so unsuitable that to attempt the subjec-
tion of such a horse here would be not only very difficult,
but dangerous. On this account the First Method, Avhich
was well adapted for his temperament, could not be used.
Consequently he was subjected first, cautiously, to the
Second Method, which was a necessary step toward toning
down his extreme sensibility, but he could not be j)ushed to
its limits on account of the hard-wood floor, the smallness of
OMNIBUS HOESE. 415
the place, and the large crowd present. He was next sul)-
jected to the Third Method, which was carried to its fullest
extent. While being subjected to it, if touched with a f>ole,
the energy of his kicking was so desperate that both shoes,
though nailed solidly to his feet, were thrown off in a few
minutes. Not submitting satisfactorily to this method, it
became a matter of necessity to subject him again to the
Second. The place was partly cleared, and the chances
taken of pushing it to its fullest extent, to which he sub-
mitted unconditionally. The rest was easy, little more
being necessary than putting him in harness, when he
drove off gently. Next day he was taken to Central
Bridge, where the owner and class were promised that he
should be driven in the street. It being quite safe now to
attempt driving him while w^arm, he was put away till next
morning, wdien, after testing a few moments, he was hitched
up and driven perfectly gentle. The change was regarded
quite wonderful by those who had known and witnessed
his previously vicious character.
Case 3. — Buffalo Omnibus Co.'s Horse.
This case has some points of peculiar interest, for
which reason it is included. First, it shows to what de-
gree a naturally good, gentle horse, can be made vicious by
irritating, bad treatment ; secondly, the ease with which,
sometimes, a horse supposed to be very vicious can be made
gentle. The particulars of the case are as follows : —
This horse was nine years old, a bright bay, remarkably
fine, strong, intelligent, and weighing about 1200 pounds.
He was regarded one of the best in a large stable of horses.
He had been worked to an omnibus, and, it seems, gradu-
ally became Adcious, requiring great care in harnessing and
handling. He finally bit and crushed a man's arm, and
inflicted such other injuries as nearly killed him. The man
416
SUBJECTION.— ILI.USTEATIVE CASES.
was rescued only ])y the prompt interference of the other
men. The horse was so furious that he would jump at and
bite other horses, and it was finally only by the use of
pitchforks, etc., that the stablemen were able to drive him
into his stall, where he stood with his collar on for over
three months. No one daring to go near him, his food and
water were let
down to him from
above. Unable to
work him, and
fearing he would
kill some one, the
superintendent
had ordered him
shot, but for some
cause it had been
put off until the
period of my visit
there.
Before commencing my exhibition in this place, a gen-
tleman who was especially interested in my efforts, privately
informed me of this case, and said there was a strong fac-
tion of opposition there. They asserted they might consider
it worth while to come and see me after I had subdued
the horse ; that I could not or would not dare attempt it.
I at once informed the people of what I had learned, and
promised, if I could obtain the horse, to take him in hand
before the class.
At my earliest opportunity, I called at the stable, and
the horse w^as pointed out to me. I was confident I should
have no trouble with him, and told the superintendent that
if he would let me have the horse to experiment upon
before the class, I would subdue him. He frankly said
that the horse was too dangerous to take any chances with,
Fig. 285.— Omnibus Horse.
OMNIBUS HOESE. 417
and he did not wish to take any responsibility in the mat-
ter ; that if he permitted me to take him, and I shouki be
killed, or injured in any way, the public would censure
him. He said further that the horse was of no value, and
he had ordered him shot.
I finally convinced the gentleman that there would be
no diflftculty in tlie management of the case, and obtained
permission to take him o^^er to my building, where, in the
presence of leading citizens of Buffalo, I made him entirely
gentle in about twelve minutes. He was simply subjected
to First Method, followed hy War Bridle. His collar,
which had now been on for o^'er three months, could be
taken olT or put on at i)leasure. I told the superintendent
to put him ;it once at work, and have him treated with the
greatest kindness, and if at any time he exhibited the least
viciousness, to report to me. In about a week he was
brought back, and subjected to very severe tests before
them, and proved perfectly gentle. I include here an
editorial notice of this case, and a letter from Mr. Ford
written three months afterward : —
•'' A Horse that Killed one Man and Injured
Several Others.
"We yesterday afternoon visited the amphitheater of Prof.
Magner, the noted horse-tamer, on Carroll street. We found there
a Jarge number of our most prominent citizens and horse-owners,
and all manifested the greatest interest in the doings of the pro-
fessor. A horse belonging to the Omnibus Company, — a most
vicious brute, with the habit of biting, and striking with his fore
feet, and from which those in charge have not been able to remove
the collar or bridle for over three months, — was brought for treat-
ment. We understand, by the way, that this horse (a large and
powerful bay) once killed a man by biting and trampling him un-
der foot, and recently bit the hand almost otf the person having
him in .charge. In about twenty minutes, in the presence of be-
tween two and three hundred persons, Mr. Magner reduced this
brute to perfect subjection, so that the groom and himself har-
B^sijed ^■Tid unharnessed him, put their hands in his mouth, aii(i
8T
418 SUBJECTIOX.— ILLUSTKATIVE CASES.
handled hirn in every shape with perfect impunity, the former fu-
rious beast beinij as docile as a kitten. It was a wonderful exhi-
bition, as we can bear testimony." — Buffalo Commercial Adver-
tiser.
''Buffalo, Dec. 21, 1S69.
"Prof. Magner, Dear Sir : I consider myself in duty bound
to drop you a few lines respecting our once vicious horse, ' Man-
eater,' as wo called him.. I have ofxni said, What a good thing it
was we did not shoot him. He was taken out of the stable twice
for that purpose, when I, on both occasions, interceded in his be-
half. He is now one of our best h >rses, as docile as a lamb, and all
the drivers like him. AVe woidc him double or single, as required.
All this Avas caused from your few minutes' tuition. You are
aware of his past history. For months previous to making your
acquaintance, we could not get a man to Iiarness him, and two of
our drivers were disabled by him. When you visit our city, please
give us a call.
"Believe me, yours very truly, , M. FoRD,
" Ayent Buffalo Omnibus Co."
Case 4. — Oxford Horse.
This case is included for its remarkable peculiarity of
character, the writer having found no parallel to it in all his
experience. The horse was seven years old, and was owned
by a hotel-keeper in Oxford, Miss. He was remarkable
for his extreme sensibility, courage, and fine form. Al-
though perfectly gentle to handle or approach, he would
not bear the least abuse or excitement. Being a fine sad-
dle-horse, he could be mounted or dismounted in a building,
but not outside the building Avith safety. If an effort were
made to lead, mount, or dismount him outside of the build-
ing, he would jump and pull away, striking and jumping
with such fury as made him not only unmanageable, but
really dangerous. ^Vs an illustration of his sensitiveness,
the owner stated that once, desiring to shoe him, he was
ridden to the bhicksmith's, but refusing to go in, h6 was
struck upon the shoulder with the end of the bridle-rein, and
spoken to sharply. The result Avas, he took such a dislike
OXFOKD HORSE.
419
to the blacksmith's shop that he never couhl be ridden near
one afterward, and was shod in his stable.
Two traveling horse-taming parties, at different times,
had visited Oxford, and tried their skill upon this case,
both making a disastrous failure. When I visited the place,
it was made a condition of success that this horse should
be led, mounted or dismounted, in the street. And so it
became a matter of either giving
up the town, or taking him in
hand. I never had jumped a
to'wn for any such cause, and
concluded I would not now. As
a matter of experiment, I put
on him two War Bridles, with
over fifty feet of cord to each,
and with the aid of a strong man
led him out of the barn, wdien
such a desperate struggle com-
menced, he to get away and we
to hold him, as was, perhaps,
never seen before. The moment he was outside he rushed
forward, but being restrained, he lunged into the air more
than fifty times, when we were glad to end it by running
him into the stable as quickly as we could. Explaining to
the class that he could not be successfully treated in a barn,
he was mounted and ridden to a field a mile outside the
town, follow^ed by the class. The halter was now put on
outside the bridle, and while still mounted, the rider ready
to jump off, the hitching-strap was cautiously tied to his
tail. When ready, the rider instantly jumped from his
back, when he commenced the most violent struggle to free
himself. As he went round wnth great rapidity, he struck
and kicked with intense fury. When entirely helpless, he
was quickly untied, the treatment reversed, and carried to
the fullest extent to make him submit.
Fig. 286 —Oxford Horse.
420 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
The first form of War Bridle was now put on, when, on
his being untied, 1 instantly took him off his feet sidewise,
following up so sharply that he could not resist, when he
finally submitted to it. The experiment of mounting him
was now made, but he resisted so violently by wheeling,
jumping, and kicking, that the rider barely escaped being
killed. He was again subjected to general treatment, which
was carried to the utmost extreme of its power. The pre-
caution was now taken to mount him while tied. This was
successful, and he was soon made to stand gently to be
mounted or dismounted while the head was free. On the
way back to town, the better to test him, and fix the im-
pression, he was frequently mounted and dismounted.
Upon arriving at the public square, these tests were re-
peated, and the horse led to the stable. This case caused
me a great deal of anxiety, and it Avas only by the most
careful management that it was made so decided a success.
Case 5. — Hermon Horse.
This horse was a seven-year old thoroughbred stallion,
owned in Hermon, N. Y. He was a bright bay, had a good
head, was finely formed, and looked very much like Cruiser.
He was raised in Canada, and according to report had
killed a man there. He had not beeen broken to harness,
and was kept shut up, and considered a very difficult and
dangerous horse to break.
When I was advertised at Hermon, it was insisted as a
condition of making a class that this horse be subdued and
driven in harness. I was unable at the time to obtain any
particulars about the horse, further than that of his being
a wild, unbroken stallion,^a regular " man-eater." I had
but one clue, — he was a thoroughbred, and such cases, no
matter how vicious, I always found the best, or rather the
easiest, subjects to subdue. This influenced me to strike
WILKINS HORSE. 421
boldly for a large class, promising every man his money
back if the horse could not be made perfectly gentle to
drive in harness in forty minutes. Being compelled to
work in a barn, which was entirely unsuitable for such an
experiment, the treatment had to be limited to Second and
Third Methods, the Third being depended upon the most.
He submitted to treatment in about thirty minutes, and
drove to harness with entire success. Considering the pre-
vious character of the horse, the success of the experiment
was really remarkable, and far better than was expected
by any one ; still there were a few jockeys who were bound
to find fault. They.claimed that the horse would not stay
broken, and offered to bet f 100 that he could not be han-
dled or driven the next day. This I promptly met by of-
fering to put up $500 against it that it could be done in a
week from that time, when they backed down.
Two days later, on my arrival at Russel, eight miles
distant, I found the people had been so prejudiced by the
parties named, that it was necessary to make a special ef-
fort there. To counteract such an impression, which I
knew would spread and destroy confidence in my work, I
telegraphed the owner to bring the horse there at my ex-
pense and risk, which he did, leading him behind an open
buggy. Upon testing him, which I did carefully, I found
him perfectly gentle, hitched him before my buggy, with
the breeching-straps loose, and drove him up and down hill,
and through the streets generally with perfect satisfaction.
Case 6. — Wilkins Horse.
This is in some respects one of the most interesting
cases which has been referred to, on account of the
peculiar character and notoriety given him by the condi-
tions of his subjection by me (specially referred to in Per-
sonal Experience, page 511). The last effort to break him
422 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
Avas two months before my visit there, when he was brought
to a pretentious horse-tamer, with orders to break or kill
him ; but after a week's continuous efibrt, he was pro-
nounced as " haA^ng no brains," and impossible to subdue.
As a test experiment, he was controlled by me in about
thirty minutes, in the presence of the owner and Mr.
Bonner, in the last-named gentleman's stable.
He Avas a Avell-brfed trotting horse, nine years old, a
bright bay of medium size, quiet and gentle ordinarily, but
Avhen excited by being touched or handled, he AA^ould kick
and strike Avith great violence. Touching his nose or head
Avould cause him to strike like a AAdld mustang, Avhile to
touch his feet, or to attempt to take them up, would make
him kick desperately. A singular characteristic in this
case, rarely to be found among domesticated horses, was,
that if irritated he could repeat the resistance, if he tried,
a thousand times in succession ; there seemed to be no let-
up to him. When studied carefully, at such a time, it
would be seen that the expression of the eye indicated the
untamable nature of a Avild animal. In moving, his tread
and actions seemed to be like those of a cat. While stand-
ing, he Avould, Avithout moving, or changing the position of
his ears, out of the corner of his eye Avatch every movement,
seemingly listless, but ready at any moment to strike or
kick. He had in fact the true mustang nature, Avith any
amount of endurance, and Avas treacherous to the last
degree.
This horse should have been subjected to the Second
Method, Avhich Avould have made his control simj)le and
easy ; but the circumstances under which I was led to take
him in hand compelled me to handle him in a box stall, and
consequently I Avas limited to the Third Method, Avhich
was not in reality at all adapted to his case, and I barely
succeeded Avith it. I have repeatedly stated that this
WILKINS HORSE.
423
424
SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTilATl VE CASES.
method must not be used when the character is such that
there is inclination to bite the checks or lips, or when the
head is interfered Avith, as there is then an inclination, as
in the mustang nature, to strike, and the treatment will be
difficult to ajiply. In this case the result Avas that both
cheeks Avere badly bruised,* making him again very Adolent
until cured, when I
applied the Second
Method, subduing
him in about twenty
minutes.
I afterward gave
exhibitions of his
good character in
the presence of Mr. K^i&jM^^^ AJS
Henry Bergh, Esq..
President of the So-
ciety for the Pre-
vention of Cruelty to Animals, and other well-known
gentlem-en, when he Avas turned loose in the ring Avithout
anything on him, and submitted to handling Avith the
docility of any gentle horse. This was one of the fcAV
excej^tional cases that the most patient and kind treatment
Avould have no effect upon. As an illustration. Dr. Braily,
formerly Chief Veterinary Surgeon of U. S. Cavalry, a man
of exceptionally large experience in handling horses, tried
for over an hour, by scratching the mane, etc., to get his
hand upon a certain part of the head, Avithout being able to
do it. He had claimed that there Avas no living horse
Avhose head he could not in time by this method lay his
hand upon. I told him it could not be done in this case ;
if it could, I would give him one hundred dollars ; that the
only way it could be done Avas by proper subjective treat-
FiG. 2SS.-AVilkins Horse.
♦Proper treatment for such cases will be found in Medical Department.
HILLMAN HOES.E ''JET." 42£
ment. As explained, he made the experiment, and failed
completely; yet in about fifteen mimites' treatment, I
made the horse stand gentle and allow his head to be
rubbed or caressed in any manner. In these as well as in
all other conditions of resistance requiring coercive meas-
ures, kind treatment, as repeatedly explained, is to be
depended upon as an aid in fixing and holding the character
good.
Case 7. — Hillman Horse " Jet."
When the facts of this case are considered, it must be
accepted as by far the most remarkable as well as interest-
ing case yet referred to. He Avas a young stallion out of
one of the best trotting horses in the State. He was but
little over three years old, and of beautiful form. Not-
withstanding the conditions of his treatment were of the
best character, when but little past two years old, in
defiance of all that could be done, he developed such an
extremely vicious character as to become at once wholly
uncontrollable. The circumstances under which I was
induced to experiment upon this horse were as follows :
In the early summer of 1875 I made a chance A^sit to
Portland, Maine, where I had previously been in 1863, as
explained in Personal Experience. Meeting Dr. Tewkes-
bury, a leading physician and prominent citizen of that
city, he said : " There is one of the most vicious young
stallions here that has ever been known in the country,
one of the worst brutes that ever lived. He is shut up in
a building to prevent his injuring or killing any one. He
nearly killed one man, Eben Howe, and seriously injured
several others. If you can subdue him, you will prove
your ability to subdue any horse, and show that you are
the greatest horse-tamer in the world."
As he could give no particulars of the disposition, and
426
SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
being there on business with no time or inclination to give
the matter any serious consideration, I soon after left for
the West. A few weeks after, I received a letter from
Rev. A. P. Ililhuan, the owner, asking whether such a
horse could be broken; saying that unless I could come
there and break him, he must be shot. I wrote him that
I intended to visit Maine the following spring, and from
the explanation given of the horse, I thought I should have
no difficulty in his subjei^tion. I advised him not to allow
the horse to be annoyed or molested in any way, to give
Fig. 289.— Hillman Horse "Jet."
apples, etc., occasionally. Upon arriving in the State in
the following spring, I went to see the horse privately ;
and upon a careful examination, concluded I could not
prudently experiment upon him before a class, and so
announced I would take him in hand immediately after the
close of the season's business, at which time I went to
Porthuid for that purpose. Desiring to make the experi-
ment a perfectly fair one, I appointed a special committee
of three leading citizens to invite a few representative
horsemen to be present to witness his subjection. It being
feared by those interested that I would play some under-
handed game, giving the horse medicine, or something that
would control him for the present, a special committee was
HILLMAN HOESE ''JET."
427
428
SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
appointed to accompany me from the time I got up in the
morning until the horse was brought forward for treatment.
The real difficulty in the management of this case was
in getting to him safely, and taking him from his stable to
the place of exhibition. This, however, I was fortunate
enough to do without accident. Knowing by his tempera-
FiG. 2'.n.- "Jet" as led into Portland before being subdued.
ment that the First and Second Methods would have but
little if any effect upon him, I determined, as a matter of
experiment, to try by the Second Method to influence him
sufficiently to enable applying the Third safely, but failed,
lie was so sullen that he could not be made to turn
sufficiently fast to affect him. It being entirely unsafe to
give his head sufficient freedom while upon his feet to
apply the cord, he was thrown down by First Method. As
HILLMAN HOESE "JF^T.
429
430 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
expected, he did not resist it, proving it entirely powerless in
his case as a method of subjection. He Avas subjected next
to full pressure. For full fifteen minutes his resistance
was desperate, running, jumping, and throwing himself,
when he finally ceased all resistance, and in twenty-four
minutes all pressure was removed. He was now hitched
up and driven perfectly gentle, after which he was turned
loose in the midst of the crowd, with not even a halter
upon him, and proved perfectly gentle and safe. He was
then taken charge of by a good practical horseman, Mr.
Robinson, whom I charged to treat the horse with the
most perfect kindness and care, and to go to his stable a
dozen times a day, rub, caress, give apples, etc., which in-
structions were carefully carried out.
On the following Monday, as a matter of precaution, he
was subjected to the Second Method, to which he now re-
sponded promptly, after which he was harnessed and driven
for about two hours. A week afterward, as previously ad-
vertised, he was taken into the street in front of the Prebles
House, unharnessed, led around, and shown to be as gentle
as any ordinary driving-horse. Two weeks afterward, on
the 4th of July morning, he was driven by me in a street
procession, proving one of the safest and gentlest horses in
the crowd.
After the subjection of this horse, a chance occurrence
nearly destroyed the good effect of all I had done. While
the horse was standing with a crowd arovmd him, I was
called away for a moment. I was scarcely outside the
building when I heard a great uproar inside. I went
quickly back, when the sight that presented itself was most
startling. The horse which I had left there so quiet and
gentle was now under the greatest excitement, running
from one side of the building to the other, with head up
and eyes flashing fire, the people panic-stricken, and every
HILLMAN HOESE '^JET." 431
man running for his life, and climbing up the sides of the
building for safety. The better to understand the condition
of things, I will explain that the experiment was made in
a building about 75x100 feet in dimensions, that had for-
merly been used for a riding-school. Back of this was a
stable running across the entire breadth, with an open door-
way about ten feet wide between. In this stable were
standing about twenty horses. While I was out, he sud-
denly became conscious of the presence of these horses,
and went racing around trying to get to them. When I
reached the door, I saw at once that he must be caught in-
stantly, or the effect of the treatment would be entirely de-
stroyed. In addition, should he get into the stable behind
me, the result would be very serious. Keeping between
him and the horses in the opposite stable, I ran quickly
forward to his shoulder and grasped the mane firmly, and
as he ran along, passed the other hand down over his nose
and succeeded in stopping him. Three times he broke
away, but by great effort I regamed my hold. His old nat-
ure was fast getting control of him, as several times he
tried to reach back and bite my legs, and I saw that I must
get him under control quickly, or run. The fourth time I
held him, and ran him into a corner against the wall, where
was a high manger. While holding him, I induced a man
who was standing upon the manger trying to get away, to
put on the halter, which was with some difficulty done.
With this once on, he was immediately as docile and quiet
as if nothing had occurred.
This incident, trifling as it may seem, caused me as
much anxiety as taking him out of his stall a few hours
before, but occurring without accident, it passed off with-
out a comment. To show the great interest with which the
subjection of this case was regarded, I include a synopsis
of editorials from the press of the city, also an article from
Mr. Robinson, a well-known citizen :
432 SUBJJ^CTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
" Horse-Training — Wonderful Performance.
" The announcement that the well-known Hillman horse was
to be trained at the South-street stable drew a large crowd yes-
terday nioi'ning, as this horse is known to be one of the worst
cases on record. Some few gentlemen, including representatives
of the morning papers, took carriages, and drove out to the resi-
dence of Rev. A. P. Hillman, near the Reform School, to see Pro-
fessor Magner in his first attempt to handle the animal. . .
" Last September he was placed in a large box -stall, and had
not been taken out until yesterday morning. ... In this condi-
tion Jet was led from the stall for the first time in eight months.
The line of march was taken up for the city, a man on either side
holding by the curds attached to him. All the residents on the
way were in waiting to see the wonderful horse pass, and on reach-
ing the city a large crowd followed the horse and his trainer to
the stable.
" The stable was thronged on the arrival, and after giving the
horse a slight rest, Mr. Magner commenced upon him. We can-
not give the method of training, for it would be telling the secret
by which he governs hoi-ses. Suffice it to say that in just twen-
ty-five minutes the sti-iking, dangerous hor.se was as mild as a lamb.
He was turned loose, and wandered about amono; the horsemen as
though he Avere an old truck-h^rse. The trainer j umped upon his
back, and afterward harnessed him to a wagon, and drove about
without the least strap to keep the wagon from striking his heels.
The gathering was composed almost exclusively of horsemen, and
each and every one of them pronounced the horse under perfect
control, and they voted the professor a vote of thanks." — Portland
Press.
"'Jet' Conquered. An Interesting Exhibition of
Horse-taming.
"When Magner first entered the stall, the demon in the brute
showed itself in the most striking manner by frantic efforts to
seize him with his teeth, rushing around his narrow quarters like
a caged tiger, while the red flash of his wild eyes woukl have de-
terred many strong men from appi-oaching him. But the pro-
fessor paid little heed'to the wicked manifestations of this modern
Bucephalus, and, taking advantage of his quiet seconds, firmly se-
cured his head with cords, slipped a large hood over his head; and
thus blindfolded and fastened in the strongest possible manner,
handsome 'Jet' was led in triumph to the city, and taken to the
old riding-school on South-street, arriving there shortly aft(3r 9
o'clock. A large number of people interested in horses, including
HILLMAN HOESE "JET." 433
nearly every physician in the city, were assembled at this place;
and, on the stallion's arrival, many were the comments on his re-
markable beauty of form and color, as well as the strength and
supple grace which every movement revealed.
"At 10 o'clock Professor Magner cleared the place of all spec-
tators excepting those holding tickets of invitation from the com-
mittee having charge of the exhibition, and proceeded to carry out
the promise of his circular.
" Of course, the peculiar method by which, in a wonderfully
brief time, one of the most savage stallions in the State was so
completely conquered that he was harnessed to a carriage and
driven around the enclosed yard, fast or slow, as suited, as well as
backing, stopping instantly at the word, ' Whoa ! ' besides various
other things, — all proving that the demon had been, temporarily
at least, exorcised, — cannot be stated; but it was surely done." —
Portland Argus.
"Sketch of the Noted Hillman Horse, 'Jet.'
" BY C, G. ROBINSON, ESQ.,
" Whu took charge of him after hehig subdued.
" I have known ' Jet' since he was foaled. He has been known
as the finest and most promising colt of his age in the State, being
of the best trotting blood. He has attracted the most widespread
notice for his remarkable viciousness. He would look at a man
pleasantly, yet bite, strike, or kick, as soon as within reach, and
would fight as coolly and desperately as a bull-dog. If he could
not reach the pei'son with his fore feet or mouth, he would wheel
and kick with the quickness of a mule. Any one having a little
experience with him once, let him alone afterwards. When but
eighteen months old, ho was taken for exhibition to the Lewiston
fair. It was with great difficulty that he was taken out after
standing in the car two days, and he was not, in consequence, en-
tered for competition. His exploits at this age were numerous.
For instance, a horseman who did not fear any horse, could not
be prevailed upon to keep away, and, though warned to keep out,
incautiously stepped into 'Jet's' department; when, quick as a
flash, upon getting near enough, 'Jet' cornered and crushed him
under his feet with mouth and hoofs. When that man was res-
cued, which was with great difficulty, he needed no more admo-
nitions to keep away. At different times foolhardy individuals
were cornered in this manner at Lewiston ; and each time the
horse had to be clubbed to rescue thein. Though notoriously
vicious, being remarkably fine in form and action, a great effort
was made to use him for l^reeding. He was put in the care of
Mr, Jacob Bailey, of Hiram, a horse-breaker who was highly rec-
28
434 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTE ATI VE CASES.
ouimencled in the language, 'If he cannot break him, no man can.'
Mr. Bailey had him but a short time, when he wrote the owner
that he could not manage him at all, and that he must take the
horse away; in fact, the hor.se came near killing him. Then a
Southern colored man, av ho had been used to taking care of blooded
liorses in the South, was recommended very highly to take him,
and was employed by the owner. He had him but a few days
before he was beaten. Then, with much diliiculty, with strapping
and binding he was carried to Portland. In leading him from
the cars to the stable, he got the man under him, who was rescued
with difficulty from his ferocious fury.
" Mr. Richardson and Eben Howe, two of our most experienced
and successful horsemen, now took him in hand. They attached
ropes to his feet and head, tied up one foot, taking every precau-
tion they could, and undertook to lead him to his owner's stable
between them. In hiseflbrts to resist, and of the men to hold him,
Mr. Richardson's rope broke, wdien the horse at once jumped for
Mr. Howe, catching him by the breast of his thick overcoat, lifting
him from the flooi- as if only a mere toy (Mi-. Howe Mill weigh
about 180 pounds), threw him down, and came down upon him
with his knees, liolding his grip with the tenacity of a tiger (Mr.
Hillman's words). Mr. J. Jewell, stable-keeper on Centre-street,
grabbed a hay-fork and hit the horse three times heavily upon the
back of tlie hea<l, while another man hit liim in the same place
Avith the butt of a heavy black whip ; but his grip was only loos-
ened by thrusting the fork-handle between his jaws above the nip-
pers, and thus his mouth was pried open. Mr. Howe was so seri-
ously injured that he M^as unable to attend to his duties for a long
time; indeed, it was regarded fortunate, so bad were his injuries,
that he was able to regain his health even then.* By being tied
and hampered in the most effective manner that skill and ingenu-
ity could suggest, he was led to Mr. Hillman's place in Cape Eliz-
abeth, where he was kept confined for nearly nine months, until
taken out two weeks ago, and subdued in the presence of our lead-
ing citizens by Prof. Magner. Such is Ijut a brief outline of the
character of this most remarkable horse. It is admitted by all
that he was the most vicious horse of any age ever known in this
country."
Case 8. — Norwalk Horse.
This case is referred to mainly to show the value of
proper Ireatmenl. .When at Norwalk, Ohio, I had a large
^Mr. Howe was present at the time of ".Tef? '" subjection, and was still an in-
Talld from the elEects of his injuries.
ALLEGAN "MAN-EATEE." 435
class, and among other interesting subjects brought in for
experiment, was one having the following history : —
A gentleman in the place raised a fine, four-year old
colt. In trying to break him, he took to kicking and
running away. Several horse-breakers tried to break him,
but failed. The last trial was made by two horse-tamers,
who, after working upon him two weeks, not only utterly
failed, but injured him seriously by their severe treatment.
Upon my arrival there, he was about seven years old, and
had been running loose about two years.
This horse was medium sized, well bred, very intelligent,
and naturally easy to manage, but had been made vicious
by ignorant, abusive treatment. The owner brought him
on condition that I should break him. Upon looking him
over, I stated to the class that there would be no trouble
whatever in breaking this horse, that he was one of the
best subjects yet brought in. He was subjected to First
Method, to which he yielded readily. But as a matter of
precaution, he was subjected afterward to Second Method,
when he was put in harness and driven gently without
further treatment. Next day at one o'clock, as previously,
announced, he was driven without breeching through the
streets. Though going at a fast trot, and distant fully six
or eight rods, he could be stopped or started by word of
command. He was afterward used as a family driving
horse.
Case 9. — Allegan "Man-Eater."
In explanation of this case, I will include statements
and reports published at the time.
" The Allegan 'Man-Eater,' the ' Cruiser' of America.
"Science vs. Strength.
"About the first of January last, Prof. Magner came to this
place, and opened an amphitheater for the training and subjugation
436
SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES
of wild and vicious horses. At first his claims were looked upon
with suspicion and distrust by horsemen and the public generally ;
and only after the most exhaustive and convincing proofs of his
truly wonderful nerve and skill were exhibited, was he enabled to
establish himself in their confidence.
" From here he removed to Plainwell, where he met with still
greater success, receiving a public testimonial signed by one
hundred and fifty of the leading citizens of that place. But it
was reserved for Allegan to bring a final test-case, A horse by
nature of the most desperate and vicious character was brought
in. He had previously killed one man, and crippled several for
life, and severely injured many others. He had been owned by
Dr. Way, of Otsego, an accomplished and skillful horseman.
Fig. 293.— AUegan "Man-eater."
*' When brought into tlie ring, the horse exhibited all the pecul-
iar traits of his character: his eyes became bloodshot, and gleamed
like balls of fire; he sprang at his trainer like a wild beast, biting,
strikmg, and kicking in the most determined manner, breaking
the ropes and stakes, springing upon the seats, and throwing them
down, teaiing pieces from the center-pole with his teeth, lunging
at any person who met his eye, actually screaming with rage
when foiled in his attempts to seize his intended victims. Nearly
every person was driven from the tent, some in their haste tearing
holes in the canvas, and escaping through the roof. It was a truly
exciting and desperate struggle of science against strength, which
lasted for full three hours, when the fury of the beast gave way
before the superior intellect and science of man, and the horse be-
came perfectly docile, allowing himself to be handled with ease
and safety, triumphantly vindicating the truth and practicability
of Prof. Magner's theory. The next day the horse was handled
ALLEGAN "MAN-EATEK." 437
by strangers with perfect safety, and driven upon the streets.
Altogether, it was one of the most remarkable cases ever witnessed
in this country, as he was in all respects as vicious as the noted
English horse Cruiser. We do not write this as a pufF, but to
illustrate the perfection to which the science of horse- training has
been brought by Prof. Magner. Many of our citizens who failed
to attend his lectures here, are now regretting not having done so.
His great success recently in New York, where he is indorsed in
the strongest manner by all the best horsemen, including Mr.
Bonner, Mr. Bergh, and even the clergy, proves him to be a man
of real merit ; and were he to come here again, we predict for him
a flattering reception." — Kalamazoo (Mich.j Gazette.
" His History (by Dr. Way, who Owned Him, and whose
Brother He had Killed), which was Requested
BY the Class for Publication.
" The 'Updike Horse,' better known as ' Man-Eater,' from his
remarkable viciousness, was out of the Canada horse ' Lyon ' and
a Messenger mare. He was a wonderfully wild colt, and would kick
and strike at any one who approached or annoyed him.
" When three years old, he was caught with a lasso for the
purpose of castrating him. In the attempt to do so, after being
confined, he broke the ropes by which he was tied, and got away,
and it took several men with horses nearly all day to catch him and
complete the operation. It was found impossible to take the
sticks off" next day, and he was allowed to run, to die or not, in
consequence. Ho ran wild afterward until five years old, when
he was sold to Nathan Austin, who, after being seriously injured
by him, succeeded in getting him in harness to plow by the side
of a gentle horse, and plowed him all day with one of his fore feet
tied up, notwithstanding which he would kick and strike next
morning as bad as ever.
" By long-continued, severe, exhausting work of this kind, he
finally could bed him down in stall and handle him a little.
" Mr. E. Higgins g(jt liim next. In his efforts to drive him, he
kicked himself loose, destroying the wagon, and defied for a long-
time the utmost efforts of three men to catch him, and after being-
put in stall no one dared to approach him. In two weeks he was
sold to Mr. Lewis Hadden, from whom he got away in the attempt
to drive him, and it was with the greatest effort that he was
finally caught ; and after the most violent effoi't could finally be
handled by Mr. Hadden, but by no one else. He kicked and
nearly killed one of his boys, and he sold him to John Hogle. In
a short time he became so vicious that he could not be let out of
the barn or approached.
438 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
"A company of horse-tamers next agreed to break him. They
succeeded by a lariat rope in getting some of their rigging on him,
but he soon was loose, kicking and running in the street with a
number of ropes, etc., attached to him. After a great effort, and
taking nearly all day, he was caught. They promised to break
him next day, but that night they left, leaving their ropes and
straps on the horse.
" I bought him next. He was very poor and weak, and I put
him in the barn, did nothing to aggravate him, tried to give him
some oats in a dish, but he kicked and struck at me. I kept
trying him in this way for several days, until I could approach
and handle him a little. In the attempt to drive him in double
harness, he kicked himself loose, breaking the wagon to pieces.
'" About a month after this he struck and kicked me, and I
only saved my life by rolling tinder the onanger, where I had to
remain until relieved by neighbors. He would now kick or strike
any one approaching him, injuring quite a number, one man from
Kalamazoo getting three ribs and one arm broken by him. He
kicked and struck my brother when he was attempting to feed
him, not only killing him, but in his fury literally mangling his
body by striking and kicking it about in the stall.
"After this he was not approached or touched by any one for
several weeks.
" Another party of horse-tamers next took him in hand, and
after working with him for two days, could not do anything with
him — not even put a blanket on him, or take their ropes off. After
leaving my hands, at least a dozen horsemen and horse-tamers
tried to break him, and all failed, and he was recognized and be-
came known as the most dangerous and vicious horse in the
State, if not in the country.
" He has been driven every day since you handled him (one
week). He is not in the least injured, and continues as gentle
and manageable as he was the day you handled him.
" It is needless for me to say that all your class here wish you
the greatest success in your humane efforts. All would be glad to
have you come back. I am, with great respect,
" A. B. Way, M. D.
" Otsego, Allegan Co., Mich."
All the methods of subjection were used upon this case
to their utmost limit, without any restrictions as to injury,
as the horse was considered worthless, the question of in-
terest being. Can the horse be subdued ?
A LLEGAN '^ iVIA:N-EA TEE."
439
440
SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
Case 10. — Roberts Horse.
I include this case because it was the first really vicious
stallion subdued by nie ; also to show the bad effects of
rough treatment, and the facility with which a horse that
has been even very vicious can be made gentle when the
treatment is right.
This was an '' Ethan Allen " stallion, about eight or
nine years old, owned by a
gentleman named Roberts,
in Utica, N. Y., at the time
suj^ervisor of the fifth dis-
trict of that city. The
horse had previously been
of such good character that
he was used as a family
driver. A groom in the
habit of drinking occasion-
ally, was emj^loyed to take
charge of him ; and to make
him show up, was in the
habit of whii)ping him until
he grew vicious and got to
fighting. The owner, hearing of this, discharged the man,
and took charge of the liorse himself; when, the first he
knew, the horse pitched suddenly at him, luting him, and
undoubtedly would have killed him had not two men who
happened nenr driven the horse off with rails.
When I visited the city, the horse had been confined
to his stall for seven months, fed through a hole or window
in the wall, it not being considered safe for any one to go
near him. In consequence of his serious injuries, Mr.
Roberts Avas yet confined to his room, a helpless invalid.
As a condition of doing anything there, the citizens insisted
that I should first subdue this horse. Consenting to make
Ym. 29.5. -Roberts Horse.
EGBERTS HOESE. 441
the experiment, I was accompanied by the Butterfield
brothers, one of them proprietor of a large livery stable,
the other better known as General Butterfield, Mr. Golden,
a well-known merchant and horseman, and the reporters of
the Telegrajoh and Utica Herald, to Mr. Roberts' residence
in the upper part of the city.
When these gentlemen saw the vicious character of the
horse, fearing I would get injured and they censured for it,
they unanimously requested that I would have nothing to do
with him, saying that if I would not, they would do all they
could to help me form a class. I told them to borrow no
trouble about me, to keep out of my way ; that the
experiment must now be made, and I would take care of
myself. I was fortunately able to get the horse out of his
stall without serious difficulty, and into a small yard or open
wagon house, on one side of which was a loft or haymow,
where the gentlemen named seated themselves, beyond the
reach of possible harm. It is necessary to explain here
that at this time I had no well-defined theory of manage-
ment, simply doing the best I could to adapt my efforts to
the control of such cases as were brought me for experi-
ment. Usually I succeeded fairly, sometimes quite flatter-
ingly, though not unfrequently, when compelled to take
some exceptionally bad case, I made more or less failure.
I had repeatedly heard of this case, but was cautioned
by friends to have nothing to do with him. But having a
desire to see the horse, and not knowing just how to pro-
ceed, I was betrayed into the promise of taking him in
hand ; and once starting in the matter, I was bound to go
through at all hazards. Still I made no special preparations,
and in fact had with me but a simple War Bridle cord.
Having the horse out in the yard, as stated, controlled by
two long ropes fastened to his bridle and held by myself
and assistant, the question arose in my mind. What shall
442 SUBJECTION.— ILL USTEATIVE CASES.
I do next ? I could not safely let go or put on any rigging.
In fact, I had none. Without stopping to consider, I
resolved to take the only chance open for me, that of com-
bating him in the most simple and direct manner. He
was a wonderfully quick, energetic fellow, and just as
vicious as he was quick, having no idea but to jump at a
man. Should I succeed, his control would be simple and
easy, whereas if I failed I should be completely helpless
and in his power, the result of which would be serious if
not fatal to me. A supreme effort was my only chance,
and I prepared to make it. I took as short hold of the
rope as I could with safety, measured the chances, and said
to the other man, " Let go." The moment the horse was
given freedom, he jumped for me. At the same instant I
sprang for his tail, which I was barely able to catch and
hold. The struggle now was for me to hold on and keep
upon my feet while going around rapidly. I barely suc-
ceeded, soon making him so helpless that I could safely
let go and reverse a few times, after which I quickly put
on the War Bridle, and made him feel all the power I could
exert with it. The whole time of doing this was not more
than five or six minutes, when he became completely docile,
following me around and allowing me to handle him as I
pleased. I now advised that he be treated kindly, given
apples, petted, and put to work. He was driven almost
daily afterward, while I was in the city, by members of the
family, proving as safe and gentle for use as he was in the
first place.
When I look back upon this experiment, and consider
all the circumstances, I regard it as one of the most sue
cessful I ever made. It was, at the same time, so fool-
hardy that after mature experience I would have hesi-
tated long before taking such a risk. Tt would be simple
and easy enough in ordinary cases ; but when the horse
EOBEETS HOESE. 443
is extremely vicious and quick, there are two sources of
danger : First, of being kicked while catching the tail, on
which account it cannot be safely attempted with mustangs
or horses of this character ; second, of missing the tail, or
of inability to run fast enough to keep up with the horse
in his rapid circular motion. In which case there would
be no alternative but to let go or be dragged under the
fore feet. In either case, should the horse be really vicious,
as in the present instance, I would have been brought within
reach of his mouth, helpless to resist his biting or striking
which would be extremely perilous.
&?
Case 11. — Mustang Pony.
The question is frequently asked. Can any horse be
subdued ? Practically there is no horse that cannot be
subdued ; but I will refer to a case, the only one I ever
found, that would not yield to treatment, though I am con-
vinced that with time and proper opportunity there would
be no real difficulty in making even this case manageable.
Two years before my visiting the northern part of New
York, there had been shipped into that part of the country
seven car-loads of wild mustangs. Two of these ponies,
up to the time of my coming, could not be broken, and one
of these is the subject referred to here. At North Lawrence
I had for subjects a six-year old, runaway, kicking mare
that had not been harnessed in two years, and a cream-
colored mustang pony. As was often the case, there was
nothing said about the bad character of this pony, but there
was something about his appearance that I could not
understand, and had never seen in any other horse. He
crouched up in a corner, apparently indifferent to all around
him, his head down, and his ears, which were heavy and
long as a mule's, thrown back and out. His under lip was
large, and hung down, leaving his mouth in appearance
444 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
partly open. The eyes were large, showing the sullen
expression of a wild animal. A very noticeable feature
was the extreme size of his nostrils. The fist could almost
be put in one of them. An indifferent look at him would
indicate a rather scrawny, low-necked, pot-bellied, dirty,
long-haired fellow ; but a closer examination showed won-
derfully large bone and muscle for a horse of his size.
I stated there would be no difficulty in making the
mare drive gently within fifteen minutes ; but I did not
know what I could do v/ith the mustang, as he appeared to
be one of the worst horses I ever saw, and not a suitable
subject to experiment upon before a class. Upon trial, the
mare submitted to treatment perfectly in about twelve
minutes, was driven on the following day to the next town,
and remained gentle afterward. Upon cautiously testing
the mustang, he exhibited the most fearful resistance. If
a stick were pointed at him, or he were touched in any
part of the body, he would jump, strike, and kick several
times in succession, then crouch into the farthest corner,
rolling his eyes, snorting, and blowing like a bellows. He
was with great difficulty subjected to Second and Third
Methods, which were carried to the farthest limit prudent.
While under pressure, he would sometimes strike and
kick desperately, then again stand sullen, doing nothing ;
finally seeming to submit, the moment the pressure was
removed he resisted as badly as before. It was the same
in relation to the Second Method ; he would either go
rapidly around a few times, or stand sullenly, refusing to
go around, regardless of the most severe punishment,
several times dropping down upon his belly ; yet the
moment he was free, he would fight as recklessly as ever.
After bringing out his bad character, the owner stated
frankly that the horse was really worthless, and could not
be broken, and we were at full liberty to see what we could
MUSTANG PONY.
44:
do with him. Consequent!}^ it became a matter of consid-
erable importance to subdue him, and the full force of
treatment was used upon him for two hours, without seem-
ing to have the least permanent effect.
It is proper to state that the First Method was not at
all suitable for this case, as this class of horses, when the
leg is tied up, will either throw themselves violently or
drop down upon the
belly sullenly, while
the War Bridle would
have no effect upon
him. The better to
explain his peculiarly
lithe, desperate char-
acter, after being
treated for nearly two
hours, with one leg
tied up, he dropped
forward upon his
head, turned clear
over like a wheel, and
came forward upon
his feet, making a complete somersault without any seem-
ing effort; and the next instant he jumped clear of the
ground, struck, and kicked out furiously with both hind
feet. I give a good portrait of his head, also an illustra-
tion of this remarkable feat, which was witnessed by the
entire class.
He was several times brought under sufficient control
to be harnessed in shafts and driven quietly for perhaps a
minute, but with the first freedom he would fight back
with tlie same insane fury as before. I made the statement
that such a horse could not practically be broken before
the class, and I doubted whether anybody could break him.
Fig. 296.— The mustang.
446
SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTEATIVE CASES.
The owner, a strong, practical man, laughed, saying he
belieA^ed he could break him, anyhow he should make a
thorough trial ; as much as to say, I will show you that I
can break a liorse that you cannot. Weeks afterward, he
informed me that ho made the most thoroush trial, not
only working with liim for days, but actually almost starv-
ing him, without having the least effect upon him.
My time being limited, I could not continue the treat-
FiG. 297. — The Mustaug iu the act of turning over, as described.
ment longer. In addition, an indispensable condition of
success was stopping when greatly excited, and repeating
when cool, and treating him slowly in connection with the
utmost kindness. But not being able to make a perfect
success of the experiment, about half of the class demanded
a return of their money, and received it. This made a good
deal of stir and talk, as it was considered a great thing to
find a horse that we could not manage ; and I knew it would
go like wild fire, and prejudice the people against me in
that part of the country. I made a special request that all
MUSTANG PONY. 447
present would meet me at the next town, and bring their
friends with them. On the day following, there was a big
crowd assembled, and evidently the tide of feeling was
decidedly against me. It was my usual custom to simply
explain what I could teach and do, then amuse the audience
by the performances of the ponies, Avhich was of itself one
of the best illustrations that could be given, showing the
value of intelligent treatment. But on this occasion some-
thing more substantial Avas needed, and I prepared myself
for the emergency. I had the people assemble in a hall,
'and commenced by explaining the singular adaptation of
the domestic animals to the wants and requirements of the
people among whom they are found in the different -parts
of the world. I then referred to the different peculiari-
ties of character common to each family or class, and
followed by an explanation of the changes produced by
chance causes, making the inference clear that exceptions
were possible, either from a lack of intelligence or extreme
wildness, which would make their training and management
extremely difficult. I pointed to the fact that one of the
horses treated the day before, and driven there that day
by the owner perfectly gentle, was broken, as promised, by
less than fifteen minutes' treatment, a horse that twenty-
four hours before it Avas not supposed could be successfully
managed by any man in the country.
I then took up the principles of subjection with their
effects (as explained in this and in first chapter), and finally
referred to the general success and appreciation of my
efforts. All seemed to see the point, and I made a largo
class. Even those of the day before who took their
money back, voluntarily subscribed anew. The result of
this was an overwhelming success, and interest that was
almost unprecedented in my experience throughout the
country.
448 SUBJECTION.— ILLUSTRATIVE CASES.
The other pony referred to was found a few weeks
afterward at Brush's Mills, in the same county, where I
had a large class. The case yielded to treatment in about
thirty minutes, allowing himself to be ridden or driven
gently. His subjection was so thorough that on the day
following he was driven to a buggy to the next point of
engagement, about eight miles distant, proving perfectly
gentle and manageable.
CHECKING AND BLINDERS."-
Cruelty of Checking. — In sitting, walking, or standing,
every person knows how tiresome it is to maintain one posi-
tion very long, and that a frequent change of position is equiv-
alent to resting. It
would be comparatively
easy to move the hand
up or down, which could
be done almost indefi-
nitely with out much in-
convenience ; but to
hold it in one position
Fig. 39S.-The horse with over-check. perpendicularly or hor-
izontally, would soon be
come extremely tire-
some and difficult ; in
fact, so much so that
it would be impossi-
ble to hold it out hor-
izontally longer than a
few minutes. A French
subordinate officer, as
a punishment, marched
his soldiers all day with-
Fio. oOO. — Let the (liiveis try it.
♦This article i.s HupjilruR'nlMry.
Firr. 299. — Horse iu nature.
out allowing them the
regulation freedom of
changing the position of
their arms, which so in-
jured them that it was
regarded sufficient cause
for inflicting upon him
the penalty of death.
Now, checking hors-
es, and forcing them to
hold their heads unnat-
[ij
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
urally high and keeping them thus arbitrarily in a fixed
position, as I notice to be generally practiced, frequently all
day, while perhaps being rapidly driven or worked hard, must
be almost equally trying and painful for them to bear, and in
connection with the use of blinders is so much of a fault that it
cannot but be regarded as the greatest ingratitude and a crime
to so faithful and useful a servant.
But custom, when
once fixed, no matter
how unreasonable or
cruel it may be, would
seem to transcend even
^ the limits of reason and
// common sense. It
{/ may be mentioned that
even the prime-minis-
ter of England would
not have the door of
his house opened by
the hand of a woman in
Fig. 301.— Both methods of cheeking. answer to the call of a
visitor ; it must be done by a liveried servant. Neither would
he appear in Fleet Street, London, without a regulation hat
on ; for so inexorable is the custom of society, that either would
be regarded sufficient to ostracise him socially.
In China the so-
cial standing of a
lady is determined
by the extreme
smallness of her
feet, and to reduce
their size to the
smallest degree
possible, they are
subjected to the
most cruel com- Fig. 302. — Long nails. Absurd Chinese custom,
pression from infancy, which leaves her little more than a
helpless, hobbling cripple ; while the social standing of the
men is regulated by the length of the finger nails, which are
protected with the greatest assiduity, until they grow to a
CHECKING AND BLINDERS. 3
degree that interferes in a very serious manner with the use
and freedom of the hands. Even the lowest savages are en-
slaved by the same inexorable law. This we see shown in a
thousand different ways, many of them at the expense of even
the most extreme and long-continued torture. Thus, certain
tribes of the American Indians flatten and compress the head
of the child with a board, while savages in other portions of the
world distort different parts of the body in different ways,
tattooing, filing and coloring the teeth, wearing rings in the
Fig. 303. — As the heads of gentle driving horses are frequently checked up,
as referred to in text.
nose and lips, inserting blocks of wood or rings in the under
lip and some parts of the face — the greater the extreme, the
higher the proof of gentility.
Now this custom of using arbitrary checks upon horses for
giving fictitious style to them in driving, at the expense of a
great deal of comfort, freedom, and vital force, is of the same
foolish character, which, in the hands of ignorant people espe-
cially, has become so very common as to demand the most seri-
ous effort to prevent it.
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
Cropping aud Docking. — In accordance with these ridiculous
notions, introduced, perhaps, by some titled fool, it was the
custom in England, about forty years ago, to crop horses' ears
and manes, illustrations of which are given from an old English
work, showing the method of doing it. Thirty years ago, in
this country, it was common in every neighborhood to see
horses with their tails "cut off and nicked," which required
their standing for weeks. in the stable with the tail drawn up
with pulleys, and this even at the risk (which often occurred)
of so much inflammation setting in as to cause the falling out
of the hair of the tail, or of producing tetanus and the loss of
Fig. 304. — The head as usually drawn up with the overdraw check.
the horse, which was not infrequent. This was carried to such
an extreme by many, that it became the point of ambition of
the professional dealer to have a horse with the shortest and
most elevated tail, with a short tuft of hair hanging to it. To
show that this is true, I give an illustration of such, copied
from the English work before named. This custom, absurd as
it may seem, was as common about a generation ago as the
overdraw check is now.
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
HighCheckiug. — Soon after
the inauguration of trotting, it
was found that horses of cer-
tain temperament and form could
be made to trot more reliably
and faster by holding the head
checked high, and soon consid-
erable ingenuity was displayed
in the development of the best
methods of doing this. This
was resorted to with the same
object with which toe weights Fig. 30.5. — A gentle family horse; showing
and other means are now used, the discomfort and pain of
111 1 r 1-11 liigh checking.
to hold and lorce more reliably
in the trotting gait.
Down to about fifteen years ago the check in general use
consisted of a simple strap, the ends
of which were attached to the rings of
the bit, passed through the lugs on
each side attached to the throat-latch,
and back to the saddle-hook. The
shorter the strap, and the higher these
lugs were placed, the higher the head
was necessarily drawn up and back.
A good illustration of the extreme of
such checking is shown in Fig. 316.
Various improvements were made
on this method, based mainly, now
in addition to the points explained
in raising the lugs, or in attaching them well up near the
head-piece of the bridle ; next, in
passing the strap through the
rings of the bit, and attaching to
the cheek pieces of the bridle,
making the purchase straighter
up on the head, and giving con-
siderable pulley purchase up and
back upon the bit. Various mod-
ifications have been made of this
form, in connection with powerful ^^^ 307.-One position of head of
curb bits, with the object of ele- the horse referred to in text.
Fig. 306.— The family horse trying
to relieve himself from the
restraint of the (heck.
e
CHI^XKING AND BLINDERS.
Fig. 308. — The horse trying to re-
lieve him.self from the tor-
ture of the overdraw check.
vating the heads of fancy carriage
teams in the principal cities of this
country and England. Figs. 318
and 321 are fair representations of
the modern popular form.
Finally a change was made, —
that of passing the strap, one end of
which was divided and connected
with the rings of the bit, back over
the head, and attaching it to the sad-
dle-hook, which was called the Kim-
ball-Jackson check. The next change was that of placing an
extra small steel bit in the mouth,
with a strap attached across the nose
to hold it in place, which was con-
nected to an extra strap passed up
to the top of the head piece, on
which a patent was taken. It was
introduced, I believe, by a man
named Carroll. This was improved
upon by an extra strap, bringing
the check-lugs rather high on the
bridle, and connecting the rein di-
rectly with this extra bit.
The next step was to attach branch-
es of a straight strap directly to the nose-piece or rings of
this extra bit, and pass it back
over the head to the water-hook,
as now used, not only simplifying
it, but giving the m.ost arbitrary
power of keeping the head ele-
vated. No matter what the form
or temper of the horse, this form
of check holds the head up so ar-
bitrarily that the horse is helpless
to resist it, giving the appearance
of style, especially in those that
carry the head rather low, and
hence their popularity with deal-
ers. These improvements were
Fig. 309.— Throwing the head up to
obtain relief from the check.
Fig. 310. — One of the positions
the horse assumes in trying to
obtain relief from the pain
of the check referred
to in text,
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
brought into use, as has
been stated before, by the
professional trainer, for
the sole purpose of mak-
ing horses trot steadier
and faster ; but on account
of the appearance of style
which they forced the
horse to indicate, and the
pride most people exhibit
in trying to give their
horses the semblance of
superior form and style
which it conveys, as well
as to imitate, as far as they
can, the efforts of the pro-
fessional trainer of trot-
, 1.1. 1- J • i.u Fig. 311. — Common method of pulling: the tail up
ters, they have, durnig the ^. , - , , i,
■' °_ after bemg nicked.
past decade, come into
very general use.
It may be worthy of mention that this check is peculiar to
this country, not being, as far as I know, used in any other
country, only
the old form,
with its modi-
fications, being
used in Europe.
In England it is
known as the
" bearing-rein."
In originally
usingthischeck,
or bearing-rein,
upon driving
horses, the ob-
ject has been to use only so much restraint as w^ould pre-
vent the horse from throwing the head down below the breast,
and to curtail the head to its natural position, or slightly
below it, which is not seriously objectionable.
Fig. 312. — One of the methods used to hold the tail up after
beioff nicked.
8
CHKCKING AND 1UJND1<:KS.
Ill tra illinium Colts, a simple method of
trainin;^ tlie mouth is that of bitting, or
puttini^ on what is termed a "bitting-
rig," and accustoming the colt to submit
the head up and back to the restraint
of the bit, an illustration of Avhich I give
in the chapter on "Colt Training."
When done properly, it is a valuable aid
in training the mouth ; but it is not
sufficient in itself, because by this means
the advantage of a dead pressure onl}-
can be obtained ; whereas it is necessary
Fig. 314. — Horse with h loopd mane.
Fig. .'ilJ.—Tail dockcrl and
nicked.
to teach him to sub-
mit to flexible re-
straint, which is the
real object to be
attained, and this
can be done best
by direct training
with the bit. When
this is done, pulling
gently but firml}'
upon the mouth
Avith the bit will
bring the head up
and back, and keep
it, without an)- ap-
parent restraint,
even higher than
can be accomplished
with a check, w^here-
as, if dependent up-
on checking only,
and especially if
checked rather high,
the muscles of the
neck becoming fa--
tigued, to ease and
relieve this, the
Fig. 31.5. — A oroppod horse, referred to in text.
CHPXKING AND BLINDERS.
d
IS
horse ma)- learn to rest the
head upon the bit, thereby
inducing liim, when pulled
upon, to learn the habit of
lugging or throwing the
head down upon the breast, —
a very objectionable habit,
and one which really defeats _.
the v^ery object of bitting.
Another point : If the colt J
is checked up very high at
first, or so much as to irri-
tate and madden him, in his
struggles to free himself from Fig. 316.— The position of the head as it
the pain and restraint he is frequently drawn np by a severe
liable to throw himself over form of side che.k.
backward and be killed, an occurrence known by any one of
experience to be very common.
The want, also, of this training of the mouth (which is fully
explained in the chapter on "Colt Training") frequently leads
plucky, spirited horses to so lunge or pull recklessly against the
bit as to make them un-
manageable and dangerous.
This it is sought to over-
come by different forms of
severe bits. When giving
instructions and making ex-
periments, I had almost
daily lunging, kicking, and
runaway horses of the
worst character brought
forward to be experimented
upon, — horses that, Avhen
used at all, could only be
driven by the most severe
form of bit ; and I was invariably able to drive such without
a check, giving the head entire freedom, and I may say, without
breeching as well, the most interesting feature of which was
the simplicity of treatment with which it could be done.
In a certain class of lunging, headstrong horses, I call atten-
I-"k;. yi7. — Freedom and comfort.
10
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
Fig. 318. — The extreme torture of the Bedouin or gag bearing rein.
tion under that head to checking the head high to repress re-
sistance ; but it is given as palliative treatment, in the absence
of a better. I call attention to it also to prevent a horse from
Fig. 319. — Form of bit in Fig. 320. — Form of bit used in connec-
general use. ^^°^ '^'^'^ check sliown in 318 and 321.
kicking, because it is difficult for .a horse to kick when checked
high. But it is given as a simple means of control, as other
treatment is given for objectionable habits, and does not apply
CHECKING AND BLINDERS. 11
at all to the use of the check upon gentle horses in their driv-
ing.
Even those most humane in intentions and feelings are liable
almost daily to subject the most gentle horses to this very seri-
ous cause of discomfort and pain. To illustrate somewhat the
extent of this, I will refer to two cases coming to my notice in
one evening, just previous to writing this paper. A banker,
who had a promising three-year-old trotting colt, which he
purchased for his own driving, having him hitched up one day,
Fig, 331. — Discomfort,
invited me to ride. The colt's head was checked so extremely
high as to make it unpleasant for me to witness the pain and
discomfort of the horse in trying to relieve himself from the re-
straint. Fig. 303 is a good illustration. I took particular
pains to explain to the gentleman that this was not only entirely
unnecessary, but a cause of real cruelty, and that I was confi-
dent he would not intentionally subject his colt to such need-
less pain and discomfort, when brought to his notice. He, like
thousands of others, had scarcely an idea what the check was
for. He ** liked to see the head kept high, as it made the colt
appear better;" "it was the method of hitching up trotting
12
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
horses, and his colt ought to trot, etc." But notwithstanding
my utmost efforts, I could not persuade him to leave off
the check.
The same evening I saw a gentle family horse driven by
two girls. The horse, one of the kindest of animals, was
checked as high as he could be made to carry his head ; and
while driving on a walk it was really painful to notice the
strained manner in which the poor creature stepped, taking up
his feet and putting them down almost like a blind horse, be-
FiG. 322
cause the nose being pulled up so high, the blinders prevented
his seeing the ground before him, at the same time working
the mouth and throwing the head right and left in the effort to
free himself from the severe restraint. For a good illustration
of these positions, see Figs. 305 to 310.
This is only a fair illustration of how many favorite driv-
ing and family horses, including even some work horses, are
unintentionally checked up, and compelled to remain so for
hours at a time, no matter how worked.
Geo. T. Angell, Esq., President of the Massachusetts Hu-
mane Society, in a paper showing the injurious effects of the
check, says : —
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
13
" If a man's head were
to be tied to a belt around
his body, so that he could
not bend forward, he would
lose the advantage of his
weight, and could only
pull or push with his
muscles ; so, also, the ox
or horse. If a man's head
were thus kept in a per-
pendicular position, he
could not so readily see
where to step, and would
be apt to stumble ; so with
the horse."
But while the check is
ess objectionable for light
driving, it is not only abuse but real cruelty to use restraint
upon the head of the draft-horse in this way, as it to a great
Fig. .32.3. — Horses excited by the torture of the
burrs shown below.
Fig. 334. — Burrs, one half size.
Fig. 325. — Side view sliowing
length of taclcs, drawn
half size.
extent disables the horse from di-awing heavy loads. This
need not be demonstrated ; any man of observation can see
it, and it is finely illustratctl in Fig. 32!.).
u
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
A running horse, called upon to do his best, never has his
head tied up, and no one would think of doing so, because it
would probably lose him the race. I copy from the " London
Horse Book," which says : —
"The check rein is in nearly every case pjtinful to the an-
imal and useless to the driver, because it fastens the head in an
unnatural position, and as the horse's head and shoulders fall to-
gether, cannot be of
any real support in
stumbling. When, from
some defect in the ani-
mal or other cause, the
check rein is used, it
must be slackened, be-
cause, in addition to an
easier position of the
neck, a greater portion
of the weight can be
thrown onto the collar,
thus saving a great and
unnecessary expendi-
ture of muscular power.
That the check is incon-
sistent with the action
of the horse's head, is
clearly shown by the
fact that when the horse
Fig. 32(5. — A dog bitten and chewed in pieces, res- falls it is always bro-
cued by Mr. Bergh, of N. Y. Drawn from life. I^pn "
Dr. Fleming, the highest English authority, says : —
" I think nothing can be more absurd than the check reins ;
they are against reason altogether. They place the animal in
a false position ; the horse stands with a check rein exactly as
a man would stand with a stick under his arms behind his back
while trying to write. It is also extremely cruel. I have no
doubt if the public could only realize the fact that it throws
away a large portion of the horse's power altogether, and is very
cruel besides, this rein would be discontinued. It is not only
his head that suffers, but from his head to his tail, from his shoul-
ders to his hoofs, and over his whole body he suffers more or less."
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
15
Another high English authority, Prof. McBride, says : —
'* I most heartily concur in what has been said about the
bad effects of the foolish custom of using the check rein. It is
a very common cause of roaring in the horse, which statement is
indorsed by all veterinarians, seven hundred in England alone."
Figs. 303, 30-i, were drawn and engraved expressly for me,
showing the great discomfort of horses checked high, though
the artist did not fully catch my ideas in his orders, and conse-
FiG. ::i-^
-Tortures of hiffb checkino;.
quently did not express the position as fully and clearly as
desired ; in any event, they are not overdrawn.
For the privilege of copying Figures 298, 299, 300, 301,
327, and 328, which tell the story very plainly, I am indebted
to Hon. Thos.E. Hill, of Chicago, 111., the author and publisher
of " Hill's Manual " and other works. It is but just to add that
the friends of the horse are especially indebted to Mr. Hill for
giving the most striking series of illustrations showing the
abuses and cruelty of checking of any that I have hitherto found
published, and which, by his courtesy, I am permitted to copy
IC
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
here. They are taken froni " Hill's Album," a very fine family
work. He has not only done much himself in this direction,
but contributed largely to correct these and other prevalent
abuses, for which he is entitled to a high consideration from the
friends of the horse.
Figs. 818, 321, are from a work called "Bits and Bearing
Fig. .328. — The ordinary side cbecl<, giving an easy rein.
Reins," issued in England, but now out of print, which was
published to show the extreme cruelty of their use in that
country. The bit is a large, curbed one, of the most powerful
character. The rein, or strap, as explained, is given a pulley
purchase ; and, i)ulled short as represented, it is not difficult to
see that it must necessarily keep the animal in a position of ex-
treme discomfort. These are in no way exaggerated, as horses
checked in this manner can be seen daily by any observant per-
son in the larger cities, more particularly in New York. For the
electroes of three of these I am indebted to the kindness of Mr.
Henry Bergh, of New ^'ork Cit\\
Fig. 330 illustrates the position of a favorite horse bought
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
17
by the author of the work referred to, showing the position of
the head pulled up and back, which necessarily shortens the
back and extends the limbs to such a degree as to subject the
horse to the most uncomfortable and painful position of restraint.
This engraving, the author tells us, was made from a photo-
graph of the horse as he appeared when purchased. Fig. 331
Fig. 329. — The check rein on work horses.
shows the same horse with the head and neck free, being also
engraved from a photograph of the horse, in the position he
appears ; so that these figures do not exaggerate facts.
Figs. 324, 325, are photographs of what are termed " burrs"
that have been used by the drivers of that city upon the bits of
their horses, and are here given for the purpose of showing
their effect upon the horses. The side view (Fig. 325) shows
the ends of the tacks as they extend through the leather.
These burrs were placed on the bit on each side of the mouth,
so that the least pull of the reins would force the ends of the
tacks against the cheeks, thereby producing great excitement
and pain. The one copied from was taken from hundreds of
others like it in Mr. Bergh's office, which had been taken by his
18
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
officers from horses upon which they were used. Fig. 329 is
given to show their effect upon the horses. It is copied by
permission from a plate in the Humane Society's office of that
city.
Fig. 326, which hardly belongs here, is made from a photo-
FiG. 330. — Fashion and torture. The attitude and harness of this figure are copied from
a photograph of a horse as it appeared when bought by author of "Bits and Bear-
ing Reins." Taken from "Horse and Man," by J. G. Wood, Lippincott.
graph of a dog which had been rescued by Mr. Bergh. The
black spots represent the wounds. This dog was almost liter-
ally bitten and chewed in pieces in a dog fight. The figure is
inserted to show to what degree it is possible for even intel-
ligent, well-disposed people not only to submit to, but to coun-
tenance, abuses, which, it would seem when presented to their
attention in their true light, would excite in them the kindliest
sympathy. Now in all candor, what will more quickly gather
a crowd in any town or village than a dog fight — than to see
two, perhaps favorite pets, splendid dogs, chew and tear them-
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
10
selves in pieces ? And what would more quickly fire the pas-
sions of the best men so that they would almost be ready to
fight themselves? Thus it becomes a cause which in every
sense perverts and debases the finer feelings.
In the same sense, horses are unintentionally subjected to
equally cruel abuses by ignorant, thoughtless persons, a fair
illustration of which is shown in Figs. 332, 333. What a story
Fig. 331. — Nature and comfort. The horse in preceding cut shown vrithout restraint.
Made from a photograph by the owner after being owned by him a few weeks.
In the preceding cut, the tail is nicked and raised — the ordinary custom.
it tells ! What a degree of abuse of a fine horse is here shown !
See his head tied in the air while pushed, perhaps abused, to
gratify the pride of a couple of simpletons ! See the effect as
shown by Fig. 333 ! and yet this is only what can be seen almost
daily by any observant person in every village and town in
the country.
20
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
By far the finest and most expressive feature of the horse's
head are his eyes. They are also the most useful ; he depends
upon them most largely, and he should have the greatest free-
-, dom in their use. The
better to prove this, and
to show their location
and position in the head,
I give illustrations cop-
ied from life. Figs. 334
-336, showing how sin-
gularly well adapted
they are to enable a
horse to see not only on
each side, but behind
and before, as may be
required, and the ne-
cessity for giving them
Nature, who does every-
FiG. 332. — In the hands of fast young men.
the utmost freedom for doing this.
thing right, most wisely requires this, and it is but the hight
of ignorance and folly
in any one to assume
to change or interfere
with her plans.
The Horse's Eyes
Binocular.— The eyes
are what is termed
"binocular," that is, en-
abling the horse to see
with either eye inde-
pendently of the other.
Why blinders should
have come into such
general use is one of the
"conundrums" which I cannot, and which I have never found
any one who could, satisfactorily explain. Their use certainly
seems to me, if anything, more absurd and senseless than that
of checks. No one would think of using blinders upon saddle
Fig. 333.— Ruined afterwards.
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
21
Fig. 334. — Showing the position of the eyes in
the head.
horses, and why should it be more necessary to use them upon
horses in harness ? In fact, it is not difficult to see that they
are of a piece with other absurd customs referred to in a pre-
vious part of this chapter.
Origin of Blinders. — It
seems that a nobleman in
England had a fine horse
with a defective eye, to
conceal which he attached
blinders, or ** winkers,'' as
they called them, to the
bridle, so as to partly
cover the eyes. This
finally led to their use by
others, when it was found
that the outside surface
was a good place to put
on the crest of rank.
During my early public
experience, when I gaye
exhibitions in driving horses without reins, it was notice-
able that every motion of the whip, though held directly over
the horse's back, was promptly
obeyed, — that the horse, in fact,
could be controlled quicker and
better by the simple motions of
the whip than he could by bit
and reins, giving the very best
demonstration of this singular
power.
Instead of making the horse
unsafe, he is really made safer
and more tractable by his being
^^^ able to see everything around
him plainly, that is, when he is so
trained, this being the important
Fig. 3.S5 — Showing the position of condition in making him safe.
the eyes. Now, not only are blinders a
serious obstruction to the horse's seeing clearly, but they are
often a cause of much injury by striking against the eyes, or
22
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
by being pressed upon them. In pointingf out this cause of
harm lately, I found a piece of wire connected with the orna-
ment of the blind, which became raised and pressed into the
Fig. 336 — The position of the eyes.
eye almost a quarter of an inch, so as to cause serious injury.
The blinders had been pressed close up to the side of the head,
and against the eye to such a degree
as to attract my notice. This is a
common occurrence, as the clinch
of the wire holding the ornament
either extends beyond the surface of
the leather, or becomes raised more
or less, and hence is a very common
cause of injury to the eye. I have
frequently found the outer edge of
the eye abraided and raw from this
cause.
A horse is naturally suspicious
and afraid of anything he does not
plainly see, or does not comprehend
the nature of, and hence he must
\^ either be prevented from seeing ob-
jects at all, or be permitted to see
Fig. 337.-Fashion. The blinds ^^em plainly. Any one can under-
as now formed. The eyes
completely covered. ^tand that if compelled to look
through a small slit or narrow
space, it not only in the first place increases the difficulty of
seeing, especially while moving, making it very trying on the
eyes, but it makes it clearly impossible to see things as plainly
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
23
Fig. 338.
-The eyes so covered that the horse
cannot see.
as if the eyes had entire freedom. This is just the effect blinds
have upon the horse's eyes.
Now, of late years,
in the large cities espe-
cially, the fashion has
become quite common
of making the blinders
not only very large,
but in the form of a
bowl, that is, hollow in
the center, and the
edges brought forward
in saucer shape, car-
rying it to such an ex-
treme that they really
cover up the eyes and
prevent the horse from
seeing at all, or but
very little out of the
front corner of the eye ; and harness-makers throughout the
country are adopting this plan of forming blinders. They seem
to think it looks
dignified, or is an
expression of in-
creased style and
character to have
the blinds come
well forward and
around the front of
the eyes.
RepresentatiTe
Cases.— I made a
special effort to
obtain the aid of
an artist to make
photographs of
r e p r e s en tati ve
cases, so as to have an absolutely correct illustration of a good
average of them, but found it so diflficult to secure one to do
this that I was compelled to be satisfied with drawings, which,
Fig, 339. — The fashion in the country.
24
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
while not just what I wanted, give a very good idea of the form
and position of blinds upon the head, including the opposite
of rough specimens to be often seen in the country, which will
be noticed with interest.
In experimenting upon such horses as were brought to me,
I always gave the fullest freedom of sight, no matter what the
object, and cpuld always soon make the horse entirely indiffer-
ent. This is, in fact, one of
the most important essentials
of success.
The Danger of Blinders.—
A horse can be driven to a
top carriage with close blind-
ers, when he cannot be with-
out ; this is because he was
never permitted to see the
top while in this position,
and if permitted to see it
suddenly or unexpectedly, it
would be liable to frighten
or excite him very seriously,
and would be dangerous to
have him do so. This is fre-
quently illustrated very for-
cibly by taking off or changing the bridle on a horse while
hitched to a carriage. The horse being thus permitted to
suddenly see the top behind him, which is now an entirely new
object to him, will often show such violent fear as to resist all
restraint and run away. One of two things must be done ;
viz., eithc. cover up the eyes so that he cannot see the top, or
give him entire freedom in seeing it, when the cause of the
trouble will be easily overcome.
It is true that blinders may be used in certain cases to over-
come natural defects, the same as other appliances are used to
overcome certain difficulties ; but they are only necessary,
when at all, on account of improper or defective education.
First, a lazy horse will drive steadier and better when he
cannot see the motions of the whip, because such will learn to
watch the whip when raised for punishment, and jump to avoid
it, and then slack up again until the effort is repeated. But it
blinders are used upon such horses, they should be so formed
Fig. 340. — The old farm horse with blinds.
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
25
that they will not interfere sidewise or forward, or in any way
injure or touch the eye. They should merely prevent him
from looking back.
Secondly, a horse which has an ugly looking head, or a seri-
ous defect in an eye, or has suffered the loss of an eye, will
be improved by the use of skillfully applied blinders, v/hich
will serve to conceal the defects, and which, as before explained,
was the cause of their introduction.
Thirdly, if the horse is but imperfectly trained, and not ac-
customed when hitched to
a top carriage to see it,
the careful covering of the
eyes with blinders will
enable driving of the horse
with comparative safety
so long as the blinds are
kept so.
The Frequent Cause of
Accidents- — But let me
here call attention to a
very frequent and serious
cause of accidents, which
is not understood, and
which is frequently a cause
of much mystery. The
horse has been driven
Fig. 341. — The corners of the blinds dangling
against the eyes.
perhaps months or years to a top carriage with success.
Unexpectedly one of the blinds becomes misplaced or loose,
or the bridle becomes changed for one the blinders of which
cover the eyes but imperfectly, or perhaps in changing har-
nesses the bridle proved too short, and in letting out the
cheek pieces the blinders were brought too low for the eyes ;
in any event, the horse is, in a chance way, as he throws up
his head, enabled to see the top, and the consequence is a
most dangerous kicking runaway scrape. What is supposed
to be a gentle horse, without any cause has become suddenly
excited and unmanageable, and the result is a serious acci-
dent, that both destroys the character of the horse and results
in serious injury and loss. These accidents are of almost daily
occurrence in every r^eighborhood.
c
26
CHECKING AND BLINDERS.
Here, at the mere chance of a blind getting out of place,
you are at the mercy of a dangerous horse ; and yet, at least
one-third of the carriage horses in general use, if subjected to
the trial, would do this very thing, which would be entirely
prevented by first training and using the horse without blind-
ers,—the proper course to pursue, the treatment for which is
fully explained in other chapters.
A Horse will Drive Better without Blinders.— Then a sen-
sitive, intelligent horse will always drive pleasanter and better
when the eyes are left entirely unob-
structed, because he is able to see
and understand better the commands
of his driver. And certainly if the
bridle is properly constructed, wath
small round straps, of light or russet
leather, so as to conceal the head as
little as possible, the horse will look
better ; for, as before stated, the
eyes are the most expressive and
striking features of the whole head,
and covering them up seems like
trying to conceal an objectionable
defect. When blinders are used
for any purpose beyond what I have
intimated, they are nothing but a
senseless nuisance, in addition to
Fig. 342.— Blinders striking against adding considerable needless ex-
the eyes. pense to the harness.
But these may be rated as exceptional cases, the same as
certain methods may be employed to prevent a horse from
kicking, or of holding an exceptionally headstrong, pulling
horse by the use of a bit that gives increased power. I would
repeat that there would be no more necessity nor sense in using
bhnders upon horses driven in harness, if properly trained, than
there is in using them upon horses under a saddle ; and who
would think of disfiguring and encumbering a horse's head, no
matter how poor, with blinders when used for the saddle ?
CHAPTER XI Y.
Denton Offutt, Rarey's Instructor.
After the information given me in relation to Mr. Rarey
being instructed by Offutt, referred to on page 384, I
called at the office of the T%irj\ Field, and Farm, and
requested the privilege of examining the files containing
the issues in which Mr. Offutt's book was published. This
was kindly granted, and I read it through with great care.
It struck me that the dialogue between man and horse, and
the recipes for scents or drugs given for approaching and
controlling wild or vicious horses, would be of interest to
my readers, and worth preserving, so I determined to ob-
tain the copy for publication, if I could.
With this object I called upon the chief editor, Mr.
Hamilton Busbey, and placed the Rarey matter, before re-
ferred to, in his hands for perusal, at the same time stat-
ing my desire for the matter mentioned. During the con-
versation, he gave me the facts in relation to Mr. Richards'
statement regarding Offutt and his instruction of Rarey, as
follows : —
In October, 1877, he (Mr. Busbey) was dining with Mr.
Keene Richards at Blue Grass Park, when the subject
of horse-taming came up.''' Mr. Richards stated that the
founder of the horse-taming school was a native of George-
town, Ky., and that his name was Denton Offutt. Mr.
* Keene Richards, Esq., a leading breeder and turf patron of Kentucky, died
March 19, 1881.
39 (449)
450 DENTON OFFUTT, EAREY"S INSTEUCTOR.
Kichards himself was a pujjil of Offutt, whom he described
as uneducated, but full of originality ; that when quite a
young man, John S. Rarey came to Georgetown and stud-
ied with Oilutt, and later on j)racticed the system in Ohio,
before going to England with Mr. Goodenough.'-'
The conversation was continued in the library, when
Mr. Richards handed Mr. Busbey a book which Offutt had
published for the benefit of his pupils, all of whom he
pledged to secrecy.
Mr. Busbey was very much interested in the book, and
carried it with him to New York. One day he let Mr.
Robert Bonner have it to examine, and the next morn-
ing he received the following note from that gentleman : —
" There are many interesting things in Offutt's book,
some things that are entirely new to me, and Avell Avorth
copying. The dialogue between man and horse, beginning
on page 37 and ending on page 46, contains the essence of
all that Rarey ever taught. He evidently based his sys-
tem on that."
Mr. Busbey, beginning with January, 1878, published
the work of Denton Offutt in the Turf, Fields and Farm,
and it attracted much attention. The dialogue, which I
thought worth preserving, and which Mr. Bonner found so
interesting, by the kindness of Mr. Busbey I have copied,
and here present to the readers of this work.
Dialogue between Man and Horse.
" Man. I wish to put my hands on your face, and come near
you.
"Horse. If so, you must let me see that you will not hurt
me, nor will have anything about you that will, nor anything
* Of the partnership of Rarey and Goodenough, Mr. Richards was fully aware.
He was in London at the time of their operations there, and upon being asked by
Mr. Pembroke whether he would advise him to subscribe to learn the secret, replied
that he need not go to that expense, as he could explain it, all to him, which he did,
also loaning him a copy of Offutt's book that he had with him.
DIALOGUE BETWEEN MAN AND HOESE. 451
that smells badly. I am a stranger to you ; all that will offend
any of the five senses, I will be compelled to guard against, and
those senses must have the proof that you will not hurt me, before
I will allow them to be on me,
" M. I wish to put my hands all over you.
" H. This you may do, by commencing at the face. Com-
mence rubbing on the face, and repeat it; then pass on down the
neck, first as slight as possible, and as I become used to it, rub the
harder. Remember always to rub the way the hair lies smooth.
My tail is, when I play, to be held up high ; as my pride and beauty,
you must be careful in handling it. But after you raise it, be
sure to repeat it, and raise it and put it down several times, until
it goes up quietly. It becomes habituated by use.
" M. Then the more I rub you, and repeat it, the quieter you
get?
" H. It is so with all beasts.
" M. I wish to show you a pretty blanket, to teach you to let
a man's coat or lady's dress hang down by your side, and in win-
ter to keep you warm.
" //. You have shown me that you would feed me, and have
also shown me other new things that have not hurt me. I will
let you use the blanket about my face as soon as I can see and
smell it, and then, when I feel it and hear the rattle, I will better
understand it. If you change it for one of another color, I want
to look at it and examine its quality.
"M. I will then spread it quietly over you, and repeat it,
then let it hang down at the tail, and let it fall off at the heels
and sides for a while ; then I will fasten it to the tail. This will
make you used to things falling off your saddle or person, so that
they will not frighten or make you kick. Will you let me hang
a rope over you — about the creases of your neck — so as to let it
drag along by your legs, and then over the back, to hang against
the hips, and as you turn to rub the hocks ; then to put on the
gear and fasten a rope to the ends of it, to get you accustomed to
them, and put lines on your back?
" H. Yes, sir; if you will do it quietly, and not have the
rope too hard or rough, so as to make me think it is a snake bit-
ing, or thorns sticking in me. If you put on the gear and lines
(there are so many things about me at one time), I want you to
put me by the side of my old acquaintance, Ball, for I have often
seen him in the wagon, and the side that is against him I am not
afraid of being hurt, and where he goes I will go. Young horses
are fond of following their old friends; but you must remember
not to have me encumbered by a lot of gear, and then — or to have
things knocking and jerking about.
" M. How shall you be started? If you will go before, I will
452 EXTKACT FEOM OFFUTT'S BOOK.
follow. I want to feel my way five steps at first, or less than
that. If alarmed, then let me know if anything is wrong by
rubbing m<! over the face and neck, then after starting and stop-
ping some three or four times, you will undci'stand that.
" H. If you fasten me to such things and rush me ofi" and
commence fighting me, I will then commence rearing and jerking
to get loose and free from such abuse. Remember that confidence
lost is hard to restore. Remember that all have to learn, and
practice is important in exercise.
" M. With your practice of the use of the bridle, and friendly
acquaintance witli me, will you not allow mo to ride you ?
" H. Yes, if you will show mo that you will not hurt me.
This is done by your rubbing me over the face, neck, and body ;
then get along by my side, rising quietly in the stirrup, then down
in the same place, until I can know your will. Now I am
inclined to go with Ball round the fields, to learn how to walk and
to turn to tlie light and left. There are cases that we learn to
turn but one way, sometimes from sore mouth, other times from
the tongue of the Avagon striking against us, other times from
alarm of gear, others from whips, so as to pull more than I know
how ; consequently I look for the whip, and begin jumping up in
confusion.
" M. How shall we teach you better than by taking level
pieces of ground ? The wagon can be drawn slowly and quietly,
and repeatedly practiced until it is well done. To be well done
nuist be well practiced, for the mind to comprehend or design.
" H. How can you teach me to stand, if you have no plans or
signs for me to comprehend the difference between going or stand-
ing ? I am always looking for the whip or a jerk of the bridle.
" M. If you are to know my will, I cannot let you know but
by first letting you know my design until understood ; as for your
stopping, I then speak to let you know I wish you to go along ;
but if you repeat this, you know that —
" H. If I am to stand while you get on me, or for you to get
seated in your carriage, or otherwise, you must first take the reins
in your hand, then speak to me to let me know when to go ; for
if I am always to bo on the look foi- the whip for the sign to start
by, I will be oft' in time to keep clear of it ; for between two
opinions, doubting both, it is certain to be as often wrong as
right, but guess if you are ready or not ; but as soon as you come
to mo and commence whipping me, and halloo, Whoa, I then look
for the wliip ; whenever you halloo, Whoa, confidence is lost in
you, and I am looking for the whip, and friend horse shows signs
for us to be oflf!
" M. How shall I teach you the acquaintance of umbrellas,
handkerchiefs, my hat, my gun, or buffalo skin, and many other
things you will meet with ?
DIALOGUE BETWEEN MAN AND HOESE. 453
" H. All these things are easy ; first, you must rub me in the
face to get my attention, and then let me look at it in a quiet
manner, and not get me scared and fearful of it, for I cannot
always relieve myself of it at my will ; after I look, I want to
smell of it, then to feel it, then hear the rattle of it ; if I feel at
the time you rattle it, I more clearly comprehend it. First com-
mence slowly and continue until understood. Fire off the gun ;
at first it vshould be upward, as this is a new thing to mo.
" Let the smoke and all be blown from the face of the horse,
for in all cases are changed as soon. In various cases he will stand
while the fire goes up when under foot, or at the nose, though it
causes much alarm ; some stand well in the woods, others will not
let persons stand round them and fire. In all cases of noise, keep
the face in the direction of the noise ; steamboat or car, as it
passes, turn their face to it ; it is a natural desire to see all things
that they hear or smell.
" M. How do you like the drum ?
" H. It is pleasing to the organ of combativeness, as soon as
I find it will not hurt me. Let me look at it and smell it, then
rub it against my neck and shoulders, and where it is to rub me
as you ride ; then lightly tapping it, then smell it, and rub it on
me ; soon I will be after you with it, for I am inclined to give my
attention to new things ; keep my eyes in the direction of the
sound, it is easy to get me to follow the drum or any other music
in like manner.
"if. A flag is pretty in the breeze and sunshine ?
" H. Yes, it is.
" M. You are fearful of its motion ?
" H. Yes, I am.
''M. Now the best way is to use the senses God has given
you for your safety, for one failure would lose your life by poison,
as you are surrounded by poisonous snakes ; but remember to see
you are right, then go ahead !
" H. It is in this case as in all others ; or let it be the cover-
ing always flying about ; fold it up, let me see, smell, and rub it
over my face ; then commence slowly by waving it over me, and
as soon as the proof is enough all is right.
" In many casas it is better to put on first the bridle with the
gagerarian side-reins, martingales and crupper, to hold the head and
all in one attitude, that he is more willing to hear your friendly
and quiet ofiering. In this manner you will soon let him know
your will in repeated proofs, and all is right then. As soon as it
is done, you then change the bridle ; 3^ou should begin by showing
the same ; if he then receives it quietly, you may forever depend
upon him if there be no cause for change.
" M, AVhy do you pull back when I go into your stall ?
454 EXTRACT FROM OFFUTT'S BOOK.
" H. I am fearful of you ; if you will put your hand on my
hip before you come in, and let me know you will not hurt me, I
will stand.
"il/. You appear to have been displeased with this stall ever
since you got hurt and scared here,
" H. I never like misfortune nor the places that cause them,
for it is bad memory that forgets them.
" M. Why are you fearful of the bridle ?
" H. My mouth has been hurt by it and the fingers, my ears
pulled, sometimes my eyes — flies have hurt them ; I am trying to
take care.
" M. I will put on the bridle to let you know my will ; check
reins, martingale, and crupper to hold all fast ; so you are com-
pelled to hold still ; then qv^ietly handle the ears and lips ; I find
there is no hurt, all is right. I will in this case put on and take
ofl" another bridle over this until all is right. It may be important
in some cases to do so with other things, or to spread a blanket
over them, and over the head, and one down tke back to the heels.
" H. I am more cautious than fearful. I do not fear the
blanket ; after examining it closely you may fasten it to my tail
after putting it over the head and down the back to the heels, and
letting it fall at the heels and sides ; but be careful in opening and
spreading it over the body, and frequently letting it go to the
tail ; if it does not cause me to stir up the dust, or in some degree
tend to alarm me, you may know it is all right. If you wish it
to drag after me, first let there be a piece of cloth hung on each
side of me, some six or eight yards long, so as to rub each side of
me at the saine time ; after this is done, fasten it to my tail. Let
me be as wild as I may in all cases, have me by the bridle, and
rub me in the face, speaking kindly to me, and not make me move
only by my own will.
" M. If you are alarmed at anything around you, and will
not move off quietly, the best way is to show you that you will
not be hurt ; then you will move off quietly ; so when you are
alarmed, you had best stand until the alarm is over, to prevent a
fright.
'' H. When you wish me to get on a bridge, ice, or in a boat,
or into a strange stable or narrow walk, how will you manage to
accomplish your design ?
" M. I will go before you and show the best way. I am in-
clined to look around at it in as many different ways as possible,
so, by turning about and leading up on one side of the place, and
then the other, sometimes the width of the door, the trial will suc-
ceed gently. Be careful, the less you suppose the better ; as like
begets like, he is soon to contend.
"JT. Remember that all animals are desirous of regular
DIALOGUE BETWEEN MAX AXD HORSE. 455
exercise to wear off the unpleasant feelings produced by standing
and want of water and motion ; it is necessary to quiet and com-
pose the system, for those cause a horse to be gentle ; is in a better
condition to i-emain in dry, but that he may be hungry and ready
to receive your kind ofter of some good food, and then exercise
prepares them foi- further teaching. In many cases you exercise
the horse and teach him the use of the blanket on his back, or to
the rope over his body and along his sides and legs, to teach him
not to kick ; you should not fasten the rope to anything, as it
only tends to scare him.
"iV. Will you lie down on a sandbank, or plowed land, or
on a snow pile, that is free from sticks or stones, and all that is
calculated to hurt you ?
'■' Zf. I am cautious where I place my body, so I will look
around me to see if there is anythino- in the wav before I lie down.
" M. How shall I teach j'ou to lie down ?
" H. First rub my fore leg on the inside and out, until I find
you will not hurt it ; then take it up and put it down until I
know there will be no hurt ; then loop around the leg, to hold it
up, for fear of its slipping off ; then tie a string between the leg
and foot.
" M. What advantage is there in teaching you to lie down ?
In some cases there is none, but all horses are aware of their con-
dition ; some that are Avild, after being handled in this way seem
to be convinced that they will not be hurt, and as they become
more convinced by rubbing their legs and flanks, or any other
part that will tend to quiet them while down ; but if any accident
has previously happened to him, you can fasten him and do what
is necessary ; so all that will make him docile is calculated to
make him more useful and safe.
" H. All teaching is best that is quietly performed, and then
repeated until well understood ; all would perform this ; after it
is practiced some several times, you may take hold of the foot and
the bridle, and cause them to lie down ; and you may by fasten-
ing up the leg, then gently tapping them on the front pai-t of the
leg, cause them to lie down at your command ; if you wish them
to sit upon their hips, you must place their fore feet out before
them, then let them rise gently, ancl you should stand closely to
the sides to hold the bridle and press against them that you may
steady them up. In some instances of this kind, it is better to
use the curb bridle, yet you should be cautious not to hurt the
mouth, as it is calculated to produce bad habits.
"Jf. You have long been rearing, kicking, pitching, ancl
placing your head between your legs.
" H. All creation resents mistreatment, and this is the cause
456 EXTEACT FEOM OFFUTT'S BOOK.
of these actions ; some are inclined to practice them more than
others.
" M. You say in some cases they are forced to do wrong, and
some you are forced to make them do right ; there are various
ways to force them to obedience. The first is to fasten them
together with a strong rope around their neck, giving them not
more than one foot apart, so that they cannot rear up and fall
down, then leading them about to let them know they are fast,
mount them and dismount them ; in this manner no horse can
throw his rider. Another method is to have a leather strap, so
strong that it cannot be broken, and draw around the waist so
tight that he cannot rear up. Another is to put on them side lines
to teach a horse to pace.
" H. Our reason and observation teach us that a thing to be
done well, the mind must well comprehend the subject of it, and
practice makes it the more perfect."
"Recipes for Taming with Medicine. (Verbatim.)
"To catch a horse, mule, or cow, take oil of rhodium, oil of an-
ise, oil of cinnamon, three equal parts, mix them together, and let
them smell it by putting it on your finger ends, and rubbing it on
or in the nose, and in ten or twenty minutes they are ready to re-
ceive your kindness and your plan of teaching, etc. It has an as-
tonishing effect on the animals of the world. I have managed
dogs in a wonderful manner by it. It soothes the wild and timid.
With a cow I have never failed to do all that may be required.
"TO SICKEN HORSE WITH TOBACCO.
■' Washing a horse with a strong decoction of tobacco will sub-
due his viciousness. One quart will make a nervous horse very
sick. Others of a bilious temperament require a gallon.
"GREAT SECRET FOR TAMING.
" One pound of oatmeal, a quarter pound of honey, half Law-
rance, made into a cake and baked. Put the cake into your bo-
som and keep it there until it sweats, and when the horse has
fasted twelve oi- twenty-four hours, give it to him to eat. Then
use him kindly and gently.
" The second best plan is to use the chestnut or scurf from the
leg of another animal. It is found on the inside of the fore leg,
above the knee, and on the hind legs adjoining the hocks. By
drying and pulverizing it, and putting it into a goose quill that
will hold a dose for each nostril, it serves to sicken or stupefy him.
"Third. The Spanish manner is to milk the mare and mix
salt in it, and give it to them to lick from your hand some three
or four times a day. In three days they become fond of you,"
CHAPTER XT.
FAMILIAR TALK WITH THE READER.
It may be asked, " Have you given in this work all the
secrets of your system?" I answer, Yes, without any
reservation whatever. In the development of the principles
presented in these pages, I was compelled at first to grad-
ually feel my way, as it were, following up every clue that
promised success, until, by practice and experience, the
principles and methods of treatment herein given were de-
veloped, which must be considered as constituting a com-
plete system.
The one important point in which I was most interested,
and of which I made a specialty, was the art of direct suh-
Jedion, to learn how far I could be successful in changing
and holding the character as desired. With a variety of
the most difficult cases to treat almost daily, I was com-
pelled to demonstrate the practical value of every phase of
treatment that promised good results, even including the
various kinds of drugs supposed to be effective in taming
horses.
In time I noticed the peculiarities of disposition and
character upon which certain lines or combinations of treat-
ment would have the best effect, until I was able to system-
atize the treatment, with great accuracy, to every condi-
tion of temperament and character of resistance. If not
sure of the best treatment to use, I soon learned it by
what I termed testing, or exciting the horse sufficiently to
(457)
458 FAMILIAR TALK
have him reveal his true character, when I could easily
determine the line of treatment to pursue.
For nearly twenty years I have been experimenting
almost continually in this way upon all kinds of horses, so
that I have been able to prove beyond doubt, by the
most exact experimental tests, the effectiveness and
superiority of the methods of treatment given. I was at
first, like others, greatly misled, by the pretensions and
assumed success of Rarey, into believing that there must
be more in that method of treatment than I had yet been
able to discover. On this account I was induced to try the
treatment hundreds of times in cases upon which I had prac-
tically failed, with the hope of catching this hidden secret,
until I was able to comprehend beyond all doubt its exact
effect upon all kinds of horses. This ultimately brought
me to the conclusion that back of it was gross trickery,
which it was necessary, if possible, to unearth and explain.
Indeed, the fascination and mystery in the public mind in
relation to this treatment was constantly a source of
embarrassment to me. The question, " Is your treatment
anything like Rarey's ? " was quite common. Or, if I
hinted the least doubt of being able to control as by magic
the most difficult case brought me, it would be made the
basis of the unpleasant assertion that Rarey claimed to be
able to subdue any horse in the world. If I could not
assume to do as much, it w^as j)lain evidence that my treat-
ment was not so good as his. Of course, when once able
to form a class, I could make clear the limited and imper-
fect character of his treatment. Indeed, I would consider
this work seriously defective were the explanation given
to be omitted, as without it there must exist a strong vein
of mystery and doubt as to the correct principles and true
key of subjection.
I have also been frequently startled, even of late years?
WITH THE EEADBE. 459
by the bold pretensions of parties I have occasionally met,
who claimed to be able to perform the most wonderful feats
with horses ; such, for example, as being able to make any
horse in the world — no matter how vicious — stand gently
to be shod, or be able to drive or ride any horse without
breeching, etc., etc., in a few minutes. The positiveness
of such assertions frequently led me to believe they really
were in possession of new and important secrets, as I
knew I had no treatment by which I could in so short a
time perform such feats in the control of all cases. But
invariably, in tracing the matter up, I found that their
knowledge of the subject was very limited, being entirely
based upon the use of one of the simpler methods of sub-
jection given ; and further, that many such persons had
obtained their knowledge by attending one of my classes
years before, or had learned the points indirectly of others ;
proving conclusively that I had nothing to learn from them,
and enabling me to determine at once just what they
could do.
I refer to these cases to show that if I could be influ-
enced by the pretensions of such persons how easy it must
be to impose upon and mislead those having but a very
limited knowledge of the subject.
As to the nse of pretended secrets in the way of drugs,
etc., it is very easy to settle all doubt in the matter, as any
one can obtain and experiment with them for himself.
I have tried to make every point so simple and plain
that the reader can easily understand that there is no
mystery in the control of horses, beyond that of skillful,
intelligent treatment ; that when managed according to the
laws of their nature, it becomes a very simple matter to
subdue and control even the most vicious horses ; that
every horse made vicious or unmanageable, is so, in reality,
as the result of ignorance and bad treatment.
460 FAMILIAR TALK
It is evident that a very little carelessness or inatten-
tion is liable to cause irreparable damage to a finely con-
structed Engine. The adjustment of parts must be kept
perfect, — no friction permitted. Managed by a skillful
hand, it will do its work smoothly and reliably. But ma-
chines are of a fixed nature, governed by laws that are
unchangeable ; so that when the conditions and adjustment
of parts are understood, they are easy of management ;
while in horses, as explained, there are such greatly vary-
ing degrees of size, strength, intelligence, and endurance,
that their subjection and management requires, if any-
thing, a far higher order of care and skill than is neces-
sary in the management of even the most complicated ma-
chine.
A man must have patience, and the courage, if neces-
sary, that borders upon rashness ; yet always holding him-
self within the limits of safety. Whatever the difficulties
or failures, like the skilled mechanic, he should only ex-
hibit the more care and patience, until successful. It is
especially important that there be no fool-hardiness, lack
of judgment, or carelessness that will expose the horse to
danger or accident. It is an invariable fault of those who
claim any skill or experience in the management of horses,
to be over-confident, to think too much of the little they
know of applying the treatment, and too little of the diffi-
culties and dangers of resistance in the horse to be treated.
I have known so many fine horses needlessly excited or
abused, strained, or even killed, by the sheer lack of judg-
ment and care in the man, that I regard it as proof of the
rarest qualifications of fitness and skill to succeed without
accident.
A man who assumes to know all about horses, and
" can break any horse," etc., only gives to any sensible,
observing man the strongest proof of his ignorance. The
WITH THE KEAHEJti. 461
most ignorant man I ever knew in the business was the
greatest pretender, and a good type of the many pretentious
horse-tamers who have of late years infested the^ountry.
One of the points that impressed me most forcibly in ques-
tioning the genuineness of Mr. Harey's pretensions, was
his bold assumption of claiming to know the horse's every
thought, and to be able to subdue any horse or animal in
the world, — a boast that he repeated nearly every time he
appeared before the public.
Notwithstanding I handled daily all sorts of horses,
and was fortunate enough not to have any serious accidents
occur, I never handled a horse of decided courage and
spirit that I was not doubtful of succeeding without more
or less trouble or accident. Many a time, in handling a
critical case, my nervous system would seem to be fairly
chilled Avith anxiety and apprehension, until I had suc-
ceeded. The greater my experience and opportunity for
studying horses, the more could I see reasons for the
greatest care and attention to every detail. A little care-
lessness, for example, might cause a horse to slip and break
his leg, or be otherwise seriously injured. I have known
horses when even led out by the halter, in jumping around,
to break the leg, or be seriously lamed. Because there has
been no accident, it should not be accepted as reason for
not anticipating danger in future cases. No violent lung-
ing, or careless, hap-hazard throwing, should be permitted,
especially in the management of sensitive, valuable horses.
It is as much the part of success to prevent accidents as
to ultimately subduo the horse ; because carelessness, or
management that would expose the horse to strain or
serious injury, would destroy the very object and value of
the treatment. Every precaution should be taken in
securing a good place for operations, with every requisite
for the sure and easy control of the case. Nothing should
be hazarded to chance.
462 FAMILIAK TALK
Of course it cannot be difficult for any ordinary man, if
he follows the directions here given, to break the average
of bad Ct)lts and horses. But if the case is at all critical,
success must depend upon making no mistakes, and being
thorough. Every failure is an undoubted proof of the lack
of judgment and proper effort. True success in this as in
every other field of effort, must be the result of compre-
hending the conditions, and regulating the efforts accord-
ingly. All these conditions require careful observation
and thought. If the horse is bad, and there is not full
knowledge of him, there should be an effort to make him
reveal his character, when it will be easy to determine the
kind of treatment to be used.
In building a bridge or steam machinery, where large
risks to life are involved, extraordinary precautions are
taken to insure safety against accidents, by requiring much
more strength or power than is expected to be used at any
time. Every part is tested as to its strength and weight,
far beyond what it is ever required to sustain, and, when
completed, is again proved, in order to give assurance of
its safety.
Now in the subjection of horses, on whose docility and
security so much is risked, I cannot too strongly urge the
necessity of at least equal prudence and care to insure the
greatest possible degree of safety in their use. AU horses,
especially those used for carriage and family driving,
should be tested very thoroughly. There should be no
fear of any rattle or noise of wagon, nor should any of the
usual minor causes of fear be noticed by him while driving.
There should be entire freedom to let the cross-piece run
against the quarters, and yet the driver should be able to
stop him instantly, without the horse offering the least
resistance. Catching the rein under the tail, and all such
incidental causes of irritation, should not be noticed by
WITH THE EEADER 463
him. It is not suflicient that the horse should bear these
tests when not excited, but they should be borne under
the most severe trials, to give assurance of perfect safety.
Certainly if a horse will not bear these tests, no mat^
ter how fine and good he may be in other respects, he
should be rejected for such use.
The better to show the liability to failure in consequence
of the want of judgment in carrying out the treatment
properly, by persons having even the best of experience, I
will refer to a few cases in point : —
While in New York City, a gentleman brought me a
Kentucky mare that had resisted every effort to break.
The last time, hitched to a sulky, she ran aAvay, and was
lost forty-eight hours. I took her in hand, and subjected
her carefully to the Second Method, and succeeded in
about fifteen minutes in driving her in the ring without
difficulty. But knowing that to fix the impression of being
entirely fearless of the shafts, etc., would require consider-
able driving, I directed one of my men who had assisted
me for years, and who, so far as experience was concerned,
should have been far more than ordinarily successful in the
management of such cases, to take her in hand and work
her carefully during my absence. I particularly cautioned
him in regard to her extremely sensitive and positive
character, and that he must be very careful not to get her
excited and to fighting him, and left, supposing he would
do as I directed. But to my surprise, on my return in the
evening, I found the colt seriously injured from the abuse
of exceptionally severe treatment. By carelessness, he got
her excited and to fighting him, when he subjected her to
the Third and other methods, carrying the treatment to the
extreme of abuse.
The injury, however, was only superficial. In a few
weeks, when well, in the presence of the owner, to whom
464 FAMILIAK TALK
I explained the facts, I Subjected her again to treatment in
the same manner, and drove her in shafts without breech-
ing. I explained to him that my treatment in the building
would not break her; that she must be treated out of
doors, and carefully driven in poles until thoroughly gentle
to rein and submissive to them. In a word, the treatment
must be made carefully progressive (as explained in chapter
on Colt Training). He was advised to employ a good,
patient man, and if the treatment were carried out as
directed, there would be no difficulty in making her per-
fectly safe and gentle.
Before leaving New York, in 1872, a leading gentleman
requested me to remain over a day, and show a man in his
employ how to break a very promising trotting mare. He
stated that the man informed him that she was so ugly and
unmanageable he could do nothing with her. I knew the
mare well, as she was once brought to my place for treat-
ment. When driven with other horses, if not given her
own way, she would balk. She was extremely sensitive,
but perfectly gentle until excited or maddened, when she
would become very stubborn, and difficult to manage.
I explained to the owner at the time that we could not
break her under canvas ; that she should be worked on the
track, wdth other horses, at first moderately, but gradually
pushing until she balked, when she should be subjected to
treatment until submissive. Then the driving should be
continued up to the point of proving her perfectly safe
and reliable.
The man who had been employed to handle her was a
sort of professional trainer, who claimed much skill and
experience. He had attended the class of every horse-
tamer who had visited New York for many years, including
mine. He was quite an enthusiast, and on this account
was employed by the gentleman to break this mare.
WITH THE L'EADEPv. 4G5
Next day I met this man, by. appointment, in the upper
part of the city, where the mare was kept. Upon inquiry,
the man stated that he had hitched her to an express
wagon, and she refused to pull. He made up his mind he
would make her go, and threw her a dozen times or more,
when he resorted to the whip. In fact, he entered into a
regular fight with her, which ended in the mare becoming
so stubborn and mad that he could do nothing with her.
Said he, " She 's a bad one ! "
I was certainly amazed that after all my instructions
he should be guilty of such bad management in this case.
I told him he should have known better in the first place
than to hitch such a sensitive mare, that Avas entirely
unaccustomed to drawing loads, to a heavy express wagon ;
that it was the quickest and surest way of spoiling her ;
that the First Method of Subjection was not at all adapted
to her case ; that it would make her submit so far as lying
down, but rfo farther ; that he should have hitched her to
a light sulky, at first moving her slowly so as to get her
into good humor, then gradually letting her out. If she
balked, he should have tried the War Bridle, holding the
Second Method as a reserve power. Yet he could not
understand this, though it was repeated to him over and
over.
I hitched the mare to a light sulky to test her, and let
her go moderately for a few minutes, then gradually let her
out, testing her quite hard, but she never offered to balk.
She needed, in fact, but little more than careful, good
management.
In Personal Experience, page 486, I make special
mention of the difficulty I had in training Turco to turn to
the motion of the whip ; that I worked upon him for three
days without making the least progress ; and that finally
he jumped over the girt upon the hay-mow to get away
30
400 FAMILIAK TALK
from the abuse of the punishment to which I was subject-
ing him. Yet as soon as I comprehended the idea of doing
it properly, I was able in a few minutes to make him do it
without difficulty, showing that the real trouble was in my-
self and not in the horse. In looking back over my past
experience, I can see that hundreds of times I struggled
and worked with horses for hours, and OA^en days, regard-
ing it a great feat when I finally succeeded, even after the
use of the most severe treatment, — cases which, had I
known how to treat them as I by after experience learned
to do, I could have succeeded in subduing in from a few
minutes to an hour.
A very common and dangerous cause of trouble is in
being led to believe that because a horse has submitted to
treatment in one place to the point of making him docile,
he must prove equally so in others. To show the danger
of this, I will refer to an incident in point : —
While at a small town in Western New York, a man
informed me that he had a six-year-old runaway colt that
was entirely unmanageable. He wished to join the class,
and bring in this colt for treatment. In consequence of a
serious indisposition at the time, I could not do the work
of teaching a class, and so informed the people. There
was, however, so much interest in the matter that they
volunteered to be satisfied with the instructions of my
assistant, who was fully competent to give all the es-
sential points, and to make the experiments. I cautioned
him in regard to the character of the horse upon which he
would experiment, for though I did not see the horse, yet
from the description given I knew he was one that would
require very careful treatment ; that no matter how well
he might drive before the class in the building, on no ac-
count must the attempt be made to drive him out of doors.
With these preen utions observed, I apprehended no
WITH THE EEADER. 467
trouble. But the experiment upon the colt was so success-
ful, he driving around in the building without breeching,
entirely gentle and fearless, the people requested that he
be driven outside. My assistant, not being able to explain
the principles and conditions of success so that they could
understand (a dangerous omission which I feared he would
make, but which I supposed I had guarded against), finally
consented, being persuaded he would have no trouble in
doing so. When the doors were opened, the horse drove
all right until he got just outside, when he made a spring
forward, pulled away, and made directly for the canal, which
was close by. He jumped from the bank to the bottom, a
distance of twenty-two feet, crossed, and soon disappeared
down the tow-j)ath. Being apprised of the trouble, I told
the owner I would pay any damages sustained by the horse,
and gave orders to have him caught and brought back.
Fortunately the horse was unharmed, and I again subjected
him to treatment, when he was driven without difficulty.
I made the incident an opportunity for explaining that
a very common cause of failure is in supposing that because
a horse has submitted to treatment in one place, and ap-
pears perfectly docile, he will prove equally so in all places ;
that there would be no more difficulty in driving a horse
out of doors than in a building, provided he could be worked
there as in the building. But the difficulty was, we could
not do this on account of the crowd that always hung
around, making it impossible to have sufficient privacy to
subject him to treatment.
The public, somehow, could not understand this condi-
tion, and it was continually the cause of more or less trouble
to me. A very bad case would frequently be brought for-
ward to be experimented upon, when by subjecting to treat-
ment he could be made to submit to being hitched up and
driven around in the building perfectly manageable ; but
468 FAMILIAR TALK
when I explained that the treatment must be repeated
out of doors to make him work equally well there, they
would regard it as sufficient proof that the horse would not
stay broken, and that the treatment was good for nothing.
Or, after being taken home, if not proved perfectly gentle
there, the treatment and experiment were regarded as a
failure. On this account I was continually between two
fires ; for to admit that there were any conditions of fail-
ure would prevent my making a class, and to have any bad
luck with a horse after his having been experimented upon,
would be equally bad. Not unfrequently I would be com-
pelled to drive horses in the street without the necessary
preparations, and take desperate chances ; or after driving
without trouble a really vicious, dangerous horse, the owner
would think he could do as much, and insist upon hitching
him up and driving, and if any accident resulted, the fault
would of course be laid to me. Very often, after desper-
ate horses that had previously resisted all effort to break,
had been driven before the class with perfect docility, the
owner, and not unfrequently the entire class, would de-
mand a return of their money, unless I would guarantee
that the horse could be driven home with perfect safety,
and this, too, after I had taken every precaution to explain
to them, before forming the class, that I could do but little
more at the time than to teach the owner how to manage
him — that he must be treated at home according to the di-
rections I should give.
For example, when at a certain town in Northern Maine,
a five-year-old mare that had defied every effort to drive
in harness was brought to me for treatment. It being im-
possible to shoe her, as a last resort they put her in an ox-
frame to do so, but she struggled so desperately they could
tack on but one shoe. I stated that there would be no
trouble in breaking this mare, but that I could not do it be-
WITH THE EEADEE. 469
fore the class in a barn; that so far as making her gentle to be
shod, I could do that in a few minutes, but to drive her in
harness successfully, she must be treated out of doors, which
could not be done on account of the crowd. They agreed
to be satisfied with what I could do in the building. Hav-
ing but a very small place to work in, it required the great-
est skill to manage her successfully, and in less than ten
minutes she submitted to have the feet handled, and finally
to be driven, not only in the barn, but out of doors, as this
was insisted upon. Yet the owner, and the entire class,
were dissatisfied because I would not guarantee that the
mare could be driven home to a carriage with perfect safety
and so I returned their money. A very little effort out of
doors would have made this mare perfectly gentle to be
driven, as I stated to them, and which was proved two
days afterward, when she was driven in a crowd, without
breeching, by a horse-jockey who traded for her.
At a place in Central Ohio, a horse that was afraid
of a top carriage, one of the worst cases I ever saw, was
brought in for treatment. After driving him successfully to
a top carriage under the canvas, it was insisted upon as a
condition of their being satisfied, that I should drive him out
and into the streets. I did so, at great personal risk, barely
succeeding. The owner now insisted that he could drive
the horse just as well as I. I explained to the class that
the horse should be treated out of doors before he could be
driven with safety, and to prevent an accident, which I knew
would inevitably follow, and destroy the confidence of the
people in that part of the country in my efforts, I bought
him.
I refer to these cases particularly to impress niexperi-
enced persons, as shown by the first cases referred to, with
the necessity of having a correct idea of the treatment for
the case, and then carefully and patiently persevering until
470 FAMILIAR TALK
successful. The last-named cases indicate that the work
must be thoroughly done, where the horse is in the habit
of resisting, and that in critical cases, stopping short of suc-
cess in even a single point would precipitate failure.
The extent to which horses are used, and the depend-
ence of life and property upon their docility and perfect
obedience to control, together with the great depreciation
in their value when they become of unreliable character, or
have habits fastened upon them which render them danger-
ous and unfit for use, makes such instructions as will pre-
vent and overcome these difficulties of the first importance.
Yet notwithstanding the magnitude of the interest at stake,
there is no duty in its true sense that is left so much in the
hands of ignorant, irresponsible persons. Now while it is
conceded that the horse is the most noble and valuable of
all the domestic animals, and his possession and training
are in every sense ennobling, the suspicion and taint of
prejudice and jockeyism in the training and driving of es-
pecially fine and valuable horses have been so strong that
if a gentleman even dared to own one, it was regarded as
a sufficient cause for social ostracism. If he wished to test
his speed, he dared not take a public road, but usually re-
sorted to some back street or by-lane to escape observation
and comment.
When Mr. Bonner had the hardihood to buy Dexter
(at that time the fastest trotter in the world) for his own
private use, paying for him the large price of |33,000, it
served to give the horse his true status in the estimation
of cultivated, intelligent people. Other gentlemen of wealth
soon followed his example, and purchased the best horses
obtainable at fabulous prices, until the emulation has become
so great that some of the best horses now kept for private
driving cannot be bought for $100,000.
In like manner the study and practice of the art of
WITH THE HEADER. 471
taming and controlling horses has been regarded as so luw
and degrading that persons having any regard for their re-
spectability would scarcely dare give it attention. But
happily, as the importance of this knowledge is made plain
to the people^ the impression has become almost universal
that it is worthy the study of the best minds in the coun-
try, and that it should be taught as a specialty in all agri-
cultural colleges, and as far as possible to owners of horses
in every town and county in the country. Certainly it
cannot be denied that when it is engaged in with the sense
of responsibility, care, and skill which it demands, it is in
reality worthy of being ranked among tlie most important,
interesting, and elevating of the professions.
mM'^'^Q
'(^^^
CHAPTER XYI.
PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
There has been such a desire to know how I came to
engage in this business, that I venture to give a short ac-
count of myself under this head.
I came from Ireland when a boy of fourteen, and, being
thrown upon my own resources, I engaged to learn the car-
riage-making business in Wellsville, N. Y. At the end of
three months I was compelled by circumstances to seek
employment elsewhere. I next engaged in the same busi-
ness by the month at Almond, N. Y., where I remained
two years, after which I obtained employment at Dryden,
N. Y., where I remained nearly two years. While here, I
arranged to go into business with a young man in the man-
ufacture of carriages in Myersburg, Pa. ; and after continu-
ing the business nearly a year, I bought him out, and con-
tinued there alone for four years. During this time I be-
came so successful a manufacturer of carriages that I took
the first premium at two county fairs in Towanda, the first
year on single, the second on double, carriages. The diffi-
culties of this achievement can be better understood when
it is stated that I did but a small country business, doing
most of the work of painting and trimming myself, besides
being compelled to compete with several large manufac-
turers. _
During my residence here I first exchanged carriages
for horses, and this led me to dealing in them. In this
(472)
PEESONAL EXPERIENCE. 473
way I became owner of horses of all kinds of habits, and
was forced to the task of trying to break them. The bet-
ter to illustrate some of the difficulties I experienced in do-
ing this, I have included an account of one of these cases
in the chapter on Balking. But the most remarkable and
difficult case I had at this time was a medium-sized gray
mare, which had the habit of balking and lunging. She
could trot a mile in less than three minutes, and had the
nerve and courage to go until she would drop. She would
either balk, or suddenly rush ahead at the top of her speed,
and make a succession of lunges in the air. She was one
of the worst horses of this character I ever saw. On com-
ing to the top of a hill she would jump several times, then
rush down headlong. On reaching the foot of a 'hill she
would rush up in the same manner. While driving, if she
met a person or team, she would get into the same tantrums,
and rush by regardless of all restraint. At such a time
she would throw herself into the air against the bit with
such fury that it would be impossible to hold her. By
blindfolding and other devices I succeeded in driving her
during the three months which I owned her, though I
had many narrow escapes. While driving this mare, my
neighbors would frequently Avish to ride with me ; but af-
ter trying it once it was rare that any one could be induced
to repeat tfie experiment.
I learned afterward that she had defied every effort to
drive her before coming into my possession, and was never
driven after I sold her. Had she been properly broken
in the first place, she would have been a valuable horse ;
but she was ruined by bad treatment. Though I succeeded
in dri^dng her, still I wished to subdue her so thoroughly
that she would show no inclination to resist. After ex-
hausting my patience and ingenuity, I tried as a last resort
a remedy which I had often heard horsemen recommend ;
474 PEESONAL EXPERIENCE..
namely, to tie her to a tree and whip her with hickory
withes until she would surrender. I made the experiment,
but it only made her so excited and bad that I could
scarcely driA^e her at all afterwards.
As I have stated elsewhere, "whipping is a means of
punishment, and not, properly considered, of subjection.
Consequently, if there is serious resistance, it should not be
resorted to, as it is liable to do a great deal of harm. In
the first place, tying and whipping a horse does not give
him any idea Avhat it is for ; hence it has no direct relation
to the resistance. In addition, it so intensifies and rouses
the bad nature that the habit is, if anything, made w^orse.
Another cause of trouble is that when excited the trainer
is liable to overdo and seriously injure himself. I did not
recover in a week from the excitement and exhaustion
caused by whipping the horse as referred to. This mare
was the only one in all my experience that I failed to re-
form.
At the expiration of my lease, I closed my business, and
started out without any definite idea as to where I should
go, but kept on until I arriA^ed at Somerset, in Southern
Kentucky. After Avaiting several months for " something
to turn up," my attention Avas called to a fine horse Avhich
had a very bad reputation for running aAvay, and could
only by the use of much rigging be driven by a horse-tamer
from Pennsylvania. The OAvner saAV that I fancied the
horse, and so got the man to hitch him up for me. While
riding with him, I wished to take the reins, which he re-
fused, saying, " No man can drive this horse but myself."
Though I had no use for the horse, I determined at once
to buy him, and did so. There Avas great curiosity to knoAv
what I could do with this horse, from the fact that this
man had said that if I attempted to drive him, he would be
sure to run away. Before hitching him up, I took him to
PEKSONAL EXPEEIENCE. 475
the "woods, and worked on him until confident that I had
him under control. When it became known that I intended
to drive him in the streets, it caused great excitement.
Many called it mere fool-hardiness, and tried to prevent it ;
but failing, they all came into the street to witness the per-
formance. My jockey friend volunteered his assistance,
but I told him I needed no help, and that I believed I could
show him some things he didn't know yet. When ready
to start, a couple of men in the crowd began to fight, one
of them being knocked down, and falling directly under-
neath the horse. To the surprise of everybody, he stood
perfectly still until the man was taken away, and then
started off like any gentle family horse. His altered be-
havior aroused the suspicion that the horse had been
" doped," or drugged ; but as he remained perfectly gentle
during the entire time I remained in the place, the mystery
surrounding the affair was very great.
After spending nearly a year traveling in the South, I
returned North, and finally brought up in Pittston, Pa.
While here, there boarded in the same house with me a
book-canvasser, who came in one morning and said he had
made $3 in a couple of hours' time. I thought this was
doing exceedingly well for a cold^ rainy morning, and it
led to my starting out to get names for him on commission.
I succeeded that afternoon and the next day in obtaining
seven orders, which so encouraged me that I bought him
out, and industriously pushed this new business with great
success among the coal-dealers between there and Hawley.
During one of these canvassing peregrinations I hap-
pened to put u]3 over night with a man named A. L. Burns,
at Dunning, Lackawanna Co. This gentleman was an in-
telligent, progressive farmer, who had raised a fine Hamil-
tonian stallion, then past two years old, which proved of
a very vicious temper.
476 PEESONAL EXPERIENCE.
While Mr. Burns was milking his cows in the morning,
I slipped into the stable and subjected the horse to simple
treatment, making him follow me around in the barn with-
out any difficulty whatever. After breakfast the owner
went to the barn to show me the horse, when I walked in
and led him out, and made him follow me around as gentle
as a pet.""' The change was so great that he was led to ask
if 1 had not been doing something to the horse. I an-
swered, " Yes ; I went out before breakfast and got ac-
quainted with him ! " He said, " If you will show me what
you did with him, I will give you $50." This seemed to
me to be too much for so little knowledge ; but wishing the
money, the idea struck me instantly of instructing a num-
ber of persons at a nominal charge, and thereby fairly earn-
ing it ; and in answer I said, " That is too much for you to
pay ; but if you will get ten of your neighbors, at $5 each,
I will teach you for nothing." He at once went among
his neighbors, and in a short time returned accompanied by
a number of them, and handed me $50. f
It now occurred to me that I was in a bad corner?
* Since writing this paper, I am informed that this was the same horse that was
shot a few years afterward for his extreme viciousness. The statement made by
Mr. Burns authenticating this is as follows- " I drove this horse single until he was
five years old, when I put him into other hands for one year, and he became un-
manageable. I then sold him to J. & A. Wells, who afterward sold him in Middle-
town, N. T., and the authorities there ordered him shot on account of his vicious-
ness." In 1878 the writer was in the stable where this horse was confined and ehot
a short time previous.
f While writing this article, it occurred to me as of sufficient interest to write to
Mr. Burns for the names of those comprising this class. After much trouble in
obtaining his address (having heard nothing from him for over twenty years) I
wrote him, and received the following statement: —
" So far as I can remember, the names of the men in the class at my house
were J. D. Burns, Prompton, Pa.; J. E. Meyers, Canaan, Wayne Co., Pa.; J. S.
Collins, Keyser, Lackawanna Co., Pa. ; Andrew Coss, Canaan, Lackawanna Co., Pa. ;
Alva C. Bemeer, Canaan, Lackawanna Co., Pa. ; L. C. Darte, Ariel, Wayne Co., Pa. ;
Jason Myers, and myself. Tour friend,
A. L. Burns.
"Dunning, Lacka. Co., Pa."
MY FIEST CLASS.
477
478 PEJRSONAL EXPEEIENCE.
knowing that I really knew nothing about horse-taming ;
but I had the money, and felt that I must, if possible, carry
the matter through, so as to be able to hold it.
In the neighborhood was one of the most unexception-
ally Adcious, biting mares ever known in that country.
When turned loose, she would run at a man with all the fe^
rocity of a bulldog ; but of all this I knew nothing. When
I organized the class, I observed that all got up overhead
except one, who from a side stable turned the mare loose
upon the barn floor where I was standing. With ears laid
back and mouth open, she instantly ran for me, showing the
most savage ferocity. I saw that she would bite and tram-
ple me under foot. Directly behind me was an empty hay-
mow extending three or four feet below the floor, thus mak-
ing a fall of from seven to eight feet from the top of the
girt to the ground. I turned quickly, but not having time
to jump, I threw myself head foremost over the girt. The
oTound was covered with stones and limbs. I was consid-
erably stunned, of course, by the ftdl, but not seriously in-
jured. Fortunately I had a common slip-noose halter in
my hand, which I retained. When I arose, I saw the mare's
head over the girt looking at me. Overhead were my
scholars out of harm's way, laughing at my defeat. I con-
sider the event of sufficient interest to give an illustration
of it.
The mare had nothing on her, and it was evident that
no one could approach her with safety. Here I was at the
first movement helpless and defeated ; but my temper was
up, and I was bound to go through with the matter at any
hazard, and make it a success. I still held the halter in
my hand, and scarcely thinking what I did, I picked up a
stick, and hanging the head-piece on one end I reached up
and carefully placed it over her head. I now put the end
of the stick against her jaw to keep her head from me, and
ALMOST A FAILUEE. 479
climbed upon the girt. Getting as short a hold of the halter
as I could, I took the chances of jumping towards her tail,
and caught it. The momentum of my jumping pulled her
head after, and threw her hind parts from, me ; a fact which
I improA^ed upon, and pulled her around rapidly five or six
times, making her dizzy and disconcerted. I then reversed
quickly to the other side, catching the tail in the same man-
ner and running her around rapidly. This I repeated sev-
eral times, when I had her sufficiently disconcerted and
under control to make the next step ; namely, tying up her
leg and throwing her several times, after which I put on
the old form of War Bridle and made her follow me, mak-
ing the experiment a complete success. This took me not
more than ten minutes. So far as I know, this was the
first attempt ever made to halter a horse Avith a pole, or to
run one around in this Avay to make him dizzy and helpless.
The necessities of the moment drove me to this course as
the only way out of the corner in Avhich I was placed, and
it was successful. It Avould be an easy matter for me to
control such a horse now, but taken as I was then, without
even a knowledge of first principles, it seemed like a great
success.
The next horse experimented upon Avas a surly kicker,
though not in appearance very vicious, yet a far more dif-
ficult case to manage. The novelty and excitement of the
Avhole thing so interested me as to strike a new key in my
nature, and Avithout reflection I dropped everything else,
and determined to engage in the horse-taming business.
My first step noAV Avas to inform myself upon the subject.
Procuring every book available upon the training and man-
agement of horses, I was surprised to find no authority
Avhatever on the subject except Rarey. His method of
treatment, though regarded as so much of a feat, seemed so
=;imple to me that I did not feel under any apprehensions
of being unable to do this, or even more.
480 PEESONAL EXPElllENCE.
My real difficulties now commenced ; had I realized at
the time what they would be, nothing could have induced
me to engage in such business. First, I was very youthful
in appearance, and undersized — points A^ery greatly against
me ; and secondly, I was without the address necessary to
interest others in my efforts. I at first made but one small
class in two weeks, and to add to my difficulties, my
expenses had about exhausted my means. At my last
place of engagement, notwithstanding I made a suj^reme
effort to get a class, I failed. Still I was determined to
succeed, and by the influence of this effort I made a success
at a neighboring town. This became a turning point in my
fortunes, for from that time, my success was almost
continuous, the citizens frequently clubbing together to
form a class for me, and I was often iuAnted back several
times to the same place. Some time after this, a chance
circumstance occurred which had great influence in increas-
ing my success. I was advertised in a little town called
MinaA'ille, in Montgomery Co., N. Y. Upon arriving there.
I not only found no interest at all in my efforts, but those
present commenced ridiculing and blackguarding me until
I was finally driven to defend myself.
After this, to my surprise, those who had abused me
most were the foremost in proposing to form a class for me.
It being then too late, and having no suitable subjects
upon which to illustrate treatment, I declined. They then
made the request that I would come another day, promis-
ing, if I wouhl do so, not only to come out themselves, but
to do all they could io bring out a general attendance of
their neighbors. A week later I returned, and was
successful in making a large class.
Some time afterward, at a small town across the river
from Amsterdam, when about ready to make up a class,
three of the Minaville members then present requested a
MEETING DIFFICULTIES. 481
private interview with me. They told me they were
dissatisfied, and demanded a return of their money. They
said, if I would return it quietly, they would say nothing
about it, and would helj^ me all they could in that place.
They could give no reason, only they were "not satisfied."
I told them I could not do so unless I returned the money
to the other members of the class also, but what I had to
say about the matter I would say publicly. I accordingly
called the people up around me, and told them what the
fellows wanted, and what I had said to them, and closed
up by announcing a time when I would go back to Mina-
ville, and give to them and every member of that class
their money back if they wanted it. Despite the strong
opposition set up by these Minaville members, I succeeded
in making a large class here, which was a decided success.
It now became necessary to make decided effort at
Minaville, as I knew these fellows would do all they could
to prejudice the other members of the class. On this
account, before the day appointed, I scoured the town to
find good subjects, and succeeded in finding but one horse
that had the habit of running away, and which had not
been harnessed in over a year. By paying a liberal sum,
and passing the owner into the class free, I procured this
horse, and succeeded in making him entirely gentle. At
the close of the lesson, I explained why I had returned,
and told them that if they then felt they were not satisfied,
one and all of them could step forward and get their
money. They all expressed themselves fully satisfied,
even those who had been opposing me, and passed a
unanimous resolution of thanks, which was published in
the county papers. That evening, the horse referred to
was purchased by one of the scholars, and proved afterward
a safe, reliable family horse.
During the early years of my experience, my efforts
31
482 PEESONAL EXPERIEl^CE.
were more or less experimental, each new difficulty or
phase of character trying me harder. When I failed, I
never felt satisfied to let the matter so rest, and often at
great inconvenience and expense would return and repeat
the experiment privately until successful. I did it mainly
for my own instruction. To show the persistence with
which I sometimes followed this up, I will refer to a case
for the sake of which I was compelled to lose over a week's
time, a^d travel over a hundred miles : —
At Vienna, N. Y., I failed on a horse brought in by
Dr. Carpenter, a leading physician in the place, and lost a
large class. Before leaving, I told the owner I was
unwilling to let the matter rest so, that after meeting my
other engagements, I would come back and take the horse
in hand privately, and see what I could do with him.
These engagements took me over sixty miles away. A
week afterward, I drove back and spent half a day in
handling the horse, barely succeeding in his control. The
gentleman proposed that I again advertise the place,
assuring me, if I would do so, I could get all the members
of the former class, and a number of new ones. This I
declined to do, when he offered to get them together him-
self, providing I would teach them ; and through his efforts
and influence a larger class than before was assembled.
This time I made a decided success.
Whenever I found very peculiar cases, I obtained them,
if possible, to experiment upon. I will refer to one very
marked case. When in Buffalo, N. Y., I heard of a trotting
mare which was a desperate runaway of a peculiar charac-
ter. She had been owned by a canal stableman in Erie
Street, who, after she had run away with him scA^eral
times, traded her off. Upon inquiry, I found the mare,
and prevailed upon the owner to let me have her to exper-
iment upon. lie consented, on condition that I would pay
EXPEKIME^TS. 488
for her keeping while in the city, and pass him into the
class free. Out of harness, she was entirely gentle ; but
in harness, despite the pulling of two or three men, the
patent reins, or the most severe bits that could be used
upon her, she would resist all restraint and run away.
This mare was a nervous tempered, ordinary looking
bay, long-haired, deep-chested, rather heavy-boned, and
not inclined to put on flesh. A very noticeable indication
of the character was in the head, which was quite long and
narrow. The eyes were rather small, and full below, the
nose rounding, and ears long. I would call attention to
one point ; viz., that a well-bred horse, possessing great
powders of endurance and action, and having the head full
and straight below the eyes, especially if the eyes are
small and set well back, will be likely, if vicious, to show
great obstinacy of resistance.
Upon trial under canvas, she submitted readily to
treatment, driving around the ring gently after about
twelve minutes' treatment ; but not revealing herself, she
became the more suspicious and dangerous to me. On this
account, while testing her outdoors, I took the most careful
precaution to prevent her from getting away. She would
drive gently for a few moments, then suddenly rush against
the bit with all her might. In this way, for more than five
hours, she continued the struggle with the most wonder-:
ful courage, when she yielded and drove perfectly gentle.
Accompanied by a good assistant, I next tried her
outside the city, when I found her as desperate in her
resistance as though she had never been touched. She
fought every point from nine o'clock in the morning until
four in the afternoon, when she again yielded. This was
one of the greatest exhibitions of pluck I ever saw in any
horse, and I was determined to see whether or not such a
horse could be broken. During the struggle, her eyes
484 PEKSONAL EXPERIENCE.
were like coals of fire, her ears thrown back, and the sweat
at times j^ouring from her in streams.
The Patent Bridle would have enabled the control of
this case directly. The subjection of these extreme cases
caused me a great deal of extra work and expense, but
finally enabled me to determine with great accuracy the
character of any case when presented for experiment. It
was often a matter of surprise that, upon being told what
a horse \vould do, I could with but rare exceptions, describe
accurately the color, size, kind of head, and character gen-
erally. Of course there are modifications of character
which cannot be determined while the horse is in a passive
condition, but which can be easily determined by testing.
I early felt the need of some feature of interest that
would attract the attention of the people. I at first
purchased a pair of elks, which I tried to train and drive,
but in consequence of their being too old, I could not make
them safe.
Some time after this, I heard of a man who as an
advertisement drove a stallion without reins in the street.
At Fonda, N. Y., I saw this performance, and introduced
myself to the OAvner, Mr. A. H. Rockwell, who afterward
became quite famous as a traveling horse-tamer. As a
great many since then have claimed to be the originators of
this feat, I will state the facts in relation to its first
accomplishment : —
The horse Morgan Tiger was undoubtedly the first
driven in this way. He was trained by a lady, Mrs. Fred
Bunnell, then a resident of Wellsboro, Tioga Co., Pa.
Mrs. Bunnell exhibited remarkable skill in training and
driving horses. She trained this stallion, and, among
many other novel tricks, taught him io go right and left,
back, etc., to the motion of the whip. This horse was
naturally very intelligent and stylish in appearance, but
DRIVING WITHOUT REINS. 485
o
gentle and lazy in disposition — -just the kind of horse to
train easily and not incline to run away. She exhibited
him several years at Chemung and other county fairs in
that part of the State of New York, attracting much
attention with him, yet always having reins on him.'''
He finally passed out of her hands, and Avas afterward
hired by Mr. Rockwell to give exhibitions in halls. This
not paying, and finding the horse Avould turn right and left
by the whip, he took off the reins and so drove him in the
street. To attract attention, he now advertised to drive a
stallion in the street without reins, and engaged in teaching
horse-taming on the Rarey system.
Upon seeing this horse thus driven, I at once determined
to train the first good horse I could find to drive without
reins. Although I failed to learn in this instance how it
was done, yet I made up my mind that it had been done
once, and it could be done again, and /would do it. Soon
after I went to Smithville, Jefferson Co., N. Y., where I
found a remarkably fine, four-year old, black stallion,
entirely unbroken, owned by 'Squire Cole. He was
naturally vicious, but, liking him, I gave all the money I
had for him. I now had a wild, unbroken colt, so vicious
that it was difficult even to lead him, and certainly the
possibility of training such a horse to drive before a
carriage safely under any excitement, and with nothing on
his head, seemed not only a difficult but a doubtful task.
I worked three days trying to teach him to turn to the
right or left with the whip, but utterly failed ; yet I did
not in the remotest degree give up the idea of succeeding.
At this point I was impressed as though by inspiration
*This I learaed when in that part of the State afterward, from various parties,
including Mr. Bunnell, husband of the lady, who became a member of my class at
Wellsboro. It was also corroborated by Mr. Hurlburt, Mr. RockweU'B brother-in-
law, who traveled with him.
486 PEESONAL EXPEKIENCE.
how it could be done. My first step was to quiet down
the excitement I had caused him by my previous abuse
(for it was nothing else). I then gently mounted him,
took a short driving whip, and commenced a moderate
tapping against the shoulder, at the same time pulling his
head around a little, and repeating until he got the idea,
and would come around himself. When he moved the first
time, it seemed a great achievement. I then repeated the
treatment upon the opposite side, and in less than half an
hour had him so he would turn right and left as touched.
Soon he Avould turn around Avithout being asked, and stop
to get his reward of apple. If he did not promptly get it,
he would repeat the turning, and then stop again, and ask
for his reward as plainly as a beggar.
From this point, he made such rapid progress that in a
week I could drive him freely without reins in the street,
guiding and controlling him perfectly with the whip. In
two weeks I was able to give exhibitions with him, the
first being in Watertown, where the known circumstances
were regarded Avith great interest.
This was my horse Turco, which afterward became quite
famous for his remarkable sagacity, and the ease and
perfection Avith Avhich he could be driven with the Avhip.
He Avas in reality the only horse ever exhibited in this Avay
that proved perfectly safe and reliable, and that ncA^er ran
away. I could even put him on a run, and driA^e Avithin an
inch or two of any point desired, then turn so short around
as to upset the wagon, yet at command he woujd stop
instantly. I trained several horses afterward to drive
single or double, but never had one that Avould equal him.
He developed some traits of remarkable sagacity. He Avas
naturally so vicious that I did not dare go near his head
without keeping my eyes on his, or catching his halter to
keep his head from me.
MY FIRST PUBLICATION. 487
To turn luj back to him would certainly at times be
dangerous ; but by careful management, I so subdued his
nature that he became very gentle, though occasionally he
exhibited great viciousness toward others. For example,
if the groom showed the least timidity in approaching him,
he would become so aggressive that he would lunge and
kick at him with bull-dog ferocity. At such times, I had
only to step in front of his stall, and say, " Turk, this man
is all right ; he only wants to clean you," when he would
stand a model of docility, even allowing the man to sit
under his body to clean him.
As he grew older, he learned to distinguish stablemen
from others; for any man who held a brush or currycomb
in his hand, would be permitted to walk into his stall and
around him with perfect safety, while others would get an
emphatic warning to keep out.
I next traveled through Northern and Central New
York. At North Vernon I made the important discovery
of the Second Method of Subjection, explained in the first
chapter. Soon afterward I visited the city of Utica, where,
after subduing the " Roberts horse" (Case 11, Subjection),
and teaching several large classes, I was severely injured
by a horse's stepping upon my foot, which disabled me about
two months.
It occurred to me while here to write up the details of
my treatment, as there was almost daily an inquiry from
my old scholars for it in printed form. I did so. and had
it published at the Utica Herald Office in 1862. TJiis was
the first publication, called, " The New System for Educat-
ing and Training Horses."
A year later, when in Newark, N. Y., Mr. Rockwell,
before referred to, visited me for the purpose of arranging
to travel with me through the Eastern States. I drove
from this point to Greenfield, Mass., meeting him by
488 PEESONAL EXPERIENCE.
appointment at Harpersville. Upon arriving at Greenfield,
I concluded not to engage in the enterprise, but sold out to
him, for $300, the right to republish my book (which he
was very anxious to do) . I include a copy of the contract,
draw^n by a counsel : —
"It is hereby understood and agreed between D. Magner and
A. H. Rockwell as follows ; to wit, in consideration of the mutual
agreement herein made, it is agreed that said Rockwell shall make
notes and additions to the book called ' The New System of
Training Horses,' of Avhich he has bought one-half of the copy-
right of said Magner, said notes and additions to be such as he,
the said Rockwell, shall think suited to add to the value of said
book ; and that a copyright of said book shall be taken out in the
names of said Magner and Rockwell jointly and equally.
"■Nov. 3, 1863."
Soon after, I consented to have my name left off the
title page, which he desired on publishing a new edition.
In making a revision of this little work, Mr. Rockwell
claimed to have trained my horse Turco, before referred to,
and implied that he started me in the horse-taming business,
when the facts were that I was over a year on the road
before I ever met or heard of him, and I had trained and
exhibited this horse nearly two years before he ever saw
him.
From Greenfield I went directly to Maine, where I
met with the most flattering success. At Portland, almost
the entire population came out to witness the feat of driv-
ing without reins. I had several large classes there,
reference to which will be found in the following editorial
notices : —
" Mr. Magner, the horse- tamer and trainer, has been in Port-
land during the past week, and has created a great stir among
our horsemen. So great was the interest excited, that Mr. Magner
formed a school, which was largely attended by those interested
in such matters, including many of our best citizens who have fine
horses, -and seems to have been altogether satisfactoiy. Such suc-
cess in •'«o brief a period is quite unusual. His exliibitions have
m MAINE. 489
been very interesting, and have satisfactorily demonstrated his
. ability to bring the most unmanageable horses entirely under his
control.
"An innocent colt, fresh from the country, was introduced,
and in a few minutes acted the part of a well-trained horse ; then
came a spirited mare, whose stubbornness was not so readily but
no less surely overcome ; an old stager, which had for years defied
every farrier in the county, but after five minutes' training stood
quiet as a lamb while his feet were handled and hammered in
true blacksmith style ; a splendid animal, whose principal fault
seemed to be unusual fright at the sight of an umbrella, in a very
short space of time stood unmoved as one of these articles was
placed before him and moved about his body, and when at last it
was held above and dropped upon his head, he appeared to regard
it with far more of complacency than fear ; a puller on the bit
was beaten at his own game, and yielded handsomely.
" Whatever the tricks and eccentricities of which the animals
brought forward were guilty, they found more than their match
in the horse-tamer, who did not in a single instance let a horse
pass out of his hands till he could truthfully say, ' I have you,
sir.' He was asked to test his skill still further on a vicious mule
which was brought in and turned loose in the ring. He was in-
deed a villainous fellow, and not at all agreeable in his manners,
refusing to be bridled or handled, and meeting every one who
approached him with an undesirable display of his heels ; but in
less than fifteen minutes his whole demeanor was changed, and he
remained perfectly quiet while he was again and again haltered,
mounted on all sides, and handled from head to foot, and finally
was led out perfectly submissive. The change was wonderful, and
called forth great applause.
" These exhibitions are, as we learn, foreign to Mr. Magner's
custom and general purpose, which is, not to exhibit feats in
horsemanship, but to make the people practically acquainted with
his system, and thereby create increased interest in raising and
managing horses. He is soon to start out into the towns of this
State, and we hope farmers and horsemen will give him all the
attention which his theory and his success merit." — Portland
(Me.) Transcript, 186 Jf,.
" Mr. Magner, whose equestrian feats have excited the wonder
of our citizens, has left the city in order to fulfill numerous en-
gagements in the country. It is very fortunate for him that this
is not an age when men are executed for witchcraft. Had he
lived in Salem in 1692, and exhibited, as he has here, his power
over refractory horses, he would have been hanged, as sure as fate,
for a wizard. Indeed, we are not certain that he does not prac-
490 PBESONAL EXPERIENCE.
tiee some sort of witchery in his management of liorses. No one
can form an idea of his wonderful power over them, until he wit-
nesses proof of it. To see a horse furious, stubborn, defiant, with
a very devil in his eye, in a few moments, by some mysterious
power, calmed down, i-endered docile, patiently submi.s.sivc, and
allowing every liberty to be taken with him — in a word, the evil
spirit Avhich had possessed the animal, completely exorcised — you
can hardly credit, although the marvelous transformation takes
place under your naked eye. A knowledge of Mr. Magner's the-
ory of subduing the horse must be invaluable to all owners of the
animal." — Portland (Me.) Advertiser, 186 If..
This was in the winter of 1863-4. I next went to
Augusta, the State capital. A very trifling incident here
enabled me to attract considerable attention. A prominent
member of the Legislature purchased, the day before, a
fine horse, and desired me to look at him. Perceiving the
horse to be unusually intelligent, it occurred to me that
here was my chance to create a little surprise, and I deter-
mined to improve it.
Seeing a small switch lying upon the ground before me,
I picked it up, took the horse by the halter, moved him
around, and, Avhile talking to the owner, quickly brought
the switch over the horse's back to the opjDosite side of the
head, and with a few slight but rapid strokes taught him
to come around and follow without the halter. (Full
details of this method are given in the chapter on Colt
Training.)
Throwing the hitching strap across his back and drop-
ping the switch behind me, I walked around carelessly, the
horse following. The owner wished to know if he would
follow him. I answered, "Yes; go to his head and walk
around." Upon trial, he did so. Not noticing that I did
anything with the horse, the man thought it wonderful.
He told his friends that I merely looked at the horse, when
he would follow me anywhere !
The story doubtless became magnified as it went. At
EXCITING CUKIOSITY. 491
any rate, on the next day the members of the Legislature,
the officers of the Second Maine Cavalry, and those of the
Fourth Infantry, attended my lecture in a body. The
better to illustrate the inclination of many people to
magnify trifling events when not understood, I will in-
clude here an incident in point: —
Once, in a town where I was entirely unknown, and
the prospect for success very doubtful, I was invited to go
with a man to his stable to look at a valuable mare. She
stood quietly enough in the stall, but on approaching, my
suspicions were excited by noticing the fear of the owner.
Observing carefully, I saw that unless approached just
right, she would be likely to kick, and determined <it once
to make the circumstance a key to my success.
While standing a little behind the stall, to attract her
attention I spoke to her sharply, at the same time glided
up to her shoulder, rubbed and caressed her head a little,
and then got out in the same manner. I told the man
there would be no trouble in managing her, which was true.
I then went directly back to the hotel, claiming to be in a
hurry, but in reality for the purpose of allowing him an
opportunity to ventilate his opinions among his neighbors,
which he did with an effect quite beyond my expectations.
After my exhibition, the moment I was ready to form a
class, the citizens voluntarily came forward and gave me
their names.
After the experiments and instructions, I was with
much interest asked, " How did you manage to get inside
that mare's stall to-day without getting kicked ? " Said
they, " She is one of the worst mares in the country. No
one has been inside her stall before for over three months,
for she would kick any one going near her." The owner
had told the people, as I expected he would, that as soon
as I went near or looked at the mare, her whole character
492 PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
seemed to change at once ; that she looked as though she
wanted to get near me ; that to his amazement, when I
walked in by her side, she never offered to lift a foot or
show the least viciousness toward me, and that I handled
and stepped around her as unconcernedly as I would any
horse. The whole point of my doing this lay in being able
to discern her exact character and what she would bear.
The leading gentlemen then in the city from different parts
of the State, were excited to the highest pitch of curiosity
by the reports, as stated, of my powers, and it Avas deter-
mined to test me to the utmost degree. To insure this, a
special committee was appointed to A^isit the officers of each
company of the Fourth Maine Cavalry, which was at the
time encamped near the city, to learn the number and char-
acter of vicious horses among the twelve hundred belong-
ing to the regiment, and to select five supposed to be the
worst from the whole number reported, upon which to make
the promised experiments. Although apparently very
vicious, the subjects selected proved very simple and easy
cases to manage. I include editorial notices of the event : —
" Mr. Magner, the author of this philosophy, has astonished
the good people of Augusta and vicinity by the admirable and
perfectly successful demonstration of* his system, in subduing and
controlling some of the most vicious and ungovernable specimens
of the horse fraternity that could be found among us. The
manifest and acknowledged importance of this art, and the desire
of the public to understand and witness the results of its applica-
tion, induced a crowded attendance of all classes on Mr. Magner's
practical illustrations of his theory. All who attended, came
away fully convinced of, and perfectly satisfied with, the correct-
ness of the principles and workings of this new system.
"Even the members of the Senate and House of Representa-
tives, and the Jiiembers of the Executive Council, took a leisure
hour, laid by the affairs of State, forgot their parliamentary
squabbles, and found both amusement and instruction in witness-
ing the skill and consummate tact with which Mr. Magner
handled the hitherto incorrigible subjects brought forward to test
his new doctrine. Crowds of our most intelligent citizens were
SUCCESS IN MAINE. 493
also in attendance, and became decidedly and thoroughly satisfied
that Mr Magner's system is all that he clamis for it, and when
applied, will be effectual in bringing the wildest and most stubborn
horse into complete subjection and docility.
" A laro-e class of pupils united in order to profit by Mr. Mag-
ner's instruction, and learn the best modes of applying his theory
to practice ; and as a matter of course, the hardest and most
vicious horses that could be found in the neighborhood, were
brouo-ht in for him to subdue, all of which were completely tamed,
and brouo-ht into such a state of docility as to astonish those who
saw it So satisfactory and perfectly successful were his n^truc-
tions and experiments"'to every one who attended, and so efficient
and useful did his principles and modes of procedure prove them-
selves to be in training and subduing horses, that the oficers of
the Second Maine Cavalry were influenced to invite him to give a
course of instruction to those of the regiment who could be spared
from duty to attend. In this, too, he was perfectly successful, as
in all other instances.
" The most dangerous of vicious horses are those frisky, nerv-
ous, touchy kickers, whose heels are always ready to greet you
whenever you approach or attempt to harness them. One ot this
class was brought forward, of so desperate a character that her
owner cautioned Mr. Magner that he would expose himself to
dano-er and probable injury if he was too familiar with her. In a
very short time, he had her so effectually subdued and conquered
that he could do anything he pleased with her— jump upon her
back slide off" behind her heels, handle her feet, and place himself
in any position he pleased around her, without her olTermg the
least opposition, or showing the least disposition to bite or practice
her old tricks. i p i
" We look upon this mode of horse- taming as an art wondertul
for the sure and infallible results which follow its appliance."—
Kennebec Journal, Augusta, Me., February, 186 Jf.
" It is all quietly done ; no whipping nor thrashing ; no maul-
ino- brawling, nor swearing, as has often heretofore been the cus-
tom in such cases. Herein is one of the great and invaluable
improvements which Mr. Magner introduces m the art of bringing
the horse under complete control of man. We make these remarks
for the purpose of calling the attention of our farmers and owners
of horses in Maine to the new improvements of such vital impor-
tance to their interests. We have taken great pams to give them
a personal investigation. You will find Mr. Magner a modest,
unassuming young man, and no humbug, and we cordially advise
every one who can, to obtain the benefit of his lectures. —Ma%n6
Farmer, Feb. ^4, I864.
494 PEKSONAL EXPElllENCE.
I now traveled through Vermont, New Jersey, Penn-
syh^ania, AVestern New York, and Ohio, training in the
meantime several horses to drive without reins, both
double and single. Even after I had trained Turco, I soon
found it necessary to have additional features of interest to
enlist the degree of attention desired. When in Maine in
1864, the day before my exhibition, I adve^'tised to make
any Avild, unbroken colt so gentle in twenty minutes, that
I would take him, without bridle or halter, into the street,
and by the control of the whip alone, ride or handle him in
any way I pleased. This I failed to do but once. When
in Anson, a remarkably vicious colt was turned into a barn
so large that I could not get to him before he became so
excited that I knew I could not control him in the time
claimed. Of course it would not do to admit this, and so
I made the people crowding around and looking through
the cracks, an excuse for not attempting anything further
at this point.
As I went into the street, I saw a young man riding a
colt toward me. Upon inquiry, I found he was from the
country, #id I told him I would pass him into my class
free, if he would let me handle his colt ten minutes to
illustrate my treatment before the class, to which he
consented. I made up the class on condition that I would
perform the feat upon the colt before referred to in their
presence ; but as it was an exceptionally bad one, I took
this precaution of obtaining an easier one to handle and
upon which to explain the principles. By this course I
succeeded, though it was a close pull, as it was absolutely
necessary to make the colt entirely gentle and control him
as promised. AVhen successful, I told the class the whole
stratagem, as I made it an invariable rule to give them the
facts, at which they laughed heartily.
Afterward, when in Western 'New York, I advertised
SPECIAL EXPERIMENTS. 495
that, each day before my regular exhibition, if the people
would remain twenty minutes in the center of the town, I
would take any kicking, runaway colt they could produce,
lead him from them outside the town, and, Avithin the time
named, would subdue and drive him back to a carriage,
without breeching. Or if I found a horse that had recently
run away, and which could not be controlled, I made it in
this way a startling card. For example : In Hornellsville,
N. Y., I obtained a pony that had only the day before run
away with a constable, a large, strong man, causing him
serious injury, and breaking the wagon to pieces. In
twenty minutes, I drove him in on a run, with breeching
straps loose, and cross-piece striking against the quarters.
Having almost reached the crowd, I purposely fell out, and
when the horse had gone six or eight rods, I called
" Whoa ! " sharply. He stopped instantly. This incident
enabled me to make a large class there.
In one instance only, I did not dare make the attempt.
This was at a little place near Hochester. The colt se-
lected was running in a field, and I accompanied the owner
to get him. As soon as I saw the colt, I knew I could not
control him in the time specified ; but I raced around with
the owner to catch him, in the meantime thinking how I
could manage the matter. Failing to catch the horse on
account of his extreme wildness, I finally took the owner
into my confidence, and told him that I did not want to
catch the horse ; that I knew I could not subdue him so as
to be able to handle him in the time stated, but that I
would show him how he could break him, provided that he
would help me out of the scrape, which he promised to do,
and so reported that the colt could not be caught. Fortu-
nately, at this point I saw a young man driving a spirited
horse up the street. Ready to catch at any point, I ap-
proached and asked, " If the breeching-straps were to break,
496 PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
and the cross-piece strike against the horse's quarters,
would he not kick and run away?" He looked at me in
surprise, saying, " I guess he would. I know I would not
want to be in the wagon and have it strike him. He ran
away once, and tore the carriage to j)ieces." I said to him,
" I will pass you into my class free if you will let me have
your horse ten minutes." Consenting, I told the people what
the horse would do, which was known to be true. Know-
ing from the disposition of the horse that there would be
no difficulty in his subjection, I got in Avith the man, tell-
ing him to drive quickly to the edge of the village. As
soon as out of sight of the crowd, I jumped out, first mak-
ing the owner promise he would not tell any one what I
did, and made the horse submit to control in three or four
minutes, then drove back raj)idly with both breeching-straps
loose. When I reached the middle of the crowd, I threw
the reins out, and called sharply, "Whoa!" when he in-
stantly stopped, holding the wagon back with his heels.
The quicker the feat could be done, and the greater the
chances taken, the more surprising and startling it would
prove. The main point of success was in being able to
know how much could be done upon the horse in a given
time, and if the risk was too great, to avoid it altogether.
Sometimes it was extremely difficult to make these ex-
periments, as I could not have sufficient oijportunity or
privacy. No matter how much I might reason with the
people that upon the condition of their remaining in toAvn
would depend the success of the exj^eriment, as soon as I
started with the horse the whole crowd would break right
and left to follow me. For example, when in Ashtabula,
0., where I had a good subject offered, after trying twice
and finding the crowd would not be kept back, I succeeded
only by the following stratagem : An old scholar informing
me that he had a good place about half a mile out of town,
DIFFICULTIES. 497
I directed the owner to take a back street and drive there
quickly, and the few friends who wished to see the exper-
iment to go separately, while I jumped into a wagon and
drove rapidly in an opposite direction. When out of view,
I took a side street back to the place of rendezvous. We
could see the people coming down the street on a run ; but
I jumped out and made a rush for the horse, and although
he was a kicking, runaway fellow that had not been har-
nessed in over two years, I succeeded in five minutes in
making him sufficiently manageable to be hitched up with-
out kicking. I had barely time to hitch him up before the
wagon, when the people came up, and I took the chances,
without further treatment, of driving him rapidly back to
town. Upon arriving at the crowd, which stood waiting,
I stopped him so quickly as to almost throw him upon his
haunches, dropped the reins, and jumped out of the wagon.
Being behind time, I made it an excuse for unhitching the
horse wjiere he stood ; but the fact was, I did not dare to
move him further, fearing he would kick, and thereby give
me away. It is worthy of remark in this case, that upon
trial next morning the owner found him perfectly gentle,
hitched him to a carriage, took in his family, drove to town
two miles distant, and used him afterward as a family driv-
ing-horse. •
In the summer of 1864, I took into partnership Mr. E.
C. Dudley, of Newton Center, Mass., who remained with
me as business manager for four years, and who contribu-
ted greatly to my success.
As driving without reins soon became so common that
it lost its novelty as a drawing card, I trained ponies to
do sensational tricks. For these exhibitions I built suit-
able places covered with canvas, in cities and large country
towns, frequently remaining several weeks in one place,
and having remarkable success. In Buffalo, Toledo, Cleve-
3a
498 PEESON^AL EXPEEIE^^CH.
land, and other large cities, the people came in crowds for
weeks, and in some cases from distances of over one hun-
dred miles, to witness the performance of the ponies, and
to attend my lectures.
To illustrate the prejudice to which I was often ex-
posed, I will refer to an incident which occurred at Cleve-
land, 0. The city had at that time about 90,000 inhab-
itants, and its business community was among the most en-
terprising of the Northwest. They exhibited an unusual
interest in fine horses, and their trotting-races were the
most popular and liberally conducted of any in the coun-
try. I anticipated an unusual interest in my efforts there,
and I incurred large expense in advertising the city and
surrounding country, and in building a place for my con-
venience in giving exhibitions and teaching classes.
At the time appointed, there was a large attendance of
leading citizens to witness the performance of the ponies ;
but to my surprise I could not get a single name for a class.
Such a result was unprecedented in my experience. To
have people go away without exhibiting the least interest
in my efforts, was not only mortifying in the extreme, but
discouraging. By the advice of the landlord, Mr. Stone,
of the Commercial House, I sent twelve complimentary
tickets to as many leading horsemen. On the .following-
day there was again a large gathering ; but as before, I
could not get a single name — not one of those who were
complimented coming forward, nor in any way manifesting
the least interest in my efforts. Upon inquiry I found
that eight of those gentlemen were present. I Avas now
thoroughly provoked by such indifference. Something
must be done, and that speedily, to make a stir, or I could
have no hope of success. The thought of failure I could
not entertain for a moment. It was necessary, first, that I
should bring the people back again, and this I knew I
OPPOSITION. 49'
could not do by the ordinary pony performance ; so to
meet the emergency, I arranged to have a bet made of
|100, that a certain negro boy there could ride " Tommy "
without being thrown. This was announced in the morning
papers, and as I expected, there was a crowd gathered to
witness the trial. Judges and referee were appointed, and
I put up the money. The condition was that he should
ride him twice around the ring, or sit upon his back one
minute, with the privilege of making three trials. The
young man made a heroic effort to win, but was at each
time ingloriously thrown.
The time had now come for a supreme effort, so
I mounted a box I had arranged for the purpose, and made
it. I closed up my remarks by offering $500 to smy man
who would produce a horse I could not subdue and drive
gently within forty minutes. Up to this point I had not
received a single name, nor did it seem possible to obtain
horses to experiment upon. Finally, a gentleman named
Edwards, a wholesale grocer on Water St., came forward,
saying, '• We think we know something about this matter.
Rarey, Rockwell, and others have been here, and we think
we know all and more than you can give us. But we have
a horse here, which, if you can drive, as you say you can,
you will convince us you can beat any man in the coun-
try." 1 answered, '' Get the horse, and I will settle the
matter very quickly."
The horse was sent for, and led in by a groom, and fol-
lowed by the owner, a prominent citizen named Malone.
At the last moment, he refused to let me have the horse
to experiment upon ; but rather than lose the opportunity,
I bought him, paying very much more than he was really
worth. I then said to the people, '' I now have a subject,
a horse that you all know cannot be driven in harness by
any man in your city or State. If I do not drive him gen-
500 PEESONAL EXPEEIENCB.
tie without breeching within forty minutes, every man
joining my class can have his money back. I wish it
distinctly understood that I do not ask for any favors, and
will not grant any. I have tried to be reasonable, even
generous, to the horsemen of this city, without having the
least confidence or interest shown in my efforts by any one.
I now wish it distinctly understood that I will not now
grant any favors to any one, and will not ask for any. I
have no friends here, and do not want any. I will show
you now that I am able to win success without the help of
any one. Every man remaining inside, except the mem-
bers of the press, must represent $5. If I fail to do just
what I promise, you can all have your money back before
you leave. Not only this, but to-morrow at twelve o'clock
precisely I will drive him on the square, without bridle
or breeching, not only perfectly gentle in harness, but a
trained horse to drive with a whip. If I do not do it, as
I before stated, every man can have his money back."
Thirty-five remained ; and I drove the horse entirely gentle
within thirty minutes.
It now became a question of great interest to know
whether he could be driven on the square as promised. At
II o'clock, I was notified that it was considered too
dangerous to permit the experiment to be made ; and in
order to make the trial, I was compelled to give bonds of
$1,000 as a guarantee that no harm should follow^ At
twelve precisely the horse was driven as advertised, in the
presence of upwards of 30,000 people. This was followed
by the largest and most enthusiastic class I ever made up
to that time, numbering nearly 500 members. Every man
now seemed to take a personal interest in my success.
The better to explain the general interest these exper-
iments excited, I include paragraphs from a few of the
press notices : —
SUCCESS m CLEVELAND. 501
" But the great sensation of the evening was yet to come ; for
all were anxious, as many present knew the vicious nature of the
beast to be subdued — in fact, there were one or two present who
had had good cause to ever remember the great runaway and
kicker known as the ' Malone Horse.' He is a gray gelding,
perhaps sixteen hands high, of great beauty and strength, and a
will and determination rarel}' found in the purely American
breed of horses. The horse was brought into the enclosure, and
caused general comment by his magnificent style and grace of
movement. His owner was present, and after looking at the
animal a few minutes, and dreading to see him pass into other
hands to manage, hesitated at the last moment to give his consent
to the application of the system.
" Mr. Magner, determined to have a subject, asked the price
of the horse, which was announced to be $500. 'I'll take him,'
said Mr. M., and at once handed over the amount. This move-
ment on the part of Mr. Magner was unexpected, as most ' horse-
men ' who have visited us generally preferred to ' work up ' other
people's horses, rather than their own.
"At this stage of the proceedings the excitement was intense,
and many speculations were indulged in as to who would prove
the victor, the man or the horse. In less than twentv minutes
from the time Mr. Magner laid his hands upon his subject, the
horse was as gentle as a lamb, and as easily controlled as the most
reliable family horse. Among other efforts to prove that the gray
gelding was completely broken, Mr. M., without reins in hand,
mounted the wagon, and, catching the animal by the tail, drove
him around the ring at a fearful pace, drawing the wagon upon
the heels of the horse in such a way as to strike them with a force
that could be heard at the furthest end of the room." — Cleveland
Leader.
" Yesterday morning the famous ' Malone Horse ' was hitched
to an open wagon, with no hold-back straps, and driven up and
down the street, at times at a 2 : 40 pace, and when suddenly
brought up with the lines, would stop the whole weight of the
vehicle with his heels — but no kicking now." — Cleveland Herald.
"A Serious Accident.
" While Mr. Magner was driving along the street following
after the Arlington band wagon, people would call out to him, ' I
say, mister, yer hold-back straps are gone ! Yer' 11 have a runa-
way if yer don't look out ; ' and while crossing the railroad track
on Ontario street, to avoid the jam of teams, etc., the rear wheels
of his buggy were struck by a passing street car, the axletreo so
502
PEESONAL EXPERIENCE.
bent that one of the wheels would not revolve, and the driver,
buggy, and all precipitated forward on the horse, which, three
days ago, one-half dozen men could not have held under such cir-
cumstances, but with no bad results further than stated. The
hor.se did not seem alarmed, and bravely stood while the wreck
was cleared away from the track, without so much as an offer to
kick, fully proving the thoroughness of Magner's system.
" The people that thronged the sti-eet were attracted by that
natural morbidity of the human mind which expects to be gratified
by seeing some appalling disaster ; but in this case they were most
grievously disappointed, for instead of seeing the gray gelding
' mash things,' as was his wont, they only saw a splendid, docile
animal driven by a gentleman who neither appeared alarmed, or
expectant of any serious results from driving so gentle and speedy
a buggy horse.
" At the close of the last lecture of his course in Cleveland, the
the following resolution was moved by Hon. Silas Merchant
(President of City Council), which was carried by acclamation of
the entire class, comprising 07ie thousand leading citizens : —
" ' Resolved, That we, as members of Prof. Magner's class in
this city, deem it but a j ust recognition of his skill and success in
teaching us his system of educating horses, which is above all
praise, hereby indorse him and his s^'^stem to our friends and the
public. '
Gen. J. W. Fitch, Kennard
House.
R. P. Waterbury, Akron Stove
Co.
Geo. E. ArmstronCx, of Alcott
& Horton, Wholesale Dry
Goods, 149 Water street.
Silas Merchant, Iron Founder,
River street.
L. B. French, of French &
Keith, Wholesale Dry
Goods, Water street.
S. S. Coe, Sec. Cleveland Ins.
Co., corner Water and Su-
perior streets.
W. P. Horton, of Alcott and
Horton, Wholesale Dry
Goods, Water street.
Geo. H. Burritt, Collector of
Customs, Custom House.
E. Thompson, Wholesale Grocer,
Bank street.
R.
W. D. Gushing, Agt. Erie R.
R., 181 Superior street.
Wm. Edwards, Wholesale Gro-
cer, Water street.
Amos Townsend, Wholesale
Grocer, and Pres. City
Council, City Hall.
Collins, Prop. Weddell
Hou.se.
Gen. D. T. Casement, Panes-
ville.
Geo. Westlake, Oil Refiner.
D. Stone, Esq., Scoville avenue.
F. W. Bell, Wholesale Lumber
Merchant.
W. Coe, Prop. Cleveland
Mills, 268 Scoville avenue.
P. Weddell, Esq., Banker,
Bank street.
And 1,000 others." — Cleveland
Leader.
C
H
m MICHIGAN. son
At Toledo, O.
" Monday, the last lesson of Prof. Magner to his class in Toledo
was given. His success here has been unprecedented, and his
teachings unparalleled in their line. What the members of the
class have learned could not be bought of them for ten times the
sum paid by them for the instruction. He goes to Adrian, Mich.,
from here ; and we bespeak for him there a hearty welcome and
the u.sual success attending his efibrts. The Professor is a man of
his word, professing no more than he performs, and doing good
Avherever he goes. In his teachings, he not only instructs his
scholars, but benefits the horses, by introducing a more humane
and gentle course of treatment, and therefore merits the name of
benefactor to the brute race, or a niche beside the renowned Bergh.
We congratulate the Adrianites on their acquisition." — Toledo
Commercial.
Buffalo Class.
The Buffalo, N. Y., class, comprising over 500 members,
passed the following resolution unanimously : —
''Resolved, That we commend Prof. Magner to our friends as
a reformer of more than ordinary usefulness ; that his theory of
governing and educating horses is the most practical, humane,
and valuable we have ever witnessed ; that it can be learned and
practiced by any one of ordinary intelligence ; and that we desire
to be represented through the following wellTknown prominent
citizens, who can be referred to : Geo. W. Tiftt, Esq., Judge Mas-
ton, Mayor Dickey, C, J. Hamlin, Esq., F. W. Tracy, Esq., Rich-
ard Bullymore, Esq., C. L. Whiting, Esq."
" As a practitioner and teacher of the art of taming horses, Mr.
Magner is without a rival. No one can understand the seemingly
magical power which this man seems to possess over the horse
kino'dom, until he witnesses one of his exhibitions. While in
Toledo, he had in his classes many of our best citizens, and all
not only feel fully satisfied, but indorse him, as will be seen, in
the strongest manner.
"Happening into the tent one day, we saw the Professor
training a noble, but desperately stubborn horse, owned by Mr.
R. Mott. After operating with the animal but a brief time, his
very nature seemed changed, and on being driven by his master,
he was kind and obedient as the best of horses.
" The readers of the Blade can rely upon the fact that the
Professor is an upright, honorable gentleman, possessing all the
wonderful skill he claims." — Toledo Blade. ■
504
PERSONAL expeeie:nce.
Adrian (Mich.) Class.
" During the present week, Prof. Magner, the celebrated
horse-tamer and educator, has conducted his classes in this city.
He has created a genuine furore among all interested in horses
in this city ; and his reputation has extended to a large circuit of
country, and persons have attended his classes from over twenty
miles distant. He has succeeded in subduing and rendering per-
fectly tractable some horses which have resisted all previous efforts
of horse-breakers and others to reduce them to submission ; and
his wonderful power over horses excites the most astonishment
from those the best posted in equine care and treatment, and the
exhibitions of the trained stud of horses, which he owns and
carries with him, are superior in interest to the choicest feature of
the best circus traveling. In every place he has jDeen, Mr. Magner
has received the most emphatic and coixlial indorsements.
" The following well-known citizens desire to state to their
friends that they have attended several of Mr. Magner's lectures,
and would say without fear of contradiction, that he is the Boss
Horse-tamer of the world, and that he can do more than he
advertises : —
Wm. Snyder, V. S.
Howard Sickles, Livery and
Horse Dealer.
A. H. Russell, Horse Dealer.
Col. Wood, Owner of Wood's
Museum, Chicago.
Clement E. Weaver, Esq.
Chas. Redfield, U. S. P. O.
Inspector.
Benj. Turner, Livery Keeper.
Edwin P. Swords.
John Price, Horse-trainer.
H. Knowles.
G. LiVESAY.
J. K. Johnson.
A. Maxwell.
George McNeil.
— Adrian Weekly Times.
M. E. Abbott.
J. TORNEY.
N. S. Wheeler.
J. S. McNair.
A. H. Bassett.
M. J. HOAG.
A. R. Baker.
M. Brazee.
Ralph Abbott.
Dr. Roberts.
F. Meddick.
H. Daxtill, Livery.
J. H. Emery.
J. S. Smalley.
W. R. Tayer, Sheriff.
John Webster, Sec. Gas Co.
And 400 others."
Jackson (Mich.) Class.
" Prof. Magner gave his last exhibition and lecture in this city
on Saturday afternoon last, and, as usual, a large number were in
attendance. There were at least two hundred members of his
NOTICES OP THE PEESS. 505
class present to listen to the closing lecture, and witness some of
his wonderful feats of subduinof and manaofincr horses. At the
close of the lecture, one of the members of the class offered the
following resolution, which was received with applause, and
adopted without a dissenting voice : —
" ' Resolved, That we, the members of Mr. Magner's class,
hereby express to him our high appreciation of his instructions in
his system for the reform and elevation of horses, which, in our
estimation, is incomparably superior to any system ever brought
before the public. By this system, the management of the horse
is reduced to a definite and exact science, and we desire most
heartily to commend Mr. Magner to the confidence of the public,
to express to him personally our thanks for his patience, his thor-
oughness, and his gentlemanly bearing, while engaged in his pro-
fession in this city.'
J. H. NoYES, Mayor.
W. L. Seaton, Postmaster and
Member of the City Council.
D. B. HiBBARD.
S. S. Vaughn, President Horse
Breeders' Association.
D. J. Robinson & A. V. Pant-
LIND, Props. Hibbard House.
Dr. G. Chittock.
M. Knapp, Livery Keeper.
J. A. HiGGiNS, City Express.
B. G. Johnson, Member City
Council.
J. Brown, Member City Council.
RoBT. Knowles, County Clerk.
A. Vandercook, Member Coun-
cil.
Chas. Meseroll, City Marshal.
Jesse Hurd, Owner of Track.
John Goodyear, Livery and
Sale Stable.
C. C. Pond, Broker and Stock
Dealer.
And 300 oi\ieY^." —Jackson Pat-
riot.
When the panic of '73 set in, I found it impossible to
do business in large centers, and I was compelled to make
a complete change by traveling in the country and remain-
ing but one day in a place. As a feature of interest at this
time, I advertised driving into town, the day before my
lecture, a stallion without reins, followed by another
(Blind Billy) loose in the street; and the next morning,
before forming a class, I gave a regular exhibition with the
ponies. It was frequently surprising to note the interest
these performances excited. The country people came in
crowds.
After traveling over the Eastern States before referred
506 PEESONAL EXPERIENCE.
to, I went to Ohio, where I became acquainted with H. P.
Hamilton, a very unique character, who was engaged in the
horse-taming business. He was a natural showman, and
combined with his performances, tricks of legerdemain.
Though very successful at the time, his modes of treatment
were extremely limited.
Yet to this man belongs the undoubted honor of
originating the idea of throwing, on the principle of the
First Method. But his way of doinjx it was so crude and
imperfect that there was almost constant danger of seriously
injuring or killing the horse. The leg was tied up as done
by Rarey, and a surcingle put on in the same manner, with
the addition of back band and crupper attached. The end
of the cord was tied around the neck, as for first form of
War Bridle, thence through the mouth, and back through
the ring on the surcingle.
"When the cord was pulled upon, it would necessarily
rake so severely across the mouth that, if it was at all
sensitive, the horse was liable to rear up and throw himself
over backward ; while if stiff-necked and dull-mouthed,
there would not be sufficient power to pull the head to one
side. If pulled upon straight back, on a line ,with the
body, as he was in the habit of doing, the difficulty and
danger would be still greater.
These objections I overcome by putting on a halter
with the strap back of the jaw, drawn rather tight, over
which I pass a cord, and to increase the purchase, tie the
end around the surcingle above the ring. This improve-
ment not only more than doubles the purchase power upon
the head, but entirely overcomes the objection of hurting
the mouth. In this way the horse w'as brought off his feet
and upon his side as desired, thereby proving it to be not
only a simple and safe but very powerful means of subjec-
tion. See illustrations on pages 371-37G.
PUBLICATIONS EEVISEJD. 507
Very soon after publishing the first edition of my little
book for my classes, I found it not only too small, but im-
perfect; so in 1865 I made a revision of it, greatly improv-
ing and enlarging it. But with a constantly increasing
experience and success, I very soon felt the necessity for
still another revision, which I made in 1867. Revisions
were again made in 1869, '71, and '75 ; thus enlarging the
book for my classes from a small pamphlet of 64 pages, as
first published, to a work of 276 pages, quite largely illus-
trated, as it now stands. There have been fully 100,000
copies of these various editions issued, and given to my
classes.
During my early experience, my advice was asked
almost daily in regard to the cure of some form of disease
of horses. Though continually admitting that I knew
nothing about the diseases of horses, I wt)uld be pressed
to give such advice as I could. Consequently I read such
books on the subject as were available, but practically
could make but little or nothing out of them, as the treat-
ment would be either contradictory or too indefinite for
reliability. What would perhaps be highly recommended
by one authority, would not infrequently be condemned
by another.
I came in contact with a great many horse-doctors
who claimed to have ^^emedies of great value for the cure
of spavins, ring-bone, etc., and at various times I was
induced to pay considerable money for recipes, etc., that
proved not only worthless, but really dangerous. There
are doubtless many who, though not regular practitioners,
are geniuses in their way, and worthy of entire confidence ;
but my experience has been that men who claim to have
wonderful secret cures, and who aim to sell a little
medicine for a large price, are unreliable, and should be
avoided.
508 PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
These circumstances led me to employ one of the best
veterinary surgeons I could find to give me a private course
of lectures, which was to embody his best treatment for
the most common forms of disease. The best remedies
used in this gentleman's practice, as well as those
obtained from' many other sources, I afterward published
in the Medical Department of the " New System," and
they will also be found embodied in the same department
of this work.
My health finally becoming seriously impaired, I was
compelled to stop business for a while, or so arrange as to
lessen the strain to which I had been so long subjected.
Having too many trained horses, I sold six stallions, com-
prising four horses and two trick ponies, all trained to
drive without reins. Three of these (one being the " Fred
Arnd Horse,"* referred to in the chapter on Stallions) were
sold in Bath, N. Y., and vicinity. One of the matched
pair and a pony were sold to 0. S. Pratt, of Batavia, N. Y.,
and the other to a man named Graves, of Lockport, N. Y.
This last pony was a superior performer, and I sold him
with the special stipulation that when he desired to part
with him, I should have the first chance to buy ; yet not-
withstanding this stipulation, he sold the pony to Pratt. I
still had two of my best horses; and, having made
arran2;ements with a man who had traveled in the South,
to assist me there, I shipped directly to Memphis, Tenn.,
and traveled in the South nearly two seasons.
I have at various times been greatly annoyed, and my
business much injured, by parties engaging in the business
and copying my bills, claiming to be authors of a New
System, etc. One of tlie boldest of these, and the only
one I will refer to, was the man Pratt, who is now deceased.
The sale of the horses to him was made on the condition
that I should teach him how to manage them, and also in-
IN NEW YORK. 509
struct him in the business sufficiently to enable him to
travel, to which I devoted about a week's time. He-
turning North with improved health, I reorganized my
business so as to strike only large centers, and was so
engaged in Michigan in the winter of '72, when business
requirements demanded my going to New York. Some-
what to my surprise, I found Mr. Pratt located in the city,
advertising himself as the " Great Horse-tamer of the
World, the Author of a New System," etc., and resorting
to the boldest methods of charlatanism, such as buying ar-
ticles and arranging to have them presented to him as if
voluntary gifts from his classes, etc. This role he played
quite successfully in Philadelphia and other cities.
Calling upon him at a time when there were a number
of other gentlemen present, he addressed me as though I
were but a casual acquaintance, saying, " Magner, I have
the best trained horses in the world, and the best system
in the world." Such presumption on his part aroused my
indignation, and I determined to show him up.
Before I started him in the business, he did not pretend
to know anything more about horses than he was able to
learn from ordinary observation, and experience of driving
one to a grocery wagon. I simply said to him, " I think
you have carried this matter too far, and now I shall make
it my business to show what you can do."
Being entirely unknown there, I found myself con-
fronted with great difficulties. In the first place. New
York is the great metropolis of the country, and its horse-
men undoubtedly are the most skillful and critical in the
world, well read, extremely practical, with the broadest
and most A^aried experience. In horse-taming, they had
seen Rarey, Fancher, and Hamilton. They had now had in
the city, for over three months, Pratt in one part and Mr.
Rockwell in another, both making the most extraAagant
510 PEESONAL EXPEDIENCE.
pretensions. Hamilton won very general attention, but
his success was destroyed by killing two valuable horses,
and seriously injuring others. Pratt's extravagant preten-
sions attracted some notice, but upon trial he revealed him-
self to be an ignorant pretender, to whose management
they soon learned not to trust a good horse. Rockwell
was a man of much experience, a good horseman, and was
well calculated to make friends and win success ; but his
instructions did not add much to their knowledge. The
result was, the people felt they had nothing more to learn
from professed horse-tamers, and had so far lost confidence
in them that they would not trust a good horse to them for
treatment.
Under such circumstances, it could not be expected that
a new applicant for favor would receive much attention ;
but I was bound to make the effort at all hazards. After
careful deliberation I determined to enlist the attention of
some leading horseman, whose standing for skill and verac-
ity would be above question. Mr. Robert Bonner was the
gentleman. With considerable difficulty, and without an-
nouncing my name, I was finally able to obtain admission
to his presence, when, without any preliminaries, I said to
him, " Sir, I will forfeit $1000 (which amount I held in my
hand), which you can retain, or devote to any benevolent
purpose you please, if I cannot take any horse that any
horseman or horse-tamer in the city or outside of it, living or
dead, has failed upon, and make him perfectly gentle in forty
minutes, without throwing or whipping, and within the
limits of even a box stall." Looking at me in surprise, he
asked, "How can you do it?" I replied, "It will take
about four minutes to explain." He said, " I will give you
five." But becoming interested, the interview was contin-
ued nearly an hour, when he expressed himself as very de-
sirous of seeing me make the experiment.
IN NEW YOEK. 511
Upon inquiry, I learned of a horse that was brought to
Pratt with orders to break or kill him, as he was good for
nothing unless he could be broken. The horse resisted,
and not wishing to acknowledge his defeat he resorted to
the most j^ersistent as well as severe treatment in order to
exhaust and break him down. But after a week's effort
he utterly failed, and the owner was told that the horse
had no brains, and coufd not be broken. I could obtain
no particulars in relation to the appearance or disposition
of the horse ; but knowing what Pratt would do, and the
kind of horse he would be likely to fail upon, I was confi-
dent, if able to obtain the horse, of experiencing no diffi-
culty in his subjection. I accordingly found the owner,
Mr. Wilkins, a well-known dealer in fine horses. Upon
introducing myself and stating my business, the gentleman
became greatly excited, and said he didn't want anything
more to do with horse-tamers, etc. I simply asked him
how much his horse was worth. His answer was, " He is
not worth anything now." I said to him, " I want your
horse at Mr. Bonner's stable to-morrow morning nt 10
o'clock to experiment upon, on the following .conditions :
First, I will deposit flOOO in Mr. Bonner's hands, which
you are at liberty to take if your horse is injured ; second,
I will give you an additional hundred should I fail to make
him gentle in forty minutes. Can I have him on these
conditions ?" He answered, " Yes ; I will have him there
on time." Upon trial the experiment proved a success, the
horse submitting in about thirty minutes. Particulars of
this incident will be found in Case No. 6, Subjection.
I now felt certain of being able to enhst the attention
'of the horsemen of the city, and built a place suitable for
giving test exhibitions, and invited by card the attendance
of leading horsemen. When assembled, I requested them
to appoint a committee of such gentlemen and expert horse-
512 PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
men, not exceeding ten in number, as would be above
suspicion of not giving a fair and impartial report on the
merits of my claims, before whom I would make such ex-
periments as would be necessar}^ to explain and illustrate
to them my system of treatment. By invitation, the Cooper
Institute Farmers' Club also appointed a special committee
of three to report to the Club the result of the experiment.
The result of the experiments will* be shown by the sub-
joined editorials and reports : —
From N. Y. Sunday Democrat.
A NEW ERA IN THE EDUCATION OF HORSES.
A WONDERFUL EXHIRITION.
On Friday evening Mr. D. Magner gave an exhibition, to
which none but invited guests were admitted. Among the horse-
fanciers present were Robert Bonner, Dan Mace, Ed. Wilkins, J.
D. Walton, George Lewis, Jacob Creveling, Amos Little, Dave
Bonner, W. S. Ridabock, R. J. Anderson, Arthur Gillender, Wal-
ter Briggs, W. Jackson, Jo. Bennet, N. H. Leadbetter, Jacob
Baulch, James MofFatt, William Rutzer, Dr. Ogle, Dr. Brighton,
of Boston, Dr. Lee, Henry Casey, J. C. Durant, Isaac Sonburg,
Dr. O'Shea, Hamilton Busbey, William Watson, of Westchester,
with his two sons, William Apgar, C. Moran, jr., Dr. Beadle,
James Morris, E. H. Freeman, and M. Bain.
After exhibiting some extraordinary tricks by his trained
horses, Mr. Magner rcc[uested them to choose from those present a
committee to report on his system. The committee selected con-
sisted of Messrs. Robert Bonner, Ohairman, Charles Swift, jr..
Secretary, Dan Mace, Amos Little, Arthur Gillender, Geo. Lewis,
J. D. Walton, James Moffatt, W. W. Briggs, N. H. Leadbetter,
and others.
The committee having taken their seats, Mr. Magner, in a
brief address, explained the main points of his treatment. . . .
In the course of his remarks he very justly stated that more men
than horses require training. A notoriously vicious horse was
then brought into the ring, and in less than thirty minutes he was
trotting in harness as gentle as though he had always been a fam-
ily horse, and this, too, without throwing or harsh treatment.
Mr. Bonner, turning to the committee, said, Rarey taught us our
ABC, hut Magner teaches us hoiu to 'put the letters together.
At the close of the exhibition the following
IN NEW YOEK. 513
Autograph Letter from Mr. Bonner
was handed to a representative of tliis paper: —
Office ok tuf. Ledger, )
Nuw York, Jan. 25, 1872. j
Mr. D. Magner:
Dear Sir, — From the conversations I have had with you, and
from the satisfactory manner in which you handled Mr. Wilkins'
horse to-day in my stable, I have no hesitation in saying that I
consider you the most scientific and successful educator, or
TAMER, OF VICIOUS HORSES I HAVE EVER MET. Mr. Wilkins' horse
was a most vicious brute ; he would kick with more spite and de-
termination than any horse I ever saw, and at the same time he
would strike with his forward feet; indeed, Mr. Wilkins himself
told me that he was, to use his exact expression, " the worst horse
in New York." In less than an hour you succeeded in handling
him as freely, and with as much apparent safety, as you would
any ordinary family horse.
I have myself handled Princess, the famous old competitor of
Flora Temple, on your new system ; and, although she was at one
time so vicious as to be almost unmanageable, my youngest boy,
a lad of fifteen, has, during the past week, been driving her daily
in the Central Park. All things considered, your treatment is,
in my oj^inion, entirely neiu and reliable, as luell as humane
and practical. Yours truly,
Robert Bonner.
In a conversation subsequent to the exhibition, Mr. Bonner
stated that if he could have made his letter any stronger, he would
have done so.
COMMITTEE REPORT.
April 9, 1872,
We, the committee appointed by the citizens and prominent
horsemen of New York to investigate and i-epoit upon the merits
of Mr. Magner 's system of training and educating wild and vi-
cious horses, respectfully report that we have exerted every effort
in our power to obtain horses of such a bad character as would
test the practicability of his treatment, and secured a thorough-
bred mare, owned by L. C. Popham, of No. 945 Broadway. This
mare was fourteen years old, and had resisted all efforts to con-
trol her in single harness ; would kick herself free from shafts,
and run away at all hazards. Also, a thorough-bred gelding, six-
teen years old, owned by H. L. Herbert of Red Bank, N. J. He
would balk while riding, kicking and running away while in
haraess, and was so vicious that he could not be driven or con-
trolled in harness ; was purchased by Mr. Herbert for $2,500 ;
33
514 PEIWONAL KXPERIENOE.
proved so worthless that he sold him for Si 50, and aftei'wards re-
purchased him for $25. Also, a fine Star mare, owned l)y R. L.
Pell, Es({., of Fifth Avenue and Twenty-sixth street; would kick
herself free in single harness, and would run away. This mare
could not be driven single. These, with others, were liandled in
our presence, including a large number of prominent citizens and
members of the press, all of whom were invited to witness the ex-
periments proposed to be made before this committee.
In eighteen minutes (without throwing or any cruelty) Mr.
Magner made the Herbert horse so docile that he could be driven
witli the greatest freedom without bi^ecching, demonstrating the
most wonderful change in his character. The owner publicly
stated the fact of his former vicious reputation and unmanageable
habits. The Popham mare was driven with equal success in
twenty-seven minutes, submitting to all kinds of handling, even
from strangers. The Pell rnare was next handled, and driven
gently in ten minutes, and the other horses with the same marked
success.
We have carefully studied the merits of this treatment, and
have no hesitation in saying that Mr. Magner is the onost slcillful
and successful horse tamer and educator who has ever visited
this city. His method of treatment reduces the subjection and
education of horses to a definite and fixed science, and is in prin-
ciples and effect entirely superior to any other ever brought to
our notice, and inaugurates a new era in the subjection of horses.
The great ease and cei-tainty Avith which horses of extreme vi-
ciousness can be controlled by this treatment make the knowledge
of it indispensable to all interested in horses, particularly to farm-
ers and those who raise colts. These facts induce this committee
to recommend all who can to attend Mr. Magner's lectures, and
obtain a copy of his book.
Geo. Lewis, Proprietor Sale and Boarding Stable, 50th
street.
J. D. DuNWALTON, Proprietor Boarding and Sale Stable, 39th
street.
Dan Mace, Proprietor Sale Stable, 49th street.
W. W. Briggs, Pi'oprietor Tattersall Stable, 7th Avenue and
42d street.
Arthur (xillendeh.
N. H. Leadbetter, Proprietoi- Livery and Sale Stables, 7th
Avenue and 45th street.
James Moffatt.
Robert Bonner, Chairman.
Charles Swift, Jun., Secretary.
m NEW YOEE.. 515
The following well-known gentlemen, with one hundied
others, fully indorse Mr. Magner's system as the best and most
humane they have ever witnessed: —
Frank D. Curtis, Esq., Vice-President State Agi\ Society,
Charlton, Saratoga Co., N. Y.
David Bonner, Esq., Brother of Robert Bonner.
G. Chapman, Esq., Inventor of Chapman's Patent Safety
Reins.
E. H. Hathorn, Proprietor Boarding and Sale Stable, 38th
street, N. Y.
Ralph Ogle, V. S., 830 W. 25th street, N. Y.
L. H. Braily, V, S., Chief Veterinary Surgeon, U. S. Cav-
alry.
D. Costello, Esq., Great Circus Proprietor, with P. T. Bar-
num's Show.
J. E. Wilkins, owner of vicious horse mentioned in Mr. Bon-
ner's letter.
BuDD Doble, Driver of Goldsmith Maid, South Penna.
Square, Philadelphia, Pcnn.
O. H. HiCKOK, Driver of Lucy, St. Elmo, and Western Girl,
Coleman House, N. Y.
Frank Leslie, Esq., Publisher of Frank Leslie's Weeklies,
etc.
James Harper, Esq., of Harper & Bros., Publisheis.
Rev. Dr. Field, Editor N. Y. Evangelist.
Sidney E. Morse, Esq., Publisher N. Y. Observer.
Rev. E. p. Roe, Chaplain in Harris's Light Cavalry, now of
Highland Falls, New York.
Report of Committee appointed by the New- York
Cooper's Institute Farmers' Club.
As requested, we attended Prof. Magner's exhibition on Tues-
day, April 9, in connection with a large number of gentlemen, in-
cluding a committee appointed by the horsemen of this city. Sev-
eral horses of the most vicious character were subjected to treat-
ment m our presence with most remarkably successful results.
Mr. Magner's system is in principle entirely different from that of
Rarey, or any other principle of taming horses we have ever wit-
nessed. It is remarkably simple. A noticeable feature was, that
none of the horses experimented upon were in the least excited or
heated.
While this treatment reduces to the lowest degree cruelty and
abuse, it secures the most positive docility of even the most vicious
horse in a remarkably short time; the most vicious horse sub-
5ir> PERSONAL EXPEmENCE.
jected to treatment before us not recjuiring more than fifteen min-
utes' time to make entirely gentle.
We have no hesitation in saying that Prof. Magner has even
more than sustained the high position he has assumed before this
Club, and that he is a reformer of great merit, deserving of the en-
couragement and assistance of all who desire the interests of so-
ciety in the humane and skillful treatment of horses.
Sereno Edwards Todd, Chairman.
John W. Chambers, ) ^
D. S. MouLTON, f Comm^^^66.
When the committee made the above report to the Club,
which as first made incorporated the details given by the
other committee, they were laughed at, it being almost
unanimously believed that it was impossible for me to con-
trol horses as claimed. In fact, it was supposed that the
committee were badly imposed upon and fooled. To vin-
dicate themselves, the chairman, Mr. Todd, called on me
early the following week, and made a very urgent request
that I would go before the Club at its next meeting and
sustain them. I did so, and gave such proof as convinced
all of the correctness of the report. In introducing me to
the Club, Mr. Todd made the following very comj^liment-
ary remarks : —
i " We are living in an age when there is a moral sublimity in
our existence. Illustrious kings and sages, who have slept with
their fathers for centuries past, looked down the long vista of time
to this auspicious day with longing desires to witness what our
eyes behold with delight; but they died without the joyful sight.
We are living in the twilight of millennial glory. The triumphs
of mind over material things have never before been so magnifi-
cent and so glorious as during the latter part of the nineteenth
century. The galling yoke of tyranny and oppression, which has
rested with crushing weight on the unfortunate sons of Ham for
ages, has been broken off, and they are now being elevated to the
realm of a higher life. The cruel club law, which has maintained
a reign of terror throughout the peaceful domain of our dumb an-
imals, has been doomed to the charnel-house by the philanthropic
efforts of President Henry Bergh [enthusiastic cheers], whose il-
lustrious name will descend to prosterity with other worthies,
IN NEW YOKK. 517
crowned with diadems of terrestrial glory. Over and above all
these, our session is honored with the presence of Professor D.
Magner, a most efficient promulgator of the gospel of peace among
our dumb animals. [Renewed cheers.] He has come freighted with
messages of mercy and affection to the whole equine race— the
noble horse — one of tho noblest servants of the human family,
whose sagacity and intelligence entitle this species of animals to
be designated as the connecting link between human intelligence
and the brute creation. He is a worthy missionary, proclaiming
the glorious reign of peace to the long-abused horses of our land.
He proposes to educate these faithful servants of mankind. The
magnificent exhibitions of his competency to teach our dumb ani-
mals to render cheerful service furnish the most satisfactory evi-
dence that his credentials are almost supernal. [Cheers.] Good old
Paul once came with messages of love to the ancient Jews, who
disdained his high commission. Hei-e comes a modern Paul to in-
augurate a work which must be accomplished before the auspi-
cious day of millennial glory can be ushered in, — our excellent
secretary, who has seen and heard and believed in the joyful news
to the horses of our country, and
I go with Paul, as every one supposes;
As for the Jews, why tliey may cleave to Moses."
[Prolonged cheers.]
Tamino Horses.
At least we have one man who professes horse- taming, and
who at the same time rises above the vulgai" tricks of the char-
latan. His name is Magner, and at the present writing his tent
is pitched in this metropolitan city. He seems to have given
honest study to his art, and to have brought a high degree of in-
telligence to the study. He regards the horse not as a dull, stupid
piece of clay, but as an animal able to draw deductions, and to be
molded by firmness and kindness. He appeals to the under-
standing, endeavors to make an impression on the brain, and to
show cause for every effect. His system is his secret, so we can-
not go into an elaborate explanation. We have seen him operate,
and we confess that we admire his skill. His best subjects are
those which the charlatans pronounce the worst. ^ His system is
based upon logic, such a system as is worthy of a controlling
power. Mr. Magner can cure the very worst cases. We honestly
believe that there is not a horse in the world which he cannot
make gentle and obedient. He boldly challenges any one to pro-
duce a horse that he cannot handle. — Turf, Field, and Farm.
518 PERSONAL EXPEKIENCE.
A notoriously vicious horse was brought into the ring, and
in less than thirty minutes was trotting in harness, as gentle as
though he had always been a family horse, and this, too, without
throwing or harsh treatment. Mr. Magner, standing on the axle
of a pair of wheels, drove the horse about the ring by the tail, no
sign of ill-temper being manifested. — Frank Leslies Weekly.
The panic of '73 compelled me to again change my
method of doing business ; and now commenced one of the
most laborious periods of my life. The people of large
centers becoming pecuniarily embarrassed, I was compelled
to avoid such towns, and confine my efforts almost wholly
to the smaller country towns, where I could reach the
farmers more easily.
The belief was general among the people, that, back of
my open efforts, there was a considerable degree of hum-
bug, which, if they joined my class, they felt bound, if
possible, to find out and expose. No matter how thorough
the instructions, the measure of their satisfaction would be
determined only in the subjection and driving before them
of the most vicious and dangerous horses that could be
found. These difficulties can be better understood when it
is stated that the time for instruction was necessarily
limited to from two to three hours ; and that I was
frequently compelled to teach classes in unsuitably small,
inconvenient places.
This made it not only extremely difficult, but dangerous,
to make the necessary experiments even upon ordinary
cases ; and when compelled to take in hand a horse of an
exceptionally vicious or dangerous character, while sur-
rounded by a crowd of men in such a small place, the
greatest care .was needed to guard against accident; for
should a horse resist or break away, there was liability of
its resulting in serious harm. This was most to be
apprehended in handling wild, kicking colts and horses.
Though I never had any serious accident from such causes,
A TKST TTSUALT^Y CilVRN.
519
Fig. 319. — A test usually given before the class.
520 PEBSONAL EXPEIUF.NCE.
the anxiety lo which I was frequently subjected in conse-
quence was very great. I will give the particulars of one
case : —
At North Pownal, Vt., a strong, large-boned, compact,
gray horse was brought in for treatment. His only bad
habit Avas kickhig when the harness was put on. When
shown a harness, he would kick and jump in the most
furious manner, and continue to do so regardless of all
restraint. He was one of the most desperate horses of this
character I ever saw. I had a class of about one hundred
persons crowded in a large carriage house, with no oppor-
tunity of getting out of the way. The doors were closed
on the outside, and guarded by a watchman who kept the
crowd away.
At the time, i was greatly prostrated, and compelled
to depend upon an assistant to make the experiments.
This man some time before had one of his arms seriously
injured, from the effects of which he had not yet recovered.
There would have been but little difficulty in subduing the
horse by the regular treatment ; but as it was necessary
to illustrate the First Method of Subjection (throwing), and
as w^e had no other subject before us, we were compelled
to illustrate it upon him.
I told my assistant that this was an extremely danger-
ous case, and in his present condition I was afraid to trust
the case to him. He insisted, however, upon making the
experiment, saying, '' I can manage him." Yielding at
last, I repeated the caution that he must take no chances.
I saw that the horse was held firmly until the rig was
securely on and all Avas ready, when, before he could
resist, lie was thrown easily and squarely upon his side.
But the strength and vigor of the animal was so great that
he had scarcely struck the ground before he made a spring
that brought him Mrly upon his feet. He instantly leaped
DIFFICULTIES. 521
into the air, kicked and pulled away, rushing around the
enclosure, jumping and kicking with all the fury of a. mad
horse. He jumped at least eight or ten feet at a bound,
and instantly he was nearly twenty feet away, having
kicked four or five times, and Avas right upon the crowd.
The people, screaming and tumbling over one another,
strove to get away, but they were cornered, for the next
bound of the horse was sure to bring him upon them. The
instant he passed me, I jumped for him, and, fortunately,
was able to grasp him by the head ; being on the inside,
as it were, of the circle, the momentum of the jerk upon
the head sideways stopped him so quickly as to throw him
squarely upon his side.
Had I failed to catch and control him, he would
undoubtedly haA^e injured or killed a number of persons.
I now took him in hand, and, with the aid of my assistant,
soon made him stand quietly to have the harness put upon
him, though he resisted the utmost of extreme treatment
before submitting.
Another great and frequent cause of embarrassment to
me was, after subjecting a horse to treatment before a
class, it was supposed that if the system was good for
anything, he must perform equally well out of doors. As
frequently explained, a horse must be subjected to treat-
ment out of doors in order to insure his working there. If
subjected to treatment in a building only, when taken into
the streets where he has been in the habit of resisting', he
would be liable to show as much fear and resistance as
though not subjected to treatment at all. To let the horse
resist under such circumstances would be fatal to my
success. Still this proof was in most cases demanded, and
had to be given.
I have frequently referred to this difiiculty in different
parts of the work, particularly in the last chapter — Familiar
522
PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
Fig. 299. — As some vicious horses were frequently led in to be experimented
upon before the class.
TEST EXPEEIMENTS.
628
Talk ; but I will al&o refer to representative cases in point
here.
In my early career, and just before my experiment
upon the " Roberts Horse " at Utica, N. Y., I visited Clin-
ton, six miles distant, where I had a large class. Among
the subjects brought in to be experimented upon was a
large bay horse, which had resisted every effort to ride
him, I was soon able to get upon his back and ride around
Fig. 300. — One of the tests usually given after subjection.
the barn without his giving any sign of fear or resistance.
Understanding his treacherous character, I knew that he
could not be safely ridden outside. But regardless of my
protests, the owner and entire class insisted that I should
ride him out of doors.
.Finally yielding to their demands, the door was thrown
open and I rode him out. He would have continued gentle,
but the owner, as I was afterward informed, getting angry
because the horse was acting so well, gave him a sharp
kick as he went by him through the door. This caused
524
PERSONAL EXPEEIENCE.
the horse to spring luiiously iurward, and as I could not
restrain him, he bounded headlong over a big wagon loaded
with fodder, which stood in front of the door, and came
down near the hind wheel.
There was a high, crooked rail fence running parallel
with his course, to which he ran so close that the ends of
the rails almost touched my leg. To remain on would
-^^^.^g^^
Fig. 301. — As usually led home after treatment.
endanger my being torn off, and to avoid this, I jumped
off. The horse, being soon secured, was brought back,
and I again subjected him to treatment in the barn, after
which I rode him outside, as desired. The incident
impressed me as being so ludicrous that I give an illustra-
tion of it.
When at Sugar Grove, Pa., a pony mare of so balky a
character that she had not been driven in harness for
years, was the only subject for experiment. I was careful
TEST EXPEEIMEI^TS.
525
to explain that a horse of this character could not be
broken by any treatment I could subject her to in a barn •
that she must be treated in the street, or where in the
habit of balking, when her management would not be at all
difficult,
I had a large class, and after a few minutes' treatment,
I was able, without difficulty, to drive her in the barn
Fig. 302. — As the horse jumped over the wagon.
perfectly manageable. But at the conclusion of the lesson,
the class insisted upon my driving her in the streets as a
condition of their being satisfied. I saw at once a precon-
certed purpose to break me down, as an excuse to get their
money back, and I determined if possible to outwit them.
It was impossible to obtain the privacy to handle her out-
side as I desired, since there was a clamorous crowd watch-
ing every movement ; and in addition, a violent rain-storm
had set in.
526 PEESONAL EXPERIENCE.
I reminded them that it would be unpleasant to go out
in sucli a storm, even though I could obtain the privacy
necessary for the handling. But they expressed their
entire willingness to stand the storm, and insisted upon the
action ; so I said, " I will go to the outside of the town
and subject the mare to treatment, then drive her back to
the hotel without her balking, if that will satisfy you ; but
you must go out and keep the crowd in the road." To
this they agreed.
I then directed the class to go in a body to the gate,
and keep the crowd back as I passed through, promising
not to keep them waiting more than five minutes. But
regardless of the storm and opposition, the moment I
passed beyoiid the gate, the crowd went right and left over
the fence after me ; and the class also, being anxious to
see what I would do, followed in a body. Finally, by the
aid of the class, I succeeded in holding outsiders in a circle
of about fifty feet distant, when I subjected the mare
quickly to the Second Method.
Having everything ready, I hitched her to the wagon
before she could concentrate her purpose to resist, jumped
in, and gave her a sharp touch with the whip, at the same
time pulling the near rein, when she started off on a trot,
then on a run, in a circle around the field. This accom-
plished, I told them to open the gate, or I would drive
over it. The cracking of the whip, and the yelling
and shouting from the crowd of men and boys follow-
ing, were sufficient to frighten the mare into going back to
the hotel all right. I then jumped out, saying, " I guess
that will do." All laughed good humoredly, saying, " He
did it. It is all right."
The severe shower made a reasonable excuse for the
quick rush. The real difficulty was in not having sufficient
privacy or opportunity to subject her to treatment for
ANNOYING DIFFICULTIES. 527
balking ; and once having made the effort, it would have
been necessary to have driven the mare at their dictation,
which wouki have resulted in certain defeat.
During my experience in this business, while there was
often much that caused me extreme annoyance, yet there
was still oftener much that gave me interest and courage in
my work. Upon retrospection, I am reminded of many
phases and incidents connected with my experience that will
always remain fresh in my memory as constantly recurring
sources of pleasure and encouragement. There are also
many men to whom I feel under such deep obligations for
kindnesses shown me, that I would be glad to express my
thanks to them personally if I knew their address, and
would deem it a great pleasure to remind them of it by
sending them copies of this book.
Almost daily, my professional experience was a mixture
of both comic and serious difficulties. Many people would
come out to see the ponies perform, without any purpose
of joining the class, as they thought what I advertised
could not be true, fearing that I had the power, if they
came near me, to deceive them and pocket their money.
Some even went so far as to say that they would not
believe I could do what I had advertised, even though they
saw me do it.
But when such Avere finally induced to join the class,
they were usually the most interested, and not infrequently
thanked me for persuading them to do so. On expressing
their approbation of my system to their neighbors, and
advising them to join the class, they would in turn receive
a shake of the head, as if to say, " He has pulled the
wool over your eyes, but he cannot do it with us." And
what appeared strange, was that all this could be, regard-
less of the fact that to every man Avas given a personal
guarantee that if I failed in any respect to do just what I
528 PEESONAL EXPERIENCE.
advertised and promised, he could demand a return of his
money. I was often compelled, on this account, to do
more than I advertised, to be sure of satisfying every one.
Sometimes, during my early experience, I lost scholars,
and occasionally whole classes ; but later on these cases
became less frequent, and still later I lost none at all.
A frequent cause of difficulty was in having no suitable
place in which to handle horses, or no suitable subject
upon which to illustrate treatment ; or I was limited to the
subjection of a particularly obstinate or difficult case, that
could give no correct idea of the effect of the treatment
upon average cases, thereby making it difficult for people
to understand the value of my system. By way of illus-
tration, I will refer to two cases in point : —
"When at Onionta, N. Y., in my last run through the
State, I had a large class. The only case brought in for
treatment was an extremely bad, kicking mare. This was
very embarrassing, on account of inability to illustrate the
effect of but one method of treatment, and that on the most
difficult subject possible to handle before a class ; and also
because they supposed this would represent the effect of
the treatment upon horses generally. While no one found
fault, I felt there was not that impression of satisfaction
and interest usually manifested. At Milford, two days
later, a member of the class referred to told me privately
that one of his neighbors was decidedly dissatisfied, and
felt that the book was really all he had received for his
money. The man offered him $2.50 for it, but $3.00 was
the lowest price he would take.
During the evening, a four-year-old colt, one that had
never been haltered, entirely unbroken and wild, was by
chance up near the house, when the thought struck him to
see what he could do with it. In ten minutes he had the
colt gentle to handle, and following him in any manner,
TEST EXPEEIMENTS. 529
allowing himself to be ridden, the feet taken up, etc. In
fact, he did with the colt anything he pleased.
He had a five-year-old colt that was very much afraid
of hogs. The result of this experiment was so gratifying,
and gave him so much confidence, that he thought he woufd
see what he could do Avith this second one. In less than
fifteen minutes, he was so successful that he was able to
lead the colt near to or over hogs without his showing any
fear. The result was, the man now became greatly inter-
ested.
At the next town, I mentioned the circumstance to the
class, to encourage them, by showing how easy it was to do
what they supposed to be very difficult, and really within
the reach of any man who would try ; when, to my surprise
and that of all present, a man stepped forward from the
back part of the crowd, saying that he was the man referred
to, and that he would not take |50 for the knowledge
obtained of me ; that he was much interested, and that he
had come eighteen miles to attend my lecture again.
Incidents of this kind were of almost daily occurrence.
Persons with difficulty persuaded to' join the class, would
afterward say that they would not be deprived of the
knowledge obtained for hundreds of dollars.
"When at Derbyline, Vt., an enterprising little town on
the boundary line of the northern part of the State, I had
a large class. Among the incredulous who could not be
induced to join the class, was a man who was recognized
as one of the most successful horsemen in the neighborhood.
During the time, a young man of fifteen, a member of my
class, who had never handled horses, said to him that on
the next day he would drive a certain six-year-old colt
that had never been harnessed, and have him so gentle that
the cross-piece could strike against the quarters without
causing him to kick.
34
530 PERSONAL EXPElllENCE.
The old horseman regarded this as a boast, knowing
the colt to be exceptionally bad, and unbroken, and said he
would certainly regard it as a great feat to drive such a
colt with the breeching, after six weeks' training. But to
his surprise, the boy did drive the colt as stated. The
man concluded that if an inexperienced boy, on joining the
class, could learn to do so much in so short a time, he him-
self ought surely to be able to do as much ; and if he
could, such knowledge " would be worth a hundred dollars"
to him (his own language afterward). A week later, he
followed me to Barton, thirty miles, to join the class. On
account of his prejudice, he could not be induced to do so
in his own town, where it could have been done at a trifling
expense.
I was constantly met with so much prejudice and
opposition, that I was sometimes compelled not only to
incur great risk, but to make unusual effort to inspire con-
fidence in my treatn:ent. The mere statement of the
following facts will show the extent of this opposition :
First, all the cases referred to were representative ones of
an almost unlimited number that could be mentioned,
which were broken solely for the purpose of proving this.
Not only was I compelled to do all this Avork for nothing,
but to assume the responsibility for any possible damages,
and in many cases was obliged to pay, and liberally too,
for the privilege of breaking the horses. ""
The "Press Horse" (Case 1, Fear), which before
treatment was considered practically worthless, was not
only broken without charge, but the owner was passed into
the class free as an inducement to obtain the horse, with a
guarantee that it should not be injured ; and in addition
the owner was promised the best suit of clothes he could
buy in the city of Buffalo if the horse was not made gentle
in twenty minutes.
DIFFICULTIES. 531
Wild Pete (Case 8, Fear) was entirely worthless be-
fore I took him in hand. He was not only broken for
nothing and made a safe family horse, but cost me in loss
of time and expense nearly one hundred dollars. The
Yates Horse (Case 8, Fear), the Watson Horse (Case 3,
Kicking), were broken for nothing. The Chapman Horse
(Case 9, Kicking) was not only broken for nothing, but at
a loss of time and expense to me of fully fifty dollars. The
McVay Horse (Case 7, Kicking) I not only broke for
nothing, but pledged to forfeit $500 if I could not drive
her gentle in forty minutes. The Hettrick Horse (Case
4, Kicking), which before treatment was positively worth-
less, and one of the most vicious horses I ever saw, was
made a safe and valuable horse without a penny's compen-
sation. The Malone Horse (Case 2, Kicking) I was com-
pelled to buy at a large price to show that I could break
him. For the Stevens Stallion (Case 10, Kicking) I gave
a personal guarantee of $500 that he should not be in-
jured, and in addition I promised to pay $25 if I did not
make him gentle in fifteen minutes.
The Allegan Horse (Case 10, Subjection) one of the
most vicious horses known in the Northwest was broken
for nothing. The Roberts Stallion (Case 11, Subjection),
regarded so vicious as to be practically worthless, was
broken at a great risk, and without pay. The Omnibus
Horse (Case 3, Subjection) was not only broken for noth-
ing, but in addition several men passed into the class free.
The Brookville Horse (Case 2, Fear), though previously
worthless, was made a safe and valuable horse for nothing,
and the owner passed into the class free. The Wilkins
Horse (Case 6, Subjection) was not only broken for noth-
ing, but to obtain him to experiment upon I was compelled
to pledge $1,000, as a guarantee against injury, and a for-
feiture of an additional $100 if he could not be made gen-
tle in forty minutes.
532 PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
The noted horse Jet (Case No. 7, Subjection) was not
only broken for nothing, but in the seriously impaired con-
dition of my health at the time, was the cause of an amount
of strain and injury to me that I would not have been in-
duced to incur for many hundreds of dollars. I was not
only compelled to go to Portland and remain there over a
week at my own expense, but to admit nearly a hundred
leading citizens without charge to witness the experiments
as a reference which could not be questioned. In addition
to making the experiments, there was also an element of
danger not to be estimated. It was a common expression
in Portland, that there was not money enough in any bank
in the city to induce any man to go into Jet's stable and
take him out of it. After the subjection of the horse it was
unanimously voted that owners of horses could not afford
to be without a knowledge of my system, even though at
a cost to each of $25. I include here the names of a few
of the leading citizens who were present : —
Dr. S. H. Tewksberry, Leading Surgeon, President Presum-
scott Park Association.
Dr. B. B. Foster, Congress st., Sec. Presumscott Park Asso-
ciation.
J. W. Robinson, Prop, of Livery and Hack Stables.
Dr. W. W. Green, High st., Leading Surgeon.
A. M. Sawyer, Esq., Agt. Society for the Prevention of
Cruelty to Animals.
Chas. Sager, Prop. Livery and Hack Stables, Vice Pres.
Presumscott Park Association.
Gen'l Tilton, Director State Agricultural Association.
Rev. Wm. H. Finn, Pastor High st. Congregational church.
Rev. a. p. Hillman, Chaplain to State Reform School,
and owner of "Jet."
Dr. John Buzzell, Pleasant st.
Dr. Dana, Free st.
Dr. Small, Congress st.
Dr. French, Congress st.
Dr. S. p. Getchell, Congress st.
Dr. Bray, Brown st.
Wm. G. Davis, Esq., Proprietor Portland Packing Co.
KEEPING ENGAGEMENTS. 533
G. F. HiTCHiNS, Esq., R. R. Contractor.
E. Wentworth, Esq., Supt. State Reform School.
Geo. Milliken, Grocery and Provisions Dealer, and Prop.
Glen House, N. H.
And 50 others.
I have many times been compelled to take such des-
perate chances in the subjection of especially dangerous
horses, that it was like hazarding my life to the merest
chances of success ; yet it has been my good fortune, that
in an experience of over twenty years I never had a bone
broken, nor have I been seriously disabled, though I have
had many narrow escapes. I have also been singularly
fortunate in not killing or seriously injuring a horse, though
frequently compelled to take great chances.
One of the great secrets of my success was that I never
resorted to any jockeyism, and always told the exact truth
as nearly as I could. I made it a special point to tell the
people exactly what I could do, and if I failed to give the
promised satisfaction in every particular, I would give to
each man his money back.
In looking back I find one great element of my success
to have been that I made it a rule, no matter how difficult,
to always keep faith with the public by keeping my en-
gagements. I have many times declined the offer of large
classes because it would necessitate remaining over the ap-
pointed time and thus prevent my fulfilling an engagement
ehewhere, even though there the prospects for success
might seem extremely doubtful. During periods of ob-
struction in traveling I have often paid nearly as much for
aid in opening roads and being carried through as I would
make in filling the engagement. No storm, however se-
vere, if it were possible to go through it, was ever sufficient
to deter me from keeping an engagement. In addition, the
interest many would evince in my efforts after joining my
classes was frequently not only generous but flattering in
534 PERSONAL EXPERIENCE.
the extreme. In fact, the remembrance of this alone is
sufficient to inspire a sense of encouragement and faith in
human nature, that far outweighs whatever I have experi-
enced that has been unpleasant. I am also largely indebted
to the ftiithful co-operation of the assistants who were in
my employ -for many years. My general manager, Dr.
Harlow Williams, who Avas with me over eight years, was
always at his post, and by his prudence and faithfulness he
rendered me invaluable service. Mr. E. B. Sims, my ad-
vance agent over seven years, proved himself one of the
most industrious and faithful of men, making his service
indispensable. Mr. Thomas Johnson, who was with me
over ten years, much of the time acting as my assistant in
teaching classes, acquired unusual skill in the subjection of
horses, and rendered me good service.
My health had become so seriously impaired by the
great strain to which I had been subjected for so many
years, that in the winter of '78 I was compelled to give up
my business. I now concluded to carry out, at my leisure,
the purpose which had for some years been developing in
my mind, that of writing up the full details of my system,
including such knowledge as I believed most valuable to
horse owners for reference.*
This work is not only the first of the kind pubHshed
explaining the art of taming and educating horses, but it
is the practical outgrowth of my experience. In its writ-
ing I have not only aimed to give the fullest explanation
of my principles and methods of management with all the
details carefully classified, but as an additional aid I have
*The difficulties of doing this can be better understood when I state that in
the first place I am not a practical writer, and that owing to cerebral inflammation
I have not been able to write a single page of this book with my own hand, nor
read any part of it for revision or correction. It has been patiently dictated by me
to a copyist, then read for revision, thereby making the work of its writing and ar-
ranging extremely laborious and difficult.
BBVIKVV. nSf)
included the details of treatment of over forty of the most
interesting and difficult cases subdued by me, giving age,
color, cause of viciousness, etc., supplemented by a general
review of principles under the head of Subjection. In this
book will be found explained for the first time the secret
of Rarey's success in the control of Cruiser and the other
test cases in England and France, also of whom he ob-
tained his knowledge of the treatment he used, which will
be found of much interest.
It has been well known wherever I have traveled that
I taught my system as a secret which I never gave in
print; and on account of the great expense in traveling,
requiring not only the aid of skilled men, but from five to
ten horses, that to give me a reasonable compensation I
was compelled to charge five, and in some sections of country
ten dollars for such instructions, thus putting them within
the reach of but a comparatively few. In addition, the
time at my disposal for each class being so limited, it was
impossible for me to give more than the merest outline of
my system. The importance, then, of making this knowl-
edge available to all at a moderate cost, can be seen. Cer-
tainly I could not give in many days' instruction the full
details herein given. It will be especially valuable to my
old scholars for reference. Take, for example, the expla-
nation of the War Bridle ; only a few, by the instructions
given in the class, could remember even its simplest form
of use. Here all the details of its various forms of appli-
cation have been fully explained and illustrated. So in re-
lation to methods of subjection and the principles of their
application, Avith all the other details, including treatment
for diseases, etc.
I may be permitted to add that I never could feel
that I had any special fitness for winning even ordinary
success in this field of effort. I simply drifted, as explained,
58G PEESONAL EXPERIENCE.
])y civcuiiist.'iuces into the current of its study, and the ob-
stacles .and difficulties it presented, compelled tlie effort to
OA'^ercome tlieni. One thing of which I first, lust, and always
tried to learn the secret was, to what degree there was
power to change the character, or to make vicious horses
gentle. This has been the cential point of all my efforts.
I can now see how easy it is to fail in the subjection of even
ordinary cases for want of knoAving how to adajjt the treat-
ment jiroperly ; and when there is failure, it will ninety-
nine times out of every hundred be caused by the igno-
rance or unfitness of the trainer. On this account, when
my health will permit, I intend to lecture occasionally to
farmers and horsemen at convenient centers, making such
experiments as may be advisable to enable a better under-
standing of the details here given. The better to carry
out this purpose, I would *ask the owners of especially
valuable horses which are well known in their vicinity as
vicious and dangerous, to write me particulars in relation
to them, such as age, color, peculiarity of disposition, etc.,
and when convenient, I will give notice when I will ex-
periment upon such.
CHAPTER XYII.
BREEDING.
One of the primary points of success in any enterprise
is to start right, and in no respect is this more true than in
the breeding of horses. The law of like producing like is
inexorable ; consequently to raise good horses, good horses
must be bred from. Many farmers who are keenly alive
to other interests, are singularly thoughtless and imprudent
in this. If a mare is broken down, and unfit for labor, no
matter how coarse or badly formed she is, or what the
evidence of constitutional unsoundness, she is usually
reserved to breed from.
On the same principle, no matter how coarse the
stallion, if he is fat and sleek, and if his use can be obtained
cheaply, he is selected for the same purpose. The most
ignorant farmer is particular to select the largest and
soundest potatoes, the best quality of oats, wheat, etc., for
seed, because he has learned that this is true economy ;
yet there is the utmost disregard of this law of prudence
in the breeding of horses and farm-stock in general. This
sort of economy is like paying a quarter for a chicken and
giving a dollar to get it carried home.
It costs just as much to raise a poor, coarse-blooded
colt, as a fine-blooded one. The cost of feeding and care
is really the same, the only difference being in that of the
use of the horse. The first will possibly sell, when five
years old and trained to harness, for from a hundred to a
(537)
538 BREEDING.
luimlred and fifty dollars. The other is worth from two
hundred to a thousand, and possibly more. The first will
scarcely sell for the cost of feeding and care. The second
insures a large jH-ofit, and this for a little additional first
cost. The fact is, breeding from poor, unsound horses is so
much a detriment, that it would be a damage to any one to
be compelled to breed from such stock, if given for the
jDurpose.
In Russia, Prussia, and Austria, the breeding of horses
is controlled by the governments, each one having large
breeding establishments, where those wishing, can procure
sound stallions, devoid of all hereditary diseases. Each
stallion is furnished with a certificate from the government.
No other stallions are allowed to serve mares, under a
penalty. The result is, that you will scarcely find an
unsound horse, except from accidents, etc. Hereditary
diseases, such as ophthalmia, roaring, rupture, spavin, ring-
bone, curby hock, spongy feet, etc., are scarcely known.
It would be a source of undoubted economy and benefit to
the breeders, if the legislature of each State would enj^ct
such laws, by appointing competent inspectors to grant
licenses to those free from blemish or hereditary diseases
or unsoundness.
A few years' breeding, under such restrictions, would
materially increase the value of horses in each State, and
thus be a real blessing to owners and the country.
In selecting a stallion, first look carefully at his head.
The nostrils should be large and well defined ; eyes full,
bright, and clear, and good breadth between them ; the
ears lively, rather short and tapering, and the head high
between the ears. Next see that the throat shows no
enlargement of the glands, indicating a tendency toward a
whistler or roarer. The shoulder should be oblique,
strong and high, the fore leg not tied in under the knee,
for such are liable to spring.
SELECTION OP STALLION. 539
The feet should be of good size, and of sufficient depth
to give strength to the quarters. Spongy and flat feet
should be rejected. The loin should be strong, the back
well coupled, quarters broad from point to point of hips,
and running nearly straight out to the root of the tail. The
stifle should stand low and well out; hocks strong and
broad ; no puff's or windgalls, as these indicate weakness.
As a colt from such a horse may at an early age show
indications of blood spavin or thoroughpin, look at the
inside of the hock for an enlargement at the point of what
is called a jack spavin or curb. Next see that there is no
enlargement at the edge of the hoof, known as ringbone.
Weak eyes, blindness, poll-evil, fistula of withers, or in fact
any cause of unsoundness should be sufficient cause for re-
jecting a stallion. I need not enlarge upon the fact that
the mare should be selected with the ^ame care.
The reader will be aided in the study of disposition
bodily form, and the general characteristics of good and
bad animals, by reference to the illustrations already given,
and especially those in the following chapter. These will
enable the mind to grasp these points better than it would
be possible to do by the most extended verbal descriptions.
The following from a leading writer on selection is so
much to the point that I cannot do better than to copy it : —
To be successful in breeding, special attention should
be given to the particular variety of horse required. If
heavy draught horses, or evenly trotting roadsters, or ponies,
are required, both the sire and dam should be selected
with special reference to these points. Desired effects can
in a great measure be produced by proper crossings. If
the mare is light-boned, or defective in this or in any other
respect, select a horse that possesses the contrast of greater
strength. But to insure certainty of obtaining what is
wanted, the mare and horse should be as near the type of
540 BREEDING.
what is desired as possible, though not related. Disposi-
tion should be an important consideration, as its inheritance
will be as certain as that of phj^sical qualities.
I giA'e on page 87 a portrait of a remarkably fine
Norman horse, imported by E. Dillon & Co., of Illinois,
which is but one sample of a large A^ariety of horses of this
fine breed for draught purposes, I learn also that Stubble-
field & Co., of the same city, are large importers of Norman
horses. This breed of horses is remarkable for good dis-
position, and exemf)tion from hereditary weaknesses. For
a fine model of a thoroughbred, I would call attention to
the portrait of the famous Godolphin Arabian, in chapter
on Stallions.
Care of the Mare.
The mare is said to, go with foal eleven months, or three
hundred days ; but it is not uncommon for mares to have
fully developed foals in much less time, and in many
instances mares have been known to go four or five weeks
beyond this time. Time should be so arranged in putting
mares, that the colts will come at a time when there is
some grass, as the mare Avill do better not to be confined to
dry feed.
The virgin mare, or one that has not had a colt for one
season, must be put when she is found in season. The
mare that has had a colt will be found in season, and should
be put on the eighth or ninth day after foaling ; some pre-
fer the eighth, others the eleventh. Good judges claim
that it is dangerous to go beyond the tenth, as the mare is
apt to come off her heat soon after, and if allowed to go to
a later period, the sucking of the colt is likely to reduce
the mare too much to allow conception to take j)lace, and
thus a year's service of the breeder is lost.
After putting a mare, the days for trial are the ninth
CAEE OF THE MAKE. 541
after service, the seventh after this, the fifth after this
again. Some commence again, commencing with the ninth
(lay, and follow up as before, making forty-two days.
Twenty-one days being the period elapsing between a
mare's going out of heat, and coming in again, making her
periodical term thirty days. Twenty-one days is claimed
to be sufficient to prove a mare.
Heference is made elsewhere in this work to the
importance of protecting the breeding mare from excite-
ment, abuse, etc. Especial care should be exercised in this
matter, as fright, exposure to bad weather, improper feed-
ing, or any influence that Avould seriously disturb the
normal condition of the nervous system, will have its
certain effect upon the colt, often to the great loss of the
owner.
The mare and colt should be well fed, and protected
from storms. The theory of working a mare hard, and half
starving the colt, is the poorest kind of economy, since the
mare needs generous feed and rest, to reneAV her strength
and make her milk, by which of course the colt is nourished
and made to grow. When size and strength will indicate
that it is time to wean, which is usually in five or six
months, put the colt in a quiet pasture, away from the
mare, where it should be closely looked after. A little
oats (better if bruised) should be given daily.
The conclusion of careful breeders is, that it is much
better for a colt to run in pasture, than to be confined in a
stable. If the colt is intended for farm use, castration may
be performed when six months old ; if, however, the
withers are light, it should be postponed until the head and
neck fill up to the degree required, and this may require
from one to two years, or even more. If the head is large
and heavy, early castration is advisable. Colts should be
generously fed, and protected from the inclemency of the
542 BREEDING.
weather in winter. They should be Ireated gently. May
be broken early to harness, if treated gently and Avith care.
This, however, is hazardous, as there is danger of over-
driving young colts if they are driven at all. Many seem
to take pride in trials to which they subject two or three-
year-old colts. It is not Avhat they can do, but what they
ought to be required to do.
CHAPTER XVIII.
STABLING.
The stable should be built on a dry, airy location,
facing the south when possible. It should be warm, well
ventilated and lighted, and so constructed as to prevent
the exposure of the horse to sudden changes of temperature.
The stall should be safficiently large to allow the horse to
turn around or lie down, with convenience^ for feeding.
The width should be not less than six feet, but when
practicable, it Avould be better to allow each horse ten or
twelve feet, to admit of a reasonable degree of exercise.
This is not merely a great convenience to the horse, but it
has considerable influence in preventing swelled legs,
getting cast, etc. It is also important in that it permits a
safer approach to a doubtful or vicious horse. It is the
common custom to make the floor inclining backward, but
this practice is unnatural, as shown by the fact that the
horse, when left to choose his own position in a field, will
almost invariably stand with his fore feet the lowest. See
illustration.
The floor should be level ; and to permit this, and at
the same time keep it dry, it should be constructed as fol-
lows : Incline the floor backward about two inches, making
it water-tight, with an opening or drain at the back end for
the water to pass off. Arrange upon this an extra floor of
slats, about an inch to an inch and a quarter thick, and
five-eighths to three-fourths of an inch apart. The back
(543)
544
STABLING.
ends should be two inches thicker than the front, to com-
pensate for the sloj^e of the floor underneath, and thus give
a level surface for the animal to stand upon, while the
water can pass between the slats and drain off. This upper
floor should be made in two parts, so as to open from the
center upward, and stand upon edge while the lower floor
is washed or cleansed as desired. This is the method of
construction in one of the most perfect stables in the coun-
FiG. 303. — As a horse usually stands while resting in a field.
try, to an examination of which the author is indebted for
the idea.
The door should be large, with an extra one of slats,
which can be used during warm weather, exclusively
for light and ventilation. It would also be well to have
screens or mosquito netting over the door and windows, to
protect the horse from flies, — a great annoyance to sensi-
tive animals.
One of the most serious objections to stables as they
are usually constructed throughout the country is the lack
SEEIOUS OBJECTIONS.
545
of proper ventilation. Usually they are nothing but close
boxes, and entirely too small for the number of horses kept
in them. The doors and windows are closed, and the bed-
ding, saturated with ammonia, is tucked away under the
manger. If there is an upper flooring, it is made the re-
ceptacle for hay, so that it not only obstructs any possible
ventilation through the stable, but by becoming impreg-
nated with the poisoned air below, it is rendered unfit for
food. Any one going into such a stable, especially during
Fig. 304. — The accepted iiiethud iu geueral use.
warm weather, will have the eyes immediately affected by
the escape of ammonia, which, with the contamination oi
the air caused by being breathed over and over, makes it
even sickening to breathe any length of time.
It is evident that to supply the wear and tear of bodily
structure, the food must not only be good, but of sufficient
quantity to supply nourishment to the body. Now a horse
can live days, and even weeks, without food, while he can-
not liA^e five minutes without air.
It is needless to enter into details as to the quantity of
air a horse breathes in any given time, as every intelligent
reader has a good idea of this ; but the fact that a horse
35
546
STABLING.
will quickly die when deprived of air is not so forcibly im-
pressed upon the mind. Now it is evident tlmt if the blood
is not oxygenated by means of pure air passing to the
lungs, the system will soon be poisoned ; thus it is seen how
necessary it is that there should be plenty of air in the
stable, and as pure and free from contamination as pos-
sible. If it becomes impure in consequence of there being
too many horses in the stable, and also loaded with am-
monia from the bedding, it cannot properly purify the
blood or carry away through the proper channels the
Fjg. 305.— Objectionable method of tying.
broken-down, worn-out particles of matter, and thus per-
mit a proper nutrition of the body. Instead of this, all the
various conditions of disease are engendered. This is par-
ticularly noticeable as the source of ophthalmia, grease,
glandular swellings, etc. Now if pure air were obtained
only at a great expense, it might be a reasonable excuse
for not furnishing it in necessary abundance ; but the fact
that it is obtainable in all cases with a very little trouble
and care, renders this neglect little less than a crime, for
which there should be no excuse or apology.
Now an abundance of Yentilation in tbQ stables may be
YENTILATION.
547
supplied in various ways, but the simplest and best is sub-
stantially as follows : A chimney or opening through the
ceiling may be made in the form of a dome or cupola. The
top should be roofed over and haA^e lateral openings by
means of weather-boards. The most convenient or com-
fortable stable the writer has ever seen had such a venti-
lator, which was so regulated that it could be partly or
wholly closed, as desired. This was accomplished by
means of two cords attached to opposite edges of a revolv-
ing door, and adjusted in the lower part of this opening or
Fig. 306.- -Rack too high.
chimney. Another special convenience was a contrivance
for obtaining and measuring grain to be fed, which was so
ingenious that I give a descrij)tion of it : The grain was
conducted from the loft to the feeding floor by a spout in
which were two slides. Pulling out one of these slides a
few inches permitted the escape of two quarts, and the
other one of four quarts of grain, which was deposited in a
drawer beneath. In the bottom of the drawer was a screw,
with a handle projecting from the side of the spout. Mov-
ing this handle right and left a few times shook the bottom
like a sieve, and thus removed all the dust and dirt, leav-
ing the grain clean, fresh, and ready for use.
548 STABLING.
I have found two features about the stables as usually
constructed through the country, which are so faulty that
I would urge the necessity of having them corrected.
First, in the construction of mangers and racks. The man-
ger, an open trough, is usually so high that a horse of
medium height can liarely reach over and put his nose to
the bottom. Extending over this manger is a rack so high
that the horse can scarcely reach the hay from it. There
is usually more hay packed into this than the horse can
eat at one time, so it is suiTered to remain there until it
becomes stale and sour from the horse breathing upon it,
and the exhalations from the bedding which is usually
packed during the day under the manger. When the horse
reaches for the hay, the dust and dirt which have accumu-
lated are thrown over his head and eyes. In the first
place, the horse does not like to eat such trash ; secondly,
it is difficult for him to reach it ; thirdly, he is liable to be
annoyed, if not injured, by the hay and dirt filtering into
his eyes and mane.
The nearer the horse is made to feed in the stall as he
does in the field, the better. But if compelled to eat grain
from the ground, there would be waste. To avoid this, a
receptacle must be provided in a corner about on a level
with the shoulder, from which to eat grain ; but tho hay
should be measured and put in a corner .on the ground
where it can be easily reached. If there is not too much
given, the horse will eat it clean.
The importance of this is now so well understood that
all first-class horses are fed in this way. For the ordinary
work horse, or country stables, a simple low rack or man-
ger, one side made into a box or receptacle for the grain,
and the other part for hay, is all that is necessary. If two
horses are kept together, the stall should be about twelve
feet wdde, with grain boxes at the right and left, and the
PEOPEK STYLE OF EACK.
549
manger for hay in the center. Horses accustomed to work-
ing together will always agree when kept in the same stall,
especially when they have separate mangers, and are pre-
A^ented by their halters from interfering with each other's
grain. The mangers and racks should be on a level, and
about three feet and four inches from the ground. The
manger should not be less than sixteen or. eighteen inches
deep ; eighteen inches from front to back, and twenty or
twenty-two inches in length. For one horse, the rack
Fig. 307. — The accepted form of single stalls.
should be about four feet in length. The advantage of such
a manger and rack is, that all the hay that is put into it
will be eaten clean. There will be less danger than by
the common high rack of putting more hay before the horse
than he will eat at the time, and thus his mussing and
spoiling it will be prevented. It will entirely obviate the
objection of dust and seeds falling upon his head and into
his eyes, or of pulling the hay out and wasting it under his
feet.
Some horses are inclined to throw their hay out with
550 STABLING.
their noses. This can be effectually prevented by nailing
two or three bars across the upper part of the crib from the
back to the front. The hitching ring should be on the off'
or farther side, to j^revent the strap from being caught by
the foot. If the horse is a greedy eater, and disposed to
throw the grain out- of the box, it can be prevented by put-
ting a few round, cobbles in the bottom, thus compelling
him to take his grain slowly. The division between the
stalls should always be high enough to prevent the horses
from interfering w^ith each other. If windows are near,
they should be so high as to prevent any current of air
from striking directly.
©t^^^f«^f?
CHAPTER XIX.
FEEDING AND WATERING;^=
Hay, corn fodder, oats, and corn constitute the princi-
pal food of horses in this country. Hay and oats in the
Northern States, fodder and corn in the South. The food
should be of the quality and quantity to impart strength,
vitality, and elasticity ; and this requires some discrimina-
tion and care, as the food shoukl be harmonized both to the
condition of the horse and the severity of the labor to which
he is subjected. As a rule, the stomach should not be dis-
tended with food when prolonged, energetic effort is re-
quired. This is to be especially guarded against in the feed-
ing of hay. Greedy eaters can and often will eat so much
hay as to unfit themselves for active labor, and it usually
results in heaves, or broken wind. Heaves are always
found in the teamsters' or carters' stables, where there is
no care in feeding. This disease is never found among rac-
ing horses, from the fact that the utmost care is used in
selecting the food, and feeding in small quantities, or in
adapting it more perfectly to the wants of the system.
It has been demonstrated beyond doubt that the reason
horses improve so much in wind by eating prairie hay is,
that it is so coarse that they cannot eat it fast enough to
overload the stomach. The quantity of hay should be
carefully regulated, and never as much given as the horse
* The main points of this paper were dictated by Dr. Somerville, of Buffalo,
N. y., to the writer while studying with him. (551)
552 FEEJDIJMO AND AVATEKING.
will eat if jit all voracious. The majority of owners pack
a large rack full, either allowing liberty to eat too much,
or making it unpalatable and unhealthful by being breathed
upon. From eight to ten pounds is about the average
quantity for an ordinary roadster to be allowed in twenty-
four hours more or less, according to size, the kind of
work, and the quantity of grain given. Dusty or mouldy
hay should never be fed, as it is liable to produce various
forms of disease.
The food should be clean, and in quality perfect. Hay
is most perfect when it is about a year old. Horses would
perhaps prefer it earlier, but it is neither so wholesome nor
so nutritious, and may cause purging. When it is a year
old, it should retain much of its sreen color and ao-reeable
smell.''' The blades of corn pulled and cured in the sum-
mer are unquestionably much better than hay. I should
certainly prefer this kind of fodder to any kind of hay, for
fine horses. It is strange that it is not prized more highly
in the North.
Oats make more muscle than corn. Corn makes fat
and warmth. Hence, the colder the weather, the more
corn may be given, and the harder the work, the more oats.
Oats should be a year old, heavy, dry, and sweet. New
oats will weigh from ten to fifteen per cent more than old
ones ; but the difference is principally water. New oats
are said to be more difficult to digest, and when eaten in
considerable quantity are apt to cause flatulency, or colic,
and derangement of the stomach and bowels. The same
may be said of corn. If not sound and dry, it may be re-
garded even much more dangerous than oats, and should
not be fed. Doing so will be at the hazard of the conse-
quences above mentioned.
*In packing or stacking hay, salt should be slightly sprinkled through it so
as to destroy insects. It also aids in preserving it bright, and makes it more pala-
table and healthy for the horse.
GEAINS AND ROOTS. 553
The quantity of oats given daily may vary from eight
to sixteen quarts. If the horse is large, and the work is
severe, a little more may be given. Corn should be fed in
the ear, and like oats must be regulated in quantity to the
size and labor of the animal, from fiA^e to twelve good sized
ears are a feed. I give a larger proportion of feed at night,
and less in the morning and noon. There is ample time
for digestion during the night. There is not during the
day, if the labor is severe. Experience proves that some
mildly cooling laxative food should be occasionally given.
A bran mash, made by pouring boiling water on eight or
ten quarts of wheat bran, covered over until cool and fed
at night, from one to three times a week, is the finest
and best.
Carrots are a good laxative and alterative before frost,
but are too cold and constipating during cold weather.
They may be fed in October, November, and December,
but in the Northern States not later.
I feed Irish potatoes, from one to three quarts, with the
usual quantity of grain, from two to three or four times a
week, and would recommend their use. Feeding a small
quantity of roots and giving bran mashes, keeps the bowels
open and the system in a healthy condition. Without them
constipation is probable, and this is one of the primary
causes of diarrhoea, colic, or inflammation of the bowels. If
it is desired to make a horse fat in a short time, feed corn
meal and shorts, with cut straw, to which add a pint of
cheap molasses. Nothing like this for recruiting and filling
up a horse that is out of sorts or poor.
If the horse is exhausted, or when sufficient time can-
not be allowed for him to eat and partially digest a full
meal, he may be greatly refreshed by a draught of Avarm
gruel, or, in summer, of cold water containing a small
quantity of meal.
554 FEEDING AND WATEEING.
Cooking the Food.
My attention was some time ago called to the advantage
of cooking food for horses. Those who have given the most
careful study to the principles and best methods of alimen-
tation, state, first, that well-crushed grain is not only more
readily masticated, but more easily digested ; second, that
cooking the food enables the animal to assimilate a far
larger percentage of the nutrition than from the same
amount of grain fed in its raw state. The amount of gain
is claimed to be from 20 to 30 per cent. According to
report, the Germans have long used cooked feed for their
army horses, and found it to excel all other kinds of food
in giving greater strength to the horse, and increasing his
power of endurance. It is also claimed by the most suc-
cessful stock-breeders in England and on the Continent,
that horses and cattle thrive better, and are far healthier,
when fed on cooked food than when fed on any kind of
raw food.
I copy from a circular published hy the Chicago Steam
Cooking Feed Company, some of the advantages of cooked
food for horses : —
1st. Many horses are so voracious and eat so rapidly, that they
do not properly masticate their food, and, in othei- cases, the grain
is too hard to be properly masticated.
2d. It is estimated that more than one-half of the diseases
which afflict horses, ai'e induced by the use of uncooked food, and
its bad effects upon the digestive apparatus.
3d. The hard, flinty covering of i-aw grain can neither be
properly ground by the teeth, nor is it soluble in the stomach, and
most of it passes from the stomach undigested.
4th. All energy expended in attempts to assimilate certain
parts of raw food, is just so much waste and positive loss.
Among the advantages of using properly cooked food for
domestic animals, are the followingf : —
1st. Cooked and ground feed is mucn more palatable for the
animal, and is very easily masticated.
COOKING THE POOD. 555
2d. The hard, dry covering of grain, when it has been steamed
and ground, becomes as nutritious as any part of the grain, and
adds just so much to its food properties.
3d. The entire grain is digested, and no portion of it wasted ;
Hor is there any loss in efforts of the stomach to do the work of
the cook and the grist-mill.
4th. The loss in feeding raw grain is changed to gain in the
cooked feed, a smaller quantity of the cooked grain giving a larger
proportion of animal strength.
5th. The primary cause of much illness and derangement of
digestion in animals is removed by the use of properly cooked
feed.
It seems to the writer that cooked food is especially
important to horses having weak digestion, and for old,
enfeebled horses.
When a horse is off his feed, by over-eating or want of
proper exercise, the better way is to reduce his usual
quantity of grain one-half for three or four days or a week,
when he will eat again as well as ever.
I here give Mr. Bonner's system of feeding :— -
" In the morning at five o'clock in summer, and six o'clock in
winter, each horse is given two quarts of oats. At nine o'clock
two quarts more are given, and the same quantity is given again
at one o'clock. Before feeding, each horse is given all the water
he will take, unless he is to be driven, in which case the allowance
is cut short a little. At five o'clock in the afternoon the allowance
of hay is given, usually about ten pounds to each horse ; and none
is given at any other time during the twenty-four hours. At
nine in the evening each horse is given a warm supper, prepared
as follows : For the ten horses, twenty quarts of oats are put into a
large kettle and boiled, after which is added about the same
quantity of wheat bran by measurement, with the proportion of a
teaspoonf ul of salt to each horse. The whole is thoroughly mixed,
and, when sufficiently cool, each is given his share. If not driven,
each horse is walked from half an hour to an hour daily, and the
greatest care is taken not to expose them needlessly for a moment
without blankets."
The following is the routine pursued with Dexter : —
At six every morning. Dexter has all the water he
wants, and two quarts of oats. After eating, he is
00
6 FEEDING AND WATEEING.
" walked " for half an hour or more, then cleaned off, and
at nine has two quarts more of oats. If no drive is on the
card for afternoon, he is given a half to three-quarters of
an hour of gentle exercise. At one o'clock he has oats
again, as before, limited to two quarts.
From three to four, he is driven twelve to fifteen
miles ; after which he is cleaned off and rubbed thoroughly
dry.
He has a bare swallow of water on returning from the
drive, but is allowed free access to his only feed of hay, of
which he consumes from five to six pounds.
If the drive has been a particularly sharp one, he is
treated, as soon as he gets in, to a quart or two of oat-meal
o-ruel ; and when thoroudily cooled, has half a pail of
water and* three quarts of oats, with two quarts of bran
moistened with hot water.
Before any specially hard day's work or trial of his
speed, his allowance of water is still more reduced.
It is a very bad practice, and one that should never on
any condition be permitted, for grooms or teamsters to
give any kind of medicine, either for tonic or diuretic pur-
poses. Many a fine horse is completely ruined by ignorant
grooms and owners, who think they can help nature by
giving nitre and other strong medicines, that are never
admissible except in certain emergencies, and then should
be given only very cautiously.
I am satisfied that many veterinary practitioners give
not only too much but too strong medicine, which, though
of apparent advantage for the present, must ultimately
result in serious harm to the health of the horse. Clean,
good food, properly prepared, and given in quantities
according to the needs of the animal, is safer and better
than to be giving medicine for every little change of condi-
tion.
CAUSES OF TEOUBLE. 557
If the horse is out of sorts, over-fed in proportion to his
work, becomes dainty, or the depurative processes are
obstructed by the feeding of too much or of two hisrhly
concentrated food, let up on the grain, and feed more bran
mashes or green food.
Old horses that are not feeding well, or are running
down without apparent cause, should have the teeth care-
fully examined (see article on The Teeth), as sometimes
the horse cannot grind his feed. The simplest way of
making an examination, is to catch the tongue, and, with
the hand closed, let its under part rest upon the lower jaw^
with the end of the thumb forced upward against the roof
of the mouth. (See illustration of giving ball.) This will
compel the horse to keep his mouth open, so as to enable
looking into it or passing the hand far enough back to
examine the teeth. If they are found to be the cause of
the trouble, they should be filed down, as directed under
that head.
Watering.
If a large quantity of cold water is taken into the
stomach while the system is agitated, by the circulation
being so increased as to open the pores of the skin freely,
it is liable to chill the stomach and close the pores of the
skin, and thus excite some one of the common alimentary
derangements, as colic or inflammation of the bowels, etc-
Hard water, especially cold well water, is more liable to
cause mischief in this way than soft water. Hard water
wiU affect some horses so much as to almost immediately
cause the hair to look rough or staring, and derange the
appetite. Horses that are raised and worked in a country
where the water is strongly impregnated with lime, are
troubled with intestinal calculi ; /. <?., stone in the bladder.
Hence soft water should be given, if convenient ; but if
558 FEEDING AND WATEEING.
well water be given, especially during warm weather, it
should either have the chill taken off or be given very
sparingly.
The best time to water a horse is about half an hour
before feeding. While driving, the rule should be, little
and often. None, or only a swallow or two, should be
given at the close of a drive, until cool. If very warm, the
horse should be walked moderately where there is not a
current of air to strike him, from ten to thirty minutes. If
any danger is then apprehended, the chill should be taken
off the water if very cold, and given sparingly, or only a
few swallows at a time. The common custom is to give
about a half bucketful. The safer course would be to give
less and repeat.
The rule for ordinary use should be, to give a small
quantity often during the day, and let the animal pursue
his journey or labor immediately after. If allowed to
stand, the system is liable to be chilled, and the absorbents
closed, which is the common cause of laminitis or founder,
although this disease may not develop itself until twelve or
twenty-four hours afterward. Any cause which will chill
the horse — either cold winds or cold water — will be almost
sure to produce this disease.
jfti^
CHAPTER XX.
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
Fig. 308.— One week
old.
It is sometimes very important to be able to determine the
age of a horse ; and as this is indicated most surely by the teeth,
I have had made, imder my special supervision, a large proportion
of the illustrations here given, which will be found the fullest and
most complete published in this country. I en-
countered very serious difficulties in obtaining
these illustrations, as I found it next to impos-
sible to give the artist an idea of the changes
occurring in the teeth and form of the jaw with
age, but they are as accurate as I could secure.
I have tried also to make the description so sim-
ple as to enable any ordinary person to determine
the affe of horses with considerable accuracv. or
so nearly as to prevent being seriously imposed
upon. In doing this, 1 have not hesitated to ap-
propriate the language of others when adapted to my purpose.
At first the jaw is small, and to accom-
modate the position, temporary, or what is
termed milk-teeth, are grown ; these are
succeeded by permanent teeth, as the jaws
become larger and stronger. As the front
teeth or nippers only are usually studied to
note the changes which determine the age of
a horse up to eight years, I will try to give
such an explanation of them as will serve to
aid the general reader in catching the points
«f these changes most clearly.
When the colt is one week old, the two
central nippers are grown about as here represented. In from
(559)
Fig. 309.— Six weeks.
560
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
five to six weeks, another incisor will appear on either side of the
two first, and the mouth will appear something like cut 308.
At two months they will have reached their
natural level, and between the second and
thii-d months, the second pair will have
overtaken them. They will then begin to
wear away a little, and the outer edge,
which was at first somewhat raised and
sharp, is brought to a level with the inner
one, and so the mouth continues until some
time between the sixth and ninth months,
Fig. 310. — One year old. , . i • v • x ^
when another nipper begins to appear on
each side of the two first, making six above and below, and com-
pleting the colt's mouth ; after which, the only observable differ-
ence, until between the second and
third years, is in the wear of these
teeth.
These teeth are covered with a pol-
ished, hard substance, called enamel.
It spreads over that portion of the teeth
which appears above the gum ; and no I
only so, but as they are to be so much
employed in nipping the grass, and
gathering up the animal's food, (and in
such employment even this hard sub-
stance must be gradually worn away,)
a portion of it, as it passes over the up-
per surface of the teeth, is bent inward,
and sunk into the body of the teeth,
and forms a little pit in them. The in-
side and bottom of this pit being black-
ened by the food, constitutes the mark
of the teeth, by the gradual disap-
pearance of which, in consequence of
the wearing down of the edges, we are
enabled, for several years, to determine
the age of the horse.
The colt's nipping teeth are rojinded in front, somewhat hollow
Fig. 311. — Twenty months.
Fig. 312. — Two years.
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
561
Fig. 313,— From 2K to 3 years
toward the mouth, and present at first a cutting surface, with the
outer edge rising in a slanting direction above the inner edge.
This, however, soon begins to wear down, until both surfaces are
level, and the mark, which was
originally long and narrow,
becomes shortei', and wider,
and fainter. At six months
the four nippers are beginning
to wear to a level. Cut 310
will convey a good idea of the
appearance of the teeth at
twelve months. The four mid-
dle teeth are almost level, and
the corner ones becoming so.
The mark in the two middle teeth is wide and faint; in the two
next teeth it is darker, and longer, and narrower; and in the cor-
ner teeth it is darkest, and longest, and narrowest. At the age of
one }'ear and a half, the mark in the central nippers will be
much shorter and fainter ; that in the other two pairs will have
undergone considerable change, and all the nippers will be flat.
At two years this will be more
plainly marked. Cut 312 is in-
tended to show the appearance
of the mouth at this stage.
Cut 313 is intended to show
the appearance of the mouth at
t\\'<) and a half to three years old.
The m.'xt is intended to show it
at three and a half years old.
The two central peimanent teeth
are growing do^^'ll, and are larger
than th(i others, Avith two grooves
in the outer convx^x surface, and
the mark is long, narrow,, deep,
and black. Not having yet attained their full growth, they are
lower than the others. The mark in the two next nippers is
nearly worn out, and is wearing away in the corner nippers.
Between three and a half and four years the central nippers
86
Fig. 314. — About 0^ years.
562
HOW TO TEIJ. THE AGE.
Lave attalnc"! t(j iieaily their full growtli, and the Koeoncl pair
■will have so far displaced the temporary teeth as to appear throui^h
¥ic.. 315.— At 4 to 4Vf years.
I'lG. ;U0. — At 4 years.
the gums, Avhile the corner ones Avillbe di-
minished in breadth, worn down, and the
mark become small and faint.
At four years the central nippers w'ill l>e
fully developed; the sharp edge somewhat
worn oft', and the mark shorter, wider, and
fainter. The next pair will be up, but they
will be small, with the mark deep, and ex-
t<mding quite across them.
At foui- years and a half, or between that
and five, the corner nippers are shed, and
the pei-manent ones begin to appear, some-
thing like cut 315. Tlie central nippers
. , , , T , -i , . Fig. 317. — About 4 j'ears.
are considerably worn, and the next pair
arc commencing to sliow the marks of usage. The tush has now
protruded, and is fully a half inch in height; externally it has a
roundel ]jromiuenco with a grooA"«? or hollow in the inside.
At five years the horse's mouth is almost perfect. The corner
nippers are quite up, with a long, deep, irregular mark on the in-
side, and the other nippers arc showing thfe effects of increasetl
Avear. The tush is much grown, the grooves on the inside are al-
most or quite disappeared, and ibe outer surface is regularly con-
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
563
Fig. 318.— At 5 years.
vex. It is still as concave within, and the erlgo nearly as sliarp
as it was six months before.
At six years the mark on the central nippers is worn out
In the next pair the mark is
shorter, broader, and fainter ;
and in the corner teeth, the
edges of the enamel are more
regnlar, and the surface is ev-
idently worn. The tush has
attained its full growth, beino-
nearl}^ oi- quite an inch in
length; convex outward, con-
cave within; tending to a
point, and the extremity some-
what curved. The horse may
jiow be saitl to have a perfect
mouth, as all the teeth are
produced and fully grown.
At seven years, the mark, in the way in which we have de-
scribed it, is worn out in the central nippers, and fast wearing
away in the corner teeth; the tush also is beginning to be altered"^
It is rounded at the point;
rounded at the edges; still
round without ; and besfinnino-
to get round inside.
At eight years the tush is
rounder in every way; the
mark is gone from all the bot-
tom nippers, and it may almost
be said to be out of the mouth.
There is nothing remaining in
the bottom nippers that can
afterward clearly show the age
of the horse. The upper nip-
pers will give some indications,
but nothing certain.
After the age of eight years, there arc no points that will ena-
ble determining age with any degree of accuracy. A horse that
Fig. 319.— At 6 years.
564
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
is fed on corn will show an older mouth than one that is fed on
oats and sloppy feed.
The usual time for determining a horse's age ls in May ; but a
colt may come any time be-
tween then and fall, so that
the wearing away of the
teeth or disappearing of the
marks or cups may in some
cases indicate the horse to
be older or younger than he
really is. These conditions
must be taken into consid-
eration.
At six years the teeth are
rather short, flat, or wide,,
and the gums run across
them horizontally, some-
FiG. 320.— About 7 years. , osi < k cl
thmg like cut 324. After
the eighth year the gutns begin to recede from the center, and the
teeth become longer in appearance. By looking at cut 325, show-
ing twelve years, we can see that the gum is receded and run to a
sharp point at the center of the teeth. At twenty years, the teeth
are considerably narrower and longer, and the gums are drawn
back sharpei".
By observing the face of the teeth, there will gradually be
seen a change to the triangular form, which can be best seen and
described by cuts 830, 331. From the age of fourteen, we see this
is more noticeable, the middle nippers gradually increasing and
extending out to the corner ones, as indicated by cut 331. From
fifteen to eighteen this triangular form becomes laterally contracted,
so that at about twenty and afterward, the teeth become biangular.
As before explained, there are great peculiarities in the form of
the teeth with advanced age. The most common is shown by cut
332. I include a somewhat rare form shown by extreme age.
See cut 333.
Many curious tricks and methods of telling the horse's age
after eight years old have been shown the writer at various times,
such as wrinkles about the eyes, and root of the tail, etc., none of
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
565
which give the idea so correctly as the general appearance of the
teeth and absorption of the jaws. In young horses the edge of
the lower jaw is round and full ; as the horse- becomes older, this
edge becomes sharper and thinner.
The most unique trick shown the writer of telling the age was
the following : —
If a gold ring be attached to a hair pulled from the tail or
Fig. :i2-i.—At S years.
Fig. 331.— About 8 years.
mane of a horse, and suspended directly above
his head between the ears, it will oscillate, like
a pendulum, just the number of times the horse
is year.s old, then stop and repeat. I have re-
peatedly made the experiment, and it certainly
seemed to repeat the age of the horse; but I
could not feel satisfied that the motion of the
ring was not in a great measure controlled by
the involuntary movement of the hand. The
man who gave the idea made the experiment
in the presence of the writer with apparent
success.
Jockeys frequently resort to cutting down
the teeth of aged horses, so as to simulate as
much as possible the appearance of the mouth
at eight or nine years of age. This was formerly done by sawing
or filing, but more recently there has been invented, by Dr.
Dancer, a leading veterinary surgeon of New Jersey, a very in-
FiG. 323.— At 8 years.
r,GG
HOW TO TELL THE AGK.
genious instrument for cliipping off the teeth, so that the front
nippers can be cut down very quickly and easily by any amateur.
But the breadth of the teeth
and other changes of form, as
(ixplained, will expose the de-
ception ; also the deep hollow
and gTay hairs about the e}^es,
Avitli the undei- lip considerably
pendant. This treatment is
called "bishoping," from the
name of the man who intro-
duced it in England, and is prac-
„ „„. ,,, ,^ ,-, ticed very largely by iockeys
Fig. 324.— About 6 years old. . J o J J J J
in the larger cities of this coun-
try, especially in
New York.
I wish to call at-
tention to the fact
that horses, esj)ecially
those advanced in
years, are liable to
have the teeth in
wearing overlap one
another, become very
rough and wound the
inside of the cheeks.
or
tlio
grindei's be-
FiG. 336. — About 20 years old.
Fig. 325. — About 13 years old.
come irregular in length
when they do not come oppo-
site each other in shutting, or
the teeth become carious and
break away when not corres-
pondingly worn with the
other, shoots up to a degree to
penetrate the jaw, causing
soreness and inflammation,
and seriously interfering with
eating.
DISEASES OF THR TEETH.
501
The writer saw a very interesting case of this kind at tlie
Cohiinbia Veterinary College, in which the xmobstructecl tooth
ha,d seriously penetrated into the upper jaw. Tn the endeavor to
Fjg. 3*^". — Aliout 11 yi-ars of age.
Fig. ,328.— Mouth of
tlu' 111 are at i:^> A'ears.
relieve the pressure of the parts, the animal
evidently masticated the food wholly upon
the opposite side of the mouth ; in conse-
quence of this the teeth on this side were so
M'orn down that ]'»oth upper and lower jaw
were twistoil around more than an inch out
of line.
Sometimes caiies or ulceratioii of a tooth
produces such sei'ious disturbance that there
may be an enlargement of the parts, growth
r>f fungus, or necrosis of the parts. This too
is much more common than is sii.spected.
Prof. Cressy of Hartford called my attention
t(^ a case in which a back tooth in the lower
JRW became ulcerated, causing much enlarge-
ment of the jaw. He first removed the tootli,
then divided the skhi at the lower edge of the jaw, and with a
diill made a hole through the bone. Through this hole he put a
seton to keep the pai'ts open until a healthy healing process should
be produced. A strong preparation of carbolic acid was put upon
the seton and dressed once a day, which finally effected a perfect
cure.
Fig. 329. —Mouth of
the mare at 13 years.
5G8
HOW TO TELL TJIL AGE.
When the horse, Avithout any apparent cause, is running-
tlown, munching or eating liis food but slowly, especially if there
is any lateral action of the jaw, examine the mouth cai'efully to
see whether there is an}'
noticeable cause of trouble
in the teeth. If rough
and irregular, they should
be rasped doAA^n. The
method of doing this is
now so Avell undei'stood as
to scarcely need explana-
tion.
The I'asping down of all
irregularities should be
carefully done, and if there
is a decayed tooth it should
Fig. 330.— At 14 vcars old.
be removed by a veterinary
snrffeon who is conversant
with the simplest and best
inethod of doing it. There.
arc now reo-ular hor.se den-
testry implements in gt'n-
ci-al use for this purpose,
Avhich can be easily e)!)-
tained. If the tooth has
grown doAvn beyond the
level of the others, it should
Fi(
Fig. 332.— From 17 to 18 years old.
331.— At 16 year.? old.
1 le rasped or sawed off to
the proper dimensions,
and carefully watched af-
terward so as to remove
any imdue growth harm-
ful to the opposing parts.
If there is any enlarge-
ment of either jaw, more
especially of the upper
one, with pei'haps a run-
ningf sore offensive to the
smell ; and if in addition
DISEASES OF THE TEETH.
569
there is offensive matter running from the nostril on that side, the
trouble may be suspected as arising from a carious tooth, and the
jaw on that side must be carefully examined.
It may be asked, "How is it, if the trouble arises from a ca-
rious tooth, that the mat-
ter comes from the nos-
trils ? "
Answer : By the im-
pi'isoned matter forming a
sinus into the nasal cavity.
The treatment for all
such cases is, first, in tlie
removing of the offending
cause, namely, the tooth
itself, and also, as far as
possible, the dead or dis-
eased parts, and fa\'oring
a healthy condition of growth by cleaning out the parts with a
strong solution of carbolic acid, or chloride of lime, or any good
disenfectant. Next, protect the parts from tlie lodgement of par-
ticles of food, by filling with a
pledget of tow saturated with the
tincture of myrrh, or any good
healing astringent, and dress once
a da}'. If there is diseased bone,
or fungus growth, it should be
treated the same as for other difh-
FiG. 334. — Irresnilar growth of teeth. , . „ , i • i *
" * culties oi the same kmd.*
Fig. 333. — Extreme age.
* Since writing the above, my attention has been called to an article in the
Joiirnalof Comparative Medicine and tjnrgery of April, 1883, by Dr. Robert Jennings
of Detroit, Michigan, in which he refers to a large number of cases of this description-
570
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
Fig. 335. — The lower incisors are cliiefly
depended upon to indicate the ag^.
From their position they have
received particular iiames.
The two middle are
termed pincers,
A ; those near them on either side, the
middles, B B; those which complete the
half circle, the corners, C C.
Fig. 336. — Front and back view of
an incisor.
Fig. 337. — A longitudinal
view of an incisor.
Fig. 33S. — Lateral section of an in-
cisor; a, external enamel; b, central en-
amel : c, dental star formed by newly-
formed ivory which has filled tlic cavity
of the absorbed pulp; d, primitive ivory.
HOW TO TELL THE AGE.
m
Fig. 339.
The shape of the iucisor
varies considerably when exam-
ined in the direction of its
length. At its free extremity
it is flattened before and be-
hind ; further down it becomes
oval, then round, then triangu-
lar, and at last flattened at the
sides, so that if the length of
an incisor be divided into a
series of ci'oss-sections, a dia-
gram will be obtained, showing
the change of form with ad-
vanced age.
This will be indicated more
particularly by referring to
other cuts.
Fig. 340. — Canines, or Tushes
(the mare has them only
in a rudimentary
form) ; A, exter-
nal face; B,
internal
face.
-J'—
Fig. 341.— Temporary, or
Milk Teeth.
572
CONTRASTS OP CHARACTER.
Fig. 342. — A noted vicious iKir
se.
Fig. ^43. — Nervous, sensitive I'liaracter
Fig. 34.5.— a model head.
Fio. 344— Wild, untamable nature.
Fig. 346.— a vicious character.
CONTRASTS OF CHAEACTEll.
.373
Fig. 347.— a si-ood liead.
Fig. 348. Heads showing- no vitality, ,„■ action. Fio.
349.
0/4'
GOOD POINTS.
Fig. 350.
BAD POINTS.
575
Fig. 3.51.
Fig. 352.
Fig. 353.
Fig. 354.
576
GOOD POINTS.
BAD POINTS.
577
Fici. 356.
Fig. 357.
Fig. 358.
Fig. 359.
87
578
GOOD POINTS.
Fig. 360.
BAD POINTS.
579
Fig. 361.
Fig. 363.
Fig. 363.
Fig. 364.
CHAPTER XXI.
SHOEING.*
The foot of the horse is composed of two series of parts ; the
one interna,!, organized and sensitive ; the other external, formed
of a horny, organic matter,, but possessing no vital property or
sensibility.
A. The internal parts are : —
1. Bones to the number of three ; the
third phalanx, the lowest portion of
the framework of the membei', which
is continued on its sides and I'ear by
— ^ elastic prolongations forming the base
of the heel, the lateral jihro-cartilage
(which gives a longitudinal section of
the foot) ; the second phalanx, imme-
diately above the third, with which it
articulates; and the navicular, shaped
like a weaver's shuttle, situated be-
hind the third phalanx, of which it
forms the complement. These three
bones together form the articulation
of the foot. See Figs. 865, 866.
2. Special ligaments which connect
per pastern ; c. Lower pasteru ; these bones to each other, placed chiefly
/. Coffin bone; g. Navicular on the sides of the bones.
8. Tendons, which serve the three-
fold use of agents for the transmission of motion, of a means of
fastening the bones, and of organs for suspending the weight of
the body. These tendons are three in number : an extensor in
front and two flexors behind ; first, the perforator; second, the
perforated. See Figs. 369, 370.
Fig. 36.5. — Bones of the foot.
a. Cannon or Shank ; b. Sesa-
amoids; c. Fetlock joint; d. Up-
*From Outline of Structure of the Foot. By M. Bouley.
(580)
SHOEING.
581
4. An elastic fibro-cartilaginous process ; the plantar cushion
attached to the third phalanx, which it complements behind, and
enlarges the surface by which it takes its bearing on the sole, and
transmits to the ground the pressure which it, supports. It is
the means of deadening shocks and reactions.
5. Arteries, veins, and lymphat-
ics, vessels which contribute to the
nourishment of the foot, and are
remarkable by their number and
their flexuous and anastomotic dis-
position. See Figs. 371, 372, and
others farther on.
6. The nerves, the organs of
sensibility in the foot, also remark-
able for their number,
7. An integumental membrane
peculiar to the region of the foot,
and diifering from the general in-
tegument, or skin, of which it is a
continuation, by its external ap-
pearance, its modified structure,
and its special functions ; thus it
is this membrane which secretes
the horny case or hoof, but as-
sumes a particulai" appearance ac-
cording as it is required to secrete
the anterior and lateral face or
ivall, or the lower face or sole. At
the height of the second phalanx
it forms a thick circular pad which,
released from the horn which hides
it, displayr: the form of a rosy mem-
brane covered with an infinite
number of little short filaments,
thick as those of velvet. These
form the matrix of the horn, and
are true hair-roots, for the horn is
nothing but a great quantity of
threads or hairs attached one to
Fig. 366. — Posterior view-
digital region.
of front
1. Large metacarpal bone; 2, 3.
Outer and inner splint bones; 4, 5.
Sesamoid bones; 6. Suffraglnis; 7,
8. Tuberosities for insertion of cru-
cial ligarieuts; 9. Triangular space
for insertion of short sesamoid lig-
ament; J'^. Anterior face of suffra-
giuis; 11, 12. Tuberosities for liga-
mentary insertion ; 13. Articular de-
pression separating condyles; 14,
1.5. Second phalanx; 16. Scabrous
surface for ligamentous attachment;
17. Smooth surface for gliding of
deep flexor tendon; 18. Navicular
bone; 19. Pedal bone; 20. Basilar
process; 21. Plantar foramen.
582
SHOEING.
Fig. 368.— Deep mus-
cles on external aspect
of rigbt anterior limb.
9. Anterior or great
extensor of the meta-
carpus; 10. Ulna-, 11.
Extensor pedis ; 13. Ul-
naries accessories, or
Ulna portion of the per-
forans; 13. Lateral ex-
tensor of the metacar-
pus, or extensor suffra-
ginis; 14. Oblique ex-
tensor of the metacar-
pus; 1.5. Flexors of the
foot; IC>- Trapezium;
17. Annular ligament;
IS. Carpal ligament of
pcrforans tendon, 20;
19. perforatus;21.Ten-
FiG. 367.— Riglit fore
foot of a horse.
1 Radius; 2. Groove for the an-
terior extensor of the phalanges; 3.
Scaphoides; 4. Lunare; 5. Cunei-
form; 6. Trapezium; 7. Magnum;
8 Unciform; 9. Metacarpal, 11. Ses-
amoid bone; 12. Sutlraginis; 13. Cor-
onary; 14. Navicular; 15. Pedal; 16.
Its ala.
Fig. 368.
don of anterior extensor of metacar-
pus; 22. Small metacarpal bone; 23.
Suspensory ligament; 24. Lateral
band of metacarpo-phalangeal
sheath; 25. Perforans tendon; 26.
Brancli of the suspensory ligament
joining the extensor pedis, 27.
SHOEING.
583
another. It is this pad which .secretes the wall of the hoof. Be-
low the pad the integumental membrane presents itself under the
form of rosy leaves pressed one against another, and so disposed
as to facilitate the gliding of the horn which i.s continually pass-
ing over it. This leafy
tissue is called leaves of
flesh or podophyllous tis-
sue. The podophyllous
tissue is continued under
the foot by a velvety tis-
sue similar to that of the
pad, and which secretes
the sole and the frog.
B. The external parts
of the foot, to the num-
ber of four : the Wall,
the Sole, the Frog, and
the Periople, forming-
together a horny box.
The Jtoof, the interior
cavity of which is exact-
ly fitted to the external
face of the sub-mural
m e m b r a n e , the two
working one within the
othei", thus completing
the general structure of
the foot by furnishing to
it': sensitive parts an
envelope thick, hard, i-e-
sisting, yet elastic, incor-
porated with them and
protecting them against the violence of bodies with which the
foot, by the very nature of its functions, is required to )je inces-
santly in contact. See Figs. 376, 377, and others further on.
The wall is that pai't of the horny case which forms its front
and sides, but it does not end, as many may suppose, at the heels ;
it is folded back and prolonged to a point toward the extremity
of the frog. These prolongations of the wall arc termed the bars,
Fig. 369.
-Tendons and Ligaments of
the fore leg.
A. Flexor perforatus; d. Bifurcation of the ses-
.anioidal ligament; y. Continuation forward of
branch of the sesamoidal ligament; B. Contin-
uation of the flexor perforans — afterwards in-
serted into the lower side of the ospedis.
584
SHOEING.
aiiil till' nngles whioli tliuy
foi-in at ilic lu'cls, tlic cleft.
Tlic oxti'vnal snrfatM! of the
wall is glossy, as thougli var-
nished ; its internal surfao**
is striated throughout, except
at the hollowed bevel at its
upper edge; the strijie of the
external face of the Avail
(horny laminjie, keraphyllous
tissue) are designed to work
into the fleshy laminae or po-
dophyllous tissue. The bevel
at the upper edge of the in-
ternal face of the wall, hol-
lowed like a groove, is de-
signed to receive the pad, and
is pierced with a number of
small openings, into which
penetrate the filaments of the
pad, which are true hair-cells.
Fig. 370.
A. The imtbide nei\c, or that part of it
where the branch // comnmnicates ; H.
Tlie suspensorj- liijanieiit ; C. The great lig-
ament of the back sinew ; D. The two
back sinews, or flexor tendons ; E. E. Tlie
extensor tendon ; 1'. The cannon or shank
lioiie ; G. The siJlintb >ne, which is placed
on each side, rather posteriorly-, ofthe shank
bone, beginning immediately luider the
knce,and extending tapering downward,
and terminating at fig. 1 in a sort of bulb ;
II. The back sinews and their great sus-
]ieusory ligament, ajjparently joined to-
gether. This, however, is not the case ; it
incorporates only with the perforans ten-
don, marked fig. 2, and so intimately, that
Miej' form one and the same substance, at
tlic j)art markcil Ity tlie .small letter /.
'I'lie i>erforat>is, marked (ig. 3, forms a
sheath for the perforans, as already de-
scribed in the article Strains. 4. The knee
johit. b. The fctlock-joiut.
i'lU. :J1U.
SHOEING.
585
The wall or crust, or rather its lower edge, is divided into por-
tions designated by different names, as explained iu Figs. 870 to
379.
Fig. 3T1. FiCx. 873.
Fore leg. with skin removed, showing veins, arteries, luid nerves.
a I, Plantar nerve; 0, digital artery ; k, median branch; r, brunch of artery;
d, pre-plan tar branch of nerve.
The sole forms, with the frog and bars, the lov/er surface of
the horny case ; it is in the form of a crescent, and is suri'ounded
by the lower edge of the wall, to which it adheres; its lower sur-
58G
SHOEING.
face is concave, rugous, and formed of horn, which continually
scales off and oxfoliatt's. The upper surface is slightly convex,
and pierced with an infinite number of little holes, into which
penetrate the filaments of the velvety tissue or cushion. The ex-
ternal edge of the sole bears the same names as that of the wall.
The //'Of/ is situated in the
posteiior cleft of the sole be-
tween the two bai'S. It is
foi'med of a moi-e elastic de-
scription of horn, resembling
india-i'ubber, which is secreted
by a sensitive frog, covered
with a velvety tissue like that
which secretes the sole. The
frog is in the shape of a trian-
gle bent twice in its length and
cleft in its base. It presents
on its lower surface two pro-
jections bordeiing tln-ee hol-
lows which are termed lacun?e ;
there are a central lacuna, and
two lateral lacunje. The pro-
jections and lacunpe on the in-
ferior surface correspond to
hollows and ridges on the su-
perior surface. Tlie apex of
the triangle which constitutes
the fi'og, is termed the point
of the frog ; the tw^o ridges,
separated by the central lacuna,
the branches of the frog. These
branches are jDrolonged behind
a thin layer of soft and whit-
ish horn, which after having surmounted the heels under the name
of glomes, is extended in the form of a thin band which encircles
the upper part of the wall, and is termed the periople or coro-
nary hand.
The foot is at once a means of support and source of elasticity ;
it is at the same time an oilcan of touch.
Fig. 373.— Back view of foot with half
of frog removed, showing perforans ten-
don as it is united to the bottom" of coffin-
bone. Drawn from Manikin.
SHOEING.
587
To adapt it to these triple functions, nature has endowed it
with three properties apparently opposed, but Avhieh are neverthe-
less here made compatible with each other ; namely, in the first
place, extreme external hardness, which is found in the envelope of
horny substance ;
secondly, a certain
flexibility, the
combined result of
the physical prop-
erties of this corti-
cal envelope and
of the mechanical
arrangement o f
the different parts
of which it is made
up ; and, thirdly,
a highly devel-
oped sensitiveness,
the result of the
exquisite organi-
zation of its integ-
umentary mem-
brane.
But, to make
good the mjury -^^^ 374.— Side view of the foot with the part of the frog
mcessantly caused in previous cut removed, now in place, showing
by wear on the ligaments, etc., under the lateral cartil-
horny bed which
clothes it, the foot
should possess the faculty of reproducing it in a manner so contin-
uous that the activity of the reconstruction should be exactly pro-
portioned to the rapidity of the destruction. This is, indeed, what
actually takes place ; the foot is the seat of a highly important
secretion — the horny secretion.
The nutritive functions, also, in the digital region are endowed
with great activity, indicated especially by the great development
of its vascular apparatus, the remarkable disposition of which is
made known to us by anatomy.
age which has been removed.
Drawn from Manikin.
588
SHOEING.
Such arc, in their entirety, the complex functions of wi-tch the
foot of the horse is the si;at.
As an organ of support, the foot has an essential duty, since
it is through it that the entire machine is put in connection with
the ground,
while the point
at which it is
placed is in fact
the fulcrum of
the levers — the
limbs-on which
all the locomo-
tive agencies
work.
As an organ
of elasticity, its
duty is no less
important when
it is considered
what enormous
forces, the result
of the weight of
the animal com-
bined with its
powerful mus-
cular contrac-
tions, all bear
on that apparatus, and that it is the means of neutralizing the con-
cussions which, without it, M^ould be fatal to the entire mechan-
ism, and particularly so to the limbs. The elastic apparatus
furnished by the foot of the horse is very complex, for the greater
part of the elements of which it is made up are conducive to this
purpose.
A. The three phalanges obliquely inclined on the metacarpals
or metatarsals, and sustained behind by the ligamentary and ten-
donous apparatus which has been mentioned, constitute an admir-
able means of neutralizing the weight of the body. At each step
it is seen to yield and spring back like a bow that is bent and re-
FiG. 375. — Foot with lateral cartilage in place, with
outlines of nerves, ligaments, etc.
Drawn from Manikin.
SHOEING.
589
Fig. 376. — Lateral view of horse's foot after
removal of the hoof.
1. Periople ring, divided by a narrow groove
from the coronary cushion; 2. which is contin-
uous with the plantar cushion, and joins the
vascular laminae; 3. through the medium of the
white zone.
a '^M^!^^^^^ -f" »
Fig. 877. — Lower face of the
horse's foot, the hoof
being removed.
Fig. 378.
Two views of hoof with outer portion of the wall removed to show its
interior. Referred to in the text.
a. a. Periople, or coronary frog-
band.
h. Cavity in the upper part of wall
for coronary cushion.
c. Upper, or inner, surface of
"bar."
(I. Vertical section of wall.
d'. The same at the heel.
e. Horizontal section of ditto.
/'". Lateral aspect of a lamina.
h. Junction of the horny laminae
with the sole (the "white line").
i. Toe-stay at the middle of toe.
k. Upper, or inner, surface of the
horny frog.
I. Frog-stay.
m. Cavity corresponding to a
branch of the frog.
w. Ditto corresponding to the
body of the frog.
590
SHOEING.
^ t k
Fig. 380. — Hoof just removed from tbc
foot; side view.
a. Inuer face of periople, or coronary frog
band, witli some hairs passing through ; a'. Outer
surface of same at posterior part of foot; a". A
section through the ^\■a^\ to show its thickness;
b to c. Quai-ter of tlie hoof, from h to the front Fig. 381.— Plantar or ground sur-
is the outside (or inside) toe; from c to d, the fj^j.^ „£ ^ hoof; right foot,
outside (or inside) lieel; e. Frog; /. Bevel on up-
per margin of wall for reception of coronary
cushion; <j. Keraphylla, or horny laminae.
m^
l\
.,ft<'ii>lm!i
u
!r;/jf<
■:i . '• iS
1 V' i.'i^'i
Fig. 382.
Foot with outer portion of the wall removed to show its interior.
Referred to in the text.
The interval from a to a represents the toe; from a to b b outside and in
side quartei's ; c. o. Commencement of bars; d. d. Inflexions of wall at the heels, or
"buttresses;" f. Laminated lacuna; f-f-f. Sole; ^r. White line; g. g. Ditto be
tween the sole and bar; ?i. Body of frog; i. Branch of frog; k. k. Glomes or heels
of Irog ; I. Median lacuna.
SHOEING.
591
leased. But it must be remembered that this arrangement
becomes feebler in proportion to its length ; that is to say, that
the tendons sustaining the three phalanges become more weighted
a. Wall, with its
h o r n t u b e s ; &. 6.
Horny laminje pro-
jecting from the
wall ; c. c. Horn-
t u b e s formed by
the terminal villi of
the vascular lami-
ii;e, the horn sur-
rounding them and
occupying the
spaces between the
horny laminae, con-
stituting the "white
line;" d. Horny
sole, with its tubes.
Fig.
h c d
384. — Horizontal section of the junction of the
wall with the sole of the hoof.
and fatigued as the lever formed by these phalanges becomes
longer.
B. The plantar cushion has duties indicated by its structure
and position ; it fulfills the office of a buffer on which shocks may
be spent and extinguished. When subjected to .shocks or the
a. Inner portion
of the wall with
the lamiriK aris-
ing h'om it ; h.
Vascular lamina; ;
c. Horny lanihia;
of average length ;
(■'. C. Unusually
short lamina; ; c '.
c". Lamiiiella on
the side 3 of the
horny lamin;c ; (I.
Vascular lamina;
passing between g*.
two horny ditto ;
d'. Vascular lanii-
n a passing b e-
t w e e n t h r ee
horny lamina;;
d". Lateral lami-
nellae ; e. e. Arte-
ries of vascular
laminte which
have been in-
jected.
-6
c- c" d" d'
Fig. 385. — Horizontal section of the wall, and horny and
vascular laminae, to show the junction of the latter
and the laminelle.
pressure of weight, it flattens and extends, to resume its form
when the pressure is removed ; but in its enlargement it presses on
the cartilages, which yield because of their flexibility and elasticity^
and come back to their own shape immediately when the action of
the plantar cushion ceases.
592 SHOEING.
C. The natural hoof is not only flexible, as is affirmed by
Lafosse, but perfectly elastic, since it recoils on itself after having
been lightly opened behind. Open behind Ijy nature — evidently
with intention, for nature does nothing in vain — when the plantar
cushion comes to be compressed, and bears upon the lateral cartil-
ages of the bones of the foot, these cartilages transmit the pressure
received to the quarters and heels of the wall, which yield and
open slightly, drawing with them in their movement the branches
of the sole, which itself, pressed also by the plantar cushion, sinks
a little ; at the same time the frog, in direct contact on its superior
surface with the plantar cushion, lodged in part in its folds, opens
them, unfolds them a little, and forces the branches to open also.
All these movements are certainly very slight, nuich less sensible
than Bracy-Clark affirms, but nevertheless very perceptible, when
studied on young subjects which have not as yet been shod, and
in which the diverse functions of the foot are yet complete. The
older the subject, the more obscure they become.
It is to these diverse motions of flexion and extension of the
phalangeal arrangement, the spreading and retraction of the
plantar cushion and the horny case, that is owing the deadening
and extinction of the forces transmitted by the limbs, or of the
shocks of the ground ; and they are the combined result of func-
tions which it is necessary to preserve in their fullest integrity.
As an organ of touch, the foot of the horse is, in spite of its
horny envelope, a very delicate organ. This is proved by the
great number of nerves which anatomy shows to enter into its
organization, the knowledge which it possesses of the condition of
the ground over which it moves, and on which it preserves its
equilibrium at diflferent paces, whatever may be the form of the
ground, its consistency, its inequalities, or the obstacles with
which it is strewn.
Fig. 386.
Fig. 387.
PLATE I.
Fig. 1.
A view of the lower extremity of the coronary bone, .seen from beliind, to show
the surfaces articulated with the navicular and foot bone.
A A The surface articulated with the navicular bone.
B Cavity filled with fat.
C C The surface articulated with the foot bone.
Fig. 2.
A posterior view of the navicular and foot bone, seen from behind in their rela-
tive situation.
A A A A Rough surface of the navicular bone, from which the upper ligaments
take their rise.
A B Smooth surface corresponding with the cavity in Fig. 1, ot B, filled with fat.
PLATE II.
PLATE 11.
A front view of the bonos of tliu foru feet of a horse
izi their relative position.
ti Tho pastern bone.
I) Tho coronary bone.
p The navicular bone.
d The foot bone.
e The point of insertion of the tendon of the extensor
muscle.
/ A concavity to give attachment to the ligament which
unites the foot l)one to the coronarv bone at (i.
li A continuation of the same concavity, to which the
cartilage of tlio foot bone is attached.
i i The upper and lower processes of the foot bone.
Jc Jc A groove in the foot bone, which receives a division
of the main arterv, comino: round from behind.
k I A groove receiving another division of that artery,
which proceeds round the extreme edges of the foot'
bone.
PLATE III.
PLATE III.
Fig, 1.
A back view of the bones of the fore foot in their relative situation,
A Pastern bone.
B Coronary bone.
C Navicular bone,
D Foot bone.
E A cavity, which in the natural state is filled with fat.
F The upper surface of the navicular bone, from which two liga-
ments arise, and pass round the lateral depressions in the coro-
nary bone, marked G- G.
B Points of attachment of the ligament which unites the navicu-
lar bone to the foot bone.
I Two grooves in which two main trunks of the arteries are con-
tinued into the foot bone.
K The line of insertion of the tendon of the flexor muscle.
FiK. 2.
'o
A view of the anterior and inferior surfaces of the navicular bone de-
tached from the other bones.
A Tlie anterior surface opposed to the coronary bone.
B The inferior surface opposed to the foot bone.
C A posterior portion of the inferior surface excavated for the
purpose of giving a firmer attachment to the lower ligament
PLATE IV.
PLATE IV.
This plate represents the superior, anterior, and posterior faces of
the third phalanx, or j^edis, known as the coffin bone.
Fig. 1.
Superior and anterior face of the third phalanx.
B Superior face. B Anterior face.
A V> Vascular openings disseminated on the anterior surf ace of the bone.
C Patilobe eminence.
D Br.silar apophysis, or process.
E Pre-plantar fissure.
F Superior border.
G Spreading out of the articular tr.hle, or surface.
K Pyramidal eminence.
N Glenoidal cavities of the superior face.
O () O Orifices of the descending osseous canals.
R rtetrossal apojihysis, or process.
U Notched, or denticulated border.
V Posterior border.
Fi(
Inferior face of the tliird phalanx.
A Semi-lunar crest.
C Vascular orifices, — anterior face of o.-; pedis.
II Plantar fissure, — groove, or opening;.
J Imprint of the insertion of the perforaus tendons.
T.I Vascular orifices.
P Anterior view of the inferior face.
R Retrossal apophysis, or process.
S Internal edge of the plantar fissure.
V Posterior border of the bone.
Fig.n.
PLATE V.
PLATE V.
This plate represents the third phalanx, — front and side views.
Fig. 1.
Anterior face.
A B Vascular openings (apertures.)
C Patilobe eminence, or anterior face of os pedis.
D Basilar process, or wing of coffin bone.
E Pre-plantar fissure.
F Superior border.
K Pyramidal eminence.
L Base of the pyramidal eminence.
O O Exterior orifices of the descending canals.
T Cavity of insertion of the anterior lateral ligament.
U Notched border.
t
Fig. 2.
Lateral face.
A Imprint of insertion of lateral ligament at base of the pyramidal
eminence.
B Vascular orifices.
C Patilobe eminence.
D Basilar apophysis, or process.
E Pre-plantar fissure.
E' Posterior branch of the pre-plantar fissure.
P Superior border of the phalanx.
Iv Pyramidal eminence.
O O Exterior orifices of the descending canals.
R Retrossal process.
T Cavity of insertion of the anterior lateral ligament
IT Notched border.
Pig.n.
PLATE VI.
PLATE VI.
This cut represents the third phalanx seen from its posterior
part ; and the navicular bone, — inferior, superior, and anterior
views.
Fig. 1.
Posterior part of the third phalanx (adult).
A Semi-lunar crest.
D Basilar process.
F Superior border.
G Spreading out of the articular face.
K Anterior view of the pyramidal eminence.
M Posterior view of the inferior face.
N Glenoid cavity of the superior face.
Q Portion of the articular surface corresponding to the anterior border
of the navicular bone.
R Retrossal process.
S Edge of the plantar fissure.
V Posterior border of the third phalanx.
X Plantar orifice for passage of blood vessels.
Fig. 2.
Posterior part of the third phalanx. (Colt.)
A Semi-lunar crest.
D Basilar process.
F Sujoerior border.
M Posterior view of the bone.
R Retrossal process.
8 Plantar fissure.
Fig. 3.
Inferior face of navicular.
C Transverse ridge.
E Anterior border.
H Extremity of the bone.
Fig. 4.
A Median riage or bulge of the superior face.
D Anterior superior border.
E Anterior inferior border.
G Posterior border (is very thick and cribbled or pierced with vascular
orifices).
Fig. 5.
Anterior face of the navicular.
E Soft part hollowed under the anterior articular facet.
H Articular facet corresponding to the posterior facet of the third pha-
lanx.
Iig:lIL
rigr.ll.
0 *
«r\\^h^'
^-^}U'"/«IH#
'LATE VII
PLATE VIL
This plate represents the third phalanx of the colt seen from its
lateral, anterior, and inferior faces.
Fig. 1.
Lateral face.
A Base of the pyramidal eminence.
B Vascular porosities.
C Patilobe eminence.
E Pre-plantar fissure.
D Basilar process.
K Pyramidal eminence.
R Retrossal process.
Fig. 2.
Anterior face.
A Pyramidal eminence.
B Porosities and vascular imprints.
C Patilobe eminence.
D Basilar process.
E Pre-plantar fissure.
F Superior border.
luferior face.
Fig. 3.
A Semi-lunar crest.
H Plantar fissure.
J Imjmnt of the insertion of the perforans.
P luferior face.
8 Edge of the jilantar fissure.
PLATE VIII.
PLATE VIII.
A comparative view of the bones of the fore and hind feet.
Figs. 1 and 2.
Bones of the fore foot explained in Plate I.
Fig. 3.
Coronary bone of the hind foot.
Fig. 4.
Foot bone and navicular bone of the hind foot, show-
ing that the surface of the foot bone, which is artic-
ulated with the coronary bone, is rather more con-
cave than that of the fore foot, and the position of
the navicular bone more upright ; so that the coro-
nary bone bears more upon the foot bone and less
upon the navicular bone. That surface of the na-
vicular bone (A B) which in the fore foot was
smooth, appears rough, and the upper ligaments are
attached to the whole of this surface.
C Portion of the cartilage of the foot bone ossified,
which is not natural, but so frequently met with
that I thought it necessary to notice it, merely by
giving an outline of it. See large variety of mor-
bid specimens in chapters on Navicular Joint Lame-
ness and Laminites.
PLATE IX.
PLATE IX.
This plate shows the inferior structure of the third phalanx.
Pig. 1.
View of the third phalanx open from its anterior face.
D D D Descending canals.
P Plantar orifice in continuance with the semi-lunar sinuses.
S Semi-lunar sinuses.
Fio. 2.
View of the third phalanx open from its inferior face. The injected
"venous vessels are preserved in the system of the canals in the interior of
the bone.
D D D Descending canals.
P Plantar orifice continuing itself with the semi-lunar sinus.
M Plantar vein coming out of the semi-lunar sinus and passing along
the plantar fissure.
S Semi-lunar sinus.
PLATE X.
PLATE X.
This figure represents the posterior face of the digital region,
flexed backward in a manner to show in its full extent the inferior
or plantar face of the foot.
The skin has been lifted from aoove the third phalanx, and the
enveloping sheaths of the tendons are dissected. The velvety tis-
sue is preserved.
A Median part of the pyramidal body (fleshy frog) of plantar cusliion, or
sensitive tissue of the sole.
B Branches of the pyramidal body.
C Cartilaginous bulb.
E Angle of inflection of the branches of the pyramidal body.
F Point or apex of the fleshy frog.
J Interval of separation of the two branches of the perforatus.
L Lateral lacunsB of the pyramidal body.
M Median lacunae of the pyramidal body.
Q Q Fibrous sheath of union of the two branches of the perforatus.
R Branches of the perforatus directing themselves towards their point of
insertion at the second phalanx.
T Tendon of the perforatus.
T' Tendon of the perforans at its passage between the branches of the
perforatus.
V Strengthening sheath of the plantar aponeurosis.
X Lateral bands of the strengthening sheath of the plantar aponeurosis,
which cross the direction of the branches of the perforatus to go and
attach themselves on the lateral parts of the first phalanx.
UV;-- ■;■--■■■.-.; ■ •■!,';! Ilii:';i.''''ih7ftjfi r-' ■
PLATE XL
PLATE XI.
This plate represents the cartilaginous, tendonous, and ligament-
ous apjjaratus of the digital region seen sidewise (anterior limb).
The third phalanx is represented in the interior of the horny box,
opened laterally, in order to show its proportions of dimension, with
the cartilaginous apparatus which project from it behind.
A A Lateral cut (or section) of the horny box, or hoof.
B Basilar process.
b Posterior extremity of the cartilage in the interior of the angle of in-
flection of the hoof.
C External face of the cartilage.
D Vascular ajjerture on the surface of the cartilage at the level of the
point of reunion of the cartilage and bone.
F Superior border of the cartilage.
Gr Anterior lateral ligament, bordering the cartilage in front.
H Retrossal process.
I Extensor tendon of the third phalanx at its insertion at the pyramidal
eminence.
J Posterior border of the cartilage.
K Lateral branches uniting the tendon of the extensor of the phalanges
with the branches of the suspensor ligaments of the fetlock at K'.
Q Portion of the fibrous envelojiing sheath of the flexor tendons of the
jihalanges. This sheath has been reduced in this manner by dissec-
tion, to show the disposition of the tendons under.
R Lateral branches of the strengthening sheath of the perforans tendon.
T Perforans tendon at the point it disappears under its proper sheath.
V Strengthening sheath of the j^erforans tendon seen above the superior
border of the cartilage.
X Insertion to the third phalanx, of the lateral bands of the strengthening
sheath.
Z Insertion of the lateral extensor to the first phalanx.
PLATE XII.
PLATE XII.
This plate shows a longitudinal section of the digital region in
its median plane;
Its object is to show the spongeous substance in the interior of
the bone, the fibrous intersections in the plantar cushion of the ar-
ticular and tendonous synovial sheaths, and of the plantar cushion
(or pad) in the interior of the hoof under the third phalanx and the
navicular bone.
A Inferior part of the pad (cushion).
B Ligamentous bands (filaments) representing the structure of the fibrous
body forming the plantar pad.
C Enveloping fibrous membrane of the plantar pad.
D Point of insertion of the plantar pad to the inferior face of the bone of
the foot.
E Spongeous substance of the interior of the second phalanx.
r Articulation of the first phalanx with the second.
H Branches of the perforatus at its insertion to the lateral parts of the
second phalanx, or small pastern bone.
I Insertion of the plantar aponeurosis to the semi-lunar crest.
K Interior of the first phalanx.
L Section of the perforatus tendon.
M Transverse ligament of the yellow fibrous tissue uniting the anterior
face of the perforans to the posterior face of the os coronae, etc.
(2d phalanx).
N Diverticulum of the sheath of the articulation of the foot between the
little sesamoid and the third phalanx.
O Little sesamoidal sheath.
P Capsule of the articulation of the foot set superiorly against the cut du
sax of the great sesamoidal sheath.
T Perforans tendon.
Y MetacarDO-phalangial articulation, or fetlock joint.
PLATE XIII.
PLATE XIII.
This plate represents a transverse section of the pogterior part
of the foot behind the phalanges, between the two fibro-cartilages.
It shows the disposition of the bulbs of the plantar pad, or
cushion, the stratified layers of the pyramidal body, the height of
the cartilages of the hoof, and the direction of the bars.
B Bulb of the plantar pad (or cushion).
C Internal face of the fibro-cartilages, or lateral cartilages.
C Height of the hoof.
D Part of the lateral band of the reinforcing sheath of the perforans.
E Point of junction of the inferior border of the cartilages with the sub-
stance of the plantar pad, or cushion.
F Longitudinal depression of the anterior face of the plantar pad.
Q Stratified layers of the plantar pad in the pyramidal body.
Z Superior surface of the bars.
y Thickness and direction of the bars.
PLATE XIV.
PLATE XIV.
This plate represents the digital region dissected, seen from behind
three fourths. Its obiect is to show the disposition of the lateral lig-
aments of the articulation of tbe foot and of the flexor tendonn of
the phalanges. It shows, placed one above the other, the two lat-
eral ligaments of the articulation of the foot, and the lateral
band of the reinforcing or strengthening sheath performing the
duty of a third.
A Anterior lateral ligament of the articulation of the foot.
B Extensor tendon of the phalanges.
C Internal face of the lateral fibro-cartilage.
D Posterior lateral ligament of sesamoid (or navicular).
E Branch of the posterior lateral ligament diverging outwardly, etc.
I Lateral band of the strengthening sheath of the perforans follow-
ing a direction parallel to the two ligaments of the foot, and at-
tached to the lateral parts of the first phalanx.
R Branch of the perf oratus.
U Insertion within the retrossal process of the aponeurosis of the per-
forans doubled by its strengthening sheath.
X Superior insertion of the lateral bands, or stays, of the strengthen-
ing sheath.
PLATE XV.
PLATE XV.
Posterior face of the digital region. The porforans tendon has
been cut lengthwise, and a half taken off in order to show the dis-
position of the underlying parts.
E Insertion of the posterior lateral ligament to the extremity of the sesa
moid.
G Complemental swelling (pad) of the little sesamoid.
H Branches of the posterior lateral ligament diverging outward.
I * Bursal ligament uniting the anterior inferior border of the little sesa
moid to the bone of the foot behind the semi-hinar crest.
R Lateral border of the perforans tendon within the cartilage.
S Insertion of the plantar aponeurosis to the semi-lunar crest.
T Inferior face of the plantar aponeurosis.
V Strengthening sheath of the plantar aponeurosis.
X Lateral bands, or fibres, etc., of the strengthening sheath of the plan-
tar aponeurosis.
'One of the most important and delicate ligaments of the foot.
PLATE XVI.
PLATE XVI.
This plate shows the apparatus of the posterior ligaments of the
articulation of the first phalanx with the second, and the disposition
of the strengthening sheath of the plantar aponeurosis at the sur-
face.
A Median prolongation of the posterior ligament of the first phalangial
articulation, or superficial sesamoidal ligament.
B Pair prolongations of the posterior ligament of the first phalangial ar-
ticulation.
C Lateral bands of the sheath of reinforcement at their point of insertion
to the first phalanx.
O Section of the branch of the perforatus, above the lateral bands of the
strengthening sheath.
S Semi-lunar crest.
T Strengthening sheath at the surface of the plantar aponeurosis.
X Lateral bands of this sheath.
i^Ci^i
PLATE XVII.
Arterial A'essels.
The figure shows the superficial disposition of the digital artery
on the lateral face of the phalanges.
A A' A" Digital artery from its emerging point above the great sesamoids
to the point where it disappears under tlie plate of cartilages in X.
B Anterior transverse branch at the metacarpo-phalangial articulation.
C Perpendicular artery.
D Ascending branch of the perpendicular artery.
E Descending branch of the perpendicular artery.
F Transverse branch forming with the corresponding one the super-
ficial coronary circle,
f Descending ramuscules in the pad of the superficial coronary circle.
f Ascending ramuscules of the podophyllous tissue, or sensitive
laminte.
G Posterior transverse branches of the metacarpo-phalangial articu
lation.
K Artery of the plantar pad, or cushion.
P Circumflex artery.
U U Ascending terminal divisions of the digital artery; they emerge
from the porosities of the third phalanx, and send ramifications
to the podophyllous tissue.
I 4*--
PLATE XVIII.
PLATE XVIII.
Arterial vessels.
The figure represents the superficial disposition of the digital
artery at the superior face of the two first phalanges and at the in-
ferior face of the third.
A A' Digital artery in its passage along the phalanges.
G Posterior transverse branches of the metacarpo-phalangial articula-
tion.
H Branches above one another at intervals.
K Artery of the plantar pad, or cushion.
L Internal branch of the artery of tlie plantar pad.
P P P Circumflex artery.
Y Y Solar arteries, or arteries of plant ;ir surface.
PLATE XX.
PLATE XX.
Arterial Yessels.
Fig. 1 represents a disj)osition of the digital artery in the in-
terior of the third johalanx different from that given in plate 17.
The semi-lunar anastomosis in this figure shows a circle almost
complete.
S Plantar artery in the plantar fissure.
T Circle of the anastomosis of the two plantar arteries in the semi-lunar
sinus.
Y Descending radiated divisions of the semi-lunar anastomosis.
Fig. 2.
It shows the disposition of the anterior terminal branch or external of
the digital artery or pre-plantar artery.
N Digital artery.
P Circumflex artery formed by the divisions at X which emerge from the
vascular orifices that open above the notched body of the bone.
Q Pre-plantar artery.
R Peturning branch of the external branch of the digital. Between Q
and R we see in this figure the third branch of the external terminal
branch of the digital which goes to contribute to the formation of
the circumflex artery.
PLATE XXI.
PLATE XXI.
A side view of the foot to show in the sketch the ar-
teries and veins. In the sketch the arteries are shaded
and the veins are not,
A Artery.
B Vein.
C Branches of veins.
PLATE XXII.
PLATE XXXI.
A view of the posterior surface of the foot, to show
the arteries and veins. In the sketch the arteries are
shaded, the veins are not.
A Artery,
B Vein.
C Branches of veins.
PLATE XXIII.
PLATE XXIII.
Venous Yessels.
This figure shows the superficial disposition of the venous ves-
sels at the posterior face of the two first phalanges and the venous
solar plexus at the inferior face of the third.
A A' Central discharge of the veins of the sohir plexus.
B B Venous peripheric canal or circumflex vein.
C C Veins of discharge of the venous solar plexus in the superficial coronary-
plexus.
D Posterior face of the superficial coronary venous plexus. On the in-
ternal limit of this plexus we see at D the large posterior communi-
ca)2t vein which serves as a confluent to the canals emerging from
the cartilaginous bulbs and to the posterior part of the solar plexus
which discharges itself in it by several different veins.
J Continuation of the posterior communicant vein in which the veins of
the superficial coronary plexus discharge themselves. It goes and
unites at X to the anterior communicant vein to form the dio-ital
vein Q Q'.
N. B. The marks of the lines J, Q Q, and X are prolonged by error in
the figure beyond the parts they should indicate.
R Sheath of the flexor tendons in which transverse divisions ramify them-
selves.
T T Perforans tendon.
V Strengthening sheath of the perforans tendon.
PLATE XXIV.
PLATE XXIY.
"Venous Vessels.
The figure shows the disposition of the podophyllous plexus and
the superficial coronary plexus.
AAA Venous podophyllous plexus.
B D Venous coronary plexus.
B Central part of the coronary venous plexus.
C C Ascending veins of the venous coronary plexus,
c Superior communicant vein between tlie two superficial coronary
plexus.
F Digital vein. ._^J
G G' Roots of the di2:ital vein.
N Inferior communicant vein between the two superficial coronary
plexus.
N. B. — The other letters in this figure give the indication of the disposi-
tion of the ligaments and tendons, already given in plate VIII.
PLATE XXV
PLATE XXV.
Nerves.
This figure represents the superficial disposition of the plantar
nerves on the lateral parts of the phalanges.
P Plantar nerve.
A Point of emergence of the plantar nerve above the sesamoids.
B B B Cartilaginous branch.
C C C Cutaneous branch.
D Digital artery at the posterior face of wliich the nerve is set.
E E Anastomotic divisions between the cartilaginous branch and the cu-
taneous one.
F F Division destined to the cartilaginous bulb — bulbous branch.
G Transverse branch behind the metacarpo-plialangial articulation, or
fetlock joint.
V Digital vein.
PLATE XXVI.
PLATE XXVI.
This figure represents a disposition a little more plexTious (more
net- work like) of the nerves of the digital region than in Fig. XXI.
The plantar nerve occupies the same situation, but the divisions
which emanate from it are more numerous and more anastomotic.
P Plantar nerve.
A Point of emergence o'f tlie plantar nerve above tlie sesamoids.
B B Cartilaginous branch.
C C Cutaneous branch.
D Digital artery.
F' Bulbous branch.
G Transverse branch behind the metacarpo-phalangial articulation.
I Nerve of the plantar pad.
L Lateral band, or filamentous stay, of the proper tunic of the plantar pad.
It crosses obliquely from backward, forward, and from upward
downward, the direction of the plantar nerve.
V Digital vein.
PLATE XXVII.
PLATE XXVII.
This figure represents on tiie digital region, seen from three-
fourths behind, the disposition of the plantar nerve on the posterior
face of the phalanges of the terminal divisions in the interior of the
bone of the foot.
P Plantar nerve.
A Point of emergence of the plantar nerve above the sesamoids.
B Cartilaginous branch.
C Cutaneous branch.
D Digital artery.
H Occasional division destined to the cartilaginous bulbs.
1 1 Branch of the plantar pad.
K Transverse coronary branch.
M Podophyllous division.
O Pre-plantar nerve.
Q Descending branch in the patilobe fissure.
R Arterial remuscules accompanying the digital artery in the plantar
fissure.
V Vein following sometimes behind the plantar nerve in all its phalangial
course. This vessel does not always exist.
PLATE XXVIII.
PLATE XXVIII.
A front view of the bones of the fore feet, to show the
ligaments.
A The pastern bone.
]) The coronary bone raised from its natural situation,
to show the upper ligaments of the navicular bone
at C C, Avhich pass round each side of the coronary
bone, and are lost upon the anterior surface of the
pastern bone at D D.
E The foot bone bent forward, to show the low'er liga^
ments of the navicular bone at F F.
G The navicular bone.
H Ligaments that unite the coronary bone to the foot
bone.
I The surfaces to which the ligaments PI H are at-
tached.
K ' The tendon of the extensor muscle cut off at its
attachment to the foot bone.
L The skin turned down to expose the ligaments.
PLATE XXIX.
PLATE XXIX.
A posterior view of the bones of the fore foot, to show
the ligaments of the sesamoid <»v nnvicular hone.
A The pastern bone.
B The foot bone.
C The cut end of the tendon of the flexor muscle of the
coronary bone. ^
D D The upper ligaments of the navicular bone, as
they pass round the sides of the coronary bone.'
E E A thin expansion from the ligaments D D D D cov-
ering the mass of fat lodged in a cavity in the fcor-
onary bone.
F Attachment of the lower ligament of the navicu-
lar bone to the foot bone.
G The tendon of the flexor muscle cut off at its inser-
tion into the foot bone.
B The natur.il surface of the villi continued from
the true skin.
PLATE XXX.
PLATE XXX.
A view of the under surface of the foot bone, with its
cartilages and fleshy frog. The skin which immediately
covered the whole is removed and exhibited in the next
plate.
A Cut edges of the skin.
FiC. 400.
PLATE XXXI.
The skin taken olT from that part of the hoof exhibited
in Plate XII.
Fig. 1.
Fig. 1. View of the lower surface of the foot borie, showing the serious effect of
long continued inflammation. The bone has become absorbed, and its libre eo weaJi-
ened that it has become fractured.
V
\W-^-. '
Fig. 2. The foot bone greatly reduced in size by rapid absorption. The effect of
about a week's acute inflammation. See Chronic Lameness.
PLATE XXXL A.
t— I
X
X
X
H
C";
PLATE XXXII.
The object of this figure is to show the disposition of the cap-
illary vessels in the tegument of the digital region seen sidewise.
A A Arterial vessels of the skin.
B B' Arterial vessels of the coronary band, or cushion.
R Villosities of the coronary cushion.
This Vessel does not always exist.
This figure represents the principal perioplic bourrelet, the coronary
groove and the podophyllous tissue or sensitive laminae.
A B Principal coronae (or cutidura) with the villosities covering it.
C Superior border of the coronary cushion.
D Perioplic coronary groove.
B Perioplic (pad) covered with little horny substance.
F Inferior border of the cushion.
G Podophyllous tissue or sensitive laminae.
H Villosities of the inferior extremity of the podophyllous laminae.
E Arteriel vessels.
K Small arteriel branches.
X!
X
PLATE XXXIII.
This cut represents a longitudinal section of a hoof, following
its median plane.
It shows the superior border of the periople, the cutigeral cav-
ity, the keraphyllous tissue, or horny laminae of the superior sur-
face of the sole, and the cut of the wall of the sole, and of the frog.
M M' Keraphyllous tissues or horny leayes.
O Superior extremities of the horny leaves.
P Inferior extremities of the horny leaves at the point where they pen-
etrate into the border of the sole.
R R Superior border of the cutigeral cavity.
S S Superior border of the periople above the cutigeral cavity.
T Limit between the wall and the sole.
U Plantar border of the wall.
X Cutigeral cavity or groove for coronary cushion.
u ^
PLATE XXXIV
PLATE XXXIV.
This figure represents the superior face of the floor of the hoof
formed by the sole and frog. The wall has been cut at the level
of the sole in order to show the termination of the homy leaves in
the edge, or border of the sole.
A Circular digital cavity at the point of reunion of the sole and wall.
B Superior border of the frog.
C Termination of the horny leaves in the edge of the sole.
D Cavity formed by the superior face of the frog.
E Ridge of the frog, or frog stay.
F Groove of the superior face of the frog.
G External face of the glomes of the frog.
N Keraphyllous tissue at the internal face of the bars.
O Cutigeral cavity at the level of the angles of inflection.
X Bottom of the angle of inflection.
Y Point of termination of the bars at the lateral parts of the frog.
PLATE XXXV.
PLATE XXXV.
The figure represents a transverse cut of the posterior part of
the hoof at the lerel of the body of the frog.
Its object is to shoir the disposition of the ridge of the frog,
from the bottom of the angles of inflection and the bars.
Fig. 1.
The frog seen from its superior face — a continuity of the periople
by its glomes.
C C Glomes of the frog.
D External face of the periople.
S S Superior border of the periople.
Fig. 2.
The tubes of the frog desagregated one from the other and
forming a sort of brush by a partial separating of the hornj^ filling.
This desagregation has occurred spontaneously on the foot of a
horse growing new sole and frog.
PLATE XXXVI.
Showing Interior of Hoof.
A The Cutegeal Cavity.
B The Laminae.
C Cavity formed by lower face of the frog.
D The Sole. (See plate 34.)
Fig. 1.
Fig. 2.
PLATE XXXVI. A.
Fig, 1. Showing the mutilation of Hoof by excessive rasping. — a
<;ause of the greatest injury, etc.
Fig. 2. A Hoof showing a convex sole or bulging downward of the
sole. See Chronic Lameness, page 803.
PLATE XXXVII
PLATE XXXVII.
Yiew of the hoof from its inferior face.
P The wall.
S The sole.
L The frog.
A Line indicating the commissure of the sole and of the wall, known as
linea alba, or white line.
B Angle of inflection of wall of the heels (buttress).
C Superior border of buttress.
D Region of the heels of the foot within the angle known as seat of corn.
E Inferior border of the bars.
F External face of the bars lining the lateral lacunte of the frog.
G Glomes of the frog, or bulbs of the heels.
H Terminal extremity of the bars at the sides of the frog.
I Point of the frog.
K Branches of the frog.
M Regions of the maviellas of the hoof.
P Region of the toe of the hoof.
Q Median lacuna of the frog.
U Region of the quarters.
PLATE XXXVIII.
PLATE XXXVIII.
This plate represents the inferior face of the hoof of the colt in
the first "vveeks after birth.
A A Elastic pad or tent of the fojtal hoof reduced to diverging strips by
the pressure of the foot on the ground.
PLATE XXXVIIT. A.
Plate 38 A, hoof the same size as shown in Plate 39, Fig. 1, cut in two,
showing the thickness of wall, sole, and frog at the center. The circular
form towards the toe could not he fully brought out by the artist, as
shown in the hoof, but is an exact rc])roduction of the thickness and ])ro-
nortion of the various parts.
2 ^ ^
Fig. 1.
ig. 1.
An exact drawing of a hoof from the foot of a ffve-year-old horse that
liad never been shod but once.
The shoe is in form and weight and the nailing on in accordance with
the Authors idea of doing it.
PLATE XXXIX.
Fig. 2.
Showing the exact outlines of the above hoof showing the common
method of adjustment and the nailing of the shoe to the foot as usually
done.
The shoe and nails are too large, and the nails too many in number.
The shoe is set back too far, and the nails driven so high and deep as to en-
dnger driving into the quick. The real cause of injury being made appar-
ent by reference to page 80.
The Hoof is rasped away so much as to weaken and destroy its sym-
etry. A common cause, as will be seen, of destroying the natural adjust-
ment of a good foot and so weaken t'.;c walls and sole as to produce lame-
ness ahd contraction.
Fig. 414.
A, Cross section of hoof, Fig. 410, indicated in 412.
showing the exact thickness of wall, sole, and frog at A.
Fig. 415.
B, View of the next section of the wall of the same,
drawn on an exact scale as indicated in the foregoing
Fig. 416.
C, Third cross section of the same, showing the thickness
of wall, sole, and frog at the points indicated by the same.
1, 2, 3, show the thickness of wall and sole full size at points indicated.
The inner or solt parts of the wall (not represented as clearly by the en-
graver as it should be) represents about one-eighth of an inch less in thick-
ness than shown in 1 and 3. The outlines of the hard part, as originally
drawn, being cut away by the engraver, show the wall on this account
thicker than it. should be. No. 3 v/as drawn to show the thickness of hard
liber with the soft or laminated part omitted, which will give a good idja
of the small amount of horn their is ia an average light foot to nail to, and
how easy it is to break and weaken it seriously by nailing deeply, rasping
and cutting away recklessly, as shown by Plate 39, Fig. 2. The notches Ije-
tween the sole and wall indicate the degree to which the soft horn at tin's
point had been macerated or dissolved by the action of moisture to which
the hoof had been subjected for two weeks.
1 2 ■ ■ 3
Sections of hoof, the first two showing an outline of the wall at the
fjoints marked, with an estimate of the amount usually cut away in rasping
and fitting the foot to the shoe. Also showing the liability to drive the
nails so deep in such cases as to be bent into the quick when clinched. The
third shows the size of nails and the depth they should be driven, in pro-
per proportion to prevent injury to the foot.
«^
CO
et
to a>
! fe 2-
ll
,:s«)
11-
<*^ -JT
TS-SE
|5i
•
h- 1
r! S S
h5
<= « 5
s = «
Co —
pa
^i?
H
i- ^^
<r1
1-^
03- £
Ij 41 gj
|8£
^
be
_o
o
^
'-3
C
w*
"
>>
. ^
^
o
•- fc.
«
si .s
pC
!8
I- «-
ej
o
^ =2
'5b
hH
i
o
o
of
l-H
33
r^
SP
_■«
Ui
^fe^
O
SHOE]*NG.
621
Fig. 410.
An exact drawing of a hoof, on a scale of three-fourtlis
size, which was macerated'^' from the foot of a five-year-
old horse that was never shod but once. The shoe is ac-
cording to the author's idea of form, and the nailing, how
it should be done.
* The hoof from which the above drawing, and sections of the same following,
vere made, was as nearly a perfect specimen as could be found. It was secured by
Prof. McLellan, and by him given to Mr. David Roburg, referred to in another part
of this chapter, by whom it was highly prized as a model. The writer called upon
this gentleman, and upon making known his desire to secure the specimen to make
drawings from, it was cheerfully presented to him for the purpose. The difficulty
of securing a competent artist to make the drawings required, notwithstanding the
greatest effort, nearly defeated the accomplishment of this object. One was finally
obtained for a few hours at a time, until the drawings here given were secured.
It was the intention of tlie Avriter to give in this part not only a number of illus-
trations showing different kinds of feet and shoes, but also the changes produced
by contraction and disease. With this object in view, several visits were made by
him to the docks at 28th street. New York, where all dead subjects are daily col-
lected, to make suitable selections. But after weeks of persistent effort he found it
impossible to secure a competent artist to make the drawings, and in consequence
the project had to be given up, but hope to be able to accomplish this at some
future time.
622
SHOEING.
Fig. 411.
Showing the exact outHnes of the hoof, Fig. 410, with the
form of adjustment and nailing of shoe as usually done. The
shoe and nails are too large, and the nails too many in num-
ber. The shoe set too far back, and the nails driven so high
and deep as to endanger driving into the quick, the real
cause of harm being made apparent by reference to Figs. 421
and 422. The hoof is rasped away so much as to weaken and
destroy its symmetry ; a common cause, as will be seen, of
destroying the natural adjustment of good feet, and so weak-
ening the wall and sole as to produce lameness and contrac-
tion.
SHOEING.
623
Fig. 410, hoof the same size, cut in two, showing
the thickness of wall, sole, and frog at the center. The
circular form towards the toe could not he fully brought out
by the artist, as shown in the hoof, but is an exact re-pro-
duction of the thickness and proportion of the various parts.
Fig. 413. — View of the inside of the hoof. Drawn by Mr. Norman,
one of the leading artists of New York, under the special
supervision of the writer.
a Coronary ring ; h Laminated structure ; c The frog ;
d The sole.
624
SHOEING.
"'^i''i'iii'piiii'
V;i!!|"!||l|ffl
Fig. 414.
A, Cross section of hoof, Fig. 410, indicated in 412,
showing the exact thickness of wall, sole, and frog at A.
Fig. 415.
B, View of the next section of the wall of the same,
drawn on an exact scale as indicated in the foregoing.
Fig. 41G.
C, Third cross section of the same, showing the thickness
of wall, sole, and frog at the points indicated by the same.
SHOEING.
625
Fig. 417.
Fig. 41S.
Fig. iiy.
1, 2, 3, show the thickness of wall and sole full size
at points indicated. The inner or soft parts of the wall
(not represented as clearly by the engraver as it should
be) represents about one-eighth of an inch less in thickness
than shown in 1 and 2. The outlines of the hard part, as
originally drawn, being cut away by the engraver, show
the wall on this account thicker than it should be. No, 3
was drawn to show the thickness of hard fiber with the
soft or laminated part omitted, which will give a good idea
of the small amount of horn there is in an average light
foot to nail to, and how easy it is to break and weaken it
seriously by nailing deeply, rasj^ing and cutting away reck-
lessly, as shown by Fig. 41]. The notches between the
sole and wall indicate the degree to which the soft horn at
this point had been macerated or dissolved by the action
of moisture to which the hoof had been subjected for two
weeks.
40
626
SHOEING.
Fig. 430.
Fig. 421.
Fig. 422.
Sections of lioof, the first two showing an outline of the
wall at the points marked, with an estimate of the amount
usually cut away in rasping and fitting the foot to the
shoe. Also showing the liability to drive the nails so
deep in such cases as to be bent into the quick when
clinched. The third shows the size of nails and the depth
they should be driven, in proper proportion to prevent in-
jury to the foot.
SHOEING.
627
Not five horses in a hundred, shod a few years by the system
in general use, have sound, healthy feet. Contraction and its
consequences, — corns,
quarter-cracks, thick-
eninsf of lateral car-
tilasres, inflammation
and ulceration of the
navicular bone and
coffin joint, with other
changes of structure
that* make the horse
liable to soreness or in-
curable lameness, are
the rule ; while horses
having sound, healthy
feet, are the excep-
tions. The loss to the
people of the country
from this cause — ig-
norant, bad shoeing —
is enormous, and could,
except in some serious cases, be entirely prevented or cured by
good shoeing and proper treatment.
This being true, it is of the greatest importance, not only as a
matter of humanity to horses, but economy to owners, that such
knowledge as will prevent or overcome these serious causes of in-
jury and loss, be made available; and this, as explained, I have
made a special effort to do in this chapter. It is idle to assume
that shoeing-smiths would intentionally spoil or injure the feet;
that they are not willing to learn or heed the teachings of reason.
While there are a great many who are unpardonably stupid and
ignorant, and who, in the blindness of their prejudices, are not
willing to learn ; yet, as a class, the writer never found any peo-
FiG. 423. — Foot of a five-year-old horse that
had never been shod.*
* Cuts Nos. 423 to 428 were copied from Bracy Clark's treatise on shoeing,
published in 1809. No. 433 is an illustration of the foot of a five-year-old horse
which had never been shod. The others in the order as placed and explained, show-
ing the atrophied, contracted condition of the heels and quarters after shoeing. These
are followed by drawings from casts of colts' feet made by the author. In the parj
on contraction, the causes and proper treatment will be found explained.
628
SHOEING.
pie more appreciative of special points of interest to them, than
shoeing-smiths.
Nor is the fault wholly to be accounted to the shoer. The
man who scoops out and
rasps the foot most per-
sistently to make it look
artistic, puts the most
iron into the shoe, and
nails it on so firmly that
it will remain so indefi-
nitely, and works the
cheapest, usually gives
the best satisfaction, the
owner believing he is get-
tine: the most for his
money ; the health of the
foot and the comfort of
the animal, being a mat-
ter of secondary consid-
FiG. 424.— The same after one 5'ear's shoeing. , .
eration.
The foot is, next to the eye,
the most beautiful and per-
fect in the details of its
structure. It is in every
particular the most perfectly
adapted of any part of the
body for giving the greatest
possible strength and elastic-
ity ; and, if not interfered
with, is capable of sustaining-
all the strain and wear to
which it can be reasonably
subjected. But when exposed
to causes which bring about
disease and change of struct-
ure, there are also involved, to
a greater or less degree, the
health and mobility of the
Fig. 425.
-The same after three years'
shoeing.
SHOEING.
629
entire limb. Any one knows that an injury to the toe or any
part of the foot is liable to cause severe pain and disturbance
throughout the entire limb. The effect is the same in the horse's
foot. This being true, we want to learn, if we can, the causes of
these derangements, and how to prevent as well as overcome them.
I regard this subject so important as to demand more than
ordinary care to make it so
simple and practical in its
explanations that it can be
easily understood, as well
as give such proofs of the
faults common to the pres-
ent system of shoeing that
the necessity for correcting
them will be apparent.*
To aid in doing this, I give
a large variety of illustra-
tions of the hoof and inter-
nal parts of the foot, which
will give a good idea of its
general structure. Among
these will be found many
entirely new illustrations.
For example, cuts showing
. i; -I £ , 1 Fig. 426. — The same after six years' shoeing,
parts oi hoot cut av/ay, and
different views showing tendons, lateral cartilages, etc. ; also a
great variety of shoes which have been drawn or copied under
my special supervision.
* Tliis chapter, as first written, was linaited to simple details ; but upon reading
it carefully it became evident to the writer that a more complete and thorough ex-
planation of the subject was necessary, in order to make it worthy of acceptance
for general reference. He then, as a preliminary step, obtained every work availa-
ble that had been published during the past hundred years. He also took notes
from leading experts on the subject of shoeing, particularly from Dr. Hamill, for-
merly professor of Pathological Shoeing, in Columbia Veterinary College, of New
York, and one of the most thorough professional students of the foot in the coun-
try. After re-writing the chapter, it was first submitted to him for revision and
correction; next, to Hon. Wni. C. Gage, of Battle Creek, Mich., who had been led
to study the subject in the preparation of a work on Shoeing Fome years previous.
Again, to Dr. McLellan, of Bridgeport, Ct., the present professor of Pathological
Shoeing in the above-nanicd College, and accepted as one of the very highest author-
630
SHOEING.
"'"^Uj.i.xii'i^
Fig. 427. — Foot of a five-year-old horse
had never been shod.
point which I find the author
in his anatomical description
has not made sufficiently strong
to arrest the attention of the
reader; namely, the amount of
blood that passes through the
foot ; and I would advise the
reading of the description of the
circulation of the foot, given in
the chapter on L a m i n i t i s , or
Foundei'.
Many years ago, in Buffalo,
N. Y., a well-known veterinary
suT-geon, a man of unexceptional
skill and experience, told me
that years ago a man bought
that
In addition, at the conclu-
sion of the chapter will be
found cxtiacts from a num-
ber of loading authors, fol-
lowed by the best anatomical
description obtainable. This
course I have thought advis-
able, for the reason that
shoers and also most owners
would be likely to read with
more cai'c and attention the
details of such a description,
after becominof interested in
first reading the details of
treatment.
There is, however, one
Fig. 4^8. — The same after one year's
shoeing with thick shoes.
ities on the subject. It was afterward read by Mr. David Roburg, of New Tork,
who is probably one of the very best expert shoers in the country. The article be-
ing rather lengthy, it was particularly desired of them to point out any part that
could be omitted with advantage ; but it was tlie opinion of all that no part could
well be dispensed with. Dr. Hamill and Prof. McLellan made some additions, which
are noted. The writer was particularly interested in Mr. Roburg's advice on con.
traction, as he is aspecial expert on the subject, but he suggested no changes.
SHOEING.
631
out a livery stable in that city, and put all the horses on short
shoes or tips ; that he believed at the time that the horses would
be ruined by such treatment, but, to his surprise, they w^ei-e
greatly improved ; several of them that had been affected with
obstinate corns, and which he had been called upon to treat, and
could do little more than palliate, though for the first few weeks
they traveled sore, entirely
recovered ; and that the
horses of his stable had bet-
tei" condition of feet than
any in the city. Said he,
" The whole point of suc-
cess in the Goodenough
shoe is, that the iron is so
soft that it weai's down
rapidly, and lets the feet
come to the ground."
These statements were so
suggestive to the writer
that they led to his study-
ing the conditions of shoe-
ing with more discrimina-
tion and care. It was no-
ticed, first, that the feet of
young horses that had not
been shod, no matter how driven or worked, except the wearing
away of the outer rim of the wall, retained a sound, healthy con-
dition. This being true, why the necessity of thinning out the
sole, opening up the heels, trimming the frog and other parts, and
loading down the feet with an amount of iron of such form as to
be in most cases entirely out of proportion to the proper adjust-
ment and wear required ?
The writer was next led to observe that horses shod with the
most care, according to foregoing principles, — the bottom of the
foot and frog abundantly cut away and scooped out, the shoe
filed and fastened on firmly, the whole made artistic by rasping
down the outer surface of the hoof — had the Avorse condition of
feet ; while those shod most carelessly or quickly, barely leveling
the wall, without regard to sole or frog, and nailing on the shoe
Fig. 429. — Foot of a four-j-ear-old colt that
had never been shod.
0:12
SHOEING.
with, perhaps, a few hurried rakes
"^at 1 &
Fig. 430. — Foot of a five-year-old colt that
had never been shod.
It will be noticed, first,
that those having thick shoes
with high calks, show a
greater or less degree of curl-
ing under of the quarters,
with so much absorption and
weakening of them as to
make them more or less sore
or lame. Or, when the foot
is flat, the quarters resting
upon such largely concave
surfaces (as shown by sec-
tional drawings of shoe), the
foot becomes convex, or the
frosr settles down below the
bearing of the heels. This
causes the foot to become so
weak as to be unable to bear
the strain of severe work,
while those having the shoes
of the rasp over the clenches
and lower edge of the wall,
maintained the best condition
of health.
This is particularly notice-
able in horses that travel on
oround which alloAvs the feet
to settle into it, so as to bi-ing
more or less pressure upon
the sole and frog. These re-
sults are more noticeable in
large cities, especially iu New
York, where there are large
lines of travel that afford am-
ple opportunity of studying
the condition of the feet, in
conjunction with the method
of paring, and the form and
weie'ht of the shoe.
Fio.
431. — ^Foot of a three-year-old colt
that had never been fhod.
SHOEmG.
633
low or worn down, have broader and stronger heels. This will
bo more noticeable in horses used exclusively on certain lines, that
wear shoes without
calks, or those with
slight elevations around
the outer edge, which
soon wear down and
admit of a reasonably
close contact of the foot
with the ground.
Upon inquiry into
the mode of adjusting-
such shoes, it was ascer-
tained that the invaria-
ble rule was, simply to
lower the wall, fit and
nail on the shoes with-
out touching sole or
frog, except to remove
or scale off any extra
accumulations. Companies adopting this method all admitted
that it was not only a great
saving, but greatly improved
the condition of the feet.*
We see there is rarely any
trouble with the feet, no con-
traction, quarter-cra-cks,
Fig. 432
Half of hoof removed, showing coro-
nary ring or cushion from which
the hoof grows.
Fig. 433. — Bottom view of the above.
* I present a series of illustrations
showing the bad effects of a few years'
shoeing with thick shoes which re.
moved all contact of the sole and
frog from the ground, the results of
careful experiments made by Bracy
Clark, and published in 1809. First,
of a healthy, natural foot; next,
showing the degree of contraction
and change of structure produced in
the same foot after one, three, and
six years' shoeing.
634
SHOEING.
corns, or other causes of derangeuient, until after beino- shod;
also that the feet of the Indian ponies, though ridden and driven
Fig. 434. — Showing the frog-band, or coronary ring.
in the severest manner, without shoes, on the plains, and horses
that are worked in sections of country where the attrition is not
so great as to re-
quire shoes, such
as Southern
Michigan, Illi-
nois, Iowa, and
other parts of
the South and
West, retain a
r em arkably
sound, healthy,
natural condi-
FiG. 435.— Model of hoof and shoe, made by writer in 1860. tion.*
* It is claimed, and not without reason, that the feet of colts are not always in
a natural, healthy condition; that they are liable to grow out of shape, thus de-
stroying their natural adjustment and health, and that it is often necessary to ob-
viate this by trimming the hoof and properly adjusting a shoe. This tendency is
sometimes induced by hereditary causes, resulting from bad shoeing, or from bad
treatment in preventing such healthful freedom and attrition to the feet as would
keep the horn worn down. The writer's attention was especially called to this
point when in New York, in 1872, by the invitation of Dr. Bryden, a well-known
expert in the art of shoeing, to accompany him to witness his treatment of a colt's
feet which required treatment on account of undue confinement, and hereditary
tendencies to contraction.
SHOEING. 635
We observe also that the excessive wear is always at the toe,
and that the heels rarely suffer even on bad roads. Consequently
the best shoeing for the feet, for all roads and seasons, when in
a good condition of health, must be such as will permit them to
be as neai'ly barefoot as possible, or at least that the posterior part
is so, yet sustaining all the attrition of wear to which they may
be subjected. This being true, the object, then, of shoeing should
be to prevent excessive wear, give power, and prevent slippiug,
which necessitates the following conditions: First, the preparation
Fig. 436. — Side view of a properly proportioned shoe.
of the foot; second, the weight, form, and fitting of the shoe; and
third, nailing to the foot.
First, in preparing the foot for the shoe, the aim should be to
cut away so much of the wall as would be a surplus of growth,
or so much only as would bring it back to its natural form and
adjustment.
Second, the shoe should be in form, so that when on, the ad-
justment of the foot, or its power to obtain hold or grasp upon the
ground, will be as nearly as possible what it was before being
shod, and yet sustain the wear for the time it is intended to be on.
Third, it should be nailed on firmly, yet so as to break or
weaken the wall of the hoof as little as possible, and not interfere
with the freedom of the quarters, or enlargement of the foot as it
grows.
Pedestrians who are compelled to study carefully the fitting
636
SHOEING.
and adjustment of shoes, arc particular to have them big and
easy, > et support the foot perfectly in all its parts without altering
its natural adjustment. The shoe must exert no undue 'pressure
upon any part, nor be so stiff as to interfere in the least with the
natural mobility of the
foot. Even a chance knot
or seam in the stocking
would be fatal to these
conditions ; because when
under great strain it would
cause chafing, whicli, if not
arrested, would set up so
much inflammation as to
soon induce entire disabil-
ity.
Now in shoeing horses,
we see that the hoof is a
shoe of another kind, which
is the exact counterpart of
the internal parts, and is
perfectly adapted for the
protection and support of
this internal structure. If
its mobility is impaired, or
any part of the foot is sub-
jected to excessive press-
ure or injury sufficient to
cause inflammation, the same effect must follow of producing
inflammation and alteration of structure, not only of the foot, but
of the entire limb, which would soon ruin a good horse.
In the state of nature, the bones of the foot are so nicely
adjusted and balanced by the ligaments and tendons of the limb,
that there is no unequal strain brought upon any joint, but each
assists in supporting the others. But if the heels are raised too
hio-h, there will be correspondingly increased strain brought upon
the ligaments supporting the back or front part. In like manner,
raising or lowering the inner or outer quarter, would produce a
lateral strain upon the joints nnd ligaments which must ultimately
cause serious injury, and cause the foot to grow out of line.
Fig. 437. — ^View of foot from which the hoof
and skin have been removed, showing
circulation through the arteries
and veins.
SHOEING.
637
The strain comes perpendicularly from the shoulder to the fet-
lock, and thence to the ground as it passes along to the pastern
and foot. These are inclined more or less obhquely forward ; con-
sequently, the strain or weight imposed upon the Hmb has a con-
stant tendency to be in-
creased by the length of
tlie foot and its obliquity.
To prevent this, there are
two strong tendons, perfo-
ratus and perforans (see
cuts 369, 370), which sup-
port the ankle and main-
tain its natural angle.
It is evident that the
longer and less upright the
lever, the greater must be
the strain upon these back
tendons. If the degree of
obliquity is made greater
than is intended by nature
(which is caused by allow-
ing the toe and foot to
grow unnaturally long),
this result will follow. To
prevent this, at stated in-
tervals the shoe must be
taken off, and the foot cut down to its natural size and adjust-
ment. On the other hand, if the toe is made too short and the
heel is raised, the front or flexor tendons will be subjected to in-
creased strain, and equally liable to produce serious harm.
A popular writer says : "A shortened point of hoof, with or
without wrong interference of the heels, alters the degree of
obliquity of the whole limb, and diminishes the power and possible
rate of speed of an animal, from the instant such a sta-te of things
ia begun. One of the first signs of this occurrence in a young-
horse of high cast, is a swelling of the hack sinetvs heloiu the knees,
and it is that enlargement which attracts attention, and not the
foot." I give here a variety of illustrations showing the different
degrees of obliquity, and length from the fetlock to the toe. Fig.
Fig. 438. — View of foot froai which the hoof
was removed by maceration.
638
SHOEING.
447 shows a good adjustment. Fig. 445 shows the toe too
long. Fig. 446 shows the toe too short, with fetlock too straight.
Fig. 439.— Too short
and upright.
Fig. 440. — Too oblique.
Fig. 441. — Natural ob-
liquity of ankle.
If the heels on a pair of boots are too high, there will not only
be unnatural strain brought upon the calf of the leg and ankle
Fig. 443. Fig. 443. Fig. 444.
Different modifications ol obliquitj' and length.
while walking, which in a short time produces weariness and
pain, but a sliding or crowding of the foot forward against the toe
and upper. This condition in a short time would cause a shoulder
SHOEING.
639
to form against the foot, and become a cause of soreness and in-
flammation. On the other
long and stiff, there will
he correspondingly in-
creased strain brought upon
the ankle and gTeat ten-
don at the heel, causing
fatigue and injury. Again,
if the heel is too narrow or
drawn in too much on one
side, the sui-face of resist-
ance being thereby less-
ened, it wears down more
rapidly and i-uns ovei*.
To remedy this, it is nec-
essary to make the adjust-
ment of the shoe to conform
to the line of bearing of
the foot ; that is, low heels,
with broad, elastic sole, an
hand, should the sole be excessively
Fig. 446. — Toe too sUort.
Fici. 445. — Toe too long.
increase of the bearing surface
of that side, and, if necessarj' ,
a drawing in or nariowing of
the opposite side sufficient to
equalize the line of bearing.
The principle is the same in re-
storing or preserving the ad-
justment of the horse's foot ;
consequently properly cutting
away and leveling the foot, and
adjusting the shoe to it so that
the bearing surface will be ex-
actly the same from the center
outward on each side, and of
the right length, requires con-
siderable skill and judgment.
Again, the foot is continually
growing wider and longer, .so
that after being shod, proper-
640
SUOEING.
tionate to the amount of growth or length of time the shoe is on
there will be corresponding change from the original size and ad-
justment, making the shoe too small, or drawing it forward under
the heels, and, as before explained, increasing the strain upon the
back tendon. To restore this to its natural adjustment, at stated
intervals of four or six weeks,
according to the rapidity of
growth, the shoe must be taken
off and the wall of the foot cut
down to its original form, and
the shoe nailed on again.
In its natural condition the
outer rim or wall of the foot
comes in contact with the
ground fii-st; second, the frog
and outer edge of the sole;
third, the center of the foot and
spaces between the bars and
. frog. Now, in putting on the
'' shoes, the aim should be to
keep the adjustment of the feet
as nearly as possible what it
was before shoes wei-e put on.
To show this more clearl}^,
three sectional drawings are made, showing the concavity of the
foot at different points between the heel and turn of the hoof, and
the necessarily great disturbance of this relation by the form of
shoe usually put on. Cut A shows the foot at the point of the
heels as it rests upon the ordinary thick shoe, with calks raising
the frog and sole so unnaturally high from the ground, that there
can be no contact of those parts with it necessary for obtaining
moisture and preserving a condition of health. In addition it
will be noticed, that in the wa}' shoes are usually fitted, the bear-
ing surface is very nnich concave, teiiding to force the quarters
together. Cut B shows the same, with form and fitting of shoes
as they should bo; cuts C and D show the same at relati\e dis-
tances between there and the turn of the foot; D, at the widest
part, representing a heavy shoe.
The better to explain some of the causes of contraction and
Fig. iiT. — Foot about as it should be.
SHOEING.
641
Fk;. 44S. — Font at point of heel on thick shoes.
Fig. -4 49. — Shoe fitted as it should be.
alteration of the structure of the foot by shoeing, the writer
hitended to give a cut of the impression of a natural, unshod foot
upon the ground, showing that the outei- rim or wall comes first,
and that when the
fifround is so soft as to
let the foot settle into
it, there is a corre-
spondingly strong
pressure upward and
outward upon the
quarters. To do this,
when in New York
City making illustra-
tions for this work,
he made three trips
to Flatbush, to obtain
casts from colts' feet
from four to five
years old, from whicli
to make the desii-ed
drawings. After the
loss of a week's time,
and large expense,
two drawings of such
impressions were
made by two of the
1 , ,. , • ,1 •, Fig. 451. — Adjustment at turn of foot. ^
best artists m the city. ^ !
But it was finally decided that neither could bt; engraved so as to
brhig out the idea
sufficiently clear and
Fig. 450. — Adjustment between heel and turn of foot.
Fig. 452. — An exact drawing from a colt's foul,
one-half size, showing the natural concavity-
of the sole.
good to be of any spe-
cial benefit; coii.se-
quently it was abai*»
(loned. The sectional
di-awings
ffivcn arc
made from a. half -size scale of casts, showing the exact degree of
concavity at different parts, as given.
The colt's foot in its natural state, being the most simple and
( I
G42
SHOKING.
easy to prepare for the shoe, a\c will consider first. For colts
requiring to bo driven around in harness, tips or thin plates only
Avould !)(' sufficient. In such a case, simply trim off the wall in
front down to a level with the sole, and adjust to, and nail on
with about four small nails, a small thin strip of steel or iron a
little broader than the
thickness of the wall. Steel
would be best, because it
admits of being- made light-
er, and wears longer. The
heels and frog should not
be interfered with unless
one heel is much higher
than the other, when it
should be lowered suffi-
ciently to restore the proper
adjustment. The objection
to tips is that, as the toe is
growing, the heels are
wearing, which in time
would be likely to increase
the strain upon the flexor
-Til) about as it should be adjusted. , •, i • , „ i
tendon and its appendages.
This dispi'oportion of A\ear would be more rapid and noticeable
should the roads be wet and gi-avelly, as moisture and grit soften
the lioi-n and cause it to break and wear away more rapidly, but
not so much as may be supposed on paved streets and mud roads.
The writei- saw several horses in New York City that had been
shod with tips with decided benefit to the health of the feet and
without any apparent disproportion or wearing down of the frog
and quarters, though the iron was worn down fully a quarter of
an inch. The parts became, as it were, hardened and polished,
thereby i-esisting the wear almost as nmch as the iron. If the colt
or horse is used but moderately, and the roads not very stony,
tips, if properly fitted and put on, will be found of decided ad-
vantage. They are necessary in cases where there is a lack of
nutrition, and an unhealthy and slow growth of horn usually fol-
lowing laminitis.
As there lias been much discussion among writers in relation
Fig. 45:3.-
SHOEING. 643
to the use of tips, or thin-heeled shoes, and desiring to make this
explanation as clear and reliable as possible, I requested Dr. Ham-
ill and Dr. McLellan, the two best veterinary authorities on
this subject in this country, to give me a statement of the cases
for which, in their judgment, tips would or would not be adapted.
I give herewith the reply of each, and invite the attention of the
reader to the points made, and the reasons given therefor. Prof.
Hamill savs: —
" 111 shoeing the horse's foot, the question of frog pressure is a
debatable one, owing principally to a universal but mistaken belief
in uniformity in horses' feet. Every innovation in shoeing for the
past hundred years lias been Avrecked on this point, — uniformity.
No two horses' feet are alike ; no two feet of the same horse are
alike. This may sound strange to most people, but it is a fact, that
they are no more alike than human faces are alike. And why
should the (so-called) students of the foot insist on treating all
horses' feet in the same manner, and with the same shoe ?
" Now while 1 am a firm advocate of frog and sole pressure, and
have driven my own horses for years over the pavements of New
York City, with nothing on the feet but what is known as the
English tip or toe-piece shoe, which gives the foot the entire free-
dom of all its natural movements, yet 1 must say it would be absurd
to attempt to shoe every horse in this way. There are any number
of cases where this system would be injurious to the foot and even
to the limb. But as the foot, or rather that part of it inclosed
within the hoof, is the object oftenest under consideration, I shall
explain briefly how it may suff'er from extreme frog pressure.
(One point which we should always keep in view is a due propor-
tion, or equal distribution of the weight in all parts of the hoof,
and by no other system can the foot be healthy.)
"• Any foot that is thin in its general structure, but more so in
its vertical position, or from top to bottom, and with the frog full
at its pja-amidal eminence or body, is not a proper foot for frog
pressure. In such feet the plantar cushion, or what is known as
the fibrous or fatty frog, is very thin, is easily made weaker by
absorption through extreme pressure or irritation on the horny
frog, and therefore offers very little protection to the great flexor
tendon where is passes under the navicular bone.
" But I may be asked, How could this in any way cause injury,
if the navicular joint be perfect, as the tendon requii-es only a
slight cushion underneath ? My answer is, that there is a double
impingement of the tendon, owing to the navicular bone descending
on the tendon every time weight is thrown on the limb, the proof
of which is the pain caused by this action on the internal structures
of the hoof I ask. Where is the shoeing-smith who has not seen
the agony of a horse while standing on one bare foot on the level
floor while the other foot is being shod, and the relief which followed
644 SHOEING.
when the shod foot was placed on the floor ? I may be told that
such feet have been previously weakened by bad tshoeing and bad
care, and that a horse which never had been shod would not suffer in
this Avay. Those who make such assertions are entirely ignorant
of the anatomy and physiology of the foot.
" My answer is, that Avhen a horse first comes to the world he
has no frog development, and for the first year of his life, while
walking on a level, can have no frog pressure. It is only animals
that are raised on low or marshy land that have a great develop-
ment of frog. Horses belonging to mountainous countries have
very little frog, and generally narrow or apparently contracted
feet, Avhich is no evidence of disease. Witness the ass and the
mule for example ; and I ma}^ add that although wide heels are
generally desirable, they are no evidence in themselves of perfect
health. •! am well aware that most thin heels, and generally thin
feet, have a large frog, but the depth of such a fi"Og is more apparent
than real, as it will be found on close investigation that the flexor
tendon and navicular structure arc lower or nearer the ground-
surface in such a foot. Therefore we must discriminate in all cases,
as one mistake may cause irreparable injury. To be definite, we
can safely give extra frog and heel pressure in all cases where the
hoof is deep at the quarters, where there is a tendency toward con-
traction and atrophy of the frog, where the obliquity of the pastern
is not too great, and where the feet and limbs are 2ierfectly sound and
well proportioned-
" (This latter will narrow the circle more than most people are
aware of) ISTo thoughtful man would dare to throw extra weight
on the sole and frog of a foot that had long suffered with navicular
disease, however excellent this would be as a preventive. Neither
should we throw extra weight on the posterior parts of a foot or
limb where there is any soreness of flexor muscles or tendons, or
any ligament involved, as it would entail greater tension on the
parts, while the opposite is what is required, viz., flexion or relaxa-
tion.
" I say distinctly, wc should only carry frog pressure to the
extent of bringing into activity all the elastic structures of the foot,
which increases the circulation of those parts so liable to atrophy,
and only through the circu{atio7i can we kee]) up or i-estore the
• health, vigor, and growth of frog, sole, heels, and quarters of the
horse's foot." '
Prof. McLellan says: —
" In reference to the use of tips, I give you only an outline.
They are useful in the case of corns, in quarter-cracks, in thrush,
in interfering, and in fitting the horse to run at grass. They are
not applicable to feet that have thin, flat soles, with low heels.
They are not applicable to heavy work horses with flat feet and
prominent frogs (such frogs arc liable to suft'er bruises when so ex-
posed, the resulting inflammation extending frequently to deeper
SHOEING.
645
and more vital structures). They are not applicable to feet having
navicular disease. They are not applicable when, in applying them,
it is necessary to disturb the normal relation of the bones of the
limb. They will be found particularly useful in strong feet that
have corns in both heels, and in the case of bad interferers."
Fig. 454:. — Inferior (lower side) Fig. 4.'55. — Superior (upper side) surface
concave surface of shoe. of shoe, bearing on the sole.
I give here illustrations of the form of shoe and method of
preparing the foot advised by
Prof. Williams of the Edinboro
College. The shoe is concave on
the ground surface, flat on the
bearing surface, and drawn back
to the thickness of the wall at
the heels.
" The calkins and toe pieces
should be done away with for all
kinds of horses except those used
for heavy draft in towns where
the streets are paved and steep.
It is urged that all horses required
to go beyond a walking pace are
injui'ed by shoes with turned up
heels and toes. Farm horses and
those employed on macadamized Fig- 456.— The foot prepared for the
roads are betterwithoutthan with shoe. The sole, frog, and bars un-
toe pieces, although the pace at touched with the knife for two
which they are required to go is years; the natural length
never faster than a walk. In fact, of toe and depth of
all horses, when possible, should wall kept in their
be shod with a flat shoe. The relative positions by the rasp only.
646
SHOEING.
form of the shoe, as shown by the ilhistration, ought to be so made
and fitted as to bear upon all parts of the sole and crust that are
calculated to bear pressure — the sole around the margin of the
crust for a distance of about half an inch in all parts of the foot
except at the heels ; i. e., that jjart of it cmbi'aced in the triangle
between the wall and bar. Here the shoe should rest upon the
wall, only being made sufficiently nan'OAV at this part."
See statements from Lafosse and others at the close of the
chapter.
Trimming,
Before preparing the foot for the shoe, the smith should go Id
front and look at it, so as to determine better its adjustment.
I'lo 4.57.
Fig. 458.
Good form of thiu-heeled shoes, from models presented by Mr. Goodenough,
of New York.
Sometimes the foot may be run over by having one side too high
or the toe worn off excessively. If it is desired to be particular,
he should see how the feet are carried in a shaip trot ; whether
too high or too low; or whether he travels too close, endangering
interfering or cutting — using the words of a high authority, " to
see whether there are any traces of bi-ushing or cutting on the
inner sides of hoofs, fetlocks, or knees." The foot can then be
taken up, when a look from the heel forward will enable an expe-
rienced shoer to determine how much and what part is to be cut
SHOEINC^.
647
away to level it to tluj proper propoi'tion, and the faults, if uny,
that can ]>e moditieJ or corrected. If the horse travels high, the
shoes must he light ; if low
and subject to stumbling,
they may be increased in
weight a little, and the toe
somewhat rounded; if lia-
ble to strike, then set close
under the wall with edges
filed smooth.
It is not the business of
the Avriter to say what in-
struments should be used
for doing this, the buttress,
drawing-knife, or rasp, or
each alternately; the point,
is to cut away or remove
the surplus growth in the
easiest and best manner,
which depends more upon
the deftness and ineenuitv of the man
Fig. 450.-
-Location of nail-iKuo ni :iu
ordinarv flat shoo.
than upon, the use of
any special means. The but-
tress, in the hands of a nmn
Avho knows how to use it-, can-
not reasonably be objected to,
next to which a good sharp
rasp is advisable. The wall
should be reduced to nearly or
(j[uite on a level with the outer
margin of the sole, providing
the sole has not been cut away
too much. As a rule, the less
taken away fiom the foot the
better, except for special rea-
sons, which will be explained
hereafter. The bearing sur-
face of the entire wall should
be made level, so tliat an even bearing surface of the shoe will rest
upon it fully. The rasp should now be passed around the toe, to
Fir,
460. — An ordinary flat- shoe
nailed on.
648
SHOKI^^O.
cut away the sharp edges and bring- it to the size required. Prac-
tically, this should be little more than rounding off the sharp
edges of horn to prevent splitting.
The principle is the same of leveling and prepai'ing the feet of
horses that have previously been shod. In such cases, to take off
the shoe the best method is, after the
clenches are cut off, to raise both
heels slightly with the pincers, then
pry forward and across the foot a lit-
tle, when the nails can l)e pulled out
one by one. It is seriously obj ection-
able, as generally done, to pull off the
shoe by force, as the severe wrench-
ing endangers tearing the hoof and
straining and injuring the foot. This
M^ould be especially objectionable if
the hoof be thin and the horse sensi-
tive. Next, any stubs or nails should
be removed.
While it is simply intended to pare
down the wall to its natural form, if
it is thin and weak, growing but lit-
tle, especially at the heels, where there
is great difficulty to grow sufficient
Avail for the support of the foot, no
more should be removed than is bare-
ly necessary to level it. There should be no interference with sole
or frog, excepting to chip or cut away the portion of the old horn
which could not be exfoliated. Frequently the heels are too high,
or the toe too long ; in thither case, whatever the excessive accu-
mulation or growth of horn, it should be cut away until the foot
is brought back to its natural form and adjustment. Sometimes
there is excessive accumulation to the amount of half an inch or
more at the heels, or even of the whole wall of strong, upright
feet, yet to the ordinary observing shoeing-smith it may not
appear excessive, because cutting away so much would make the
foot appear to him to be unnaturally small. Several specimens
of abnormal growth of feet are given. (Figs. 463, 464 are taken
from life.) Fig. 461, which was seen by the writer at Fulton
Fig. 4G1. — Mobility entirely de-
stroyed in right foot.
SHOEING.
64d
Ferry, is that of a pony mare driven before a huckster's wagon.
The right foot was so contracted by this excessive accumulation
of horn, that its mobility Avas entirely destroyed. It will be
noticed that the toe of the shoe is carried forward something like
a sled crook, to
enable a rolling
motion upon the
ground. It was
pitiable to witness
the pain and mis-
ery this poor ani-
mal exhibited.
She walked with
a crippled, sensi-
tive motion, and
while standing-
would put out one '^^^- 462.— Showing extreme
foot, then the oth- ^"^'"^'^ *^ "'^'''^ ^^^ ^°ter-
- ,11 113,1 structure has been
er, but mostly the eompressed and forced
right one. The upward out of the hoof.
case could have
been easily relieved of pain and soreness, by simply cutting down
the feet, and thoroughly soaking and opening the quarters, as ex-
plained in treatment for "Contraction." In Fig. 463 the dotted
lines represent the point to which the horn should be cut away,
showino;' an excess of accumulation of over three inches.
Figs. 464 and 465 were
taken from a specimen
belonging to the Colum-
bia Veterinary College, of
New York, loaned to the
writer by Prof. Walton,
the House Surgeon, to
make a drawing from.
The Professor told the writer that the horse when livin.q: was com-
pelled to walk on the heels, a complete cripple, on account of the
extreme length of the toes. The original size was estimated to be
about where the outline runs, the alteration being the result of
contraction while drying. The exact proportion of the original is
Fig. 463. — View of right
foot enlarged. Dotted
lines showing point to
which the horn
should have been cutaway.
Fig. 404. — Outside view of hoof.
650
SHOEING.
maintained in all its parts. A reversed view of the same is shown
by cut 465. The dotted lines show the point to which the hoof
should be shortened, and the relation of the internal parts to the
wall and sole. The illustrations heretofore given of the hoof and
internal parts will give a good idea of the parts generally, and
how much should be removed. But shoers wishing to study the
subject more thoroughly, can easily do so by procuring a dead
foot and letting it remain in water until the parts can be sepa-
rated ; or burying it in stable dung for a short time, when the
hoof can be easily taken off, showing its exact thickness, and the
Fig. 465. — Reversed view of Fig. 46i. Half size. Degree to which the
bones are crowded up out of the foot.
relation it has to the parts within. In any case of paring the
foot, the principle should be to reduce it from its deformity, what-
ever it is, to its natural proportion and adjustment. If the frog
is hard and bony, it should be cut dov.'n so as to come v/ithin the
lower edge of the shoe ; for in such a case it would bo like any
ether hard, unyielding body under the heel. But usually the
frog is small, and seldom requires any attention.
The authorities most common on " Shoeing " are explicit in
directing that the sole should be well pared out — made, in fact,
so thin that it Avill spring to the pressure of the thumb. This is
so injurious that I regard it necessary, though subjecting me to
considerable expense and trouble, to give at the conclusion of the
chapter such proofs as would convince of this, and would ask for
a careful reading of them.
SHOEING.
651
When a chip of horn cut from the foot falls to the floor, the
moisture being absorbed from the upper surface quickest by its
¥iG. •AGO.
-Good modul of a concave road-shoe, adapted
for summer or winter.
greater exposure to the air, causes it to curl upward, the same as
a thin board or shingle will warp when exposed to the heat of the
sun. Now, when the sole is trimmed out, as explained, the expos-
ure of its denuded surface to
the dry air causes it to lose its
moisture rapidly, contract
and bend upward against the
soft parts, making the sole
more hollow. But paring-
out the sole so excessively that
it will yield to slight pressure,
will allow the horse to travel
better for the present, and it
is quite natural for one to
believe it so great a benefit,
that at each time of shoeing
it is repeated, regardless of
the fact that the feet will be
brought ultimately into a con-
FiG. 467. — Bearing surface of the same.
055
SHOEIN"G.
Fig. 468. — Good model of road-shoe.
(lition to require a continual paring away, and the horse is hope-
lessly ruined. AVealthy men in England, who are in the habit
of riding much, finding
that a horse will ride
easier by having the soles
pared out thin, require to
have it done, not caring if
it does spoil the horse in a
short time, as they are
Mble to buy others.
While in conversation
on this subject with Dr.
Hamill, before referred to,
I asked the question:
"Doctor, what do you
think of thinnino- out the
O
sole as usually practiced? "
His answer was: "It is
death to the foot, because
the foot in consequence
loses its moisture so rapidly that it becomes a direct cause of con-
traction through the absorption which takes place. This, acting
on the nutrition of the part,
may cause various changes,
etc. Yet there are occasions
when extreme paring ma
be resorted to with son
advantage." In explan
tion he related the folloA
ing incident: Some yeai
ago when John H. Cool
the celebrated equestriai
came from Paris to pel
form at the New York Cii
cus, his horses were consid
erably the worse for the long
passage and close confine-
ment. Two of them, both
splendid animals, had their JTig. 409.— Bearing surface of the same.
SHOEING.
653
feet trimmed and shoes reset to enter on rehearsal the next day af-
ter landing, but they were very stiff and sore, apparently foundered.
As no other horses could be put to this special act, Cook despaired
of making a creditable, first-class performance. As there was no
time for the usual treatment of such cases, ho consulted the boss
hostler, and together they acquainted Dr. Hamill of the difficulty.
Hamill promised, if they would allow him his own Avay, to relievo
the horses immediately, which
he did by cutting away almost
the entire sole of the front feet,
relieving the quarter, in fact,
cuttmg the foot until it was
clastic or yielding in all its in-
ferior and posterior parts. This
was death to the foot, as he
told Cook. The soles were
protected by leather and tar-
dressing until recovery took
place. Although this was an
extreme mode of treatment,
Mr. Cook was well pleased at
the result. I asked him if he
could not counteract this effect
of paring by keeping the feet
wet. He said: -"Yes, to a certain extent; that was Avhat he did
where it was possible." ^
In 1869 the Humane Society of Edinburgh, Scotland, offered
a series of prizes for the best essays on " Shoeing," having in con-
sideration the comfort and soundness of the horse. About forty
essays were sent in for competition. The Vice-President, Mr. H.
S. A. L. Hay, says: "It is gratifying to find so general a concur-
rence among the writers in their utter condenniation of the com-
mon but unscientific and irrational practice of paring away the
sole and frog as a necessary preparation for shoeing "
For the special benefit of shoers, I think it advisable to include
here Prof. Gamgee's instructions on paring: — *
* " Horse-Shoeing and Lameness," London, 1874, by Joseph Gamgee, Vet. Sur.,
Lecturer on the Principles and Practice of Farriery iu the new Veterinary College
of Edinburgh,
Fig. 470. — Model of shoe for express
horses, from Prof. HamUl's collec-
tion in New York.
C54 SHOEING.
" There is scarcely a horse that comes imder our hand to shoe that
does not require some jiortion of the hoof to be removed, even thougli
it may be so excessively weikened by mismanagement as to i-eqiiire
several months' conservation before due quantity and proportion can be
produced. Bad management and disproportion of hoof go together,
iind though the latter may be slight, it i-equires attention and adjust-
ment ; all the horn we may remove with a file (not a coarse rasp) will,
in some cases, amount to no more than would cover the surface of a
shilling, yet the bearing surface of the foot is thereby both increased
and greatly improved. It is just, in these cases, when with equal mas-
tery a shoe is selected and fitted out, so that the siu-face of both foot
and shoe are counterparts of each other, and the latter is nailed to its
place with all possible care, that the animal which reached the shoeing
forge in torture and unable to walk, leaves it with freedom of action
and a cheerful countenance.
" If I be asked. From what part would any hoof require to be
removed in various degrees in those cases vulgarly termed slumped ap
cases ? I I'eply that it is impossible to state this here, and nothing but
an apprenticeship at shoeing, or some such eqiuvalent, can make a man
reliable for putting into execution details of the kind, where rule helps
so little ; but generally, if not exclusively, the wall ii the part requiring
adaptation of surface; at the toe it may be projecting, and the edge re-
quire the file to be passed transversely acioss it ; or, the toe being too
short, the columns of the heels on cither side may be lowered slightly,
by holding the foot in the left hand and passing the flat part of the
file over the bearing surface from behind forward in one, say outside,
extremity of near fore, and backward over the inner heel, taking care
that both heels are level; the off foot, by reversing the action of the
hand, is treated in the same way.
" But many men will say, Why not take the horse's foot between
the legs, as is the custom "? Because, where so very little has to be done,
1 want to see how to do it, and I do n't require the greater purchase
which the firm hold of the foot between my knees gives. I am only
stating, however, what I do, and how I do it. In the hind, feet we see
and can manage best by taking the foot in the ordinary way. . . .
I then take each foot forward ui:)on my knee, and, having seen exactly
how much hoof is required to be removed, and from what parts I take
the rasp, and with either the rough or file surface, according to the
quantity of hoof to be removed, I pass it vertically, so as to take ofi" the
outer edge to the extent required; then placing the foot between my
legs, remove the exfoliated sole, and, detaching parts of the frog, the
lirst by means of the bvifier, raising the loose flakes of horn from the
front backward by tapping the tool with the hammer, the superfluou;;
exfolications of the frog are then removed with the drawing knife, not
by paring it at all, or much cutting, but more by i-aising the flakes with
the left, thumb and finger, and detaching them with the knife. This
done, the bearing surface of the wall is to be adapted, and, holding the
foot in the ordinary way, fore or liind, the rasp is passed over the point
of the wall to reduce it to its i)ropcr depth. . . .
" If the instructions just given be intelligently carried out, the
SHOEma 655
quarters — the surface across the bottom of the foot — will be fairly
provided for from the extreme ends to the middle, which is commonly
left flat or hollow and weak ; tJie sheer will be assisted in avoiding this
defect by acquiring the habit of glancing down the foot, from heel to
toe on each side in parallel lines ; his eye will then be able to judge
whether he has secured the object on which I am laying stress — a full-
ness in the surface across the center of the foot. The center of the foot
is the region of the greatest breadth and depth of its arch ; on the pres-
ervation of its breadth and depth depend the strength of the arch and
of the foot itself, and the firmness, safety, and power of the horse's
action.
" The third class of feet are those in which, by mismanagement, a
morbid accumulation of hoof places them out of form. Some of these
are not in this state because they have not been shod at regular inter-
vals, but because those who shod them have not known their art — how
to reduce the abundance of horn to due proportion in different parts of
the hoof.
"There is a common saying, that in shoeing, 'the shoe should be
made to fit the foot, and not the foot to fit the shoe.' This hackneyed
expression, when closely examined, amounts to nonsense. The horse-
shoer, if he be an artist worthy of the art, is required to know the foot
so that he can with the greatest possible exactness and extent, econo-
mize its want of substance and enei^gy ; he must, like the sculptor with
his clay or marble, bring out the true figure from a mass of deformity.
That the over-reduced and weak hoofs ai-e tlie most numerous, is
granted ; but I have seen numerous bad cases of deformity and lame-
ness due to the excess of hoi-n in the wrong places.
" One difference between the English mode of shoeing and that
adopted in all other countries in the world is, that we hold up the
horse's foot to work at it. I only incidentally allude to the fact, because
the origin of our custom is as much hidden by antiquity as the more
extended mode. It is that of holding the horse's foot and working at it,
to which I allude, while the continental farrier has the foot held while
he shoes it. This last is the chief difference which attacts the atten-
tion of travelers. In using the buttress, the rasp is superseded as well
as the drawing knife ; the latter altogether, and the former, a small,
fine rasp, employed only to smooth off the surface of the lower wall, as
the last act in the process. Together with the buttress, the continental
sheer uses a tool analagous to that which we formerly employed under
the name of toeing-knife ; but a modern continental sheer, if a good
workman, uses this, which in wrong hands would be very destructive,
with admirable effect. This foot-rounder — the literal translation of the
name of the instrument — is a straight steel blade, of about nine inches
in length by one and a half in breadth, and moderately sharp, by means
of which the hard margin of the wall of the hoof is cut off by light taps
of the hammer, while the instrument is held so as to regulate the quan-
tity to be detached.
" The plan which I have given, which I adopt with the rasp, of tak-
ing the foot forward, was founded upon This method ; but when we
come to those hoofs where overgrowth and disproportion to an indefinite
Go 6 SHOEING.
extent prevail, I find that no amount of skill in the application can
bring the rasp iiud druAving-knife, with the rest of our tools, up to the
round pied and buttress of the continental sheer. To produce the same
effect, we, with equal knowledge of the requirement, take much longer
time and devote more labor to the work ; while in ordinary practice,
with us, the work is liable to remain undone or be badly done, as a
rule, it is fairly accomplished on the continent. Take a foot grown to
one or two inches beyond its normal depth and length, curled over at
both heels upon itself, the bottom of the column being in an almost
transverse line with the center of the foot, and a morbid thickness of
sole and frog impprisoned and bound immovably together — such a foot
puzzles a workman ; with such a weapon as the rr.sp and knife, he does
not know how to begin or proceed with a view to its proper reduction.*
"In such a case the foreigner lays his foot-rounder transversely,
with the edge toward one heel or column, about one-fourth of an inch
from its lower surface, and with two or three taps with the hammer,
cuts transversely forward from one to two inches; the same thing is
done with the other column, and then usually, but not always, a greater
depth is rounded off the toe, and a little, if there be abundance, at the
sides ; all of which can be effected in the space of a minute or two; the
man then takes the buttress, and in the foreign mode of holding the
foot, cuts from toe to heel, and when the hard edge of the wall, and
some of its depth has been removed, that which remains is pared down
to give the required surface.
" One advantage, at this point of the operation, I find favorable in
the continental practice, is that when there are morbid accumulations
of sole, which come in the way, and are as much foreign and incompat-
ible with its functions as a snowball at the bottom of the foot, they are
met and easily broken up by the direction in which the buttress is
pushed ; whereas, by holding the foot ourselves, and working more from
heel to toe, our instrument slips over the exfoliations of horn which
have their fixed basis behind, and rise in front as they become ripe for
being cast off.
" Having learned these conditions by experience, acquired late, and
working according to what I was taught in the course of apprenticeship,
I faii-ly met the inconvenience by making use of the buffer for breaking
up the loose, imprisoned sole and exfoliations of the frog ; these parts
would detach spontaneously after the wall was reduced to its normal
proportion, and the local condition would not ensue but for the general
state and want of motion of the foot ; such motion implies health and
freedom, in the enjoyment of which sole and frog cast off their flakes
and maintain their proper substance. It might appear that this disen-
gaged horn, if left unheeded, would fall with time — a j)lausible theory,
but incompatil)le with good practice. Such incumbrance must be got
* Many intelligent smiths iu various parts of this country visited by the writer,
are in the habit of using the toeing-knife and buttress. If the growth is excessive,
the wall is chipped off as descril^d, auti then reduced by the buttress by cutting
from the heel forward.
SHOEI^^G.
G57
rid of, not only before the shoe is put on, but before the proper surface
can be adapted for it."
The shoe should, in form and size, little more than cover the
wall, excepting at the heels, whei-e it should be so much wider
and longer as to compensate
for the growth of the foot,
and be heavy enough to
sustain the attrition, or
wear, for the time it is ex-
pected to be on. But should
this require an excessive
thickness, then the bar may
be made wider, to permit
more wearing surface. It
should fit closely all the way
around to the bearing sur-
face prepared for its recep-
tion, so that it may give to
the crust all the support it
can receive, and carry out in
its ground surface, as nearly
as possible, the form of the
wall before it was cut away. It is a rule, recognized by the best
authorities, that the sole should
not rest upon the shoe, except
around the toe where the out-
er edge is left full and nat-
^\ ural. But if the wall is cut
down close, and the sole rath-
er thin (which, as explained
|ji"jl before, in no case should be
done except for special patho-
logical reasons), it is advisa-
ble, if it comes too near the
iron, to lower the part coming
under it. As a rule, the bear-
ing surface should be level,
and the ground sui-face con-
cave, or the inner edge of th^
Fig. 471. — Ground surface of the
Goodenough shoe.
Fig. 472.— Bearing surface of the same.
4?
658
SHOEING,
ground surface so bevelled off that it will not liarbor stones and
dirt, and be so stiff that it will not bend.
If the horse is expected to be driven only occasionally, as for
family use, and upon common dirt roads, the wear will be but
little, and the shoes should be correspondingly light ; but if much
travel is required on stony or macadamized roads, the weight
should be sufficient to sustain such wear. The addition of a small
bit of steel, hammered well into the toe, and tempered, would add
Fig. 473.- -Badly fitted. Tout
trimmed too much. Outer
edge of wall only, resting
upon the shoe, which is
made concave.
hio. '174. — The same not cut
away enough. The shoe,
though properly fitted,
Is too thick.
gi'cath' to its durability. It would be much better tii make them
wholly of steel, as they would be very much lighter, equally stiff,
and less liable to bond. An objection to steel is, especially in
cities where there are paved streets, that there will be more
tendency to slip, than by the use of shoes made of iron. (See cuts
for light-driving shoes.)
In a condition of health, from the light family driver to the
heavy draught horse, the principle of shoeing is the same; the size,
thickness, and weight only differing so as to adapt to eacli case,
with the difference that when exceptional power is necessary, as
for di'aft horses, or to prevent slippmg, calkins must bo used. As
a rule, nothing more is wanting, unless necessaiy for extra wear,
than just iron enough to protect the out-er crust of the foot, and
SHOEING.
659
prevent its breaking. More ii-on than this becomes extra weight,
and causes fatigue in carrying, Uke thick, heavy-soled shoes or
clogs.
It is a question among English authorities whether a shoe
should be "rounded at the toe" (a i^ractice known as the French
system) to aid mobility. As shown by Fig. 478, it brings the
bearino- surface in the form of a circle.
On this point I copy here from Mr. Goodwin's new system of
Fig. 475.
Fig. 476.
As the heel ofteu rests upon the inner edge of shoe, with the bearing surface
hadly concave — a direct cause of contraction and weak heels.
shoeing. "If we refer," says he, "to the action of the fore leg, it
will tend to explain some of the advantages to be derived from
the curved shoe. When a horse is
about to move, the first indication of
motion is a bend at the knee, which
raises the heels, and they become more
and more elevated, till the toe (which
is the last part that leaves the ground)
is suspended for the moment that the
foot is lifted. The base of the foot,
just at its leaving the ground, is al-
most perpendicular. When the knee
is bent to its fullest extent, the foot
is then in the same position, with the
heels of the shoe pointing upward. If we consider this first part
of the motion of the limb, we find the movement of the foot very
nearly describes a semicircle ; and on viewing the form of thejomts
connected with the. action, the necessity for a curve at the toe is
clearly demonstrated. Again, the form of the shoe worn out, at
Fig. 477. — About as the shoe
should be fitted.
660
SHOEING.
once shows that it must be more suitable to put on a new one of
that form, rather than to suffer the action of the leg to be opposed
until it is worn to that form.
" The fore legs may be
considered simply as pillars
of support, having no pow-
er of themselves to prop(;l
the body forward, progres-
sion being entirely per-
formed by the hind parts.
If it were not so, the action
would be different, as I
have before observed it to
be in those horses that have
,T 1 1 p 17 IV I • oreat weights to draw ; and
Fig. 4<3. — Model of a French shoe, showing 8 "" & ' _
average amount of curve. this may bo more readily
observed in any draught horse going up hill. I have offered these
remarks upon action, in order to bring the reader's attention to
the curve of the French shoe at the toe. This form of shoe cer-
tainly harmonizes more with the motion of the fore foot than the
English shoe does ; it affords a greater surface of bearing at the
toe than the projecting ridge
jfj n.itn,r///n.
of the straight, ordinary shoe,
and is much more calculated to
allow of the motion of the leg
and foot ; the labor of the
muscles is also diminished, and
the limb being in its natural
position, the ligaments have
less imposed upon them ; tlu y
are more at ease, and conse-
quently are not so liable to be
stranunl."
A moderate rounding at the toe would seem desirable in all
cases where there is want of mobility. It is especially desirable
when the horse is a little stiff or sore, as it enables him to travel
much easier. This is proved Avhen the mobility of the foot is
destroyed, and thei'e is necessity for using a rounded shoe to con-
form with the action, Wlien winter shoes, ov calk shoes, must be
Fig. 479. — French shoe — taken from an
old work. See Navicular Lameness.
SHOEING.
661
Fig. 480. — Shoe too short and thick, with nails driven
deep, and too far hacls iu the quarters.
■used, the forward calk may be set well back in the toe, as shown
by illustration.
The object of nailing should be to hold the shoe firmly to the
foot without injur-
ing the wall, and ,,ait«,rf;MI
leave the foot as in- |.(^1II1W«»»1
dependent of the re- |
straint of the shoe at '
the quarters as pos-
sible. The nails
should be driven
where there will be
most secure nail-
hold; more or less as
well as heavier nails
being necessary, in
proportion to the
thickness of the wall,
weight of the shoe,
and severity of the
work. The wall is thickest and strongest at the toe or front, and
becomes thinner and more flexible toward the quarters and heels,
especially so at the in-
ner heels, where it is
sometimes exceedingly
thin and flexible.
By reference to Figs.
423, 429, it will be
seen that there is con-
siderable difference in
the breadths and form
of the quarters ; that
of 428 is most notice-
able. The end secured
in this part being nar-
rower and straighter,
is supposed to be the
prevention of interfering or striking ; but the narrowness is com-
pensated for by the increased height of the wall, for the purpose
Fig. 481. — Nailing that will do no harm.
662
SHOEING.
of giving more bearing surface to the laminated structure. This
inner quarter or wall is very much thinner and more elastic, and
on this account it becomes necessary to give very particular at-
tention to the adjustment and freedom of the part.
There has been much speculation during the past few years in
relation to the cause of this quarter's giving out before the other, as
nature evidently intended it to stand strain and wear equally
with other parts. The cause, undoubtedly, is the interference in
its mobility by bad fitting and nailing. This being true, it is ev-
ident that the principal nailing should be at the toe and front,
because there is more horn there to nail to, and less liability to do
harm by separating and breaking the fibers of the wall. They
Fig. 4S2.
Fig. -483.
Turner. The unilateral method of nailing, with
model of a shoe.
should not extend any fa.rther back into the quarters than is
barely necessary to give a safe hold of the shoe to the foot. The
fewer and smaller the nails driven, the better, providing they are
sufficient to hold the shoe. But much will depend, in doing this,
on the accuracy of the fitting, thickness of the wall, and weight
of the shoe.
If the nails are driven well back on the outer quarter, and
only round in the toe of the inner side, for the purpose of affording
more freedom to the quarters, it will be found that as the foot
grows, the shoe will be carried to the outside quarter and toe to
such an extent that the inner heel of the shoe will be drawn inside
of the wall at the heel, and rest upon the sole, causing a bruise or
corn. In addition, so much of the shoe being left unnailed, makes
it liable to get loose and work under the quarter, which would
cause a rapid wearing or l^reaking down of structure. All things
SHOEiNG-
663
Fig. 484. — Foiuts showing M'here the
horn is strongest for the driving
of the nails.
considered, the be&t way is to nail back to tlie turn of the vvali
securely. Or the nailing may be extended a little farther back
on the outside, and shortened a
little on the inner side, in any
case giving both quarters all the
freedom conipatibli.^ with security,
in retainino- a tirm hold of tlie
slioe. As th<' foot grows, the shoe
will be brought forward so evenly
under it as not to do harm-
For ordinary light shoes, I am
in the habit of using from six to
seven nails, evenly distributol
around the fi'ont part (something-
like Figs. 457, 459); sometimes
extending the outer nail a little
beyond or nearer the quarter than
the inner one. But if the shoes
are heavy, and the work hard, as
for draught horses, heavier nails, and from seven to eight in num-
ber, will in most cases be required. A small, thin clip turned up
at the toe, and one at
the outer quarter,
will help greatly in
holding the shoe hrrn-
ly in position ; but
they should, be turned
up thin, and set well
out on the edge of the
shoe.
But very little of
the wall should be cut
away, so as not to
weaken or injure it ;
hni sufficient to en-
able bringing the shoe
to its position. The
shoes should not be hammered down tight to the wall, but simply
sufficient to rest easily against it. Next, if the foot is broken, or
Fig. 485.-
-m — \ir
-The same as it would appear
with the shoe on.
664 SHOFJNU.
much weakened by old nail-holes, puneh the holes where there ia
soundest horn to nail to. A thin shoe will not admit of any full-
ering, because it weakens the shoe, without giving any special ad-
vantage in nailing. The stamp form of punching the holes should
))e used ; that is, the hole made larger at the surface and smaller
at the bottom, so that the nail heads will fit into it exactly.
The method of diiving the nails is next worthy of considera-
tion. There ai-e two methods ; one, starting the nail rather near
the outer surface and driving high, called the English method,
which is practiced very generally in this country ; the other,
stai-ting the nail deep and loringing out low, known as the French
method, which leading authorities concede to be the best. If the
nail is driven very near the surface, it is liable to chip or break
the horn out, which injures and weakens the wall very much ;
whereas driving deep and bringing out low, insures a good hold,
and the wall will be almost grown out by the next shoeing. Con-
sequently tl^y should be punched deep over those points where
the wall is thickest, and less so toward the quarters where it is
thinnest, or proportionately farther from the outer margin of the
shoe.
The common method of fullering all shoes alike, and bringing
the nails at the same distance from the edge, can be no more
adapted for all kinds of feet, than can the size of the shoe itself.
This straight-jacket way of punching all alike, brings the nail-holes
at the same location at each repetition of shoeing, so that if the
shoe becomes loose, or is pulled off, this part of the wall is liable to
be torn off, or so split and broken as to leave only a soft, imperfect
horn. In resetting such a shoe, it becomes necessary to put it
farther back under the foot in order to gain secure nail-hold. Not
only this, but the portion of the protruding wall being cut down
to the shoe, leaves it deformed and injured to an extent that
several months' growth cannot repair. But if the holes be punched
over parts that would give a secure hold, the shoe can be nailed on
sufficiently firm to hold it without doing harm, and thereby pre-
serve the symmetry of the foot. In such a case it may be neces-
sary to nail rather close to the heels ; but even this had better be
done for a short time than risk injury and malformation by the
method named.
If by carelessness or otherwise a nail should be driven into the
SHOEING. 665
quick, which will be known by tiie horse's flinching, it should be
pulled out at once; or should a horse show soreness, after being
taken out of the shop, the foot should be examined carefully by
tapping over the part, and the nail at the point of soreness pulled
out. (For more details, see treatment for Pricking, Rucking, etc.,
in latter part of this chapter.)
Clenching down the Nails.
When the nail is twisted off, the end should be filed down to
the proper length, and, with the corner of the i-asp or little punch,
cut out the pith or raised part under the clench, and turn down
lightly but firmly. The common custom is to make a deep notch
with the corner of the rasp, which extends across the face of the
hoof from one nail to the other.
This is so injurious that it should not be permitted even to the
smallest degree. No rasping of the outer surface of the wall
should be allowed, excepting to touch or smooth any roughness of
the clenches, and to round ofi* the edge of the wall down near the
shoe. It has been explained under the proper head, that the inner
surface of the wall is soft and spongy, and that as it approaches
the outer surface, it becomes hard and bony, and the fibers closer
and denser, and that over the surface is a sort of skin or thin
covering of enamel, that prevents too rapid evaporation of moist-
ure ; and it is necessary to retain intact this strong, fibrous horn,
as well as that of its outer covering, so as to hold the nails firmly,
as well as to prevent the excessive evaporation of moisture which
would follow.
Should the shoe be too short, which is liable to happen, to
remedy the difficulty it is the common custom to set it back under
the wall, and rasp the thick, strong wall, extending out over the
shoe, down to it ; or, should the shoe be too straight or narrow
for the foot across the points of nailing, to drive the nails so deeply
as to not only endanger pricking, but to greatly weaken the wall.
The excessive rasping not only destroys the strongest part of
the wall, that best able to retain the nail-holes and support con-
cussion, but causes a sei'ious internal disease not usually under-
stood, which shows its effect in an absorption of the coffin bone
and other parts beneath. Fig. 486 is a good illustration of this.
666
SHOEING.
The specimen from which it i;s drawn, was obtained from Dr.
Hamill. The small sketch is full size, and shows the exact appear-
ance of its surface, and
small points of horn which
are over a ({uarter of an
inch long, extending out
like pegs.
It is needless to add that
this is the result of the most
inexcusable ignorance, and
the cause of much harm.
If there is much wall ex-
tending out over the shoe,
it should not be deformed
by cutting down to it ; the
edge should simply be
rounded off and let alone.
Fig. 486. — Showing effects of excessive rasping.
Shoeing the Hind Feet.
There is usually so little trouble with the hind feet, that it is
scarcely necessary to give any directions as to their management.
The horn is thickest at the quarters, and the principal nailing
shouki be done there. Sometimes there is a curling under or con-
tracting of the heels, which may be the cause of more or less
inflammation, extending to the sheaths of tendons and other parts
of the leg ; in such a case, if thought advisable, either or both
quarters can be treated as explained under that head.
I think it advisable, in this connection, to say a few words
about pricking, which is more common than many suppose. It is
not unusual, indeed it is a very common occurrence, to drive the
nail too near the quick or into it, and thus by a little carelessness
cause great harm. First, if the nail be driven so as to go to the
quick, in which case the horse may show it by flinching, it should
in all cases be pulled out at once, and the hole bo left vacant. If
this is done, no harm will follow. Sometimes the smith, especially
if he expects to be scolded, will drive the nail down, which in a
few hours or next day will show itself by making the horse lame ;
or the nail may be driven so deeply as to go near the soft parts of
the inner edge, and when the point strikes the hard horn of the
SHOEING. 667
outer surface, it may bend inward or press upon and break
through to the sensible parts. This is called rucking. (See Fig.
420.) The nail should be pulled out at once.
Still aaother cause of harm is what is termed fittins" and
drawing the nails too closely. If the nails are driven i-ather deep
and clenched down firmly, they are liable to bend inward and
press upon the sensible parts. This is called pinching. If present
when the horse is shod, and it is noticed that the nails are driven
rather deep for the thickness of the wall, insist upon their being
driven farther out.
An ignorant or thoughtless man may claim there is no danger,
when he is driving the nails much too deep. Should the horse
show soreness or lameness within three or four days after being
shod, especially if he puts the foot forward to ease it, give the
matter attention at once. First rest the hand lightly upon the
hoof to discover whether there is any unusual heat, and if so, at
what point ; next take a light hammer or small .stone, and tap
lightly round over the nails, until the horse flinches, when the
oflTending nail or nails can be discovered and pulled out. If this
is done soon after being shod or during the same day, all that may
be necessary to do is to leave the nail out.
I have had success by pouring a little callendula into the hole.
In one case, where there was considerable soi-eness a few houi's
after being shod, though the horse was quite lame on account of
the nail being driven too deep, after pulling out the nail, a little cal-
lendula was poured in, and the shoe again put on, and the horse in
a few hours was free from lameness. But if he shows lameness in
a day or so after being shod, cut away the wall from around the
hole, so as to let out any ma-tter which may have formed. Next
poultice the foot until the inflammation subsides, then cover the
hole with a little digestive ointment (which i made by melting
together equal parts of tar and hog's lard, and stirring till cool),
over which put a little tow and put on the shoe.
More especial directions v.^ill be given under the head of
Pricking, Eucking, Nail in the Foot, etc., in Medical Department.
668
SHOEIN"G.
Contraction.
I am now entering upon what must be considered as practi-
cally iievA" ground. There is nothmg published by any author of
whom the writer has any knowledge, explaining reliably how to
cure contraction and quarter-crack. Indeed, the leading veteri-
nary surg(H:)ns of the country seem to be so much at sea in relation
to accomplishing this, that they do not pretend to give practical
Fig. 487.— Front view of .sound,
healthy feet.
Fig. 488. — Side view of
sound feet.
treatment. The treatment herein given is published for the first
time, and will be found as reliable and effective as it is simple.
I give illustrations of the usual position assumed by horses suf-
fering from contraction, as well as appearance of feet and legs gen-
erally, in Figs. 489, 490, which have been drawn from life. The
contrast between such conditions and those of health, which are
also shown, are quite noticeable. By looking at Figs. 414, and
also 448 to 452, it will be seen that the arches formed by the
union of the bars and frog near the extreme of the heel, extend
well upward into the foot. Fig. 493 shows the outline of the hoof
in its natural condition. Fig. 494 shows the heels somewhat
SHOEING.
669
drawn together, and a corresponding elevation of the sole. Fig.
494 shows extreme contraction of the quarters, now perpendicu-
lar, with the arch of the sole correspondingly acute and elevated.
The points before referred to, noticed inside the heels in this con-
dition, are crowded together as well as upward, so that in extreme
contraction they press upward severely against the great tendon,
where it passes over the navicular bone. This, in connection with
the strong upward pressure of the solo against the bottom of the
coffin-bone, forces the whole internal structure upward, as it were.
Pig. 489.— The efEect of
contraction and soreness.
Fig. 490. — A bad case of
contraction and soreness.
out of the hoof, thereby seriously interfering with, or obstructing,
the circulation, as well as locking the whole machinery of the foot.
Consequently the whole foot is tied and cramped, by such unnat-
ural pressure upon the soft parts, so that walking, or even stand-
ing, becomes painful. In this condition the horse will stand first
upon one foot, then upon the other, or put the worst one forward,
to ease the pain and pressure upon it. In traveling he will try to
shield the feet all he can from concussion.
For over two hundred years there has been great effort made
to prevent and cure contraction. I give a few illustrations, mainly
from the French, ont of a large number coming into my posses-
670
SHOEING.
sion, used for this purpose during the past one hundred years.
Wo see first not only a hinge shoe, but a combination of hinges.
Next, shoes with clips, by %vhich to spread the heels. The shoes,
after being fastened on, were spread by screws and other means,
some of which were quite ingenious in their construction, but not
of sufficient importance to give them a place here.
In 1802 Prof. Coleman introduced and patented a convex shoe.
See Fig. 502. Goodwin soon after introduced a combination of
this form of shoe with that of the French system of rounding or
Fig. 4111. Fio. 492.
How a liorse stands when sore-footed.
turning up the toe. Bracy Clark, in 1809, devised a shoe with a
liinge at the toe, with a steel livet to protect the joint from wear-
ing, so that the quarters could have freedom to expand. See Fig.
503. I find also that this form of shoe was devised as lonff ago as
the 16th century, by Ceasar Fiaschi, specimens of which are given
in another part of this chapter. He also gave the "bar," and
other shoes. But tho most recent modification of this form of
which the writer has any account, was made by a man in New
Hampshire in 1875. He had a shoe jointed at the toe, with wide
bar at the heel, so fitted that one edge overlapped the other at the
center. See Fig. 501. The bars were made of malleable iron,
about three-eighths of an inch thick, with slight calks at the heels,
SHOEIJ!^G.
671
*
k
Fig. 493. — Showing the usual arch of
sole iu a healthy foot bfefore
contraction.
and riveted together at the toe. On this shoe he claimed to have a
patent. I was in^dted to examine the feet of several -horses hav-
ing these shoes on. In some cases .
the bars were separated from an
eighth to a quarter of an inch, by
the spreading of the quarters.
This expansion was partly owing
to the natural enlargement of the
quarters by growth, and frog press-
ure. But the same, or even better,
results could have been obtained
by the use of an ordinary thin
shoe, as this would sfive the hos
contact with the ground, provided the
quarters were not unduly restrained
by excessive nailing.
The shoe above described would be
of undoubted advantage on pavements
or rough roads where the thin shoe
could not be worn, as it gives necessary
support to the frog, while protecting
Fig. 494. -Showing arch of the the foot from the rough pavement ; but,
as explained elsewhere, the frog will
not alway'! bear long-continued press-
ure of this kind without producing harm.
About tw^enty years ago, a smith named
Terrel, in Batavia, N. Y., devised a shoe for
the cure of contraction, with clips turned up
at the inner side of each heel, with the for-
ward part weakened on each side of the toe.
The foot was simply beveled down, tlie shoe
fitted to it closely so that the clips rested
against the quarters at the point of the heels.
It was firmly nailed on, well back upon the
quarters on each side, and the quarters reck-
lessly spread with the tongs. He had very
strong indorsements from leading horsemen,
claiming its effectiveness for curing contrac-
tion, etc., and doubtless it was successful in curing many cases;
sole bent upward by partial
contraction.
Fig. 495. — Showing the
sole bent upward, press-
ing against the ten-
don and joint in
center of foot,
caused by contraction.
672
SHOEING.
but in spite of the utmost efforts made to introduce it, it went
into disuse.*
But the most striking innovation was that made by a man
Fig. 490. — Hinge shoe for cure of
contraction. From a French
work.
Fig. 497. — Form of shoe devised for
preventing contraction. From
a French work.
named Dunbar, whose method consisted in cutting away the bars,
opening the heels, and cutting out the
sole almost to the quick, then fitting
the shoes larger, and nailing back to
the quarters. The principle was, that
the removal of this horn which tied the
heels together, enabled the quarters to
spread and grow wider. While this
seemed but a crude idea, it was, how-
ever, so successful in many cases as to
attract considerable attention, and
proved an additional step toward the
key of curing contraction.
The government gave this man
Fig. 498.— Shoe used by the
French for the cure of
contraction.
* Passing through this part of the country in 1866, I was persuaded by this
man to have such a shoe put on one of my horses that was a little lame in one of
liis feet. I cautioned him not to nail the shoe on too firmly, or open it too vio-
lently (which I could see was his intention to do), as it would be sure to cause seri-
ous irritation in the foot. But disregarding my wishes, assuming that he knew
just how to do it, and saying that it would be all right, he put it on in his own way.
The result was as I had anticipated ; the lameness that followed soon compelled me
to take it off.
SHOEING.
673
S2r),00() foi- teaching the secret to the veterinary surgeons of the
ai-uiy . His instructions in explaining his system were as follows : —
"If the foot is healthy, and of a natural shape, and has been
shod regularly, no alteration is required, but simply to pare out the
sole of the foot, removing the bors [bars] entirely, and opening out
the heels back. The surface of the frog should be trimmed out very
Httle, but the sides should never be touched. By removing the
bors [bars] and opening out the heels, contraction is prevented, and
the frog retains its natural shape, because all pressure is removed
Fig. 499. Fig. 500.
Old forms of shoes used by the French for the cure of contraction.
from each side. The shoe is now to be fitted and nailed on moder-
ately tight.
" The treatment for contraction, briefly speaking, is expansion.
If the hoi'se is lame, the farrier should shorten the toe, lower the
foot all around, and open the heels back, until the blood is drawn.
The sole of the foot should be pared as closely as possible on each
side of the frog. The frog should be lowered, but the sides should
not be cut. A groove should be made with the rasp, just under
and parallel with the coronet on each side, deep enough to di-aw
blood; then, with a fine shoeing-knife cut little notches down from
the coronet at equal distances across the entire length of the groove.
These notches should be deep enough to draw blood. This will re-
lieve the pressure caused by contraction of the cartilages on both
sides, and allow them to resume their proper shape.
" The shoe must be very carefully fitted, and have eight nail
holes, for the reason that it is the heel nails that relieve a foot while
43
674
SHOEING.
iu coiitniction. It should be so littcd asjo ])j-oject a quarter of an
inch on either side of the foot, and so as to see the nail-holes pro-
ieetins;" on either side of both outer and inner quarter. This accom-
plished, the bearing should be equal. The nails should be driven
half wav, first toward the toe, then toward the heel. The higher
they are driven the better, the shoe bring fitted so wide there is no
fear of jnneking. The nails toward
the heels should be driven by al-
ternate taj>s on each side, because
the foot expands on account of be-
ing ])ared so thin on either side of
the frog. Considerable soreness
will result from this mode of treat-
ment, which may be relieved bj'
keeping the feet wet, or by poultic-
ing.'"
This principle of treatment was
well understood long before Dun-
bar's day, and doubtless Avas ob-
tained by liini from old authors.
In relation to the scoring of the
wall, J. Clark, in his work pub-
lished in 1782, says: — ;
general method, a long shoe with a
broad web is unfortimately put on. which is made thicker at the
heel than at the toe, the consequence which commonly ensues is
that of hindering the expansion of the heel of the foot, which in
that case soon overcontracts itself This circu)nstance produces very
great pain to the foot by occasioning too great a compression of the
"cartilages, and of the blood-vessels by which they are surrounded.
To ease these blood-vessels. T have hiown scores made 2)erpend%ndarly
all the way down every part of the outward wall ivith a draioing-knife,
and the blood taken by a lancet underneath. This is but a partial
remedy, and frequently a bad one ; for although temporary ease
may be given to the foot by a process which possibly does diminish
the power of contraction in the heels, as long as the crust is weak-
ened by the scores on the Avall ; yet as the crust is perpetually renew-
ing itself, the heel has in a short time a power of becoming still
stronger and more contracted, after the temporary weakness has
ceased, which was occasioned by scores. But the worst of all, al-
though too often practiced in the case, is the cutting aioay the bars.
This causes the heels to contract, having no mechanical power to
open and hold the quartei-s in place."
Bracy Clark, in his Avork published in 1809, in describing some
of his expennients on contracted feet, says: —
'•The bars were pared awayfrotu thefroy, the heels, as we were
Fig. 501. — Hinge bar ehof for cure
of contraction.
When, according to the
SHOEING.
675
used to term them, were well opened, the quarters rasped thin, and to
give it the better chance of expansion, a deep longitudinal channel
Avas cut Avith the drawing-
knife, down the front of the
hoof, that it might have no
resistance to the expansion of
the sides ; further, to assist
these measures of dilating the
heel, they were drawn very
thin, and the bars as much
as possible clear froni the
sides of the frog
" In the course of making
these experiments, a circum-
stance occurred which gave
me much satisfaction, for I
found that if the horn of the
bars or inflexures of the hoof
were pared awa}'' from the
sides of the frog, it greatly
contributed to the pleasant
ness of his going." — pp. 104,
109.
Fig. 503. — Coleman's convex shoe.
Many other passages of
this description could be included, if desired. Of late years there
have been many parties traveling tluough the country, claiming
to cure contraction and
all diseases of the feet, by
sawing into the heel, and
Avitli the screw oi- other
means violently spread-
ing the quarters apart,
subjecting the poor ani-
mal to so much pain and
torture by the operation
that frequently ho oould
not stand up for many
days. This was regard-
ed as a matter of no con-
sequence, as the horse
would soon get over it.
The main point was to get all the money they could, and get out.
Contraction is induced by six different causes, all acting more
or less upon each other to aggravate the difficulty : 1. Trimming
Fig. 503. — Bracy Clark's hinge shoe.
676
SHOEl^^a.
the frog and solo so as to cause them to lose their moisture. 2.
The thickness of the shoe, greatly increased by high calks, Avhich
removes the frog and sole from
all contact with the sfround,
and prevents them from ob-
taining moisture from it.*
3. Bad fitting of the shoes, by
which means the bearinof sur-
face of the heels is made to
a greater or less degree con-
cave, so that when weight is
thrown upon the limb, the
heels slide inward. 4. Nail-
ing back in the quarters so
that as the feet grow, instead
of becoming wider as they
would if free, they are to that
degree crowded together. 5.
Allowing the feet to become
too dry ; because the drier
and harder they become, the
more direct is the tendency
to become small. 6. If from
any cause inflammation is
Fig. 504. — Pony that cut his foot seriously
by calking, causing so much inflamma-
tion and pain that the foot was
held up, as represented, for
several days.
produced in the foot, it will in a short time perceptibly diminish
in size. See Figs. 505, 506, showing the effect of acute or chronic
inflammation in causing severe and rapid contraction.
The results of these causes, separately or combined, are sufii-
cient to ruin even the best of feet in a short time. But all the ef-
forts heretofore made for the cure of contraction seem to have been
simply to spread the heels open, which failed of making a cure on
account of the crude way in which it was done, regardless of
bringing about a natural condition of circulation, whereby healthy
tissue could be grown.
* I Mould remark here that Iceeping horses in stalls so narrow that they are
greatly restricted from moving more than a few feet, and with floor largely inclined
backward, is not ouly so exceedingly hard on the feet as to be a cause of fever and
contraction, but so uncomfortable for the horse, that every humane owner should
do what ho can to remedy the difficulty. Particular reference to this will be found
under the head of " Stabling."
SHOEmc^.
677
Contraction may be divided into three different classes : 1.
A general compression or drawing in of the wall upon the vascu-
lar structure. 2. When but one or
both quarters are drawn in. 3.
When the heels are curled in, or
pushed forward under the foot.
Hence the prevention and cure of
contraction must depend upon re-
moving excess of horn, frog-pressure,
freedom of the quarters, or, if nec-
essary, opening them mechanically
as desired, and upon moisture. Any
of these conditions lacking, there
must in serious cases be partial or
entire failure, no matter what the
means or methods used. If the feet
could have conditions that Avould
afford natural moisture, and the
Fig. 505.— The foot after the inflam-
mation subsided, growing down
nearly a quarter of an inch
larger.
shoes made so thin that the frog
and sole could have reasonable con-
tact with the ground, the quarters
so free that they could expand with
the grov. th of the feet, there could
be but little if any contraction.
We see that in all cases where there
ii reasonable frog pressure, it be-
comes larger, firmer, and more elas-
tic ; while raising the f i"og from con-
tact, causes it to become small and
Fig. 506.— The foot drawn in and bard, the quarters to draw in, and
deformed from long-continued in- the whole f oot to diminish more or
flammation caused by a nail be- ]q^^ \^ ^{^^e. But if not aCCUStomed
ing driven into the foot. The , -i i i i i • „ _ j
r' , to pressure, it shoukl be given gracl-
hoof growing about half an ^ i i •
inch larger after the in- "ally, in connection With kcepmg
flammation subsided. the feet thoroughly softened, so as
678
SHOEING.
not to excite inflammation or soreness. It would not do for a
man accustomed to wearing boots for years to suddenly go bare-
foot on rough, hard ground. The skin on the feet is so thin that
they would be made sore, and be liable to serious inflammation.
In like manner it would not be prudent to bring the heels and
frog of a horse's foot, that has long been accustomed to the protec-
tion of thick shoes, sud-
denly to the ground. If
there is but little contrac-
tion, with fairly good con-
dition of the feet, all that
will be necessary to do is to
level down the feet, and
remove any surplus of old
horn from the sole, put on
thin-heeled shoes, and keep
the feet soft by moisture.
The next simplest and
best method would be to
use the convex shoe. After
leveling and trimming out
the foot properly, as before
explained, cut away or
weaken the arch between the bars and frog sufficiently to allow
of some elasticity of the quai'ters, then fit the heels nicely to the
bearing surface of the shoe. In doing this, care should be taken
to leave them sufficiently deep to enable matching the bevel of the
shoe nicely without cutting away or lowering the wall too much.
No horn should be left projecting inside, as it would form a wall
against the inner edge of the shoe, and prevent the heels from
.spreading. Of course no nails should be driven back in the quar-
ters. As before explained, the f I'Og should gradually be given con-
tact with the ground. As the quarters are opened, the shoe can
be taken ofl", made larger, and reset, until the foot is reasonably
expanded, when a level bearing surface may again be used.
But for anything like a bad condition of contraction, more di-
rect and positiv(i treatment will be necessary. For example, if
the foot is badly contracted, the frog small, and sole forced upward
acutely, the whole iutei-nal structure, in fact, locked and tied, as
Fig. 507. — Bearing surface of convex shoe.
SHOEING.
679
it were, by the severe compression of the wall, three conditions
are necessary: First, complete elasticity of quarters and sole; sec-
ond, power to open quarters so as to relieve pressure, and allow
the sole to settle back to its natural position ; thii-d, gradual frog
pressure so as to restore a healthy condition of cii'culation and
strength of parts. The first important step in the treatment is to
thoroughly soften the feet. The sim-
plest way of doing this in the stables
is by tying two or three thicknesses of
blanket around the feet and keeping
them wet for about twenty-four hours ;
or better, fill two small bags with bran,
put a foot into each, and tie a string
loosely around the to]) of the bag and
leer above the fetlock. Put each foot
into a bucket of water, and afterwards
pour on water to keep wet ; or the
horse can be made to stand in mud till
the feet are soft.
There is usually a large accumula-
tion of horn, especially at the heel, all
of which must be removed, and the
wall leveled down to its proper dimen-
sions. Next, with the drawing-knife
pare out the sole ; not enough to make
it bend to pressure, liut more than be-
yond the removal of the old horn.
Then with a small knife, which should
be made expressly for the pui-pose,*
weaken the wall between the bars and
frog, by scraping or cutting out the bottom of the channel, back
to the point of the heel so much that when pressure is brought
upon the heels outward, there will be no impediment to their open-
ing freely at their upper edge. To do this, commence well for-
ward near the point of the frog, and cut back, folloAving the line
of the arch carefully. Particular care should be taken not to cut
Fig. .50S.— The shoe as fitted
before being put on.
*Let the blade be made straight, with a cutting edge on both sides. Turn the
end about a quarter of an inch, temper and grind down to a keen edge. It should
not cut; a channel much more than one-eighth to three-sixteentha of an inch wide.
680
SHOEINO.
so iiinoh at any part as to cause bleeding. On this account the
operator sliould feel liis way cautiously, cutting- deeper as lir gcK-s
back. The bar slioiild be cut away to within three-quarters of
an inch from the point of the heel. No more should be cut away
from the rest of the bar, or part coming under the clip, than may
be necessary to ffive a straisfht
Both sides musst be treated alike.
shoulder for it to rest asrainst.
If the part has been cut through
in the least, it should be pro-
tected after the shoe is on by
melting a little rosin and tal-
low into it, and covering with
tow.
By looking at Fig. 413, an
outline of this arch can be
seen on the inside. There
have been many ignorant
and pretentious quacks, who
have presumed to weaken the
heel by sawing in between
the bars and frog. Only a
very small point can be
reached in this way, without
cutting to the quick. The
saw cannot be used here at
all with advantage. Thr
point is to weaken the horn at the bottom of the cleft so that it
will spread freely, and this can be done properly only with the
cutting knife. The proper flexibility of the heels can be judged
by a slight pressure with the hand.
This done, our next object is to remove the compression of the
wall. To do this, fit to it a rather thin, flat shoe, made of good
iron. At the heels it should be made a little wider and longer
than the foot, and the nail-holes punched, as in Fig. 508. Lay on
the shoe as intended to be nailed, and with a pencil make a mark
over the inside of the bar at the point of the heel on both sides-
This done, acciu-ately punch or drill two holes through the iron,
about three-sixteenths of an inch in diameter. If it can be done,
it Avould be better to have the holes beveled on the inside of the
bar, extending up and back at the point of the heel. Next, take
Fig. 509. — The shoe when on.
8HUE1XG.
681
two little pieces of good iron or steel, about three-fouTths to seven-
eighths of an inch long, by about three-sixteenths thick, and
about five-eighths of an inch Avide. Cut down the end until it vn\l
fit the hole in the shoe,
and rivet it, as shown
in Fig. 508. These are
now to be warmed and
bent, and, if necessary,
filed so as to lie flat
against both heels, and
just long enough to
come a little short of
touching the soft horn
above it. Next weaken
the shoe a little on both
sides, which may be ex-
tended over a much
lai'ger space than shown
in Fig. 509; or if the
shoe is not very heavy,
it may be spread with-
out weakening. Reg-
ulate so as to come a
little for-ward of the
point where the hoof
begins to draw in. If
the shoe is thin, the in-
ner edge should be
turned up and formed
into a clip, which, with
a little care, can be
filed and fitted. But
if the shoe is at all thick, it would be somewhat difficult to do
this ; for if the clip is turned up so that the shoe is too large or
too small, a very tedious, annoying bungle would be the result.
In addition, it would be difficult to make the clips sufficiently
long to enable bringing pressure as high up against the wall as it
will admit, which is a very important point towards opening the
upper part of the hoof.
Fig. 510. — Spreaders hi position to open the heels.
682
SHOEING.
The method before given, wliich necessity compelled me to
devise and adopt, makes this simple and easy to do; and except
the shoe is so thin as not to admit of punching or drilling, it will
bo found by far the simplest and best method of forming the clips.
"When properly adjusted, nail on carefully. The nails around the
toe may be larger than those driven in the quarters ; and while
driven so as to give a good hold, and rather high, if the feet are
at all sore and tender, great care
should be taken that the ham-
mering is not too heavy, nor the
nails driven deep. The clenches
should simply be turned down
lightly. If the hoof extends out
over the shoe at any point, it
should be no reason for more
rasping than merely to round off
the edges of the horn. Let it
alone. It is frequently the case
that one quarter is more con-
tracted than the other; in fact,
it is not unusual to have one
side of the heel very much dra-svn
in, while the other may be very
little, if any, contracted; so that
two conditions must be met, namely: first, to open either heel as
little or much as may be desired, independent of the other. This
the spreaders (which have been devised and patented by the
writer) will enable doing in the most perfect manner.*
However necessary it may be to have this part of the work
well done, it is, in reality, but a preparatory step for what fol-
lows. First, if a tongs or screw be used to spread the shoe, the
pressure being made equal on both sides, the side which is weakest
must do all the bending — openmg that quarter too much without
afFectincy the other at all. Another cause of difficulty, is not having
Fig. 511. — The shoe as nailed on
to be spread.
* Simple as these spreaders are, the writer has found it yery difficult to have them
made properly. On this account he has found it necessary to have them made ac-
cording to an exact i)attem, and they will be furnished at a moderate price to
those desiring them.
SHOEIJSTG.
683
the tongs convenient with which to spi-ead the shoe, and it is put off
too long; and when finally attempted, done so roughly, or opened so
much, as to cause violent inflammation and lameness. With the
spreaders, this difficulty is entirely overcome.
The method of doing this should be about as follows: First
measure between the heels of the shoe carefully, by cutting a bit
of straw or stick the exact length between them, and then esti-
mate how much each heel will
bear opening without causing
soreness. Unless the foot is
very soft and elastic, it is
hardly prudent the first time
to open them more than a
quarter or three-eighths of an
inch. It is well to first onen
the quarter most contracted,
which, until brought out to
balance with the other, should
be opened the most. Then
measure again and spread the
opposite side. If opened too
much, or enough to cause sore-
ness, a few light taps of the
hammer against the outside
will set it back. The feet
should be kept soft by stopping with flax-seed meal, and tying
two or three thicknesses of blanket around, and wetting occasion-
ally. In the course of an hour or two examine the condition of
the feet carefully. If the horse puts out one foot, or indicates the
least soreness, the quarters have been opened too much, and they
must be at once knocked back sufliciently to relieve the undue
pressure, and kept wet. It is rarely, however, that the spreading
of a quarter, or even three-eighths of an inch, will at first cause
any soreness. On the contrary, it always gives relief. Still I
think it necessary to use care. The horse can be driven or
worked moderately, if desired. In two or three days the spiead-
ing can be repeated, but now not so much as before, and again in
three or four days following, and so on at longer intervals.
If the foot has been properly prepared, two points will be
Fig. 512. — As the shoe appears
after being spread.
684
SHOEING.
accomplished by this spreading, namely, the severe compression
upon the vasculai- structure and coronary ring will be immedi-
ately relieved, and
the sole, which in all
cases of this charac-
ter has been forced
up, as shown, to an
acute angle, will
straisfhten and let
down. To aid this,
the sole must by par-
ing be made so flexi-
ble that, as the foot
is opened it will set-
tle down and come
back to its natural
condition. The sore-
ness resulting from
the compression of
the parts will be re-
moved, and a better
condition of circula-
tion and nutrition re-
sult. By this course
the mobility will not only be restored, the horse travel with more
freedom and confidence, but as the hoof grows down it will be-
come thicker and of a better fiber.
As before explained, to bring about a healthy condition of
circulation and nutrition, the frog must necessarily be given con-
tact with the ground to the degree it will bear, which should be
provided for by the thinness of the shoe. In some simple cases
nailing the shoe to the heel, as shown in Fig. 511, may be sufficient
to hold the quarters firmly enough to enable spreading them as
desired. The objection is that the wall is so thin at the point of
the heels, that it may be difficult to get a good nail hold without
pricking or breaking out; besides, the nailing cannot be repeated.
The nails should be small and driven very carefully, getting a?)
much hold as the horn will admit of. The supposed objection to
this plan of opening the quarters is, that it prevents their natural
Fig. 513. — Badly contracted foot. The lines B show
the degree to which the foot can be
safely spread.
SHOEING.
685
elasticity by their undue confinement. But this is not a vaUd
' objection; because in the direction it is desired to give them free-
dom outward, it only facilitates it, while at the same time it gives
a certainty and positive-
ness of relief that cannot
well be secured in any
other way.
Curling Under of the
Heel. — This has heretofore
been an extremely difficult
form of contraction to over-
come, but by the treatment
given is not at all difficult
ta manage, because it gives
the power to force the
quarters back in place to
any degree desired. It
simply requires a little
more care in making the
adjustment. As this form
of contraction is mostly
common to heavy team
horses in large cities (though not uncommon now auioug road-
sters), and directly the cause of ruining a large number of the
finest horses, I will include some additional explanations on its
ti'eatment. Usually the foot is broad and healthy-looking, till at
the back of the turn of the wall, from which point the heels are
turned under, and drawn to almost a sharp point, entirely closing
the commissuers. The wall is thin and weak, growing very
slowly, with frog extremely small and hard. This form of con-
traction is mostly caused by wearing thick shoes with the bearing
surface so formed that the heels rest upon sharply concave sur-
faces, wliich tends to crowd or force them together; also by ex-
cessive paring and want of moisture.
The writer visited several shops to note the details of shoeing
such horses, and with a view of getting exact illustrations of the
average of such shoes. The frog, sole, and bars were cut down
excessively — the sole so that it would bend to the pressure of the
thumb, — and the bearing surface of the heels so scooped out, that
Fig. 514. — Draught or express shoe.
from Dr. Hamill's collection.
Model
686
SHOEING.
only a very narrow edge of the outer wall gave a bearing surface.
In addition to this senseless, bad treatment, which will destroy
the health of any good foot in a short time,' it was noticed that the
form and fitting of the shoe were equally bad ; so that it was not
difficult to understand Avhy naturally good feet were soon ruined
by such shoeing. Next, it was noticed that the seating extended
clear out to the nail-holes, leaving but a comparatively narrow
edge for the wall to rest upon. A number of average shoes were
obtaiuecl and photographed for the purpose of explaining the cause
of such bad effects : but it was found upon trial that it was impos-
FiG. 515. — The shoe as drawn.
sible to bring out the defects sufficiently plain to be of any ac-
count, and as the next expedient, an exact drawing of one of the
shoes (Fig. 575) was made, showing the concavity at different
points of bearing surface of the quarters. The dotted lines show
the location of the heels upon the shoe. To explain this more
clearly, three drawings of transverse sections are given ; (a) shows
by two points outside the innei- edge where the outer edge of the
heels rested ; (6) the same at half the distance between there and
the center of the clip on the sides; (c) at that point. See p. 688.
In the first place, the shoe is made very much longer and wider
at the heels than the foot, for the purpose of making them look
wide. In these cases, not only the bearing surface itself is largely
bevelled, but this bevel is greatly increased by the seating, which
SHOEING.
687
is carried well back to the heels and extended out to the edge of
the nail-holes, the point of the heels extending even inside the
inner edge of the iron. Out of the eight specimens selected from
a pile of old shoes, there was but one exception to this. The con-
sequence of such treatment is that the heels are constantly being
crowded forward and under as weight is thrown upon them, which,
with an excessively pared condition of the foot, causes such rapid
loss of moisture that the heels become curled under, weak, and
contracted. Now follows the
putting of leather between the
shoe and foot, the use of hoof lin-
iments, and other means of w-
lief , without any practical benefit.
I copy here the remarks of an
old author, J. Clark, of Edin-
burgh, Scotland, in 1782, show-
ing the bad effects of this treat-
ment : —
" They cannot be satisfied un-
less the frog is finely shaped, the
sole pared, and the bars cut out in
order to make the heels appear
wide. This practice gives them y^^ 516.-The previous shoe, engraved
a show of wideneas for a time, yet ^^.^^ photograph. Would not bring
that, together with the concave ^^, ^^^^^^^ appearance,
fonn of the shoe, forwards the con-
traction of the heels, which, when confirmed, renders the animal
lame for life."
The principle of shoeing such horses is the same as in that of
others : First, to level down the wall without interfering with the
sole or frog. The bearing surface of shoe to be flat, and bent to
the form of the foot, so as to support the wall evenly all the way
round ; the shoe to be no heavier, and the calks, if used, no
higher, than is barely necessary to sustain the wear to which it is
subjected. In addition, the feet should be kept soft by stoppings
and coverings of wet cloths at night. This should be especially
attended to duiing dry weather, or when the feet are hot or
feverish from severe work.
The treatment for the cure of such is practically the same as for
other conditions of contraction. Of course, much depends upon
688
SHOEING.
Fig. 517. — Concave bearing surface of shoe at heel.
B
the skill and ingenuity brought to bear in the treatment. In fact,
herein lies most of the success in the management of all conditions
of contraction. In my experience I never ha^e found a smith
who could catch the points of properly preparing the foot and fitting
the shoes for such cases. In every instance I have been compelled
to stand over the shoer, and dictate every movement, or do part
of the work myself. First, the want of judgment in preparing
the foot; second,
in adapting the
weight of the shoe
to the foot, and fit-
ting the clips so as
to enable opening
the quarters easily
and surely as de-
sired.
Since writing
the foregoing, my
attention has been
called to a very
simple and practi-
cal method of opening the quartei's for the cure of contraction, il-
lustrated in Fig. 522, and devised by Mr. David Roburg, a prac-
tical horse-shoer of great ingenuity and skill, who is located in
No. 106 West Thirtieth street, New York City.*
This spring he patented fourteen years ago, and has since used
it with marked success. Various methods of opening the heels on
this plan have been familiar to me for many years. Fig. 520
is a specimen of form which I copied from an old French work.
I also saw a spring almost the same in form and principle of ad-
FiG. 518. — Concave bearing surface of shoe between
heel and turn of foot.
Fig. 519. — Concave bearing surface of shoe
at turn of foot.
* My attention has been particularly attracted to this gentleman's method of
treatment by two incidents : First, in a conversation, some years ago, with Mr.
Bonner, who is himself undoubtedly one of the closest and best living students of
the principles of shoeing in this or any other country, by his stating that Mr.
Koburg was probably the most profound student in the art of shoeing in the coun-
try; second, by learning at the Columbia Veterinary College of his remarkable
success in the cure of a case of lameness that was pronounced by one of the highest
authorities in the city as an incurable case of navicular-joint lameness. Special
reference will be made to his method of treatment for this diflBiculty under the head
of Navicular-Joint Lameness.
SHOEING
68!)
justment which was devised and patented a few years ago hj a
horse-shoer in the upper part of New York City. But Mr. Roburg,
by giving more length to the spring, and simpHfying its construc-
tion, makes it all that can be desired.
The spring is made of steel, the exact
proportion and adjustment of which is
shown in Fig. 522. The wall is first
weakened by sawing down slightly be-
tween the heel and frog, when the
spring is placed in position with so much
force given to it as may be thought
necessary to press the heels outward as
desired. The shoe is then nailed on
over it, as ordinarily done. The press-
ure is gradual and constant, and must
prove j ust the thing where both quar- Fig. 520. — Shoe with spring for
ters will admit of equal pressure. But ^"^"^ °^ contraction. Copied
111 ,1 1 from the French.
should one quarter be much more con-
tracted or unyielding than the other, it would not work so well, be-
cause the full pressure would then be thrown on the weaker quar-
ter. This is in part obviated by nailing the shoe well back on the
quarter of the oppo-
site side, which would
prevent that side
from being acted
upon.
It does not, how-
ever, and cannot be
made to give the re-
quisite power to open
the quarters back
and outward, should
the heels be drawn
sharply inward and forward, as shown in Fig. 578, as can be
very easily done by the method devised by myself. But this
method of treatment is so simple and good that I have thought it
advisable to give very careful drawings of it. This spring of
different sizes and strength, with all particulars, can be obtained
hy addressing the patentee, Mr, Roburg. I also give illustrations
44
Fig. 521. — French method of shoeing — after Lafosse.
A, B, C, D, and E show lines of adjustment.
690
SHOEING.
of a form of shoe devised and largely used by him with great
success, the form of which can be well understood hy them. The
object to be attained is, where there is a want of mobility, or
much soreness and inflammation, to so form and a<lj ust the shoe
that the foot will partly roll upon the ground and relieve the
strain. This form of shoe has been patented by him. To use Mr.
Roburg's words, " This shoe, by allowing the foot to roll upon the
ground, gives the foot the advantage of an extra joint, and to that
degree relieves the strain or
want of mobility, which
causes lameness or sore-
ness." Consequently it not
only enables the horse to
travel easier, but aids in
'iTI
Fig. 523.
Fig. 524.
J&'ie. 5Si-',— An outline of spring, with its
position on the foot.
Thickness of the Width of bar-
spring — ^full full size,
size.
making a cure. This principle of treatment he has studied very
closely and is remarkably successful. More special reference will
be made to this in Navicular-joint Lameness.
This principle has long been in vogue in France. I give an
illustration from Laf osse, showing a side view of the hoof fitted for
the shoe ; also a specimen of the French shoe. The principle is
to turn up the shoe at the heel and toe about the thickness of the
iron. Mr. Roburg's shoe differs essentially from this, in that he
gives a curvature side-ways as well as with the length of the foot.
What he terms his "best model of shoe," and which is the most
unusual, is Fig. 525, which is nothing more than a thin plate
hammered into a i-ounded or bowl shape, the exact proportions of
SHOEING.
691
which are preserved in the drawings given. Fig. 526 is a side view
which will give a good idea of the relative proportion of the curve.
By this form of shoe
the foot has perfect
freedom of motion
either way. If the
foot is feverish or
dry, a wet sponge or
oakum is pushed in
between the shoe and
bottom of the foot.
Fiff. 529 is a view of
the same made a little
heavier, the same
form of circle being-
preserved, with the
difference of the central part being removed with cross-section of
the same. The shoe from which this drawing was made was claimed
to be the same that
^^ was worn by Dexter
when he made his
fastest time to road
wagon. Figs. 531,
532, show the method
of putting on calk-
ins.
Fig. 525. — Roburg's best form of shoe to aid the
mobility of the foot in lameness.
Fig. 536. — Side view of the above, showing
the curve.
Quarter-Crack.
This is the one difficulty next to contraction which seems to
have baffled the skill of
the best veterinary au-
thorities and horsemen
to prevent or cure; be-
cause in extreme cases
they had no practical
treatment beyond that
of a bar shoe, cutting
away the horn so that
^he part back of the split yrould have no bearing upon it, or of sup-
FiG. 527. — An exact scale of the curve
of the shoe.
Fig. 528. — Cross-section of the same.
692
SHOEING.
porting the weak parts by drawing the edges together with nails,
or fastening on a plate with screws ; all of which are merely pal-
liative, and not to be
depended upon. It
would, of course, be
easy to grow the foot
down by keeping the
horse in a stall or small
yard "where the ground
is soft, but when put
to work it would be li-
able to split down
again as before. Con-
sequently it has been
one of the most vexatious and annoying of difficulties, because to
to do this it was nec-
essary to keep the
horse idle from three
Fig. 530.— Cross-section of the same. ^ g^ months; and
then, when put to
work, if by chance he
were driven sharply
over hard or frozen
roads, the quarter was
liable to burst, which
would again make the
Fig. 539. — Ordinary form of rolling motion shoe.
Fig. 531. — Side view showing degree of curve.
loss of use necessary. Or it became necessary to resort to the pal-
liative measures refer-
red to, and thus in time
the value of an other-
wise good horse would
be destroyed.
We see, in the first
place, that the whole
trouble arises from the
hoof becoming con-
tracted or too small for
the internal parts. This pj^ 532.— Ground surface of above, showing
\v^iU be most notice^^ble method of putting on calking,
SHOsma
698
at the inner quarter by the wall becoming straight or drawn in
sharply a little below the hair, the part at which the split inva-
riably occurs. This is proved by the fact that the quarter is most
liable to burst or split when the hoof is dry and hard, or when
concussion is increased by driving on hard roads. This tendency
to split is also increased by the inferior quality of horn grown;
because the contraction of the parts, or pressing of the wall in
against the soft parts so obstructs
the circulation that there is not
sufficient blood to grow a sound,
tough, healthy horn. On this ac-
count in all such cases, if serious,
the horn grows thin and brittle.
The only reliable and practical
cure is opening the quarters suffi-
ciently to remove pressure until
the new horn is grown, which can
be done to any degree desired as
follows : First, cut down between
the bar and frog of the inner quar-
ter, as explained for contraction,
until it will yield readily to pressure. Next cut away the edges
of the wall to the end of the split ; then make a crease with the
firing iron at the edge of the hair. If the split extends well up
into the coronary band, this can be omitted, and instead, the iron
touched length-ways with the split. If, however, the quarter is
properly opened, such interference with the firing-iron will be un-
necessary, as the horn would usually grow down sound without it.
Now fit a shoe as explained for contraction, putting a clip only
upon the inner side (as shown in Fig. 536). The opposite side is
to be nailed well back to counterbalance it. When the shoes are
nailed on, with the spreaders open the quarter all it will bear
without producing soreness, or about a quarter of an inch. This
done, fill the crack with a little melted resin or tallow, over which
put a little tow to prevent gravel or dirt from working into the
quick. It is next advisable to stimulate the growth of tough,
healthy horn. This can be done with hoof liniment, which should
be put on as explained, two or three times a week. In addition,
the hoof should not be permitted to become dry or hard, which can
Fig. 533. — Quarter-craek.
694 SHOEING.'
be easily prevented by stopping with flaxseed meal, and tying two
or three thicknesses of blanket around the feet, and keeping wet
while standing in the stable. The horse, if necessary, can be put to
work as usual. In the course of a few days, spread out a little
more, or as may be necessary to make the hoof sufficiently large
to remove all pi^essure from the weak parts. When grown down,
the cause is removed, first, by the quarter being opened out to its
natural position, there-
by removing all press-
ure upon it outwardly ;
second, by the circula-
tion now having entire
freedom more blood is
brought to the parts.
Fig. 534. — Toe-crack. Fig. 535. — Quarter-crack. ,i , ,i
SO that there is grown
a tougher and thicker quality of horn, thereby making it a relia-
ble cure.
If an ordinary case, with but little drawing in of the quarters,
simply lower the inside quarter a little so as to remove pressure
from the upper edge of the wall, and put on a level shoe. Next,
with a firing-iron, burn a slight crease across the upper edge of
the wall, keeping the foot soft, and stimulating the growth by
applications of hoof liniment. This will enable growing the wall
down without its splitting back. But if the quarter is drawn in
perceptibly, then in addition to the creasuig, the quarter must be
given entire freedom by cutting down between the bar and frog.
The advantage of a bar-shoe is that it brings some pressure upon
the frog, causing a slight spreading of the quarters, and giving
relief; but, as must be seen, in its best form it is merely palliative,
as the frog soon becomes atrophied by the pressure. But if the
hoof is thin and much contracted, and especially if the growth of
horn is not very healthy, nothing short of opening the quarter
and keeping it so can be relied upon for success.
Blind Billy, on account of the severity with which he brought
the feet to the ground when traveling rapidly, frequently burst
the quarter of one of his feet which grew white horn and was con-
tracted a little. By weakening the horn between the bar and frog
so as to let the quarter give as pressure was thrown upon it, in
connection with keeping the feet soft and stimulating the growth
SHOEING.
695
with hoof hniments, enabled growing the wall down several times
without resplitting. Finally, during a severe freezing spell, when
the roads were rough and hard, the quarter was split very seri-
ously, which, on account of the thin condition of the hoof, it
became impossible to grow down again without its splitting
back. All palliative measures
failing, it became necessary to
either control the quarter while
growing, or in consequence of the
serious lameness the injury
caused him, to take the horse off
the road. This was not admissi-
ble, as he could not be spared, and
to prevent this I was compelled to
devise some means of treatment
by which this could be remedied.
I noticed first that the whole
trouble arose from the quarter
being too small, or pressing too
much upon the internal structure,
and it occurred to me to open
out the quarter and hold it there.
The experiment was made, fit-
ting the shoe with a clip, and it worked perfectly. The horse
was driven as usual, over the hardest roads, during the balance
of the winter ; yet the hoof grew down, not only sound but
stronger than it was before. The incident suggested the idea of
fitting a shoe in this way for the cure of contraction ; and for the
convenience of opening either quarter as desired, the spreaders
were devised, which enabled doing this most perfectly.
Corns.
Corns are usually to be found at the inner heel, or at the
angle between the bar and the crust, and are caused by the shoe
pressing upon the part. This will be most likely to occur should
the wall break down, or be cut away so much as to let the sho;-
rest upon the sole, or should the shoe be nailed wc^l back on the
outside and toe, as then, if left on too long, it will be drawn out-
ward and forward so much that the inner heel will be drawn
Fig. 536. — Form of shoe for
quarter-crack.
096
SHOEIKd.
under the quarter, and rest upon this part, bruising it. When the
sensible sole is thus bruised, the effused blood mixes with the horny
matter and makes a red spot, and if the irritation is continued so
as to produce very much inflammation, ulceration may take place,
which would, in some cases, be sufficient to affect the inner wing of
the coffin bone, and cause matter to break out at the coronet. Some-
times when the quarter is very much contracted the space between
the bar and quarter being
greatly lessened, it causes
such bruising or pressure
upon the soft jDarts as to ex-
cite inflammation, or a corn,
which, in some cases, may
be very serious. The usual
remedy is to cut away the
parts so that the shoe will
not rest upon it, and put on
a little caustic, or touch it
with a hot iron, which de-
stroys sensibility, and
changes the condition of se-
cretion. Butter of antimo-
ny, or salts of nitre, is the
favorite remedy; then melt
in a little tar, resin, and tallow, and cover with a little tow to
prevent gravel or dirt working into the tender part. The usual
way, in severe cases, is to put on a bar shoe, so as to enable re-
moving all pressure from the part. This mode of treatment,
however, as usually done, is only palliative, not curative. The
horse will travel better, but if the shoe is left on a little too long,
or presses upon the part in the least, or should gravel or dirt
accumulate between the part and the shoe, inflammation and
lameness will follow. The only remedy for this is to remove the
pressure. But in time by this treatment the difficulty is only
aggravated and made worse. Hence, the usual assertion that
" corns cannot be cui'ed. '
The writer will now explain how corns may be cured without
difficult}' : The black performing horse, Gilford, one of his f ormei-
Fig. 536.— Gifford's foot, as it appeared
before treatment.
SHOEING.
697
Fig. 537. — Position of spreaders for opening
quarter.
team of horses trained to drive without reins, had a very bad
bruise (corn) on one of his inner heels, which, if not carefully
attended to, caused se-
rious lameness. After
being troubled with it
about seven years, it
had grown to such
proportions as to in-
volve the entire angle
at the heel, so that the
horn was broken quite
through, and the sen-
sitive structure partly
ulcerated. At the
close of the season's
business, early in June,
there was considerable
inflammation and sore-
ness in the entire foot, in consequence of the aggravated condition
of the corn, despite the fact that all prcssui-e had been carefully
kept from it. All palliative
measures having failed, it
occurred to the writer to try
the experiment of removing
all pressure from the part,
and turning the horse to
grass during the summer
months. But there was an-
other serious difficulty, to
which, in part, some of the
soreness might be attributed.
By the contraction or curl-
ing under of the outer heel,
it had become so weak that
it could scarcely be made to
Fig. 538. —The shoe as it appeared when on, support his weight in trav-
with the outer quarter opened out. ^^.^^^ ^^ -^ ^^^^^ ^^^^^^^^ ^^
treat this at the same time. The division between the bar and frog
of this side was mxII thinned out to make the quarter flexible.
698
SHOEING.
Next, a thin shoe of uutempered steel, a Httle more than an
eighth of an inch thick, was made to fit accurately to the wall
(as shown by Fig. 537), the end being turned up for a clip, and
fitted nicely to its place. The part of the opposite heel of the shoe
coming over the corn, was entirely cut away, leaving simply suf-
ficient to cover the wall, which at this point was very thin. The
shoe was now fastened on sufficiently to hold it firmly in place,
but with very s^nall nails. There was no rasping or attempt to
beautify the foot in any way. This is never in any case permit-
ted by the writer in shoeing his horses.
Figs. 536 and 538 give a very good idea of the appearance of
Fig. 539.
Best forms of bar shoe.
Fig. 540.
the foot before and after the shoe was put on. The quarter was
now carefully opened back about three-eighths of an inch, without
causing any irritation. Nothing was put over the bruise or corn,
nor was it meddled with in any way. The horse was now turned
out to grass daily. At first he moved very tenderly, though not
lame. In a week the heel was again opened a little more, and
again at intervals until opened out as desired. In a few weeks
the tenderness, fever, and inflammation subsided ; and at the ex-
piration of three months the corn was entirely cured, there being
a healthy growth of sole over the part, leaving only a slight touch
of redness on account of not being entirely grown out. The con-
tracted quarter was also out in its natural position, the change for
the better in all respects being very gratifying. An ordinary flat
SHOEING. 699
shoe was now put on, when he ti-aveled as well as ever. Most of
such cases can be easily cured while the horse is kept at his usual
work, by putting on an open shoe if the foot will bear it, if not, a
light bar shoe, with the part coming under the corn entirely cut
away, leaving only sufficient to cover the wall. It will not mat-
ter whether the bar is cut away or not,
as there will be nothing over it to harbor
gravel or dirt. It would be advisable to
fit the shoe carefully, or even drive tAvo
or three nails, to know exactly the posi-
tion of the shoe upon the wall. Then
mark the part to be cut out, when the
nails can be pulled out, the part cut or
filed away properly, and the shoe again
nailed in place.
The success in the treatment of the case
referred to, led me to believe I had made Fig. 541.— Shoe fitted for cur-
an important discovery, as I had not *°S corns. From Cole-
found it laid down by any of the ordinary ^^^ ^ ^"^^ '
authorities on " Shoeing," under my notice. Since then, upon in-
vestigation, I have found that the principle was well understood
by many old authorities, though the method of treatment, as will
be seen, was slightly different.
Page 96, of Freeman's work on "Shoeing," pubUshed in 1796,
says: —
" I have frequently bought horses whose feet, on examination,
proved to have corns, occasioned by ill-made shoes having pressed
upon them. These were, in general, easily cured by paring the
feet properly where the grievance lay, and turning the horse out
without shoes for two or three months."
In the supplement to Coleman's work, published in 1802, the
writer found, for the cure of corns, the shoe cut away over the
corn (see Fig. 541).
Bracy Clark's work, in 1809, for the cure of corns, gives an
illustration of a shoe with that part which would come over the
corn entirely cut away. The half-moon shoe, or tip, by Lafosse,
referred to hereafter, is claimed to cure corns. Csesar Fiaschi, of
the 16th century, gives a cut of a three-quarter shoe; almost the
same form as that of Bracy Clark's, for this trouble. White's
work, published in 1820, says: —
700 SHOEING.
" The only thing to bo done is to take off the shoe, and turn the
horse out to grass. In slight cases, however, this may not be
absolutely necessar}", and is often inconvenient, but it is by far the
best plan, ai^d, 1 mu}^ add, perhwjjn the only effectual one, "vvhen a
radical cure is desired."
This writer being good authority, I will include what he saj'^s
on direct or palliative treatment: —
" When a horse cannot be sent to grass, and the disease is so
slight as not to produce lameness, let the affected heel, crust as well
as sole, be rasped or cut down with the drawing knife, so that
when a bar-shoe is aj^plied, there may be no pressure upon the affected
heel, or about an inch beyond it, that is, toward the toe. . . . The
practice commonly is to scoop out the reddened sole or corn between
the bar and crust, and have these receive the bearing of the shoe;
but this will not do ; the crust also must be removed as well as the
bar to the depth of a quarter of an inch. . . . Caustics and even
a hot iron have sometimes been applied to corns ; they may have
had the effect of deadening the feeling of the part for a short time,
but they often do great mischief, and should never be employed or
permitted in any case of corn whatever. Tar ointment, Friar's
balsam, or a solution of blue vitriol have. also been used.* They
may be innocent, but certainly not necessary. When corns are
not attended to, severe lameness is often the consequence. Smiths
frequently do nothing more than scoop out the corn, and apply a
common shoe. This sometimes relieves the horse for a short time,
but he soon becomes lame again, and generally lamer than at first.
It is in this way that corns are rendered troublesome, and produc-
tive of so much inconvenience. Inflammation and suppuration are
thus sometimes induced in the heels, and matter breaks out at the
coronet. In this case the whole of the affected heel must be
removed, even the crust of the heel and the bar ; and when the
part has been well soaked with a poultice, that is, after a few days,
it may be dressed with tar ointment, and about a week after it has
been thus dressed, the horse should be turned to grass without
shoes."
Weak Heels.
If from any cause there has been much fever in the feet for
some time in consequence of being driven on hard roads, or being
partially foundered, there will be diminished supply of horn, so
that the wall will not only grow slower but thinner. Sec refer-
ence to inflammation and Figs. 505 and 50G, on page 677. 'f
* Formulas for these prescriptions will be found among miscellaneous recipes.
t According to scientific authority, ordinary inflammation of the horn-secreting
Burfaces gives a greater cell proliferation in general; but when inflammation ap-
SHOEING.
701
Fig. 542. — The foot as it appeared.
Sometimes the heels are cut down so closely that should the
shoe work loose, and wear or break down the quarters, it would
be easy to pro-
duce a weak, low
condition of the
heels. This may
cavise a great deal
of trouble, on ac-
count of the slow-
ness with which
the horn grows to
supply the in-
creased wear.
This morbid con-
dition of inflam-
mation also pro-
duces another
very marked ef-
fect, namely, that of separating the wall from the sole, or what
is termed becoming shelly. Sometimes, if the shoes are badly
fitted and made too wide
at the heels (as explained
under the head of Con-
traction), they will soon
cause a weak, bad condi-
tion of the heels, the quar-
ter gradually giving way
or breaking down, and if
the foot is at all flat, the
sole and frog become lia-
ble to settle, or are made
convex.
One of the most marked
cases oi' this kind the wri-
ter ever sew wr.s that of a
Fig. 543.— Form of shoe the writer would advise, cart horse, brought to his
proaches the suppurative stages, death of the horn occurs. But atrophy, or wast-
ing of the secreting structure, gives a corresponding atrophied portion of born»
gfrijctwr^,
702
SHOEING.
notice in Central Pennsylvania. The feet were broad and flat,
with the heels drawn in to a point so that there was scarcely any
bearino- of them upon the shoe. The result of this was that the
horn wore or broke away until the line of bearing was over an
inch above that of the frog. To remedy the difficulty, the calks
were raised correspondingly high to keep the frog from the
ground. (See Fig.
t'Si!iiM'^'^Jk^\.^^^. ^^2) This horse trav-
eled with great diffi-
culty, even on a walk.
If it is desired t;j re-
store the condition of
the circulation and
quality of horn, by far
the best way of doing
it would be to put on
thin-heeled shoes, with
iron just wide enough
around the quarters
and heels to protect the
wall, and then turn the
horse out for a few
months. In the meantime, dress the feet two or three times a week
with hoof liniment to stimulate the growth of good horn, and
prevent the weakening effects of too much moisture. If, how-
ever, the feet are weak and the horse must be used, a better
way would be to put on a thin bar shoe, the bar part extending
well forward under the frog, to give more basis of support. (See
Fig. 548.) Of course nothing more should be cut away from the
heels than is sufficient to barely level them a little. Especial care
should be taken to protect them from excessive wear and break-
ing down by the shoe, which may be done by placing leather be-
tween the bearing surfaces of the foot and the shoe. The better
to support such a shoe and lessen the nailing, a light clip may be
turned up on each side. In many cases of this kind the horn
may be very brittle, so that it is not only advisable to use small
nails, but to drive them where a strong hold can be taken — any-
way, the shoe must be fastened on so firmly that it will not get
ioose or work on the foot. In some cases it ina^" be necessary to
Fig. 544. — The shoe as it may be fitted to
support weak heels.
SHOEING.
703
Fig. 545. — Original shoe litted
with plate on.
bend the bar down, so as to enable a more accurate line of ad-
justment to the wall and frog. If an arch becomes so weak that
it settles under the weight upon it,
the only safe or reasonable alterna-
tive would be to support it. In like
manner, when the sole becomes so
weak that it settles down, it must
be given contact with the ground,
or supported by the use of a bar
shoe.
When in Massachusetts, in 187G,
a leading horseman called my atten-
tion to a fast-trotting stallion that
had weak feet, and which caused
him a great deal of trouble. He
wished to know how to shoe them
so as to improve their condition. I
found the feet in good shape, but the sole and wall were very
thin and weak, the effect, undoubtedly, of the horse being slightly
foundered or overheated. I advised putting on a shoe that would
support the sole and frog, the space
between the shoe and froo- to be
packed with oakum, and the use of
hoof liniment to grow a tougher and
better condition of horn. He ob-
jected, that this would not do, as
the horse would not bear any press-
ure at all upon the sole. Some time
afterward my attention was called
to a very high indorsement from
this gentleman, of a certain form of
patent shoe, that had been used on
this horse. It stated that it enabled
the horse to travel as well as ever,
and that its utility was all that could
be desired. I was interested to know j ust what kind of a shoe had
been used, and when again in that vicinity, at considerable trouble
found one, of which I give an accurate drawing. (See Fig. 545.)
While it may be evident that in many such cases the shoe could
Fig. 546.
-The same with plate
removed.
704.
SHOEING.
Pig. 5-i7. — Heel of shoe with pad
of oakum attached.
be made to support the entire sole, if hammered out of iron, the
increased weight would make it seriously objectionable. The fit-
ting of a thill piece of steel plate, as
shown in Fio-. 545, would enable this
to be done with but little addition to
its weight. The manner of putting-
it on was simply by bringing the
whole surface of the wall and frog to
an even bearing, to which the shoe
was carefully adjusted.
Next, the space between the shoe
and bottom of the foot was filled with
oakum, to which was added a little
tar and resin, so as to form an even
but firm support all the way round.*
The drawing of the oakum, as it
appears in Fig. 547, is an exact
illustration of that which was used upon the shoe named, though
only the back part of it is shown. Parties who had used the shoe
upon feet which had become sore
and tender from driving upon hard,
stony roads in the city and neigh-
borhood, stated that it enabled the
horses to travel much better. If
the foot is sore and sensitive,'' sup-
porting it with a bed of oakum in
this way, will serve to break con-
cussion, and consequently make the
horse go better for a time. But for
contraction, quarter-crack, coffin-
joint lameness, etc., for which it was
advertised as a cure, it cannot ben-
efit beyond the effect of slightly
breaking concussion as explained. It would be just the thing
for weak heels and for any condition where the sole and frog
Fig. 548. — The plate as attached.
* A preparation of tar, beeswax, hard soap, and resin, melted and formed into a
salve, to be used with oakum as a packing, was given the writer by a horseman of
much experience, as the best for this purpose, claiming that it softened the feet and
stimulated the secretion of horn.
SHOEING.
705
bearinof
>'iG. 549. — Forward shoe to preveut strik
iug. From Dr. Hamill's collection.
nec<T suyjporting". As it is, liowevef, seriously objectionable to
cover the whole bottom of the foot M'^heu it can be avoided, I in-
clude cuts of an improvement
liy which the A\^hole
surface of the froo- and heels,
the important parts, can be
supported without the sole be-
ing excluded fr(jin moisture or
air, which is important for the
secretion of healthy horn. In
such a case, if desired, the
plate instead of being let to
the inner edgfe of the bar
(which is mainly made so in
the cut to give it a more dis-
tinct appearance), can be ex-
tended across the quarter, so
that the upper surface will
come e\'en witli that of the shoe, and be riveted on.
The main point in the management of interfering is to have
the shoe close under tlie wall at the point of striking, and the of-
fending part shortened or straightened a little, and that there be
no nails driven there, the clinches
of which would soon rise and cause
cutting'. The ed^e of the; shoe
should be beveled imder a little,
and filed smooth. There is usual 1}-
a good deal of carelessness in letting
the shoe extend outside tlui ci'ust
at the point of the heel. It .should
set well under the Avail all the wa}^
round, and the wall filed smoothly
to it. In addition, in some cases
the hoi'se will travel better to lower
the inside lieel a little, in others to
raise it. It is in all cases advisable,
however, if the horse can be made
to travel without striking, to keep
Fui. 55U. — Shoe to prevent inter-
fering and flickiiit;'.
the adjustment natural by paring th(i fo(jt level, and making tUo
45
706
SHOEING.
shoe of an equal thickness all the way round, with perhaps the
inner part straightened a little. Raising the inside heel, which
is the method in general use, while it tends to throw the ankle
out, tends also to throw the foot in, as it is carried forward. It
also brings such unequal strain upon th« ankle joint as to some-
times cause serious injury to it. Fig, 552 is introduced to show
the bad effect of this. The inner condyle of the joint is worn
down or eroded over one-eighth of
an inch, and, by its friction, cut in
through the cartilage of the oppos-
ing part so as to conform to the an-
gle shown in the bones as represent-
ed. There is also a large accumu-
lation of bony deposit on the outside,
grown by the inflammation excited,
showing the extremel}' bad effect of
forcing an unequal bearing on the
joint, and throwing the foot out of
line.
Sometimes colts driven to a sulky,
when a little leg weary may strike
badly ; in such a case the ankle must be protected. In all cases
when the ankle is cut, the swelling and soreness increase the dif-
ficulty, and should be guarded against by covering. If the irri-
tation is kept up, and this is not done, it may result in perma-
nent enlargement of the part, whicli would afterward increase
the liability to be hit. This can be prevented only by coverings,
or by being protected by the ordinary simple means, until the in-
flammation subsides and the injury heals. I include here Prof.
McLellan's directions : —
''Treatment for interfering, to be rational, must take into account
the causations. Thus, if the toes turn out — a very common cause
of interfering — they should be inclined in all that is possible. This
can be accomplished by bending the outside web of the shoe from
its inner to its outer border, making the edge through which the
nails are driven, quite thin. Or if calks are used, the toe calk can
be welded neai-er the inside than the outside toe, and the toe calk
beveled at the ex])enso of its outer extremity. If the knee is
banged, but light shoes arc indicated. Lightness in the shoe is al-
ways desirable in the liind fee), and if llio season of the year per-
mits, tips will be found vciy etroetivi.! in ]»T(V(^ntion of interfering.
Fig. 551. — The shoe as sometimes
formed to prevent interfering.
SHOEING.
0/
tV(
The nails should be left out of the hoof at the point wliere it
strikes, because the clinches are liable to become raised or loosened,
and do injury,"
Clicking, or Overreaching.*
"This is a term applied to the striking of the hind shoes against
the forward ones during pi-ogression. It may be due either to a
faulty conformation, to weakness, or
to disease. In seeking to remedy the
defect, Ave must endeavor to discover
its cause. If it is due to defective
form, we may so adjust the hoofs and
apply the shoes that the feet shall be
placed upon the ground in such rela-
tion to the body as to modify iu some
measure the fault of form. In some
cases the toes of the forward feet
must be reduced all that is possible,
and the toes of the hind feet length-
ened. In others, weights or heavj-
shoes upon the forward feet ansAver a
good pui'pose. In some, weights
upon the outside of the hind feet over-
come the difficulty.
"If the hind feet are placed upon
the ground Avell forward when the
animal is at rest, heel calks of extra
length will be foimd useful.
"Weakness, as a cause of clicking,
is shoAvn in colts and in horses that
haA^e diseased hind feet. In the first,
the animal is not able, or has not
learned, to dAvell upon the hind foot
to give to the body that forward im-
pulse that comes from the long push;
in the second, pain prevents the ex-
tension. In the case of the colt, shoe-
ing must be supplemented by good driving, — the animal should be
kejjt up to the bit, and the head Avell checked up, and should not be
fatigued by over-driving. In the case where the clicking depends
upon a diseased conditioii of the foot or leg, the removal of the
cause is the indication. As general rules for the prevention of
clicking, the toe of the forward hoof should be reduced all that it
Avill bear ; the shoe should be short, both at the toe and heel ; the
heels of the shoe should be bcA^eled at the expense of its ground
surface ; when the toe should be beveled, giving the shoe, when
applied, the appearance of one partly worn. In many cases con-
caving the ground surface of the shoe is useful. If the toes are
Fig. 553. — Effect of injury caused
by interfering. From a speci-
men presented by Prof.
Cressy, of Hartford.
* Contributed by Prof. McLeltau.
708 SHOEING.
long and the heels extremely low, thick-heeled shoes or heel calks
are indicated.
" The hind shoes should be light and long at the heels, giving the
heels of the shoe as wide a bearing as possible. In case the toe of
the hind foot is much worn, and as a consequence the hoof spread
at its plantar surface, clips should be drawn up from each
side of the shoe, so as to grasp the wall at its widest part. No
attempt should be made to fit the shoe to the squared and shortened
toe ; but give it the natural form, and let it project at the toe to
that extent that would indicate the length of the hoof were it un-
worn. Heel calks upon the hind shoes are applicable to nearly all
cases.
" In all cases of overreaching or clicking, adjusting the hoof and
shoe so that the inside quarter and toe of the hoof are higher than
the outside, will assist in overcoming the difficulty."
Stumbling.
"Stumbling is usually associated with some? diseased condition of
the foot. In "the prevention of this disagreeable and dangerous
habit, particular attention must be given to cutting the hoof. Eeduce
the hoof all it will bear without injury ; see that the hoof is of
equal depth on each side of the toe. This you can ascertain best
by standing in front of the horse and comparing the two sides. In
fitting the shoe, bend up the toe, giving it the rounded appearance
of one well Avorn. If calks must be used, weld toe calk back to
inner margin of web, making it low. In the stable use wet swabs
to the feet."
Shoeing Soke or Tender Feet.
It is very important in shoeing sore or tender feet to enable the
horse to travel with the greatest comfort and ease. As will be
found in " Navicular or Chronic Lameness," much depends upon
the method of shoeing in producing favorable conditions, which
should be studied in connection with this explanation. Should a
horse show increased tenderness or soreness while driving down
hill or over rough, stony roads, at times " crimpling" badly,
going better on smooth, soft, or sandy roads, and Avith the shoe
worn perceptibly more at the toe than at the lieels, first see
whether there is any contraction at the inner or both quarters, with
th(} hoof looking rather hard and glossy (usually one foot only will
show this condition, and may be correspondingly tender ®r lame).
Also see whether the lameness came on snddonlv oi- gradually. If
SHOEING.
709
suddenly lamed, it is probably caused b}^ straining the coffin- joint,
which would be indicated by its being unable to bear pressure
upon the frog. In such
a case the horse
go decidedly worse on
rough, stony roads or
down hill, where there is
liability to severe inci-
dental p r e s s u )• e being
brought against the frog.
For such a condition of
lameness, the shoe should
be made with high heels
and rounding toe — no toe
calks. The calks should
be gradually shortened
as there is improvement.
If the lameness came on
graduall}^, and especially
if it set in at a time ^^^' ^^y- -I^'nu of shoe that may be used.
when the feet were very dry and hard, it was probably caused by
some slight inflammation, the result of contraction and fever •
becau.se when the feet are very dry and feverish, the hoof becomes
smaller, causing increased pres-
sure upon the soft parts and lat-
eral cartilages. There may be
also some inflammation or a mor-
bid condition of the coffin-joint.
If any contraction is noticeable,
the feet should be softened and
treated as explained under that
head.
If, however, the object is to
shoe the horse for present use,
simply raise the heels a lit-
. tie and round the toe. If there
IS but httle soreness or want of mobility, then let the shoe be an
ordmary flat one, with the toe turned up like that of an old shoe
considerably worn. Gr^at care should be used in taking off" and
Fig. 554. — Form of shoe for covering
a weak, thin sole.
710
SHOEING.
Fig. 555. — Adapted for a hind
foot in aiding mobility.
nailing slices on such feet, not to wrench or hammer the foot
heavily. In winter, if calks must be used, let them be arranged
something like Fig. 553; or a low, long calk can be put on well
back under the toe. In taking off the shoes, the clinches should
be carefully raised, and the nails, one at a time pulled out. In
nailing on, the strokes should be
light, and the clenching barely
sufficient, by repeating light tap-
pings, to turn over nicely. Any-
thing in the way of hard, tight nail-
ing should be avoided. The shoe
should be simply held nicely in
place without being pulled tight.
There are a great many pads
and cushions advertised for tender
feet. If rubber pads be put over
the shoe, it is seen, in the first
place, that nailing on the shoe and
turning down the clinches suffi-
ciently tight, presses it down so closely as to take out all its
elasticity ; in addition, the heels soon wear and cut through it to
the shoe, so that they can have but little, if any, effect in relieving
concussion. Leather well fitted
between the shoe and foot will, in ff
many cases, help considerably.
I have found that making the
heel-calks rather low and sharp,
and the toe-calks well back about
the middle of the bar, greatly
helps in breaking concussion on
mud roads ; as by their setting
into the ground the force of the
blow is much lessened.
A great many shoes have
been devised for the purpose of
relieving concussion ; but practically they have proved of but
little or no value. The most successful Avay has been to fit two
thin plates with rubber between them, but it proved too expensive
and complicated to come into general use. (Prof. Going's Patent
Fig.
556. — ^Form of shoe with toe
simply rounded.
SHOEING.
711
Rubber Shoe.) A common method practiced by many shoers is
to spring or bend the shoe off from the heels, with the belief taao
it must relieve them. (See Fig. 558.)
This is objectionable, because it transfers
the bearing from the natural position of
the heels to parts least capable of receiv-
ing it, multiplied with such leverage upon
the wall where the shoe is bent off, as to
cause severe pain. It also soon breaks
down the quarters so as to work upon the
shoe, thereby becoming an additional
source of weakness and injury.
Fig. 557. — Shoe adapted for
a stiff joint.
Fig. 558. — Shoe raised from
the heel.
Shoeing Foundered Horses. >
If the mobility of the foot is destroyed, as the result of chronic
founder, or other cause of morbid inflammation, mobility must
be aided by rounding the entire .shoe or
toe. If the foot is entirely stiff, the
shoe must be so formed that it will
I'oll upon the ground, which can be
easily done by leaving the inner edge
of each side wide, and turning down
in a half circle, as shown in Fig. 557.
If the sole is broken down, or the
wall separated at the toe, the result of
acute inflammation or founder, weight will be thrown more upon
the heels. For such cases the shoe must be so fitted as to extend
well back under the heels, and if
the sole is very thin at the toe —
bulging down — it may be sup-
ported by letting a thin flange
of iron extend well back under
it, or fitting a steel plate across
the part so as to give an even
support all the way round, and the adjustment made easy by
packing with oakum, though in most cases the sole will not bear
pressure, and is simply to be protected by a wide shoe. The shoe-
ing of such feet must be in a great measure experimental ; con-
sequently the ingenuity of the owner or smith must be exercised
Fig. 559. — French shoe for aiding
mobility.
712 SHOEING.
to conform "with best advantage to the condition of tlic case.
First, do nothing that will irritate or make the foot sore. It sim-
ply must ])e supported to the best advantage, and the mobility
aided by rounding the toe, or setting the calks well back under it,
as shown by Figs. 531 and 553.
EXTRACTS FROM STANDARD AUTHORS.
This chapter would be incomplete without reference to a few
authorities, showing the bad effect of paring the sole and fi-og
excessively, rasping the outer surface of the hoof and the use of
thick, badly-litting shoes. I will call attention first to the most
prominent authority. Prof. Coleman, from whose teachings all the
modern Avorks in this country liave been principally guided in
their instructions. In January, 1702, a Veterinary College was
started in London. A shoii time afterward Edward Cole-
man was appointed Chief Professor. I cannot do better here than
copy from Prof. Gamgee's work on "Shoeing," published in Lon-
don in 1874, in relation to Coleman's teaching. He says : —
"111 England, since J*roi'. Coleman riUhlesslj^ destroyed the em-
pirical knowledge of the old masters, and substituted for it a system
of fantastic and often cruel notions, we have been a prey to endless
speculative theories. Tlie result is that with the best horses in the
worldj we have a far larger pi'oportion of lame ones than are to be
found in any other country. . . .
"It was a kind of teaching on ihe foot and on shoeing that did
the incalculable and, I fear, almost irreparable damage which has
brouirht sufferinii: on horses and shortened their existence, which
has spoiled farriers by leading them astray on talsc jiretexts, and
has entailed discredit on the English Veterinaiy School. . . .
" One change, among others introduced by Mr. Coleman, has
entailed, I believe, a more lasting damage on the art farriery
than an}' of his many other crochets, which have unfortunately
become thoroughly parts of English horse shoeing. He introduced
the drawing-knife, and made it supercede the buttress for preparing
the feet for shoeing. The buttress is the instrument still in use for
paring down the wall surface to receive the shoe eveiy where except
in England and parts of the New World, to which English hands
and language have carried our modes of shoeing, such as it has
become only Avithin the present century.
"Old men can remember tlic buttress being in general use
throughout Great Britain ; but the way it was banished from En-
glish practice is known to few ; and its supercedence, and these
remarks on the effects of the change, may astonish many. The
SHOEING.
VI ;?
drawing-knife, or searcher as it was called, a. sniuU hooked, crooked
little instrument, was formerly kept for the purpose of exploring
Avounds and extracting foreign bodies from the foot, and was to
that extent in vogue on the Continent as well as in England. But
theorizing, and a fancy for a change, led the professor to order the
general use of the little hooked knife instead of such a broad, level
tool as the buttress. He had unfortunately conceived such notions as
that the sole of the foot did not bear the Aveight of the animal, that
it was necessary to pare it thin every time the horse Avas shod,
and that the broad, level buttress
was not suited for that ; hence
the preference for the little
scooping, crooked searcher. As
these incidents have had a dis-
astrous eifect on shoeing, Avhich
we have scarcely in any degree
begun to relieve, I Avill quote
from Mr. C o I e m a n ' s work of
1798 :—
'• ' Those who supposed that
the weight of the animal was
chiefly supported by the hoi*ny
sole, have attributed a function
to that organ which it does not
possess ; but, althoxigh the lam-
inae are capable of sustaining the
weight of the animal, yet, as
they are elastic, and at every
step elongate, the horny sole is
necessarily pressed doAvn in the same degree, and by first descend-
ing, and then ascending, as the laminae dilate and contract, the
horny sole contributes very materially to prevent concussion. This
union of the crust with the coffin-bone sustains the weight of the
animal ; the crust supports the weight even when the horny sole
and frog are removed ; if the sole and frog in reality supported the
weight, then the foot would slip through the crust when the frog
and sole were taken away.
" ' The sole, frog, and bai's were taken away from both the fore
feet of a horse ; the feet were then alternately lifted by placing the
hands on the loins of the horse ; he kicked, all his weight Avas then
sustained by the laminae of the fore feet, and yet this made not
the smallest degree of change in the situations of the bones.
" ' From this experiment, therefore, it is, that the union of the
sensitive laminae with the horny laminae is sufficiently strong to
support the whole weight of the animal on two feet.
'• ' The first thing to be attended to is to take aAvay the portion
of the sole with the draAving-knife ; and to avoid pressure, the sole
should be made concave or hollow. If there be any one part of
the practice of shoeing more important than the rest, it is this re-
FiG. 560. — Shoe for weak sole, or
foundered foet.
714
SHOEING.
moval of the solo between the bars and the crust. In common
practice these parts of the hoof are removed by an instrument
called the buttress.
" ' The removal of a proper quantity of horny sole has been
represented to be a delicate operation, and in the hands of common
smiths liable to do mischief. But any smith capable of paring a
hoof cannot fail to be equal to removing part of the sole with the draw-
ing-knife. That the practice may be faithfully executed in the
army, a farrier from each
regiment of cavalry has
been pei-mitted to attend
the college to learn the
l^ractical part of shoeing.'
"The foregoing pas-
sages, abounding as they
do in errors, give evidence
of the manner in which
some of the greatest
changes in the practice of
horse shoeing have occur-
red since its historj^ has
been written, and changes
Fig. 561.— Side view of the previous shoe.
which have led to the
worst possible results.
Once, however, the notion
got possession of the
minds of the men at the
wheel, that the bottom of the foot, its arched sole, was not designed
to support the weight, but to jneld to pressure downward ; every-
thing had to give way to that idea. The sole and frog were torn
away, and because, during the barbarous experiment, the connection
did not yield, and the bone protrude as a finger through a torn
glove, negative evidence was taken in confirmation of the theory
framed ; the paring away of horses' soles with the drawing-knife
was thus established, and the army, by sending farriers to learn
the new system, became the means of enforcing the absurd and
cruel practice of thinning the sole throughout this kingdom and
the colonies."
" It is interesting to see the differently constituted mind of Mr.
Moorcroft on the natural bearing of the question in 1800. He
says : —
" ' The sole ties the lower edge of the crust together, and by its
upper part forming a strong arch, it affords a firm basis to the bone
of the foot, and by its strength it defends the sensitive parts within
the hoof.'
" This is true. We fail to discover a single passage in any work
or any traditional account to show that any objection was raised to
the continuance of the use of the buttress in England, any more
than over the rest of the world, where it had been adopted from
time immemorial, until along with his other new theories about
SHOEING. 715
shoeing, Mr. Coleman believed it to be the wrong thing to employ,
and then a crooked knife and a coarse rasp were adopted as
weapons that might do more destructive execution than the one
dismissed."
The writer has talked with several veterinary surgeons of high
standing, who think that Coleman did not mean, by the experi-
ment named, to infer that the sole should be cut away to such a
degree as to yield to the pressure of the thumb (which is the com-
mon rule), but that he wished to prove that it could be done
without breaking down the foot ; and that his followers carried
it to this extreme, thereby making it the cause of a great deal of
harm.
A few paragraphs are also introduced from Youatt and Miles,
the most commonly accepted and widely read authors in this
country, to show that their principles of treatment are the same,
and have been derived from the same source.
" That portion of the horn should be left on the foot which will
defend the internal parts from being bruised and yet suffer the ex-
ternal sole to descend. How is this to be ascertained? The strong
pressiore of the thumb of the smith will he the best guide. The buttress,
that most destructive of all weapons, being, except on very particu-
lar occasions, banished from every respectable forge, the smith sets
to work with his drawing-knife and removes the growth of horn
until the sole will yield, although in the slightest possible degree,
to the strong pressure of the thumb." — Youatt.
" It would be impossible to frame any rule applicable to the par-
ing out of all horses' feet, or indeed to the feet of the same horse at
all times. For instance, it is manifestly unwise to pare the sole as thin
in a hot, dry season when the roads are broken up and strewed with
loose stones, as in a moderately wet one, when they are well bound
and even ; for in the former case, the sole is in perpetual danger of
being bruised by violent contact with loose stones, and consequently
needs a thick layer of horn for its protection ; while the latter case
offers the most favorable surface that most of our horses ever have
to travel upon, and should be taken advantage of for a thorough
paring out of the sole, in order that the internal parts of the foot
may derive the full benefit arising from an elastic and descending
sole, — a state of things very essential to the due perfoi mance of
their separate functions. Again, a horse with upright feet and high
heels grows horn very abundantl}^, especially toward the toe, and
is always benefited by having the shoe shortened, and the heels
lowered and well pared out." — Miles.
George Fleming, who stands confessedly at the head of the
716
SIIORIXG.
Eug'lish Veterinary Profession in England, in liis work on Shoes
and Horse-shoeing, says: —
" By dint of knife and rasp, the dimensions of the organ, the
foundation of the edifice, have been greatly reduced, and the animal
rests on a narrower basis. The sole has been carefullj'- denuded of
its protecting horn, iiiilil the thin ]telliele of newh' secreted material
is ex])<)sed and readily yields to the
thumb. The frog is scientificalh' reduced
on every side, the heels or commissui-es
are Avell opened up, the bars are reduced
in sizie, and ftmtastically delineated, and
the portion of the crust between thera and
the seat of the coi'n — as carefully carved
out a la Miles. The plantar surface of
Fig. .5(j3. — Foot exces.sivelj'
pared.
avoid contact with the
plate is fastened on tlu'
I lie foot altogether is much more concave
than it was previousl}', and it looks like a
inaster-piece of Avorkmanship. It may
present something like the shaj)e, when
prepared for the shoe, seen in Fig. 562.
'• A shoe is then fitted to the foot. In
all proVjability it is then too small ; it has
a Avide, flat ground surface, the foot sur-
face has a plane border on Avhich the crust
rests, and the remainder is beveled to
altnormally thin sole. When this metallic
hoof, and the horse once more rests on the
iimb, the foot has no lonii'er its natural bearini>;. The whole weio-ht
of the horse, as well as any other weight he may have to sustain
on his back, is borne by the crust of the foot alone. The frog is
elevated above the ground, and the sole dare not come near it. In
fact, the shoe has a very Avide surface or web to protect the sole of
the poor mutilated foot from the injury likely to be inflicted by
stones on the road, — injury that before shoeing could have been
resisted far better by nature's protection.
" The shoe, as Ave have seen, Avas too small; or rather the farrier
imagined the plantar surface Avhich supported the Aveight and
strain so admirably in a natural condition, to be too large ; so
Avhen the metal plate has been securely attached, a large portion of
the hoof hangs over it — the best and strongest portion; and this
has to be removed with the rasp or toe-knife. The nails have been
driven to a certain height in the wall, and as their extremities must
be riveted or clinched, these clinches must not be disturbed. The
over-hanging crust between them and the shoe, however, is rasped
away, and the face of the foot presents a rounded or knobbed ap-
pearance, very unlike its natural outline. In all probability the
Avhole external surface up to the coronet is tastefully rasped and
polished, the warnish-like covering nature had spread over it is
carefully removed, and the fibres beneath are more or less damaged,
exposed to desiccation, and shrink; Avhile below the clinches they
SHOEING.
717
have been entirely destroyed, and nothing is left to support the
nails holding on the shoe but the thin, soft fibres, as fragile almost
as the pith of a rush, and which were never intended by nature to
be exposed. Consequently they lose their moisture, wither, crack,
and break off, and frequently the shoe is lost, and with it a large
portion of the hoof
" The same process goes on with the sole and frog. The young
horn, prematurely exposed, cannot resist
the effects of evaporation, and shrinks in
the same way. At each shoeing the
same routine is followed by the farrier,
and the horn is often so hard that arti-
ficial means must be adopted to soften it
in order to get oft' a sufficient quantity to
allow the sole to spring under the thumb.
" In this we cannot altogether blame
the farrier ; he is only carrying out the
ideas of men who have published books
on shoeing. Can we wonder that it soon
becomes necessary to adopt every means
to sujDply, artificially, that which has
been removed indiscreetl}' ? Heavy iron
shoes with plent}' of cover to defend the
morbidly sensitive horn of the soles which
may have been thinned till the blood was
oozing thi'ough, before these cumbrous
shields were applied. Words cannot describe the agony a horse
must experience when he chances to step on a sharp or even blunt
stone. And 3'et the writers who have counseled this mutilation of
the foot, have laid this tenderness — the limping gait, and falls with
broken knees — to the nails of the shoe preventing expansion.
Plates of leather covering the delicate frog and sole, and layers of
tar and tow are brought into requisition to compensate — though
such is not confessed — for the loss of the horn, but with very small
results. In a brief time the Avhole foot becomes dwarfed ; the frog-
deprived of its natural functions, like the muscles of a paralyzed
arm, becomes atrophied, diseased, and almost disappears, the sole
becomes still more concave and hard, and the foot to\vard the
heels narrower, as in Fig. 563. At the same time the unfortunate
creature begins to move as if it Avere in pain ; the flexor tendon on
its course over the navicular bone has lost its support, and
has, from the first shoeing, been acting at a very serious dis-
advantage. The mutilation of the hoof by removing the best
portion of the horn at the vcr}'- time it w as iiiost required, has
inflicted a serious injury upon it, and the bone over which it has to
play during its arduous task of flexing the foot and limb ; while the
heavy iron shoe and the increase of concussion it engenders on
artificial roads, all tend to hasten the ruin of the animal ; and,
sooner or late, depending on the circumstances, we have either
wcute or chi'onic navicular disease, acute or chronic juwinitis, or a
Fig. 5G3.— Bad effect of
excessive paring.
718 SHOEING.
host of other maladies of a more or less serious character. I am of
course always speaking of the anterior extremities.
" This evil of paring or rasping must be looked upon as the
greatest and most destructive of all that pertain to shoeing, or even
to our management of the horse. Nine-tenths of the workmen
Avho resort to this practice cannot explain its object, and those who
have written in defense of it say it is to allow the descent of the
sole and facilitate the lateral expansion of the hoof.
"Fancy our gardeners cutting and rasping the bark off our fruit
trees, to assist them in their natural functions, and improve their
appearance; and yet the bark is of no more vital importance to the
tree than the horn of the sole wall and frog are to the horse's foot.
" The sole, frog J and bars must on no account, nor tiiider any condi-
tions, unless those of a pathological nature, he interfered with in any
loay by knife or rasp. As certainly as they are interfered with, and
their substance reduced, so surely will the hoof be injured. Nature
has made every provision for the defense. They will support the
contact of hard, soft, rugged, or even sharp bodies, if allowed to es-
cape the drawing knife; while hot, cold, wet, or even dry weather
has little or no influence on the interior of the foot, or on the ten-
der horn, if man does not step in to beautify the feet by robbing them
of their protection, perhaps merely to please the fancy of an igno-
rant groom or coachman.
"If we closel}^ examine the upper surface of the sole of a hoof
that has been separated from its contents by maceration, we Avill
find it perforated everywhere, by myriads of minute apertures,
which look as if they had been formed by the point of a fine needle.
If we look also at the vascular parts of the foot that have been in
contact with this horny surface, it will be observed that they have
been closely studded with exceedingly fine, yet somewhat long
filaments, as thickly set as a pile of the richest Genoa velvet.
These are the villi, or papillae, which enter the horny cavity and
fitting into them like so many fingers into a glove, constitute the
secretory apparatus of the frog as well as the sole. Each of the fila-
ments forms a horn tube or fibre, and passes to a certain depth in
a protecting canal whose corneous Avail it builds. When injected
with some colored preparation, one of them makes a beautiful micro-
scopical object, appearing as a long, tapering net- work of blood-
vessels, surrounding one or two parent trunks, and communicating
with each other in a most Avonderful manner. These filaments are
also organs of tact, each containing a sensitive nex've, destined to
endow the foot with the attributes of a tactile organ.
" This distribution will enable us to realize, to some extent, the
amount of injiny done by paring. The horn thrown out for their
defense and support being removed by the farrier's knife, and pei'-
haps the ends of these villi cut through, the meager pelicle remain-
ing rapidly shrivels up, the containing cavity of each vascular tuft
as quickly contracts on the vessels and nerves, which, in their turn,
diminish in volume, disappear, or become morbidly sensitive, through
this squeezing influence. The feet of a horse so treated are always
SHOEING. • 719
hot, the soles are dry and stony, and become unnaturally concave.
The animal goes tender after each shoemg, and it is not until the
horn has been regenerated to a certain extent, that he steps with
anythins: like ease. Until the new material has been formed, each
papillae experiences the same amount of inconvenience and suifer-
ing that a human foot does in a new, tight boot.
" This tenderness is usually ascribed to the nails and other
causes; and the horse, in the stable, rests on one foot, then on
another, as if he suffered uneasiness or pain.* * *
" All the preparation any kind of foot usually requires for the
shoe may be summed up in a few words; leveling the crust in con-
formity Avith the limb and foot, and removing as much of its mar-
gin as will restore it to its natural length, rounding its outer edge
at the same time, and leaving the sole, bars, frog, and heels in all
their natural integrity."
Osmer, an old writer of good standing, in 1751, says: —
" I believe there are many horses that might travel their whole
lifetime unshod on any road, if they were rasped round and short
on the toe; because all feet exposed to hard objects become thereby
more obdurate, if the sole be never pared; and some, by their par-
ticular form, depth, and strength, are able to resist them quite, and
to support the weight without breaking; and here a yevy little re-
flection will teach us whence the custom arose of shoeing horses in
one part of the world and not in another. In Asia there is no such
custom of shoeing the horse at all, because the feet require a very
obdurate and firm texture from the diyness of the climate and the
soil, and do really want no defense. But every rider has a rasp to
shorten his horse's feet, which Avould otherwise grow long and rude,
and the crust would most certainly split."
He continues by saying, —
" From the good that was found to arise from putting shoes on
horses which have naturally weak feet from being brought up on
wet land, the custom of putting shoes on all kinds of feet became
general in some countries. Our ancestors, the original shoers, pro-
posed nothing more, I dare say, in their first efforts, than to pre-
serve the crust from breaking way, and thought themselves happy
that they had skill enough so to do. The moderns also are wisely
content with this in the racing way.
" In process of time the fertility of invention and the vanity
of mankind have pi'oduced a variety of methods; almost all of which
are productive of lameness; and I am thoroughl}' convinced from
observ^ation and experience, that 19 lame horses out of everj" 20 are
lame of the artist, which is owing to the form of the shoe. His if-
noranco of the design of nature, and maltreatment of the foot,
every part of which is made for some purpose or other, though he
does not know it.
"I suppose it will be. universally assented to that whatever
720 SHOEING.
method of shoemg approaches nearest to the law of nature, such is
likely to be the most perfect method.* * *
"The superfices of the foot around the outside, now made plane
and smooth, the shoe is to be made quite flat, of an equal thickness
all around the outside, and open and most narrow backward at the
extremities of the heels, for the generality of horses, those Avhose
frogs arc diseased, either from natural or incidental causes require
the shoe to be Avider backwards; and to prevent this flat shoe from
pressing on the sole of the horse, the outer part thereof is to be
made thickest, and the inside gradually thinner. In such a shoe
the frog is permitted to touch the ground, the necessity of which
has already been seen. Add to this, the horse stands more firml}'
upon the ground, having the same points of support as in a natural
state."
" Make the shoes as light as you can according to the size of
your horse, because heavy shoes spoil the back sinews and Aveary
the horse; and if he happen to overreach, the shoes, being heavj^,
are all the more readily pulled ofl:\
" Those Avho think it frugality to shoe Avith thick and heav}'
shoes, and seldom, are deceived, for they lose more by it than the}'
gain; for thereby they not only spoil the back sinews, but lose more
by it than if they had been light."
It is conceded by all the best modern authorities that the
French author above referred to, vv^hose work was pviblished in
1750, was the great father of a correct system of reform in
in shoeing. It Avas supposed in his clay as it is in a great meas-
ure now, that a horse could not travel Avithout having heavy, un-
wieldy shoes on, and that the greatest skill was exhibited in the
amount of cutting and rasping done on tho feet.
He boldly proclaimed that all this Avas injurious, and tried to
prove it by the most conAdncing arguments. The principles of
treatment, though given a hundred and thirty years ago, are just
as important now as they were then. He says: —
"111 the state of nature, all the inferior parts of the foot concur
to sustain the av eight of the body; then avo obserA'e that the heels
and frogs, the jiarts said to be most exj)Osed, are never damaged
1)}- Avear, that the Avail or crust is alone Avorn on going on hard
ground, and that it is only this ])art which must l)e protected, leav-
ing the other jiarls lre(! and unfettered in their natural moA^e-
ments."
In advising tips or thin-heeled shoes, he says:-.—
"Thin tips extending back to the middle of the quarters, al-
lowing the heels to bear upon tho ground, and the Aveight to be sus-
tained behind and before, but particularly in the latter, because th^
weight of the body falls hcjmost therg,
SHOEING.
721
See Fig.
" The shorter the shoe is, the less the horse slips, and the frog
has the same influence in j^reventing this that an old hat placed uii-
dcr our own shoes would have in protecting us from slijDping on
the ice.* * *
" It is necessary, nevertheless, that hoofs which have weak walls
should be a little longer shod, so that the gradually thinning
branches reach to the heels, though not
resting upon them. For horses which
have convex soles, these long shoes
should also be used, and the toes should
be more covered to prevent the sole
touching the ground. This is the only
true method of preserving the foot and
restoring it. A horse which has its
feet weak and sensitive, ought to be
shod as short as possible, and with thin
branches, so that the frog comes in
contact with the ground; because the
heels, having nothing between them,
are benefited and relieved,
564.
" Crescent shoes are all the more
needful for a horse M'hich has weak,
incurvated quarters, as they not only
relieve them, but also restore them to
theirnatural condition. Horses which
have contusion at the heels (blains, corns), should also ])e shod in
this way; and for cracks (seins, sand-cracks) at the quarter, it is
also advantageous.
"The solo or frog should never be pared; the wall alone should
be cut down, if it is too long. When a horse cuts himself with the
opposite foot, the inner branch of the shoe ought to be shorter and
thinner than the outer.
"Easping the foot destroys the strength of the hoof, and
consequently causes its horn to become dr}^, and the horny laminae
beneath to grow Aveak; from this often arises an internal inflamma-
tion, which renders the foot painful, and makes the horse go
lame.* * *
" When a horse loses a shoe, a circumstance often occurring,
and if the hoof is pared, the animal cannot walk a hundred steps
without going lame ; because in this state the lower surface of the
foot being hollowed, the horse's weight falls upon the crust, and
this, having no support from the horny sole, is quickly broken and
worn away ; and if he meets hard substances on the road, he all
the more speedily becomes lame. It is not so when the sole is
allowed to retain its whole strength. The shoe comes off, but the
sole and frog rest on the ground, assist the crust in bearing the
whole weight of the body, and the animal, though unshod, is able
to pursue his journey safe and sound. . . . It is necessaiy to
Fig. 564. — Thiu shoe devised and
used by Lafosse.
be convinced of another fact
that
46
IS,
it is rare that a horse
722
SHOEING.
goes at his ease and is not promptly fatigued, if the frog does not
touch the ground. As it is the only point of support, if you raise it
from the ground by paring it, there arises an inordinate extension
of the tendon, caused by the pushing of the coronary against the
navicular bone, as has been mentioned above, and which, being
repeated at everj^ step the animal takes, fatigues it and induces in-
flammation. From thence often arises distentions of the sheaths of
tendons (moletts-vulgo, 'windgalls") en-
gorgements, and swelling of tendons,
etc., that are observed after long or rapid
journeys. These accidents arise less
from the length of the journey, as has
been currently believed, than from the
false practice of paring the sole. . . .
AVe always find ourselves more active
and nimble when we wear easy shoes ;
but a Avide, long, and thick shoe Avill do
for horses what clogs do for us. — render
them heavj', clumsy, and unsteady, . . .
" That feet become convex by hollow-
ing the shoes to relieve the heel and frog,
because the more the shoes are arched
from the sole, the more the wall of the
hoof is squeezed and rolled inward, par-
ticularly toward the inner quarter,
which is the weakest, the sole of the
foot becomes convex and the horse is
nearly always unfit for service. . . .
" The reason why it is dangerous to pare the feet of horses is,
that when the sole is pared, and the horse stands in a dry 2>ln.ce,
the horn becomes desiccated by the air which enters it, and removes
its moisture and its suppleness, and often causes the animal to be
lame. . . .
" It is the pared foot that is more affected with what is termed
contracted or weak inside quarter, and which also lames the horse.
" It also happens that one or both quarters contract, and some-
times even the whole hoof, when, in consequence of its smallness, all
the internal parts are confined in their movements ; this is due to
paring, and lames the horse,
" There also occurs another accident : When the quarter
becomes contracted, the hoof splits in its lateral aspects, and the
horse is lame. This accident is termed a sand-crack (seime)." —
Lafosse.
Though not generally known, this system of shoeing has long
been in use in India. Freeman, in his work published in 1796,
who is yet considered good authority, strongly advocated this
system of shoeing. He gives the following statement which ex-
plains itself : —
Fig. 565. — Shoe devised by La
fosse for use on di-y and slip-
pery roads. A thin slip of
iron let into the wall, and
fastened with ten small nails.
SHOEING.
723
* The instance in which 1 was disappointed is that of a horse
kept entirely for that of a riding-horse, and which is consequently
almost daily under my own inspection. This horse has very strong
feet, one of which was smaller than the other, with the toe turning
out and the frog almost wasted. The bars of this foot, before he
was turned out, were scarcely visible, but upon examining them
after he had been out about three months, they were found to have
increased surprisingly. Notwithstanding this, they were not strong
enough to counteract the pressure of the quartei'S ; and the foot
itself appeared to be rather decreased, which is contrarj^ to what is
usual ; for after having been turned out for a certain time, they
generally become larger. So particular a case led me to turn my
mind to a particular method of cure. This I should have hardly
found out, if chance had not at that time put into my hands Lieu-
FiG. 566.— The Goodenough
thin-heeled shoe.
Fig. 567.— The ordinary shoe
as usually fitted.
tenant Moor's Narrative of Captain Little's detachment. On page
93 of this book is the following passage : —
" ' The bigotry with which all sects of the Hindoos adhere to
their own customs is very well known; still when these customs
are strikingly injudicious, and totally abstracted from all religious
prejudices, perseverence degenerates into obstinacy, and sim
plicity into
Ignorance.
So it is with the Mahrattas in abidina-
by their present practice of cutting the hoof and shoeing horses;
they cut away the hinder part of the hoof in such a manner that
the pastern almost touches the ground, and the frog is suffered to
grow so that the hoof is nearly a circle, in which form the shoos arc
made, the hinder parts almost touching, and so thin that a person
of ordinary strength can easily twist them. Instead of making the
back part of tke shoe thickest, they hammer it quite thin, making
the fore part thickest, and the shoe, gradually becoming thinner,
ends in an edge.'
" This mode of shoeing in a country where, from the nature of
the climate, the horse's feet probably are very strong, did not strike
me to be quite so injudicious as the author above mentioned repre-
724
SHOEING.
Fig. 568. — Lafosse's method of let
ting the iron into the hoof.
sents it. I determined, therefore, to try on this particular horse a
shoe in some respects similar to those described, that I might see
whether it would alter the shape of his foot ; since it is said to make
' the frog grow so that the hoof is nearly a circle,' which was the very
effect that in this case I wished to produce. I therefore ordered my
smith to make a shoe at my own forge in the form 1 generally use
(which will be hereafter described), with the following exceptions :
The web of it was to almost cover the sole, room being given to
admit a picker ; and as it proceeded to the heels, the web on each
side was to be continued as far as the cleft which separates the bars
from the frog. He was to make the ' fore part the thickest,' and
to hammer "it so thin at the heels that it would ' end in an edge,'
by w-hich a person of ordinary strength could easily twist it."
" I own I apprehended that this
shoe, from being so thin at the heels,
would bend in diffei"ent places, and
thereby injure the foot. But as it
was constantly under my own eye,
I knew that if that cii'cumstance
should happen, the injury could not
be material, in the short time it would
be permitted to go unnoticed. But
this did not prove to be the case. Af-
ter the horse had worn this shoe a
day or two only, 1 found the action of the leg was more free than it
had ever been before ; for the bars with their covering touched the
ground ; the extremities of the web on each side, b}^ being so very
thin, having bent a little over them, but they were prevented from
injuring them by being extended to the cleft which separates the
bars from the frog. This pressure of the Aveb on the bars was an
assistance to them in the expansion of the quarters ; and the shoe
was kept so wide at the heels that the exterior parts of it could not
hurt him. This shoe therefore acted exactly conti'ary to other,
shoes, which, as I before mentioned, are generally an impediment
to the expansion of the heels, whereas this became an assistance
to it.
" In three Aveeks I took off this shoe to examine the state of the
foot. His frog was found to be increased, and in a better condition
than I had before seen it. The same shoe was therefore replaced for
three weeks more, at the end of which time his foot had become
considerably larger and straighter. In a week or ten days more
the horse was to go thii-ty-six miles on a turnpike road.
"Although this kind of shoe had succeeded so well in a riding-
horse, 1 had some doubts about vcnturingit on the road. However,
1 at last determined to risk it, and had another shoe put on exactly
the same pattern, in which he performed his journey without any
injury, so that I have ever since continued to adopt it, having
found it to answer beyond any expectation I had formed of it; for
that foot which was before smaller than the other, with the toe
turning out, has, by the use of this shoe, become of the same size,
SHOEING.
725
Fig. 569. — M. Charlier's shoe,
showing the wall cut awa}'.
and so straight that there is now scarcely any difference between
the two feet." — Freeman.
The preplantar system, introduced by M. Charlier, of Paris,
which is simply letting a narrow band of steel into the wall to
prevent wear, thereby preserving the
integrity of the bars, sole, and frog, and
giving the foot its natural adj ustment,
is a modification of a shoe introduced
by Lafosse for preserving the feet of
saddle horses. See Figs. 565, 568.
As there is no probability of this sys-
tem (preplantar) being introduced into
this country, I will not more than copy
a part of the report of a leading Veter-
inary Surgeon in France, Signol,
mainly to show the benefit of keeping the integrity and adjust-
ment of the foot natural in shoeing, or as nearly so as can be : —
" First, in consequence of the comparatively trifling weight of
their shoes, the horses acquired a lightness of movement they did
not exhibit previously. Second, they
gained an extraordinary solidity on
the pavement, and did not slip.
Third, many horses Avhich always
had corns and sand-cracks, and could
not be used without bar-shoes, spon-
taneously recovered from their in-
firmities after the application of this
shoe. Fourth, those f r o g s w h i c h
were before shrunken and ' etrangle^
became considerably developed, a
fact which proves that this shoe is perfectly adapted to the physio-
logical movements of the foot."
By accident this cut wasleft out of its proper place,
on page 231, under head of "Bad to Shoe," where the
explanation of it will be found.
Fig. 570. — Side view of the above,
showing the amount cut out.
Four-ring bit form of War Bridle.
726
SHOEING.
Wc give here a few specimens of shoes from Cnesar Fiaschi's
work, pubhshed in England in the 16th century. The figures of
shoes he gives are twenty in number. No. 1. Fore-shoe without
calkin ; 2. Shoe with the calkin ; a 7. Aragonaise on one side,
Figs. 572-592.
and the other side thickened ; 8. Lunette shoe, or "tip"; 4.
Three-quarter shoe; 5. Beveled shoe, with the -A ra^07i(xise calkin
on one branch, and the other thick at the heel ; 6. Shoe with
sciettes, or projecting toothed border, thickened toward each heel
to prevent slipping ; 7. Thick-sided shoe, thin toward the inner
border, and seated like the English shoe; 8. Shoe with buttons,
SHOElN(i.
727
or raised catches on the inner branch, and thickened on the
heel of the same side; 9. A shoe which has the inside heel and
quarter much thicker and nar-
rower than usual ; 10. A shoe
with crests or point toward the
ground surface on the toe and
quarter, and barbettes at the
heels; 11. A shoe with the calk-
ins doubled over, and provided
with rings; 12. The foot sur-
face of a shoe with the heels
turning up toward the foot;
13. Shoe with two calkins; 14.
A 6ar shoe;
15. A jointed
shoe to suit
any size of
foot ; 16. A
jointed shoe
without nails,
and secured
by the lat-
eral border and the heel-screw; 17. A hind-shoe with calkins; 18.
A shoe with one of the branches greatly thickened at the heel;
Tartar
Fig. 594
Chinese shoe
Fig. 593. — Thin shoe for cure of con-
traction, fitted with clips turned up,
as explained on pages 680 and 681.
Fig. 595. — Old English concave shoe.
Fig. 596. — French shoe of the
13th century.
19. A hind shoe with a crest or toe-piece; 20. A hind shoe with
the toe elongated and curled upward, probably for a foot the
back tendons of which were contracted, causing the horse to walk
on the point of the toe.
728
SHOEING.
„ ^„„ , , 1 . -, , + Fig. 598. — Coyered shoe, with the
Fig. 597. — A shoe devised to prevent '
. , , .1. T V. branches very wide and thiu, and deeply
throwing much weight upon the limb ■' i r j
adjusted. Applied to very flat, foun-
dered, or badly-formed feet.
Fig. 600. — Shoe with truncated toe;
Fig. 599. — Ordinary hind shoe for rid- , i ■ i -tr. *■ ^r i,^,.ooo +i,nt ^,-»,.
■' used on hind feet of horses that over-
ing or carriage-horses. Face and side
view.
Fig. GO!. — Lafosse's Half-moon shoe,
and tip of steel.
Fig. 602. — Scotch shoe for draught
horses.
SHOEING.
729
Below, from Fig. 604-614, arc given a variety of old Roman
shoes found in England, France, and Switzerland, and supposed
to be from nineteen hundred to over two thousand years old.
Figs. 604 and 606 arc the best preserved.
Fig. 604.
Fk;. 60(1
Fig. 60.5.
Fig. 607.
Fig. 608.
Fig. 609.
730
SHOEING.
Fig. Gil. -Supposed to be a
pathological shoe.
Fig. 610.
Fig. 612.
Fig. 613.
Fig. 614.
Fig. 615. — Shoe fouud iu Germany,
supposed to be several hundred
years old.
SHOEING.
731
Fig. 616.
Syrian shoes.
Fig. G17.
Fig. 618.
Arabian shoes.
Fig. out.
Fig. 620.
African shoes.
Fig. 621.
OH AFTER XXII.
THE CIRCULATION.
The phenomenon of the circulation i;i of so interesting and
remai'kable a character, and its condition has such an influence
upon the health, that I think it advisable, as an introduc-
tion t(j the Medical Department, to make some reference to it.
There are so many diseases and difficulties of a serious character
which are the result of derangements of circulation, that it cer-
tainly seems necessary to give some explanation of it, that the
reader may be impressed the better with the necessity for such
prudence and care as would prevent its disturbance. The writer
thinks it also advisable, instead of giving a labored description,
which may be easily obtained from any physiology, and which
l:)ut few would take the trouble to read, to do this mainly by the
aid of illustrations, a variety of which liave been included at con-
siderable expense.
General Plan of the Circulation.
The blood is circulated through the body for the; purpose of
nutrition and secretion, by means of one forcmg pump, and
througii the lungs, for its proper aeration, by another ; the two
beino- united to form the heart. This organ is therefore a com-
pound machine, though the two pumps are joiaed together, so as
to appear to the casual observer to be one single organ. (For
general outlines see Fig. 625.) In common language, the heart of
the mammalia is said to have two sides, each of which is a forcing
pump ; but the blood before it passes fi-otn one side to the other,
has to circulate through one or the other set of vessels found in
the general organs of the body, and in the lungs, as the case may
be. This is shown at Figs. 622 and 623, where the blood, commenc-
ing with the capillaries on the general surface at a (Fig. 623), passes
(732)
THE CIRCULATION.
733
Fic. 622. — Theoretical plan of the circulatory system.
II, D, C, E. The canal for red blood; E, B, A, G. Canal
for black blood. The arrows indicate the course of the
blood. The two canals are represented in their middle por-
tion, A B, CD, as isolated; but in nature they are envel-
oped at this point in a common sac that concurs to form
the heart.
through the veins which finally end in the vena
cava h, and enters the riglit auricle c. From
this it is pumped into the right ventricle d,-
which, contracting in its tui-n, forces it on into
the pulmonary artery e, spreading out upon
the lining membrane of the lungs, to foi-m the
capillaries of that organ at /, from which it is
returned to the left auricle g through the pul-
monary veins. From the left auricle it is
driven on through the left ventricle; and this,
by its powerful contraction, forces the blood
through the aorta i, and the arteries of the
whole body to the capillaries a, from which the
description commenced.
While the venus blood is on its way to the
heart, when near it, it is met by the thoracic
duct (see /-, y, Fig. 626, and k, Fig. 627),
which conveys into this returning blood the
nutritive property of the food extracted from
it by the digestive organs. With* this new
Fig. G33.— Plan of the
circulation.
A. Capillaries on the gen-
eral surface; B. Vena cava;
C. Eight auricle ; D. Right
ventricle ; E. Pulmonary
artery; F. Capillaries of the
lungs, uniting to form the
pulmonary veins, which en-
ter G. The left auricle; II.
The left ventricle; I. The
aorta posteria, dividing into
smaller arteries, and vinited
with the capillaries at A ; J.
Trunk of the aorta anterior.
734
THE CIECULATION.
supply of nutritious matter, tlio blood goes to the heart and lungs
to be oxygenized by contact with the air, and thus be continued
through the heart and arteries as before explained. The system
takes up its material for its wear and tear through the capillaries
or hair-like tubes, which aic interposed between the two great
Fig. 624. — Distribution of the anterior aorta.
1. Anterior aorta; 2. Left axillary artery ; 3. Right axillary artery; 4. Dorsal
artery; 5. Subcostal artory; 13. External thoracic artery ; 14. Carotid artery; 17.
Posterior aorta; A. Pulmonary aorta; B. Trachea; E. Superior branch of the ilio-
spinal muscle; F. Inferior branch of the same; G. Great complexus muscle; I, I.
Originating aponeurosis of the splenius and the small anterior serratus muscles;
N. St erno-maxillaris muscle; 0, P. Great pectoi al and stemo-prescapularis muscles
turned downward.
divisions of the vascular system, ai-teries and veins. These little
tubes are so small that they are from YoViJ' ^o 40^00 of an inch in
diameter. The smaller are found in the retina of the eye and
brain. The larger in the liver ^nd lungs. The worn-out tissue
THE CIECULATION.
735
P Cj
►t) B
736
THE CIECULATION.
of the body is also taken up by the blood and carried off through
the bowels, lungs, kidneys, and skin, which are the natural
sewers or depurative channels of the body. The quantity of blood
that a horse contains is about j^ of his weight. A horse weigh-
ing 1,000 lbs. would therefore have about 100 lbs. of blood
or
Fig. 626. — The heart and principal vessels ; left face.
a. Right ventricle; b. Left ventricle; c Right auricle; d. Left auricle; e.
Pulmonary arterj'; /. Pulmonary veins; g. Anterior aorta ; //., Left axillary artery;
/. Right axillary artery, or brachio-ceplialic trunk; p. Carotid arteries ; </. Posterior
aorta; x. Venaazygos; y. Thoracic ducts; z. Embouchure of that vessel, placed
near the origin of the anterior vena cava.
nearly 50 quarts. Fat horses have proportionately less blood than
those that are lean ; and it is claimed that wild animals generally
have more blood in proportion than the domestic ones. Forty
pounds of blood have been taken from medium sized horses with-
out serious inj ury ; and it requires the extraction of about i^ of
the total weight before life is destroyed. It is a remarkable fact
THE CIECULATION.
737
that this large amount of blood in the body makes its entire
round of circulation in the short period of from two to three
minutes. This has
been proved by the
following experiment,
which has been made
and repeated many
times at the Colum-
bia Veterinary Col-
lege, New York: The
j u g u 1 a r vein was
opened on one side of
the neck, into which
saline matter, or poi-
son, was injected, and
on opposite side tap-
ped carotid artery.
In fifteen seconds the
first traces of the sub-
stance injected could
be detected in the
blood ; in twentv sec-
onds it was found
very plainly. But
while it is known
that the main body of
blood makes the
shorter pulmonary
circuit, that part go-
ing to the extremities
most distant from the
heart requires much
Fig. 627.
-The heart aud priucipal vessels:
right face.
a. Right ventricle; b. Left ventricle; c. Right au-
ricle ; d. Anterior vena cava ; e. Vena azygos ; /. Pos-
terior vena cava; (/,(/. Pulmonary veins ; /t, h. Divis-
ions of the pulmonary artery; i. Posterior aorta; j.
Anterior aorta; Jc. Thoracic duct; 1. Right cardiac ar-
lonfi'er time • but it is ^^^•' ' "*' ^*^ vertical or ventricular branch ; o. Ven-
T ., , ,, ,, tricular branch of the cardiac vein; p. Auriculo-ven-
assumed that all the tricular branch of the same.
blood in the body
makes its entire circuit in the short period of from two to three
minutes.
I refer to this fact, which is not familiar to the average reader,
to show the great importance of not subjecting the horse to such
to a
a
o
t^
ca
02
_o
*-^
a>
-♦--
OS
S
02
CO
.2 's
;h ?i
5
D +3
o
03
o
o
"a
cS -f
«\
.^
3
c3
c
X
w
O
to
c
o
o
rt
l"^
«
•^
u
Ph
3
M
'
-^
S
s
«
w
ci
C)
J5
Ci
a> c
•- "3 •?=
t^ u ^
.Sua
rt ™ ^
~tJ
_o
'?)
a
IS
C-l
c3
o
CIS
77
3
1
g
CO
"3.
8
F-H
^
©
'i
.2
•+J
-*J
£
*;^
<^ri
V
o
o
o
oo
c
c«
fl
ci
_c
cc
o
'^
i-I
o
00
t>>
S
P.
(N
• «
c
l-T
JS
o
"cj
O
1
o
03
f5
'3
5
+J
,
.J3
c
• f— t
o
cj
d
O
'3
P
>
o
£
o
8
©
?-«
v
>:•
fin
X
-^
^
o
'u
O
s
"o
^3
1
3
a
ff
*-«j
CC
©
o
g
o
®
J=
CO
-Q
•*^
»;
..
w
o
J
s
^ M 3
m « -^
THE CIECULATION.
739
influences as will derange the circulatory system. The remark-
able energy of the circulation through the blood-vessels is very
finely illustrated by
spreading and ty-
ing apart the toes
of a frog's foot, and
examining the web
through a good
microscope. The
field of observation
will appear like an
immense plaiu cut
up with large riv-
ers intei-sected by
numerous small
streams, all run-
ning with the ra-
pidity of a torrent,
the laro-er currents ^^^' ^^^---^^^ °^ ^''og's foot stretching between two
. ^ toes, showing the blood-vessels and their anastomoses.
runnmg much the
faster The blood **' **' ^^^°^ ' ^' ^' ^' ^'■*^^"^^' *^° capillaries
being between,
corpuscles are also
clearly distinguishable. Something of an idea of this can be seen
by referring to Figs. 631 and 632, which represent such a view of
the circulation through the web.
When the circulation is in its natural state, that
is, distributed properly to all parts of the body, it
implies a state of perfect health, but if, from any
cause, it is withheld or forced from any part of
the body, there is not enough blood in that part,
while there will be an excess in other parts. Thus,
if the horse is exposed to a cold wind, or is
chilled by a current of air striking the body, the
Fig. 630.-Epithe- i^j^^j ^-^ ^^ f^^.^^^i ^^^^^ ^^^ surface to the inter-
nal organs, accumulating where there is most free-
dom for it, or where it is weakest; usually in the
lungs and surrounding parts, kidneys, bowels,
and sometimes in the feet, the first indication of
which would be a shivering fit, followed by fever.
lial cells of
blood-vessels.
a, b. From a vein;
c. From an artery;
Magnified 350 di-
ameters.
740
THE CIECULATIOK
Now it is evident that the object should be, when there is such
disturbance, to equalize the circulation again, or force it back to
its natural chan-
i^^~T^\^r'^\^NO^^'-'^>]^l."SJH ii^ls as quickly
as possible, and
that treatment
by which this
can be done
most easily and
quickly will be
the best. The
circulation is
really controlled
by the nervous
Fig. G31. — Portion of the web of a frog's foot, largely magui- system. it the
fie(|, after a drop of strong alcohol had been placed upon nervOUS system
it. The black spots are caused by the congestion js from a n V
induced by the alcohol. i
cause weaken-
ed, so that it is unable to act with the usual vigor, there is less
ability to resist the influence of disturbing changes, and the horse
Fig. 632. — ^Irregular contraction of small vessels in the web of a frog's foot
after the application of stimuli.
is, as it is termed, more liable to take cold, which means a disturb-
ance of the circulation.
Hence a horse, when warm and exhausted after a drivi ,, if
given a little too much cold water would be liable to have colic,
THE CIRCULATION.
741
p g P 00
r+ O fl! P
"^^ P ^ o
742
THE CIRCULATION.
founder, etc. ; or if allowed to stand in a cold current of air, to
have an attack of pneumonia, or some other indication of vascular
disturbance before referred to, which would be scarcely felt if cool,
and the nervous system in a vigorous condition.
It is evident also
that the quality of
blood being depend-
ent upon the food
taken, and the con-
dition of the air
breathed, it is neces-
sary that the food
should be clean and
of good quality.
No moldy grain,
hay, or other food
unfitted for proper
nutrition, should be
given, and the sta-
ble should be well
ventilated with pure
air at all times, and
all poisonous gases, particularly the ammonia which is formed
from the urine, should be allowed free egress from the stable, as
the animal cannot be expected to keep in good health while com-
pelled to inhale such malaria.
It is needless to explain the bad effects upon the depurative
organs of the derangement of circulation by which these channels
are to a greater or less degree " clogged," or unable to do their
proper work.
Now, it is within the province of every owner to prevent these
troubles by the exercise of care in feeding, exercise, etc., which is
much better and easier than to try to cure them when sick. It is
far easier to prevent a house from getting burned up by not letting
the fire get started, than to depend upon the power of putting it
out, for with the best of energy it may cause a destruction of the
building. So in the cure of diseases, it is a great deal better and
safer to take such measures as will pr'event them, for derange-
ments once started will often, in spite of the best of treatment,
Fig. 634. — 1. Superficial layer of skin or cuticle; 2.
Rete mucosum; 3. Corium; 4. Duct of sweat gland; 5.
Sweat gland; 7. Sebaceous gland; 8. Walls of hair sac;
9. Root of hair; 10. Fat cells; D. Cellular tissue.
THE OIEOULATIO^.
743
greatly injure, if not destroy the animal. It is certainly the
owner's duty to guard his horse against unnecessary exposure, or
merciless driving until in a profuse pei"-
spiration, and then leaving the animal in
some cold, bleak place without even a
blanket, or but a very poor apology for
one, and that thrown on carelessly, while
the owner is perhaps enjoying himself
with his friends in some drinking saloon,
toasting his shins, and the poor horse
stands shivering at the door. The effect
of such bad treatment will not then have
time to develop itself, but will be seen in
a few hours, or at farthest on the follow-
ing day, by a cold or cough, running at
the nose, an attack of pneumonia, 1am-
initis, or other cause of ti'ouble.
The three principal points in preserving
the health of a horse are feeding, air, and
exercise. In the first place , irregularity
of feeding, even of the best of food, will
produce disease ; but when with this is
combined the giving of tainted or musty
hay or grain, the difficulty is greatly ag-
gravated.
Ventilation. — The stable should be nei-
ther too hot nor too cold. The horse will
show the effect in a few days by coughing
or having slight irritation of the mucous
membrane of the throat.
A horse can take cold as easily by go-
ing out of the cold air into a hot stable, as
he can by going from a hot stable into
cold air, and vice versa. It is the sudden
change of temperature which produces
the change on the mucous coat of the larynx and of the throat.
The clothing of the horse in the stable should be neither too
heavy nor too light. If kept too warm, he will be more likely
to take cold when he goes out to exercise on a cold or chilly day-
Fig. 63.^. — Sweat gland, mag-
nified 40 diameters.
h.^ b. Canal; c. Gland; d.
Opening- on .surface; e. Per-
forated epidermis.
744
THE OIBCTJLATIOK.
To keep a horse doing well, constant attention is necessary to
little things — watchfulness in driving ; if the road is heavy, and
the horse shows fatigue or is warming up excessively, hold him
up and let out on smooth, descending pieces of road — a very little
driving without regard to this prudence will often get a horse
"ofF his feed," if
not cause sick-
ness; properly
clothing and pro-
tecting a horse
when warm af-
ter a drive; care
not to give so
much cold water
as to chill ; if
there is chill or
inclination to
fever or the horse
is " off his feed "
after a drive,
giving a little
fever medicine,
with any other
prompt measures
to relieve the de-
rangement at its
commencement, may prevent a severe attack of congestion or in-
flammation, if not save the life of the horse. It is in attention to
these little things that the real key of the owner's success lies in
the care of his horses.
The simplest and best methods of treatment for all the ordinary
causes of sickness and lameness will be found on the following
pages.
I would add in this connection that there are really but few
diseases which are very dangerous or common to horses, and if the
owner can be so aided as to successfully manage these difficulties,
Riich knowledge must be invaluable to him. These difficulties
comprise colic, inflammation of the lungs, founder, navicular-
joint lameness, and shoeing. A horse may die in a few hours from
Fig. 636. — Horizontal section through the middle plane of
Three Peyerian glands, showing the distribution of
the blood-vessels in their interior.
THE CIECULATIOK.
745
Fig. 637.— Section of the liver of a rabbit, Mith the he-
patic or introlobular veins injected.
a severe attack of colic, if not promptly treated; yet it is a diffi-
culty easily managed, if it is known what to do, and it is done
promptly. An attack of pneumonia is a very serious thing; but
during its first
stages is easily
managed if taken
in hand at once.
A horse that is
foundered, if not
treated promptly,
is practically ruin-
ed, as a change of
structure quickly
i-esults; yet every
case of acute foun-
der or laminitis is
curable, and not
only this, but the
treatment is so simple that it is not at all difficult to comprehend
or apply. Navicular-joint lameness is sure to ruin a horse if not
taken immediately in hand ; yet it is one of the simplest of diffi-
culties to manage in its first or acute
stages, and hence the knowledge of its
treatment is of the greatest importance to
owners. Shoeing: A horse badly or im-
properly shod, no matter how good the
feet, if the hoofs are thin, is liable to be
soon practically ruined.
The treatment for these difficulties will
be found to be particularly careful and
thorough. There are, of course, many other
difficulties which it is important to know
how to manage, for which the best practical
treatment is given. In fact, the medical
department of this work will be found en-
titled to the fullest confidence, and must be accepted as invaluable
to horse owners. The writer would, however, recommend that
m all critical cases the safest course is to employ a competent vet-
erinary surgeon, if available.
Fig. 638. — Showing the or
igin of the lacteal ducts
in villus.
CHAPTER XXIII.
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Inflammation.
Inflammation is an increased action of the blood-vessels. The
consequence is an increased amount of blood to the part.
1. The Heat. This is an invariable symptom, being always
present to a greater or less degree. It is produced by the more
rapid oxidation going on, consequent on the increased quantity of
blood circulating in the parts immediately surrounding.
2. Redness is due to the increased determination of the blood
to the part, the distention of the hitherto invisible capillaries with
red blood, and sometimes, when extensive, to the extravasation of
blood from the bursting of the thin walls of the vessels.
3. Pain. The pain in an inflamed part is almost the first and
most characteristic symptom. It is due to the tension of the
tissues and implication of the nerves and nerve centers. The
degree of pain varies according to the seat of the inflammation
and the degree of its intensity. The more sensitive the part, the
more painful will it be under inflammation. Thus, it is sharp
and cutting in inflammation of serous membranes, dull and gnaw-
ing in diseases of bones, and burning in inflammation of the skin.
When matter is forming, the pain becomes throbbing and intense.
4. The swelling is due to the vascular engorgement and the
exudation of serum in the first place, and afterward the formation
of fibrine, and in the the latter stages to the development of matter.
The other concomitant symptoms of inflammation will be noticed
when we come to treat of local inflammatioxis, or inflammation of
particular organs.
Inflammation, though regarded as a disease, is the principal
(746)
mFLAMMATION. 747
agent which nature employs in repairing or rebuilding parts which
have been inj ured by accidents or disease. Thus, when a fracture
has taken place, the ends of the bone have to be united, inflam-
mation is set up, lymph is thrown out around the fractured ends,
small capillary vessels soon shoot into the coagula, from which
bony particles are deposited ; and thus by a process of inflamma-
tion the continuity of the parts is restored. Inflammation is often
made use of to cure diseases and remove callous enlargements.
Thus, when a thin opaque film is left on the eye, from a blow or
otherwise, a stimulating wash is injected to set up inflamma-
tion, to cause blood-vessels to shoot into it, and remove it by ab-
sorption. We blister callus enlargements for the same purpose.
It will thus be seen that inflammation in many cases becomes a
remedy instead of a disease, and is in all cases a necessary and
natural process for the repair of an injury.
When a part presents the appearance of inflammation, becom-
ing red, hot, tender, and swollen ; and after a time these appear-
ances subside, without producing any alteration in the structure
or functions of a part, it is said to have terminated in Resolution.
When two cut surfaces are brought together, and exudation takes
place, and the surfaces are united, as in the healing of a wound
by the first intention, it is called Adhesion. When an inflamma-
tory tumor, as that of Strangles, or " Horse Distemper," — at
first, hard, hot, and painful, goes on, softens in the middle, points,
and bursts, discharging a yellowish, creamy fluid, called pus, —
it is said to terminate in Suppuration.
When a part is tardy in healing, and presents an open spread-
ing sore, with red, irregular edges, presenting a mouse-eaten
appearance, discharging a thin, irritating pus, mixed up with the
debris of the tissues in which it is formed, floating in serum and
pus cells, it is said to be in a state of Ulceration.
Gangrene, or mortification, that is, the entire death of the whole
or part of a tissue, is apt to occur when the inflammation has been
sudden and violent. When this has occurred, no recovery can
take place, as the blood-vessels and tissues are destroyed ; the part
generally becomes cold, the color becomes blue or purple, a fetid
moisture covers the surface, and noxious gases are evolved. There
is always a red line of demarkation between the dead and living
tissues ; and if the constitutional depression which generally ac-
748 DISEASES AND THEIK TllEATMENT.
companies it does not produce death, this red line becomes con-
verted into pus, and the dead part is removed by a process called
sloughing.
General Treatment. — We will now merely notice the general
principles to be observed in the treatment of inflammation, leav-
ing the treatment of diflerent parts till we take them up in their
proper place. Our first thought must be to inquire into the cause
of the inflammation ; that being found and removed, the effects
will soon cease, without which a cure cannot be established. Mat-
ter may be forming in the foot,' indicated by intense pain, heat,
and great lameness. We may foment or poultice or do what we
may ; the removal of the faulty nail must be the first step in the
cure; and that done we will be able to attain our object by com-
paratively slight means.
The remedial treatment may be divided into local and consti-
tutional.
Local Treatment. — Our object is to produce resolution if possi-
ble. This will be best done by placing the patient in a cool, com-
fortable box. He must be secured, so as to give the inflamed
part complete rest ; and then the constant and copious application
of cold water, cooling lotions, and freezing mixtures, will retard
and often arrest the inflammatory process. Cold, to be of any
service, must be kept up for several hours, otherwise the reaction
it produces will do more harm than good. Should this not arrest
its progress, and the inflammation becomes accompanied by pain
and throbbing, heat must be substituted. Hot fomentations and
poultices soften and relax the tissues, thus opening the pores, and
encouraging the formation of matter, which, when matured, must
be opened and allowed to escape.*
It is also advisable in severe cases to give a slight purging
ball; and if much fever, give warm drinks and a little fever
medicine. When as in sprain of the tendons, instead of going on
to suppuration, the swelling becomes callous, the inflammatory
action subsides, leaving the effusion unabsorbed. In this stage,
and only when heat and tenderness are gone, should blisters be
* This is the course laid down by practitioners in general ; but in my experience
I have found that where there was much inflammation and pain, it was always ad-
visa^iie to use hot fomentations, and even repeating persistently until its severity
could be relieved, at the close leaving on the cloths until cool.
INFLAMMATION. 749
applied. The severity of the counter-irritant must be regulated
by the site, condition, and nature of the inflammation.
The remedies which are used to arrest the inflammatory pro-
cess are called Antiphlogi sties, the most important of which are
blood-letting, purgatives, sedatives, and diuretics. Blood-letting,
which has now come almost into disuse, was at one time looked
upon as the sheet-anchor in the treatment of inflammation.
Without entering into any discussion of the subject, we will simply
remark that, though from the abuse which was made of this
operation, by being employed unnecessarily, when milder and
more simple measures might do, frequently producing injurious
results, it has justly been dispensed with; yet we are convinced
that to abandon the practice entirely would be to deprive our-
selves of a valuable remedy in checking inflannnation.
We will meet with cases in which bleeding will be found very
useful, not only in checking the inflammatoiy process, but in pro-
moting the absorption of medicinal agents. At the same time we
are convinced that, in the majority of cases in which it is practiced
it is useless, and often injurious, prostrating the patient already
reduced by disease. When bleeding is resorted to, it must be
speedily extracted from a large orifice to make any impression on
the system ; and the quantity must be regulated by the effect on
the pulse, rather than by the quantity withdrawn. It is only in
the earlier stages that this operation is warranted ; it should never
be resorted to in any case showing a tendency to weakness.
Purgatives are very beneficial, and must be given early. They
prevent constipation, — a symptom very frequently attendant on
inflammation, — besides emptying the system of noxious matters,
stimulating the sluggish secretions, and draining off" impurities
from the blood.
Sedatives are invaluable in extensive inflammations, by sub-
duing the action of the heart. They lessen the fever, and keep
down constitutional excitement. They have the advantage over
blood-letting as antiphlogistics, inasmuch as they can be kept up
much longer, and do not reduce the strength unduly, to harbor
which we cannot be too careful. Fleming's tincture of aconite,
opium, calomel, digitalis, and belladonna are the principal sedatives
used.
Diuretics reduce fever by evacuating the system of fluids, and
=3 «
o _
1^ 9
(U .»
— c«
£ S
2 3
-ta **-i
C4
1)
o
3 d
■S t, ^
■5 5 3 fe-
(A
c3
g
I §
<D
ZJ
c
o
Q -i s
c3 S
E -2
o
a g
«
t3
£
3
-s
c
o ^
^ .s
*rt CO t- M
S 2i t^ W K S o S?fS3 J o I S o 5 5
,
rf)
53
o
p.
CO
CO
•JO
O
^
Lri
CJ
tn
00
3
.-?
rt
c
a
^
.^
3
r-(G^C«3*^^^t^tJ0<'5OrHG^W'*
i.fSCDI-»000<M'^iOCON-CSOr-t'MeOf'C/)Cl
DISEASES OF THE BONES. 751
by stimulating the secretions in the kidneys and skin. Small and
repeated doses of nitrate of potash (salt petre), bitartrate of pot-
ash, sweet spirits of nitre, dilute acids, etc., by their cooling action,
and by favoring absorption, tend greatly to reduce fever and
relieve inflamed parts. Nothing tends more to success in the
treatment of inflammation than attention to diet and reo-imen
The comfort of the patient must be attended to ; he should have a
cool, roomy, loose box; and laxative, easily digested food, such as
green food, bran mashes, etc., should be given so as to keep the
bowels open.
Diseases of the Bones.
The skeleton of a horse is made up of 242 bones; and as these
bones are the hard frame-work of the animal body, serving for
the support and attachment of the softer textures and the protec-
tion of delicate organs, they are consequently liable to the same
accidents and diseases as the other parts of the body. They are
composed of animal and earthy matters, in the proportion of one-
third of the former to two-thirds of the latter. They are covered
externally by a sensitive and vascular membrane called the peri-
osteum, and lined internally by a similar membrane called the en-
dosteum. They enter into the formation of the joints, their ends
being held together by the ligaments, and their adjoining surfaces
being covered by cartilage or gristle, with a lubricating fluid be-
tween, called synovia, or joint oil, to prevent friction and facilitate
the motion of the joint.
Diseases of the bones are not very numerous in the lower
animals; the most common are Exostosis, in which we have an
enlargement or bony tumor thrown out on the surface of the bone;
when between two bones, and uniting them together, it is called
Anchylosis Caries, generally defined to be an ulceration or disin-
tegration of the bony texture; Necrosis, which is the entire death
of the whole or part of a bone; Osteosarcoma, which is a disease
more particularly of the ox tribe, in which we have a tumor on
the bone, partly bony and partly fleshy, occurring commonly on
jaws or ribs; and EncJiondroma, consistuag of a cartilaginous or
gristly tumor on a bone ; it is more common in man, but is also
seen in cattle, and occasionally in the horse.
752 DISEASES AND THEIK TKEATMENT.
Anchylosis of Bone.
Anchylosis is simply extensive exostosis, in which we have the
ends of two or more bones united by bony matter, as shown in
ring-bone, spavin, splint, etc.
Symptoms are enlargements round the joint, which is stifi'and
inflexible, and in some cases the animal is lame.
Treatment. — If there is lameness, blister or fire, as may be
thought necessary^ so as to complete the union of parts. The mo-
tion of the joint cannot be restored by any treatment.
Caries of Bone.
Caries is generally defined to bo ulceration or disintegration of
the bony texture, and is supposed to be ulceration of the soft tis-
sues; but this is not, histologically speaking, correct. We find in
caries the bone undergoes several very marked changes. It de-
creases in density (owing to the decrease in the proportion of or-
ganic matters entering into its composition), and presents a peculiar
worm-eaten appearance, which enables us always to recognize a
carious bone in the dried state. See specimens in chapters on Na-
vicular-Joint Lameness, and Laminitis.
Causes. — It may arise from whatever may produce inflannna-
tion of the bone, or arrests or suspends its nourishment. It is a
frequent sequel of fracture in the ribs, sometimes from neglect or
mismanagement of poll-evil, or fistula of the withers; in cattle,
sometimes from " foul of the foot." Whatever destroys the perios-
teum may produce caries.
Sym.pto'ms. — The surrounding tissues are swollen ; there is an
opening into the diseased bone, from which acrid, bad-smelling
matter discharges, in which float specula3 of disintegrated bone. On
examining the bone, it presents a fungus, which readily bleeds
when touched; on pressing the finger into it, sharp processes of
bone are felt, which are the bone breaking up. The bone is easily
punctured with a probe or knife.
Treatment. — This, in most cases, is a very tedious affair. In
the first place the wound must be freely opened, and the parts
toiiched with dilute hydrochloric acid several times a day. Min-
eral and vegetable tonics nmst be given. Where practicable, as
DISEASES OF THE BONES. 753
on the withers, the diseased portion should be cut off with a fine
saw. Occurring in a joint, Ave must endeavor to produce anchy-
losis of the joint, the treatment of which has been explained as for
spavins, etc.
Necrosis of Bone.
Necrosis is generally defined to be the entire death or mortifica-
tion of a bone. It differs from caries, in which the bone is dis-
charged in particles; whereas in necrosis not unfrequently the
whole bone dies and becomes encased in a new bone of exactly
the same shape, which is perforated by numerous holes, through
which the old bone exfoliates.
Causes. — In man it not unfretjuently arises from constitutional
causes, — scrofula, etc. ; but in the lower animals it generally arises
from local causes, mechanical injuries, extensive destruction of the
surrounding soft parts, especially if it involves the artery supply-
ing nourishment to the bone. In young thoroughbred horses, we
are familiar with it from sore shins, which ari.ses from the animal
being put in training too young. The concussion sets up inflam-
mation of the periosteum, which may be followed by caries, but
more commonly necrosis of the cannon bone.
Symptovis.— The external appearances do not difter very
materially from caries. We have sinuses penetrating the bone,
from which there is a copious dischai-ge of most offensive-smelling
matter, in which are occasionally discharged pieces of dead bone
which have escaped through tl^s holes in the new bone. This is
called the process of exfoliation. It is easily distinguished from
caries by the surface of the bone not being worm-eaten, but
smooth, and studded with numerous holes. Again, it is not soft,
as in caries ; it cannot be punctured with the probe, and it is as
heavy, if not heavier, than in health.
Treatment. — It must be treated on the same principle as
caries. The sinuses must be kept open, frequently washed out,
and sonic stimulant injected, as hydrochloric acid (diluted), and
tonics, and good food must from the first be given.
48
754
DISEASES AND THEIE TKEATMENT.
Exostosis, or Bony Enlargement.
Exostosis is, in general, the consequence of periostitis, or in-
flammation of the vascular membrane
covering the bone, though it doubtless
also arises from other causes. It some-
times comes on without having attracted
the least attention, or produced the least
apparent disturbance to the animal, and
may appear on any bone in the body, or
on any part of a bone, sometimes so small
as to escape observation altogether, and
F G 640 — E - sometimes is very large. It may be
Fig. 641
exostosis,
ostosis.
1. Splint; 2, 3
Enlargements
caused by in
jury.
caused by external injury, or it may be bony eniarge-
the result of constitutional disturbance, ment below-
more commonly the former. Its nature, the knee,
causes, symptoms, and treatment will be better un-
derstood by taking the most common example of
splint, spavin, and ringbone.
Splint, or Splent.
Splint is a hard, bony tumor occurring on the inside of the
shank or cannon-bone of the fore leg, usually well up near the
knee, which is well represented by Fig. 642. It is situated partly
on the splint-bone (from which it takes its name), and partly
on the cannon. Young horses are most subject to splints. The
periosteum in them being more vascular than in old animals, it
is more liable to inflammation, which is very readily induced in
the unsolidified bones of the young horse when exposed to con-
cussion or external violence. It occurs in the inside, because the
center of gravity falls through that part ; when there is splint or
enlargement on the outside, it is usually caused by an injury.
Sometimes the opposite foot striking the part will cause so much
inflammation as to produce considerable soreness and lameness,
followed by thickening arid enlargement of the part.
Syonptoms. — At the start there may be no enlargement, nor
anything to indicate the seat of trouble. The horse appears all
right on a walk or on soft ground ; but if moving rapidly on a
hard road, and especially down hill, considerable lameness will bo
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
755
■,v
shown. Running the fingers along the edge of the bone from the
knee down, and pressing with the ends of the fingers, inflamma-
tion or enlargement will
soon be discovered, both
by heat and tenderness,
and in time by enlarge-
ment.
Treatnfient. — If the in-
flammation is up near the
joint, it will usually be
more serious, and cause
more lameness; but as a
general thing, splints re-
quire but very little treat-
ment, and in time will get
well themselves if let alone.
During the acute stage,
treat simply with cooling-
applications. Cold water
turned for some time from
a pump or by other means
of letting a steady stream
strike the part, which
should be continued for at least fifteen minutes, and repeated
two or three times a day, would be best. If this is not done,
then tie several thicknesses of cloth around the part, and keep wet;
but this will not be so good as the first method. The following is a
favorite remedy for any local inflammation: —
2 drachms muriate of ammonia.
2 ounces vinegar.
2 ounces water.
4 ounces spirits of wine. Mix.
The simplest and quickest way of relieving the lameness, and
that which is now practiced very generally by veterinary surgeons,
is to cut through the periosteum over the part. This is done by
catching up the skin between the thumb and finger at the lower
edge of the splint, and with a knife or other instrument mak* an
incision ia it; then pass up under it a probe-pointed bistoury, or
Fig. 643.— Splint, and
small wind-gall.
Fig. 643. -a
splint after
cure.
756 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
a common nicking-knife, to the top, and cut down to the bone.
The part may now be treated as for simple inflammation; after-
ward, simply by cooling applications. The usual treatment is,
after the acute stage has passed oft', to clip the hair and blister
once or twice. Or, a more eflfectual way would be by firing, the
best way of doing which is by the pyro-puncture process ; but this
is seldom necessary.
I give several excellent remedies for splints and ordinary en-
largements, either of which may be used ; also a number under
the head of Special Remedies, given near the close of this book, all
of which are very good. The following is also used with much
success: —
1 ounce oil of origanum.
1 ounce oil of turpentine.
^ ounce of alcohol.
To be applied night and morning, for a few days at a time.
Spavin.
There is so much misconception among people generally about
the nature of spavin and its cure, that I will include such illustra-
tions as will show clearly the character and location of the disease.
I first give various views of the hock, with an explanation of the
diflerent parts. Also views of specimens of a bad condition of
spavin; first, a union of all the bones of the hock without
any enlargement; next, the same condition with a large, bony
deposit, the result of long-continued inflammation of the parts.
This enlargement is what is called a spavin. Many pretend
to be able to cure spavin by a medicine that will take off" the
bunch, claiming that it is simply a form of detached growth, and by
removing this a complete cure will be effected. The fallacy of this
pretension would be better understood could the specimens from
which the illustrations are taken be ex^amined.
The remedies generally used are nitrate of silver, corrosive sub-
limate, arsenic, muriatic, sulphuric, and nitric acids, or their com-
binations with other medicines of less severe character. These
medicines aj^plied to the surface deaden or destroy the skin and
sub-tissues of the part, which, in the course of a week or two,
sloughs off", leaving a bad sore. The operator exhibits this sloughed
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
757
off part, or a piece of cartilage prepared for the purpose, which
he claims is the spavin. Or the medicine may be so prepared
as to act as a severe blister. In any case, the unsuspecting
owner is usually induced to pay a liberal sum, either as pay for
Fig. 644. — Back inside view of the
bones of the hock.
Fig. 645. — Front outside view of the
bones of the hock.
a. Tibia; h. Os calcis; c. Astragalus; d. Cuboides; e. Navicular; /. Outer
cuneiform ; g. Middle cuneiform ; h. Splint ; i. Cannon, or shank.
the medicine, or to meet expenses, etc. This game is being played
constantly all over the country.
There are innumerable patent cures for spavins, and concom-
mitant difficulties, which are usually nothing more than ordinary
blisters which act merely as counter irritants. In fact all the
great secrets for curing spavins, etc., are but mere pretensions of
the charlatan, and should deceive no one. During my early ex-
perience I frequently paid large prices for these pretended cure-
alls, wlUch did little more than convince me of the extent of
imposition practiced in this Avay, until I had no confidence in any
758
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
one professing to doctor horses. Becoming finally acquainted with
a well-known veterinary surgeon, Dr. Wm. Somerville, of Buflfalo,
New York,* I employed him to give
me a private course of lectures, in-
structing me in the principles and
ti'eatment of the most common caus-
es of sickness and lameness in horses,
and I spent nearly a year in obtain-
ing this knowledge.
At the commencement of these
lectures there were three interesting
cases of spavin for treatment, two
of them from distant cities. He ex-
plained, among other things, that
he charged one hundred dollars each
for treating these cases, guarantee-
ing a cure without blemishing; and
that were the treatment for these
cases understood by the local veter-
inary surgeons, whose charges were
comparatively nominal, they would
not have been sent to him at such
large expense for treatment and
shipping.
The better to explain the nature
of spavins, I quote from the best
description I can find of this disease
and its causes: —
" There are two distinct kinds of
bone spavin : The first is in all re-
spects similar to splint, and arises
from inflammation of the periosteum.
It frequently comes on insidiously
without causing much annoyance.
The other form, arising from inflam-
mation of the internal structures of
Fig. 646.-Bones of leg and foot. ^^^ hock-joint, is frequently attended
by caries or ulceration, and from the
fii'st produces intense pain and lameness, when the bones i*ub on one
another. "*
* I give his exact method of treatment in the first method of firing.
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
759
" The hoek -joint corresponds to the heel in man, and has no
fewer than ten bones entering into its formation, an acquaintance
with the arrangement of
which is necessary be-
fore the complexities of
hock diseases can be un-
derstood. The bones of
the leg, (seo Fig. 647,)
the shank-bone g,' and
the two small splint
bones behind h, support
the lower layer of the
bones of the hock. The
cube-bone d rests prin-
cipally on the shank-
bone, and in a slight de-
gree on the outer splint-
bone. The middle
wedgebone / rests en-
tirely upon the shank-
bone, and the smaller
wedge-bone (not seen in
the cut) presses in a very
slight degree on the
shank-bone, but princi-
pally or almost entirely
on the inner splint-
bone. Then the splint-
bone sustains a very un-
equal degree of concus-
sion and weight. Not
only is the inner one
placed more under the
body, and nearer the
center of gravity, but it
has almost the whole of
the weight and concus-
sion communicated to
the smaller cuneiform
bone carried on to it. It
is not, therefore, to be
wondered at that, in
the violent action of this joint in galloping, leaping, heavj'' draught,
and especially in young horses, and before the limbs have become
properly knit, the inner splint-bone, or its ligaments, or the sub-
stance which connects it with the shank-bone, should suffer injury."
Different views of the bones of the hock can be seen more
clearly by referring to Figs. 644, 64-5, in the first part of this
chapter. Also Figs. 648-651 show the various changes of struct-
FiG. 647. — Bones of the hock enlarged.
^()0
J)JSEA8ES AND THBIE TEEATMENT.
ures produced. Figs. 048, 649 were copied from two interesting
specimens loane<,l the writer by Froi. Cressy, of Hartford, Ct.
The causes of spavin
are numerous — altered
iDcaring, predisposition
from conformation or
mal-conformatiou of
the hmb, but proceed-
ing mainly fiom hard
work, sprains, or any
cause which excites in-
fl am m a t i o n of this
part. But the most
common cause lies in
the breeding of horses,
as very often a colt is
bred from a spavined
sire or dam, or both,
when the colt is sure to
inherit the same defect.
Fig. 648. — L'uion of all
the bones of the hock
without enlargement.
Fifi. 049.— The same,
with excessive bony
enlargement.
Symptoriis. — The fi i- s t
symptom usually shown in
spavin is a stiff moving on
the toe, which causes a pe-
culiar quick catching up of
the leg, especially in trot-
ting. This varies according
to the amount of inflamma-
tion and its location, from
being scarcely noticeable at
first, and passing off entii'ely
after going a little ways, to
severe lameness or stiffness
of the hock, which greatly
improves or disappears when
waimed up during a sharp
Fig. 650. Fig. 651.
Showing a bad condition of spavin.
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
761
Fig. 653.— Healthy hock
dissected.
Fig. 653. — Diseased hock
dissected.
drive of a few miles, but appearing much worse after such a drive
when the blood is again cooled. The hock is observed to be less
freely used than
the other. He
is worse on the
hard road. He
limps consider-
ably when he
strikes his toe on
a stone or the
ground. If the
leg be taken up
and the j oint
forcibly extend-
ed or flexed, he
will limp quite
badly. Spav-
ined horses gen-
erally lose con-
dition, and from tJie pain caused by rising they frequently stand
for a long time.
If it is the result of a strain, causing acute inflammation, the
lameness will not pass ofl* by ex-
ercise so readily as it will after
it becomes chronic.
An enlargement usually
makes its appearance from the
fifth to the sixth week. Any
prominence can be seen by
standing in front of the horse
about three or four feet from
Fig. 654.— Action Fig. 655.— Action of the shoulder, and looking back
when natural. badly sprained leg. ^^^^^^^ ^^^ j^^^j^^ ^^. ^^ ^^^^^_
ing behind the horse, and looking forward acros-s the hock.
The efibrt the horse makes to reliev-e the heels by walking
upon the toe, indicates the necessity of removing the shoe, raising
the heel-calks, hammering down or cutting ofl" the toe-calks, and
rounding the toe.
Care must be taken not to mistake a natural fullness, known
762
DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
as " rough hocks "; and it is always advisable to compare the one
hock with the other. We frequently have inflammation or spavin
uniting the small bones without the least
outward enlargement. Fig. 648.
Quite often, before any enlargement
appears, the trouble may be mistaken for
hip lameness. But in this difficulty there
is a peculiar dragging motion, and for
want of muscular action the hip is some-
times fallen in or wasted; while in spavin
the leg is lifted and brought forward
easily, traveling mostly on the toe, and
shows marked improvement by exercise.
Treatment. — If there is heat during
the first few days, use cooling applica-
Fig. 656. — Showing situa-
tion of bone-spavin ; a shallow
groove *being left in the os-
sific deposit for the passage of
the oblique tendon of the flex,
or metatarsi, immediately un-
der which the spavin is situa-
ted.— Williams^ Surgery.
Fig. 657. — A healthy
hock.
Fig. 658. — A Jack
spavin.
tions, such as an ounce of sugar of lead to half a pail of ice-water,
about two weeks, when the inflammation may pass off". A dose
of physic may also be given. Or a very simple way, and accord-
ing to my judgment the best, is to throw a strong stream of cold
water against the part for twelve or fifteen minutes, repeating
two or three times a day as before explained. If past the first
stage, and the case has become chronic, the only reasonable treat-
ment is counter irritation and rest, or keeping up sufficient local
inflammation, without dissolving or blistering the skin, to arouse
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
763
nature sufficiently to produce anchylosis, or a union of the bones
involved.
There are two methods of treatment for this : First, if not very
Fig. 659. — Small spavin.
Fig. 660. — Ordinary spavin.
serious, by blistering. Second, by what is termed "firing." This
is done in two ways : First, by burning lines over the skin with a
feather-edged iron sufficiently close and
deep to produce an extensive external
inflammation, but without breaking or
destroying the skin. Second, by burn-
ing small holes into and around the dis-
eased parts. On the following page are
given a few of the best practical reme-
dies.
Blistering is adapted for only simple
cases, so that \^dlen serious, firing is the
most reliable and effectual treatment.
In case of either blistering or firing, the
hair should first be clipped from two to
three inches above and below the en-
largement, and out to the middle of the
hind and fore part of the leg. A favorite blister used by one of
the best practitioners in the country, is prepared and applied as
follows :—
Fig. 661. — Very large spavin.
764 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
3 drams of biniodide of mercury.
1 dram of iodide of potass.
1^ drains of iodine in crystals, pulv.
1 ounce of blue ointment (mercurial).
1 ounce of lard.
Mix, and apply to the seat of the spavin three days. When the parts
become sore, omit the treatment for the same length of time ; then apply
once in three days for two weeks, after which stop all treatment.
Or either of the following blisters may be used, which are
among the very best: —
1 ounce finely powdered cantharides.
2 drams powdered euphorbium.
1 ounce lard.
2 ounces tar.
Mix. This is a very strong blister, and is regarded as very good.
Another favorite prescription is: —
2 drams corrosive sublimate.
1 ounce lard.
^ ounce tar.
2 drams cantharides.
The following will also be found efficient: —
Equal parts of biniodide of mercury and cantharides, and
three parts each of tar and lard.
The blister should be thoroughly rubbed on with the hand
about ten minutes. Twenty-four hours afterward apply a little
vaseline or oil, and repeat night and morning until the action
subsides. This will prevent the skin from cracking as well as
lessen the pain. After which, wash with castile soap and warm
water. In no case should more than one leg be blistered at a
time, especially if the horse is thin skinned and sensitive, as it
produces serious disturbance and fever. A variety of prescriptions
for blisters will be found under the head of the best remedies
used, if it is desired to use blisters; also the most famous secret
quack cures will be found under that head ; but it is not advisable
to use them.
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
765
LiG. 662. — Feather-edge firing-iron.
Three-fourths size.
Firing. ,
For firing, put the horse in stocks. It' this is not convenient,
the next best way is to bring a rope around the neck and fasten
to the well leg;
or still better,
buckle a soft
strap around
the fetlock,
and from a
ring- attached
to the strap,
pass a rope
around the
neck of the
horse and draw
short enough
to raise the foot from the ground. Next put on a twitch,
with the stick part at least twenty inches long ; it should
be so arranged as not to hurt the horse until the instant
of touching with the iron, when the head should be
thrown up a little with a slight jerking motion, to divert
his attention from the pain of the firing.
I give two illustrations of the firing part of the iron,
reduced in size about one-third. The larger the iron, the
longer it will retain the heat. The blade should be -of
steel (of the form given in the illustration), a little more
than a quarter of an inch thick at the back, and grad-
ually thinned dow:n to the edge, which should be about
one-sixteenth of an inch in thickness, and nicely rounded.
The handle may be nothing more than a straight round
bar of iron, from sixteen to seven-teen inches long and
turned back at the end. It is necessary to have at least
two irons, so that while one is being used, the other can
be heating. It should be heated to a dull red color, and
when taken from the fire the edg-e quickly run over a „
Fig. 663.
board or plank to make it smooth. When the edge
is turned dark, draw perpendicular lines on the leg, as shown in
Fig. 664, from top to bottom. They should be about two inches
766
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
apart at the top, and not drawn deeply. Lay the edge whei'e
desired to start from, anS draw steadily and gently to the bottom.
Then commence at the top and make cross lines, obliquely, about
half an inch apart. Start the point of the iron from the line at
the right or left, and draw toward the center, as shown in Fig. 664.
The skin should not be penetrated or cut through, as it would
leave a blemish. The cuticle is simply to be destroyed, and a dark
brown impression left upon the skin, from which there will exude
a glutinous substance soon after the operation. If the iron is red
or too hot, there will be great danger of burning through ; though
Fig. 664. — View of lines as tbey
should be made with feather-
firing-iron.
FiQ. 665. — Bad method of firing.
The lines cover too small a
surface.
if the operator is dextrous he can use it quite safely by drawing
it proportionately light and quick, but the work cannot be so well
done as with an iron that is of a dull red color, or quite dark at
the edge. With such an iron, if the first lino is not drawn quite
deep enough it can be repeated until the right depth upon the
cuticle is obtained, which will be indicated by its color. If the
lines are drawn much nearer than half an inch, there will be
danger of sloughing, while if too far apart there will be propor-
tionately less inflammation produced. They should be of a cer-
tain depth and distance apart, and crossed as little as possible to
avoid breaking the skin. If this is done neatly, when the healing
process takes place, the creases formed by the iron will be drawn
DISEASES OF THE BONES. 767
together, the hair grown over, leaving no visible trace of the
firing. After the operation the horse should be put away in a
box-stall. On the following day a little grease, vaseline, or oil
should be rubbed over the part, which will keep it soft and pre-
vent cracking. This may be repeated at any time afterward,
should it appear too dry. Should any of the cracks break and
threaten to make a sore, dust on a little of the masfic healino-
powder, Avhich will stop it immediately unless very severe. No
bandaging or any such means should be resorted to. Simply
see that the horse does not bite or rub the parts.
This method cf firing is the one that has been most generally
used. It is very painful to the horse, and re-
quires considerable practice to do it well, al-
though there is no particular sleight or secret
in doing it beyond making the lines over
rather a large surface, and as near each other
as can safely be done without causing so
much inflammation as to extend across the
division and blemish by breaking or destroy-
ing the skin between. The next point is
depth of the firing. This can be learned reli-
ably only by practice. The deeper the firing,
the more extensive the inflammation pro- riG.eee.-Dots showing
duced, though in no case should it be carried usual number and lo-
deep enough to break the skin, as this will cation of punctures
surely cause a blemish, while in very slight ^° &nug.
firing there will be proportionately less inflammation, and to that
degree less efiective.
The Pyro-puncturing Process.
The method of firing now found to be most efiective for this
difiiculty, and that used most generally by the best practitioners, is
the pyro-puncturing process. It is much easier done, more simple,
not so liable to blemish, and far more efiective. I give two forms
of iron; one representing about three-sixteenths of an inch, the
other about an eighth of an inch or less in diameter. The rule is,
the larger the iron tlie farther apart must the holes be made, and
the smaller the iron the closer together. The principle is to make
the punctures as near as can be done safely without producing so
768
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
much inflammation as to cause the skin to break or slough between
them. Tlic average distance apart is from three-fourths to one
inch for the larger iron, and half an inch for the smaller iron, ob-
serving not to go near the vein.
If the horse is valuable it is best to use the smaller iron, as there
Fig. 667.— Small Pyro-
puncturing iron.
Fig. 668. — Lai-ge Pyro-
puncturing iron.
Fig. 669. — Small Pyro-
puncturing iron. The
wire represented too small.
is less danger of blemishing. The part of the iron used should be
sufficiently long to enable puncturing as deep as desirable. I give
illustrations of two such irons; one representing the round part
drawn out with considerable bulb behind to give sufficient body
to retain heat; the other a bulb of iron with a hole punched, into
which is fitted a piece of steel or iron wire of suitable size. These
DISEASES OF. THE B0:N"ES. 709
fine pointed irons for pyro-puncturing should be used only when
at a white heat, and never when cooled to a red heat. The reason
for this is that there is much less pain felt when the iron is at a
white heat, as the sensibility is almost immediately destroyed. It
is desirable to have three oi- four irons heating at once, so as to
be sure of having one continually at white heat.
The method of using it is to barely touch the skin at first to
mark the points to be punctured, which should be extended out
some little distance beyond the line of enlargement or immediate
seat of trouble (as shown in Fig. 666). Then repeat, burning
much deeper each time until the holes are made to a depth of
about three-eighths of an inch, more or less, according to the
severity of the case. Where there is much enlargement, penetrate
to the bone proper over that part. When the firing is complete,
rub on thoroughly a strong blister. The following simple Spanish
fly blister is good : —
1 ounce Spanish flies.
5 ounce liquid tar.
2 ounces lard.
Mix, and rub on thoroughly from five to ten minutes, putting on a pretty
thick application, and leaving on about forty-eight hours, wlien wash off with
warm water and soap. When dry, rub on some grease or lard; and let the
animal rest three weeks.
The principle is to keep the horse quiet long enough to give
time for exudate to bo thrown out and unite the parts in-
volved, and this requires from three to five or eight weeks, and in
some obstinate cases possibly even longei', depending upon age;
the younger, the more easily and quickly this will be done, while
the older the hoi-se, and the less constitution, the slower and more
difficult it will be to do. In any event, it must be continued
or repeated, until the lameness disappears, after which work mod-
erately for a while.
If, after a couple of months or so, there is any perceptible
lameness or soreness, an ordinary biniodide of mercury blister may
be applied once or twice, as the case requires, or the firing may
be repeated, as before stated. The point is to keep up sufiicient
counter irritation to make the cure complete. It will also aid ia
removing any enlargement thctt may remain.
49
770
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Ring-bone.
The treatment for ring-bone, splints, curbs, and spavins is
practically the same. If there is inflammation, the result of recent
Fig. 670. — Joint ancbylosed in ring-
bone, without enlargement. The
roughened appearance of the
bone the result of inflamma-
tion of the periosteum.
Fig. 671. — Ring-bone. The joint ancby-
losed a«ad enlarged.
strain, use cooling applications, and give the horse rest until it
passes off, when counter irritation by blister-
ing or firing must be resorted to.
A ring-bone is a bony excrescence, or en-
largement, about the pastern, most frequently
occurring in the hind leg. Sometimes it does
not cause much lameness, while again the
lameness may be very severe, and perhaps in-
curable. This will depend much upon the lo-
cation of the enlargement upon the joint.
Should it be upon the center of the bone, it
may not occasion any trouble ; but if upon
the margin of the joint, it is liable to cause
much lameness. Fig. 671, taken from a pho-
tograph, is a front view of an enlarged an-
FiG. 673.— Longitudinal , i i • • , • i xp- n^c^ •
,..,,. chylosed lomt, or rmg-bone ; J^ig. 0/2 is a
section of joint after •' J ' n ' o
anchylosis. view of another specimen cut through the
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
771
center, ' showing the joint grown soUcl. I inchidc an iUustration of
quite a bad ring-bone, and the same clipped, lined, and also dotted
to show how the firing should be done by the pyro-puncturing
process.
At first there may be a somewhat tender and yielding enlarge-
ment, which, in the course of time, becomes a hard bony formation.
Fig. 673. — Ring-bone as it usually
appears.
Fig. 674. — As a ring-bone should be fired
by the first method.
Second, the horse may make an effort to relieve the pressure from
the heels or toe, according to the location of the inflammation.
Should he raise the heels, then raise the
heel-calks and round the toe. If on the
other hand he seems to throw pressure
upon the heels, then lower the heel and
round the toe. In the fore feet, at any
rate, it will be necessary to round the toe
sharply, which will greatly relieve the
strain upon the joint by enabling the
foot to roll easily, or turn upon the toe.
The best method of doing this is by the
Roburg shoe, illustrations of which are
given in " Shoeing," and " Navicular-
Joint Lameness." Clip the parts, as
shown in Fig. 675, then blister or fire, as explained for .spavin.
There should be no blistering or fijjing around the heel under thtj
Fig. 67.5. — Method of firing
by the Pyro-puncturing
process.
772
DISEASES AND THEIK TREATMENT.
fetlock, as this would cause breaking, or an irritation of the skin,
which would be very annoying and difficult to heal.
Side-Bone or False Ring-Bone.
Side-bone, properly speaking, is not exostosis, but ossification of
an already existing structure, it being ossification of the lateral
cartilages of the ospedis, or bone of the foot. It is most common
in the fore feet, especially where the pas-
terns are short and straight.
SyTYiptoms. — The lateral cartilages, which
in health are soft and flexible, become en-
larged, project above the hoof, and are hard
and bony. While the inflammatory process
is going on, there is heat and pain in the
part, and consequently lameness, which in
most cases ceases when the ossification is
completed; but there is always a degree of
stiffness observable, and the lameness is apt
to return if the horse is much used on the
road.
Causes. — Short, upright pasterns predis-
pose to them ; they are most common in heavy
draught horses, used for teaming on the
road. Sometimes it arises from a tread from
another horse, which causes inflammation of those structures, which
is followed by ossification of the cartilage.
Treatment. — The same principles must be observed in all these
cases. Rest is most essential ; continued cold applications, by mak-
ing him stand up to the fetlocks in soft clay, with cold water fre-
quently applied, would be the proper treatment until the acute
stage has passed, after which repeated blistering, or, if thought
necessary, tiring would be advisable.
Curb.
This is a swelling upon the back part of the hock about five or
six inches from the point (an illustration of which is given in
Figs. 676, 678). If there is heat and tenderness, with more or less
lameness, use cooling applications. The quickest way to reduce
inflammation of this kind is to direct a stream of coM water against
Fig.
—A well-defined
curb.
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
773
the part for ten or fifteen minutes, and repeat at intervals. It
would relieve considerably to raise the heels of the shoe, and when
the inflammation subsides, blister repeatedly. If this does not suc-
ceed, fire the part.
Curbs are not usually difiicult to manage. I include a remedy
which is very effective in removing chronic enlargements of this
kind. It was first brought to my notice by being used upon one
of my baggage-horses during one of my campaigns in Ohio. I
purchased this horse cheap on account of his having a large curb,
Fig. 677. — An ordinary curb.
Fig. 678. — A very bad curb.
which, though it did not cause lameness, blemished the leg badly.
I noticed my manager. Dr. Williams, occasionally rubbing on
some medicine. It seemed to me like a waste of time to attempt
doing anything for it, and so expressed myself. He said, " Wait,
and I will show you the effect." He simply applied the remedy
two or three times a week, and in two or three months, to my
surprise, the enlargement had almost entirely disappeared. Since
then several cases of morbid joint enlargement have been cured by
applying this remedy occasionally for two or three months, one
especially bad, caused by an injury down near the hoof. The fol-
lowing is the remedy: —
1 ounce each of oil origanum, oil of spike,
oil of amber, spirits of tur-
pentine, and camphor.
Mix thoroughly, and rub on the enlargement two or three times a •week.
774
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
The following is the treatment used by one of the most suc-
cessful veterinary surgeons in this country: —
First, put on a high-heeled shoe, then take boiling water, and with a
sponge have the curb well bathed for about ten minutes. Then apply the
following liniment: —
1 ounce aqua amonia,
2 ounces tincture of iodine,
3 ounces glycerine.
Apply to the part two or three times a day, until quite sore. Then stop
for a few days, when repeat the medicine as before, and so continue until
again sore.
Bog Spavins and Thorough-Pins.
This disease may be called wind-galls of the hock, caused
usually by strain and overwork, but principally by lunging back
upon the hind legs. When the swelling is
inside and front of the hock, it is called a
bog or blood spavin. This is caused by a
distension or rupturing of the membranes
which cover the synovial cavity of the joint.
The sw^elling is soft, and yields to the press-
ure of the finger.
Thorough-pin is of the same character —
an enlargement on the back, inside of the
upper part of the joint, where in its natural
condition is a hollow. This swelling extends
across under the tendon, forming a tumor
between the calcis and thigh bone. It is
simply a rupture of the synovial membrane
allowing the synovia to escape. By press-
ing upon one side, the swelling is pushed
through to the other side; and sometimes
there is connection with swelling in front. These enlargements
rarely cause lameness, though sometimes they may cause inflam-
mation of the parts involved.
There is no satisfactory treatment for these difficulties. Blister-
ing sharply is the treatment usually pursued. If this fails, firing
is the last resort. There is no difiiculty in bringing down an en-
largement of an ordinary bog spavin by blistering, but as soon as
the horse is put to work or strained in the least, it is liable to come
Fig. 679. — Bog or blood
spavin.
DISEASES OF THE BONES.
775
back again. There is a remedy I have found to work with great
success in tlio removal of these synovial enlargements during their
acute stage.
In making a campaign through Wisconsin, in 1867, one of
my trained horses acted so rebellious oneday that I was compelled
to force him back sharply with a whip, throwing him upon his
haunches. Soon after the di'ive, when cool, he acted quite sore
and stiff, showing quite an enlargement
of the hock. I supposed the horse was
spoiled. During the day a half drunken
follow, in looking at the horses, said that
he could " remove that enlargement, and
cure it." Considering the case incurable,
I paid no attention to him at the time.
The man feeling annoyed at the indifter-
ence with which he was treated, said, " I
suppose you think I don't know anything
about horses, but if you will take some
soft soap and salt, i-ub on the part thor-
ouffhlv at nie'ht and wash off in the morn-
iug for two or three times, I'll warrant
you that will be cured."
It occurred to me that it would do no
harm to try the experiment, so I directed the man who had charge
of my horses to apply the soft soap as directed. He did so, and
next morning the swelling was greatly re'duced; and after repeat-
ing two or three times, it entirely disappeared. In consequence
of hard driving and strains, the parts became puffed to a greater
or less degree several times afterward, but always yielded to a few
applications of soft soap well rubbed in.
While this remedy will work well on acute cases, its effect is
not satisfactory upon old, confirmed cases; for if the enlargement
is brought down, sharp driving or straining of the parts will usu-
ally bring back the trouble. I consider trusses and all that sort
of thing of no special account in this difficulty. I have been told
repeatedly of parties who punctured these enlargements to allow
the secretions to run out, that in each case so much inflammation
was excited in the joint as to cause the loss of the horse.
Blood spavin is supposed to be caused by a distension of the
Fig. 680. — Thorough-pin.
77(i
DISEASES AND THEIK TKEATMENT.
large vein which passes through the integuments involved in bog-
spavin. I do not know any distinction between them worthy of
mention, especially as there is no treatment given other than that
named.
Cappe]) Hock.
This is an injury or bruise at the point of the
hock, and is usually caused by striking the parts
against some hard object. If the inflammation is
acute, use cooling applications. When the inflam-
mation has subsided, use any ordinar}^ stimulant
or blistei- recommended for the purpose.
Wind-galls.
Fig. 681.
Capped hock
Wind-gall is the name given to those soft, puflTy swellings found
at the back pai't of the fetlock-joint, from a sujoposition that they
contained air. They consist of enlargement
of the little sacs, or bags, which are always
found to contain a mucous fluid wherever
tendons pass over j oints, as at the back of the
fetlock. This form may be called simple
wind-gall. In other cases, the distension is
caused by an increased secretion and bulging
of the capsulai" ligament of the joint itself.
This form may be distinguished as com'pli-
catecl %vind-gall.
Few horses that have done any work are
free from them, and unless dependent on some
more serious lesion than simple distension of
these hursra mucosce, they are of no conse-
(|uence.
Causes. — Hard work is the well-known
cause of wind-gall. In rapid motion, or
heavy draught, the friction of the tendons is
greatly increased; consequently an increased seci'ction of synovia
is required, and takes place in all synovial sacs during exercise;
but if the action be not so violent as to strain the parts, it is speed-
ily i-e-absorbed. On the other hand, if the exertion be inoi'dinate,
Fm. 682. — An ordinary
capped hock.
NAVICITLAR-JOINT LAMENESS.
777
these little burscc mucosoi become injiu'ed, infiammation is set up,
and they become permanently enlarged.
Again, the exertion may bo so violent as to cause sprain of the
tendon, which extends to the capsule, or the joint itself may suffer,
and cause distension of the capsular ligament constituting compli-
cated wind-gall, which is more serious.
Symptoms. — Simple wind-galls are little puffy swellings, sSen
at the sides of the tendons as they pass over the fetlock-joint,
most common on the hind leg. They are soft even when the
weight is thrown on them. It is very important to be able to
distinguish between simple and complicated, or between the harm-
FiG. 683.— A natural. Fig. 684.— Showing
healthy joint. two enlargements.
Fig. 685. — Clearly mai-ked con-
dition of wind-gall.
less and what is not harmless. If situated between the tendon
and the suspensory ligament, it depends on distension of the
bursse through which the tendon passes ; if it feels hard when the
other leg is held up, and is accompanied with slight lameness, the
tendon is implicated. When placed in front of the suspensory
ligament, between it and the bone, it is accompanied with increase
of synovia in the joint itself.
Wind-galls generally appear suddenly.
Treatment. — There are three methods of treatment: First.
During the acute stiage they can be easily removed by any firm
but even pressure by pads and bandages, with cold water fre-
quently applied.
Second. When it has been long neglected, or the case is com-
plicated, counter irritation, or any good stimulating liniment or light
778 DISEASES AND TllEIE TREATMENT.
blister may be vised. The biniodidc of mercury ointment may be
well rubbed in several times, or a cantharides blister may be used.
Third. Letting the synovial fluid out. This is done with an
instrument called "the aspirator," which is a bottle attached to a
small suction pump, or, more properly, a syringe attached to a
bottle, and worked so as to draw out the fluid. The method of
operating is as follows: Force the needle of the aspirator mto the
wind-gall and draw ofl" the fluid. When it is all drawn, inject a
little of the following solution into the part: —
^ ounce tincture iodine.
20 grains iodide of potassium.
3 ounces water.
Bandage well and keep the parts wet with cold water. The
Fig. 686. — Graduated hypodermic syringe.
bandages to remain on from three to five days. This produces an
adhesive inflammation of the part. This treatment can be used
with safety in all cases where there is enlargement of the sheaths
of the tendons. It cannot be safely used in what is called a blood
spavin, because there is danger of puncturing the vein, and
secondly, may extend into the true hock-joint, which would in-
duce so much inflammation as to produce a stiflf joint, or even sup-
puration of the coverings of the bone, which would finally destroy
life. The hypodermic syringe, shown above, may be used.
Navicular-Joint Lameness.
It is estimated that this is the cause of fully nine-tenths of all
serious and obscure cases of lameness in the fore-feet. I refer to
it at the commencement of the Medical Department, page 745, as
one of the principal causes of trouble, wliich it is important to
know how to treat. If neglected, or not treated properly, in from
three to six months, such changes of structure, or degeneration,
take place in the parts as to make cure impossible; when it is
termed "groggy, or chronic lameness," which of course spoils the
horse; and when it is seen that it is the best horses, usually favor-
NAYICULAR-JOINT LAMENESS.
779
ites, that are perhaps worked irregularly, that are most subject to
this lameness, the importance of being able to treat it successfully
when it arises, can be seen; and the treatment, too, is so simple,
and easily applied, during its early or acute stage, that it cer-
tainly cannot be difficult or impossible, by the directions hereafter
given, for any one to apply it. On this account I have made a special
effort not onlj^ to make the treatment of this difficulty so full and
comprehensive that such
cases when they arise may be
easily understood and attend- ^^^^Bii'^\liiH\'
ed to promptly, but to add ^M^^^^^^A
such explanations and illus- ^^^^^ ^^a?S''
trations from the best author- ^^ ^^^W/0^mmMS^k
ities, as will show the serious vSi^'i W'^i'
effect that may follow when
neglected or not treated prop- jnlfwm
erly. In reference to this, a
very able author says:—
" This is a strain that does
more mischief than any other,
and entirely from the circum-
stance of its producing scarce-
ly any lameness in the walk. i^,, ^o- . ., v ,, <. u-
/ -^ Fig. 68(. — As the horse usually rests his
A horse, thereiore, when ^ ^, ,
, ' . ,, rt-. • • , toe upon the ground,
stramed in the coinn-jomt,
and having no lameness, or scarcely any, in the walk, is usually
put to work, or what is nearly as bad, is turned to grass with-
out any regard to the situation, where he is often liable to be
driven about. If, instead of this, it were treated like other strains
whose symptoms are more apparent, and which produce a greater
degree of lameness, it would soon get well, and with greater cei'-
tainty than a strain in the back sinews. But as it is a strain in
the coffin-joint, it is the most intractable kind of lameness we meet
with, because it is nearly always neglected at its first occasion."
Symptoms. — It sometimes occurs in an instant, as by a horse
stepping on a round stone, running in the field, etc., when he may
at once be quite lame ; at other times its progress is slow. Some
peculiar formations of the foot are more subject to it than others.
When the result of sudden strain, there will be considerable heat
in the back part of the foot, with well-marked lameness. When
it comes on gradually, a slight tenderness is observed, particularly
at starting, which goes off with exercise. This gradually increases ;
780
DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
the foot is found hot, and as a result of the increased heat, con-
traction may set in, the hoof becoming dry and brittle. He steps
on his toe, and when standing, points his foot, that is, places his
foot in front, resting on the toe; and if both feet are involved,
which is not uncommon, alternating the feet. Contraction is not
an invariable symptom, as feet
are subject to it that are en-
tirely free from contraction.
Often the foot is found to be
round and apparently healthy,
the most careful examination
by the owner, or smith, not
enabling him to locate any cause
for the trouble. In ordinary
cases the horse will show no ap-
parent lameness while on a
walk; but on a trot may flinch
considerably, showing a great
tendency to stumble.* Driving
down-hill, or on a rough, cob-
bly road, will greatly aggravate
the lameness, because going
down-hill increases the force of
concussion; and a stony or un-
even road so wrenches and
strains the joint, or exposes the frog to such incidental pressure,
as to greatly increase the pain and soreness. In some cases of
acute strain, the lameness may be quite marked, the horse being
scarcely able to walk, and when he does, keeping the foot flexed
by walking upon the toe, and when standing, resting the toe upon
the ground. As this acute stage passes off, which will usually be in
one or two weeks, the animal will seem to have grown much better,
at times perhaps appear quite well, then grow suddenl}^ worse
again, depending upon the part of the joint involved and the road
lie is traveling on. He will go better on hard, smooth, sandy
roads, but on soft, yielding ground, is liable to grow lamer, if the
* In some cases, usually fast trotters, the horse may at first only point, and
gradually show a little soreness or stiffness at starting, or what is termed bobbing —
dropping the head. Irritation in these cases is induced very slowly, as hereafter
explainciii. The principle of treatment is the same, — prompt removal of the cause
of irritation, developing healthy circulation in the parts, and aiding mobility.
Fig. 688. — Usual appearance of foot
with chronic coffin-joint lameness.
NAYICULAE-JOINT LAMENESS.
781
sole is thin and the frog prominent, because of the increased pres-
sure upon the frog, and thence upon the parts involved, by the
foot setting into the ground. As the lameness continues, more or
less change of structure takes place in the foot, a gradual draw-
ing in of the quarters, the foot becoming perceptibly smaller than
the opposite one, the heels higher, the frog smaller, and the sole
more concave, the hoof showing a more glossy, hard appearance.
The shoe will invariably be worn round at the toe. A result that
often follows is a shrinking or wasting of the muscles of the
shoulder, called "sweeny," which is caused by a want of properly
exercising them. The symptoms are about the same, so far as the
Fig. 689. — Back view of coffin-bone and navicular-bone
attached in place.
lameness goes, whether the mischief has extended to ulceration or
not, the history of the case only guiding in enabling to deter-
mine how far this has gone. Of course these conditions will vary
in degree, as there may be only a slight extent of ulceration, or a
high degree of simple inflammation. Yet, in the former case, the
lameness will not be so marked as in the latter, notwithstandinof
the prospect for recovery will be much less.
We will now presume a horse, without any apparent cause, to
show a little lameness, and we desire to make a careful exam-
Luation. First, is there any possible cause from recent shoeing,
such as a badly-fitted shoe, driving the nails too close, or prick-
ing ? Let the shoe be taken off carefully, by raising each clinch
in succession, and pulling the nails out. Now tap and examine
all parts of the foot carefully, and especially if there is any bruise
782
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
or com at the inner heel, or at any part of the sole, which will be
noticeable by being red and sensitive to light tappings of the ham-
mer, or to squeezing of the pinchers. It is always best to make
the most thorough and careful examination, so as to give assur-
ance of being able to point with more certainty to the difficulty
under consideration. Pressure with the thumb over the middle of
the flexor tendon, on its inner side or its outer, as deeply as can
be reached in the hollow of the heel,
the foot being bent back, causes pain;
or catching the foot in one hand and
the ankle in the other, and while twist-
ing a little, pressing against the tendon
will cause considerable flinching. Tap-
ping lightly upon the bar or sole, on
each side of the frog, will cause flinch-
ing. Next, if the horse is taken by the
head and turned short around, he will
show increased lameness.
Upon an examination of these cases
by the owner or horse-doctor, if no
cause of trouble is discovered in the foot,
the lameness is supposed to be in the
shoulder. Now there is no lameness that
reveals itself more plainly than shoulder
lameness; because when the muscles of
the shoulder or arm are strained or in-
jured, the mobility is so seriously im-
paired that the limb is lifted and brought
forward with a sort of dragging motion.
It is easy to see if a man were to inj ure his shoulder or arm, that
with the greatest cflbrt he would be scarcely able to lift it to put on
his coat. But were the trouble in his hand, or below the elbow, he
could do it without the least difficulty. The effect is the same
upon the horse. By moving him back and forward, if the trouble
is in the foot, or below the knee, the foot will be raised and car-
ried forward naturally, but put down tenderly, as if trying to
protect it from the force of concussion ; whereas, if in the shoulder,
as explained, the mobility of the limb is greatly unpaired, which
is shown by the difficulty with which it is raised and brought
forward.
Fig. 690.— Posterior view of
bones of the foot.
NAVICULAE-JOINT LAMENESS.
78S
I would call particular attention to these symptoms, from the
fact that after an examination by persons who do not under-
stand the nature of the difficulty, and finding no apparent trouble
in the foot, the conclusion is arrived at that it must be in the
shoulder, which is treated with liniments, blistering, etc., as ex-
plained, without doing any good, not only punishing the horse un-
necessarily, but occasioning a loss of valuable time.
I would also remind, in this connection, that when the lame-
ness continues in one foot for some time, on account of throwing
the weight so much upon the opposite foot to relieve the lame one
in standing or walking, there is liability to bring on the same
Fig. 691. — Position of bones of the foot too oblique.
a. Pastern bone ; h. Coronary bone ; c. Os pedis, or coffin-bone ; d. Usual
seat of the lameness ; e. Perforans tendon.
trouble in the well one, — a not uncommon occurrence, — when the
lameness will be equally marked in both fore-feet. The horse will
go worse when the heel is lowered by putting on a thin shoe, or
by losing the shoe, and will go better when the heel is raised, and
especially so if the toe is rounded so as to aid mobility.
Causes. — The coffin-joint is composed of three bones; viz., the
lower or pedal bone, and the navicular and pastern bones. By
referring to Figs. 865 and 392, in chapter on Shoeing, and Figs.
670-688, which were copied and engraved from photographs of
a manikin, and also from a natural foot, showing different views
of the bones, ligaments, and tendons of the parts, a good idea
784
DISEASES AND THEIK TKEATMENT.
can be obtained of its location and character. By looking at Fig.
679, it will be seen that the navicular bone extends across the
back edge of the coffin--^oint; at Fig. 686, that the flexor tendon
passes down under it, and inserts itself into the lower surface of
the pedal bone. This supports the navicular bone when weight is
thrown upon the limb, as the back part of the small pastern i-ests
upon the navicular bone. Now, if from any cause irritation is
set up in the synovial membrane of this small bone, or of the
l'i(.. 692. — Natural position of boues of the foot.
sheath of the tendon which supports it, or of the surrounding
parts, whetlier by sprain, concussion, injury, contraction, improper
shoeing, changing the obliquity of the foot, that is, raising or low-
ering the heel too nmch, allowing the toe to grow too long, or any
cause of changing the proper adjustment of the foot, etc., the
effect is practically the same in causing inflammation and lame-
ness.
The best authorities agree that the most common indirect
JN"AVICULAE-J01NT LxVMENESS. 785
causes of this lameness ai-e i-aisiug the frog- from the ground and
contraction. I copy the remarks of an old author of high stand-
ing on this cause, who says :- —
•• When the foot is iu its natural condition, the frog is its strong
jDoint of support; and if this support is removed by paring, or b}^
the use of thick- heeled shoes, which raise the frog from all pos-
sible contact with the ground, the support is weakened, and there
is necessarily great straiji thrown u[»on the tendon. This is caused
by pushing the coronary against the navicular bone, and which,
being repeated at every step or jump the horse takes, strains the
tendons, or causes inflammation. By contraction, because in pi'o-
portion to the drawing together of the heels, there will be a com-
pressing or forcing upward of the arches of the commissures and
horny frog against the tendon and navicular joint, impeding the
action of the joint generally, and liable to cause inflammation of the
synovial membrane, ulceration, and change of structure; it also
destroys the natural position of the limb by making the pastern
joint more perpendicular, which, as has been mentioned, increases
the jar of the corona on the pedal bone. So that we have involved
the lower surface of the navicular bone, its synovial membrane, the
flexor tendon which i)lays over it, and sometimes the upper sur-
face, when it is called coffin or navicular-joint lameness."
Another author says: —
"Disease of the navicular joint is the chief danger to be appre-
hended from a good-looking strong foot, just as the open, flat one is
])rone to laminitis, and is rarely subject to disease of the navicular
joint. The reason of this immunity on the one hand, and the con-
trary on the other, is this: The open foot, with a large spongy frog,
exposes the navicular bone and the parts in contact with it to con-
stant pressure in the stable, so that these parts are always prepared
for work. On the other hand, the concave sole and well-formed
fi'og are raised from the ground by our unfortunate mode of shoe-
ing, and when the whole foot is exposed to injury from battering,
and iu addition to the tendon which plays over the navicular bone
presses it against the os corona), the unprepared state in which this
part is allowed to remain, is sure to ])roduce inflammation, if the
work is carried far enough."
In 1816 an English veterinary surgeon, James Turner, was
the first, after careful observations and numerous dissections, to
call attention to the causes of this lameness and its treatment.
His explanation is so good that I will include it also here, though
experience has since proved, as explained, that -contraction is only
one of its causes: —
"The next deviation from nature is the passive state to which
tho foot is submitted, at Uasl iwenly two or twenty-three hours
50
786 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENl'.
out of twenty-four, and sometimes for sevcnil consecutive days.
Let this be compared with the few hours during which the feet of
a horse at pasture are in a quiescent state, and there will be no
cause of surprise in the change of form and position, and character,
and the state of conli'action which takes i>lace in the foot deprived
of its natural pressure and motion.
" The first indication of contraction is the gradual disj^lacement
of the navicular and coffin-bones. They ascend within the lioof An
unnatural arch is formed by the ascent of the frog, and the delicate
synovial membrane lining the joint is crushed and bruised by the
ver}^ matei"ial Avhich nature has bestowed as a defense. This bruise
of the sj^novial membrane lining the joint is the veritable source of
the complaint, the actual cause of the whole not consisting in the
wear and tear of the part, but having its origin in rest. It is en-
gendered in the stable, but it becomes permanently established by
sudden violence out of it. General contraction of the foot of the
horse may take place to a great extent with comparative impunity;
but it is a ])artial contraction or jiressure which is the root of evil."
Prof. Williams, our best modern authority, in relation to the
cause, says: —
" I have stated my oinnion that generall}^ the alteration of the di-
rection of the bony column by the shoe, or by a natural u])i-ight con-
formation of pastern, is the great cause. In addition to this violent
interference with the designs of nature, the elevation oft he heels fur-
nishes additional cause of concussion to those already stated, by
removing the frog from the ground; the Irog being elastic, tough,
and strong, intended to touch the ground and diffuse concussion,
as well as to prevent slipping at each step the animal takes. When
left in its natural condition, it is a large, tough, sottish body, giv-
ing Avay to the pressure of the fingers Avhen manipulated, expand-
ing each time the foot is put to the ground, the commissures at its
sides admitting of this expansion Avithout the other jjarts of the foot
being interfered Avilh. So long as it touches the ground, the sen-
sitive ])arts within, and particularly the navicular bursa, ibr which
it furnishes a soft bed, rests upon a resilient body, free from con-
cussive danger. Besides furnishing this soft bed, it ])erforms
another impoi'tant function, being elastic within and Avithout, it
assists the flexors in the first act of elevating the foot from the
ground, and it does this in virtue of its inherent poAver of assuming
its original shape Avhei\ the superincumbent Aveight is taken aAvay
from it. Thus, Avhilst on the ground, and bearing its proportion of
weight, it is flattened from side to side, bulging into the commis-
sures and cleft, ready at every moA^ement, like a piece of india-
rubber, to assume its proper form Avhen the least jiortion of the
weight is taken :^'om it. When the flexoi^s are acting, it becomes
narroAved from side to side, and deeper from surface to surface, and
during this assumption of its natural form, it gives an ujiAvard im-
petus to the foot, Avhich is of essential importance to its easy eleva-
tion. The removal of this frog pressure during long periods of rest
NAVICULAR-JOINT LAMENESS.
787
in the stable is also a fertile source of disease, because the frog be-
comes hardened, and does not funiish a soft cushion for the bursa
to rest upon."
I may, in this connection, add that there may be cases of this
disease, thoug-li somewhat rare, in feet that are weak and thin,
which are entii-cly free
from contraction. In such
cases it is suj)poscd the
cause is owing to the ob-
liquity of the joint being-
so great, that there is ex-
ceasive play upon the trn-
don, the strain upon which
produces irritation of the
tendon at its connection
with the navicular bone;
or owing as well to the in-
creased action of the joint,
irritation of some of the
soft structures is produced.
It properly comes under the
head of Cause of Irritation.
But as there may be dan-
ger of parties, especially of
trotting men, causing di-
rect strain and inflannna-
tion of the part by lower-
ing the heels too much, or suddenly, especiall}^ in the feet of
horses that are exposed to much strain by being speeded, I will
include the following explanations to show the impropriety and
danger of doing so. It is stated in the chapter on shoeing, where
thin shoes or tips are recommended, that this change must be
brought about gradually. When traveling through Vermont, an
intelligent trainer, who was a member of my class, wished to
know the best method of keeping the feet of horses sound and free
from contraction: —
"Keep the adjustment and condition of the feet as nearly
natural as possible," I answered, "by using thin steel shoes that
will give the frog natural contact with the ground."
Fig. 693. — Tendons and ligaments of the foot.
788
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
"That is my idea," said he, "but while in New York City, a
man came along and persuaded the president of one of the horse
i-ailroad companies, where I was at the time employed, to put thin-
heeled shoes on all his horses."
I replied, " That would be all
right, and an advantage for the
average of horses; but there
woidd be found an occasional
one, perhaps one in every ten
or twelve of them, that would
grow decidedly lame by such
shoeing; for if there was the
least inflammation or weakness
in the navicular joint or sur-
rounding parts, giving such sud-
den and violent contact of the
frog upon hard-paved streets
would aggravate the irritation
and produce direct lameness.
Certainly the heels of such
horses should be kept somewhat
raised until the irritation passed
ofl", when the heels might be
gradually lowered sufiiciently to
bring about a good condition of
circulation."
He stated in reply that about
that proportion of the horses
did become seriously lame; still
they were worked right along
without any regard to their condition. When in Buffalo, N. Y.,
I became owner of a horse that was very sore and lame, in con-
sequence of excessive driving during the race week in that city,
in conveying passengers to and fi'om the track. He had been so
shod as to let the frog come directly upon the gi-ound. I found
upon examination that the heels had been so bruised as to cause
suppuration between the sensible and insensible frog, which was
the cause of the trouble, and practically spoiled the horse. Now,
putting on thin-heeled shoes would have been a,ll right for ordin-
FiG. 694. — Attachment of perforans
tendon to bottom of pedal-bone.
From manikin of the foot.
NAVICULAE-JOIKT LAMENESS.
789
ary light driving on mud roads, but when subjected to such
severe and continued concussion, they became a direct cause of
irritation and disease. As a good iUustration of this cause of
danger, I copy the remarks of a very excellent author fWhite) on
the danger of lowering the
heels too suddenly and subject-
ing them to severe strain: " It
has appeared in a great num-
ber of dissections of the feet of
horses affected with chronic
lameness, that the small bone
of the foot, called navicular or
nut-bone, is diseased either on
the surface over which the
great tendon of the foot passes,
or on that which articulates
with the small pastern and
coffin bones." In speaking of
the cause, he says: "I once
knew an excellent trotting-
horse that had won several
matches. Thin-heeled shoes
were put on his feet, but it
was soon found that he could
no longer trot; that when
urged he would go into a can-
FiG. 695. — Excellent view of perforans
tendon. From photograph of
manikin of the foot.
And this, I have no doubt^ was
ter. The shoes were therefore
taken off, and a common shoe
applied, but it was too late.
He was no longer able to trot,
caused by inflammation of the coffin -joint, or of the pai'ts con-
nected with it, in consequence of lowering tlie heels and throw-
ing so much stress on the tendon and navicular bone."
In talking with an intelligent veterinary surgeon on this sub-
ject, he referred to a case in his own practice that had strained
the perforans tendon. The owner called him in to treat it, and
by proper management soon relieved the lameness; but in conse-
quence of the horse's being driven and speeded too soon, there was
a return of the lameness, which he again treated with success.
7!^0
DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
Fig. 096. — Inferior articulating surface of the navicular
■ bone in a healthy condition.
After nearly six months' rest, the horse was again put in training
for a race, there being no indication of a return of lameness. At
this point a new driver was employed, who took it into his head
to put on thin-heeled shoes; the consequence w.as, the first time
the horse was speeded, he again fell lame, when, notwithstanding
all that could be done, the case became chronic and incurable.
As the first stage is that of inflammation, the object should be
to use such means
as will arrest this
most speedily, be-
fore any alteration
of structure takes
place, which is usu-
ally in from three to
six months; for as
before explained, if
allowed to go on far
enough to produce
a change of struct-
ure, or caries, the
case will be past all
cure.
Treatment. — The
first and most im-
portant condition of
cure is rest; hence
the horise must be at
once taken from all
work; he must not
be, as is commonly
the case, allowed to run even in pasture, or anywhere where there
would be any freedom to run or walk around much; give him
simply the limits of a large, level stall. Remove the shoe by rais-
ing the clenches, and pull, out the nails one by one; then cut
off or hammer down the toe-calk, and partly tui-n up the toe like
the ground surface of an old worn-out shoe. Next, raise the heel-
calks from five-eighths to three-quarters of an inch, fit the shoe
nicely to the foot, and nail on, being careful not to wrench or
hammer it unnecessarily in doing so. Two important points are
Fig. 697.- — Indications of disease.
Fig. G9S. — Inflammation progressed so far as to
cause caries of the bone.
NAVICULAE-JOINT LAMENESS. 791
gained by this : First. Raising the heels from the ground throws
the articulation of the pastern bone well forward upon the pedal
bone, relieving pressure of the navicular bone from the tendon sup-
porting it. Second, the removal of all pressure of the frog from the
ground, which aggravates the inflammation, and rounding the toe,
aids mobility, and thereby lessens the strain upon the joint.
If there is much lameness and heat in the foot, provide a tub
or box, in which put water as hot as can be borne with the hand,
and sufficient to come up even with the ankle, and let the horse
stand with the foot in it for about an hour, keeping the tempera-
ture up to the point stated. Now take a bag, or cloth, into
which put a sufficient quantity of bran to envelop the foot
thoroughly, and tie loosely around the foot or ankle; pour on hot
water moderately, and then let the horse stand, allowing the
poultice in the meantime to become cool. If there is much inflam-
mation and lameness, this method of hot fomentation may be re-
peated two or three times during the day, until all the inflamma-
tion subsides. The usual method of applying hot fomentations is
to take several thicknesses of blanket or rugs, and after wrino-ing
them out of water as hot as can be borne, bring them around the
foot loosely, and repeating at short intervals as they become cool;
or a lot of bran or mud can be put in a box, and hot water poured
on until at the temperature desired, when the foot can be placed
in it up to the ankle, as before explained. The general practice
is to tie a poultice of bran around the foot, and keep wet with
cold water until the inflammation subsides, which would be good
treatment; but if there is much inflammation and lamenes.s, I
would certainly advise, as far preferable, hot fomentations con-
tinued for about an hour, then alternating with cold, and repeated
two or three times each day ; but letting the poultice or cloths re-
main on until cool will be sufficient for reaction from the previous
application of heat.
If cold applications are used, it is important that there be suffi-
cient bran or wet cloths tied around the foot and ankle to keep
the parts thoroughly wet and cool, until inflammation subsides,
in addition to which the bottom of the foot should be kept stufled
with flax-seed meal, or anything that will aid in keeping the foot
moist and cool. If this is done, after about a week the attack
will usually pass oflf. After the acute stage has passed off', and
702 DISI^:A8KS and TllElH TIJEATMENT.
the wet cloths should bo kept on until that time, even if there is
no lameness, it is i^-ood practiec to apply a sharp blister around the
heel and coi-on(^t. Tt is in any (■\-(;nt necessary, and may be even
repeatrnl once or twice, should there still remain any lameness.
In the meantime, as Ix'fore stated, the horse should bo kept quiet,
and if there is much lameness, there should be given in the first
place a small dose of physic, with laxative, cooling food. This is
all that is necessary to do in any ordinary case, and especially at
an early stage.
It is next important not to expose the horse to conditions that
would strain or injure the foot until fully over the effects of the
injury. Consequently the horse at fii-st should be driven very
moderately for two or three months, or moic. If the road is rough,
frozen, or stony, there is such danger of straining, wrenching, or
bruising the foot, and thereby causing a relapse, that the horse
should not be driven, if it can pos.sibly bo avoided.
If there is any contraction of either or both quarters, there
should be a special effort to overcome this also during the treat-
ment. (For full details of doing which, see "Shoeing," page 681.)
In opening the foot with the spreaders, great care should be taken
not to pi-oduce any irritation. The (quarters should be opened
gradually. When the lameness has entirely <lisappeared, bring
the frog again slowly to the ground to the extent it will safely
bear. If any soreness is indicated, raise the heel a little, keeping
the foot moist to prevent contraction, and when tlie soreness
passes off, again gradually lower it.
Some authorities advise bleeding in the foot in connection with
the treatmont given; my judgment of this is that it is rarely
necessary, and is advisable only when tho hoi'se is very fat and
the lameness is very severe, or during its acute stage. The best
practitioners with whom the writer has conversed on tho subject
do not bleed.
If, after blistering, there is still lameness, it is evident that the
case has been running some time, and has assumed a chronic
stage. In this event, the next and last step of treatment for cure
is a frog seton. Prof. Williams's instructions for doing this are
so good that I cannot do better than to copy them : —
"If the near foot is to be operated upon, the needle should be
introduced IVom the frog upwards; but if tho off one, from the heel
NAVICULAR-JOINT LAMENESS. 70S
downwards, if the operator be not left-handed. It is seldom neces-
sary to cast the animal. The horny frog must be well pared, and
if the needle — a sharj)- pointed, sharp, curved one — be passed
quickly, the operation is generally completed before the animal
knows much about it. It is necessary that care should be taken
not to introduce llio needle too deej^ly, as the tendon may be
wounded; tlie ])oint of the needle sliould be introduced into the
frog about an inch from the toe and brought out midway between
the bulbs of tlie frog and the anterior boundary of the hollow heel.
The ends of the tape must be tied together, so as to form a loop,
which is to be sufficiently long to admit of a little movement in
dressing, but not so long as to extend to the boundary of the wall,
or the horse, by treading upon it, will soon destroy it. Before the
seton is introduced, it is usual to put on the shoe for the purpose of
removing weight fi"om the ii-ritated frog. About three weeks or a
month is the usual time for keeping the seton in the frog, dressing
it daily and keeping the foot clean. After its removal, the frog
must be examined, for usually it is ' under-run ' between the two
orifices by purulent matter; if such be the case, the detached horn
must be removed and the exposed parts dressed with a little tar.
If structural changes have not taken place, this plan of treatment
will usually be found effective; but if the lameness continue after a
month has elapsed after the removal of the seton, all treatment will
be useless, and the animal should be put to slow work, or the pain
removed by neui'otomy."
This, of course, should be done by a competent veterinary
surgeon.
I have been led to give particular attention to the study of
this lameness, from the fact that many years ago one of my best
horses, old Turco, became lame from this cause. First, there
was noticed a slight flinching while moving on a trot. The feet
being at the time very dry and hard, it caused a compression of
the wall upon the soft parts. In the course of a couple of months
I called in a veterinary surgeon, who was considered a good prac-
titioner as well as good authority. He promised to cure the case
in a month. His treatment consisted of simply applying a strong
sweating blister to the coronet, keeping up a sharp counter-irrita-
tion foi- eight or ten days, but with no good results. I am satis-
fied that if at this stage of the case the foot had been thoroughly
soaked by either hot or cold water, the quarters opened a little
with the shoe well rounded at the toe, and the heels somewhat
elevated, there would have been no difficulty in making a cure.
But the surgeon did nothing more than apply a counter-irritant
for a little more than a week. This seemed to be, and is 3'^et, about
794
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
the extent of treatment used by the average of practitioners,
which in the writer's judgment is not sufficient. Mobihty must
be aided as much as possible, to assist in preventing and remo^-
ing any irritation caused by motion. In the course of time the
foot became narrower and liigher at the heels, the frog smaller,
and the convexity of the sole greatly increased. Notwithstanding
I had at various
times during this
period consulted
with different
veterinary sur-
geons of consid-
erable reputa-
tion, the treat-
ment recom-
mended was
merely pallia-
tive, and prac-
tically did no
good. The near-
est any of them
came to giving
any relief, was
in putting on a
convex shoe to
relieve contrac-
FiG. 699.
As the seton should be inserted into the foot.
C Navicular bone ;
A, A. The seton ; B. The sensitive frog ;
B. Insensitive frog.
tion, and blistering the coronet, for which instruction the v/riter
was charged twenty-five dollars, but the case had run too long,
and the treatment did no ofood. Now, with the treatment here
given, it would have been a very simple matter to have relieved
this case, if taken in time. But not knowing anything about the
proper treatment myself at the time, a valuable horse W"as ruined.
In some simple cases the eflfect of raising the heels and rounding
the toe is often quite remarkable.
I will refer to one case in point: At a little town in the
western part of New York, near Jamestown, a farmer who had
attended my class, wished me to look at a young horse that had
been lame for some time. I took the horse to the blacksmith
shop and ordered the shoe removed, the toe hammered down and
NAVICULAE-JOINT LAMENESS. 795
rounded a little, the heels raised, and the shoe again put on.
Years afterward, upon my return to that place, I heard the owner
state publicly the facts concerning- this horse. He said that it had
been lame for over a month ; that he was unable to find out the
cause of the trouble, and did not know what to do for it; that 1
examined the horse and took it to the .shop; that he did not know
what I did with the case ; he only knew that it never took a lame
step afterward. He as much as inferred that the cure was made
by some secret manipulation of my own which I did not divulge.
The horse happened to be kept idle for about a week after the
change in the shoeing, which gave the irritation time to pass off,
so that when the horse was put to work and found not lame, it
was regarded as a remarkable cure.
At the Sanitarium, in Battle Creek, Mich., while engaged in
writing and revising this work, I was requested to look at a very
fine horse owned by the institution. It had been lame for three
or four weeks, and upon examination I concluded it was a simple
case of navicular-joint lameness. I ordered the shoe to be taken
off and changed as before directed, and again put on. Tliere
being some slight inflammation in the foot, I directed that se^•eral
thicknesses of blanket be wound around it, and kept wet for a
week, at the expiration of which time the horse seemed to be all
right; but I told the manager that, to make a permanent cure,
the horse must not be put to work yet for three or four weeks,
and then to drive only on a walk upon a smooth road. My in-
structions were followed, the horse put to work in due time, and
the cure proved to be permanent.
Soon after my visit to Cleveland, Ohio (referred to in Personal
Experience), " Gifford," one of my trained horses, sprained one of
his feet so badly that he could scarcely walk upon it. I simply
rounded the toe, raised the heels, and kept the foot wet for a week,
when the soreness and inflammation entirely disappeared. Being
compelled to move him, I drove him carefully on a walk for
several weeks, after which the shoe was gradually lowered again
at the heel. A year after this, he sprained the opposite foot in
the same manner, showing great pain and lameness. It was
treated in the same manner as the other, and with the same suc-
cess. I could refer to a great many cases showing the good results
of this simple treatment, which could be done by any one by the
dii'ections here given.
796 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
When the lameness has continued so long as to render cure
impossible, it may be greatly helped by slightl}' i-ounding or turn-
ing up the toe so that the foot will roll a little 6n the ground, and
slightly raising the heel-calks. The shoe should be fitted very
carefully. A still better way in very sensitive cases, is to put
leather or rubber between the shoe and foot. When this is done,
the nails should not be driven or clinched tightly. Hard wrench-
ing or hammering of the foot should never be permitted, as a very
little carelessness in this way would be liable to cause considerable
soreness and lameness.
Since writing this chapter, I have incidentally obtained some
points in the management of this lameness, which, notwithstand-
ing the extreme length of this article, I will take the liberty to add.
While in conversation with a well-known veterinary surgeon
in New York Cit}', he incidentally ii^iformed me of a case of
navicular-joint lameness, which was diagnosed as such, and pro-
nounced incurable by one of the leading veterinary authorities in
that city. The animal was a fine mare, owned by Dr. Sayers, an
eminent specialist, and valued highly as a gift. Discouraged at
this decision from a high authority, he went immediately to Mr.
Robert Bonner, whose general knowledge on everything pertaining
to the horse he regarded as next to infallible, and in whom, as a
personal friend, he had great confidence. Mr. Bonner assured
him that the case could be easily cui'ed, and directed him to
take her to Mr. David Roburg for treatment, requesting him,
as a matter of curiosity and as a proof of the success of the treat-
ment, to give a daily report of the progress of the case. The
result of the trial was the complete disappearance of the lameness
in about two weeks, although the horse was driven daily.
I called upon Mr. Roburg, who, as stated on page 630, is an
expert shoer of remarkable skill, and stated to him what I
had learned, and that I would like to have him give me such an
explanation of his method of treatment as he could constistently
do; that I wished to give the best points known on the subject,
not only for the benefit of my readers generally, but for that
of the veterinary profession. Mr. Roburg very kindly ex-
plained to me the main points of his management. First : To
remove all strain from the part involved b}' the most perfect ad-
justment of a shoe that would aid mobility to the greatest extent;
NAVICULAR-JOINT LAMENESS.
797
Fig 700.
-Side view of second form of
Roburg's shoe.
and when in the stable, keeping the foot cool Ly sUghtly packing
the sole with wet oakum, and covering the coronet with wet
cloths. If there was any contraction, he made it a particular point
to relieve it and the compression of the wall at the same time, as
quickly as ho could,
by the adjustment of
his spring, which is
explained and illus-
trated in connection
with his shoes on the
pages referred to. His
best shoe, he claimed,
for this purpose, is the
one here shown, of which I give very accurate sectional drawings,
with those of others made on the same principle, on pages 691 , 692.
In fitting the shoe to the condition of lameness, he is very particular
to adjust it so as to
ease the strain or
cause of irritation to
the greatest possible
degree, frequently be-
ing compelled to exper-
iment, more or less, by
moving the shoe a lit-
tle to the right or left,
then noticing the ef-
fect upon the horse in
traveling. When
there is improvement, it is accepted as proof of the correctness of
his adjustment; if, on the other hand, there is not what he regards
as satisfactory progress, he changes the shoe according to the
indications of the case until successful. The real point of this
shoe is that, by its rounded form, it supplies the lack of mobility
caused by the inflammation and soreness in the foot ; that
it acts, as it were, as "an extra joint to the foot," which is
the necessary requisite; so that for all forms of acute or chronic
lameness he tries to aid the freedom of the foot in motion by the
conformation of the shoe and its adjustment.
Mr. Roburg has had such remarkable success in the manage-
ment of such cases by his treatment, the one referred to beino'
Fig. 701.— Roburg's shoe.
798 DISEASES AND THEIK TEEATJ^IENT.
but an ordinary one in his practice, that it certainly seems worth
while to study the matter with care, since it is evident there is
much to learn on the management of tliis and other kinds of foot-
lameness, and that Mr. Bonner is so thoroughly informed on this
subject as to be far in advance of all accepted authority. In-
deed, Dr. Going, formerly veterinary editor of the Spirit of the
Times, who is himself one of the most successful practitioners and
reliable authorities in the country, in an article published in the
Turf, Field, and Farm, admits as much, as will be seen by his
statement, which I copy, with the editor's comments on the
same : —
" Dr. Going, who was for many years editor of the Veterinary
Department of our Chambers street contemporary, writes as follows
on the subject of Horse-Shoeing, in his 'Veterinary Dictionary': —
" ' It is said no man has ever yet reached perfection in any branch of art,
science, literature, industry, etc.; but while I am imprepared to join issue
with the assertion, I can safely say that the nearest approach which has ever
been made in this connection (horse- shoeing and the study of the horse's
foot) has been made by Robert Bonner, Esq. , of New York, who, had not
the Ledger already made him famous, would undoubtedly have obtained
widespread renown through his almost superhuman knowledge in this de-
partment. I have had the pleasure of conversing Avith him on this subject,
and am pleased to have an opportunity of stating the impression the conver-
sation made upon me.
* * # " 'J -vvoidd say, if Mr. Bonner could only be persuaded to write
a book on this subject (which ho so intimately understands), it would be an
inestimable boon to the present and future generations of man and horse. '
" This is a generous tribute on the part of Dr. Going to an ama-
tem'. Jf other veterinary surgeons were equall}^ generous, then
there would be a chance for them to learn something. At present,
we know that they know comparatively nothing, for instance, about
navicular-joint disease and other alleged incurable troubles of the
foot. A lesson in this line would not hurt the editor of our own
Veterinary Department.
" We, too, think that Mr. Bonner ought to write a book on this
subject."
All are aware how much depends upon the judgment and in-
genuity of the operator; that a very little want of judgment or
skill in making the adjustment would cause failure; that this
harmonizing of conditions to those of the case must be largely
the province of genius, aided by the most careful study, to ac-
complish, and this Mr. Roburg proves himself in the highest
degree an expert in doing.
NEUROTOMY. 799
Neurotomy.*
Should the case prove to be incurable, there is now one alter-
native for relieving the lameness. That is severing the nerves, or
peiforming the operation of neurotomy. If the foot will bear it,
the character of which I will presently describe, it will prove a
very important and valuable operation, because it can be resorted
to with success after all other means have failed to remove the
lameness; not only this, but it relieves the animal from the con-
tinued pain and suffering to which he has been subject. But if,
on the contrary, the case is not a suitable "^one, no matter how
skillfully the operation may be performed, it will prove unfavor-
able or destructive to the case.
It was first introduced by Dr. Turner (before referred to),
who, after vainly exhausting his resources of treatment for the
cure of navicular lameness, finally turned his attention to destroy-
ing sensibility of the foot by severing the nerve, and obtained the
most satisfactory results.
The operation was afterward introduced in the Veterinary
School of England, as a means of overcoming chronic lameness.
Great care should be taken in selecting proper subjects, as in
no case where inflammation exists in the foot, should the opera-
tion be performed. It is adapted only to cases of chronic navi-
cular disease, ossification of the lateral cartilages and rinsr-bone,
and from feelings of humanity in aggravated cases of canker,
which are tedious and painful in the extreme. The following are
the rules laid down by the best authorities : First, Never operate
upon a very heavy, thick-legged cart-horse; Second, Never
operate where the feet are thin, weak in the heels, full or convex
in the sole, or brittle through weakness of the hoof, and on no
account if the horse has high action ; Third, Operate only when
the foot is good and strong, with a concave sole, and the action
not too high; for if the action is high he is apt to injure his feet
by the severe pounding. The greatest care is required not to
prick, and in driving not to bruise, the sole. The feet should be
picked and washed every night, and well covered with hoof oint-
*This article was written by the author, mainly from notes taken of Dr. Sum-
merville's lecture to liim on neurotomy.
800
DISEASES AND THEIK TEEATJVIENT.
ment to keep them from becoming dry and hard. There are two
locations for this operation, the high and the low. By dividing
the nerv^e above the fetlock, called the high operation, we destroy
all sensibility below the fetlock. The lower operation may be
performed at a point about at the
middle of the large pastern bone and
upon the posterior pai-t of the nerve ;
it then acts as a cure for ossified
cartilages, and the forward part of
the foot is left to be supplied as be-
fore by the other branch of the
nerve.
Before performing this operation,
the horse should have a few days'
rest, and proper means should also
be used to allay any inflammation
of the affected parts. The horse
should then be cast, the foot secured,
and an incision made throuGrh the-
skin about aninch long, and about
an inch and a half from the fetlock,
using a sponge to absorb the blood.
The subtissues are now scraped
aside with a blunt knife until the
nerve is exposed, which lies by the
a threaded needle, slightly crooked
is passed under the nerve. When
Fig. 703.— Usual method of jier-
formiug the operation.
side of the artery. Next,
and blunted at tlie point,
once the thread is passed undei", the main difficulty is over.
The needle is now taken out, the nerve gently lifted with the
thread, and the cellular membrane underneath Kni2:)ped away with
a pair of scissors or knife, so as to admit a slender, curved bistoury
to pass under the nerve without touching it. As soon as the
nerve is cleared up to the highest part of the incision, the bistoury
is passed along to this point, and the nerve quickly divided by a
drawing stroke. It is necessary that the nerve be divided with as
little violence as possible, for when it is done with the scissors, or
by lifting the knife directly up, or with a knife that does not
91ft well, a thickening will form at the upper extremity of the
NEUROTOMY.
801
divided nerve, which will show considerable tenderness; and when
this happens to be struck in driving, it gives the horse so much
pain as to cause him to go lame for a short tiuie.
The division of the nerve causes intense but momentary pain,
like an electric shock, and the horse's
strue'o-linof at the moment must be at-
tended to ; but as soon as this passes otf
the pain of the operation is over. The
inferior portion of the nerve is then to
be laid hold of by the forceps, and
from half to three-quarters of an inch
cut out. The edges of the skin should
next be drawn too-ether with one
stitch in the middle, and the operation
performed on the opposite side in the
same manner. Next, apply a cold,
wet bandage; give a dose of physic.
About the fourth or fifth day the
stitches may slough out, leaving the
wound open ; but this need not cause
any anxiety. Keep the horse quiet
about two weeks, when he may be
turned to pasture or put to slow
work.
It has been found that simply sev-
ering the nerve will remove the lame-
ness for a few weeks, Avhen it will
again unite and lea\e the foot as
sensitive as it was before; and that
by removing a small portion of it,
three-eighths of an inch or so, it ^\•ili
unite in the course of a few months ;
but th(! cure in most cases is made
permanent. When it is desired ti)
destroy this sensil lility, or so that the
nerve cannot grow sufficiently to again unite, from three-([uar-
ters of an inch to an inch is removed. Of course care should
bo taken not to work the horse violenth' iunuediateiv after (he
51
Fig. 703, — Showing uervc,
and vein.
«, a. Nerve; e. Vein; v.
artery,
Artery.
802 DISEASES AND TllEIE TEEATMENT.
operation, or have the feet injured by shoeing, or exposed in any-
way to injury, such as taking nails and so on.
This has been an operation that for many years has been made
the most of by jockeys and unprincipled persons, by cheating in
two ways: First, by operating upon a horse so as to remove the
lameness, and then trade or sell quickly as a sound animal, and if
not suspected, there would be no way of detecting it until too late.
Hence there should be a law passed that all horses having this
operation performed upon them, should be branded so as to be
known. If there is any suspicion of such a thing, it can be easily
proved by sticking a pin into the coronet, when, of course if the
nerves had been severed, there would be no sensibility.
The second would be done somewhat as follows: Parties would
travel rapidly through the country, assuming that for a sum of
money they would perform an operation that would cure any
case of lameness in the feet. By their promising to give perfect
satisfaction or no pay, unsuspecting owners would be induced to-
bring in their horses for treatment. No matter though the horse
may have been driven twenty miles that morning, with his feet
full of heat and inflammation, and unsuitable for the operation,
the hoi'se would be thrown down, the nerves severed, when he
would be trotted up and down the street to show the apparently
wonderful effect. The owner, of course, would be delighted, and
pay the fee, when he would be told he could drive the horse home.
The result would be that from the amount of inflammation pro-
duced in the foot, there would be ulceration of the coronet and
loss of the hoof, making the destruction of the horse inevitable.
This led to the operation being brought into great disrepute and
suspicion.
It is, of course, advisable in all cases to have a competent
veterinary surgeon employed, if available, to perform this opera-
tion .
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET.
803
Description of Some of the Pathological Conditions of
Horses' Feet, Commonly Present in the Various
Stages of Chronic Lameness.*
The morbid specimens selected for the drawings which illus-
trate this section of my Avork. comprise some of the most impor-
tant conditions commonly met with in lame horses, the occurrence
of which it is my object to prevent and remedy.
The chronic anomalous conditions of horses' feet, entailing lame-
ness of more or less acute degree, present two quite opposite ap-
pearances to our view ; the one a wasting and the other an e?i-
grossment of structures, the textures of the parts affected being
Fig. 704.
in both instances greatly changed. In describing these conditions,
I shall laake use of the appropriate short terms, — Atrophy and
Hypertrophy.
Fig. 704 represents a transverse section of the hoof of a fore foot
of an aged cart-horse, in which the sole had become flattened, and at
some points had even passed the plane, and assumed the convex, in
contrast to the normal concave form of surface.
Fig. 705 represents tlie coflin-bone of the same foot, as that
of the hoof described, and shows how exactly the outhne and sur-
faces of one accord with those of the other, which characteristics
are made more manifest when the parts are handled. It is true
that these surfaces are not met with quite regular, but the irregu-
*To illustrate some of the chang-es of structure that take place in the foot, as
the result of iuflammation, etc., 1 copy the followiug article from Gamgee on Lame-
ness.
804 DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
larities arc constantly reciprocal. It has been said, and I believe
truly, that "nature abhors plane surfaces" in animal formation,
and such is found to be true as normal and altered forms are
studied.
The above-described aspect shows the atrophy of the bone, but
this coffin-bone affords a typical example of hypertrophy also, and 1
can submit no better specimen, though I have many others anal-
ogous to it, to show the twofold condition of wasting and enlarge-
ment existing together in the same bone at different parts. Atro-
phy, wasting of bone, precedes hypertrophy, augmentation of bone;
and yet both are effects due to prior adverse causes, without which
neither of these conditions would have happened.
Figs. 706 and 707 represent the hoof and last three bones of
the near fore foot of a horse, which, in a state of great lameness,
was taken to an Edinburgh tan-yard to be destroyed. 1 obtained
and dissected both fore limbs, which were deformed precisely alike,
Fig. 705.
and were affected by altered conditions of structure, as these speci-
mens prove.
Fig. 706 shows the conditions of the hoof, which displays obvi-
ous traces of mutilation on the exterior surface of the wall, 0y means
of the rasp, and of the indiscreetly-applied drawing-knife. By this
twofold action of paring the hoof below, and rasping it exteriorly,
a result was attained which has been admirably characterized in
the technical phraseology of model Italian farriers — "The horse's
foot so treated is peeled like an orange."
Fig. 707 represents the skeleton of the foot to which the above-
described hoof belonged. Similarl}^ yjlaced upon a plane, the hoof
and coffin-bone exhibit corresponding anomalous conditions, the
most obvious being their tilting inward, due to the reductions of
the hoof, chiefly in its inner part. The tilting was caused by reduc-
tion of the hoof, and by absorption of the coffin-bone, — nature's
common accommodating provision for the mitigation of pain by the
removal of margins, when these, being deprived of support and
defense, become exposed to injury.
Here, again, that provision is seen, as in the former instance of
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET.
805
compensation, by hcav bone-structure being formed at different
points.
Succeeding to the atrophy of the coffin-bone, its appended car-
tillages become ossified, and two bone-columns rise up laterally,
one on each side of the short pastern bone, which is seen leaning
against the inner one, and is held by ligamentous bands extended
from the outer column.
Figs, 708 and 709 also represent a hoof and the skeleton of the
near fore foot of a horse. This case is of great interest, and I ad-
FiG. 706.
duce it for the puipose of explaining something in a positive and
also a negative way about corns.
In the estimation of all concerned, corns were the great cause
of suffering to this horse. Besides the usual paring of the sole,
Fig. 708 shows two openings due to the scooj)ing away of the hoof
where " the seat of corn'" was said to exist. The more the scoop-
ing away of the hoof w^ts persisted in, the greater was the suffering
caused by the destruction of the quick. The openings through
which the blood-colored dischai'ge descended are shown in Fig. 708
by two bands of paper passing through each angle of the hoof, at
its extremities, by the sides of the frog.
Fig. 709 represents prominently a lateral view of the inside
aspect of the coffin-bone. A deep ulcerated cavity is shown at the
soo
DISEAS1<:S AND THEIR TREATMENT.
side of the extremity of the bone, and one siniilur in kind, but less
extensive, exists on the retrorsal margin on tlic other side. Apart
from the lesions of hoof, soft structures, carlilaj^e, and bone, atrophy
of the coffin and navicular bones, with deep excavation of the latter,
existed to the same extent in both fore feet.
The termination of this case was extraordinarj- in its occurrence,
and more than justifies, it seems, a short digression from my sub-
jectj the termination was by sudden death. The incident which 1
am about to nai'rate happened nine years ago. While in the ]>er-
formance of my duty at the Edinbui-gh New Veterinary College, 1
was called in haste by a groom to attend a horse that had acci-
dentally fallen in a street close by. I accomj^anied the man in-
FiG. 707.
stantly, and when we reached the stable found the horse lying
quite dead; only a few minutes had elapsed I'rom the time the groom
left the horse standing in his stall, and only about twenty minutes
from the time the horse fell. The immediate occurrence, as related
by the man, happened thus: The horse, lame on both fore feet, was
being ridden by the groom, who was returning to the stable with a
sackful of forage placed before him on the horse's back. The ani-
mal, so encumbered, was being trotted on the pavement of a narrow
street, and tbe way he was going was on a decline. The horse
stumbled, and after making efforts to recover himself, fell, pitching
the man and sack over his head. The man escaped injury, but the
horse was with difficulty, and only by help, raised upon his feet,
and staggered into the stable, which was only a few yards distant.
An examination of the carcass revealed the cause of the almost
instant death that succeeded the fall'of the horse. The midriff was
rent in its center, making an aperture so large that the stomach
PAT-HOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET.
807
and other contents of the abdomen had shot through, in the for-
ward ftill, and these filled up the chest and were immovable. Rup-
tures of the diaphragm of the horse have come under my notice on
several occasions, from
well-understood causes of
spasmodic kind, but the
above is the only case I
ever knew of a similar oc-
currence.
The rest of the history
of the subject was soon
made out. The horse was
the property of a grocer,
who used to run him in a
light cart, and w^ho stated
that he had owned the
animal for about two years,
and that he had been a
reputed goc>d hunter, and
came to the last owner at
a loAV price through being
lame, in which state the
animal had continued, and
had worked till the ter-
mination now detailed;
thereafter I obtained both
fore limbs of the horse for
dissection, with the results
shown above.
Figs. 710 and 711 repre-
sent component structures of the foot of a horse whose case was
intimately and long known
to me.
Fig. 710 shows the hoof
placed on a plane surface;
it is seen to be depressed
across the front of the wall,
and a light-colored streak,
marking an inveterate sand-
crack, extends from top to
bottom at the quarter. Cor-
responding to the hollow
depression of the foot above
referred to, there was nec-
essaril}' a bulging of the sole
downAvard, that is, a flat-
tening, and more or less
convexity at parts of the sole. Altogether a total abnormal state
is observable. The horn fibres are seen in the illustration of the
Fig. 708.
808
.1 )i s I-: A s Ks A X I) '1' 1 1 h^ 1 1 ; t n v:a t m i*; n t.
liool' to liavo nltained an nndnc obliquity, and furvc in Ihcii- course
from above downwai'd.
Till' onii'ravint;' of the coffin-bone of lbe foot, of Avhicli the above-
FiG. 710.
described hoof forms part, is remarkable under the twofold aspect
of deformity and diminution of substance. The space occupied by
the bone Avithin the hoof, and its -weight, are reduced probably two-
thirds the ])roportion
of its primitive com-
plete groAA- 1 1j , Av li i 1 e
the hoof, viewed su-
perficially, greatly ex-
ceeds the normal size.
I have mentioned the
superficial aspect of
the form, that is, the
deceptive view, the
one common to aged
horses with defective
and diseased feet.
Surface and substance
do not amount to the
same thing; Aveakness
and disease are com-
mon to the first, but
strength and perfec-
tion are only com-
patible Avith de])(h of cubical capacitj'^, with proportionate sub-
stanci'. and form of sirnctnrc.
The animal Avhich supplied matei'ial for the above illustrations
was Bent to the Ncm^ A^eterinary College, when very lame, in 1859.
With difficulty the horse had been led from his stable. Bar-shoes,
with leather soles, hid from view surfaces of soles and frogs painful
even to look on when exposed.
Fi<;. ril.
PATHOLOGICAL COISTDITIONS OF FEET
809
The C'oacbiiKin expressed surprise, and exhibited displeasure,
when he saw mv {-Akiuis, u]) the house's foot, ordering the shoe to be
taken off, and a new pair
of shoes to be made, while
I proceeded to prepare the
feet. It subsequcntl}'
transpired that putting the
horse out of his misery
was contemplated, and
that OUT opinion was ex-
pected to be in accordance
witb advice tendered to
th at effect. "We took pains,
and employed the knowl-
edge and skill at command,
with the result that the
horse which arrived in
pain and difficulty walked
from the forge two hours
afterward, almost free
from pain, and was put to
work either on the next
or second day, and went
on rendering excellent ser-
vice for three 3^ear3 after-
wards, when, being then
nineteen years old, and a
casualty having happened to him, he was put away.
Fig'. 711 represents a coffin-bone, selected for the purpose of
showing one in a more advanced stage of disease than any of thosQ
yet brought under notic*?.
810
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
The tliffcroiices in the degree of absorption of this l)ouc which
had taken phice, and its consequent shortened form, will, it is pre-
sumed, make impression on the minds of readers. 1 have to state,
moreover, that such phenomena arc not veiy uncommon, but often
lie hidden from obsei'vation within a hoof excessively prolonged
and turned up in front, with depressed sole. By looking at the
bottom surface of this bone, it may be seen that at the center, which
normally is the point of the deepest concavity of the arch, columns
Fig. 714.
of bone are formed which give attachment to the fibrous bands,
tendons, etc., the natural bony crest and arch being destroyed.
The three succeeding engravings represent distinct views of the
same foot, one of the two fore feet of a cart-horse, both of which
were in precisely the same abnormal state; the history of the sub-
ject is known only to the extent that the limbs were obtained by
the author at a tan-yard in Edinbiu-gh, where the horse had been
taken to be slaughtered.
Figs. 713 and 714 show respectively a front and back view of
the same parts— the bones of the near foot — in a complete state of
anchylosis. I shall only attempt to give a bi'ief description of these
anomalous specimens; to treat fully the causes, the conditions, and
the order of sequence of occui*rences, would i-equire more space than
can be assigned here to a single specimen or a series.
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET
811
The hoof is drawn as if one were looking down into its cavity,
showing the bulged form corresponding to the large bone formation
on the outer aspect of the foot,
occupying the space from the
pastern joint downward, and
rigidly fixing the joints involved.
In this case, so faithfully illus-
trated b}^ the figures produced,
phenomena are exhibited that
are rarely seen so well. In the
back view, Fig. 714 of the spec-
imen, is seen the wasted and
irregularly flattened state of the
coffin-bone, the extent to which
cartilages and ligaments have
Fig. 715.
become replaced by bone, and
also how some of the ligament-
ous bands are developed, and their
courses modified by attachment to
strong spars of bone-substance,
displayed to afford hold for these
essential bands, without which
no movement would be possible,
strength would be wanting, and
the bones woiild be crushed by
muscular force exerted from above.
I find the same order of sequence
in this case as I have described in
others; firstly external anomalous
conditions, alterations of the sur-
faces of the coffin-bone, and these
succeeded by other compensating
provisions. The case is typically
illustrative of the two conditions
to which I have referred as com-
mon to these anomalous changes,
— destructive and reparative; the
first of these in this case is ob-
scured by the excess of the latter. I venture to submit that the
lesser in appearance was the real diseased state, set up by artificial
measures badly applied, and that the additions represent Nature's
provisions of palliation, following as the necessary sequels,
Fig. 716.
812
DISEASES AND TllElE TEEATMENT..
Fig. 716 represents the last six bones of a near fore foot, and is
another typical illustration of the waste and increase of substance,
mostl}' of bone. These phenomena, so marvelous in their character,
are more common to horses under adverse influences than to any-
other race of animals. But this figure, and the succeeding one,
shows still further nature's provision; the elongations of bone,
transformation of cartilages and ligaments into bone, and the sub-
stance of one uniting with that of the other, to give strength, are
brought about by the dragging of the periosteum. That which
Fig. 717.
modern surgery has accomplished by transposing the membrane of
bone from one position over another, is done in the case of the
horse by tlie dragging leverage of shaft bones upon pliable interme-
diate structures, having their fixed points upon the surface of bones
below, which constitutes their base of action, and that failing, a
new order of reparative construction ensues.
Atrophy, in most instances, escapes notice, or from lack of
knowledge is alluded to under the vague phrase of "Contraction
of the foot." Then occur swellings, which are tortured with
assumed remedies; that is beginning at the wrong end, and in
the wrong manner to effect a cure or afford relief The Fig.
7X6 was taken from one of the two fore feet, both of which were
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIO A^S OF FEET.
813
affected with corns. The hoofs were reduced so as to be in-
capable of performing their office; and while the drawing-knife
was doing its scooping work, natui-e's fence of bone was closing
the breach. Leather soles and bar-shoes hid the bottom of the
mangled feet.
Fig. 717. — The pathological conditions represented by this
engraving, which includes the bones of the foot corresponding to the
last referred to, excepting the navicular bone, offer much in com-
mon with the last for contemplative instruction. All that has been
said about the urgent causes which induced such extensive substi-
tutions of bone for ligaments and cartilages, the augmentations and
complete anchylosis of joints, applies to this case. The history of
Fig. 718.
both subjects is alike unknown; the specimens were obtained at the
place of slaughter, to which the lame horses were taken at Edin-
burgh, and the dissections and observations were carefully carried
on by me, and much time was devoted to the work. The cause
and origin of the disease in this instance differed from those of the
former, and so, in the sequence and termination, obvious differences
in external appearances and conditions were observable.
The original and essential scat of disease in the case represented
by Fig. 717 was caries of the pyramidal process of the coffin-bone,
Avhich the drawing admirably shows; the foot represented is the
near one, and an enlargement and deep excavation of the bone is
seen in the lateral aspect of that projection. The disease had been
of very long standing, as all the changes the foot had undergone
814
DISEASES AND THEIll TREATMENT.
testify. The front of the Ioavi;]- surface of the coffin-bone, upon
which aloiio the limb rested, hud become absorbed, the object being
to constitute a straight column, since the parts were incapable of
performing any of the
motive functions of the
health}' foot, for leverage
etfect. The hoof necessa-
rily took the vertical lino
of forjn Avith the Avhole
region — the heels were
dee]). All bearing was
conveyed to the point at
which part the shoe was
worn, proving that the an-
imal had been worked to
the last in the state in
which the foot was found
after death, there being
no signs of recent change
in the case, nor any means
of relief having been re-
sorted to.
This figure. No. 718, in
some of its phases, is a
repetition of the last (not
included because not of
sufficient interest to be desirable), for the deplorable barbarity
practiced, of which it affords the most conclusive evidence.
The specimens from which the diniwing
was taken, the hoof and navicular bone,
arc those of the fore foot of a fine mare,
apparently thorough-bred, which I was in
the habit of seeing with mingled feelings
of pity, and admiration of her form, as she
worked a cab in Edinburgh seven years
ago. The navicular bono, as is plainly
shown, was extensively wasted and ulcer-
ated. The marc, long before her death,
which, like that of the previous case, was
caused by the toi'ture she endured, had
been the victim of inveterate chronic lame-
ness, which could have been readily re-
lieved, but progressively advanced from
bad to worse, deduction of the hoof by
cutting induced absorption of the lower surface of the coffin-
bone, and also that of the navicular bone; until, as in the previous
case, the knife repeatedlj'" employed destroyed the hoof first, then
the cartihigc, and, lastl}'', reached to the navicular bone and the
joint, the latter injury proving fatal to life.
Fig. 719 shows the state of the loAvcr surface of the coffin-bone;
Fig. 710.
Fig. 720.
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET.
816
the convex form of the plantar surface of that bone had, as is always
the case, its counterpart in the form of the hoof, the sole of which
Avas pawmace— after a French expression, — literally, apple-shaped,
or round instead of concave and arched. But the t3q:)ical character
of those coffin-bones, as represented by the sing-le specimen, is that
of both being fractured in a transverse direction across the bottom
of the bone, at an inch from the point.
Fig. 720 shows the foot, drawn as it was placed upon a table,
and will help in this
description the com-
prehension of the state
of the case. The point
of the bone is turned
up. The bone, which
hadbecome shallow and
weak, at length, under
the weight and exer-
tion of the animal, gave
way at the part indi-
cated, i. e., it fractured,
but was held together
by the net-work of fi-
bious texture which
laces and invests the
bone. The lesion may
be regarded as a partial
fracture, associated
with a bending upward
of the loosened end of
the bone, held in prox-
imity chiefl}'^ by the fi-
brous tissues, but sup-
ported also by the hoof, which, though thiimed and weak, took the
form of the broken bone, and was bent upward in front. The
other foot I prepared, differently from that used for these en-
gravings, by sawing longitudinally through the hoof and the in-
cluded parts while fresh; these, together, are remarkable sjjecimens.
Fig. 721 represents another form of fracture of a coffin-bone, but
though differing in its appearance, and place of the occurrence of
fracture, from the case previoiisly described, the two help to eluci-
date each other as to the cause and mode of occurrence. As shown
by the engraving, this bone was flattened down by absorjjtion until
it became so attenuated as to be unequal in substance and strength
to bear the burden imposed, and it therefore gave way under it. It
will be observed that the bone broke where, from greatest pressure
and absorption, it had become weakest, and, as in the former case,
it broke where the greatest strain of lever action was brought to
bear upon it. To explain, I must state that the coffin-bone is one
of the most energetic levers in the whole system of animal-con-
struction, in the line of its long axis from heel to point. The fract-
FiG. 721.
816
DISEASES A^^D THEIR TREATMENT.
urc of the boiiu, rc2)resented. by Fig. 72U, happened near to the
point of the lever, Avhile being raised, under Aveight from behind,
upon the point. In the case under consideration the bone ]iad be-
come weakest on its inner half, precisely at the center line of the
foot, so depressed by its thinness that the foot tilted inward, and
gave way immediately beneath the pivot, the mid-line of the coi'o-
nary bone; this Avas also the fulcrum of the lever, the front of the
bone being its point of resistance. As in the former case, the rais-
ing of the foot from a 2)lane toAvard a AX'rtical line fractured the
corresponding bone in the two cases in difterent positions, but
through the same causes, — Aveakened hot)f. and tlir other adA'crse
conditions Avhich led to atrophy of the bones.
Fig. 722 is a representation of a fractured naviculaj- bc;nr, a
casualty of more frequent occurrence to horses in this country than
Yu:. 72:2.
is commonly knoAvn, but Avhich has scarcely been noticed. Fract
ures of this kind arc eft'ects due entirely to long-protracted ad^
verse conditions of the feet, such as have been already dwelt u[)oii.
I haA^e never met Avith a case of fracture of either colfin or navicular
bone Avhere ])i"evious long-prevailing diseased action of the foot Avas
not manifest.
In the instance represented above, the reader may see that the
bone was exti'nsively ulcerated and cxcaA'ated like a decayed tooth,
and at last the fracture occurred in tAVO lines diverging fj-oni tlie
excavated center to the anterior margin of the bone, Avhere it, is
connected to the cotiin-bone. • But I must request the reader to go
back Avith me to see the order and se^iuence of occurrence; llie ex-
cavation of the miAucular bone is a secondary occuri-ence, an effect
due to preceding and continuous de\'iations from health.
The coffin-bone in Fig. 722 is Avasted down (o about tw<>-lliir<ls
of its natural depth and substance. Its semi-lunar civst is gone;
there is no sufficient concaAdty behind the plantar surface of the
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET.
817
cofiin-bonea ; tendons and other strong bands, requiinng strong, bony
points for attachment, lack such hold, and the space between the
navicular bone and the tendon'upon which it glides is diminished ; the
joint-capside lacks space, all the functions are deranged, and the
navicular bone, if in normal condition, would be too big for the
lessened space; it becomes flattened, its substance is diminished,
and is so much weakened, that at length it breaks down imder less
than ordinary exertion.
Fig. 723 represents another ease of fractured navicular bone,
in Avhich all the complications arc still more manifestly extensive
Fi(
28.
than in the last. The f(»ot that su])plied this specimen was ob-
tained after the horse was slaughtered, and nothing was leanied of
the histor}' of the case.
The fractures in both cases had occurred long before the horses
were destroyed, and there was ample evidence to my mind that the
horses had been made to work almost as long as they lived, judg-
ing, as I did, by the appearance of the feet and shoes, and by the
pathological conditions revealed by dissection. It may seem to
some that there is not much to be learned from seeing these dried
bones! still less from engravings from them! All depends u])on
the kind and extent of research which follows from the promptings
of such incidents; and I cannot refrain from stating that all that
is presented to the view, though it be as much as could be saved,
is insigniticant compared to Avhat the explorer sees in the researches
and dissection. Much more is removed than can be left, and each
layer of structures unfolds its own tale.
52
818
WSEASE8 ANJJ TIIEIE TEEATMENT.
All tlic subjects Avhieli supplied the specimens illustrated were
selected on account ot'indifutions whicli led me to investigate Ihcm.
When I first saw this animal after death, ni}' whole mind was
absorbed in the case, and it would have been of no use if I had only
detached the foot, strictly so called, for examination. When trying
to make out anything natural or unnatural about the foot, 1 always
take a great part of the Vunh, so as to include the whole carpal
region; and if a hind limb, then of the tarsal region. In this in-
stance I divided the radius a little above the knee. I had per-
ceived, in the condition of the leg, a rigidity induced by thickness
and hai'dness of all the flexing apparatus of the foot, especially
■-\>s^J:;
Fiu. 724.
from the fetlock-joint to the knee; the back sinews were as thick
as the fore-arm of a man, and to the touch felt hard like a cable. 1
shall refrain from entering into a detailed descri])tion of the condi-
tion of these })arts, ni}-- olijcct being now to show plainly hoAV one
inay be drawn olT tbe seei'it, and led to mistake an after-effect for
the original state of the case — an effect for a cause. I knew Ihat
the massive, hard bunds were but syni]itoms of serious conditions
below; that it was a coiling of these bands, with the design of
shortening their track, 1)}^ which the range of bones could be held
firm, and in a vertical line. AVith such notion;'. I proceeded to dis-
sect the iimb, first by disarticulation at the j)astern-joint, and
placing the foot in the macerati<Mi-tub for six weeks; meanwhile I
dissected the ])arts above, confirming my views of the conditions,
and greatly extending my knowledge. Tn due time, the hoof be-
coming detached, I dissected the foot, with the result shoAvn in Fig.
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET. 819
723. All practitioners, and horsemen of much experience, will have
noticed that when horses begin to get uneasy on their fore-limbs
and unsafe in action, — in other words, when permanent lameness is
threatening, — a commonly prevalent characteristic anomaly is a
tightness of the sinews just behind and below the knee. Atten-
tion is usually fixed on that part, and all the rest overlooked. Yery
early in my career I noticed these conditions, and doubted in my
own mind the conclusion that a sprain had happened locally, to
account for what Avas observed.
It was long, howevei*, before 1 arrived at any exact knowledge
in the matter, or succeeded in doing anything beyond following
the ordinary injurious and useless practice. But it was a good be-
ginning to get rid of all mischievous interference. I next made out
that the state of the limb was in some way caused by that of the
feet — by the shoeing; for it never appeared in unshod horses if
ever so severely exerted. Having determined that I had a foot-
derangement to deal with, I then succeeded in curing cases, my
remedy consisting in taking off the shoes, and taking measures for
strengthening the hoofs. Nor did I find it necessary to keep the
horses at rest, though it is not often practicable to find work that
horses can do, and a ground surface congenial to their going bare-
footed. But when the mind is awakened, and intent on the further-
ance of an object, opportunities arc made; and so it happened with
me. I was in practice at Florence in those years, in a climate
favorable for making some such, trials as I aimed at prosecuting; I
had the advantage of observing customs in other localities. I saw
horses trained without shoes able to hold their own with those more
systematically brought out on our plan, and perceived that their
legs stood sound. So far, 1 had achieved little more than negative
results for all practical purposes, because a plan that pi"escribes
that horses must go barefooted does not accomplish any of the re-
quirements of the art of farriery. The next stage in the inquiry
was to determine the relative effects between good and bad shoe-
ing, iin-d in what these respectively consisted. This I was able to
do, though it was a Avork of much cost, labor, and years of time.
Fig. 724 is a representation of the coffin and naA^icular bones of
one of the fore feet of a horse similarly affected in both; with the
diffei'ence in the one represented that a compound fracture of the
navicular-bone had occurred, as is plainly exhibited. Firm reunion
of the fragments Avas completed before the horse Avas destroyed.
The subject Avas an aged grey, latterly Avhite, gelding, in his
time Avell knoAvn to horsemen of Edinburgh as an exceptional!}' good
horse, a fast-goer in the field and on the road.
In 1861 the pupils of the ncAV Yeterinary College bought the
poor horse, in a miserable state of lameness, as a subject to dissect.
One of the complications, which was a source of inconceivable
agony, Avas a quittor. As it appeared that relief might soon be
afforded, and the case made AX'ry instructive, the subject Avas taken
up for treatment, Avith the mo&t satisfactory result. Eelief from
pain Avas soon attained; and restoi\ation ensued, and progressed as
820
DISEASES AND TIIEIIi TEEATMENT.
rapidly as such comijlication admits of. It was subsequently ascer-
tained that the horse had been unnerved tAVO or three years previ-
ousl}', had been for years lame, and for some time had worked in a
cab. The recovciy of the horse having been advanced, so that he
was capable, under special care, of rendering some service, the
question arose what should bo done with him. AVe had no require-
ment for such hiervices as might have been rendered on a farm, and
it was resolved not to part with him; the only alternative was
taken of putting an end to his life; and finally of making the best
possible use of the case for future instruction.
Fig. 72.').
Dissection of the feet revealed more than we had made out
during the life of the animal; the fractured bone was not predicted,
nor was it possible, beyond guessing, that it could have been, amidst
the mass of change and destruction of parts; but in the sequel it
has been of inestimable value as a pathological specimen, unique,
as far as I have seen, in character. 1 have seen no other instance,
nor do collections contain one, of a navicular-bone, as the sequel to
inveterate degeneracy, being broken into so many fragments, and
then uniting so completely, the foot rendered painless, and the horse
becoming, to a possible degree, useful.
Fig. 725 I'epresents another com])licated case in which extensive
disease and wasting of the coffin-bone was followed by fracture of
the navicular-bone. The subject, a grey cart-horse, was taken to
the New Veterinary College in 1864, when excessively lame, and
left there for treatment. At the time no opinion was pronounced
on the case; the horse had been under treatment.
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OP PEET.
821
The foot was mangled, and shod Avith a bar-shoe and interven-
ing leather sole, all combining to augment and perpetuate the pain-
ful condition of the animal. The limb of the afflicted foot was kept
as much as possible flexed, obviously so at the knee, and the foot
i"cposed upon the front of the hoof — not the natural bearing-surface,
but the anterior surface of the wall — tilted over. The knee was
swollen to twice its natural size.
After the lapse of a fcAV days, Avith persistence of pain and all
the urgent symptoms unabated, the parties who left the horse were
advised that an unfavorable issue of the case was prognosticated. I
Fig. 726.
had formed the opinion that either the coffin or navicular-bone was
fractured, yet nothing could be made out to enable one to deter-
mine the fact positively. Difficulty was encountered in discovering
the real owner of the horse, and it was not until tAventy-nine days
had elapsed that consent was obtained to have it destroyed. Time
and care being taken for the maceration of the parts, so that dis-
section could be proceeded with, the ultimate revelations were the
state of the two bones represented. The case is remarkable, for
the presence of at least one phenomenon I have in no other instance
met with, that is, fracture of the navicular-bone without the appear-
ance of any antecedent excavation of its substance by ulcei*ation.
There were other more remarkable appearances, but which could
not be kept for exhibition, and could only be observed by the eye
and touch of the dissector; the fractured bone was held together by
its investing ligamentous textures, and I could feel the bone yield
822
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
at the broken part, under pressure of the thumb, while the line of
fracture Avas scarcely to be seen. Neither was there any blush of
marginal redness to indicate the commencement of reparatory
vascular action. But, although that navicular-bone is exceptional
among my morbid specimens of the kind, in regard to the absence
of obvious excavation, 1 am not prepared to testify to its being in a
normal state; on the contrary, I suspect — for no analysis of the
boi^c, still in my possession, has been performed — that its constitu
tion was defective, and that the bone was destitute of natura
strength. The wasted, deformed, and weakened state of the coffin-
bone is extraordinary, and quite accords with all my experience,
gained by these investigations, that such casualties of the navicular
Fig. 727.
bone are secondary, and due to the partial destruction of both sub-
stance and functions of the coffin-bone.
Fig. 726 illustrates a typical case of advanced navicular disease,
apart from the complications which commonly ensue as additional
consequences.
The never absent accompanying phenomenon, atrophy of the
coffin-bone, is, however, well marked in this case. In the navicular
bone itself, two openings into chambei'ed cavities of the bone are
seen about the middle of the hindmost and lower surface, and an
oblong excavation is observable on the lower inner margin of the
bone.
The above figure represents a case of navicular disease, not
essentiall}^ different in character ft-om that last described; only
that this was a worse case, with more complications and extensive
ulceration. I adduce it, not to show t)»e little difference, or to pro-
duce a duplicate, but because the case has a history worth relatiug.
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET. 823
The subject was a grey mare of high courage and breeding, be-
longing to Mr. James Stewart, cab-proprietor at Edinburgh. The
mare had been, for an unascertained length of time, lame of both
fore feet, when she was bought for a trifle by Mr. Stewart, who
thereupon took her to the New Veterinary College shoeing-forge,
to get her shod. This happened in the autumn 1858. I had
charge of the shoeing; that is, did the chief part of the work in
this as in similar cases — prepared the feet and fitted the shoes.
Mr. Stewart, being then a beginner in business, and driving the
mare himself, procured abundance of work, so that in the space of
seventeen days she Avore out a strong set of shoos, and was brought
back to the forge to bo re-shod, which was done as before. At the
exi^iration of about the same number of days as before, the mare
was brought to bo shod again for the third time; and this time the
intelligent owner was elated at the way his mare was going, and
at the manifest improvement that had taken place, notwithstanding
the inordinate amount of work the animal was doing, in drawing a
four-wheeled carriage over the hilly streets of Edinburgh. I may
state that the pi'Ogressivo improvement in the action of the mare
went on up to recovery to the extent of complete freedom from
lameness. There was no delay in the effect following the cause, or
rathei', inversely, of effects ceasing when the causes that produced
and kept them up were removed. The result Avas so much the
more gratifying to the owner of the mare and all concerned, from
the fact that she proved to be one of the best animals of her class
in Edinburgh, and continued to work uninterru])tedly for three
years, thereby helping in no small degree to give the worthy owner
a start in business.
I shall not dwell on the termination of the mare's career, beyond
stating that during the severe frost in 1862 she encountered an
accident by falling on the frozen snow Avhich encumbered the
streets of Edinburgh that winter. One of the bones of the knee,
the OS magnum, was fractured transversely through its narrow
axis, and the animal was consequently destroyed.
On dissecting both the fore feet, it was found that their condi-
tion was nearly the same; the degree of ulceration of the navicular
bone, and diminution, with subsequent incrustation of the coffin-
bone, was a little in excess in the specimen from which the illustra-
tion was drawn. But most remarkable and instructive of all was
the obviously improved state of those ulcerated bones that had
taken place. As was seen by the mare's action, her feet revolved,
if not fully, at least fiiirly u])on the ground, and that was quite
manifest by the appearance of the joints. The cartilage lining the
navicular bone, less the breaches on the surface, was smooth and
white, and the synovial capsule healthy, and in full secreting func-
tion. In fact, the joint was amply lubricated and free.
In anticipation of reasonable inquiries as to how the good result
was brought about in this ease, I answer. By shoeing. What
principle or mode of shoeing? — Rational method, elaborated after
long individual experience, founded on observation, and on the ex-
824
JM8EASES AND TllElJl TREATMENT.
pcriencc of able men of uU times and countries ; in other words, by
means Avhieh are only acquired by ai)plication of mind and liands
for years to the art. I used no differently made shoe for that marc
from those I use lor other horses of her class doing the same Avork;
viz., shoes with calkins adapted to the pavement and hills of
Edinburgh; nor v;as there anj-thing special in the way I fitted her
shoes; the}'- Avere adapted to the mo-
tion and requirement of the feet in the
mare's particular case, according to the
principles inculcated in this Avork. !N"o
other agencies Averc used beyond the
ordinary measures I recommend for
the feet of all horses, to be hereafter
noticed.
The two folloAving and the last fig-
ures of the series are representations
of the different structures of the same
loot; a section of the hoof, and the
coffin and navicular bones of the off
fore foot of a horse, Avhose case I am
about to describe b}^ the he!]) of these
illustrations.
The subject Avas a fi\'e-year-old Cly-
desdale stallion, for Avhich a nobleman
in the Avest of Scotland paid £300, and
at Avhose instance, not many months
after the purchase, I AA^as called to at-
tend the animal, not, hoAvcA'er, until too
late lor m}^ services to be of any avail.
The horse died a fcAv hours before 1
reached the ])laee Avhere he was, in
Ayrshire. With the splendid carcass
lying extended before me, I made in-
quiries into the history of the case, and
after receiving tlie necessary replies for
my i)urpose, and obtaining permission
to bring aAvay the feet of the animal,
1 removed them and returned Avith
them to Edinburgh. The disease from which the horse had suf-
lei'ed Avas inflammation of the feet, and death ensued through
long-continued ii-ritant fever, ending in a blood-contaminated
system.
Fig. 728 is that of the inner half of the hoof of the off fore foot;
the section, made longitudinally, passes through the middle of the
frog, sole, and Avail. The bulging down of the sole and its thin
state are apparent; the Avhite spot represents an opening through
Avhich an excrescence of the inflamed texture jjrotruded.
Fig. 729 represents the coffin and navicular bones, upon the
latter of Avhich no further remarks are necessary than to state that
that bone Avas found in perfect health. 33ut to the coffin-bone and
Fig. 728.
PATHOLOGICAL CONDITIONS OF FEET.
825
hoof together 1 must devote myself, with the view to make intel-
ligible what 1 have to state.
1 must premise my description of the case by stating that all
four of this horse's feet were alike affected, and almost in the same
degree, the ravages sustained by the two fore feet somewhat pre-
ponderating. 3Iy information obtained on the origin of the disease
recompensed the journe}'" to Ayrshire; I learned that one hind foot
was first affected; a -fissure appeared in the front of the hoof,
always a painful affection until the cause is removed, and a cure
effected. Lame of one hind foot, and all the hoofs in a weak state,
inflammation set up in the other hind and over-burdened one; then
reaction, Avith inflammation of the other hind foot, and first one
fore foot and then the other became affected; the result Avas that
Fig. 729.
the animal was doomed to lie suffering, because he had not a foot
that he could stand upon. All this Avas endured for several weeks
before the horse succumbed.*
Eeference again to Fig. 729 shows the flattened lower portion
of the coffin-bone, and in some measure the extent to Avhich it be-
came reduced; not, as in chronic. cases, slowly, but rapidly — all in
the space of a few Aveeks. (The drawing taken of the one must
be regarded as repi^esenting the state of the coffin-bones and the
hoofs of all four feet.)
I devoted scA^eral months, at intervals, to the dissection and
study of three out of the four feet, the tAvo fore and the hind one
first affected; and I never investigated such a case before. The
ravages that disease had made Avere entirely confined to thc^ loAvor
*In reference to this special case, we should never allow the dissolution of the
suspensary power to progress to an incurable extent, but relieve the laminye of tlie
strain by taking off the Aveight either by slinging or throAving the horse, cooling
the feet, poultice, bleeding, and as soon as the inflammation subsides to blister the
cor()n(-t thoroughly. — Prof. Hamill, (See Lamiaitis.)
82G DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
surface of the coffin-bone. I wish particularly to place this ftict on
record, for reasons that will hereafter appear. Beneath the bottom
of the coffin-bones and the thin mutilated soles of the hoofs was
deposited a dense layer of lymph, about one-eighth of an inch thick,
in which were innumerable particles of bony deposit, imparting-
a feeling as if sand had been sprinkled over the inner surface of the
hoof Such had been the rapid destruction, partly by absorption
and partly by casting off" of useless matter.
As to the treatment to which the horse had been subjected, I
have little to say. 1 saw that the current orthodox teaching had
been complied with, in the form of cutting away the hoof, and soak-
ing the feet with moisture; every one in attendance had doubtless
done his best according to his intelligence, and was to be pitied
rather than blamed for want of the right kind of knowledge of the
pathological conditions.
The specimens of disease, illustrated and briefly described in
this section, oifer material for much more lengthy comment. My
purpose in publishing these is to prove the fundamental fact that
lameness is a consequence of destructive causes, is associated with
changes of structure in the foot, and that it is only by a patient
and thorough inquiry into these anatomical changes, that what I
maybe allowed to call the natural history of lameness can be under-
stood, its causes prevented, and the proper remedial measures based
on well-defined knowledge applied. This is a line of inquiry which
I particularly commend to members of the veterinary profession,
many if not the majority of whom have grown up in the habit of
looking upon the hoof merely as the investing termination of the
limb, and not taking cognizance of the whole digit as a complex
organic structure, to understand which, in health and disease, dis-
section of a lai'ge number of specimens is indispensable.
Laminitis, or Founder.
Laminitis, or Founder, may be described as simply congestion
or inflammation in the feet. It may be severe or moderate
according to the degree of disturbance. If inflammation runs
high and is allowed to continue, it is liable to produce so much
disoroanization as to induce loss of the hoof, which is however
rare, or so much change of .structure in the feet as to make the
horse ultimately so stiff and sore or so much of a cripple as to be-
come practically worthless excepting for slow, easy work.
There are two stages of this disease, acute and chronic. The
first produces a high state of excitement and inflammation of the
sensitive lamina, and more or less of the internal structure of the
foot generally. The second, a morbid or insensitive feeling of the
parts generally. The first or acute stage can be invariably
LAMINITIS, OR FOUNDEE.
827
cured, if treated properly, which is not at all difficult to do. The
second or chronic stage is not curable ; but may be palliated to
a limited extent.
Syrtiptoms. — At first, if the result of exhaustion and chill,
Fig. 730. — Position of horse whea sufEering severe attack of Laminltls.
there will be the marked effects of great disturbance of the circu-
lation so that there may be a general stiffness and soreness, with
Fig. 731. — As the horse usually lies down when suffering from Laminitis.
high, quick pulse, etc., which will be soon followed by tenderness,
congestion, and inflammation in the feet. To relieve the pain in
the feet he endeavors to throw his weight upon the hind ones.
He advances them in front, resting principally on the heels,
828
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
when the hind ones are drawn well under him, soni(,> thing like the
position shown in Fig. 730. On backing him. ho backs with e\'i-
dent reluctance ; when forced back, he
drags one foot after the other, evincing
considerable pain in doing so. When moved
forward, he Avalks on the heels, his move-
ments being slow and difficult. He will
often be found lying down, as removing
weight from the feet gives relief ; and while
down he will usually point with his nose
toward the feet. Sometimes the inflamma-
tion may be in but one of the fore feet,
or sometimes in the hind feet, which is not
common ; and in some isolated cases may
have inflammation in all four feet ; but it
is usually limited to the two fore feet.
Causes. — Laminitis is very apt to occur
from overtasking the feet by pounding them
Fig. 733. — An ideal drawing of the
veins of the foot injected.
Fig. 732 — An ideal illus-
tration of the arteries of
the foot injected.
over a hard or rough, frozen
road, or leaving the horse
standing while heated and
exhausted, and especial ly
where a current of cold air
strikes him ; indirectly by
prick or binding with nails,
or continued injury from a
badly applied shoe, or any
cause of continued strain
or injury to the feet ; driv-
ing through a river while
warm ; washing- the feet
while warm and neglecting to dry them ; frequently also from
LAMINITIS, OR FOUNDER.
829
overloading the stomach by eating too freely of oats or other
grains, as we often see when a horse gets loose during the night
and gets to the oat-bin ; or drinking too freely of cold water
when heated and exhausted. It may also be caused by inflam-
mation passing from other pai'ts of the body to the feet, but not
often ; but by whatever cause, it is the
same, namely, excess of blood in the feet.
The better to convey an idea of the
large amount of blood passing through
the feet, I include a description of the
same by an excellent old author : —
Fig. 734. — Bottom of foot
with hoof removed.
The trunk of the artery
"As the quantity of horn necessary
for the defense of Ihe foot is considera-
ble, a large quantity of blood is dis-
tributed to it for the purpose, and is
supplied b}^ two large arteries which
pass down on each side of the pastern;
these give off considerable branches to
the frog, cartilages, and coronary ring,
enters at the inferior and posterior part of the coflin-bone, and di-
vides into eight branches, which pass out at the circumference or
angle of the toe, and give off innumerable branches about the in-
ferior partof thelaminated struct-
ure, especially about the toe. The
distribution of the blood to the
frog is remarkable. Here we find
several branches of considerable
size without giving off other
branches, as in the other parts of
the foot, until they arrive near
the surface, when they divide
into innumerable branches, sup-
no. 7.35.— Interior view of the hoof. Paying the skin or secreting sur-
face of the frog, and communi-
cating with those of the skin of the sole, or sensitive sole, so that the
frog and sole form one continuous surface of skin of great vascu-
larity and sensibility ; but greatly inferior in both respects to the
laminated substance which is more richly organized, both as to
blood-vessels and nerves, than any other part of the body." — White.
I include a number of illustrations which ffive an excellent idea
of the large amount of this circulation ; also of the hoof and pedal
bone, showing that this sensitive structure is covered by an un-
830
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
yielding shell of horn which makes the inflammation when very-
intense, extremely painful, and rapidly destructive in its effect.
Treatment. — It is evident when such a large volume of blood
is obstructed, and active inflammation is set up, that there must
not only be great local but general disturbance, and that it is of
the greatest importance to relieve this as quickly as possible, if re-
sults would be prevented, which would destroy the health and
mobility of the foot. The Inflammation is primarily limited to
1. Transverse section
of the hoof.
2. Horny laminae.
3. Vascular laminae.
4. 5. Small cells be-
tween the podophyllous
and keraphyllous tissues.
6. Section of the tubes
of the hoof.
4 As will be seen this beau-
tiful structure is entirely
destroyed in front part
of foot as shown in Figs.
738 and 742.
Fig. 736. — Section of hoof lamiuse largely magnified.
the sensitive lamina and .sole, which, if allowed to go on, seriously
involves the periosteum and bone, when it is called peditis, which
is of a more serious character, referred to hereafter. I will first
give the treatment pursued by Dr. Summerville,* with whom I
studied, which is practically the standard treatment used by all
the old practitioners. I include it mainly because I know of its
effectiveness from personal experience. If the case can be treated
as soon as the disease begins to develop, bleed from the neck vein
from four to ten quarts, according to the size and condition
of the horse ; that is, if the horse is large and fat, and
consequently full of blood, and the attack severe, then the larger
quantity mentioned may be taken. Afterward give a purgative
* Dr, William Summerville, No. 127 Erie Street, Buffalo, N. T.
LAMINITIS, OE FOUNJDEE.
831
ball, not enough to physic severely, but to open the bowels freely,
which, as explained definitely under the head of "Physicing," for
an average sized horse
should be from 4 to 7
drachms aloes, 1 dr.
ginger, barsoap enough
to make a mass, and
made into a ball. Af-
ter the fore shoes have
been removed, poultice
the feet thoroughly with
bran and cold water as
follows : Fill two
small baws, sufficientlv
large to hold three or
four quarts, -vyth bran,
put a foot into each,
and tie loosely around
the top with a string.
Fig. 737. — Front view of the pedal-bone in a
healthy condition. See the great
contrast with Fig. 740.
Keep wet either by
pouring on water, or
by putting each poul-
ticed foot into a bucket
of water. This man-
ner of poulticing
should be kept up for
four or five days, when
the shoes m ay be tacked
on and the horse exer-
cised a little. Cloths
wet with cold water
f;hould be tied around
the coronet, and the
soles stuffed with flax-
-Posterior view of a liealthy pedal-bone. , , ,,
seed meal, or any other
means of keeping the feet wet for a week or two can be used.
The horse should have tepid water to drink, and warm bran
mashes during the operation of the medicine. If the disease is
Fui. 73S.-
832
DISEASES AND THEIK TREATMENT.
sinibborn, as is rarely the case, a second ball may bo given after
an interval of four or five days. All the cases corning under my
observation in the Infirmary during the year in which I was con-
nect(jd with it, and all that have been treated under iny super-
vision since then, invariably yielded to this treatment. If the
case has run two or three days without treatment, or not been
treated properly, I would advise opening both toes by thinning
out their soles, and the feet put into moderately hot water so as
to extract a quart or more of blood from each. If this cannot be
Fig. 739. — Showing the great change of structure produced by severe
inflammation.
done, then open the veins freely at the coronet. If treated as di-
rected it is rarely that the attack wall not pass ofi' in four or five
days.
Dr. Charles Meyer advises the following mode of treatment,
wdiich he has used with great success: —
" If the animal is taken within the past twenty -four hours, have
the shoes removed, and put the feet into a tub of hot water. Wind
flannel wrappings or bandages around both logs up to the elbows,
and keep them constantly wet with hot water for I'rom two to three
houi^s. In the meantime have the horse well covci'ed with blankets,
and give the following remedy : —
30 drops fluid extract aconite.
1 ounce oil of sassafras.
2 oinices salt-petre.
■ 1 pint Unseed oil.
LAMINITIS, OR FOUNDBE.
833
" This is to be given at once. There will be a profuse perspira-
tion in from tifteen to twenty minutes. Keep the blankets on
about six hours, then remove and put on dry ones. Keep wet
swabs on the horse's feet, and stand him on wet clay. All stiffness
and soreness in the feet will be removed in from thirty-six to
Fig. 740. — Internal view of Fig. 737, showing the great displacement
of pedal bone. The dotted lines show the point to which
the foot should he trimmed.
seventy-two hours. In the meantime give one of the following
powders :" —
3 ounces bicarbonatt; of polasli,
6 ounces nitrate of potash.
Make into six [n)\vders, and give two every eiglit hours until well.
Dr. William Shepherd, of
Ottawa, Illinois, in an address
before the State Veterinaiy As-
sociation, advised treatment as
follows : —
" In the treatment of acute 1am-
initis, as soon as possible after
having discovered that the animal
has been foundered in the feet,
or has acute laminitis, which is the
same thing, have the shoes taken
off, place the feet in a deep tub of warm water in which some ha}^
ImB been put to form a soft foundation for the tender feet to rest
53
Fig. 741. — Showing the direction of
the bone-cells as thrown out from
the podophyllous tissue.
834
DISEASES AND TIIEIU TEEATMENT.
on. Keep thcni there for about an liour, then take them out and
put them in Avarm poultices, composed of equal parts of slipjiery
elm bark and linseed meal. Bo sure the poultices envelop the
whole hoof Have a deep soft bed placed under the animal. Give
a purgative, which should be one-half of the ordinary dose, as su-
pcrpurgation is apt to follow otherwise. If Barbadoes aloes bo the
agent employed, four drachms will bo found sufficient. Give a dose
of aconite, say ten drops every twenty minutes, until the animal
has been thrown into a profuse perspiration. Cover him with
warm blankets. The poultices should bo changed twice a daj^, aiid
after taking them off put the feet in water, as above recommended.
Continue this treatment for three or four days at least. Feed no
grain, simj^ly bran mashes, vegetables, and hay. When shoeing
Fig.
-Position of the bones of the foot iu a healthy coiulition.
the animal, see that the shoes arc wide-webbed, the hoof-surface
being convex, still leaving sufficient flat surface for the wall of the
hoof to rest comfortably on. If it is a valuable beast, have him
turned out on low land jiasture in about two weeks after the com-
mencement of the attack. Should he bo stabled, keep damp swabs
on while he is housed. This treatment is applicable to either acute
or sub-acute, which I have here treated as one disease, and which,
in fact, it is."
Dr. Hamill Advises
If there is simply a congestion of the extremities and fever,
then treat as a fever locally and generally. Give as sedatives
aconite and nitre internally, with cooling applications locally to
the feet. If the inflammation is so extreme as to cause a de-
struction of the suspensory power of the laminae, then it is advis-
LAMINITIS, OE FOUNDEE.
835
ablo to bleed quickly. If purgatives are advisable, give calomel
and aloes in the proportion of 1 to 2 drachms of calomel to 4 to 7
of aloes.
In a conversation with Dr. Walton (house surgeon of Co-
lumbia Veterinary College) on this subject, he advised treatment
as below, and the better to explain it, referred to treatment pur-
sued in the management of a very bad case, as follows: —
" The horse had been driven through a rain-storm twenty miles ;
was stiff in all four feet, and unable to stand. The shoes were re-
moved, and poultices applied to the feet. At first, aconite 15 drops,
then 10 drops an hour were given for the first 3 or 4 hours. At
the same time, as the horse was in considerable pain, hypodermic in-
FiG. 743. — Abnormal condition of foot caused by Laminitis.
jections of about two grains morphine twice a day, 2 oz. dose ni-
trate of potass four times a day, were given. Water Avas given
freely. He recovered in four or five days. His temperature was
105°. As soon as the fever commenced to abate, the aconite was
reduced to five drops about every three hours."
Prof. Williams says : —
" Should there be much fever, I know of no treatment so ef-
fectual as aconite in repeated doses, giving 20 drops of the tincture
of the root every two hours in water, until the pulse decidedly falls.
If the pain is very severe, I advise giving attention to this fii'st
by administei'ing one or two full doses of opium or mor]:)hinc. For
local treatment to the foot, 1 advise enveloping in large warm
poultices, or wrap in numerous woolen cloths, and keep them wet
Avith hot water. After the urgent symptoms have passed off, c6ld
instead of hot appUcations wilt prove most effectual.
836
DISEASES AND TllElli TKEATMBNT.
A country horse doctor of my acquaintance, who is a good
deal of a genius in his way, treated laminitis with decided success
as follows : —
" First, put the feet of the horse, up to the knees or over, into as
hot water as he can bear, to which add one pound of mustard, and
have a man on each side with a sponge apply the water from the
tub to the chest and shoulders for twenty-five or thirty minutes,
addhig more hot water as it cools. Next, take him from the bath
to a close stall, and cover with three or four heavy blankets, and
let the men rub his legs for half an hour, then bleed in jDlate-vcins
(the large veins running down the inside of the leg, above the knee),
taking from a pint to a quart of blood from each leg ; after which
Fig. 744. — A sectional view of Fig. 741. An exact drawing of specimen
stiowing grain of new growtli of soft, spongy horn.
ap2:)ly some moderately stimulating liniment to the legs and shoul-
ders to keep up the circulation, and give a dose of physic. Eemove
one blanket after another as he cools off, leaving on the last one,
and give some soft feed. On the second day exercise the horse a
little, and usually on the fourth day he is in a condition for woi"k."'''
I have included this variety of treatment the better to give a
clear understanding to stablemen and others as to what they can do
in an emergency. The first method, which I will call Summer-
ville's, I know to be entirely reliable ; at all events, I have not
known of a single case out of a large number treated on this plan
*The horse on no account should be put to work so soon itit can bo avoided,
LAMiNITIS, OR FOUNDBE.
837
that did not entirely recover, without, so far as I could see, any
evidence of the sole dropping. But as few have the conveniences,
or know how to bleed,
it is very important to be
able to treat such cases
without bleeding. On this
account, I have added the
details from other leading-
practitioners, and, as will
be seen, there is the best
of assurance of other treat- \ ^
ment being equally relia- X-^^
ble. In any event, should ^ ^ T
the farmer or horse owner
find his horse foundered,
and no veterinary surgeon
available, he can at least
resort to the simplest meth-
ods, such as putting the
feet in a tub of hot wa-
ter, in which is a lot of hay or straw ; bathing the forward
parts thoroughly, as di-
rected by Dr. Meyer or
the country horse-doctor.
If there is much fever,
and the fever medicine or
aconite is available, give
that. Give all the water
the horse wants to drink,
which should have the
chill taken off ; open the
bowels l)y enemas and
back-rakinp' ; afive a lit-
tie saltpetre in the water ;
feed bran mashes and
boiled oats, in addition to
keeping the body com-
fortably clothed, etc., or
cover the feet with poul-
FiG. 745. — Posterior sectional view of pedal
bone showing changed and weakened condition
from the effect of inflammation.
Fig.
746. — Inferior view of bones shown in Fig.
745. Part to the right diseased.
838 DISEASES AND THEIR TEEATMENT.
ticos as directed. The important point is not to lose time in
combatiiig the difficulty from the start, but resort to all means
available that will give relief, and thus a valuable horse may be
saved, which under the ordinary circumstance of delay, indecis-
ion, and ignorant bad treatment, would be inevitably ruined.
I have forgotten to mention in place, that it is important,
when there is extreme pain, to give relief, for it by giving one
to two drachms of powdered opium or five to ten grains of
morphine, or, if available, by injecting nnder the skin one to two
grains of morphine, as there is nothing that tells upon the strength
of a horse so quickly as severe pain.
Chronic Founder.
When the inflammation is very intense, and is allowed to con-
tinue very long, there is an exudate or lymph thrown out that
separates the wall from the sensible laminae at the toe. In time
there are immorphus horn cells, grown from the sensitive laminae,
or phodofilous tissues of the coffin-bone, -making a soft, spongy
horn, which, pressing against the wall in front, forces the anterior
part of the bone downward against the sole, making it bulge
downward, and in some cases perforating it, with a corresponding
falling in of the wall above, producing what is termed a drop
sole, which will be more or less marked according to the amount
of disorganization. I give two very iateresting specimens of ex-
treme cases. The first was obtained by me of Prof. Cressy, of
Hartford, Conn. ; the second from a specimen furnished by the
Columbia Veterinary College, N. Y. They are drawn half size,
and are exact reproductions of the originals. When there is in-
flammation in the feet involving the bones, it is surprising to what
degree the pedal bone is liable to become absorbed, changed in form,
and have its texture weakened. Figs. 745 and 746, which were also
obtained from Dr. Cressy, show the great amount of change and
absorption that may be produced from this cause. They rep-
resent the superior and inferior views of a bone that had been
very much absorbed and turned up at the outer edge, cut in two,
and united to sections of an ordinarily healthy bone, to show the
extreme change produced in its form. The part outside the
dotted lines was so porous that it could be looked through as
CHRONIC FOTJNBEH.
839
plainly as through the texture of coarse cloth, and its fibre was so
weak that it would crumble between the fingers. Fig. 747, also
obtained from Prof. Cressy, is another interesting specimen show-
ing the upper view of
another bone of the
same character. Fig.
748 is a side view of
this bone, taken on an
exact scale, showing the
remarkable bending up
of the edges, and its
thinness, it being not
over three-quarters of
an inch at the pyra-
midal process or front
of the joint. Fig. 749
is a bottom view of the
same kind of bone, and
was obtained of Dr.
Walton of the Colum-
bia Veterinary College.
Being engraved from a photograph, it did not work up so well.
Instead of being flat as it appears, the outer edges were bent up-
ward over a quarter of an inch, with the edges ragged and broken,
I include also a specimen
showing eflfect of inflamma-
tion by the pressure of the
toe-calk, and excessive rasp-
ino- of the wall. Fig. 750.
These remarkable changes
of structure in the foot gen-
erally, especially in the ped-
al-bone, when compared with that in a state of health, we see to
be very great, and explain the destructive eft'ect of inflammation
when allowed to continue for any length of time. Reference can
also be made to the many interesting specimens following the
chapter on Navicular-Joint Lameness showing this. Many of
these specimens will show not only the navicular but the out>er
edge of the pedal-bone to be fractured.
Fig. 747. — Showing absorption aud change of form
in pedal-bone, — the effect of inflammation.
Fig.
r48. — Side view of the above, showing
bending up of the edges, etc.
840
DISEASES AND TllElR TKEATMENT.
In some extreme cases where inflammation runs liiofli, and
is allowed to continue very long, this separation of the wall
from the internal structure may be continued so far as to cause
ulceration of the coronet and loss of the entire hoof ; but this is
rare.
Thei-e is no cure for chronic founder. All that can be done is
to palliate it to the best advantage. Some good practitioners,
when they suspect any
exudate at the toe, and
a separation of tlie 1am-
inse, open the toe, so as
to give free vent to it.
This I would regard
good practice. When
there is some dropping
of the sole, the best way
to produce a healthy
condition of cii'culation
and cell-growth is to
put on tips or very thin
shoes that will allow
pressure upon the sole.
(See Tip's, page 643) ;
better still in addition
would be allowing the horse to run on soft or gravelly ground.
(See standing on ashes, etc., on next page).
Peditis, or Inflammation of the Oh Pedis.
Fig. 749,
-Infeiior view of pedal bone. Last
referred to in text.
When there is severe inflammation of the feet (laminitis) the
Periosteum (membrane covering the bone) and the pedal bone
.sometimes become involved, when it is termed Peditis.
This is indicated by the horse showing intense pain, getting
up and lying down often. No local treatment seems to check the
structural changes that go on ; it will run from one to two
months; the horse has a I'a venous appetite all the time, and as a
rule does not lose flesh. If temperature rises, give sedative
treatment, — opium, aconite with nitrate of potassa in small doses
CATAERH.
^41
Fig. 750. — Showing effect upon the bone of
pressure of toe-calk and rasping hoof.
(not over 1 ounce a day divided into two parts and given in
water). AVhen tlie temperature gets down to 102°, stop internal
treatment, and treat locally
about as follows : It is nec-
essary to have a stall with
a soft bottom as saw-dust,
ashes, etc. Occasionally it
is best to dampen the ashes
a little during the day, and
rake them up so as to form
a yielding body to the feet.
Throw a little bedding over
it at night, and also during
the day to give the horse a
chance to lie down.
Treatment. — Apply cool-
ing applications, such as
cold swabs ; that is, cover
the feet with two or three thicknesses of blankets, and keep wet
with cold water. After the acute symptoms subside, blister.
The point is to lower the fever, and check the flow of blood to
the feet.
Catarrh.
Catarrh, or "cold in the head," is an affection of the lining
membrane of the nasal chambers and cavaties of the head. It
consists in a congested or inflamed state of that membrane, giving
rise to a glairy discharge from one or both nostrils, and when the
head of the Avindpipe (larynx) is implicated, accompanied by a
cough.
Causes may be classed under predisposing and exciting, as
the majority of young horses under five years of age may be said
to be predisposed to this affection. The exciting causes are sud-
den variations in the state of the temperature ; undue exposure to
cold when an animal is in a heated state, especially after a hard
day's work or drive ; standing in stables badly ventilated, or any
place exposed to cold draughts. Perhaps the most common cause
in young horses is placing them in warm stables in the fall of the
year immediately on taking them off the pastures. A sudden
842
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Fig. 751
from cold
Suffering
change from a cold to a hot temperature is more likely to cause
catarrh than a change from a hot to a cold one.
SymptoTYis. — -If the horse is standing in
the stable he will appear dull, and incline to
hang his head in the manger ; the mouth is
hot, and the pulse quickened and weak ; the
coat is staring, and the lining membrane of
the nose is reddened and injected. If the lar-
ynx is involved, steady pressure on that re-
gion will cause coughing. This is the con-
gestive stage, which speedily passes off, and
exudation takes place from the vessels, caus-
ing a discharge from the nostrils, at first
watery, gradually becoming thicker, and of
a yellowish color. In some instances this
matter becomes pent up within the sinuses of the head, and comes
away in large quantities every three or four hours. A watery
discharge from the eye is also very often an
accompaniment of catarrh. If these symp-
toms become aggravated, the appetite is im-
paired, the bowels are costive, and the foeces
passed are of a clayey nature, the legs and
ears are cold, and the breathing accelerated.
Catarrh, if improperly treated, oir the ani-
mal kept at work and exposed to sudden
changes of temperature, is veiy apt to de-
scend to the chest, and is a prolific source of
other and more serious diseases, as inflamma-
tion of the lungs {'pneumonia), or of the cov-
ering of the lungs (^^leurisy), or of the bron-
chial tubes (bronchitis).
In the majority of cases catarrh is but a simple affection indi-
cated by a little increase of pulse, a slight discharge from the nose
and eyes, the hair roughened, not much appetite, and some cough,
which is sometimes severe, and if the patient gets anything hke
proper usage or treatment no very serious results generally follow.
Treatment. — At once place the animal in a comfortable,
well-ventilated, loose box, as should be done in all affections of
the chest; blanket warmly, give aconite or some of the fever
^^
Fig. 752. — Nose-bag.
IjARYNGITIS, oil SORE THROAT. 843
medicine ; if the ease is serious, as stated, it may run into general
inflammation of the air passages, as bronchitis or laryngitis ; also
hand-rub and bandage the legs ; the clothing and bandages must
be removed twice a day, and the body well rubbed over. Give
one or two drachms of aloes in solution combined with half a
drachm of powdered ginger. Steam the head by means of a nose
bag partly filled with scalded bran, into which put an ounce or
two of turpentine. Hang the bag on the head same as in cut, be-
ing- careful not to have it so tight around the nose as to heat or
scald it, and be oppressive. Many cases have been suffocated by
having the bag brought too tightly over the nose. A few repeti-
tions of this will cause the nose to run freely. Nurse by giving bran
mashes, boiled oats, etc. Rest and cafe will usually do the rest.
In mild cases it is not necessary to use the nose bag. A few
doses of tartai" emetic and nitrate of potash may be given daily in
a bran mash, and the throat rubbed with a stimulating liniment.
If there is much inflammation of the throat and air passages, any
good liniment may be applied on the throat and around the chest
and bandaofed as shown in cut.
~o'
Laryngitis, or "Sore Throat,"
Consists in inflammation of the mucous membrane of the head
of the windpipe (larynx). It is generally called "sore throat,"
and is a very common affection among horses, occurring in a
variety of forms, being some-
times of a very acute nature,
and running its course with
great rapidity ; in other cases of
a milder type, and assuming
what may be called a sub-acute
form.
Causes are similar to ca-
tarrh, as undue exposure to
cold and variations in the Fig. 753.— Simple method of covering
temperature; but in some the throat,
seasons it appears as an epizootic disease, large numbers of horses
becoming affected with it about the same time. These cases are
always of a typhoid nature, more especially when occurring in
stables insufficiently ventilated.
844
DISEASES AND TllElK TEEATMENT.
Symptoms of " sore throat " are well marked. The horse
holds liis head stiff, with his nose poked out, showing the muscles
of the neck prominently; he has considerable difficulty in swal-
lowing ; if he attempts to drink, part of the water is returned
Fig. 754. — Method of covering the throat and chest for laryngitis. — From Mayhew.
through his nostrils ; the throat is painful to the touch, and the
least pressure excites a violent fit of coughing. At the com-
mencement of the disease it is difficult to distinguish it from " dis-
FiG. 75.5.— Good method of covering the throat for fomenting,
or applj'ing stimulants, for laryngitis.
temper " (strangles). By the third or fourth day the difference
can be easily seen ; the usual tumor of distemper does not ap-
pear. The pulse varies ; in some eases but little altered, in others
very quick and weak. The coat is also staring, and the function
of the kidneys partly arrested. In severe cases the breathing be-
comes heavy and laborious. By the third or fourth day from the
STRAInTGLES, or HOESE DISTEMPEE. 845
beginning of the attack, a greenish yellow matter is discharged
from the nostrils.
Treatment. — The general and local treatment should be very
much the same as for cold or catarrh, with the addition of a free
use of counter-irritants to the throat, as mustard well rubbed in,
or any good stimulating liniment, or even a light liquid blister.
Aim to keep up the strength by feeding soft, easily digested food ;
bran mashes Avith a little boiled oats in it, carrots, etc., any food
that he can eat easily.
When the bowels are constipated, as is often the case, clysters
of soap and water must be freely used. When the cough is se-
vere and hacking, the following ball may be given once or twice
a day: —
1 drachm camphor.
1 drachm powdered opium.
2 scruples extract belladonna.
If the horse is threatened with suffocation, the windpipe
should be opened, and a tube inserted. (See description of opera-
tion under head of Tracheotomy.)
One of the leading practitioners of the country dicta.ted to the
writer the following as his best treatment: —
Counter irritation of the larynx. The best internal remedy would be,
2 drachms extract of belladonna,
1 ounce chlorate of potass,
With a sufficient quantity of honey to be made into the form of an elec-
tuary, and applied with a spoon to the back of the tongue. Also use one-
half ounce doses of chlorate of potass put into a pail of water, and allowed
to remain in front of the animal.
Strangles, or Horsj: Distemper.
This is another form of sore throat occurring mostly in young
horses from two to five years old, and which is familiar to every
one. Its design seems to be to throw some poisonous matter from
the system, and the object should be to keep tbe strength of the
animal up, and hasten suppuration.
The exciting causes arc similar to catarrh, transition from cold
to heat, as from the pasture to the stable, change of stable from
the country to the citj. It occurs most commonly in spring, and
is usually seen in cold, damp weather,
846
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
Fig. 756. — Horse with strangles.
The general symptoms are very much the same as explained
in the previous difficulties, the distinguishing points are, the horse
is out of sorts ; the neck be-
come sore and stiff; an
enlargements appears be-
tween the branches of the
jaw, which is hot and
tender; there is some dis-
charge from the nose. In
ordinary cases the tumor
goes on to suppuration ; a
copious discharge of thick
yellow matter takes place from the nostrils ; in about a week the
tumor has matured, becomes soft, and points, and either bursts
or should be opened ; continues to
discharge for some time, and
gradual recovery takes place.
But if the case is very severe it
will grow worse, often threaten-
ing to cause suffocation. The
horse is able to eat or drink but
little, and strength is lost rapidly.
Treatment. — Provide a com-
fortable, well-ventilated stall ;
clothe warmly ; rub and bandage
the legs ; nurse by giving bran
mashes, boiled oats, carrots, etc.
Bowels should be opened by in-
jections. Use freely a poultice
made of wheat bran and Avarm
vinegar, changing as often as the poultice becomes dry, using the
eight-tailed bandage until the enlargement becomes soft and can
be opened, when relief will be prompt. Or the following treat-
ment may be adopted, which is very good and in some cases
may be prefei'able : Take spirits of turpentine, two parts ;
spirits of camphor, one part ; laudanum, one part. Put this on
the neck with a brush, if convenient, or in any- way to apply it
without exciting pain, three or four times a day until soi-eness
is caused. After each application, have ready three or four pieces
Fig. 757. — Simple method of covering
the tumor when stimulated.
STEANGLES, OE HOESE DISTEMPEE.
847
of flannel, which should be a good thick article ; put these
over the parts, and bind on with the eight-tailed bandage. Or
hot fomentations and poultices can be freely applied to the tumor
Fig. 758. — The eight-tail bandage.
so as to encoura2"e the formation of matter. When the tumor
points, open it by cutting through the skin, and if necessary
Fig. 759. — The eight-tail bandage as adjusted.
enlarge the orifice by pushing in the finger, also small doses of
saltpetre should be given in the feed, or the following pow-
ders night and morning: —
1^ ounces nitre.
6 drachms tartar emetic.
Mix and make into six
powders.
Sometin>es the in-
flammation is so deep
as to cause serious sore-
ness and swelling of
the throat. In this
case the horse must be
nursed carefully by
feeding warm gruel ;
the drink should be F^«- 760.-Opening the abscess in strangles.
warm ; grass or anything that will tempt the appetite should be
given.
848
DISEASES AND THEIE TKEAT3IENT.
Glanders and Farcy.
I consider these difficulties mainly to enable the detection of
them to prevent their spreading, as they are extremely contagious
to both men and horses. They are in-
curable, and to guard against the possibility
of danger when a case is suspected, the only
safe way is to at once either isolate or de-
stroy the animal.
I depend mainly for my explanation of
these diseases upon several old authors.*
They fully agree with the statements of
modern authors that it is practically useless
to tamper with glanders. Farcy in its early
stage can be controlled without difficulty,
l)ut the medicine injures the constitution seri-
FiG. 761.— All ordinary ously, and in addition, it is rarely that the
case of farcy. disease will not soon break out again or
develop glanders.
" SynqAoms. — The distinctive appearances which glanders pre-
sent may be slow in their development, and may continue for years,
during Avhich ho may feed and work
well, constituting chronic glandeo's ; or
they may run on i-iipidly, and in two or
three weeks are well marked and soon
come to a fatal teriniuation, when it is
called acute glanders.
" The coat is rough and staring ; he
is usually hide-bound ; the belJy drawn
up, and constitutional disturbance exists,
the pulse being easily excited ; the mem-
brane linintr the nostrils is of a leaden
hue ; the glands inside the lower jaAV
Fig. 7G3. — A piece of farcied
skin. — From Jfayhew.
where the pulse is felt become enlarged,
hard and nodular like a mass of peas or
beans., especially on the side from Avhich the discharge takes place
— usually the loft, sometimes the right, or even from both ; — the
discharge is clear and watery at first, becoming thicker and sticky,
accumulating around the nostril ; cough may be ])resent , but it is not
an invariable symptom. As it advances, the discharge increases, be-
comes purulent, of a greejiish color, sometimes mixed with streaks
of blood ; it is of a heavy specific gravity, and if dropped into
water sinks to the bottom; it lias a very oflVnsivo smell; the
* Turner, Youatt, M. Volpl, Wbite, and others.
GLANDERS AND FARCY.
849
gland on the affected side becomes hard and adherent to the side
of the jaw ; ulcerating tubercles form on the nostrils, which have a
mouse-eaten appearance, being raised and irregular at the edges,
and depressed in the center ; they run into patches, and spread
over the whole nasal se])tum ; weakness and emaciation set in.
The ulceration in some cases extends to the cartilages, and even
the bones are sometimes implicated, when occasional bleedings en-
FiG. 763.- — A bad case of
farcy. Photographed
from life by Prof. Cressy.
sue. Cough is troublesome ; fai'cy
buds appear in some cases over the
body, and he dies a disgusting and
loathsome spectacle.
'■^ Farcy. — Farcy and glaiulers are
essentially the same disease, and
depending o\\ the same specific poison in the bloo<l, but mani-
festing itself in a different locality. It often occurs in connection
with glanders, but is also seen independent of it, running into glan-
ders as it progresses.
" Symiitoms. — It usually affects the superficial absorbents of the
hind limbs in the groin, extending downward on the inside of the
thigh, following the line of the lymphatics, also along the absorb-
ents of the necic and shoulders ; little tubercles, or farcy buds, form,
which in some cases become indurated and lie dormant for a time,
but in most cases they go on to ulceration, producing angry, irregu-
lar ulcers similar to the ulceration in glanders ; the virus being con-
veyed along the absorbents, the buds extend in knots ; lines of
corded and inflamed absorbents are felt extending from below up-
ward, the hair being rough and bristling along their course ; by
and by swelling of the legs sets in ; as it goes on he becomes
54
850 DISEASES AND THKIK TEEATMENT.
emaciated ; (ho ulceration attacks the nostrils, and glanders and
farcy are combined, and death relieves him at last.* A disease
called watery farcy must not be mistaken for genuine farcy."
As there is liable to be considerable difficulty experienced in
dias'nosincf glanders from common runningr of the nose from cold,
strangles, or nasal gleet, I include the best description I can find
of the symptoms as they progress.
" The earliest symptom is an increased discharge from the nos-
tril, small in quantity, constantly flowing, of a watery character
and a little mucus mingling Avith it. Connected with this is an
error too general, and highly mischievous with regard to the char-
acter of this discharge in its earliest stage of this disease, ■when the
tnischief from, rontagioii is most frequently produced. The discharge
of glanders is not sticky when it may be first recognized. It is an
aqueous or mucous, but small and constant, discharge, and is thus
distinguished from catarrh, or nasal gleet, or any other defluxion
from the nostril. It should be impressed on the mind of every
horseman that this small and constant defluxion, overlooked b}' the
groom and by the owner, and too often by the veterinar}^ surgeon,
is a most suspicious circumstance.
"Mr. James Tuinier deserves much credit for having first or
chiefly directed the attention of horsemen to this important but
disregarded symptom. If a horse is in the highest condition, yet
has this small aqueous constant discharge, and especially from one
nostril, no time should be lost in separating him from his com-
panions.!
"This discharge, in cases of infection, may continue, and in so
slight a degi'ee as to be scarcely perceptible, for many months, or
even two or three years, unattended by any other disease, even ul-
ceration of the nostril, and yet the horse being decidedly glandered
from the beginning, and capable of propagating the malady. In
process of time, however, pus mingles with the dischai'ge, and then
another and a characteristic symptom appears. Some of this is
absorbed, and the neighboring glands become aff'ected. If there is
* Fig. 762 is a very good illustration of a bad case of farcy photographed from
life.
f Mr. Turner, during his experimeifts, refers to a fine mare that had simply a
slight running of mucus from one of the nostrils which he pronounced glanders,
and highly contagious. Regardless of his advice, the mare was sold. Months
afterward he found a number of Iwrses in a stable sufEering from glanders, all hav-
ing undoubtedly taken the disease from this mare, she having been worked and
stabled with them. A large number of cases are referred to by others, caused by
being put into the stalls that had been occupied by horses showing the above symp-
toms; in one case one horse was the means of inoculating a whole ti-oop of army
horses, making it necessary to destroy them all. So it is best to be on the safe
side by taking the greatest possible precaution when a case is suspected.
GLANDERS AND P^ARCY. 851
discharge from both nostrils, the glands within the under jaw
will be on both sides enlarged. If the disehai-go is from one nostril
only, the swelled gland will be on that side alone. Glanders, how-
ever, will frequently exist at an early stage without these swelled
glands, and some other diseases, as catarrh, will produce them.
Then Ave must look out for some peculiarity about these glands,
and we shall readily find it. The swelling may be at first some-
what large and difl^used, but the surrounding enlargement soon goes
off, and one or two small distinct glands remain ; and they are
not in the center of the channel, htit adhere closely to the jaw on
the affected side.
" The meinbi'ane of the nose should now be examined, and will
materially guide our opinion. It will either be of a dark purplish
hue, or almost of a leaden color, or of any shade betM'een the two ;
or if there is some of the redness of inflammation, it will have a
purple tinge ; but there will never bo the faint pink blush of health,
or the intense and vivid rod of usual inflammation. Spots of ulcer-
ation will probably appear on the membrane covering the cartilage
of the nose — not mere sore places, or streaks of abrasion, and quite
superficial, but small ulcers, usually ap]n-oaching to a circular form,
deep, and with the edges abrupt and prominent. When these
appearances are observed there can be no doubt about the matter.
" When ulcers begin to appear on the membrane of the nose,
the constitution of the hoi'se is soon evidently affected. The
patient loses flesh ; his belly is tucked up ; his coat unthrifty,
and readily comes oft* ; the appetite is impaired ; the strength
fails ; cough, more or less urgent, may be heai'd ; the discharge
from the nose will increase in quantity, it will be discolored, bloody,
offensive to the smell ; the ulcers in the nose will become larger
and more numerous, and the air-passages being obstructed, a
grating, choking noise will be heard at every act of breathing.
There is now a peculiar tenderness about the forehead. The mem-
brane lining the frontal sinuses is inflamed and ulcerated, and the
integument of the forehead becomes thickened and somewhat
swelled. Farcy is now superadded to glanders, or glanders has de-
generated into farcy and more of the absorbents are involved.
" At or before this time little tumors appear about the muscles,
and face, and neck, following the course of the veins and the ab-
sorbents, for they run side by side, and these the tumors soon
ulcerate. Tumors or buds, still pursuing the path of the absorbents,
soon appear on the inside of the thighs. They are connected to-
gether by a corded substance. This is the inflamed and enlarged
lymphatic ; and ulceration quickly follows the appearance of these
buds. The deeper-seated absorbents ai'e next affected ; and one or
Iboth of the hind legs swell to a great size, and become stiff and hot,
■^and tender. The loss of flesh and strength is more marked every
day. The membrane of the nose becomes of a dirty, livid color,
the membrane of the mouth is strangely pallid. The eye is infil-
trated with a yellow fluid ; and the discharge from the nose
becomes more profuse, and insufferably offensive. The animal pre-
sents one raasg of putrefaction, and at last dies exhausted."
852 DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
As stated before, chronic catarrli is a dischai'ge from the nose,
affecting only the lining membrane of the nose ; and there may
be also enlargement of the glands, staring coat, and debility, so
that it is sometimes difficult to distinguish one fi'om the other
during the early stage of glanders. Then again, ulcerated teeth
may produce the same symptoms of discharge from the nose of a
very offensive character, which may be taken for glanders. So
that, when there are the characteristic symptoms of glanders, it is
very important to look closely to the condition of the teeth — is
there any enlargement or ulcerous secretions in their neighborhood,
which may extend into the nasal cavity ? When the horse is val-
uable, and there is any doubt about the case, the best way is to in-
oculate some worthless horse with some of the virus ; if glanders,
it will show itself very quickly.
" The usual method of doing this is to first cut off the hair from
the side of the neck or other part of the body about the size of a
half dollar ; then take a lancet and pass it under the cuticle, or
scarf-skin, only deep enough to bring a few drops of blood. The
matter is to be introduced into this opening with a thin slip of
wood of the form of the lancet. If the matter is glanderous, the
part will become sore in two or three days, and a scab will form on
it, which, in a fcAV daya will be thrown off, leaving a peculiar kind
of ulcer, which will often spread rapidly, causing a painful swelling
of the adjacent pai'ts, with corded lymphatics and farcy buds. In
about a fortnight the glanders will appear."
Prof. Robert Jennings, of Detroit, an old veterinarian of much
experience, speaks in the Veterinary Journal of Comparative
Medicine of a number of cases supposed to be glanders, which
proved to be caused by ulceration of the teeth, which he cured
without difficulty. Could refer to a number of cases of this char-
acter if necessary. The test of inoculation would of course be
conclusive.
Treatment. — The following arc favored prescriptions for
farcy : —
5 grains arsenic.
1 drachm extract of nux vomica.
For a drench in a pint of water twice a day. — Prof. Williams.
1 drachm sulphate of copper.
1 drachm iodine.
This amount in a pint of water twice daily. — Prof. Williams.
GLANDERS AND FARCY. 853
J drachm svilphate of copper.
^ drachm sulphate of zinc.
3 drachms anise-seed.
Make into a ball with common mass, and give once a day. — Trof. Gamgee.
1 drachm sulphate of copper.
1 scruple calomel.
3 drachms to ^ ounce common turpentine.
Liquorice powder, enough to form the ball. — Prof. Coleman.
3 drachms of sulphate of copper given every night in the food until the
animal refuses to eat. After a few days repeat ; but if the case is bad, give
the medicine in water as a drench, if he will ncjt take it iu his food. — An
Old Practiti(rr.er.
The following, which was obtained Ijy the writei^ years ago in
Ohio, was regarded very valuable for the cure of farcy. It was
claimed to be a great secret, and was repeatedly sold for fifty dol-
lars, as a specific for farcy : —
J pound sulphur.
^ pound saltpetre.
1 ounce black antimony.
If acute, give one tablespoonful twice a day. If sub-acute, once or twice
a week.
Two parties who have used the above, assured the writer that
they had cured farcy with it, and regarded it a very valuable
prescription.
The ulcers are to be opened and dressed with disinfectants,
and treated as for an ordinary ulcer, great care being taken not
to get any on the persons, as, should there be the least abrasion of
the skin, it would inoculate the system.
It is proper in this connection to state that glanders may be
developed in consequence of being kept in low, damp, badly ven-
tilated stables, when debilitated by hard work and insufficient
nourishment ; also as a sequel of weakening complaints, such as
neglected or improperly treated strangles, influenza, etc.
When glanders is known to have existed in a stable, or is se-
riously suspected, it is advisable to thoroughly cleanse the manger,
etc., so as to prevent the possibility of contagion. The most care-
ful experiments have proved that glanders can only be communi-
cated by the virus ; and though it may be dried and lay for even
a year, it has still sufficient vitality to impregnate with the
854 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
disease. It has been supposed that the only way to get rid of it
would be to tear down the stable and build it anew — an old vet-
erinarian of much experience so stated to the author as his
opinion.
But the following precautions are now regarded to be entirely
sufficient : The manger, rack, or whatever there has been within
the reach of the horse, upon which matter could be thrown or
could touch, — and this will include partitions and every part or ob-
ject in the vicinity, — should be scraped, and scoured with soap and
water and then thoroughly washed with a solution of chloride of
*lime, about a pint of the chloride to a pailful of water ; the walls
should be whitewashed ; the pails newly painted, and the iron
work exposed to a red heat ; the halters, clothing, etc., used upon
the case should be burned. The only means of preventing the
disease is to keep the stable cool and well-ventilated. Hot, close,
badly-ventilated stables, it is claimed by all authors, are strong
causes of the disease.
There are many jockeys who make it a business to trade for
horses of this character, fix them up by cleansing the nostrils, etc.,
and trade them off. As before stated, during the early stage it
can only be detected by slight running from the nose. Such vil-
lainous practice cannot be too severely condemned as a crime,
which should be promptly punished to the extent of the law.
Chronic Cough
Is often a sequel of sore throat (laryngitis), as also of distemper
(strangles), and is a disease from which, when once fairly estab-
lished, complete recovery seldom occurs. It consists in a chronic in-
flammation of the many glands imbedded within the lining mem-
brane of the larynx, causing an irritation of that highly sensitive
organ. The cough is easily excited by pressure externally, and is
of a deep hollow nature, differing materially from the loud
sonorous sound of the healthy cough.
It is often associated with other diseases of the chest, as broken
wind, thick wind, etc. The cough is generally most severe in the
morning or after meals, and is always aggravated by gross feed-
ing. In many cases chronic cough interferes but little with a
horse's usefulness, especially if he is used for ordinary farm work,
but it must be considered an unsoundness.
CHRONIC COUGH. 855
Treatment. — If the horse has been affected for some time,
treatment is generally very unsatisfactory, and must be more of
a palliative than a remedial nature. If only recent, treatment
may be undertaken with better chances of success. Give the
cough ball as recommended for laryngitis, and apply the follow-
ing liquid blister, or any good counter-irritant, externally, and in
some cases great benefit will attend the use of setons.
Olive oil.
Oil of turpentine.
Aqua ammonia, equal parts.
To be shaken well and rubbed on with the hand.
If occurring from intestinal disorder, the treatment of course
must be directed to the proper seat. The medicinal treatment is
greatly assisted by feeding the animal properly and regularly,
giving small quantities of food at a time ; carrots in winter, and
green food in summer should be given. Feeding nice clean corn-
stalks is much better than hay ; if hay is fed, it should be bright
and clean, or the dust shaken out of it, and dampened a little,
and of this only a limited quantity should be given. If a greedy
eater, either remove from his reach the bedding, which he will be
likely to eat, or put on a muzzle. The following are also excel-
lent cough remedies : —
• 1 drachm camphor.
1 drachm powdered opium.
1 drachm powdered digitalis.
1 drachm calomel.
Make into a ball and give every second morning until six doses are
given.
^ pint tar-water.
5 pint lime-water.
1 drachm powdered squills.
This drink every morning in obstinate coughs. As a sedative to
allay the violence of the cough,
4 drachms nitre.
2 drachms powdered opium.
1 drachm prussic acid (dilute).
Mix in a pint of mucilage or linseed tea, and give half a tumblerful three
times a day.
856 DISlilASES AND THEIR TREATMENT
An old Avriter says, '' 1 have known an obstinate cough cured
by drenches composed of a sirup made of molasses and vinegar ;
also by a decoction of garlic with linseed oil. Barbadoes tar and
oil with balsam of sulphur, have also been employed as remedies for
a cough."
The following is also an excellent remedy : —
2 to 3 dr. gum ammoniac.
1 dr. powdered squills.
1 dr. camphor.
1 dr. ginger.
2 dr. castile soap.
20 drops oil of anise- seed.
Sirup and flour enough to form a ball.
A favorite prescription for curing cough : Put into alcohol all
the tar it will cut ; add one-third in quantity of tincture belladonna.
Dose, from one to two teaspoonf uls once or twice a day.
A simple remedy which will sometimes work very nicely is, —
Fluid extract belladonna 10 to 15 drops in a tablespoonful of water on the
tongue three or four times a day. If there is swelling of the glands of the
neck, rub on a sharp stimulant or mild blister.
The writer has used this very successfully, and, in fact, mainly
depended upon it when on the road for allaying attacks of
coughing.
Heaves, or Broken Wind.
" Heaves are indicated by an increased action of the flanks
The inspiration is natural, but the expiration requires two efforts
to expel the air. There is at times a short cough or grunt while the
air is being expelled from the lungs. Heaves are never found in
the racing stable where the horses are properly fed. They are
always found among cart or team horses which are fed upon large
quantities of coarse food or hay. The seat of the disease is found
in the air cells of the lungs in the form of enlargements and some-
times ruptures of the cells. The cause of the disease is the immense
quantity of hay forced into the stomach, the greedy animal, perhaps,
not being satisfied with his allowance, eats the bedding. The
bowels and stomach press hard against the diaphragm, and tlie
lungs not having room to expand, the air cells are enlarged or rupt-
ured, and the horse is said to have the heaves. Much has been
said by different authors in relation to the curability of the heaves.
Some advo(;ate one means, some another, among which is feeding on
the Western plains, or upon prairie hay which is said to contain a
'rosin weed;' but like many other remedies, it is only palliative.
"In 1842 Capt. .Squiers. of Buffalo, N. Y., who commanded on
HEAVES, OE BEOKBN WIND. 857
the steamboat ' Dewitt Clinton,' owned a valuable trotting mare
called Caroline. She had the heaves badly. He took her, in the
spring of that year, to Chicago, and turned her out to pasture on
the prairie, few.' the purpose of curing the disease. In the fiill he
brought her back on his boat, with a quantity of prairie hay to
keep her during the winter. During the time she ate the hay, she
had no symptoms of heaves. But upon returning again to timothy
hay, the heaves returned as bad as before being sent West. (The
writer was personally acquainted with Captain Squiers, he being
proprietor of the Courter House at that time, where the writer
boarded with him.)
" Prairie hay and grass is more laxative than timothy ha}^, and
the animal cannot eat half as much in a given time of the former
as of the latter. Consequently it promotes a condition favorable to
respiration, by stimulating the bowels, and also prevents pressure
upon the lungs. I think there are several other means of treatment
equally as good as praiine grass or hay ; one is corn stalk fodder.
My reason is founded on this basis, that it is by saccharine matter
that most animals subsist, and the less compass occupied in the
bowels ,the better. One quart of oats is equal to an armful of ha}",
and three pounds of corn leaves contain more sugar than six times
the bulk of timothy hay. It will be seen, then, that the cause,
treatment, and cure are marked in these few words ; that is, that
heaves are produced by pressure upon the diaphragm by too much
food in the stomach and bowels, and is cured by lessening the
quantity of food to occupy the same space. After the horse is
turned out to grass a few days, the heaves will usually disappear,
from the fact that the bowels are generally relaxed by exercise and
pure air. The only treatment Avhich will ])rove to any degree
effective, is to give one of the following remedies : —
y^ ounce powdered ginger.
}/i ounce capsicum.
Form into a ball and give three nights in succession ; then omit two or three
nights, and give again three nights in succession.
^'Or—
8 or 10 drops tincture of phosphorus.
Give in the drink several times a day for eight or ten daj's.
" The horse should have regular exercise, and be watered oiten
with a small quantity at a time, and have straw instead of hay to
eat. LTnder this treatment heaves will disappear." *
Prof. Law", iu his Veterinary Adviser, says : —
" Overfeeding on clover hay, sainfoin, lucern, and allied plants ;
on chaff", cut straw, and other bulky and innutritions food, is the
main cause for heaves. In Arabia, in Spain, and in California,
* The foregoing is a synopsis of Dr. Somerville's lecture to the writer on
"Heaves."
858 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
where there is no long winter feeding on hay, and in our Territories
where clover is not used, heaves is a disease that is virtually
unknown ; it has advanced westward just in proportion as clover
hay has been introduced as a general fodder for horses, and it has
disappeared in England and New England in proportion as the soil
has become clover sick, and as other aliment had to be supjjlied.
The worst conditions exist when a horse is left in the stable for
days and Aveeks, eating clover hay, or even imperfectly cured, dusty
hay of other kinds, to the extent of thirty pounds and upward
daily, and then is suddenly taken out and driven at a rapid rate.
Violent exertions of any kind, and diseases of the lungs, are also
potent causes. It is mainly a disease of old horses, but may attack
a colt two years old. Finally, horses with small chests are most
liable, and thus the disease proves hereditary.
" Treatineut. — Tuniing out on natural pastures, feeding cornstalks
and other laxative food, will relieve, and even cure, mild and recent
cases. Feeding on dry grain, with carrots, turnips, beets, or pota-
toes, and a very limited supply of water, will enable many broken-
winded horses to do a fair amount of work in comfort. Hay should
never be allowed except at night, and then only a handful clean
and sweet.
" The bowels must be kept easy by laxatives, the stables well
aired, and sedatives (digitalis, opium, belladonna, hyoscynamus,
stramonium, lobelia) used to relieve the op])ression. If a white
discharge from the nose co-exists, tonics should be given as for
chronic bronchitis, to which wild cherry bark may be added. Tar
water as an exclusive drink may be given, and a course of carmina-
tives (ginger, caraway, cardamous, fennel) may be added with ad-
vantage. But nerve tonics, and above all arsenic in five-grain doses
dail}^, and continued daily for a month or two, are especially valua-
ble.^
" No broken-winded hox'se should have food or water for from
one to two hours befoi'e going to work."
The usual method of treatment adopted by "jockeys," is to feed
the horse on cut rye straw, to feed very little hay, and to feed
all aliments dampened. Rye straw is cut as you would cut hay,
then mixed with bran or middlings, into which a handful of salt
is added, and dampened with water. This is fed every night.
Oats and other grain is always dampened. Draught horses
fed in this way seldom show any sign of heaves.
Prof. Law regards the following as the best preparation for
heaves: —
1 ounce arsenic,^ — Fowler's solution.
1 drachm belladonna extract.
^ drachm tincture of ginger.
Mix with a pint of water for a drench and give every morning iov a
month or two.
ROAEING. 859
A favorite remedy for heaves, used by Prof. Dick, principal of
Edinburgh College, and undoubtedly of great value, is : —
Camphor.
Digitalis.
Opium.
Calomel. Of each, 30 grains.
Make into one powder or ball, and give once a day for a week. If no improve-
ment is noticeable, omit the calomel, and give for a week or two longer.
2 ounces Spanish brown.
2 ounces tartar emetic.
4 ounces resin.
2 ounces ginger.
Mix and give two teaspoonfuls twice a day In the feed.
)4 ounce vegetable tar, in mass.
"%, ounce gum camphor.
1 drachm tartar emetic.
Form into a ball, one of which is to be given once a day.
1 ounce indigo.
1 ounce saltpetre.
1 gallon rain-water.
Mix and give a pint twice a day in the feed.
Roaring.
This is a very annoying difficulty, for which there is no satis-
factory treatment. Like chronic cough, it often follows an attack
of laryngitis or of distemper (strangles), and in these cases we
believe it is owing to a wasting (atrophy) of the muscles of the
head of the windpipe (larynx), whereby its calibre is diminished,
and when the air rushes in during violent exertion, a roaring
sound is produced. The senseless and cruel method of tight-
checking, in addition to the throat latch being often buckled so
tightly as to obstruct the breathing, is also a very common excit-
ing cause.
Syrtiptonis. — When the horse is not excited, and so long as the
air passes in a uniform rate through the larynx and windpipe, the
animal does not feel any inconvenience ; whenever he is excited
or galloped, causing a rush of air, the roaring noise is produced.
The sound in ordinary circumstances is only produced on inspira-
tion, but in very severe cases the sound is audible both on inspira-
tion and expiration.
860 DISEASES AND THETE TREATMENT.
In some horses, roaring is difficult of detection. There are
several tests which can be resorted to with the view of detecting
it. It may often be readily detected by taking the horse firmly
by the head and striking him suddenly on the side, causing him to
start forward ; if a grunting noise is emitted, it is always a suspi-
cious circumstance. But the better test would be to gallop the
horse sharply for some distance, then pull him up quickly, and by
applying the ear to the nostrils or to the windpipe, any abnormal
sound will at once be noticed. A good test in the case of draught
horses is to compel them to draw a heavy load.
Treatment must be principally palliative ; much can be
done by generous and regular feeding, and never allowing the
animal to overload his stomach and bowels. Occasional doses of
laxative and sedative medicines tend to relieve the more distressing
symptoms.
In the early stages, continued applications of tincture of iodine
is beneficial when applied to the throat. With this the following
mixture must be used internally : —
» 4 ounces powdered prickly ash bark.
3 ounces powdered bellaionna leaves.
6 ounces powdered licorice root.
Mix the above with molasses into a soft mass, and give a piece as large
as a black walnut on the back of the tongue, with a flat stick, twice a day.
This must be continued for at least one week, after which give the remedy
once a day for two weeks.
Have the hay well dusted, and moisten all feed given the
patient. The above treatment will always cure, or give relief,
providing the disease is not too far advanced.
Great relief is sometimes experienced by putting a seton on
each side of the neck for some time. Sharp blistering ma}^ also
be tried, but is not nearly so effective as setoning.
The following treatment for the cure of roaring, or whistling,
as it is termed, has been used by Mr. E. D. Conklin and others in
Cleveland, Ohio, and they claim the most satisfactory results. Mr.
Conklin, who is a large owner of horses, and perfectly reliable,
states that he cured one very bad case ; could not pull a load two
rods up hill without blowing and choking down ; was completely
cured in six weeks. Has tried it in a number of ca.ses, and always
with satisfactory results. The treatment was introduced by Dr.
BEONCHOCELE. 861
Johnson, of Cleveland, who claims he can cure any case. As there
is no really satisfactory treatment for this difficulty in regular
practice that I know of, I give this remedy and state my author-
ity. It can be tried with safety.
1 ounce Fowler's solution.
20 drops sulphuric acid.
Give the horse in the evening 30 drops of the mixture in about a wine-
glass of water, on the tongue. Spongia Tosta, first dilution (a homeopathic
remedy), 10 drops in the morning, to be repeated alternately for from four to
six weeks, giving more or less, and for a longer or shorter time, according to
the severity of the case, until a cure is eflfected.
Dr. Johnson also found that when the horse is choking with
severe inflanmiation of the throat, called distemper, diphtheria,
etc., that giving successively spongia, aconite, and belladonna,
after intervals of fifteen minutes, and repeating, is very effective.
This prescription was given the writer by Dr. Johnson. Since
then Mr. Conklin, in conversation with the writer, stated that in
relieving heaves he found it of decided value. Filling a sponge
with the spongia preparation, and squeezing it into the nostrils and
mouth a few times will give relief. He regarded it very effective
and valuable for this purpose.
Bronchocele.
Bronchocele, or morbid "enlargement of the thyroid gland or
body." These are two small glands situated one on each side of
the windpipe (trachea), about three inches from the head of the
windpipe (larynx) ; they are ductless glands, having no excretory
duct, and they are largely supplied with blood-vessels and nerves.
Stallions seem to be the most affected by this. It is a tumor
usually on one side of the windpipe, and the character of the
swelling varies according to its duration. It may be soft or firm,
and it may affect the whole gland, or only one .side of it ; the tu-
mor seldom causes pain, and the animal appears not inconvenienced
by it, although very large. The tumor varies in size from that of
a hickory nut to as large as a man's hand. It has been regarded
by some as a cause of roaring, but it is evident that it has nothing
to do with that difficulty.
Treatment. — Iodine and its compounds seem to have the best
effect in removing this enlargement. One part of iodine to six or
862 DISEASES AND THEIE TEBATMENT.
seven of lard, to be applied daily ; and at the same time administer
twice a day in solution 1 drachm of iodide of potassium.
m
Nasal Gleet
Is the name applied to a chronic glairy discharge from one or both
nostrils, of a whitish muco-purulent matter, the result usually of
neglected catarrh. The general health of the animal does not seem
to suffer ; he looks well, feeds well, and works well.
Nasal Sfleet is not an uncommon disease, and manv horses
have been destroyed, supposed to be affected with glanders, when
in reality they were only suffering from nasal gleet. It is on this
account that I have been so explicit in describing glanders.
Causes. — It is very often the result of catarrh in a chronic
form, as stated, induced by further exposure to cold, and want of
a proper supply of nutritive food. It may also occur in cases
where it cannot be traced to a catarrhal attack of the air passages ;
and it occurs of tener in aged than in young animals.
Symptoms. — The first noticeable symptom is a yellowish
discharge from one or both nostrils. The lining membrane of the
nose (schneiderian) is altered in color ; it becomes of a pale leaden
hue, but does not exhibit ulcerative patches, as in glanders. The
discharge may vary both in quantity and quality. It is often
retained for some time within the sinuses, and comes away in
considerable quantities. In other cases the discharge is continuous,
and collects about the nostrils ; the sub-maxillary gland, in cases
of long standing, becomes tumefied, but not adhering to the bone
as in glanders ; the frontal and nasal bones are affected, and pre-
sent an enlargment or bulging out over the seat of the disease. If
tapped with the point of the finger, a dull, heavy sound is pro-
duced, showing that matter has collected within the sinus. In
ordinary cases it is a long time before it materially affects the
horse in his working capacity. When the bones are greatly dis-
eased, and the matter collects within the nasal sinuses, it interferes
with respiration, causing laborious breathing. .
Treatment. — Although a formidable disease, even the worst of
cases may recover if properly treated. The successful treatment
in all cases where this disorder has existed, has been on the tonic
principle. Bleeding and purging are positively injxirious, Give
NASAL GLEET. 863
good food and moderate exercise, sponge the nostrils with tepid
water, or steam the head, as described for catarrh, once or twice
a day, and administer mineral or vegetable tonics, as —
3 ounces sulphate of coppei-.
1 ounce powdered gentian.
Make into twelve powders, and give one in the food morning and night ;
or, the sulphate of iron in two-drachm doses twice a day.
The nasal cavities may be injected with a weak solution of
sulphate of zmc or of alum ; or of sulphate of copper, about five
grains to an ounce of water. When the bone is diseased, and
matter collected within the sinuses, it is necessary to trephine the
bone. After operating, inject the sinus with tepid water twice or
thrice a day, followed by injecting any of the astringents alreadv
recommended. The opened sinus sometimes fills up with a fungus
growth, which must either be removed by the knife or by means
of caustics.
I include here treatment reported in the Journal of Compar-
ative Medicine and Surgery for January, 1883, by John Lindsay,
D. V. S., of Huntington, Long Island, which has been so effective
that I think it worth while to copy his report in full :
"July 5th, 1881, I was called to examine a horse at Clay Pits
Long Island. This animal was supposed to bo suffering from o-lan-
ders. As he was a valuable work horse, the owner did not Avish to
destroy him without my advice.
" The horse was a bad case to look at. He was discharging verv
offensive matter from both nostrils, which had the odor of pus coni-
mg from a necrosed bone. The horse was much reduced in flesh
and very Aveak. On examination I found him to be suffering from
nasal catarrh, and on my stating this to the owner, he Avished me
to try to cure him. The disease was of three years' standing. At
tirst 1 thought of trepanning, but having no instrument, I concluded
to try injecting the nostrils, knowing from experience that if I could
reacii the necrosed bones Avith my solution I could make a cure
" Mixing up one ounce of Calvert's crystallized carbolic acid No 2
to one pint of Avater, I injected Iavo ounces mto each nostril twice
daily. After three days of this treatment, there was a marked im-
provement, Avhich after this Avas less pronounced, but there Avas a
gradual and steady change for the better. At the end of tAvo weeks
Ihe animal had improved much in general health, and at the end of
lour months Avas entirely cured, and there has been no return of
the trouble up to date.
" July 24th, 1882, 1 was called to see a horse suffering from a very
offensive discharge from his nostrils of one year's duration. At
864 DISEASES AND THEIK TREATMENT.
times there was u marked subsidence of the discharge, followed by
acute exacerbations. When 1 saw the case, it was in one of the
acute attacks. Upon examination, 1 diagnosticated nasal catarrh.
" I ordered the same treatment as used in the above case, and in
two months a cure was effected, wnth no recurrence.
"August 10th, 1882, 1 was called to see a horse which could not
breathe easily, and the owner feared the animal was developing
heaves. The breathing was labored, and there was marked evidence
of obsti-uction in the nasal ])assages. There was not, however, the
double action of the flanks commonly observed in horses. Upon
inquiring, 1 found that two months previous to my visit the horse
had suffered with a severe discharge from the nostrils, which had
since ceased. But two weeks after the nasal discharge stopped, he
had trouble in breathing.
" I came to the conclusion that the horse had been afflicted with
chronic nasal catarrh, and that the turbinated bones were plugged
with thick pus. He was placed under the same treatment as the
other two cases, and in three days began sneezing, and blew from
his nose two large masses of thick and cheesy pus, followed by a
return of the discharge.
" The continued use of the injections, however, terminated in a
complete cure of the case in one month."
Influenza — Epizootic — Catarrhal Fever, or Pink-Eye.
This disease has been so common since 1871, and it has caused
such serious losses, that it may well be regarded with great appre-
hension by owners. On this account I have been induced to make
a special effort to obtain the most i-eliable and practical treatment
for its successful management. So much depends, in the treat-
ment of this disease, upon good conditions of care and nursing,
that is, careful housing, keeping up the strength, etc., which in
the country must be mainly dependent upon the owner, and it is
so easy to cause the loss of a case by a little carelessness or bad
treatment, that it is especially important to give such details as
will enable a successful treatment of this disease. To accomplish
this, 1 not only give the very best explanation of the difficulty
and treatment directed by one of the most prominent veterinary
surgeons of the country, but the ti-eatment practiced by Dr.
Meyer, who informed tjie writer that he had ti-eated thousands of
cases without losing a single one, complications excepted ; that of
true pink-eye he never last a case, and consequently must be ac-
cepted as entirely reliable and of great value.
Influenza, etc., belongs to the class of diseases called epizootic,
which are distinguished by extending over a large tract of coun-
INFLUENZA— EPIZOOTIC. 865
try, and attacking a number of horses at the same time. In its
nature it resembles an epidemic form of catarrh, but it is essentially
different, and is easily distinguished from that complaint by its
epizootic character, and the marked prostration, and low typhoid
form of fever which ah^^ays accompanies it. It does not affect
Shorses alike in all seasons ; some years it is apt to involve the
lungs principally, with a marked tendency to di'opsical effusion,
whereas in others the liver and digestive organs are chiefly im-
plicated.
Causes. — It is usually supposed to arise from " atmospheric
causes, ' — some changes which ai-e said to exist in the atmosphere
which are not easily explained. It occurs mostly in spring or
autumn, and is most commonly seen in over-crowded, badly-ven-
tilated stables, situated in malarial districts. City horses are more
liable to it than those in the country, and coarser breeds are more
subject to it than the finer bi'eeds. Poor and over- worked horses
are especially subject to the fever.
The disease at times comes on as an epizootic. While it is
considered decidedly contagious, many veterinarians claim no in-
fection. Dr. Mever informed the writer that while the fever was
at its height, in one stable where the sanitary conditions were ex-
cellent, and containing one hundred and seventy horses, not an
animal was taken with the fever ; while in badly ventilated stables,
and under poor conditions, the disease was rampant.
This is not, however, fully in harmony with the writer's
experience. In 1871, when the fever was very prevalent in the
East, to avoid the disease he shipped his horses from Central New
York to Mansfield, Ohio. Tlie horses were all in perfect health,
and the conditions of care and stabling were the very best possible ;
yet when the epizootic reached the town, the first day there were
reported in different parts of the place fully fifty horses that were
taken with the disease. The writer's horses, five in number, were
all taken the same day ; one or two of them but slightly, two of
them veiy severel}^
Country people, with the hope of avoiding the disease, would
hitch their horses about a mile outside the city limits ; but it was
soon found this made no difference, as horses running in the fields
seemed to be equally subject to it, though not, as a rule, very
severely. One farmer who left his horse as stated, far beyond the
55
866 DISEASES AND TIIEIK TEEATMENT.
city limits, when he returned home found three of his horses tliat
were running in the pasture, taken with the fever ; but experience
proved that animals subjected to good conditions and care, had it
most lightly and made the best recovery.
Si/TJiptoms. — It is early characterized by weakness, a quick,
weak pulse, hot mouth, shivering, dullness, watery eyes. The .
lining membrane of the nose is reddened, accompanied by a
watery discharge which soon becomes thick and purulent, accom-
panied by sore throat and difficulty of swallowing ; the appetite
is impaired, and the bowels costive. These symptoms, instead of
abating, as in catarrh, increase, the breathing becomes hurried,
and there is lifting of the flanks. The low form of fever is char-
acteristic, as also its occurring in spring or fall, and attacking a
number of animals in the same way, distinguish it from common
catarrh.
In some seasons the lungs are primarily affected, and there is
great weakness, with a tendency to dropsical effusion ; water
accumulates in the chest ; the heart and its coverings are seriously
involved ; often the eyelids, lips, and whole head are greatly dis-
tended with fluid. In other cases the liver and bowels seem to
suffer most, causing great thirst, general uneasiness, costive bowels^
and light-colored feces, sometimes covered by slimy mucus, and
rapid prostration. " When unfavorable termination occurs, the
dullness increases to stupor, the extremities get colder, the breath-
ing more difficult and abdominal, the pulse quicker, weaker, and
more irregular, until death supervenes."
Pink-Eye.
Symptoms as given by Dr. Meyer. — " The symptoms are shown
in a stiiggoring gait, hanging head, trembling, shivering as from
cold, loss of appetite ; watery (Uscharge from the eyes, one eye
closed, especially the left one. The pulse is quickened and weak,
from 50 to 60 in the minute, and the breathing is hurried, tempera-
ture 104^ to 10G°. The bowels are bound and the urine scanty. The
disease is often complicated with bronchitis, pneumonia, pleurisy,
etc., etc. A pinkish color of the mucous membrane of the eye-lids
is always present in this disease. There is a discharge fi'om the nos-
trils, swelling oft.he limbs, which ax'e tender to the touch. The ani-
mal is Avcak, lying down most of the time. The body seems to be
hot all over. The head hangs low, and in fact seems to be suffering
from pneumonia. The only difference betAveen pink-eye and pneu-
monia is, that in the foi'mcr the pink eye is noticeable, and the
horse lies down, while in the latter he does not."
PINK-EYE. 867
Treatment. — The general principles laid down for the treat-
ment of common catarrh, are applicable to the treatment of influ-
enza ; bleeding, purging, or any method of treatment that would
tend to diminish the strength, must be avoided, as the debilitating
tendency is great from the first. He should be placed in a loose-
box, the body clothed, and the legs bandaged. If noticed while
the shivering fit lasts, one or two ounces of acetate of ammonia
may be given with advantage. The bowels should be gently
opened by a pint of castor oil and one or two drachms of calomel,
supplemented by injections of soap and water. When the rigor
has passed off, and the fever runs high, the fever medicine should
be given in doses of fifteen to thirty drops, every hour and a half,
or tin<3ture of aconite in doses of about ten or twelve drops, may
be given. He should be encouraged to drink water holding small
doses of nitre in solution ; should he not drink it, he may have a
few mouthfuls of water every hour or two, which of itself is ex-
cellent for reducing fever. He should have green food when pro-
curable, or a little boiled oats, and bran mash, or anything else he
will eat. When the throat is very sore, and the cough troublesome^
rub on the throat a counter-irritant as directed for sore throat, and
give the following ball night and morning : —
1 drachm camphor,
1 drachm, opium,
2 drachms nitrate of jiotash.
Make into a ball with linseed meal and molasses.
Should the lungs or bronchial tubes become involved, indicated
by the heaving flanks and careful breathing, use counter-irritants
of mustard or good strong liniment, or hot fomentations to the
sides until there is relief, as directed for pneumonia. From the
first, tonic treatment will be found beneficial in counteracting the
debilitating tendency of the disease.
When all inflammatory symptoms have, disappeared, tonics
will greatly aid the recovery.
Dr. Meyer's Treatment. — " Good nursing is indispensable ; should
bo well blanketed, and fed on anything the patient chooses to eat ;
good air, and the stable should be purified by throwing air-slacked
lime in the stalls, etc.; and from the first, begin by giving the fol-
lowing remedies every ei^rht hours : —
868 DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
1 ounce carbonate of ammonia,
2 ounces cinchona bark, j)o\vdered,
h ounce nux vomica, "
2 draclims digitalis leaves, "
3 ounces gentian root, "
Mix and make into eight balls.
" Give as much Avuter as the patient chooses to drink, to which
add some saltpetre. About two ounces a day should be used. The
above balls should be used after the second day by giving one
morning and night ; when feeding is resumed, discontinue the rem-
edies, and continue with good nursing. Cure in six to eight days.
Eathe with hot salt and water."
It is also necessary to exercise quite slowly at first, as a veiy
little over-doing or exposure is liable to bring on a relapse, which
is almost sure to be fatal.
Congestion of the Lungs, Pleurisy, Inflammation
OF the Lungs.
It is explained in the article on Circulation (page 732), that
when a horse is exposed to cold, or to conditions which derange
the circulation, such as changes of temperature, especially after
severe exertion or exhaustion, standing in a current of cold air,
etc., by forcing the blood from the surface of the body to ttc
internal organs, it will in most cases go to the lungs and surround-
ing parts, when it would be termed pleurisy, pneumonia, or con-
gestion of the lungs, with possible complications with other parts.
This is so common and fatal in its effect, if neglected or not
treated properly, that it is very important to have the nature and
treatment made so simple and plain to owners and stable-keepers
that, in the absence of competent professional aid, they may easily
understand and combat it successfully during its insipiency, when
it can as a general thing be easily managed.
"We will first briefly consider the structures involved in pul-
monary affections. The windpipe (trachea), after entering the
chest, divides into the bronchia or bronchial tubes. These divide
and subdivide into smaller tubes, finally terminating in the air
cells. The lungs are made up of clusters of those cells ; of a large
mass of pulmonary texture called the parenchymatous structure
or substance of the lungs ; of blood-vessels, both functional and
for the nutrition of the organ ; of nerves and lymphatics ; and
CONGESTION OF THE LUNGS.
869
the whole inclosed in a serous membrane called the pleura, which
is made up of two portions, one portion being reflected over the
lungs (pleura pulmonalis), while the other lines the inside of the
ribs and diaphragm (pleura costalis). The lungs are exceedingly
light ia proportion to their size, and are very vascular organs ;
consequently they are very liable to diseases of an inflammatory
character, and the precursor of inflammation is congestion. A
good idea of the circulation in these parts ca.n be obtained by a
Fig. 764. — Showing the respiratory organs.
S. Trachea; 9. Esophagus; 10. Section of left bronchus; 11. Ramifications
of right bronchus ; 12. Right lung; 13. Left lung seen from above; 14. Sternum:
16. Heart; IT. Posterior aorta; 18. Anterior aorta.
study of Figs. 622-627 in Circulation, on pages 733-737, and the
other cuts included there.
Bronchitis is inflammation of the lining membrane of the tubes
of the lungs .and lung cells, which is considered in another part of
this woi-k ; but as it is frequently connected with lung difficulties,
I refer to it again in this connection.
Pleurisy is inflammation of the pleura, before referred to {or
serous membrane which covers the lungs and thoracic cavity).
Pneumonia is an inflammation of the lung tissues, or paren-
chyma of the lungs. If we had bronchial-pneumonia, we would
have an inflammation of the lininof membrane of the tubes and
870
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Fig. 765. — Trachia and bronchial tubes.
H, Trachia; I, Ramifications of bronchial
tubes I L, Chobaic artery.
the parenchyma of the lungs;
if we had pleuro-pneumonia,
we would have an inflamma-
tion of the pleura, or mem-
brane, and the parenchyma
or tissues of the lungs.
Congestion of the lungs con-
sists in an increased determi-
nation of blood to the capilla-
ries of the air-cells. When
one or the other (right or left)
lobe of the lungs is so en-
gorged with blood forced into
them, that they are unable
to either receive or discharge
blood in proper quantities,
thereby interfering materially
with the process of respiration ;
and consequently, if allowed
to go too far, it will cause di-
rect suffocation and death. It
may exist as an independent
disease, or accompany other
affections of the chest. The
distinguishing symptoms of
each, with treatment, Avill be
given farther on. In order to
eimplify the treatment, I refer
next to the nature and effect of
inflammation.
It is first an increased ac-
tion of the blood-vessels. The
consequence is an increased
amount of blood to the part.
The next change to take place
is a collapsed condition of the
walls of the vessels. Now
there follows an enlargement
of the blood-vessels ; then the
CONGESTION OF THE IjUNGS.
871
blood passes the walls of the vessels through the tissues outside of
the vessels. The next change is the breaking down of the cellular
tissues— normal cells ; next a rapid growth or proliferation of ab-
normal cells. To go through symptoms : If an external injury,
for example, there would be, first, pain caused by the pressure
upon the nerves. The heat following would be caused by the
chemical changes that are going on within the part. The redness
4$^
Fig. 766.— Bronchial tube, with its bronchules, and ultimate
ramifications (natural size).
is due to the passing of the blood from the vessels into the tissues;
the swelling is due to the breaking down of normal cells and the
rapid formation of abnormal cells. The object in all cases, whether
internally or externally, is to equalize the circulation as quickly
as possible.
There are two methods of treatment : If we know the cause,
as, for example, the animal having stood in a draught of air or
been exposed to cold, chilling weather, alcoholic stim.ulants would
be the best treatment, not only giving alcohol internally, but rub-
bing it on the legs, and cover the body with warm blankets. Rub
elbows and hocks to feet, by hand-rubbing or brushes, rubbing
quickly, and cover with warm flannels. If not successful, or if
872
DISEASES AND THEIK TREATMENT.
inflainmation, before, explained, sets in, there Avill now be a rapid
rise in temperatui'e, wlien there may be a strong stanic pulse ; in
that case sedatives would be required. Tincture of aconite has
stood the test for years. About ten drops Fleming's tincture four
or five times a day, witli from an ounce to an ounce and a half of
nitrate of potass divided into two powders and given one in the
morning and one
at night, or the fe-
ver medicine,
hereafter given,
can l^e used.
In the early
stage, external
means of irrita-
tion can be freely
used with good
results, but are
not admissible
when the disease
has thoroughly set
in, as they onl}^
aggravate the
trouble. If the
pulse is weak,
stimidants arc re-
quired, such as
cai"bonate of am-
monia, 2 dvaclims ; c*anqjl)or, pvdverized, 1 drachm ; and nitrate
of potass (as before). Give in one dose three times a day — the
potass to bo given in water separately. — Walton. (See also arti-
cle on Pulse.)
The termination of inflannnation will 1x3 either in i-esolution —
that is, a clearing of the lungs, what is known as a gray heppa-
tized state — or in a lireaking down of lung tissue, which may
develop into an abcess, or tubercles, or gangrene, or death of the
lung tissues.
If the horse is young, and strong, and vigorous, not as much
stimulant should be used as for an old horse.
If ammonia arises from bedding in stable, it should be neutral -
Fig. 767. — Air-cells of lung, with intervening tissue.
'.', Epithelium; h, elastic trabeeuhie ; <•, membranous ■wall
with fine elastic fibers. •
congestiotnt of the lungs.
873
ized by sprinkling on a little chloride of lime ; too much of it
ViTOiilcl have an aggravating effect upon the mucous membrane.
Congestion of the Lungs.
Symptoms. — It is first noticeable by the horse having a severe
chill or shivering fit. He refuses his food, hangs his head between
the fore legs or upon the manger, will not move or lie down,
breathing quick, panting like. The nostrils arc expanded, the
head thrown forward ; the countenance expresses pain and great
prostration. (See cut."^ The pulse is sometimes full and quick,
Fig. 768. — Horse with congestion of the lungs.
but generally quick and weak, scarcely perceptible ; the membrane
of the nose and eyes bright red, tending to purple ; ears and legs
are very cold, with a cold, clammy sweat at the extremities.
When occurring after a hard ride or drive, the horse will
become tired and sluggish in his action ; he will perspire profusely,
and almost refuse to proceed, except with the greatest difficulty ;
he will stand with his elbows turned outward, heaving violently
at the flanks ; as before explained, the nostrils are dilated, and
the ears and extremities cold ; the pulse is oppressed, or almost
imperceptible at the jaw ; the mucous membranes of the nose and
eyes are reddened. When of a milder nature, as often occurs in
horses suffering from catarrh which have been subjected to a fast
drive and exposed to cold draughts, he is seized with a trembling
874
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Fig. 769. — Arrangement of the capillaries
around the air-cells.
lit ; the ears are cold, and the respiration hurried, when the ear
applied to the chest can plainly detect the imperfect breathing.
The inability of the horse to take sufficient air into the lungs,
causes great and rapid prostration, and the horse will often, from
extreme pain, lie down and get up, resembling colic (Somerville) ;
but the coldness of extremities, prostration, and condition of pulse,
will, if carefully exam-
ined, enable an under-
standing of the real cause.
A choking noise is some-
times heard cominof from
the throat. In some cases
a little blood may be
thrown from one or both
nostrils. Extreme pros-
tration and laborious
breathing, and bleeding
from the nostrils, show a
condition of severe con-
gestion.
Causes. — The most common cause is violent exertion when the
horse is in an unfit state for severe work ; as, for instance, a horse
in high condition is taken out of his stable and driven rapidly for
five or six miles ; this induces an increased quantity of blood to
the lungs, more than they can dispose of in their weakened condi-
tion from the want of regular exercise. It is also caused by
impure air, in horses standing in crowded stables, and is often a
sequel, of catarrh.
Treatment. — In acute cases it must be energetic. Clothe the
body well, and administer stimulants, as —
2 ounces sulphuric ether,
1 ounce laudanum.
To be given in half a pint of cold water ; or nitrous ether may be given
in place of the sulphuric.
If no medicinal agents can be conveniently procured, give a
quart of warm ale, or a tumblerful of gin, whisky, or brandy,
mixed up with hot water or sugar. Have him put into a warm
place, with plenty of ventilation, as pure air is an indispensable
adjunct in the treatment of all pulmonary diseases. If no relief
PNEUMONIA. 875
follows, and there is danger of suftbcation, take from four to six
quarts of blood from the neck vein, rub alcohol or other stim-
ulant on the legs, rubbing well with the hand, and apply hot
cloths to the sides and loins, and cover up with dry blankets, so
as to induce a free perspiration, and thereby assist in relievino- the
lungs.
There is some difference of opinion among practitioners in
relation to bleeding for congestion. Dr. Summerville, who is a
very able and successful practitioner, instructed the writer as fol-
lows : " If there is much congestion, it is necessary to give prompt
relief, which can be done best by taking four to six quarts of
blood quickly from the neck vein, stimulate the sides and leo-s,
and give fever medicine as for pleurisy." While he condemns
bleeding for pleurisy or inflammation of the lungs, he says, "In
a severe attack of congestion, bleeding cannot only be resorted to
with safety, but, as above stated, is indispensable ; but must not
be carried too far, merely to assist the lungs to throw off" the load
of blood forced upon them, and to give the medicine prescribed a
chance to operate." Prof. Williams also advises the same treat-
ment. While he condemns bleeding as a general rule, he advises,
where congestion is so great as to endanger asphyxia, bleeding a
little (from four to six quarts), promptly.
Pneumonia — Inflammation of the Lungs,
As before explained, is inflammation of the substance of the lungs.
Causes. — It is often a sequel of neglected or improperly treated
catarrh. It may also, as stated, be accompanied by pleurisy. A
frequent and we may say the most common cause, is exposing the
horse while warm to a sudden change of temperature, by allowing
him to stand in a cold draught of air, etc. ; getting chilled or wet;
washing the belly and legs immediately after exercise and allow-
ing the horse to get chilled; removing from a warm to a cold or
from a cold to a warm stable, or cold applied to ihe surface of a
heated animal, by which the blood is driven from the skin and
extremities to the internal organs. Any slight cold or sore throat
may run into pneumonia. Driving rapidly against a cold wind,
especially after being confined to the stable for some time, is a
common cause, and a horse should be watched carefully after such
876
DISEASES AND THEIR TEEATMENT.
an exposure ; also breathing impure air in overcrowded, badly
ventilated stables, or standing in an open, draughty stable.
"Any exposure to cold and wet, sudden chills, housing in very
cold, draughty stables. Horses kept in ill-ventilated stables are
imdoubtedly rendered susceptible to many diseases, and to pneu-
jnonia among the rest; but they will bear impure air even better
than cold draughts blowing directly upon them. I have repeatedly
observed that the slightest cold contracted by a horse kept in a
draughty stable has almost invariably been succeeded by pneu-
monia, and that if the animal was not removed to a more comfort-
able situation, the disease tended to a fatal termination." — Williams
Si/mptoms. — Pneumonia is almost invariably ushered in by
shivering, and coldness of the surface of the body. The breathing
becomes hard and full, pant-
ing like. The pulse is full
and oppressed, running up to
from sixty to eighty beats per
minute, differing in its char-
acter from the pulse of pleu-
risy, which is hard and wiry.
The ears and legs are cold ;
the membranes of the eyes
and nose are reddened ; the
animal stands persistently
with his elbows turned out,
He stands with his nose to-
FlG. 770. — As the horse usually stands
when suffering from inflammation
of the lungs. — From Mayhew.
to give more freedom to the lungs.
ward the window or door, where he can get fresh aii-.
A healthy horse breathes at an average of ten times in a min-
ute, viz., ten inspirations and ten expirations ; and the time occu-
pied by the inspiratory movement is longer than the expiratory.
In pneumonia the expiration is as long, if not longer, than the in-
spiration, and these movements are very much quickened, being
an effort of nature to compensate for the impaired action of the
lungs. When a cough is present, it is freer and less painful than
the cough of pleurisy. By applying the ear to the sides of the
chest, in the early stage a crepitating sound is heard, which
becomes altered as the disease progresses ; but in a general sense it
is easily distinguished by the horse standing with the legs spread,
the head thrown forward, breathing quick and hard, and ears and
legs cold.
PNEUMONIA. 877
Treatment. — Blanket warmly and put in a comfortable stall
where there will be pure air, and give the following fever medi-
cine : —
1 ounce tincture of aconite,
2 drachms tincture of belladonna,
3 ounces water.
Of this give from 16 to 30 drops on the tongue every 20 or 30 minutes
or about 10 drops tincture of aconite every two hours, more or less accord-
ing to the severity of the case. If the case is severe, apply strong stimu-
lants to the legs, breast, and sides of the chest, as before explained, such
as mustard made into a paste and rubbed, in thoroughly, or a liniment com-
posed of aqua ammonia reduced one-half with water, and rubbed in well so
as to invite circulation to surface and extremities.
Blankets wrung out of hot water applied to the sides in the
*
early stage (for details see
Fomentations), is preferred
by many. If this is done at
the time the fever sets in,
either in pneumonia or pleu-
risy (the treatment for which
is practically the same), with
a few doses of the fever medi-
cine, it is rarely the horse will
not be relieved next day ; but ^'^ 771.— Horse ia last stages of inflam-
if not, recovery will not com- °'^"^'' ^^ *^' Inug^.-Mayhew.
monly take place before the fifth or sixth day. Give from 2 to 3
drachms nitrate of potass two or three times a day. When there
is improvement, which will be denoted by the pulse becoming full
and regular and the expression and actions being lively, give less
fever medicine and at longer intervals. Should too much be
given, it will be noticed by falling of the pulse, sweating, trem-
bling, and anxious eye, when it should be discontinued, and stim-
ulants would be indicated.
Nurse by giving simple food, such as a little bran with boiled
oats, linseed meal, cooked carrots, with a little good hay. If there
is much weakness, give moderate doses of whisky or brandy,
from 4 to 6 ounces two or three times a day, being governed by its
effects. If the bowels are bound, move them by enemas. Re-
covery will be greatly aided by the use of stimulants and tonics ;
878 DISEASES AND THEIE TKEATMENT.
liquor acetate of ammonia in 2 ounce doses three or four times a
day, may be used.
The best veterinary surgeons now all agree that bleeding is
not only unnecessary but injurious in treating pneumonia and
pleurisy.
Pleurisy.
As before stated, pleurisy is inflammation of the pleura.
Symptoms. — It may be sudden or gradual in its attack, the
horse showing indispo-
sition, sometimes for
days previous. He will
be dull and heavy in ac-
tion for a day or two,
unwilling to lie down,
pulse not much dis-
3 turbed, or there is a chill,
-^^-p^-s^^ssi^^^ / '"'•■•-^,.^ or shivering fit, which
Fig. 772.— Usual appearance of a horse suffering J^sts from one to three
from pleurisy. — From, Mayhew. -, ^ c j.
hours, when lever sets
in ; breathing at flanks a little accelerated, countenance is anxious,
the head is sometimes turned toward the side, does not lie down.
As the disease advances, the symptoms become more marked.
The ears and legs become cold ; the pulse, from being a little
accelerated, grows quicker, hard, and full ; the head is hung for-
ward ; stands up persistently ; breathing hurried ; the membrane
of the nose and eyes red.
Turning the horse round, or hitting against the chest, back of
the shoulder, will cause a kind of grunt.
The ear applied to the chest will detect a rough, i-asping noise,
and there is generally present a short, painful, suppressed cough,
easily excited by pressure on the larynx.
» Causes. — Are similar to those of pneumonia, such as variations
in temperature, exposure to cold while warm, standing in draught
of cold air, impure air, etc. Pleurisy occurs as an independent
disease, or, as before stated, may be accompanied by inflammation
of the lungs. If neglected or not treated properly, is a very dan-
gerous disease.
PLEUEISY.
879
Treatment is practically the same as for pneumonia. Put
in a cool, well-ventilated stall ; give fever medicine ; blanket
the body, neck, and legs warmly ;
if at all serious, using stimulants
on the extremities, and hand-
rubbing thoroughly, with hot fo-
mentations to the sides ; the gen-
eral treatment, in a word, is the
same as for pneumonia. Should
there be cough, or soreness of
the throat, it is to be treated in
connection, as directed for lar-
yngitis.
I wish now to call attention to
what must not be done. First,
Fig. 773. — The pleura as it appears when
inflamed, magnified.
Fig. 774. — Section of pleura
showing blood-vessels
greatly injected with blood.
give no physic nor oil for any form of
inflammation of the lungs. Cathartic
medicine is poisonous, such as aloes, oils,
or tartar emetic. There is so much nau-
sea during the operation of these medi-
?v cines, and debility from their effect,
that they do harm. There is such gi-eat
sympathy between the bowels and the
lungs, that they hasten the cause of in-
flammation of the lungs, often caus-
ing death within a few hours after ad-
ministering them. Next, do not bleed
for pleurisy, as so doing will
cause debility of the capil-
laries of the part, Avhich
would induce hydrothorax,
or dropsy of the chest.
This will be somewhat
puzzling to owners and sta-
ble-keepers, and especially
to those who may be guided
by Youatt and other good
old authorities who invaria-
bly advised this treatment.
•"^Si^i
Fig. 775. — Showing adhesive inflammation
of the pleura.
The better to aid my readers, I include also the directions
880 DISEASES AND TIIEJ li THEATMENT.
given by Prof. W. W. Williams, president of the new Veterinary
College of Edinburgh, Scotland, who is now recognized as being at
the veiy head of the veterinary profession, and the most reliable
authority : —
" 1. Place the animal in a Avell- ventilated loose-box, but whei'e
the air is not too cold.
'' 2. Clothe and wraj) the body, extremities, and head in suitable
but not too heavy cloths.
" 3. Give it as much water as it will drink, addhig to the water,
if there is much fever, about an ounce of nitre, or 20 to 30 drops of
tincture of aconite, to the bucket full.
"4. If the bowels are bound, loosen them by injections of oil or
warm water. ^
"5. If there is much weakness, give two drachms each of car-
bonate of ammonia and camphor, in the form of a ball, twice dail}'.
" 6. Let the food bo simple, laxative, cooling, and nutritious, as
bran, boiled linseed meal, good hay, or cooked carrots or turnips.
" 7. II moderate diarrhea or profuse staleing come on, they are
on no account to be checked, as this is an effort of nature to throw
off the disease.
" 8. If there is great exhaustion, moderate doses of whisky may
bo given, but there is no use of pushing them, unless their good
effects are soon seen."
The attention of the writer has been particularly directed to
the value of the fever medicine before recommended in the treat-
ment of pleurisy and pneumonia. During the year of his stay in
Buffalo with Dr. Somerville, it was invariably used for all eases
of chills and fever with remarkable success. Indeed, the writer
does not remember a single fatal case, even of those that had been
caused by exposure, or from badly-ventilated stables, or of an
epizootic character, when treated within a reasonable length of
time. Th'- usual course was blanketing the horse comfortably
warm and giving this medicine, in about the proportion and at
intervals stated ; the size and the condition of the case determining
how much to give. A great many times while on the road the
writer has had occasion to use this medicine for chills and fever,
and always with success. Indeed, if this is given promptly, with
anything like ordinary care, aided by other means as dii-ected,
thei'e need be but little danger of failure. The point is, as r(^peat-
edly statcil, to take the case in hand promjjtly at the start ; watch
closely the condition of the animal that has been exhausted, or
hard-driven, and exposed to cold, especially during chilly, rainy
weather, and if any indication of chill is noticeable, give a little of
TIJEATMEXT FOR J^NEUMOXIA. 881
the fever medicine once or twice, and blanket Avarnil\-, and it is
rarely any serious trouble will follow.
The medicine is put up by Dr. Somerville, as a specialty, fur
the use of stable-keepers, and is regarded of great value. The
real point of its value, I believe, is in its dilution. Simple tincture
of aconite reduced, so far as the writer is able U) understand, ha^-
ing all the beneficial effects claimed for the combination with bel-
ladonna or veratrum. Dr. Somerville is a thoroughly educated
practitioner of the old school, of great experience, and his success
in the treatment of chest difficulties (pneumonia) has been remark-
able ; and he has depended mainly upon this preparation, anti-
fever medicine, for his success. The method of his putting it up
now may be somewhat different from the formula given ; but it
will be found in every essential all that is required, by givin^ in
addition, in cases of intermittent chills, quinine or other tonic
medicine.
The writer would in all cases, if available, prefer using that
pi-epared by Dr. Somerville,* as he is very careful to have the qual-
ity of the medicine reliable. It is put up in convenient form,
and the extra expense is. merely nominal, and he would advise his
friends to obtain it of him or his agents, when available.
Dk. Chas. a. Mykh's Treatment.
In conversati(jn with Dr. Myer on the treatment of pneumonia
and pleurisy, he stated that he treated them with decided success
without using aconite, which is recognized as the best sedative for
fever. I requested the details of his method of treatment, which
I here include as an important addition to what I have already
given on the subject : —
Have the animal well blanketed and cared for in a roomy
stall, where there is plenty of circvilating air, and give one of the
following balls every eight hours: —
1 ounce carbonate of ammonia,
2h oimces i^iilv. chincona bark,
5 ovuice pnlv. mix vomica,
3 drachms imlv. digitalis leaves, .'
2 ounces pulv. gentian.
Make into eight balls.
*Dr. Wm. Somerville 137 Erie street, Builalo, N. Y,
56
882 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Also give the following in water twice a day: —
G ounces nitrate of potash.
1 ounce bicarbonate of soda.
Make into six powders.
Have the animal's chest rubbed with alcohol two or three
times a day for the first two days. Feed nutritious food, or any-
thing that may tempt the animal to eat. The medicine must be
continued until the animal commences to lie down, which will be
from the sixth to the eighth day.
Pleurisy.
Sym^Jtoms rather obscure. Animal dull, dejected, oft' his food,
sweats easily, pulsation from 60 to 80, small and weak, tempera-
ture 1021° to 104°; above this is sure death. Sometimes there is a
cough from commencement, but often or in about half the cases
there is no cough. During the first three or four days the extrem-
ities and ears are alternately hot and cold, appetite almost wholly
lost. The fecal and urinary secretions are considerably lessened.
The membrane of nose and eyes are injected. Tongue is generally
foul, belly tucked up, does not lie down. The thoracic walls are
fixed, breathing almost wholly abdominal, and elbows turned. If
made to move suddenly, especially turning short around, there is
a groan or growl. Breathing quick or catching-like and short.
Often the right side only is aftected.
Treatment. — Hot applications to the chest. This can be done
best by wringing blankets out of hot water and applying them to
the chest, — two or three blankets, one over another, and all cov-
ered with oil cloth or other blankets so as to keep in the heat.
Rub limbs with alcohol ; they may also be loosely bandaged. One
of the following balls should be given every eight hours : —
^ ounce powdered opium.
1^ ounces muriate ammonia.
3 ounces j^owdered chincona bark.
Mix, and make into six balls.
Give the animal anything he will eat or drink. If the horse
is taken during the early stages, this will cut it short in from 48
to 00 houi's.
If in an after stage swelling begins to shoAV itself below the
chest walls, that is, between the fore legs, and extending back-
ward, shows the least symptom of the trouble known as Hydro-
thorax, give the following reinetly : Fluid extract digitalis, from
twenty to twenty -five drops, more or less according to the size of
tlie horse, every four hours, and continue until the swelling begins
to lessen, then the intervals of giving the drops should be length-
IIYDEOTHORAX. 883
ened to eight hours. If the swelling is very large, the skin should
be punctured in from twenty to thirty places, and the parts
bathed with hot water three to four times a day.
Hydeothorax, or Water in the Chest.
This is a sequel of pleurisy when neglected or not treated
properly, and which can scarcely be said to be curable. When
pleurisy is runnmg into this difficulty, there may be some appear-
ance of recovery ; the breathing and fever are not so intense ; the
horse will pei-haps eat a little ; the skin looks sleek and glossy ;
these signs of improvement may continue for several days, but if
the pulse is gradually increasing in frequency, and its strength
diminishing, there is undoubtedly water forming in the chest.
When this has taken place to any gi-eat extent, there is diffi-
culty in breathing, and a flapping of the nostrils ; the eyes are
clear and unnaturally prominent ; the intercostal spaces bulge
out, and the ear applied to the chest can only detect the respira-
tory murmur above the surface of the fluid ; the legs and breast
will swell ; the circulation becomes more and more impaired, the
pulse getting weak and indistinct.
Prof. Williams states, in relation to the cause of hydrothorax :
" Of the termination of pleuro-pneumonia in hydrothorax, I have
only to say that since I have abandoned the heroic or counter-
irritating treatment [he advises hot fomentations to the chest ;
discards all blisters and irritants], hydrothorax has been almost
unknown to me. For this the principle of treatment is stimulants,
tonics, and diuretics." I give the treatment of a leading author-
ity, who advises as follows : —
"Give a pint of warm ale combined with one ounce of nitrous
ether three times a day ; blisters applied to the sides, and iodide of
potassium in 1 di'achm doses twice a day ; feed the animal on
nutritious and easily digested food.
"When a large accumulation of fluid takes place, it must be re-
moved by tapping. The puncture is usually made in the intercostal
space between the seventh and eleventh ribs, near their junction
with the cartilages. The space between the eighth and ninth is
usually recommended. An incision is first made with a lance
through the skin, the trochar and canula is carefully pushed through
the muscles and pleura, directed slightly upward and backward,
keeping it close to the antei'ior border of iho ninth rib, so as to
avoid Avounding the intei'costal artery ; when the trochar is with-
884 DISEASES AND TIIEIK TEEATMENT.
drawn, the fluid flows freely through the tube ; sometimes it gets
obstructed by eoagula of lymph, which should be cleared by insert-
ing a small Avhalebone staff. Care must be taken not to allow air
to enter the cavity, as death has often occmTcd from this cause
during the operation. It is advised before making the incision to
di'aw the skin aside so as to form a valvular wound, at the same
time taking care to prevent the entrance of any air. The operation
may be repeated in a day or two on the other side ; but in most
cases the relief is but temporary. In any event tonic treatment,
such as sulphate of iron, tincture of gentian, stimulants and diuretics,
iodide of potassium, are to be depended upon if successful."
Hydrothorax was a very common result of pleui'iey, when
treated by bleeding, blistering, etc. The congestion or inflamma-
tion in the first place is due to debility, and bleeding only increases
it ; and especially when the bleeding is repeated, though for a
time there was apparent relief, fever and increased debility fol-
lowed, resulting usually unfavorably.
The treatment advised for pleurisy, if the case is attended to
promptly, even though very severe, will be found so effective as
to leave but little probability of any serious eflfusion taking place.
Typhoid Pneumonia.
Cause is mainly attributed to those influences which inter-
fere with the general health and vigor of the animal, among
which stand pre-eminently overcrowding, improper ventilation,
confinement in damp, filthy stables, drinking bad water, holding
in solution decomposing organic matters, insufficient nourishment,
and undue exposure, together with what may be term-ed, generally,
atmospheric causes.
Symptoms. — The horse is off his feed, disinclination to move,
appetite gone, pulse weak and low ; will sometimes eat a little,
will not lie down, stands hanging his head, is listless and stupid,
not much cough, rarely any discoloration of the membrane of the
nose or eyes ; urine scanty and high colored ; feces hard and
coated. After two or three days the membrane of the nose and
eyes is a little discolored or red, pulse quicker, 65 or 70, breathes
quicker. About the fourth or fifth day there is usually a discharge
from the nostrils, of a blackish brandy colored cerum.
Treatment. — As the word typhoid means low, it is necessary
to watch it carefully in that stage, which will last as described in
BEONCHITIS. 885
the symptoms, the first four or five days, when in many cases the
pulse may run down to thirty. Stimulants should be used at this
stage, such as a little brandy and water or whisky and water. A
gill or two of liquor to be given as a drench, or what is much bet-
ter, is, take carbonate of ammonia, from one to two drachms ;
powdered , ginger root, one to two drachms, made into a ball with
honey or molasses, and given twice a day. It should be remem-
bered that this treatment alone is intended only for the low stage
of the disease. When the pulse seems to rise to fifty or sixty about
the fifth or sixth day, the patient should then be treated as for
pleurisy, with fever medicine. Under the influence of the latter
treatment, the pulse will recede and resume its natural number of
beats (forty). In this form of disease the horse is extremely pros-
trated at first, the whole system being inactive. The pulse may
run up in time to seventy, or even eighty.
The horse should be kept moderately warm, clothing thoroughly
the head, neck, and extremities ; he should have a comfortable,
well-ventilated stall ; open the bowels by enemas ; give tepid
water to drink in which is a little nitrate of potash, as advised for
pneumonia. Nurse the horse with anything he will eat,— a hand-
ful of wet hay, a carrot or two, an apple or a potato, or anything
of an alterative nature.
Be careful not to exercise too soon.
Bronchitis.
Bronchitis, or inflammation of the mucous membrane of the
bronchial tubes, is often associated with inflammation of the lungs,
but also occurs as a separate aflfection.
Causes are similar to other pulmonary diseases. It is a result
of laryngitis, or catarrh; or it may depend on atmospheric influ-
ences, and in these cases it is always accompanied with great weak-
ness and prostration.
Symptoms. — There is a short, dry, and husky cough, speedily
becoming more prolonged. When a horse gives a natural cough,
he opens his mouth a little; but when laboring under this disease,
he keeps his mouth closed, trying to suppress the cough. As the
disease advances, the mouth becomes hot and dry, the ears and
extremities alternately hot and cold, the pulse not hard and wiry
886 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
as in pleurisy, but soft and compressible, and the respirations are
quick and hollow. If the ear be applied to the breast, a i-attling
sound can easily be detected; the bowels are inactive, and the ap-
petite is gone. Death may occur in from three to five days.
Treatment the same as for laryngitis, explained on page 845 ;
counter-irritation to the throat, and if there is fever, give fever
medicine or aconite, as for pneumonia. If the cough is very dis-
tressing, give the following every night and morning: —
1 drachm extract of bellacU)nna.
2 scruples powdered digitalis.
1 drachm camphor.
1 scruple powdered opiunu
Colic.
Colic is so common as well as dangerous a difficulty, often
proving fatal in a few hours, that it is of the greatest importance
to know what to do, and to be able to do it promptly when it oc-
curs; since, if treated properly, it is rare that it cannot be re-
lieved without difficulty; whereas, if neglected, or not treated
properly, as stated, it frequently results in the death of a valuably
horse.
There is no disease about which there seems to be so much
difference of opinion among horse-men. When the horse is taken
sick suddenly, showing the symptoms of colic, the owner, or some
neighbor called in who is presumed to know, assumes at once it is
caused by bots; another supposes it is belly-ache; while a num-
ber of others who may be present, are equally positive in stating
what they believe to be the cause of the trouble. The treatment, too,
is on the same principle, equally doubtful, if not ridiculous. The
first and most common remedy is plunging a knife into the roof
of the horse's mouth to bleed, so as to give blood to the bots, or
relieve the colic, or "whatever it is" ; this hap-hazard cutting is lia-
ble to sever the pallet artery, and endanger the horse's bleeding to
death. I have several times, when traveling, been called to treat
cases so cashed in the mouth that thev would have bled to death
if "not stopped promptly. (See Bleeding further on.) The next
resource is, running the horse up and down the street, or kicking
him in the belly, giving sweet milk and molasses, including a
variety of other remedies advised by friends. No one would pre-
a'
^
^
P
>--•
't
T3
01
P
►^
5 k
m'
a •
r*-
m
c* »t|
01
tf »
*o
cial
ora:
Ol
n
f^
d
e ^
^
S 0}
9
r*-
plex
ion
05
o c
*l
"» g
CO
cr
•^j
-r
o
^
(R (X
5'
£ zf
crq
p -1
)— I
1 p
p
01 3
r^
-■ n
re
B-
2
Pi 01
a
p
C P
O
E ^
0<?
B ?
p
rt-
03
r*
C C
^.
w> n
c
P 01
o
e c
5"
s- f
£
2. dq
5'
? g
^ E
P
3 _
r^
P CR
Ol
ands
cava
5'
<
-»• ~^ •
5*
h !^
rc
&
H Q
5'
cr ■
o
2 ^
o
2 f=
2. 3
JiT
« c
p
p, Pi
3
o <<
>-(
mpha
t; r.
a
p
S
c-t-
B
p
re" (R
g i"
o'
o
r+
r+-
o >3
o
o ■
^ ^
£.
cr p
Ol
» (jq
<^ '^
3 sr
5^ B
^ r
►-. Oi
f3
o» XS
O P
Ml 03
Ol
p s-
5" o
f?
888 DISEASES ATs^]) TIIETP. Tl^EATMENT.
tend to be able to explain deiiuitt^ly the nature of the trouble; but
tliey believed it was this, that, or somethinj^^, else, and the conse-
qu(!nce was that the poor horse was liable to be tortured for hours,
often killed, by cruelty or repeated dosing with remedies that were
not applicable to the case. WliiU; it is true a horse may show the
symptoms of colic, from a variety of causes, which would mislead
thi> judgment of even good practitioners, it is so exceptional as to
be scarcely worth referring to here.
Tt was stated in another part, by the writer, that he employed
a \-eterinary surgeon of unusual skill and experience, to instruct
lii)ii ill his method of treatment for the cure of such diseases as
are most commoji an«1 dangerous to borses in this country, includ-
ing the prescriptions used by him for the same.
The first morning, while waiting in the office for the com-
mencement of this instruction, the doctor came in hurriedly, say-
ing, "There is a horse here that has colic; I wish you to observe
his condition carefully; notice what will be done for him; in the
meantime read every authority in tlie libraiy on the causes and
symptoms of colic, but do not read the treatment, as the treatment
given in books is not reliable, and would onlj^ mislead you."
As directed, I noticed carefully the condition of the case and
the effect of the treatment, which was favorable. In the mean-
time I read up on the subject, and that evening I was given a
lecture on colic, when the doctor informed the writer that he had
killed hundreds of horses before he knew how to treat it success-
fully; and that the treatment given in books, and generally ad-
vised, could not be depended upon to cure colic with anything like
certainty; that even veterinary surgeons of A^ery high stand-
ing could not feel any C(irtainty of being able to cure colic ; that
it was found especially difficult to ciire flatulent colic, or tympan-
ites. "Now," said he, "we can cure every case that comes into
this stable, if we can have an opportunity of ti-eating them within
a reasonable length of time, or before there is a colapsed condition
of the circulation."
The opporUmities for treating colic in the Infirmary wei-e ver-y
many. The Erie Canal hea.ds at that place, which necessarily con-
centrated a large number of canal horses in the vicinity, which,
with those of the city, broiight to the Infirmaiy almost ever}^ day
a number of horses s\ifFering with colic; and during my oxperi-
COLIC.
889
ence there of a year, there was not a single death from this cause ;
and since then, extending over a period of twelve years, I have
used the same treatment in the cure of a great many cases, and
had it used under my supervision, without the loss of a single
case ; this treatment I give first, having the utmost confidence in
its great value.
There are two forms of this disease, namely, spasmodic and
flatulent colic. The first is wholly of a spasmodic nature, and if
not promptly reheved, will, in severe cases, run into inflammation
of the bowels, causing speedy death. The second, while exhibit-
ing the same general symptoms,
shows marked enlargement of
the belly, from generation of gas,
which, if not checked and neu-
tralized, results fatally by rupt-
uring the diaphragm, causing
suffocation and death. The ad-
vantage of this treatment for
colic was first, in making a fair
trial of the best anti-spasmodic,
laudanum; then, if it failed to
give relief, or if there was re-
lapse, bleeding promptly, which
not only gave relief with more certainty, but prevented a tendency
to inflammation, thereby making a cure when medicine proved
unavailing. Secondly, in giving peppermint for flatulent colic.
He found by expei'imenting that peppermint was the only remedy
he could depend upon for neutralizing the distending gas ; and its
combination with ether, as the best for giving relief.
Causes. — The common causes of colic are a sudden change in
the feed ; very often during the summer when running at pasture
if taken \ip for a day, and a feed of oats or dry food given, it is apt
to cause gripes; feeding new oats or new corn is a common cause;
applications of cold water to the body; drinking freely of cold
water when heated, especially if hard well-water, often gives rise
to a severe attack; worms and other intestinal irritants may in-
duce it; costiveness and im wholesome food often cause it; OA'"er-
loading the stomach, or being put to work on a full stomach, will
give rise to it.
¥ui. ?■( r. — First stage of Spasmodic Colic
somewhat exaggerated. — Mayhme.
890
DISEASES AND THEIK TEEATMENT.
H
V
I
o
s
o
a
3
O
o
u
fl
0)
K
ja
>
■*j
o
Ui
TJ
O
a
^
^
^
s
>
£
3
X
93
o
A
-^
-tJ
,a
<^
M)
>^
■«
s
'>
o
CO
p— 1
.-*
eS
OJ
a
JD
a
^
o
5
XI
^
<
T)
<o
'9.
A
\
oi
• r»
00
L^
t~
a
^
t-
t-
r-4
,
1—1
OS
a
H4
<u
^:
f>H
-4^
V-4
O
a
XI
+5
0}
tao
I-!
S
.
COLIC.
891
Symptoms. — The animal is suddenly seized Avith pain in the
bowels, becoming restless and uneasy, crouching, sometimes strik-
ing up towards the belly with the hind foot, looking round to his
flanks, evincing great distress; he gets down after several appar-
ent eflbrts, rolls about, sometimes on his back, sometimes quite
over.* (These symptoms I try to illustrate by Figs. 780 and 781,
which of course are ideal, but w-ill serve to give a good idea of the
main symptoms. Fig. 777, which I copy from Mayhew, is con-
FiG. 779. — First stage of Spasmodic Colic.
siderably exaggerated, head being held too high, showing too ex-
cited and nervous an expression, and the hind leg brought too
near the body. Fig. 779 shows a common symptom of the early
stage, drawn under my own supervision, and is more natural.)
Profuse perspiration breaks out over him. The paroxysm soon
* He may also act as if he wanted to make water, which he cannot do, there be-
ing a spasmodic contraction of the urethra. Hence the desire to give diuretic
medicine. Straining in this way is usually prompted by a desire to relieve the mus-
cles of the belly. No diuretic medicine should be given, as the horse cannot pass
urine until the attack of colic ceases, or it is taken from him with a catheter. It is
very seldom necessary to use a catheter. In fact, it is not necessary to pay an}' at-
tcntio!! to this symptom. As soon as relieved of the colic, the horse will pass water
freely.
892
DISEASES AND THEIli TREATMENT.
passes off, and he gets up, shakes himself, and begins feeding ; dur-
ing the interval the pulse is unaltered ; the legs and ears are natural
in temperature. After an interval of longer or shorter duration.
Fig. 7'80. — Second stage of Spaamodic' Colic.
the attack returns, pei-naps with increased violence, when he gathers
himself, falls down and rolls about as before. As the disease ad-
vances, the symptoms become more severe.
Fig. 7S1. — Third stage of Spasmodic Colic.
Youatt, in his description of colic, contrasts its symptoms with
those of inflammation of the bowels, and though not exactly ac-
cording to modern authorities, it will mat'erially aid the reader in
determining the difference ; so I include it. I would also refer the
COLIC. 893
reader to the description of each by Dr. Meyer, which follows on
page 895.
COLIC. INFLAMMATION.
Sudden in its attack. Gradual in its approach, with
previous indications of fever.
Pulse rarely much quickened Pulse very much quickened,
in the early stage of the disease hut small, and often scarcely to
and during the intervals of ease, be felt,
but evidently fuller.
Legs and ears of natural tem- Legs and ears cold,
perature.
Eelief obtained from rubbing Belly exceedingly tender, and
the belly. painful to the touch.
Eelief obtained from motion. Motion evidently increasing
the pain.
Intervals of rest. Constant pain.
Strength scarcely affected. liapid and great weakness.
If not checked, or there is not relief, it runs into inflammation
of the bowels, which is very fatal, and the point is to combat and
overcome it before running so far as to resist treatment.
This disease being wholly of a spasmodic character, it must
be counteracted by anti-spasmodic treatment; and laudanum be-
ing the most powerful and reliable anti-spasmodic, it is indicated.
Treatment. — Give from two to three ounces of laudanum and
a pint of raw linseed oil.* If not better in an hour, give two
ounces of laudanum and the same quantity of oil. If there is not
relief in a reasonable time after the second dose is given, take
from six to twelve quarts of blood from the neck vein, according
to the size of the horse and the severity of the attack. -f Always in
bleeding make the orifice large, and extract the blood as quickly
as possible.
In the Infirmary the practice was, as stated, to try the medi-
cine, and as soon as convinced it was not sufficient to relieve the
case, no time was lost in bleeding. Or, if a case was brought in
that had been suffering some time, not only medicine was given,
but bleeding was resorted to at once.
* This ia the dose advised for a large horse. For a medium or small sized,
nervous tempered animal, two-thirds the quantity would be equally large.
t It ■will be rarely found necessary to resort to bleeding if the case is attended
to promptly, and in only very serious cases, where the horse is fat and large, is so
large a quantity of blood to be taken. In ordinary eases, six to eight quarts would
be sufficient.
894
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Tympanites, or Flatulent Colic.
Symptoms the same as in spasmodic colic, with the difference
of there being so great an accu-
mulation of gas in the stomach
and intestines that the belly is
swelled. This disease will often
pi-ove fatal in from one to three
hours. It is generally very
sudden in its attack, often oc-
cun-inof while the animal is at
work, particularly during warm
or changeable weather; but it is generally caused by indigestion,
producing gases in the bowels or stomach.*
I
Fig. 782. — Eirlv staare of Flatulent Colic.
Fig 783. — An advanced stage of Flatulent Colic, or Tympanites.
*Tliere are two locations for this disease, the stomach aiid the colon and coecum;
but in either it requires the same treatment, as it is generally produced by the
same causes. When in the stomach, it will be distinguished by eructations, or
belchings of gas through the esophagus, or gullet. If in the colon or coecum, the
horse is violently swollen along the belly, flanks, and sides. The pulse is rarely
disturbed until the disease advances, when it will become quickened, running to its
height quickly, and receding as rapidly, if fatal. If to terminate fatally, it will be-
come weaker and slower until it is almost imperceptible. If the animal is allowed
to fall down suddenly, while the pressure of gas upon the walls of the stomach is
very great, there is liability of niptnring the diaphragm, which would cause almost
instant death from suffocation.
TYMPANITES, OE FLATULENT COLIC. 895
Treatment. — Blanket comfoi-tably, so as to keep up evapora-
tion, and immediately give the following as a drench : —
2 ounces peppermint.
2 ounces sulphuric ether.
1 pint water.
Shake up thoroughly, and keep covered with the hand or cork before ad-
ministering. If nut relieved, it should be repeated in one-half to three-'quar-
ters of an hour. If the horse is small, and the attack not severe, less may
be given ; while if very large, and the attack severe, even more may be
given. *
During my practice of late years, when I had a case of colic,
I usually gave the following preparation: —
1^ to 2 ounces peppermint.
1^ to 2 ounces sulphuric ether.
1 ounce laudanum.
1 pint soft water.
After shaking thoroughly, I gave this immediately. I have
found it in all cases to give relief. It is particularly valuable to
non-professional men who cannot, during the early stage, tell the
difference between spasmodic and flatulent colic, and on this ac-
count it is the preparation the writer would advise. Stable-keep-
ers should always keep it on hand, in readiness for an emergency,
as it is very important to be able to treat this disease promptly.
If the horse is subject to attacks of colic, which are usually pro-
duced by irritating matter in the bowels, it can usually be relieved
by giving one or two sharp doses of physic.
Dr. Myer's method of treatment is so good, explaining as it
does some symptoms, with other points of treatment not given,
that I include it in full : —
" First, there is a switching of the tail, followed by a pawing
with the fore feet, and acting as if there were an inclination to lie
down. Usually gets down and rolls, looks at the belly, rolls, then
up again, and seems at rest for a few minutes, when he goes through
the same actions again. The pulsation is full and strong, about
natural. By looking at the inner surface of the eyelid there Avill
be some sign of inflammation. When the attack is running into
* The ether disturbs the breathing, making the horse apparently distressed,
breathing laboriously, which will pass off in a few hours.
89G DISEASES AND TIIEUJ TREAT.MEN^T.
inflammation of the bowels, or becomes seated, there will be an in-
clination to sweat, an anxious exj)res8ion in the eye, increased res-
piration, the pulsation from 70 to 80, small and weak. The inner
lining of the eyelid will be ])lainly injected or reddened, the animal
at times looking toward the flanks; walks almost in a circle; makes
attempts to lie down, coming down aljout half way, gets up and
walks around again, which ma}' be repeated a number of times ;
finally succeeds in getting down, which he does very carefully, then
will lie outstretched for a few moments ; will make an attempt to
rise, and will sit up like a pig, as shown in Fig. 787, page 900.
"In colic, the horse tlirows himself down carelessly, rolls around
in a cai'eless manner, and then jiim]js up. — an important sign of
death. After the case has been treated lor some time, hema}^ seem
easier ; but if allowed to have his own way, and he wanders off to
some unusual place, it is positive proof that he is beyond medical
aid.
" Treatment for colic. — 2 ounces laudanum, h ounce spirits of camphor
or 1 drachm gum camphor, 2 ounces sweet spirits of nitre, 2 drachms fluid
ex. belladonna. Mix with one-half pint of water, and give as a drench. If
the patient is no better in one hour, repeat, and, if constipated, use warm
water injections.
Fig. 784. — Trocar uiid caiiula.
" Flatulent colic, treatment the same as above. In the early
stage, if after about half an hour the patient seems no better, give
two ounces of essential hartshorn in water, with warm water ene-
mas. If by this time there is no flatus, or breaking of wind, and
the animal's abdomen or belly is very much distended, and is belch-
ing up air out of the nostrils, and commences to tremble in his legs,
an operation Avill have to be performed. Take a lance or knife
and make a slight incision through the skin on the right flank, (the
ox is always punctured on the left flank, and the horse on the right),
at a point Avhero the tympanitic sound is most marked. As a rule,
this point is midway between the edge of the last rib and the hip bone ;
and about six inches from the lateral processes of the spine — about
where the cross mark is on Fig. 785. Take trocar and canula, put
the point into the incision previously made with the knife. Direct
the instrument inward, slightly downward and forward, and hit it
a sharp blow with the flat of the hand to send the instrument
through to the hilt. Now draw out the trocar, when the gas will
escape. When the escape of the gas has ceased, put a finger over
the opening of the canula to prevent the air from filling in, and
withdraw. When withdrawn, rub slightly with the finger over the
wound, and leave it alone. Before performing the operation, give
TYMPANJTE8. Oil FLATULENT COLIC.
897
four ounces of vegetable charcoal which hus hceu kept diy, mixed
with one quart of milk. The horse will have instant relief after
the ojjeration. If he remains quiet, feed nothing for about twelve
hours. Give flaxseed tea to driuk. After the cxjiiration of this
time, feed bran mashes, with oatmeal or
ground oats, and continue from four to six
<lays, when the animal will bo well. When
there is no hope b}' medicine, this opera-
tion is the only treatment that promises
success. vShould the horse be uneasy after
the operation, give one of the balls used
for inflammation of the bowels, which
should be repeated once in from four to six
hours until quiet."
Fig. 7'S5. — Tlu; t-russ show-
ing the location to be
Iiunctured.
During- the warni mouths Dr. Meyer
usually performs this operation fioni
twenty- five to thirty times, to save life.
His loss is about one in ten.
I would add that during my experience in Butlalo, I had no
occasion to ])erform this operation, the treatment given proving in
every instance effective. This opei-ation, a(;cording to standard
authorities, has been regarded as seldom successful. I think the
Fi<;. iS(). — .>[cthod of puncturing the cow or ox mIicu bh)!Ucti.
reason is that the cas(3 has been allowed io go too long before re-
sorting to it. In a conversation with Dr. Meyer in relation to it,
he stated that he regard(;d it as Vi^vy \'ahiable treatment, enabling
him to cure a large proportion of cases wliicb otherwise would be
beyond help. As it may in some cases be found necessary to per-
57
898 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT,
form this operation, I give a diagraui of the body, showing the lo-
cation of the point to be punctured, and also add an excellent il-
lustration of the method of performing it upon cows or oxen that
may become bloated, — a very common occurrence in cattle that
are turned into a clover-field, and eat too much ; and as most horse-
owners are largely interested in cattle, I thought it of sufficient
importance to give the illustration in connection with this arti-
cle.
I give other important remedies for colic — those used by the
leading colleges and experts — under the head of Remedies, in the
latter part of this work.
When a horse is taken suddenly sick, especially after a drive,
or after having been given cold water or a change of food, looking
at his side, and acting as if he wanted to lie down, etc., simply
catch him by the ear, and if it is warm, and the pulse is natural,
it is always accepted as a proof of colic. Now, what can be done
provided you have none of the medicine recommended ? Give
about a tablespoonf ul of ginger in a pint of hot water, well stirred ;
or giving as a drench from four to six ounces of good whisky or
brandy, is sometimes ver}'^ effective.
Hot fomentations to the sides and belly are also very effective,
using woolen blankets wrung out of water as hot as can be borne,
and covered with two or three other cloths to retain the heat, and
to be repeated as they cool. A hot bran poultice would be some-
what better, as it would retain the heat longer. (Full directions
for giving fomentations will be found under that head.) The
fever medicine, given in doses of from a drachm to half an ounce,
has also been found very efficient.
Inflammation of the Bowels.
Enteritis, also sometimes called red colic, may occur as a pri-
mary disease, but more often it is seen as a consequence of colic
or constipation of the bowels. It generally proves fatal. As an
idiopathic affection, that is, occurring independent of any other
disease, it may occur from any of the causes of colic, particularly
overloading the stomach.
Symptoms. — The animal is noticed to be unwell ; he is dull
and stupid ; refuses food ; has shivering fits, the mouth becoming
hot, and extremities alternately hot and cold, the pulse being
INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS.
899
quick, small, and wiry. He looks toward his flanks; the bowels
are costive; after a time pain sets in, and is continuous and vio-
lent; he rolls about, the sweat pouring from him in streams; the
eyes arc blood-shot ; the belly hot and tender. He does not throw
himself violently down, as in colic, but lies down cautiously, and
tries to steady himself on his back. As it goes on, the symptoms
are augmented, the legs and ears get deathly cold, the pulse be-
comes weaker, and soon is imperceptible ; the mouth gets cold and
clammy ; extravasation of blood is going on in the bowels ; morti-
FiG. 787. — First stage of Inflammation of the Bowels.
fication sets in, the pain ceases, and he may stand up. He is dull
and stupid, surface of the body cold, mouth cold, twitching of the
muscles, and retraction of the upper lip. He soon falls violently
to the ground, endangering the lives and limbs of the attendantr;
who happen to be near him, and after a foAV struggles expires.
After death, the bowels are very much inflamed, -and the inner
surface black and clotted with extravasated blood. Death some-
times occurs in from six to eight hours, and even in shorter time.
When occurring in consequence of colic or constipation, it is very
difficult to determine the exact transition from spasm to inflam-
mation.
900
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
Treatment. — In the outset, especially when occurring as a
primary affection, and not as a consequence of another disease, copi-
ous blood-letting will be advisable — from four to six quarts, or
sufficient to make an impression on the pulse. He should be
turned into a Avcll-littered loose-box, and allowed to roll as he
pleases. The bowels are obstinately constipated, but drastic pur-
gatives are apt to increase the inflammation ; our utmost efforts
must therefore be directed to open them by copious injections (of
/
Fig. 788. — A sure indication of Inflammation of the Boweis.
linseed-tea, soap and water, tobacco-smoke, or infusion of tobacco,)
back-raking, etc. A quart of linseed-oil, with two ounces of
laudanum, should be given, and repeated, in half the dose, every
one or two hours, if required. Fomentations of hot water must
be constantly applied to the belly, or bags wrung out of boil-
ing water. Where, from the violent tossing of the animal, this is
impracticable, blister the belly with tincture of cantharides or
mustard and turpentine.
If the symptoms do not moderate in a few houi's, the pulse
continues full, and the legs and ears not very cold, a second bleed-
ing may be advisable ; but this is seldom the case, as the prostra-
tion is rapid, the pulse becoming small, wiry, and almost imper-
INFLAMMATION OF THE BOWELS.
901
ceptible, and the legs and ears deathly cold. In this case bleeding
but hastens the fatal termination.
When it has continued eight or ten hours, if it takes a favor-
able turn, the pulse becomes fuller, the surface warmer, and he
will lie for some time stretched out, apparently asleep, being
weakened from the disease and bleeding, and probably partially
narcotized from the laudanum. In this stage he must be made
comfortable, and covered up in straw or sheets. We usually
" bury " him in straw. This restores the balance of the circula-
tion, often causing
him to sweat ; and
after lying thus
for one or two
hours, he will get
up relieved, and
begin to feed.
No hay must
be given him.
After a little, he
should be encour-
age d to drink
-A symptom of inflammation of the bowels,
or great internal pain.
well-boiled gruel, or eat a thin bran mash. Injections must be con-
tinued till the bowels are freely opened. For a few days he must
be kept warm; a few mouthfuls of cold water may be given
every hour; gentle walking exercise and sloppy diet must be
continued for some time. About the fourth day, even though the
bowels have become regular, he should have a purgative (from six
to eight drachms of aloes, made into a ball), to remove ingesta, and
restore the secretions to their natural condition.
The following is the treatment advised by Dr. Somerville : —
" This disease is generally caused b}^ cpnstipation of the bowels,
hard driving, over-purging or looseness of bowels, or drinking cold
water when warm. Constipation is, however, the jDrincipul cause
of the disease, and when this is the case, the first and most impor-
tant condition of relief is to get an action of the bowels.
'■'Symptoms. — For the first few hours the horse is uneasy, paws,
looks around at the side, the pulse is slightly accelerated and wiry.
As the disease advances, the intermissions between the attacks be-
come less, pulse quicker, running from seventy to eighty beats in a
minute, in some instances even faster; lies down and gets up, shows
much pain, no swelling of sides; now begins to exhibit fever,
bowels constipated, urine highly colored and scanty.
902 DISEASES AND THETE TEEATMENT.
^^ Remedy. — Give a quart of raw linseed oil. If constipation is
very great, add from four to six drops of croton oil.
"If scours or over-purging, give an ounce and a half of the tinct-
ure of opium with six ounces of water. But in order to suppress
the inflammation, it is necessary to bleed immediately from the neck
vein from six to ten quarts of blood, according to the strength and
size of the animal. In extreme cases bleeding may be repeated to
the extent of four to six quarts in three or four hours. If much
pain exists in constipation, give from one to three ounces tincture
asafoetida. Feed lightly for a week at least, giving gruel, roots,
grass, and bran mashes, and keep quiet. Do not exercise for several
days if there is danger of a relapse. This is a dangerous disease,
and requires prompt treatment."
Treatment advised by Dr. Charles A. Meyoi- : —
"The first stage of inflammation of the bowels is Avhen the ani-
mal sits on his haunches like a pig, gradually gets uj), and walks
around as if in great agony ; makes attempts to lie down, and Avhen
he does, goes down xqvj carefully ; may make a few rolls ; will
gradually straighten out again, attempts to rise, and sits on his
haunches again like a pig. This position is a sign of bowel inflam-
mation, and to save the patient the treatment must begin in
earnest. Should the patient be fat and plethoric, bleed from the
neck from two to eight quarts, according to the size of the horse.
Apply a strong rubifacient to the abdomen, of 1 lb of strong mus-
tard, 2 oz. aqua ammonia, and water sufficient to make into plas-
ter; rub in well, and cover with paper, to keep in the heat. Then
give the following medicine: —
" 4 draclims opium, pulverized.
2 oz. subnitrate of bismuth.
4 drachms chloroform.
2^ drachma nux vomica, pulverized.
Q. S. licorice root.
" Make into four balls, give one every 4 to G hours, according to the un-
easiness of the patient, who must be kejjt quiet, and these balls will do it.
Feed soft, nutritious food, warm water, and no hay, for about one week."
SUPEKPURGATION, DiARRHEA, ETC.
An over-relaxed state of the bowels may arise from various
causes. In some animals it is favored by peculiaiities of confor-
mation, as is seen in washy horses, animals with long legs, open ribs,
and flat sides, with tucked-up bellies, .such being liable to purge
from the simplest cause.
Change of feed, especially from dry to green, or unhealtliful
food, and sometimes through nervous excitement, is apt to produce
scouring. It is usually the evidence of something wrong, and the
Fig. 790. — General view of
the horse's intestines,
showing the distribution
of blood to the in
by the great mesen-
teric artery. The animal
is placed on its back, and
the intestinal mass
spread out.
A. The duodenum as it
passes behind the great
mesentric artery; U. Free
portion of the small intes-
tine; C. IleociBcal portion ;
JD. Csecum; E, i'', G. Loop
formed by the large colon ;
G, Pelvic flexure; I', F.
Point where the colic loop
is doubled to ^constitute
the suprasternal and dia-
phragmatic flexures.
ooi DISEASES A^'J) THEIR tiieat:ment.
effort of jjature to remove it. Some irritant or indigest^jd food
beiiiu; lodged in the bowels, the intestinal iluids are poured out in
superabundance to remove it. The incautious use of purgative
medicines is a common cause of supevpurgation. It often occurs
in the latter* stages of debilitating diseases, when it is always an
untoward symptom, betokening a breaking-up of the vital poAvers.
The presence of little white worms (ascarides) is occasionally the
cause. It sometimes follows the drinking of cold water when an
animal is in a lieated state. •
Symptoms. — The symptoms var-y according to the nature of
the case, and the causes that give rise to it. It may be simply an
increased fl\iidity of the contents of the boAvels, as is seen in washy
or nervous animals, unaccompanied by pain or constitutional dis-
turbance; or, on the other hand, it ma}'' be (as in superpurgation)
attended by pain, expressed by the uneasiness, pawing, looking to
the flanks, etc. He strains frequently, and the foeces are veiy
watery; the pulse is small and hard. Rapid and increasing weak-
ness and emaciation, loss of appetite, and unless means are speedily
adopted to check it, inflammation of the bowels is apt to set in.
Treatment. — Great cai'c must be exercised in feeding and wat-
ering washy horses, dry feed being best suited to them. They
should not be allowed to drink too freely of water, especially be-
fore work. In many cases it may be necessary to give them
some starch or chalk mixed up in the feed. In all cases, the main
point is to discover the cause. If arising from improper food, it
must be changed at once.
If some ii-ritant be suspected, nature niust be assisted in her
efforts by giving a quart of linseed or castor oil, followed up by
starch or Avell-boiled flour gruel, keejDing the animal Avarm. If
worms are suspected, or seen in the dung, one or tw'^o ounces of
spii-its of turpentine, or any of the vermifuges recommended,
should be added to the oil. Should it not yield to this, neutralize
the acids in the bowels by giving an ounce an<l a half of jn-epared
chalk and a dram and a half of powdered catechu, mixed in a
j)int of water. Give once or twice a day until purging ceases.
Keep the animal Avithout exercise, and do not give mxich Avater to
drink.
If this disease should arise from nervous excitement, o-ive a
CONSTIPATION. 905
drachm of powdered opium in the food once a day for thi'ee or
four davs. Or ffive the followino- astring-ent drench : —
1 drachm powdered opium.
4 oz. prepared chalk,
1 oz. gum acacia.
Dissolve in warm water, and give in well-boiled flour or starch gruel. It
may be given two or three times a day, the gruel being given frequently.
If very severe, injections of solution of catechu and starch, with a little
tincture of opium, should be given.
The belly may be stimulated with liquid blister. He must be
kept pei'fectly w^arm, and the legs bandaged. Care must be taken
not to induce an opposite state of the bowels b}^ the injudicious
use of astringents. An ounce each of carbonate of soda and gin-
ger should be given daily for some time after recovery. Rest and
good dry food are necessary for some time.
COXSTIPATION.
Constipation is a condition the very opposite of the above, in
which we have a diminished action of the bov/els, the dung being-
dry and voided with difficulty, leading to dangerous "stoppage of
the bowels." It arises from various causes, especially from being
fed on dry, fibrous food. If in pasture in the fall, when the grass
is tough and fibrous, with pei'haps a scarce supply of water, the
fibrous mgesta are liable to become felted together, and impacted
in the bowels. Want of exercise, and feeding too much grain,
are also prominent causes.
It is sometimes accompanied by inflammation of the bowels.
Horses that are kept up, or not worked regularly, and especially
if fed on dry food, should have an occasional bran mash with
plenty of water to drink ; or small doses of laxatives, aloes is the
simplest and best, from two to four drachm doses, with green food.
If accompanied by colic, or inflammation of the bowels, back-rak-
ing, etc., must be resorted to until relieved. Green grass is about
the best laxative.
All horses, especially those advanced in years, should be
watched carefully, and when there is any tendency to constipa-
tion, it should be prevented, as before stated, by giving bran
mashes, carrots, and raw potatoes; or, if thought advisable, a lit-
tle oil or physic, with regular exercise and sufficient water, and
906
DISEASES AND THEIil TEEATMEJSTT.
Fig. 791. — Symptom of worms.
there will usually be no difficulty. It is very important to look
to this condition ; neglecting it, colic, inflammation of the bowels,
etc., may result.
Worms.
Worms are most commonly found in the stomach and bowels;
they are also sometimes met with in al-
most every part of the body. Investiga-
tion shows there are over thirty kinds of
worms that infest the horse. Dr. Robert
Jennings, about twenty years ago, at
that time a resident of Boixlen Town,
New Jersey, and now of Detroit, Michi-
gan, informed the writer that he had traced out thirty different
kinds in the horse, and among others exhibited a jDiece of muscle
that was perforated by a large number of little white worms
from one to two inches long-.
Mr. White, an old author, says: —
'■ I have found Avorms in the wind-pipe, in the mesenteric ar-
tery, in an abscess in the substance of the abdominal muscles, and
according to Lafosse, they have been fouud also in the pancreatic
and salivary ducts."
There are but three oi- four
that are very common. First,
the teres Iwmhrici, a large worm
from four to ten inches long,
that lives in the intestines. It
looks like the common earth-
worm, yellowish white and ta-
pered at both ends. Second, the
ascaris or ascarides, commonly
called needle or thread- worm, of
a dirty-white color, usually from ^^«- '!'92.— The appearance of a horse
one to two inches long. They '^^"^ '' ""°"^^''^ ''''^' '""''"'•
are sometimes found in thousands. They have been observed chiefly
inhabiting the mucous coat of the coecum, on the surface of which,
it is supposed, they are developed in little cells, which, when ma-
tured, burst, producing considerable irritation, and often serious
inflammation of the parts. They are also sometimes found to in-
fest the rectum in large numbers, and to relieve the irritation they
produce, the horse rubbing his taiL
WOEMS.
907
Varieties of strongyli and oxyures
also occur, and are sometimes mis-
taken for ascaris. They are, how-
ever, distinct species; the former is
tapered, and terminates in a spine,
whereas the latter is blunted, with a
head like a leather sucker. The
strongyli inhabit the ccecum, colon,
and duodenum ; the oxyures, the mes-
entery, spermatic cord, and in fact
almost every organ in the body. The
common whip-worm, or long thread-
worm, technically called the tricho-
cephalus dlspary are found in the cce-
cum. They resemble a whip, the
shank being about a third, and the
thong two thirds of the length, usually
about two inches. Bots, which in-
habit the stomach, will be referred
to especially following this article.
There is also a small thread-like
worm, called Jilarla, from a half inch
to an inch and a half long, which
travels all through the system. This
is the worm that sometimes gets into
Fig. 793. — Ascaria Lumbrlcorde.
the eye and grows there. The tape-
worm is sometimes found in the horse,
for which I give a specific remedy used
by Dr. Meyer with great success. (I give illustrations of a few
a, Female; d, Male; natural
size.
Fig. 794. — Ascaride margmata, eularged.
worms, though not of all that I desired, on account of the diffi-
culty of obtaining them. They will not, however, be of any special
interest or importance to the general readei\ Hence those ob-
908
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
tained are put in without regard to niucli tech-
nical c^xplanation.)
Symptoms oi worms are debility, feeble-
ness, .sluggish movements, emaciation, staring
coat, hide bound, skin covered with blotches,
iri'egular and capricious appetite, tucked up
belly, pallid appearance of the lining mem-
brane of the lip, badly digested fseces, rubs
the tail, and where fundament worms exist, a
whitish substance will be found about the fun-
dament. Many horses have worms, and their
presence is never suspected till they appear in
the dune-. Troublesome diarrhea is sometimes
pi-oduced by the presence of ascarides in the
ccBcum, and are sometimes
found in vast numbers in
the rectum.
Treatment. — Th(i hori5o
should 1)0 put on bran
Fig. 79.5. — Ascaride in r< i n
mystax. mashes for a tew days, then
,, , , _ , giveliininothing but water
a. Male; h. Female; » _ °
f, d. The expansion of for eight or ten liours, then
l".Tet„."".a.r givett- following dreueh:-
1 (^uart linseed nil,
2 ounces spirits of turpentine.
In an hour after give a warm bran mash,
and next morning give a dose of physic. If
thought necessarv, in about a M^eek this nuu'
be repeated.
Dr. Somerville claimed there was no better
medicine for the destruction of worms than -^- Young -worm as
. . • 1 I. 1 rolled up in the body of
calomel, and advised it to be given m the fol- the mother ; j}. The
lowing combinations :— ^f"" unrolled in a drop
® of water ; o. Head, with
3 drachms calomel, the protuberances and
,11.. .• mouth; i>. Origiu of the
i drachm tartar emetic. , ., ' .^. '1
tail, with the anus
Mix, and divide into three pov/ders, one to ho ^ ^^ ®' ^•''
given at night for three successive nights, to be followed in twenty-four hours
with a good purging ball. Or, —
Fic. 796.— Young Fila-
ria thread-worm.
WOEMS.
909
t drachms aloes,
1 drachm tartar emetic,
2 drachma ginger,
About the size of a bean of calomel, and molasses enough to make into a
ball. To be given every morning for three days.
Fig. 797. — Strongula, enlarged.
Dr. Hamill found that in treating inflammation of the extrem-
ities caused by injuries, such as getting a nail in the foot, where
excessive, that occasionally after giving a dose of aloes and calo-
mel large numbers of worms were expelled. Would advise from
two to four drachms calomel, with aloes according to size and
temperament of the horse.
This is also corroborated by Dr. White, who advises to give
Fig. 798. — Tsenia Solium, natural size. Fragments taken from distance to distance.
The head is above, aud very small. The last segments are longer than
wide, show alternately the genital opening at the right and left.
one or two drachms of calomel with a dose of physic; or the calo-
mel at night, and a dose of physic in the morning. Or give a
drachm of calomel for three successive nights previous to the
physic.
The following for worms was given the writer by a veterinary
surgeon of very high standing: —
910
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
"Take hickory- wood, sumac-wood, and ordinarj^ white ash,
and burn to ashes. Feed a large spoonful twice a day for three
days. Then follow up with a cathartic,"
Prof. Gamgee's favorite remedy: —
" 2 drachms assafoetida,
11^ drachms each, calomel ancl- savin,
30 drops oil of male fern.
" Mass sufficient to form a ball to be given at night, and a purge in the
morning."
Dr. Sheldon, formerly of New York City, depended mainly
upon santonine, by the use of which he claimed great success, and
which he also claims never fails to clean the worms out of a horse.
He treated as follows: —
Fig. 799. — Taenia Solium. This cut shows the sexual passage communicating with
the uterus, which is filled with eggs, and forming the black central mass.
The second canal which goes out from the passage (opening)
toward the uterus, is the male organ.
" First, give bran mash. In 24 hours give one drachm of san-
tonine, which should be dissolved in water ; then mix in a quart of
starch, and give as a drench ; in 30 minutes give aloes in solution
sufficient to move the bowels promptly."
I include also a favorite horse-jockey remedy, which is re-
garded very good: —
" 1 ounce aloes,
3 ounces spirits of turpentine,
6 eggs.
" Make into an emulsion, beaten together ; give to the horse after be-
ing fed with two or three bran mashes."
Dr. White says: —
" A run at grass in the spring is perhaps the best remedy of all,
for it is the most effectual means of invigorating the digestive or-
gans and purifying th<} blood. When it is not convenient to turn
the horse out, he should be fed green grass in the stable."
^VOEMS. 911
For tape-worm, take four ounces powdered pumpkin-seeds and
a half to one pound of veal, cooked together until the substance is
out of the meat. Make into a soup.
How to use: Fast for twenty-four hours, then eat one-half;
after an hour take the other half, then take a brisk cathartic.
This is the proportion for a man. For a horse, one pound pump-
kin-seeds to one pound veal, and give as a drench.
This treatment was given by Dr. Meyer, who claims it is
specific. Said he had one case of tape- worm in a horse, and it was
the means of making a cure.
A few years ago, a gentleman who had been in the treasury
department at Washington, informed the writer that he had suf-
fered for years with tape- worm, and was entirely cured by taking
pumpkin-seeds masserated, and he knew of a number of friends
who had been cured by the same remedy.
This remedy is introduced mainly for the benefit of those who
may be afflicted with tape-worm.
The following was given the writer by a special friend (a vet-
erinary surgeon of high standing), as the treatment he would ad-
vise for the cure of worms ; and though in part a repetition of
what is given, it is so good that I include it: —
First, Lambricoids can be removed by drastic purges of aloes,
or aloes and calomel. If calomel be given in from two to four
drachm doses, on a fasting stomach of twelve hours, then fast from
ten to twelve hours afterward, after which give small doses of
aloes or saline purges, it will destroy nearly all traces of worms or
parasites in the stomach and intestines, even clearing out bots.
The best general treatment advised is santonine, areca nut, and
male fern. Of santonine, better known as worm seed, the dose is
from one to four drachms, according to the size and temperament
of the horse. For the small, nervous, well-bred horse, the smallest
dose would be sufficient ; while for a large coarse-gi'ained cart-
horse the larger dose of four drachms will be necessary. Of the
same quantities of powdered areca nut and male fern, about one
ounce is the average dose. All vermifuge medicine should be
taken while fasting, as Ijetter results will thereby be obtained ; let-
ting the horse fast ten or twelve hours before giving the medicine,
and nearly as long afterwards. It is not necessary to give physic
912 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
after either of these medicmes. Nearly all parasites in horses
. can be expelled by the judicious use of calomel.
BOTS.
As among most owners and horse-doctors, cvt^ry obscure lame-
ness in the foot is- supposed to be in the shoulder; so, when a horse
is taken sick, nine times out of ten it is supposed to be caused by
bots. If the horse turns up his upper lip, looks at his side, shoAA's
uneasiness, paws, and rolls, it is taken as a sure sign of bots.
It is claimed that as a rule bots are harmless parasites, seldom
producing much mischief, and to be found in almost every hor.se
that dies, sometimes in great numbers, adhering to the coats of
the stomach ; but about this there is much difference of opinion.
Prof. Law on the subject: —
'■ Bots urc the larva of the gadjly, which are iioticed i;> be so
common, jjestcring the horse during the summer and autumn, darl-
ing at him around his legs and sides, and depositing their eggs on
the hair of the parts. These eggs are caught by the*horse when
he licks the jJ'^^i'ts in defending himself, and SAvallowed. In the
stomach they develop rapidly. By the aid of the hooks around
their heads they attach themselves to the mucous membrane mainl}'
of the left half of the stomach (Sec Fig. 800), but often also to other
parts, such as the right side of the stomach, the duodenum or small
gut leading from the stomach, and the throat. There they steadily
grow in the winter, and in spring ])ass out in the dung, burrow in
the soil, and are transformed into the gadfly. The disturbance they
cause depends on their numbers and the portions of the canal on
Avhich they attach themselves. In the throat they produce a
chronic sore throat and discharge from the nose, Avhich continues
until the following spring, xmless they are previousl}" extracted
Avith the hand. In the left half of the stomach, A\'hich is covered
with a thick, insensible cuticle, they do little harm Avhen in small
numbers; hence Bracy Clark supj^osed them to be rather beneficial
in stimulating the secretion of gastric juice.
"When very numerous, and above all, when attached to the
highly sensitive right half of the stomach or the duodenum, they
seriously interfere Avith digestion, causing the animals to thriA-e
badly, to be weak, and easily SAveated or fatigued, and even detei*-
mining sudden and fatal indigestions. This last result is especially
liable to occur in spring or eai'ly summer, when the bots are pass-
ing out in great numbers, and hooking themselves at intervals to
the coats of the sensitive bowels in their course. They Avill some-
times accumulate in such numbers as actually to block the pas-
sage."
BOTS.
913
In discussing the subject, White says: —
" They are generally attached to the cuticular or insensible coat
of the stomach; but sometimes clusters of them are found at the
pylorus, and even in the beginning of the first intestine named
duodenum. In one case they ^vev(^ so numerous in this last situa-
tion as to obstruct the passage completely, and cause the animal's
death."
Feron, an old writer, says Ir; has paid ]:)articular attention to
this subject, and
has found that
when in large
quantities, they are
very destructive to
horses ; that he had
seen several horses
whose stomachs
had been pierced
(pute through by
them, the bots mak-
ing theii" way into
the abdomen.
James Clark, of
Edinburgh,
an au-
l<"Ki. 800. — The gadfly, depositing eggs, with
full-grown bots.
1. The female fly about to deposit au egg; 2. The egg
magnified; 3. The bot; 4. The eggs magnified, attached
to a hair; 5. The newly hatched bot; 6. The bofc full
grown; 7. The he:id of a bot magnified; S. The male fiy;
9. The chrysalis.
thor of high stand-
ing, quoted in shoe-
ing, relates a case
of a horse's stomach
being perforated
by bots.
In Vol. II., page 73, " White's Farriery," Dr. White says:—
" I have seen several horses destroyed by these worms. In
some of them they caused inflammation of the lungs ; in one
phrenzy, or mad staggers; and in one horse, the pylorus was com-
pletely plugged up with them. There is a remarkable sympathy
or consent between the stomach and lungs, and it is owing to this
that they sometimes cause inflammation of the lungs. In the cases
which have occurred in my px^actice, the most remarbable circum-
stance was the great depression they occasioned."
Symptoms. — There is no way, so far as I know, and I have
considt^jd a great many veterinary surgeons on the subject, of de-
termining the symptoms of bots. A horse i-^i taken sick, showing
58
914 DISEASES AND THEIK TKEATMENT.
all the symptoms of colic ; he is treated for that difficulty, is cured,
and the trouble is presumed to have been colic. According to the
best authorities I can find, the conclusion is that the symptoms of
bots cannot be distinguished from other diseases of the stomach
and bowels; that sometimes when occurring in dense clusters
around the pylorus or in the first bowel, they interfere mechan-
ically with digestion, and keep the animal weak and emaciated, and
subject to slight attacks of colic, capricious appetite, and irregular
bowels. Beyond these indications, which may be identified with
other difficulties, there is no way of determining whether they are
the cause of annoyance.
Treatment. — This is doubtful. I give that which has been
■advised as the most effectual. "White says: —
" The most likely means of expelling bots is to keep the horse
without food during the night, and give him in the morning a quart
of new milk sweetened with honey; and about ten minutes after,
give four, five, or six ounces of salt in a quart of Avater."
Dr. Feron remarks that — •
" Common oil given in large quantities has sometimes succeeded
in detaching bots from the stomach. It is the only medicine that
seems to have any effect in making them loosen their hold on that
organ."
Blaine says that the continued use of salt mixed Avith the food
appears to be obnoxious to them ; for sometimes under its use their
hold gives way, and they are ejected.
The popular remedy for bots is sweet milk and molasses,
which is more safe than reliable. The following is recom-
mended : —
" 3 drachms cacli of aloes and assafoetida, rubbed down in hot water,
and when cool adl an ounce each of turpentine and ether. To be given
every second day for a week, leaving out aloes if bowels become too open."
To relieve pain and uneasiness, any of the colic mixtures are
to be given.
Prof. Law advises giving potato juice to feed and quiet the
bots, adding some colic medicine if thought necessary.
In a report by Dr. Adams in relation to the subject, published
about fifteen years ago in the "Medical and Agricultural Regis-
ter," lie stated, having made the following experiments at differ.
ent times on bots three-fourths grotvn, that —
INFLAMMATION OF THE KIDNEYS. 915
" When immersed in rum, they live 25 hours ; decoction of to-
bacco, 11 hours ; strong oil of vitriol, 2 hours, 18 minutes ; essential
oil of mint, 2 hours, 5 minutes. Were immersed without apparent
injury in spirits of camphor, 10 hours; fish oil, 49 hours; tinct.
aloes, 10 hours; in brine, 10 hours; solution indigo, 10 hours. A
number of small bots, with one that was full grown, were immersed
in a strong solution of corrosive sublimate ; the small ones died in
one hour, but the full-grown one was taken out of the solution, six
hours after its immersion, apparently unhurt."
Inflammation of the Kidneys.
Inflammatioti of the kidneys is generally caused by hard work,
by slippmg, throwing tlio hind parts so suddenly under the belly
as to pi'oduce undue tension of the lumbar vertebrae, or from sud-
den cokls by being exposed to rain and cold, the eating of musty
hay or oats, or unhealthy food of any kind. Too powerful or too
often repeated diuretics produce inflammation of the kidneys, or a
degree of irritation and weakness of them that disposes to inflam-
mation, from causes that would otherwise have no inj urious effect.
Symptoms. — Less or more fever of the system generally, and
unwillingness to move, particularly the hind legs, dung hard and
coated, very sensitive to pressure on the spine. The horse looks
anxiously round at his flanks, stands with his hind legs wide
apart, and straddles as he walks, shows pain in turning ; the urine
is voided in small quantities, and is usually high colored, some-
times bloody ; the attempt to urinate becomes more frequent, and
the quantity voided smaller, until the animal strains violently,
without being able to pass any or but very little urine. The pulse
is quick and hard, full in tlie early stage of the disease, but
rapidly becoming small, though not losing its character of hard-
ness. Introduce the hand into the rectum. If the bladder is
found full and hard under the rectum, there is inflammation of
the neck of the bladder. If the bladder is empty, yet on the por-
tion of the intestines immediately over it there is more than nat-
ural heat and tenderness, there is inflammation of the body of the
bladder. If the bladder is empty and there is no increased ten-
derness and heat, there is inflammation of the kidneys.
Treatment. — If the puLse is high, about sixty, take five or six
quarts of blood, and give a fever ball ; to be repeated in three
hours if not better. Fever ball: 4 drachms Barbadoes aloes, 1
drachm tartar emetic, 2 drachms ginger, calomel about the size of
916 DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
a bean, molasses suflficient to make into a ball. Counter irritation
must next be excited over the seat of the disease. The loins should
be fomented with hot water or covered with mustard poultice, or,
better, heat a peck of salt in an oven, place it in a bag, and put it
over the part affected. If the case is severe and protracted, a
sharp blister may be used. No diuretics are to be given, as they
would simply aggravate, and make the disease worse. After the
bowels are open, give aconite, and treat as for fever. After re-
covery, the horse should be kept very quiet for a month, and if in
season, turned out to grass. If in winter, feed with light mashy
diet ; exercise lightly by leading, if the animal be valuable and it
is desired to aid recovery by extra care.
Profuse Staling (Diuresis).
Profuse staling, sometimes called diabetes, consists principally
of simple, increased secretion of urine, without any apparent
structural disease of the kidney, or much alteration of the compo-
sition of the urine, so characteristic of this affection in man.
Causes. — It arises in a great measure from feeding musty or
heated hay, exposure to cold, etc. Frequently it occurs as an ac-
companiment of acidity of the stomach, or from the improper use
of diuretics, as nitre, saltpetre, resin, etc., which are frequently
given in large quantities foi- some time by grooms and ignorant
persons, not knowing the harm they are doing thereby. It is of
these ingredients also that most of the " condition powders " kept
for sale, which are often liberally fed, are composed. It is not
prudent, or at all necessary, to give such medicine, excepting for
specific purposes, and then very cautiously. Intelligent owners
give but very little medicine. Instead, they give bran mashes,
etc., with good air, regular exercise, and grooming.
Symptoms. — The intense thirst first attracts attention; he is
constantly craving for water, and rapidly loses condition ; the coat
becomes rough and staring; he passes large quantities of clear
urine, his litter being constantly wet. He will be seen poking
among his litter, which he often eats with avidity in preference to
good hay. If it goes on unchecked, great prostration sets in, the
heart beats tumultuously, the throbbing being often visible at the
side, the pulse being irregular and intermittent.
Treatment. — It is generally very easily checked if taken in
INFLAMMATION OF THE BLADDER (CYSTITIS). 917
time ; a complete change of diet is indispensable ; give good sweet
hay; carrots are recommended. The bowels must be freely
opened. Iodine in doses of two drachms, once or twice a day, is
claimed to be a never-failing remedy, very useful in correcting the
thirst and checking the flow of urine.
The following ball may be given night and morning: —
1 drachm iodine,
1 drachm iodide of potassium,
1 drachm barbadoes aloes ;
Licorice and syrup sufficient to make a ball.
Or, give one of the following balls every night : —
h ounce powdered opium,
1 ounce powdered kino,
1 ounce prepared chalk.
Mix with molasses, and make six balls.
Tonics should be commenced early. In some cases it can be
arrested by making him drink water with pipe-clay or peasemeal
shaken up in it. A run at pasture will often cure it.
Inflammation of the Bladdek (Cystitis).
Causes. — It may arise from the too free use of diuretic medi-
cines, or from the injudicious use of fly blisters or turpentine ;
sometimes from the presence of concretions or gravelly deposits in
the bladder, or an extension of spasm, or inflammation of other or-
gans.
Symptoms. — Almost the same as those of inflammation of the
kidneys. Frequent voiding of urine in small quantities, quick
pulse, looks frequently at flanks, paws violently, tender when
pressed upon under the flanks.
When the body of the viscus is the seat of the disease, it be-
comes very irritable, the urine being passed almost as soon as it
reaches the bladder, the act of staling being almost constantly
going on.
The other symptoms are nearly analogous to nephritis ; when
examined by the hand in the rectum, it is found empty, hot, and
tender. When the neck of the bladder is the seat of the disease, it
will be found distended with urine, and, instead of frequent stal-
ing, we have almost complete suppression of uiine.
918 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Treatment. — The treatment resembles that recommended for
nephrites, which see. Should the contraction of tlie neck con-
tinue, a gum elastic catheter should be introduced, or a little warm
oil may (in the mare) be injected into the bladder. Small doses
of bicarbonate of soda or potash should be given to neutralize the
urine, which is usually acid.
Here the principal object is to lower inflammation and relax
the muscular contraction of the neck of the bladder. Bleed
largely, almost to fainting ; give physic as for inflammation of the
kidneys, or a quart of linseed oil. A drachm of powdered opium,
made into a ball, or given in drink, every two or three hours, and
blister over the loins. Give aconite, as for inflammation of the
kidneys.*
Retention of Urine.
The most common cause is keeping the animal active, not giv-
ing time to urinate, and a spasm of the neck of the bladder or
gravelly concretions; any cause of irritation may cause spasm.
Symptoms are the same as in inflammation of the kidneys, except
standing very wide behind, and when walking, a straddling gait re-
sembling a cow with a very full bag.
The most prompt treatment is to use the catheter, and scarcely
anything more is necessary. But if one is not obtainable, bleed
freely, and give a strong opiate: 3 oz. tinct. opium, in half a pint
of water.
Bloody Urine
Is generally the result of injuries of the loins, unwholesome food,
violent exercise, etc.
Treatment. — Give j)lenty of linseed tea to drink ; if the animal
refuses it, drench him. Give internally, once a da}^ one of the
following pills: sugar of lead, 1 oz. ; linseed meal, 2 oz. Mix
with molasses and divide into eight parts.
Diseases of the Nervous System.
The nervous system consists of the brain, which is lodged in
the cavity of the skull (cranium) ; the sj^inal cord, lodged in the
cavity of the vertebral chain; and numerous little white cords,
* If possible, call a veterinary surgeon, who will introduce a catheter, which
win relieve the animal immediately.
INFLAMMATION OF THE BKAIX (FHRENITIS). <>19
called nerves, which are given out from the brain and spinal cord,
and distributed to the different parts of the body, especially those
parts endowed with sensibility, and under the control of the will.
Besides this system of nerves, there is another set, independent of
the cerebro-spinal axis, called the sympathetic or ganglionic sys-
tem, which supplies the organs of nutrition and other viscera, blood-
vessels, etc. It consists of numerous small centers, called gano-lia,
extending in two great chains from the head to the tail, on each
side of the bodies of the vertebrse, closely associated with the other
system by intricate communication.
Inflammation of the Brain (Phrenitis).
Phrenitis is not a very common disease, thougli the substance
of the brain itself, or, as is
more commonly the case, its
membranes, or coverings, be-
come inflamed. It has received
various appellations, such as
Triad staggers, sleepy staggers,
etc.
Causes. — The causes are
not thoroughly understood.
Injuries to the skull, 'metasta-
sis, or the transference of in-
n L- !• c ii ^^'^- ^^^- — S3'mptom of inflammation of
nammation from some or the ,, , .
the brain.
other organs, high condition
and overwork, undue exposure to a hot sun, all seem to be fav-
orable to its production. Horses that are too highly fed are sub-
ject to this, while moderately fed horses are scarcely ever inclined
to it.
Symptoms. — It is usually ushered in by dullness and persist-
ent drowsiness ; he stands with his head between his legs, or some-
times resting against the manger or leaning against the wall ; the
eyes shut, and the pupils dilated ; the pulse is full, soft, and slow ;
the breathing is heavy and loud ; he is very difficult to arouse, and
when startled, he looks dreamily about; may take a few bites of
hay, but soon drops asleep again ; the bowels are costive, and the
urine scanty and high colored.
In a day or two the symptoms are mitigated, or it goes on to
020 DISEASES AND TlIElll TllJOATMEXT.
the second stage, wlien the pulse becomes quick, gcner.al excitement
takes the place of lethargic stupor; the countenance is wild and ex-
cited looking ; the eyes are blood-shot and staring ; delirium sets in ;
he dashes himself furiously about, reels and staggers, often throws
himself violently down ; lies trembling, blowing, and convulsed ; liis
blood-shot eyes like to start out of their sockets; he will soon get
up, rear and plunge forward, breaking everything around him;
evidently unconscious of the inj uries he is sustaining ; and, what is
characteristic of the complaint, his destruction is carried on evi-
dently without purpose, as is evinced in rabies, or madness. The
convulsions become more frequent and continuous, and death ends
his misery in from twenty to twenty-four hours.
Treatment. — Copious blood-letting must be at once resorted
to; no time should be lost in giving a strong dose of purgative
medicine. One or both jugulars may be opened, or where, from the
restlessness of the patient or danger in working about him, this is
impracticable, the lancet should be plunged into the temporal ar-
tery, which will be found about three inches below the ear, be-
tween it and the nostril.
The following drench should be given: —
0 drachms Barbadoes aloes,
i oz. carbonate of soda,
15 croton beans finely powdered,
Shaken up in a qnart of Avarm water.
Three drachms of aloes may ha given every three hours with co-
pious injections every hour, till the bowels are freely opened. Sed-
atives should also be used, such as extract of hyoscyamus and cal-
omel, a drachm of each shaken up in a little thin gruel, given every
two hours. Seldom is repetition of blood-letting advisable; cold
water should be constantly applied to the head ; a small hose made
to play upon it in a constant stream, Avhere it is convenient, will
be found very useful.
The favored prescription of a very successful practitioner is:
" Give on the tongue every six hours about 1 drachm of the extract
of conium." He gave this after falling.
Dr. Somerville's explanation and treatment of this difficulty
are so plain and good, that I include them : —
" Is first noticeable by dullness or sleepiness of the eyes, an un-
willingness to move, general heaviness of the system. This diseasQ
MEGEIMS, OE VERTIGO. 921
is frequentlj^ called megrims, Jits, and mad staggers; but in part only
one disease, according to the extent of such disease as the animal
may be affected with.
"The cause of staggers is an undue flow of blood to the brain,
which rarely or never occurs in any animals except those in a
plethoric (fat) condition.
"Some writers and practitioners assert that there is a disease
known as stomach staggers. I have never seen a case where it
was necessary to treat the stomach, but always direct attention to
the brain, as being the seat of this disease, which may be properly
called head staggers.
"In case of megrims, or fits, it is merely a lesser attack, or press-
ure of the blood-vessels on the brain, and mad staggers is a greater
pressure of the same vessels on the same part. The brain is divided
into two parts, namely, cerebrum and cerebellum, which occupy a
horny box in the head. The blood-vessels passing over the brain
and coming in contact with the skull, become distended by an in-
creased quantity of blood, and produce the feeling which is thus
exhibited.
" There is but one cure for this disease, and that is, remove the
cause. Bleed largely from the neck — ten, twelve, or fourteen
quarts, or until the symptoms of fainting. After the horse is con-
valescent, a sharp dose of physic should be given to regulate the
bowels. I would advise owners of such horses to dispose of them.
Once taken with the disease, they are subject to a repetition of the
attack when the blood-vessels become tilled again.
^^ Note. — Small doses of aconite (of the quantity for fever) may
be given three or four times a day as a good preventive. Turning
horses to pasture that maj' be liable to this disease will prove both
injurious and dangerous."
When driven in the hot sun, the head should be protected with
some sort of covering, which is now used very generally in many
large cities, or a large sponge, kept wet with water, may be tied
on the back of the head.
Megrims, or Vertigo.
The form of nervous complication known as megrims is not un-
common. Its nature is but imperfectly determined.
Causes. — It is often connected with worms or other derango-
ments of the stomach or bowels, said also to depend on over-accu-
mulation of blood in the head. The late Professor John Barlow
found tumors in the choroid plexus of the brain. In these cases,
it is often connected with over-feeding, and its consequence is de-
rangement of the digestive organs.
It is most commonly seen in harness horses, usually during hot
922 DISEASES AKD THEIR TREATMENT.
weather, occurs generally on a heavy pull going up hill ; probably
from pressure of the collar interrupting the return of blood from
the head, or "the long-continued constraint the bearing-reins put
the head to," may prove the exciting causes in animals predisposed
to it.
Symptoms.— All at once, when going along the road, he is
observed to jei-k up his head in a convulsive manner; he seems
giddy, reels, staggers, may fall down and lie for a few moments
insensible ; he gets up, looks stupidly about, shakes himself, and
proceeds as if nothing had happened.
At other times he merely stops, experiences a few convulsive
movements of the head, with slight giddiness, which by letting
him stand a few minutes soon passes off. He is ever after subject
to these fits, especially during the hot summer months.
Treatment. — When depending on organic changes in the
brain, it is incurable, and is subject to these attacks from time to
time. When a fit comes on on the road, stop him at once, throw
the collar forward off^ his shoulders and let him stand ; if conven-
ient, pour a stream of cold water over his head. Bleeding in the
mouth has been recommended, but is quite empirical; it soon
passes off". When occurring in a young horse for the first time, he
should be well physicked out, and if worms are suspected, treat as
recommended for worms. Tonics are often beneficial, especially
arsenic given in doses of from three to five grains daily. Megrim
subjects are dangerous hacks, and should only be used where they
can do no harm to life or property.
Sun Stroke.
This is liable to occur during the hot summer months, particu-
larly in large cities. It is usually caused by over- work or hard
driving in the sun. Horses that are fat and young, and old, fee-
ble horses are most subject to it. Wearing a sun-shade or a large
sponge saturated with water on the top of the head, giving cool
water occasionally, and sponging out the nostrils, and wetting the
head, with of course moderate work or driving, are the best pre-
ventives. A very good plan, when driving through the coun-
try, where accessible, is to tie a few branches well covered with
leaves so as to come over the head. They also serve to keep the
flies away.
PARTIAL PARALYSIS. 923
For light driving, a breast-strap is better than a collar, be-
cause it permits more freedom of the circulation.
Symptoms. — In severe cases the horse will suddenly stop, pant
violently, pos-sibly drop to the ground and die in a short time.
When the attack is mild, he will flag in his gait, be unsteady in
his limbs, spread his legs in standing, and totter. The head is
held low, the eyes protrude, the nostrils are dilated, the pupils of
the eyes smaller than natural, and the breathing rapid. Pulse is.
quick and weak, the heart beating violently and irregularly. Re-
lief must be prompt.
Treatment. — Unharness, and throw pails of cold water over
the whole body, especially on the back of the head, neck, and
spine. Next, rub the skin energetically with rough cloths or bag-
ging, or anything convenient. Then repeat the douching. The
best of all medicine, it is claimed, is quinine. The quickest way
to get its effect would be to inject from 25 to 50 or 60 grains un-
der the skin with a hypodermic syringe. This is the remedy used
in the East Indies, and it is claimed to be the very best in giving
relief.
As a prompt difFusable stimulant during the severe depression,
the following may be given : —
2 ounces sulphuric ether,
1 pint water,
Given as a drench. Or, 15 to 25 drops tincture of aconite, in a pint
of ale.
After the attack has passed off, the horse should be turned out
where he will be well protected from the glare of the sun by trees,
etc., and allowed to rest for a few weeks; and if it can be avoided,
he should not be driven afterward in the hot sun.
AzoTURiA, Partial Paralysis, Spinal Meningitis, etc.
Under these and other names we will notice a disease which is
at times very common in this country, and very alarming in its
aspect, from the suddenness of its attack and severity of its symp-
toms, producing almost complete loss of power of the hind quar-
ters.
Causes. — It usually occurs in horses which are being " fed
up," or which have been accustomed to hard work, and are al-
lowed to remain in the stable for a few days, having a liberal al-
924 DISEASES AND THElll TKEATMENT.
lowance of good feed ; the system becomes plethoric, more blood
being formed than the system can dispose of, whereby the vascu-
lar organs are overloaded, and consequently, under increased ac-
tion caused by exertion, they are apt to become congested.
Symptoms. — The animal is apparently in excellent health and
spirits. He starts oft' lively; but before he has gone far, he sud-
denly stops, crouches, seems very much distressed. The sweat
rolls off* him in streams; he blows and heaves at the flanks; he
cannot move for a few minutes. He drops on his hind quarters;
can hardly drag them after him. When made to move, he drops
as if his leg was dislocated or broken. The pulse is very high,
from sixty to eighty, and the muscles of the quarter are swollen
and hard. In some cases he gets down, and cannot get up again ;
but seldom is loss of power at first complete, or sensibility entirely
lost. The urine is generally very high colored ; we have seen it
black or coffee colored, which is a sure proof of the trouble, and
always voided with difficulty.
Treatment. — When seen in the early stages, abstract six
quarts of blood,* remove the urine with a catheter, and give from
7 to 8 drachms of aloes. Persistently apply hot water cloths to
the loins, and cover them up well with dry blankets, changed
every half hour. Give 20 drops of tincture of aconite in a little
cold water every two hours, till the fever subsides. If the pain is
very severe and twitching, give the following drench: —
2 ounces sweet spirits of nitre,
2 ounces tincture of opium,
1 quart cold water. Mix.
Injections of soap and water should be given, and the legs
well rubbed and bandaged. It is important also that he be turned
gently, about every three hours, and that his bedding be made as
comfortable as possible. According to modern practitionei's, who
have had decided success in the treatment of this disease, it is not at
all necessary to put in slings. In fact, the better recoveries are
made without putting in slings; neither should he be urged to get
* There is some difEerence of opinion as to the propriety of bleeding. Some of
the best practitioners do not now bleed for this difficulty, and while I should regard
it good treatment, it may be omitted, as physicking with otlier treatment, will usually
give sufficient relief ; but if the case is very hearty, short-necked, and full blooded,
bleeding would seem to be advisable.
PAETIAL PAEALYSIS. 925
up too soon ; will usually do so of his own accord when able, but
may be helped a little.
In most cases it will yield to this treatment, and in three or
four days he will be convalescent. However, in many the loss of
power increases ; he makes frequent efforts to get up, but cannot
support liimself behind. In these cases the spine should be freely
blistered with mustard and turpentine, or with the strong ammo-
niacal liniment. Good nursing and care are everything; in fact,
indispensable. Give restricted diet, carrots, bran mash, etc.
When all fever and acute symptoms have subsided, and recoveiy
of power is tardy, give the following ball night and morning : —
1 drachm nux vomica in powder, made into a ball, with linseed meal
and extract of gentian. Or, 2 grains strychnine, made into a ball in the
same way.
The nux vomica or strychnine, whichever is used, should be
gradually increased, until to the maximum of what the system
will bear without serious disturbance, when it should be stopped,
or the dose diminished. He should be well bedded up with straw,
and as before stated, turned as often as once in every three to four
hours. It often runs its course in from thirty-six to forty -eight
hours, usually, however, in from three to six days. It is more
fatal in stallions and geldings than in mares. If a veterinary
surgeon is available, he should be called in promptly when this
disease appears.
In a conversation with Dr. Macbeth of this city, (Battle Creek,)
on the foregoing disease, he informed the writer that he had
treated a great many cases during his practice, with success ; that
a short time before, directly after a severe storm, which was the
cause of keeping the animals idle while kept on their usual
amount of food, he had six cases, as a consequence, in one
week, all of which made good recovery. One case had been down
forty-eight hours, another some eighteen hours, and a third about
twelve hours before being called. This success induced me to
make the request that he would give me, in the fewest words, the
outline of his understanding of the disease, with his treatment,
which I give here as dictated by him : —
" This disease is generally common to horses that are woriied
hard, then stand still with regular feed,, and when put to work, or
when driven, perhaps not going more than a quarter to half a mile,
926 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
begin to sweat profusely, and in a few minutes afterward show
great weakness in the back, acting as if having lost power to move
the hind legs ; in fact, appearing stiff all over. If not helped
quickly, the horse is liable to fall down.
" The Cause of the disease is the horse making more blood,
while idle, than the system can appropriate. When put to work,
the muscles in the lumbar region become congested, and the conse-
quence is the horse loses power to raise or control his hind parts.
If treated properly, will usually regain his strength in from twenty-
four to thirty-six hours.
" Treatment. — First give a sharp cathartic, also apply counter
irritants over the region of the kidneys, using sheep-skin or
counter irritants; also use the catheter. Give small doses of spii'its
of nitre with 10 to 15 drops aconite added from four to six hours
apart. When fever subsides, give nervine tonics Avith strychnine
in one-half grain doses, or powdered nux vomica in one-half drachm
doses, in from two to four hours apart. If not very serious, about
four hours apart.
" If the horse is not able to rise, must not let him lie on one
side longer than three hours at a time. These cases are nervous
and must not be excited. They must be handled very gently and
walked around very carefully."
As I am about to hand this article to the printers, I receive a
U. S. Veterinary Journal for December, 1883, published in Chi-
cago, 111., in which I find an excellent essay on this subject read
by W. L. Williams, V. S., before the Illinois State Veterinary
Association, and as an additional aid to successful treatment, I
copy that advised by him : —
" The great essential in treatment is careful nursing, Avithout
which success is rarely possible in severe cases. As soon as the
first symptoms appear, keep the animal as quiet as possible. If
able to stand comfortably, have him stand as still as possible ; if
recumbent, procure him a good bed of straw at once, and by as
quiet means as possible try to prevent any effort at getting up.
This can usually be done readily by having a steady man hold the
head, or he can be assisted by another man keeping the lower fore
leg flexed against the chest by means of a strap upon the foot.
Should the animal be standing, but growing more and more liable
to fall, lose no time in getting him into the most comfortable place
at hand. When already down, unless the weather be inclement or
the location unfavorable, do not attempt to move him for two or
three hours, when he should be removed to a well-bedded, comfort-
able loose-box or shed. We can with little difficulty roll him on a
low sled or a farm gate, when a good span of horses will readily
drag him to the stall door, and five or six men will soon place him
where desired. Pass the catheter early, and keep it up twice or
thrice daily so long as the animal remains recumbent. Remove
PAEALYSIS. 927
the shoes from the fore feet to pi-event bruising of the chest and
elbows while lying; apply hot cloths or slightly stimulating lini-
ment to the loins and quarters. Keep the bowels open by moder-
ate cathartics and enemas, and thus assist the kidneys in execrat-
ing the effete materials from the blood. The kidneys usually act
freely enough, but should they not do so, diuretics should not be
given during the early stages, as they would mot^t likely increase
the already excessive congestion. Allow plenty of fresh water and
good, nutritious, easily digested food, if the animal will eat.
" After the second or third day, should there be great debility,
vegetable tonics with alcoholic stimulants should be given in mod-
eration. The animal should be turned from side to side three or
four times daily, but on no account urged to get up, nor should
slings ever be used, as they only aggravate the case and retard the
recovery. When the animal is fit to be up, he will get up alone
without urging.
" Should some degree of paralysis remain after two or three
weeks, nux vomica conjoined with diuretics are to be used. In
mild cases, a gentle cathartic, with a day or two of rest, is sufficient.
The progress is favorable, most cases making a rapid and complete
recovery. In the more severe cases, if the animal becomes quiet
after 12 to 30 hours, with regular, not much quickened pulse, the
appetite returns, and the animal lies a large part of the time upon
his chest ; recovery may be looked for, although the animal may be
unable to rise for five or six days.
" When the animal continues restless and weak, will not lie upon
the chest except when held, refuses food almost entirely, the pulse
becomes weaker and quicker, with considerable elevation of tem-
perature, the case is to be considered a very grave one."
Paralysis.
" The horse is taken suddenly, falls down, and is unable to rise.
Sensation almost completely lost in posterior extremities. No in-
crease in the pulsation ; temperature will be found at 102 to 103.
The usual remedy is to give a sharp cathartic, (see "Physicking")
and have the animal placed in slings. Next apply stimulating em-
brocations to the spine, and give one of the following balls every
eight hours : —
1 oz. alcoholic extract belladonna,
4 oz. bromide potass,
Liquorice root sufficient to make into six balls for the first stage.
" This treatment should be persisted in for the first four daj'-s,
thoroughly bathing the animal's hind quarters with mustard water,
and keeping up the stimulants to the spine until sore. The appli-
cation of a fresh sheep skin or a hot salt bath to the loins would be
still better.
" There is another difficulty which resembles spinal paralysis,
namely Azotaria. (Treatment for Avhich is given under that head.)
As in the first case, the animal drops, and loses all power to get up.
928
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT .
In spinal paralysis there is a loss of sensation and a constant drib-
bling of urine, and involuntary foecal passage. Temperature 102 to
103. No perceptible change of color in urine. In Azotaria the
animal has suddenly partial loss of sensation, the urine and fceces
not voided. No perceptible rise in tempei-ature. The urine, if
withdrawn from the patient, will be of a coffee brown color. The
animal is uneas}'^ struggling and sweating over the flanks, and in
great pain.
" This difficulty is usually found in short-necked horses that are
fed too much grain. Scarcely ever find horses in moderate condi-
tion subject to it." — Dr. Meyer.
Tetanus, or Lockjaw.
This disease is wholly of a nervous character, being a peculiar
Fig. 803. — The symptoms of lockjaw.
irritability of the nervous system, inducing constant spasmodic
contraction of the voluntary, and after a time the involuntary,
muscles, and is very fatal unless treated skillfully and carefully.
It is more common in the extreme South, than in the north ; and
is moj-e liable to occur during the warm months than in the cold
ones.
Symptoms. — In the first stage there is a disinclination to
move ; then the tail becomes erect and quivers, the ears set back,
and the conjunctiva is thrown over the pupil of the eye, and the
head is elevated, with the muzzle and facial muscles contracted,
the nostrils open, and the whole expression of the countenance
haggard and excited, evincing great suffering. (A good idea of
which is given by Fig. 802.)
TETANUS, OR LOCKJAW.
929
As the disease advances, the muscles all over the neck and
body become stiff and rigid, and the legs have the appearance of
of a four-footed stool. The animal has little or no power to move.
For the first few days the teeth remain apart, but as the dis-
ease advances, the muscles of the jaw become so contracted as to
bring them close together. Hence the name locked jaw.
The bowels are constipated, the urine scanty, and passed with
difficultv. The pulse is usuallv not ver^' liioh, but is easih'
raised by excitement ; he is very nervous, starts and quivers
when any one approaches him. His appetite remams good, and
from inability to feed, his hunger amounts to starvation ; he will
make every effort to suck up gruel or fluids, when, from tho fix-
idity of the jaws, he is un-
able to masticate. The
breathing, at first not much
altered, becomes difficult
and loud. The symptoujs
generallv reach their cli-
max about the third or
fourth day.
The Causes of this dis-
ease are numerous. It com-
monly occurs in conse- ^^'-^- 803.— A tost for lockjaw.
quence of wounds, when it is called traumatic tetanus; in which
case it is not developed until about the period the wound is con-
sidered healed ; it may occur from causes not apparent, when it is
distmgmshed a,^ idiopathic tetanus; but it is generally produced
from a wounded nerve or bunch of nerves, pricking the tail, and
very often from docking, punctured wounds in the feet from glass
or nails, and sometimes from severe exposure to cold, and " I have
known one case to occur from fright." — (Somerville.) Worms
and other intestinal irritation .sometimes give rise to it. The pulse
is almost normal for the first few days. As the disease; advances,
the pulse c^uickens, and the animal is compelled to stand on his
legs until death, if it terminates fatally. If favorably, a relaxa-
tion of the muscles begins from the fifth to the seventh day.
Treatment. — First, as t]i(; disease is of a nervous eliaracter,
quietness is of the greatest importance. The animal should bo
removed to an isolated place, or cool, dark, roomy loose-box, by
69
930 DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
himself, and the cause of the disease found. If from docking, the
next joint should be taken off the tail. If from a wound in the
foot, the wound should be opened up and made new, and an ap-
plication of digestive ointment inserted, so as to produce a healthy
flow of matter. Or, as soon as opened up, diligently foment with
warm water, after which cover with belladonna, and apply poul-
tices of linseed meal and opium or hyoscyamus to soothe and allay
the irritation, and give promptly at the same time a strong pur-
gative, such as
7 drachms aloes (Barbadoes),
2 drachms calomel,
given in solution or ball, as most convenient.
Injections of alkaline solution of aloes should also be given, as
it is of the greatest importance to get the bowels open early.
Belladonna in half-drachm doses should be given four or five
times a day. If it cannot be given otherwise, place it up in the
cheek, when he will suck it up.
He must be kept perfectly quiet, and the box cool and dark,
no one being allowed to go near him but the attendants, and they
must work about him noiselessly. A newly-flayed sheepskin
should be laid over the loins, and well covered up to excite per-
spiration. Very high authorities claim that blisters and other
irritating treatment must be avoided. He must be treated as in
a nervous fever, while average good authorities advise having the
spine rubbed well with a strong liniment such as one part aqua
ammonia, two parts of sweet-oil ; to be repeated daily until the
back becomes sore. He should be allowed all the nutriment he
will take ; and when he cannot eat, sloppy drinks of linseed tea,
barley water, well boiled oat meal gruel, etc., should be frequently
placed within his reach.
It may run its course in four or five days, or it may continue
for one or two weeks. It very often proves fatal.
Dr. Macbeth, of this city, who has had excellent success in the
management of this disease, informs the writer that he has re-
cently had two very severe cases, both idiopathic. The worst,
owned by W. M. Merritt, of this city, had run four days, with
jaws entirely fixed, before being called. His treatment is, first
sharp cathartic, aloes, with enemas to encourage action of bowels,
with half-drachm doses of belladonna, in some cases even more ;
EABIES, OE MADNESS.
931
in this case, being a very desperate one, he gave drachm doses of
soUd extract, every three to four hours, with counter irritation
over the spine, and generous nourishment as described.
He of course found great difficulty in giving the medicine, be-
ing compelled to push the aloes up into the mouth with a piece of
stick, until a sufficient amount was taken up to produce a free
action of the bowels.
Rabies, or Madness.
This dreadful malady is, providentially, of rare occurrence,
and does not arise spontaneously in horses, but is usually the ef-
l^'iG. S04:. — Symptom of rabies.
feet of the bite of a " mad dog."
Symptoms. — The attack is usually sudden, as it is severe,
and seldom extends beyond the third day. It usually appears
from two io eight weeks after the animal has been bitten. Some-
times it comes on gradually ; he is observed to be dull, and his man-
ner is peculiar. The other animals in the barn-yard seem afraid of
him ; he is observed to snap and bite at poultry, pigs, sheep, or
other horses when roused, then relapses into his dull state again.
In a short time his eyes become staring, wild, and excited; and
he runs at anything that comes in his way.
At other times it comes on suddenly, with all the f ur}'^ of gen-
uine madnesrb ; he becomes wild and frantic, bites and tears at
everything within his reach; he rears up, kicks and plunges.
932 DISEASES AND THEIE TKEATMENT.
presently gets down, gnaws at his own legs or sides, snaps at
anything that is pushed towards him, gets up and runs with
open mouth at any one who goes near him; palsy of the hind
legs is apt to supervene ; thirst is excessive ; and the act of swal-
lowing ajjparently difficult.
Treatment. — According to all medical authorities, curative
treatment is hopeless, and they advise that the important point is to
prevent it. When an animal is known to have been bitten by a
mad dog, a strmg should at once be tightly tied above the injury,
and the bitten part cut out or burned with the cautery or nitric
acid, and some stimulant, such as good brandy, freely given ; the
same treatment is applicable to all animals.
A RECIPE FOR ITS CURE.
When in Southern Pennsylvania a few years ago, it became
known to me that there was a recipe that had been used in that
neighborhood for years, which was claimed to be a certain cure
for hydrophobia. It had been kept a great secret by the man
who used it, who, upon dying, gave it to his sons. These going
into the army, one of them was seriously Avounded, and, w^th his
brother, who was sick with fever, was confined to the hospital at
Washington. Their condition being serious, the citizens of the
town, Hanover, valuing the recipe so highly, and fearing it
would be lost in the event of their death, appointed a committee
to go to Washington and obtain the recipe, when it was pub-
lished in the county papers. Learning of its value, I made a
great effort at considerable expense to obtain it, and was only
able to get it by paying for it liberally.
Some time afterward, in stating the facts to Mr. Warren, he
claimed to have a remedy that he kneiv to be specific for hydro-
phobia ; that he had used and seen it used for over twenty years,
upon a variety of cases with perfect success; but having pledged
himself not to reveal the secret, I could not obtain it of him. He
finally said if I would let him see mine, if it were like his, he
would say so. I read it to him, when he. admitted it was an
exact transcript of his. This added greatly to its value in my
estimation, as Mr. Warren is among the most honest, conscientious
men I ever met. The recipe I here give, with Mr. Warren's
statements of the facts at the close : —
EABIBS, OR MADNESS. 983
"Dr. Stoy's Celebrated Cure tor Hydrophobia. — The fol-
lowini'- remedy for hydrophobia, published in the Hagerstown
Torch Light, of 1830, by " Humanitas," we know to be genuine.
The gentleman who purchased it from the late Mr. Ivreps, is still
living, and his son, for whom it was purchased, who had been bit-
ten by a rabid dog, and exhibited strong symptoms of hydropho-
bia, is also living, thirty-seven years having elapsed since the
event. We knoV, says the Torch Light, both gentlemen very
well, and the manner in which the recipe ^vas made public. It
should, therefore, by all means be preserved by all those into whose
hands this paper may fall.
'■'■ Eecipc. Take of the red chick-weed {herba anageiis ruber)
that has beed dried, one handful, pour two quarts of good beer on
it, and boil it in a new earthen i^ot (the pot must bo covered with
a close lid until half the liquor boils away,) it must be boiled over
a slow fire; the vessel in which it is boiled must be kept very
clean, and used for no other purpose. When the herb is boiled
enough, it must be strained through a clean cloth and well
squeezed, so that the substance may be all taken out of it ; then
add to the decoction two drachms of the best threriaca venti. It
must be Avell dissolved and mixed with the decoction. Of the
above decoction, give to a man or beast in the morning, fasting, the
following proportions : A man of strong constitution must take a
pint of it, and that at one time if possible, if not at once, take it at
short intervals, but if taken at one draught, it is best. If there
should be any symptoms of madness, the medicine must be taken
two or three mornings in succession ; but if actual symptoms of
madness should exist, a larger portion of the herbs should be added
to the said quantity of beer. A woman should take less of the
medicine than a liian, say about 3 or 3^} gills ; for children the
medicine must be regulated according to their age and constitution.
it must be likewise observed that children can bear more of it than
grown persons in proportion.
" The mother or person that nurses the child should take an
extra portion ; if the child would receive one or two spoonfuls of
the medicine, it would be sufficient. A horse should be given one
pint ; a cow, 20 tablespoon fuls ; a heifer or dog, according to age,
size, and strength, the medicine to be taken warm and well-
shaken. It must be taken in the morning, and fast must not be
broken for 3 or 4 hours after taking it. JSTo cold or fresh water
must be taken, otherwise serious consequences might arise. On
the day of taking the medicine, the person must abstain from
spoon victuals, particularly from milk or warm beer. A beast must
not be watered on that day ; and a person must for two weeks ab-
stain from the following eatables ; viz., meat and pork of all kinds,
cabbage, peas, beans, fish, or Avater fowls. If a person is bitten
through the skin, the wound must be scratched with a chip until it
bleeds, and washed with some of the decoction ; this may be done
for two or three days. If the wound requires dressing, make a
plaster of the threriaca venti (venice treacle) twice a day until the
934 DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
wound is bealcd. Observe that before dressing, the wound must
be washed clean with the decoction. After having made use of
the medicine, the person must put on clean linen, and change his
clothes and bedding, and it must not be worn until jjerfectly clean.
All straw that a beast has lain on must be burnt, and the stable
cleansed."
"In 18G2, I bought the same recipe as the above from John
Emoiy Esq., residing near Baden Co., Waterloo, Ont., Canada,
with conditions of secrecy until Mr. Emory himself should publish
it. But finding that Prof. Magner has the same recipe, and is
about to publish it for the benefit of the public, I feel myself re-
lieved from the obligation of secrecy, and for the benefit of any
who may need the medicine, I cheerfully add my testimony to its
efficacy. I have given it both to persons and animals that had
been bitten by rabid dogs with unfailing success, and Mr. Emory
has been noted for many years in the central counties of Ontario
for his success in curing those who had been bitten. I also met a
regular physician in Eeading, Besks Co., Penn., who had the same
recipe. He prized it highly, and kept it as a secret. The public
may rely upon it with perfect confidence as a remedy for the bite
of any rabid animal. If the recipe could not be otherwise obtained,
1 consider it well worth 1500.00. Alexander Warren,
Baptist Minister,
Acton, Halton Co.,
Ontario.
" Mountain Park, April 9, 1881."
The following, for the cure of hydrophobia, which has been
published in the Country Gentleman, seems so good that I give it
a place: —
" 1 can give some facts which may be of use to somebody,
thereby saving life. The time betw'een the biting of an animal by
a mad dog, and showing signs of hydrophobia is not less than
nine days, but ma}^ be nine months. After the animal has become
rabid, a bite or scratch wnth the teeth upon a person, or slobber
coming in contact with a sore or raw place, would produce hydro-
phobia as soon as if he had been bitten by a mad dog. H3^dropho-
bia can be prevented, and I will give what is known to be an
infallible remedy, if promptly administered, for man and beast. A
dose for a horse or cow should be about four times as great as for
a pei'sori. It is not too late to give medicine any time before the
spasms come on.
" The first dose for a person is 1^ ounces of elecampane root,
bruised, put in a pint of new milk, reduced to one-half by boiling,
then taking all at one dose in the morning, fiisting until afternoon,
or at least a very light diet after several hours have elapsed. The
second dose same as first, except take two ounces of the root; third
dose the same as last; to be taken every other day. Three doses
are all that is needed, and there need be no fear. This, 1 know
STEINGHALT. 935
from my own experience, and know of a number of other cases
where it has been entirely successful. This is no guesswork.
Those persons I allude to were bitten by their own dogs that were
bitten by rabid dogs, and were penned up to see if they would go
mad. They did go mad and did bite the persons.
" This remedy has been used in and about Philadelphia for forty
years and longer, with great success, and is known as the Grood-
man remedy. I am acquainted with a physician who told me he
knew of its use for more than thirty years, but never knew of any
case that failed where it was properly and timely administered.
Among other cases he mentioned one where a number of cows had
been bitten by a mad dog.
" To half of this number they administered this remedy, to the
other not. The latter all died of hydrophobia, while those that
took the elecampane and the milk showed no signs of that disease."
Stringhalt.
This is a peculiar jerking or pulling up of the hind legs when
walking or trotting, familiar to every one. It .is most severe dur-
ing cold weather when the horse is led out of the stable, also after
a hard drive, and is much better when driven and warmed up.
Many horses that have but a slight touch of it may move off
showing so little evidence of it as to escape notice. If suspected,
back the horse up hill, especially after standing awhile, or when
cool, and he will show it most clearly.
It is claimed that colts suffering from worms, and horses suf-
fering from derangement of the digestive organs, will show some
temporary jerking of one or both hind legs, from which they re-
covered under good keeping and mineral tonics. The writer has
never known a case of stringhalt to be cured. There are a great
many theories and pretended cures, but I know of none worthy
of mention.
Thumps, or Spasmodic Action of the Diaphragm,
Commonly called thumps, is caused by severe and long-con-
tinued driving and hard work. Horses of a nervous tempera-
ment having too much cold water given to drink on a cold
morning, nervous irritation, severe work or excitement from any
cause, may excite this trouble.
Symptoms. — A sudden jerking or twitching of the muscles of
the sides and flanks ; pulse wiry, quick, and low ; more or less
fever; extremities natural.
930
DISEASES AND TTTEIR TIM^^ATMKNT.
l^reatmeilt. — This <lisease being of a purely spasmodic eliav-
acter, but in this case wliolly of a nei'vous nature, bleeding must
be omitted, and must be treated wholly by giving spasmodic rem-
edies. Give assafeetida, in a dose of from 1 to 3 ounces of the
tincture, mixed in a half pint of water. Oiven as a drench, will
stop it almost instantly.
Fi(i. S!4.— Diaphragm.
1, 1 , The two portions of the right, pillar; 3, Left piUar; 3, Tendons of the
pillars; 4, 4, Peripheral muscular jx^rtion; (), Posterior vena cava; 7, (Esophagus
passing through the oi)eniiig iu the right pillar: S, Posterior .aorta between the two
pillars; 13, Section of a lumbar vertebra.
If necessary, the medicine may be repeated in two hours.
Keep the horse well clothed, and keep all exciting causes away
from him. The bowels .should be kept loose and regular, by giv-
ing bran mashes and moderate exercise.
LYMPHANGITIS, ETC. 937
Lymfhanoitis. — Weed. — Monday Morning Leg.
This disease is attributed to high feeding and insufficient ex-
ercise, generally working horses, those having worked steadily
are suddenly kept standing in the stable for a few. days, given all
they can eat, when on a morning the animal will be found lame.'
This usually occurs in dray horses, the owner comes in late Sat-
urday night ; feeds. (In Sunday, gives an extra allowance,
enough to last all day ; the horse eats all. Perhaps the owner
does not come again until the following day, when he finds his
horse is unable to back out of the stall. For this reason the
disease is called by some Monday moi-ning leg. It usually affects
one of the hind legs, and is an inflammation of the lymphatics.
The left leg is usually affected.
The leg is swollen, is favored and held from the ground ; the
swelling extends on the inner side from the foot up to the body.
There is heat, and great tenderness to the touch. Horses that
have once been attacked by lymphangitis are liable to a recur-
rence time after time, until the limb assumi^s permanently an
enlarged condition.
Treatment. — Clothe the animal warmly and give a moderate
purge, and bathe the affected hmb with very hot salt water 3 or
4 times a day. After each bathing, apply the following lotion : —
2 ounces tincture arnica,
1 pint water.
Feed no oats or stimulating food, simply bran mashes, to
which add plenty of salt ; after the third or fourth day feed one of
the following powders morning and night.
2 ounces iodine of potass. ,
11 ounce bicarbonate of potass. ,
o ounces powdered gentian root.
Mix and make into 10 powders.
In 8 to ] 0 days, when the symptoms have disappeared, if any
swelling remains, there being no pain, apply for a few times an
ointment.
2 ounces mercurial ointment,
1^ ounce iodine ointment,
4 ounces vasaline.
Make into a salve.
938 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
The Peritoneum.
The peritoneum is the thin serous membrane which Hnes the
cavity of the belly, and is reflected over the organs contained
within it, forming a complete covering to them. It also suspends
and retains them in their proper relative positions by its folds and
reflections, vulgarly known as the caul (omenta). This mem-
brane also secretes a delicate serous fluid for the purpose of lubri-
cating the surface, so as to prevent friction during the ceaseless
motions of the viscera. It is also the matrix over which the
blood-vessels are distributed to the organs contained in the belly ;
hence the inflammations of these organs are apt to extend along
this vascular-investing membrane, constituting peritonitis.
Peritonitis.
Peritonitis occurs in two forms, acute and chronic. Acute
peritonitis, as a primary disease, is not very common in the horse.
Causes, — It is usually caused by external violence, as from
being hooked by a cow's horn, or staked in j umping a fence ; it
also sometimes follows castration, operations for hernia, and other
operations involving a division of it, and occasionally from expos-
ure to damp and cold, especially when heated.
Symptoms. — It usually sets in with shivering fits, general
uneasiness in the region of the abdomen ; quick, short breathing ;
pulse quick, small, and wiry ; tenderness on pressure on belly ;
lying down and rising frequently ; he moves about uneasily in
his box, and is very feverish ; the bowels are costive, and he
strains occasionally. The pain is not so violent as in colic or in-
flammation of the bowels, for which it is apt to be mistaken.
Treatment. — Relieve the bowels by injections, give a brisk
purgative, as six drachms of aloes, with a drachm of calomel.
Drachm doses of extract of belladonna or hyoscyamus, should be
o-iven every hour, for three or four doses; or tincture of aconite, from
fifteen to twenty drops every two hours, in a little cold water, till
the fever is subdued. Apply smart counter-irritation to the whole
surface of the belly by rubbing in a strong liquid blister. The
treatment of peritonitis does not differ very materially from that
of enteritis, inflammation of the bowels, which see.
DISEASES OF THE STOMACH. 939
The Stomach.
The stomach is that pouch or bag into which the food passes
from the gullet, and in which it undergoes the primary and essen-
tial changes in the process of digestion. The stomach of the horse
is a comparatively small organ; its shape is generally compared
to the air-bag of a pair of bag-pipes. It has two openings, the
cardiac, into which the food enters from the gullet, and the py-
loric, through which it passes into the bowels, or gut. Its inner
surface is lined by two distinct membranes, a cuticular and a
villous. The former lines the cardiac portion, and is white and
wrinkled; the latter covers the pyloric, and is yellowish red, soft
and velvety to the touch. The latter is the true digestive stomach.
In it the gastric juice is secreted, and the essential process of
chymification, or the formation of the food into chyme, goes on,
the former being merely for macerating and further triturating
the masticated food.
Indigestion.
Indigestion in one form or another is very common in the
horse. It occurs in two forms, which may be distinguished as
acidity of the stomach, or heart-burn, and acute indigestion, or
total arrestment of digestion.
Acidity of the Stomach.
Acidity of the stomach arises from bad food and irregular
feeding.
Symptoms. — The animal is observed to lose condition; the
skin is dusty and unthrifty ; he is continually poking and pick-
ing among the litter, licking out the corners of the manger, occa-
sionally stretching out the nose, and pouting the upper lip. If
turned out, he licks earth or sand, and evinces a depraved appe-
tite ; at work he is easily sweated ; his bowels are irregular, the
dung being light-colored and glazed.
Treatment. — Change the feed, give sweet, well-cured hay, a
few bran-mashes, and gentle walking exercise. Give him the
following laxative ball: —
6 drachms Barbadoes aloes,
2 drachms ground ginger,
2 drachms carbonate of soda.
Make into a ball with molasses or lard.
940 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Place a lump of rock salt in his manger, and give a little car-
bonate of soda or magnesia twice a day in the feed. When re-
covery begins, give him tonics for some time, with gentle exercise.
If he persists in devouring the litter, muzzle him up for a few
days. This, if neglected, is apt to inn on to diabetes or jaupis.
Acute Indigestion.
Acute indigestion is very common in this country, especially
in the spring, from the continuous hard work, and necessarily
liberal feeding. It is usually induced by overfeeding, that is,
eating too much at a time, more especially when the animal has
been fatigued and hungry. It sometimes occurs from his break-
ing loose in the night, and goi-ging himself at the corn-bin. An-
other frequent cause is overloading the stomach with clover or
ffreen feed when wet ; this often induces violent and fatal
indigestion.
Symptoms. — Digestion may be arrested, either by " the food
undergoing no change, forming a dangerous load, or running rap-
idly to frightful fermentation." In the former case the animal is
dull and stupid, the pulse is slow, and the breathing oppressed ;
he is stiff, and inflammation of the feet, or acute founder, is apt
to set in. If he have access to water, it speedily sets up fermen-
tation, gas being rapidly evolved ; the stomach is greatly dis-
tended, the belly sw^jllen, colicky pains set in, he rolls al)out in
great agony, looking wistfully to his flank, kicking his belly writh
his feet ; he tosses about in despair, the bowels being unmoved.
He gets up and down frequently, the sweat rolls off him in
streams, and in many cases death puts an end to his suffering in
from four to six or eight houi's, caused by rupture of the stomach
or bowels, or violent inflammation of the intestines.
Treatment. — It is more easily j)revented than cured, by sim-
ply attending to the following rules: Never let a horse g-et too
hungry ; never give him too much at a time ; never put him
to work on a full stomach ; and never let him drink too freely
after eating, and we will seldom see this fatal disease.
Treatment must be prompt to be effectual. The following
drench will be f o\ind useful : —
8 draclims Barbadoes aloes,
1 fluid ounce liquor ammonia,
Or, 2 fluid ounces spirits of turi^entine.
Dissolve the aloes with a little carbonate of soda, in nearly a quart of
warm water, and add the other.
THE FOOT.
941
Rub the belly well, and apply cloths wrung- out of boiling
water diligently to it. Give copious injections of soap and
water ; or a mild infusion of tobacco or tobacco-smoke. If no
relief is e-iven in one or two hours, give at intervals of an hour,"
two drachms carbonate of ammonia, | ounce ginger (powdered),
in gruel.
Advantage will sometimes be found from giving copious
drenches of fluids to liquify the contents of the stomach, and
assist in removing it.
The Foot. — Pkicking in Shoeing, Stepping on
Nails, Glass, etc.
The foot is made up of the coffin-bone, (os pedis,) the lower
end of the small pas-
tern-bone ; ( oscoro-
nse,) and the navi-
cular-bone (os navi-
culare,) with the ten-
don of the flexor
pedis, which passes
over the navicular-
bone, and is inserted
in the sole of the
Fig. 805.-
-The liorse as he usually rests the foot
when lame.
coffin-bone, a variety
of illustrations o f
which I give. The surface of the coffin- bone is covered by lami-
nae or thin plates, running from above downwards, fitting into
corresponding plates on the inner surface of the hoof. The sole is
also covered by a sensitive structure which is villous, that is,
presenting elevations and depressions, which fit into reciprocal
horny villse on the sole of the hoof. At the back part of the sole
we have the sensitive or fatty frog, covered in a similar man-
ner by the horny frog. These, with the coronary ligament (which
occupies the groove in the upper margin of the wall of the hoof,
and from which the hoof grows), and the coronary frog-band,
blood-vessels, nerves, and lymphatics, constitute the foot of the
horse. (To make this more plain, I include drawings of differ-
ent views of the hoof ; reference can also be made to illustrations
in Shoeing.)
942
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMEJVIT.
Fig. 806. —Showing
bones of the foot.
Accidents and injuries of the foot constitute the principal
bruises from stepping on stones, sharp bodies, treads, etc., besides
causes of lameness. It is liable to injury
from various causes, as occasionally partici-
pating in constitutional derangement; but by
far the greatest amount of injury arises,
directly or indirectly, from shoeing.
Sometimes, from carelessness, a nail pen-
etrates the sensitive part of the foot (usually
called the quick). Sometimes the nail itself
does not penetrate, but is driven so close as
to cause the wall, in its course, to press on
and bruise the quick, (something like Fig.
807,) giving rise to inflammation, and usually
terminating in suppuration. To illustrate, a
fine horse that had been lame for a number
of days was recently brought in from the
country to be examined by the veterinary
surgeon here, who informed the writer that
upon investigation, he found that the lameness was caused by
three nails being driven too near or into the quick.
Serious trouble is also liable to be caused
by driving the nails deep and clinching
them tightly, as this will bend the nails
more or less inw^ard upon the soft parts,
causing a binding, uncomfortable pressure
that produces a soreness, and sometimes
very serious inflammation.
Symptoms. — Lameness may appear in
a day or two, sometimes not for a week.
The foot is found to be hot and tender,
and the least tap with the hammer causes
pain; in moving, the animal sets the foot
down so as to throw the pressure off the ^^^- ^*^^-
tender part, and when standing he will rest the foot. Sometimes,
the leg swells considerably ; the swelling is sometimes painful,
and is very apt to mislead the inexperienced.
Treatment. — Remove the shoe, and having with the h'ammer
or pincers discovered the faulty nail, thin the sole around it, and
THE FOOT.
943
with a fine drawing-knife follow
the coui'se of the nail till the mat-
ter is evacuated; make a free vent
for it, and immerse the foot in a
warm poultice for a day or two.
When the symptoms subside, the shoe
may be applied, and the sole filled
with tow and tar, or Friar's bal-
sam, tincture of myrrh, etc., re-
tained by cross slips or a leather
sole, care being taken not to bruise
the sole. The crust at the injured
part should not rest on the shoe.
(For farther details, see page 667 in Fig. 80S. — The frog removed from
Shoeing; ) *^^ ^°°^ ^^'^' ^*^^^ ^^ maceration.
Fig. 809. — A dried hoof with frog removed. From Oamgee^ on Lameness,
944
DISEASES AND THEIII TREATMENT.
If tliu nails are driveu so deep as to bind, which, as before
stated, is a very common occurrence, particularly in feet with
thin hoofs, the first thing to do is to remove the nails; if much
inflammation, poultice until relieved ; then let the shoe extend
farther out under the crust, and drive smaller nails, using care
not to drive deep.
If a nail has been driven into the foot, get the horse to the
stable as quick as you can, and take off' the shoe. If not done before,
Fig. SIO. — A dried hoof from a diseased foot, with frog and half the sole
removed. — ^From Oamgee, on Lameness.
remove the nail, glass, or whatever it is, from the foot carefully.
See that no part remains, and remove a little of the hoof from
around the opening. Drop a few drops of Friar's balsam or com-
pound tincture of benzoin into the orifice, both of which can be
obtained in almost any drug store. If this is not obtainable, use
the simple digestive ointment (given under head of Cuts), and
cover the foot with a large flax-seed poultice. If the injury is at
all severe, give a sharp dose of phj-sic, and let the animal stand
quiet. The object is to keep down inflammation. ]!^o hot oils or
anything stimulating is to he applied. If there is much in-
FOOT-LA3iENESS. 945
flammation, omit tligestive dressiug- uutil after it is reduced Uy
poulticing, when dress -with digestives.
There is liable to be tenderness if the sole should strike the
oi-ound afterwards, as there may be inflammation of the perios-
teum, to relieve which, put on a high-heeled shoe, and blister
around the coronet. The sole is sometimes bruised by the shoe
pressing upon it, causing much inflammation and lameness. Take
off" the shoe, poultice for twenty-four houi-s or more ; fit the shoe
so as to remoA^e all pressure from the sole; if sore yet, continue
the poultice; if matter is formed, treat as you Avould any simple
ulcer, with a healing astringent. Several good preparations are
given in another part of this work.
Foot-Lameness. *
" Symptoms. — Horse goes gradually sore, walkuig tender
either behind or before. As a rule comes in one foot ; if in the
liind foot, tries to put the heel down first. Kot much fever in the
feet. Xo apparent cause, hard to locate the trouble. The onh-
diagnosis is by tapping the wall of the foot which will give a
holloAV sound. It is all due to want of cell-groAvth or nutrition of
honi-cells which will cause the wall or hoof to separate from the
true foot. At the start the horse may travel sore or tender, grow-
ing worse graduall}- for two or three months ; finally the horse be-
comes very lame. There is no fever; no pain by pressure or
hammering. The only point noticeable is by the hollow sound of
the wall when hammered upon.
•By examining the sole of the foot at the point where the sole
and wall are united, by pricking there Avith a probe a granulating
substance Avill be found — little dry fibers of horn, Avhieh are the
dead horn-cells. These can be found and pricked clear up to the
coronary band, Avithout causing any feeling to the horse.
• Treatment. — Clean out the foot properly, and pour nitric
acid into the crevice made until all the dead part is cleaned out.
Then put on a plain shoe so as to protect the sole and wall ; fill out
the bottom Avith oakum and hot tar; next fire all around the coro-
nary band, the same as for ring-bone, and apply a shai-p blister,
and allow the horse to stand five or six Aveeks. If by the third
Aveek there is no sign of healthy horn, the blister may again be
applied. But there is usually after three or four Aveeks a good
noticeable growth of healthy horn.
•'• After this, but little more can be done than to exercise the
horse moderately, until the new growth of horn-structui-e has
grown down."
♦Dictated by Dr. Charles A. Meyer. 60
946 DISEASES A>ID THEIR TEEATMENT.
Seedy Toe.
This is the name given to a dry, mealy secretion of horn,
which is sometimes seen to take place between the horny and
sensitive sole at the toe. It is seldom seen in this country, owing-
to clips being not much used.
Causes. — It is generally caused by large clips being ham-
mered firmly on the toe, bending in the hoof, and bruising the
part.
Symptoms. — Pain and lameness, with heat and tenderness,
on pressure at the toe. The horn is diy and mealy, and matter
is generally found at the bottom of it.
In bad cases, horny processes are found pressing inward, pro-
ducing absorption of the coffin-bone, with a tendency for fungus
growths to shoot up, producing a very troublesome disease.
Treatment. — In a simple case, open it up, cat down to the
bottom, and poultice for a few days, when the shoe may be ap-
plied, i-emoving the pressure by cutting down the crvist, and nil it
up with tow and hot tar, when it well soon get well.
In bad cases, with fungus and bony absorption going on, free
incisions must be made ; .sometimes it will be necessary to cut
through the wall. Caustics must be freely used, such as muriate
of antimony, dilute hydrochloric acid, etc., with pressure judic-
iously applied ; the process may be arrested, and the part healed.
When there is want of cell-growth, with a separation of the
wall from the inner structure, which ii-i very common in horses
that have been driven hard, or been partially foundei-ed, an-
other high author advises the following, which is practically the
same as that given for foot-lameness: —
" Treatment. — Thorough and repeated blistering around the
coronet. Next pour boiUiig hot tar or even corrosive substance,
such as muriatic acid, butter of antimonj-, spirits of salts, etc.,
into the cavity formed.
" Whenever there is a separation of the wall from the sole, with
weak or slow growth of horn, this is effectual if thei'e is any life in
the parts."
In severe cases, as first explained, the firing iron is necessary,
first cleaning out the dead part and filling in with hot tar, etc.
This i; 5 added in order to give a little more extended idea of
the method of treatment.
GkA YELLING.
A small stone, gravel, or dirt becoming- imbedded under the
shoe at the point of the heel between the bar and frog, usually the
inner heel, and working through the sole into the quick, is called
gravelling. If not removed, it will in time work up through the
coronet, or cause matter to form which will burrow between the
wall and sensible sole.
The horse shows more or less lameness on the trot ; is ao-ara-
vated when driven over hard gi-ound or trotted fast. If not in-
terfered with, the lameness continues for about three months, when
the gravel usually works through the coronet, making a small
break in the skin, after wliich the lameness disappears; but
should the matter be confined to the sole and surrounding parts,
it is liable to cause considerable disturbance and injury to the foot.
When a horse shows lameness without any apparent cause,
this part should be carefully examined, 1st, to discover if the
sole is broken at the jwint of the heel; 2ud, by slight tapping
against the wall of the part with a small stone or ham'mer, to find
if there is any unusual sensibility; 3d, by resting the hand gently
upon the part, to see if there is any increased heat, v/hich would
of course point to the seat of trouble. SomeSmes gravel works
mto the sensitive part in consequence of- the sole being denuded to
relieve a bruise or corn. The point is to remove the cause of irri-
tation. If much inflammation and pain, poultice; this will lower
inflammation, and aid in soaking out and removing any foreign
matter accumulated. When this has been done, saturate a pledget
of tow with tincture of myrrh, or tar ointment, or Friar's balsam,
and insert into the part, covering it completely. Next, fit a shoe
so there will be no pressure upon this part, and nail on. It will
usually be found necessary to put on a bar shoe until the heel is
grown down agam and Avill bear pressure.
Bkuise of the Sole.
The sole is liable to bruise from the shoo being improperly
seated, sometimes from sand or gravel being impacted in the web
of the shoe, or by ''picking up" a stone, Avhich, getting wedged
in the foot, bruises the sole.
Symptoms.— Lameness first attracts attention to it; in re-
048
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMEJSTT.
moving the shoe, the sole is found tender, and the foot hot ; on
paring the sole, it is found discolored at the bruised part.
Treatment. — A few days' rest may be necessary, with the
foot immersed in a poultice, or stopped with some emollient dress-
ing; and by using a leather sole or felt pads for a short time, it
disappears.
Treads, or Calks.
Injuries to the coronet are very common, especially in the
Northern States during the winter months, when horses with sharp
calks are driven or worked on i-ough, icy roads or deep snow, par-
FiG. 811. — The coronet as it
usually appears when
badly calked.
iG. 812. — As the hair should
be clipped from the edges
of the injury.
ticularly in the woods. Treads, or calks, usually happen on the
hind foot, by the horse accidentally setting one foot on the other,
or another horse stepping on it. In ordinary cases, if not cut
very deep, all that is necessary to do is to cut the hair from the
edges, sponge or clean out any hair or dirt that may be driven in,
and pour on a little kerosene oil, followed by a little hot tar, or
the parts covered with hot tar will be sufficient.
But if the cut is deep, it will sometimes prove to be a very
serious difficulty, and require prompt attention to prevent serious
inflammation of the parts. The first thing to be done in such a
case is to cai-efully remove any dirt, or other foreign matter.
When thoroughly clean, it may be bound up with a pledget of
TEEADS, OE CALKS.
949
tow dipped in tincture of myrrh, or compound tincture of benzoin,
or Friar's balsam, which, if available, will be found an excellent
remedy. The point is now to prevent any excessive inflammation.
Keep the horse quiet, feed bran-mashes, etc., no grain; and if
there is enough inflammation to cause much soreness, cover the
foot with a large hot poultice. If the soreness becomes at all ex-
cessive, at once use hot fomentations, following up for at least one
or two hours three or four times a day; after which keep the leo-
tied up with wet cloths, or poultice. If there is extreme pain,
give an anodyne, or inject a lit-
tle morphine under the skin, as
a horse cannot endure j)ain very
long, and continue fomentations
industriously ; this, at all events,
must not be neglected.
In very severe cases it may
be necessary to put the horse
in slings, if he will not lie down.
When the inflammation sub-
sides, but little more is necessary
to be done than to let the parts
alone, dressed with any of the
preparations before given.
To illustrate the seriousness
of these cases sometimes, I will
Fig. 813. — The usual appearance of a
foot badly ealked, and neglected
or improperly treated.
refer to an accident of the kind to one of my own horses. One of
my men, who had special charge of and drove a favorite pony,
took it into his head during the winter to have the calks pointed
with steel and made very sharp. While the pony was standing
in his stall, with one foot resting against the opposite, he was sud-
denly startled by some one approaching, when, throwing his weight
upon the elevated foot, the inside calk Avas driven well into the
coronet of the opposite foot. I was kept ignorant of the accident
for several days, when it was made known to me by discovering
the horse to be lame. The injury at the surface did not seem to
be serious, but it was deep. In consequence of being driven on
the road, the inflammation soon became so serious that it was nec-
essary, at great inconvenience, to leave the horse behind a couple
of weeks, the part in the meantime being thoroughly poulticed
n.')0
DISEASES AND THElll TBEATMENT.
and fomented. The inflam-
mation passing off, and be-
ing entii-ely free from lame-
ness, he was again put
to his work on the road,
when the roads were break-
ing up.
Driving him through
the deep mud for a few miles,
again brought on such serious
inflammation of the parts as
to necessitate a constant ap-
phcation of fomentations for
hovirs at a time, night and
day, for several days, to over-
come it. Fig. 814 is an illus-
tration of how lie stood when
he suffered most sevei-ely.
I also give specimens of the
usual method of sharpening
the calks iu winter, and as they should be rounded or filed
Fig. 814. — As the foot was held during
the greatest inflammation.
Fi<i. 81.5. — Calks as they are usually sharpened in -winter.
to prevent seriou ; injury. Owners should not neglect to look
to this matter very carefully. The toe and inside calk especially
i4r-^>ga
Fig. 81G. — As the calks should he blunted ur rounded to prevent cutting.
should be rounded sufficiently to prevent any serious cutting.
Concave shoes should be used in winter: with such, calks need
OVEJREEACH.
D51
not be long ov sharp to give sufficient hold. Particular care should
be taken not to have any calks or sharp shoes on Avhen thei-e is an
effort to subdue a horse. This caution must not be disree:arded,
as a horse under such circumstances is liable to cut himself dan-
gerously.
Overreach.
When a horse, in a fast pace, overreaches the fore v/ith the
hind foot, the inner rim of the shoe cutting a semi-circular flap on
Fig. 817 — A good rep-
resentation of an in-
jury b}' over-
reach.
Fig. 81S.— As the edges of
the wound should be
trimmed before
dressing.
the heel or quarter, it is called an "overreach." It should be
treated as a tread; but when practicable, the edges should be
brought together by a wire suture, and bound up with Friar's bal-
sam or compound tincture of benzoin.
QUITTOR.
In all cases in which matter forms in the foot, whether from
pricks, corns, bruises, or treads, unless it has free openings to es-
cape by, it acts as an irritant, extending in every direction, form-
9r,-2
DISEASES AND TH]'UTl TJiEAT3IEN'.l.\
ing- tissues, and at last working its way to tlie coronet, wliere it
bursts, producing' a very troublesome disease, and requiring both
patience and perseverance to efF(^ct a cure.
Symptoms. — Tt is recogjiized by tlie small aperture at the
coronet, which seems almost overgrown Avith "proud flesh." The
discharge is glary and constant. On examining it with a probe,
sinuses are found ]-uiuiing in. all directions. The (piarter is en-
larged and bulging, and the laineness severe and protracted.
As I cannot do better than give the treatment used by Mr.
Gamgee,* which is recognized
as the very best, I will give it
in full :— *
"After taking off the shoe,
and doing all that is necessary
to the hoof, I prepare to inject a
mixture, for the pharmaceutical
combination of which I saj^" noth-
ing, though I can say a great
deal for its practical efficiency.
To prepare the mixture, take
bichloride of mercury, one
drachm; rectified spirit, one
ounce; after rubbing and dissolv-
ing the sublimate in the spirit,
add half a drachm of liquor
,, ^,,„ , ., , , i)lumbi acetatis. By means of a
IiG. big. — An ideal representation of a "^ i, . t ,-
'■ small synni2-e, elastic fi^um, or
loot sliowine: bad condition . •j.i n j. i j
^ peuter, Avith small tube two jn-
°^ '^"*"°''- ■ ches in length, and bulbous end,
] inject the mixture dowai the sinus. This requires to l)e carefully
but very effectxially done. The direction of tlie syringe must there-
fore bo changed from the verticalto the oblique, in botli a forward
and backward direction, the object being to infiltrate the mass as far
as it can be penetrated by the innumerable small siinises converging
to the outer channel. To do this part well, one strong man is better
than s(^veral hands, if the horse's head be held steady, and an assist-
ant luind tlie instruments, etc. 1 take the liorse's foot fomvai-d upon
my knee, and, as a rule, succeed in performing the operation with-
out giving much pain to cause the horse to resist; though difficulty,
requiring a little excejitional care, may occasionally occur when
previous treatment nud torture have been resorted to. Now for
the effect that follows: The foot is released and placed on the
ground, and once or twice the animal stamps, indicating that a
*Josepk Gamgee, former!)' profespor in the new Veterinary College, Edin-
burgh, Scotland.
QUITTOE. 953
smarting is produced by the caustic agent ; but in a brief space of
time that j)asses, and signs of ease are manifest. On examining
the foot in as short a time as four hours after the operation, I have
found the tumor sensibl}^ subsided, and all the symptoms favorable.
We have been in the habit (members of my family used this excel-
lent remedy before me) of repeating the injection of the prepara-
tion a second time after the lapse of twelve to twenty-four hours,
and again, after a similar interval, a third time. And this general
rule seems to me to recommend itself, and admit of explanation in
this way: At first all the structures are so engorged that the agent
cannot be forced through the morbid deposit; but, in proportion as
the diseased structures are reached, they are destroyed, and shrink,
and in each succeeding application the fluid caustic is pressed
round the withered, wasted substance, until the whole comes aAvay
in the space of a week or little more, when the cure is far ad-
vanced, and thereafter rapidly effected. This represents the prog-
ress of a good cure. Sometimes the application has to be repeated
several times, at intervals of tAVO or three days ; but where delay
is essential, I diminish the activity of the preparation by adding a
double portion of spirit."
The following- treatment for quittor, was given the writer by
one of the most successful practitioners in the country, who claims
it will cure any case, in fact, leaving nothing to be desired when
used properly: —
•'In the first stage of quittor inject into every part carefully
two or three times a day the following lotion: —
h ounce corosive sublimate,
2 drachms Goulard's extract,
4 ounces alcohdl.
•'•'After the fourth day inject twice a day equal ])arts of the
following mixture: —
2 ounces potassa chloras,
1 ounce potassa permanganas,
g ounce acid hydrocliloric,
8 ounces water.
" This is a splendid thing for quittor, and also fistulas withers.
Of late, 1 have great success with it."
A bar or three-quarter bar shoe, should be used for some time,
and the diseased quarter cut down to keep it from pressure ; and
in the course of time the foot will become useful, if not sound.
954 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
Thrush.
Copying the language of a standard authority, " Thrush is
inflammation of the lower structure of the sensible frog, during
which pus is secreted with or instead of horn." It is most com-
mon in the hind feet, and also occurs in the fore. It occurs at all
ages, and is frequently seen in the colt running in the straw-yard,
arising from the acrid moisture of urine, dung, etc., softening and
corroding the frog, and extending to the sensible structures above.
It is also seen in roadsters whose feet are not exposed to acrid
moisture. In them it is caused by contraction, or the insinuation
of sand and dirt into the cleft of the frog, producing irritation,
followed by suppuration of the sensitive frog, causing it to secrete
unhealthy horn, and discharge offensive matters.
It may sometimes be constitutional, as we often observe it ap-
pear just as the coat is being changed, and other constitutional
changes are taking place in the system.
Symptoms. — There is seldom much lameness, unless the ani-
mal steps on a stone, or sand or gravel gets into the cleft ; but it
is always attended by a tender, gingerly action. The cleft of the
frog is deeper than in health, and a thin acrid discharge oozes from
its sides and bottom, emitting a characteristic and foetid odor. If
not checked, it extends, and the frog becomes loose and ragged ;
scales fall off in layers, exposing the sensitive parts, which are
tender and contracted. If neglected, the entire foot may be in-
volved, and it may degenerate into canker.
Treatment. ^ — No time should be lost, and no case, however
slight, should be neglected. The foot must be thoroughly cleaned,
and all loose, detached parts freely removed. The secreting sur-
face should be exposed, and calomel dusted on, and pressed with
a spatula or thin slip of wood into every crevice. Keep the foot
thoroughly dry, and more than one or two dressings will seldom
be required. Sometimes it readily yields to cleanliness and sim-
ple dressings, with hot tar placed in the cleft with tow, and re-
tained with cross slips, or applications of sugar of lead or sulphate
of zinc. Or, after the parts have been washed, and the diseased
part removed as directed, apply powdered sulphate of copper to
the parts, and fill up all parts with cotton packed in so as to keep
out all dirt. If necessary, this should be repeated in a few days.
CANKEB. 955
It is generally advisable to give some opening medicine, and
attend to the general health and exercise.
Canker.
Canker of the foot is apt to supervene in cases of neglected or
badly treated thrush, quittor, or puncture, and often follows bad
cases of grease. It is most common in heavy draught-horses,
that are kept in damp, filthy stables, and is most prevalent about
large cities.
Symptoms. — In this disease we find a morbid state of the
sensitive sqIc and frog, and instead of sound, healthy horn, fun-
gus-excrescences are thrown out, with an offensive ncv'ul discharge.
When aggravated, the whole becomes cov-
ered with a growth of fungus, which are
like shreds of leather in appearance, with a
great tendency to spread over or underrun
the sole, sepai'ating the horny from the sen-
sitive parts. It is very difficult to get the
horn to grow again.
Treatment. — In no case is so much pa-
tience required as in canker, — in fact, it is fig. 82u.— The foot,
generally considered as incurable, from the showing canker,
difficulty experienced in suppressing the fungus, and getting the
horn to grow again. All loose and detached horn must be care-
fully removed, so as to give free vent to the irritating matter.
As much of the fungus as may seem practicable, without much
bleeding, should be removed by the knife or cautery, and followed
up by some escharotic, such as acetate or sulphate of copper, ni-
trate of silver, butter of antimony, or sulphuric acid. Whatever
caustic is used, it must be applied every day ; for if neglected for
one day, it is apt to underrun the sole, and may lose more than it
will regain in a week. Firm pressure is very beneficial, and
should be constantly applied by means of tow, firmly impacted,
and retained by means of slips of wood or hoop-iron slid under
the shoe, and the foot must be kept perfectly dry.
The caustic may be occasionally changed. To destroy the
foetor, chloride of zinc or chloride of lime may be dusted on, or
even occasional dressings of dry lime will be useful. With a
dressing of tar, in which verdigris and nitric acid, two drachms
956 DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
of each to one pound of tar, are well mixed, and applied with a
degree of firm pressure, at least every second day, the worst cases
can be cured.
Moderate work, if it can be done without the foot getting
wet, will expedite the cure. The following is highly recom-
mended as a dressing : Take equal parts of pine tar and lard, melt
over a slow fire, and add sulphuric acid very slowly until ebuli-
tion (boiling) ceases. Apply this to the parts.
Sprains, Bruises, etc.
Sprains are so common, and so liable to spoil a horse when
neglected or not treated properly, and in addition the treatment
is so simple and easily applied, that the subject is worthy of more
than ordinaiy attention. On this account I have introduced
several illustrations, showing the parts involved in the fore legs,
the parts most liable to such injury.
Sprain may bo said to consist in an overstretching of the
part (be it muscle, tendon, or ligament) to such a degree as to
cause rupture of some of the fibres of which it is composed, in
consequence of which inflammation is set up, and effusion takes
place, producing enlargement around the part.
The reason why sprains take so long to recover is, the lacer-
ated fibres have to be absorbed, and new ones formed in their
place, or, as is often the case in repeated sprain of the same part,
their place is filled up by organized lymph, leaving a permanent
thickening.
Causes. — Natural weakness of the part sometimes predisposes
to it. It may arise from whatever exposes the part to inordinate
exertion, as, for instance, slipping on ice or on a rolling stone,
awkward stepping, galloping on rough or uneven ground, and a
common cause is, allowing the feet to grow too long.
Symptoms. — In severe cases the part is swollen, hot, and
tender, the limb is thrown into a position that relaxes the sprained
part. If extensive, we have symptomatic fever, and he refuses
his food, has the mouth hot, pulse accelerated, etc., which passes
off when the more acute symptoms subside. Lameness, of course,
is continuous, thus differing from disease of the joint, in which he
is always lamest at starting, getting less lame as he gets warmed up.
Treatment. — No matter where the location of the sprain is,
SPEAIN OF THE BACK TENDONS. 957
or what part is injured, the principle of treatment is the same,
when we have three indications presented: First, to allay the in-
flammatory process ; secondly, to promote absorption of the
decayed fibres ; and thirdly, to hasten the production of new
ones. Most authors recommend either local or general depletion
by bleeding from one of the large veins near the seat of injury, or
from the jugular vein of the neck. This, however, I think is
now-a-days very wisely dispensed with, and in my opinion is
altogether unnecessary.
The bowels must be fi-eely opened, and kept open by laxative
and easily digested food, such as bran mash, linseed tea, roots,
etc. The continued application of heat or cold to the part aids
greatly in checking the inflammatory action. If pain and swell-
ing are excessive, hot fomentations continued for an hour or two,
alternated with cold water, will be found to give most relief.
(For particulars in fomenting, see Fomentation.) Gentle and
equable pressure, by means of a judicioush^ applied bandage, is
very beneficial in sprains of the leg.
Rest must be given from the first, and the patient must be
turned into a loose-box. Having by these means succeeded in
subduing the inflammation, one or two applications of an absorb-
ing blister will generally remove any enlargement that may re-
main. Should the thickening and lameness prove obstinate, the
firing-iron may be resorted to. (An explanation of the method
of doing which, see Firing in Spavins.)
Sprain of the Back Tendons.
The principal seat of sprain in the fore limb is in the tendons
at the back part of the leg, usually called sprain of the back ten-
dons, or back sinews. As these tendon (flexor perforans and
perforatus) are the chief agents in producing the motions of the
limbs, acting like levers over the pulley-like surfaces on the ends
of the bones in their passage down to the foot, they* are conse-
quently very liable to be overstretched and strained, sometimes
in a very slight degree, and sometimes to a considerable extent.
It may be necessar}'' here to notice the arrangement of these two
tendons. The muscles (perforans and perforatus) arise from be-
low the elbow-joint, pass down through a theca at the back of
the knee ; below the knee, they become tendinous ; the first is one
958
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
of great strength, nearly round, and is inclosed in the other,
which forms what is termed a sheath for it ; half-way down the
cannon, the perforans is
joined by a strong liga-
ment (the metacarpal) ; the
two tendons pass down
together through a sheath
formed for thein at the
back of the fetlock ; the
latter splits into two divis-
ions, having the perforans
passing between them ;
they are inserted one into
each side of the lower pas-
tern bone (or coronse), the
perforans, passing down,
is inserted into the sole of
the coffin-bone, just in
front of the navicular
joint, over which it passes.
A good illustration of these
different parts is given in
Fig. 821.
A, Flexor perforatus.
B, Flexor perforans.
C, Metacarpa ligament.
D, Superior sesamoidal liga-
ment.
d, Bifurcation of the sesamoid-
al ligament.
y, Continuation forward of
branch of the sesamoidal liga-
ment.
F, Continuation of the flexor
perforans tendon, afterwards in-
sected into the lower side of the
OS pedis.
E, Extensor tendon.
M, Great metacarpal, or can-
non shank bone.
S, Splint bone.
Fig. 831. — Tendons and ligaments of the fore leg.
SPEAIN OF THE BACK TENDONS. 959
Fig. 822 will be found an especially fine illustration of the
perforatus and perforans tendons above the fetlock, an explan-
ation of which is also included. A point here which is very nicely
explained by White, who says: —
•' Between these two tendons, there are m two parts thin vas-
cular membranes by which they are joined together; these mem-
branes appear to serve as bridles, allowing the perforans tendon to
move a little way within the perforatus, and then preventing any
Turther motion. The situation of those membranes is about mid-
way in the pastern. If the cofiin joint happens to be extended in a
way the animal Avas not prepared for, both these membranes are
ruptured. The consequence is an effusion of blood between the
two tendons, Avhereby all motion between them would be effect-
ually prevented, were the animal left to obey his own instinctive
feelings."
In most of the so-called cases of clap, or sprain of the back
tendons, the ligament, and not the tendons, is the seat of the
injury.
Causes. — Whatever tends to throw unusual stress upon these
parts may produce it, such as galloping on uneven ground, allow-
ing the hoofs to grow too long, thereby increasing the leverage on
the tendon; sometimes it occurs in leaping, often while jumping
around in play.
Symptoms. — The animal is very lame, the part is hot, swol-
len, and tender ; the limb is held forward, so as to relax the part ;
in some cases he can hardly touch the ground. On taking up the
foot and pinching with the fingers, he evinces the pain he feels.
If the outer tendon (perforatus) is injured, we have a bulging out
behind, interrupting the evenness of the line which characterizes
the tendons. If the perforans, it is felt between the ligament and
the perforatus ; and if the metacarpal ligament, as is most gener-
ally the case, it can be felt between the bone and the tendon.
Treatment. — As before stated, the first condition of cure is
rest. The animal must be turned into a loose-box, and if the in-
jury is severe, the swollen limb must be well fomented with hot
water , cold may be prefei-able, if slight. This must be kept up
for more than an hour, when the following cooling lotion may be
well rubbed in, and a thick woolen bandage applied, well satu-
rated with it, and kept wet with cold water: —
960
DISEASES AND THEIE TKEATMENT.
Fig. 823.
2 ounces, nitre (saltpetre),
2 ounces sal-ammoniac,
4 oimces common salt,
1 pint spring water.
Or, the following: —
4 ounces saltpetre,
1 ounce sugar of lead,
1 ounce muriate of ammonia,
1 pint common salt,
2 gallons cold water.
Perhaps the simplest and
best home treatment would be
about as follows: —
Make a bag as long as the
limb — an old ti'owsers leg" of
good siije, sufficiently long to
extend from the hoof to above
the knee would be the thing.
Tie a string rather loosely
around the foot below the fet-
lock. To keep it in place,
secure a wide tape or strip
A, The outside uerve, or that part
of it where the branch H communi-
cates. B, The suspensory ligament.
C, The great ligament of the back
sinew. D, The two back sinews, or
rtexor tendons. E, E, The extensor
tendon. F, The cannon or shank bone,
(i, The splint bone. H, The back
sinews and their great suspensory lig-
ament, apparently joined together.
Tliis, however, is not the case; it in-
curporates only Avith the perforans
tendon, marked figure 2, and so inti-
mately that they form one and the
same substance, at the part marked
by the letter i. The perforatus,
marked liguro 3, forms a slieath for
the i)i'rforans, a.s already described in
the article on Strains. 5, The fetlock-
joint.
SPEAIN OF THE BACK TENDONS.
961
of cloth to the upper edge of the bag, pass it over the
shoulder and fasten to the opposite edge; next take bran, to
which add a little salt, and pour on it as much
boiling water as will bring it to a thin consist-
ence. While hot as the horse can bear, fill
the bao- with it. This will form a poultice
around the part and keep it moist and sweat-
ing. It can be kept hot by pouring on hot
water occasionally, and should be renewed, if
necessary, in twenty-four hours, and so con-
tinue until the inflammation subsides. In all
cases of severe sprain, a purgative should be
given ; it reduces the fever, and acts as a coun-
ter-irritant. In any event give opening, easily
digested food.
Havino" in this wav reduced the inflamma-
tion, if the swellmg still remains, apply a good
strong liniment or blister. The biniodide of
mercury ointment is best in these cases, and
should be repeated: —
1^ drachms biniodide (if mercury,
1 ounce lard.
A run at pasture will
generally complete; the
cure. Sometimes, by re-
peated sprains, the tendons
become considerably thick-
ened (as shown in Fig.
823), in which ease firing
is preferable. Sometimes,
from repeated sprains, the
tendons become contracted,
causing the animal to go on
his toe; in these cases, the
operation of tenotomy, or
Fm. 825.— Enlargement cutting the tendons, is ad-
•ufthot,.ndonsfroni ,.;^able.
interfering or ,,.,,,
banging. The followmg treatment
61
Fig. 823. — Showing
t h e back tendons
eonsiderablj- tliick-
encd in consequence
of repeated injury
or strain.
Fig. 824.— Showing
the effect of hard
driving.
962 DISEASES AND TUEIE TEEATMENT.
for sprains, which is given for insertion by a leading pi'actitioner,
will be found good: —
First wash ^vith very hot water five or ten minutes at a timv:,
then apply the following mixture: —
2 ounces tincture opium.
1 ounce cliloroform,
1 ounce fluid extract aconite,
7^ ounces soap liniment.
To be applied two or three times a day after bathing the parts with hot
water.
If constipated and feverish, it should be given a slight purging
ball. If tlie case has run two or three days, and is assuming a
subacute stage, then stimulating liniment must be used. The
following may be used: —
2 omices aqua ammonia,
2}j ounces spirits of camphor,
7i ounces alcohol.
'2
To be rubbed on two or three times a day luitil the skin becomes sore.
Breaking Down.
The suspensory ligament is one of the strongest in the body;
it is placed immediately l)ehind the cannon-bone, from the head
of which it rises; passing down it divides, one division going to
each of the small bones at the back of the fetlock (ossa sessa-
moides.) (See Fig. 821.) This ligament is the great main-stay
of the fetlock-joint, and sustains the most of the weight at this
part, consequently we frequently find it snaps asunder imder the
great weight thrown upon it in leaping, galloping, etc. It is
sometimes broken above the division ; but more commonly, one or
both bifurcations are torn.
Causes. — Violent exertion, or sudden jerks, as is the case in
leaping, galloping, or j umping from a height.
Symptoms. — It is sometimes mistaken for rupture of the
flexor tendons; but this is so improbable an occurrence, that we
are almost skeptical of its occurrence at all. If it does occur, it
is extremely rare. In rupture of the ligaments, the fetlock de-
.scends to the ground; but when raised, the animal can flex the
foot, which he could not do were the tendons ruptured. It
usually occurs near the sessamoides when we have swelling, heat,
and pain.
SPEAIN OF THE PETLOCE:.
963
Treatment. — Slinging is almost indispensable to keep the
limb steady, the judicious application of splints and bandages,
and a high-heeled shoe should be put on so as to keep the parts
in situ ; and the inflammation must be regulated by the constant
application of cold, laxative medicine, and cooling, easily-digested
food, sparingly supplied, .when re-union will take place, but a
permanent thickening is generally left. When the animal is able
to use the limb, the slings and splints may be dispensed with,
and it may be fired or blistered to consolidate the new fibres, and
form a permanent bandage to the part. The horse can never
afterward be passed as sound, nor will he stand much hard work.
Fig. 826. — Method of applying
the bandage.
Fig. 837. — Showing the
leg bandaged.
Sprain of the Fetlock.
The ligaments of the fetlock-joint are sometimes sprained,
giving rise to swelling of the joint, pain, and lameness. Its
nature, causes, symptoms, and treatment difier so little from those
of other parts that it is only necessary to state that the treatment
is the same.
But suppose we have a strain of the extensor tendon or of the
ligaments of the fetlock-joint, and the horse must be moved. In
that case it would be necessary to apply a woolen bandage over
the part carefully, drawing it tightly, and holding it in place by
964
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
sewing it on. But as soon as the stable is reached, this bandage
must be taken off, and a loose one put on. If there is not very
much inflammation, simply lameness and weakness, good treat-
ment would bo keeping the ])andage thoroughly wet with hot
vinegar and salt, by pouring it on. In one instance, one of my
horses, Turco, was so seriously sprained that he could scarcely
step, the joint knuckling forward as shown in* Fig. 828. It was
absolutelj^ necessary to drive him eight or ten miles. By bandag-
ing the leg tightly as described, he went along
quite well; but as soon as the stable was reached,
this bandage was taken off, and a loose one put
on, which was kept wet as explained; and be-
ing compelled to drive him every day, this treat-
ment was repeated; and though he was driven
over one hundred miles in two weeks, he was at
the end of that time entirely over the effects
of the sprain.
At another time, when in Maine, Tommy
sprained the tendons of one of his forward legs,
so that he could scarcely step. We simply raised
the heel-calks of his shoe, rounded the toe, and
bandaged the parts loosely, and kept wet as ex-
plained. Next morning the ankle was tightly
bandasred, when he was able to do considerable
work in the ring, and walk through to the next
town, ten miles. This course was repeated, and
at the expiration of about two weeks, he was all
right, though in the time driven about one hundred miles.
Fig. 828.— Turco's
leg as it knuckled
forward.
Sprain of the Perforans Tendon, or Navicular-
JoiNT Lameness.
The symptoms are very fully explained under that head, but
would here state again, that in an acute stage, the principle is
rest, with hot fomentations or cooling applications; next aiding
mobility of the parts involved to prevent irritation, by the con-
struction of the shoe, etc.
Shoulder Lameness.
This is not very common, but is liable to liappen from the
SHOULDEE LAMENESS.
965
Tig. 829.-
As a horse will travel with
lame shoulder.
limb slipping sideways while runniag in a pasture, or slipping in-
cidentally on a wet plank, or ice, etc.
To guard against error in
diagnosing affections of the
shoulder, it must be borne in
mind that all muscular tissue
is apt to waste if it is deprived
of its usual amount of exercise,
as we frequently see in the
shoulder; the shoulder shrink-
ing on one or both sides, while
the real seat of the disease is in the feet ; therefore it is very
necessary to be able to distinguish shoulder-lameness from many
other affections with which it is apt to be confounded. Many
horse doctors and those about horses are apt to attribute every
lameness they do not understand, and whose seat is not self-evi-
dent, to an affection of the shoulder.
We have seldom any recognizable tumefaction, nor much heat,
unless it be recent and violent. When the horse has strained the
shoulder, the limb is brought forward with a peculiar dragging
motion, as shown in Fig. 829 ; whereas if the trouble is in the
foot, the limb will be raised and brought forward without much
difficulty, but put down tenderly to lighten the concussion.
While standing, the joints will be somewhat relaxed, the heel
raised, with the toe resting upon
the ground. In moving, the head
will be carried low, the limb
brought forward with a good deal
of difficulty and pain, and with-
out ability to bring it in front
of the other.
Treatment. — Give a dose of
Fig. 830. — Distribution of capillaries physic, foment the shoulder and
iu muscle. inside of the arm close to the chest
with hot water, which is to be continued for at least one hour, and
to be repeated as long as there is inflammation ; give fever medi-
cine three times a day; give food of a light opening nature, such
as grass, bran mashes, etc., and keep him quiet in a box stall un-
til the lameness disappears. One of the liniments for sprains, etc. ,
966
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
may be used after the acute
stage passes off. This is about
all that can be done, though
some bleed from the inner plate
vein during the acute stage.
• This method is not now often
practiced, however. When the
case becomes chronic, blisters and
setons may be employed with
good success.
Liniment fob, Shouldek-Lame-
NESS.
2 ounces aqua ammonia,
2^ ounces spirits of camphorse,
7^ ounces rectified spirits of vini.
First, foment the part with
hot water; then rub as near
dry as possible, and apply
the liniment twice a day un-
til the skin is quite sore, and
then stop for a few days ; if
the lameness is not gone by
this time, renew the treatment
as before.
FlO. 831. — Internal aspect of the
left fore leg.
Sweeney.
" This is a sprain of the muscle which fills up the posterior cavity
on the outer side of the shoulder-joint (outer tubercle of the head
of the humerous). It occurs mainlj- in young horses when first
j)ut to plow, or in others going on uneven ground, and stepping
unexpectedly into holes. In the endeavor to recover the equilib-
rium on stepping into a furrow or hole, this muscle which forms
the outer support of the joint is injured, and there results heat,
swelUng, and tenderness on the outside of the johit, and a most
characteristic gait. The horse may walk, or even trot, without
much apparent lameness ; but standing directly in front of him the
affected shoulder is seen to roll outward from the body to a far
greater extent than the sound one. Soon the muscle begins to
waste rapidly, and in bad eases the shoulder-blade may be denuded
until it appears to be covered by nothing but skin." — Law.
SWEANEY.
967
A badly fitting collar often gives rise to it. A prominent
cause 'also is some injury to the foot, which would prevent a
proper use of the muscles of the shoulder, and thereby cause an
atrophied or wasted condition of them. So that when there is
wastino- of the part, the foot should be carefully examined to see
if there is any cause for it, and if so, removing it will of itself be
sufficient to make a cure.
Symptoms.— At first, though it is seldom noticed, the muscles
swell up, are hot and tender ; in the course of a feAV days, the
swelling has disappeared, and the muscles are becoming fast ab-
sorbed. In many cases this
goes on till the bone can be
felt. There is little or no pain
on pressure in this stage, and no
positive lameness ; but there is a
peculiar rotary motion of the
limb, from the other muscles
having no counterbalancing
power. This is sometimes mis-
taken by non-professional men
for dislocation of the shoulder-
joint. This, however, cannot
occur, unless it is accompanied
by sevei-e laceration, or even
fracture.
Treatment.— In the first in-
stance, rest and hot fomentations are indicated, which, as the
process of reproduction begins, should be followed by stimulant
embrocations or mild blisters, frequently repeated, with moderate
walking exercise. In this case, we must trust more to nature
than medicine ; and in time the muscles will be reproduced, and
by gentle work and well-fitting harness he will become as sound
as ever. Many do nothing for them, but turn them to pasture,
and in most cases they come up all right.
The simplest and most effective treatment for filling up the
shoulder is the rubbing on thoroughly with the hand of soft soap,
to which a little salt has been added. This do four or five times
in the course of a week. This simple remedy, which is very
effectual for this purpose, has been kept as a great secret by a
Fig. 832. — An ideal representation of the
shoulder with sweaney.
968
i>lSKAS.h]S A XI) JlLl'lli TREATMENT.
leading horseman in Toledo, Oliio, wlio lias ivpcatedly sold it for
five dollars, first showing its effect in filling up th;^ shoulder, v/lu-ii
he could easily sell the prescription.
Hip-Lameness.
Sprain of the whirl, or round bone, as it is commonly called,
consists of a sprain of the round ligament of the femur, which
holds the ball in the socket. Sometimes it is almost torn
asunder; but so strong is this articulation, that dislocation cannot
occur, except as an accompaniment of fracture.
Symptoms. —
Yery seldom any
external swelling
unless it is very se-
A'ere, and the mus-
c 1 0 s surr-ounding
the joint arc in-
volved ; when by
making him stand
square on his hind
lags, and standing
directly behind
liim, and compar-
FiG. 833. — Deep muscles or the hip and thisrii. \■^-.^,. ,,j^^ 1-^j-p with
the other, any enlargement can be easily detected. Sometimes we
have heat and tenderness ; but in most cases these are absent. One
eharactei-istic symptom is stepping short, the lame leg is not brought
as far forward as the other one, and he di'ops on that quarter. The
ten(U)n of the gluteus maximus, as it passes over the trochanter,
is frequently the seat of the lameness. In this case we have
swelling, heat, and pain on pressure, with short stepping. When
the horse stands in stable, he will stand square on both hind feet;
and when moved, the lame side is elevated and dragged along for
Avant of mu.scular action.
Treatment. — The first condition, as in all cases of lameness,
is rest, A\'ith fomentations, alternated by cooling lotions, etc., until
the inflanniiation is subdued, followed by repeated blisters, which
nnist be freely used, as the disease is deep-seated.
Apply hot fomentations to the part two or three times a day,
w
HIP- LAMENESS. 969
hlch should be continued an hour ov u\oro oadi thue, alternated
Fig. 834.— Showing the superficial muscles of the hip and thigh.
with the pouring on of cold water. When the acute stage passes
off, chp the hair closely from a large
surface ten or twelve inches in
diameter over the part, and ai)ply
a sharp blister; a better condition
of counter irritation will be pro-
duced by applying at the same time
two setons, which are to be ex-
tended under the skm about six
inches each, something of the form
as shown in Fig. 835. (For special
instruction, see Setons.) If need
be, repeat the blisters. Recovery
usually takes place in from one to
two weeks; but is sometimes a very
serious lameness, and must be at-
yj(,. 835. tended to thoroughly and promptly.
970
DISEASES AND THEIK TREATMENT.
The following is the treatment advised by very able practi-
tioners:—
" Give a laxative, and apply hot fomentations to the part tAvo
or three times a day.. After each fomentation appljj- a strong
stimulating liniment. Continue this treatment imtil the skin is
sore, then cease the treatment, and ai^ply the following for a few
days: —
^ " G oiinces soft soap.
12 oimces alcohol.
" Apply twice a day until well. "
Knuckling Over.
Knuckling, or standing over, is very common in cab and stage
horses. It gives the animal an ungainly,
worn-out appearance. It may occur on one
or both knees, which are bent forward, and
arc very shaky, or the fetlocks may be
knuckled forward. Veterinarians differ as
to the real nature of this condition, or as to
the part really at fault. Some suppose that
it is from " a relaxed and lengthened state
of the extensor muscles; " others " of the lig-
amentous tissue at the anterior pai-t of the
joint; " others " an inordinate contraction of
the flexors, to such a degree that the equi-
librium of the flexors and extensors is de-
stroyed. Dissection, however, fails to con-
fa-m these views. It appears to us to depend
on contraction of the ligaments at the back
An ordinary ^f the jomt.
Causes. — ^It is generally caused by too
hard work when young, particularly continued road- work, which
causes the joints to start forward, as shown in Fig. 836; and if it
is continued, it becomes habitual.
Symptoms. — It requires bvit to be seen to be recognized. In-
stead of the beautiful, symmetrical form of the limb, the joint is
thrown forward, throwing the shank-bone more oblique and the
pastern-bones more straight, giving the animal a jaded, tottering
appearance.
Treatment. — Some blister, or fire and blister; but we think
Tig. 830
case of sprung knees
BKOlvEN KNEES, OK OPEN JOINT. 971
these do no good whatever. All we can do is to give rest; leave
the rest to nature. Turn him into a large loose-box or small pad-
dock, and feed him well, and it is astonishing how the patient
will sometimes improve.
Drs. Hamill and Meyer treat ordinary cases of sprung knees
with very marked success, by lowering the heels and lengthening
out the toes somewhat ; this can be done both by paring the heels
down some, and using thin-heeled shoes; then rubbing on the legs
once or twice a day alcohol, or any good stimulant. The case
seems to improve even under moderate work. Very bad cases
are incurable.
Broken Knees, or Open Joint.
It is a very common occurrence in the horse, generally arising
Fig, 837.— Broken Tig. 838. — The same with
knee. hau* clipped from the
edges of the
wound.
from accidents, kicks, blows, stabs, etc. It is most common in
the knee and hock; but all the joints of the limbs are liable to be
punctured or laid open by some accident or injury.
Open joints are generpJly divided into lacerated and punct-
ured. In the former we have the skin, ligaments, etc., cut
through, and the j oint laid open, as is often seen in the knee. In
the latter we have merely a small opening (it may be only suffi-
cient to admit the probe) into the joint, from which trickles the
synovia, or joint-oil.
All cases are alike dangerous, and are characterized by the
same general symptoms, and are liable to be attended by the same
consequences. They differ only in degree, according only to the
importance and extent of the cavity exposed.
972 DISEASES AKD TIIEIB TliEATMEKT.
Causes. — The causes of open joint are almost invariably ex-
ternal injury — In the knee from falling. The horse stumbles;
falls upon his knees ; and should the ground happen to be
gravelly, hard, or stony, the knees arc liable to be lacerated, or cut
through.
In other joints the injury is usually caused by being inciden-
tally stabbed or cut.
Symi)toms. — In giving an opinion in these cases, we must
bear in mind that the joint is not always open, although we have
a discharge of sjmovia from the wound; we may have it from the
theca or sheath of some tendon, and it requires close examination
in some cases to say which it comes from. What Ave imply by
the term open joint, is where the skin, ligaments, tendons, etc.,
have been cut through, and the articulation laid open.
In the first place, the animal is very lame. On examining
the Avound with the probe or finger, it is found to penetrate the
joint; we have a clear, oily fluid, which is very smooth and
slippery t(j the touch. The discharge may be very tiifling, still it
is not the less dangerous. In most cases we have symptomatic
fever, Avhich often runs so high as to cut the animal ofl'. It is
recognized by the quick pulse, hot mouth, irregular heat of the
surface, costive bowels, and the excruciating pain the animal
evinces.
TreatmeDt. — This is the most important part of the subject.
In the first place, the animal must be removed to a comfortable
stall or loose-box with a high roof, and well \-entilated; he must
at once be placed in slings, Avhicli should Ix; gradually tightened
until his toes barely touch the oround.
The Avound must be washed out with tepid Avater, all gravel
or dirt removed, and the real extent of the injury ascertained.
The limb must then be placed in splints, well padded, and held to-
gether by leather straps. A very convenient plan for the knee is
to take three slips of Avood, about three inches Avido, and half an
inch thick, reaching from the elboAV to the foot, Avith the edges
beveled and well padded, and nailed together with three straps,
which buckle in front. This, placed one at each side, and one
behind, prevents flexion or extension of the joint entirely, and
leaves it open to be dressed at pleasure, Avithout undoing the
splints. A large poultice of linseed or oatmeal should be applied
BEOKE]^ KNEES, OE OPEN JOINT. 973
cold, and continued until the ga-anulations spring up from the bot-
tom to close the wound. This simple plan of treatment is infi-
nitely more soothing, and at the same time more successful, than
the former methods of plastering it up with lime, flour, powdered
bluestone, oxide of zinc, white vitriol, etc. To some, these may
seem very convenient and effectual methods of stopping the dis-
charge, and, doubtless, in some cases they may succeed if circum-
stances are favorable; but in many cases when an artificial plug
is thus formed, it merely plugs it up for a little time. By and
by, ulceration of the skin occurs, the plug falls out before the in-
ternal parts have healed, and the consequence is, that we have a
far larger and more dangerous wound than before. In changing
the poultice, be sure not to remove any of the coagula of synovia
that may have formed around the opening. The poultice must be
simply removed and changed, without washing the wound.
When the granulations become extuberant, they can be regu-
lated by squeezing a sponge of cold water over it, or dust on a
little oxide of zinc. Nothing, however, must be injected into the
wound, as is sometimes done. Punctured wounds of joints must
be treated on the same principle; the joint must be kept perfectly
still, and the granulations encouraged by poultices, etc.
Very often there are wounds in front of the knees, usually
caused by falling or striking against some hard object, Avhich may
be more or less severe, according to circumstances. In a simple
case of ebrasion, but little if any treatment will be necessary; if
much bruised with skin broken, tie short to a high i-ack to pre-
vent lying down. Bandage the part tightly and keep wet with a
mild astringent, such as —
^ ounce sugar of lead,
50 or 60 drops carbolic acid,
3 pints to 2 quarts water.
Keep the horse quiet until the inflammation is subdued.
The best lotion in my j udgment for these bruises and superfi-
cial cuts of the skin, is collendula. It has the best effect in re-
ducing inflammation of a bruise and cut of this kind of anything
I know of. (See Collendula in list of medicines used.)
974 DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
Fractuees.
Owing to the difficulty experienced in keeping the bones of
the leg of the horse in place to enable their reunion, with the ex-
pense and trouble involved, in addition to the fact that if even
treated successfully the horse is supposed to be of but little value
afterwards, there is but little encouragement given by veterinary
authorities for the successful treatment of such cases. But the
success of Dr. Macbeth, of Battle Creek, Mich., in treating ordi-
nary fractures, has been so marked, and by such simple treat-
ment, too, which is, I believe, peculiar to himself, not being, so far
as I know, laid down in veterinary works, that I am induced to
give his method of treatment, which he kindly explained to me
with permission to publish, as it may serve to occasionally save a
valuable horse.
He tells me that within the past two years he has treated three
cases with perfect success. The first, a yearling, was a split of
the ossaf raginis, or short coronary bone of the fore leg. The sec-
ond, a four-year-old, a fractui-e three inches above the fetlock-
joint of the off hind leg. Third, an oblique fracture, involving
the fetlock joint one inch above the joint of the fore leg of a seven-
year-old. His method of treatment is as follows: —
After providing himself with the best quality of plaster-of-
Paris, he prepares from three to four splints made of strips of
hickorj^-wood, about an inch and a half in width, and a fourth of
an inch thick, of suitable length, or pieces of band iron about one-
eighth of an inch in thickness, with the ends thinned down some-
what, and if necessary, the edges and the bar bent to fit the form
of the part ; he next provides bandages of suitable strips of cotton
cloth, about three inches and a half in width. While the horse is
standing naturally, the limb is brought forward a little, resting
easily and naturally upon the ground, when the bones are held
gently in a proper position. The part is first covered with a ban-
dage of one thickness of the cloth ; next, a little of the plaster^
after being prepared, is put on the cloth under the splints, so as to
level off the inequalities of the surface, and give an even bearing to
the splints. The bandage is now started from the bottom, with
the aid of an assistant ; a little of the plaster is laid on quickly
with the knife, in a layer of from one-fourth to three-eights of an
FEACTURES. 975
inch thick, when the bandage is brought quickly over it, and
drawn tight enough to cause the water to ooze through the cloth ;
this is continued, the bandage being lapped about one-half of an
inch, until carried beyond the edges of the splints, when the pro-
cess is reversed to the bottom, and then again to the top, making
in all three layers, which forms a strong, unyielding cast about an
inch, or a little more, thick around the part, when the horse is
given freedom to take care of himself in a large comfortable stall.
An important condition of success is in the preparation of the
plaster. First, it should bo of the very best quality ; next, as the
plaster will set very quickly, not more than enough for one layer
should be prepared or attempted to be put on at a time. Put in
a tin dish about as much plaster as will be necessary for one coat
or layer over the part. Pour on sufficient water to wet it well,
and stir thoroughly for one minute. Being all ready, instantly
commence putting on, laying on as stated, until the plaster be-
comes too hard, when make another batch, and continue the pro-
cess, and when that is used, making more, and continuing until
finished.
If the skin is broken, or there is a serious cut, as the splints
are being put on, avoid covering the spot with wood or iron, and
in the course of fi'om six to ten hours, a hole should be made
through the plaster to it, when it is to be treated as an ordinary
wound. The point is to make the casing so long and tight as to
thoroughly support the limb, without being too heavy or clumsy,
yet not to obstruct the circulation.
In each of the cases referred to, there was no swelling or other
trouble, and consequently no after treatment. The horse was let
alone, and in about eight weeks the cast Avas taken off, when there
was found to be a complete union of the parts without any notic-
able deformity.
Dr. Macbeth tells me this method of management is original
with himself so far as he knows, and certainly its simplicity in
connection with his success, entitles him to considerable credit.
Plaster has been employed, I understand, for this purpose, but was
put on in such a way as to form a mass excessively heavy and
clumsy, and consequently not favorable to success.
Of course, when such an accident occurs, if a practitioner is
976 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
available, he should be at once called in. The treatment is in-
cluded mainly for the benefit of practitioners.
Dislocation of the Patella, or "Stifled."
This is most common in colts, from the outer condyle not be-
ing fully developed, allowing the patella to glide off and on at
every step.
Causes. — It occurs generally in young animals, and is most
common on hilly pasture when the soil is gravelly ; the feet be-
coming worn and tender, causes him to relax the stifle in walk-
ing, when the patella is apt to slide off. It sometimes occurs from
external violence, or from interstitial absorption of the condyle.
^^^^ Symptoms. — The limb is extended
^l^fe _-;i=^^^^8B-^ backward, the foot is bent up, and the
jP^-"" '-r '~"^ ~ '"'"' ~=;|; animal drags the limb as if it were
L ^I^M^^ ^^-«sw»^^^ cramped and unable to draw it for-
:|ijK^^' ' -■i^^,,:^^K:;;;; ward. Cramp of the muscles of the
"^IRllllillilili^^^^^^^^^^ ^^S^ ^^ ^^^ unfrequently mistaken for
;:::jB||!7^^^^^fcj^^ dislocation of the patella. But cramp
^^MJ^^^^^^II^^^g^ is easily known from the suddenness
•^^^^^r^^^^^^^s^ ^J^ l\yQ attack, from there being no en-
FiG. 889.— The borse as he usual- largement at the stifle, and from the
ly appears when stifled. bending up of the foot.
Treatment. — It must be returned to its place as soon as possi-
ble, which can be easily done in the following way : Make one or
two assistants pull the foot forward, while you push the stifle
back, and at the same time push the patella forward, when it will
slip into its place, and the animal will walk off almost as sound as
if nothing had happened. If it is followed by lameness or swell-
ing about the joint, rest must be given, and to prevent its recur-
rence, the stifle may be blistered.
A very good plan with colts, in which it frequently comes out,
is to remove the patient to a loose-box, with a level, even floor;
and to put a shoe on, with a tip projecting in front about two or
three inches, slightly turned up, which will keep the musch^s at-
tached to it on the stretch, and so prevent its slipping out again.
This may be worn for one or two months, as required.
A good deal of a secret in relieving a horse when stifled, is to
take short hold of the bridle or halter, so as to throw the head up
STIFLE-JOINT LAMENESS !)77
with a jerking inotiou, and quickly force the horse back upon his
heels. It is rarely the peculiar exertion will not bring the patella
back into place; when, by walking th(^ horse back and forth a
little, he will be found all right.
Stifle-Joint Lameness.
Besides dislocation of the patella or knee-cap, from laceration
or extension of the lateral ligaments, we frequently find the stifle-
joint itself diseased. The condyles may be diseased, or the semi-
lunar cartilages may be displaced. Sometimes the tendinous ori-
gin of the flexor metatarsimagnus (the piincipal muscle in bend-
ing the hock-joint) is torn or strained. This is always a serious
lameness, owing to the flexity of the part involved.
Causes. — The causes are the same as in other joint-slips, blows,
wrenches, etc.
Symptoms. — In moving, the limb is held as straight as possi-
ble; it is moved of a piece, as it were, the stifle is turned outward
at every step, and the leg is swung around, and placed farther
forward than in hip-lameness. In most cases we have heat and
swelling. If made to stand on the limb, the capsular swelling
can be felt, and pain is evinced on pressure.
Treatment. — Rest must be given. If the cartilages are dis-
placed, they must be replaced by careful manipulation; hot fo-
mentations, or continued cold applications, must be applied; and
in the latter stages, repeated blisters or setons should be re-
sorted to.
Cuts or Wounds.
In ordinary cases they are easily managed. Ail that is neces-
sary to do is to clip the hair from the edges of the wound, remove
any hair or dirt from it by sponging the part with warm water,
and dress it with any of the healing preparations or digestives
hereafter given, which will cause a secretion of yellow matter, and
a healthy granulating process. Each day following, to be cleansed
by sponging out with a lather made of castile soap and warm
water, and the application of the medicine repeated.
In a very serious, deep or contused wound, if any large blood
vessels are severed, they should be tied up. Arteries will thi-ow
the blood out in jets, and veins in a steady stream. If an artery
63
978 DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
is cut, it must be stopped promptly ; if it cannot be tied up, it can
usually be stopped by touching it with a hot iron, or applying any
good styptic. (See Styptics.) Simply covering over with cob-
webs will usually answer a good purpose. Clip the hair from the
edges, also any bits of loose skin which would be liable to slough
off; but it is always advisable to save every bit of skin that can
be kept alive; the part to be sponged out daily, and the dressing
repeated. The injury will heal from the bottom, gradually filling
up, by what is termed a granulating process. If there is serious
inflammation, swelling and pain, poultice; but if poultices cannot
be used to advantage, or if pain and swelling are very severe, hot
fomentations must be applied and continued without intermis-
sion until it subsides; then dress daily as directed. Care must
also be taken to keep the horse quiet in a comfortable stall, free
from the annoyance of flies, and fed with easily digested, laxative
food ; if much tendency to fever, give a small dose of physic.
If the cut or wound is deep, dress with a tent, which is simply
a wad of tow dipped in digestive ointment, which will be referred
to farther on ; the cavity is not to be filled with the tent, but only
the bottom, and then the wound will heal up as it ought ; if the
wound is merely syringed out, or dressed superficially, it is liable
to close over at the surface, and appear healed, while at the bottom
the matter is spreading and burrowing, forming a sinus ; in case
there is too rapid granulation, or proud flesh, check it by touch-
ing with a little caustic. When the wound fills up, and there
is not skin enough to cover it, dusting over it a little of the magic
healing powder, or any of the astringents given, will cicatrize it
quickly. If a wound is indolent, or does not seem to granulate,
simply use a stronger stimulant; if serious, using a caustic, which
will remove the unhealthy parts, and set up a healthy condition
of granulation. A very good, simple stimulant to rouse an indo-
lent ulcer to action, is an ounce of blue vitriol, pulverized, to a pint
of water ; and for a simple healing or granulating effect, a lighter
preparation, or about 2 drachms to a pint of water: to be used as
a dressing once a day. If the wound is deep so as to make a
pouch of accumulated matter, it must be syringed out from the
bottom every day, or better a dependent opening made from the
bottom, and kept open by a piece of tape or string passed through
it, to let the matter pass off
CUTS OR WOUNDS. 979
For deep, incised wounds, from pitch-fork, etc., the following
is claimed to be excellent: —
1 pound saltpetre,
1 gallon water,
1 quart best whisky.
Inject into the wound with a syringe three times a day until a cure is
effected.
It prevents inflammation or a tendency to sloughing or morti-
fication. A gun-shot wound, a foot deep, in the thigh of a horse
(the ball could not be found, remaming in the leg) was perfectly
cured in two weeks by this treatment.
In any case of sinuses being formed, they must be opened up
to the bottom, and made a simple wound, when it is to be treated
as for a wound. Or, the pipes destroyed by a caustic introduced
and repeated until the unhealthy part is sloughed out to the bot-
tom. A very simple and effective caustic is that made of blue
vitriol, either in strong solution, when it could be injected, or a lit-
tle powdered fine in the form of a tent, which is simply a little
rolled up in a strip of thin paper, twisted at the ends, and pudied
to the bottom with a probe. Several parcels of this kmd, one after
another, can be pushed in until the sinuses are filled. In four or
five days a core will be formed, which will usually destroy the
sinuses to the bottom ; if any remain, it can be ascertained, and
the dressing repeated upon that part, until it is all made a clean
wound, when it can be treated as before described with a simple
digestive preparation.
If there is an injury to the bone, hgament, or tendon, and not
treated properly, a small sinus is formed, from which matter will
ooze. In such a case, a probe must be introduced, and its extent
ascertained; if the sinus extends to the bone, which can be known
by the probe striking it, a free opening should be made to the
bottom, if the situation will admit, the diseased surface scraped
off", when it can be treated as before explained, by the use of
Friar's balsam, etc. If all dead matter is not removed, sinuses
are again liable to form after the wound is healed, when the whole
treatment must be repeated.
Punctured wounds of the tendons, and the capsular ligaments
of the joints, which often happen in the hind or fore legs, should
be first touched with lunar caustic by making the stick pointed,
980
DISEASES AND THEIK TBEATlMENT.
and insert into the wound an eighth of an inch or more; then if
necessary, poultice. This class of wounds, it is found, do not do
well by the treatment pursued in other wounds. So long as there
Fig. 840.
Fig. 841.
is freedom of the synovial fluid in passing off, or any irritants are
permitted to enter such a cavity, they seem only to aggravate it.
The jDoint is to first stop this, which can be done best as directed,
or by touching lightly with a hot iron; keep the animal quiet, and
use an astringent dressing ; if inflammation is excessive, poultice,
and there will usually be no trouble.
If clean cut, or the wound is of a character that will permit
the edges being brought together, as in cases where the skin is
widely separated, the point is, after sponging out the part so as
to remove any foreign matter, to bring the edges together, and
hold them in apposition, if it can be done without the skin slough-
ing, until healing by first intention takes place; but this seldom
can be accomplished, excepting to a partial degree, in the horse,
on account of the amount of muscular action of the skin; but in
many cases it must be resorted to, and will enable holding the
Fio 842.
Fig. 843.
edges together sufiiciently long to enaole the wound to hual with-
out leaving much of a scar.
The stitches, which should be from three-quarters to an inch
apart, can be made by means of a curved flat needle, with silk or
linen avoU waxed. I give illustrations of different methods of do-
CUTS AKD WOUNDS.
981
ing this, which should make it sufficiently plain to be understood.
First by stitches; or, by approximating the edges by stitches
passed around a quill or small piece of round twig placed on each
lip of the wound, termed quilled suture. Or, pins may be passed
through the lips at suitable distances, and a little tow or thread
twisted around each, like the figure eight, as shown, or the edges
may be held together by strips of sticking-plaster. A good
adhesive plaster can be made by melting about two parts of bur-
ofundy pitch to one of tallow, and spreading while hot upon cloth ;
cut in strips of proper length and breadth, draw the edges of the
Fig. 844.
Fig. 84r>.
skin together, and lay on while hot; the parts to be dressed with
a weak solution of carbolic acid, about in the proportion of one
part to twenty or thirty parts water. The writer has had excel-
lent success by the use of calendula, tincture of the garden
flower called marigold, this should be diluted with about one-
fourth to one-third of water ; or any good antiseptic may be used.
The following for this purpose, obtained fi'om one of the best
practitioners in the country, is included : —
" In wounds where the muscles are badlj- contused and lacer-
ated, the following wash has taken the precedence above all other
remedies, and by far supersedes carbolic acid. It acts as an anti-
septic, and prevents excessive granulation. Take 1 oz. white vitriol
or sulphate of lime, to 16 oz. water. Syringe the parts out well
with the lotion, after being well cleansed, twice a day. By taking
1 oz. of white vitrol to 4 oz. of water, and penciled on the parts
with a camel's-hair brush two or three times a day, it will cut doAvn
the excessive granulations commonly called "proud flesh."
982 DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
For a healing ointment, the following is unrivaled: —
2 1 pounds palm oil,
2 pounds lard,
> pound gum turpentine,
J pound beeswax,
1 pound calamine.
Simmer all together over a slow fire, and it will be fit for use. Put a
little in the wound once a day. Wash the wound with warm water and cas-
tile soap before applying the ointment.
This is the favorite prescription of one of the best practitioners
in the country, and is among the very best for the cure of cuts,
pricks, and incised wounds in the feet, etc. It sets the wound to
running yellow matter quickly, and produces a healthy, granulat-
ing process.
Turpentine and hog's lard, equal parts, simmered together,
with a small quantity of powdered verdigris stirred in, is also a
fine healing preparation for cuts and wounds.
The following is also a fine healing preparation, good for old
sores or injuries in the feet, etc. : —
1 oz. tincture of myrrh,
2 oz. tincture of aloes,
1 pint water. •
To be ap2>lied once a day.
Healing ointment for cuts, galls, etc: —
4 drachms oxide of zinc, pulverized fine,
6 grains carbolic acid,
1 ounce lard.
Melt the lard and stir in the zinc. Add the carbolic acid and mix thor-
oughly. Apply once a day. Will cause a healthy discharge from a foul
ulcer.
Magic healing powder: —
^ oz. burnt alum,
1 oz. prepared chalk,
1 drachm piilverized gum camphor,
2 drachms calamine, pulverized.
Mix, sprinkle on the sore.
When a wound will not heal, or there is not skin enough to
cover it, dust on a little of this powder, and it will cicatrize it
quickly. It is good for galls, saddle wounds, or other parts where
the skin is thin or broken, providing there is no inflammation and
condition requiring healing astringents. This is the original recipe
INJUEIES OF THE TONGUE. 983
foT- the famous magic healing powder- and has been sold, as a
great secret, for ten dollars or more.
A good healing preparation, especially for cuts or incised
wounds in the feet: Tar and hog's lard, equal parts, melted to-
gether, removed from fire and stirred till cold.
The following hoof ointment has been in use in the British
army, and used by British farriers. It is highly recommended by
our most eminent veterinaries of this country: —
2 parts mutton tallow,
2 parts white resin,
2 parts barbadoes tar,
1 part yellow bees wax,
1 part castor oil.
Melt the resin and bees wax together, then add the tallow. When
melted, add the tar and castor oil, then remove from the fire and stir until
cold.
This ointment is mostly used for diseased conditions of the
feet. It is also effectual for the cure of many of the most trouble-
some skin diseases. Blotches and cracks of the heels, to which so
many horses are liable in winter, is cured by nothing so readily
as by this ointment, well rubbed in, after the parts have been thor-
oughly washed with warm water and soap. This ointment is also
good for cattle, sheep, and sporting dogs.
Injuries of the Tongue.
The tongue is often injured by violence, pulling it out in giv-
ing medicines, either by the restlessness of the animal or clumsi-
ness of the operator, often by being tied up with a " hitch " of the
halter in his mouth ; by running back, he sometimes cuts it nearly
through. A very common cause also is the use of a severe bit.
Treatment. — If not too much lacerated, the divided edges
should be brought together by the metallic suture, and dressed fre-
quently with the following lotion: —
1 ounce alum,
1^ ounces borax,
1 ounce honey,
1 quart water.
If it is nearly cut across, it may be necessary to remove it, and
tie the blood-vessels, and dress frequently with the above lotion.
9«4 DISEASES AlSfD THEIR TREATMENT.
Tincture of marigold, called colendula, is so good for bruises
and cuts of this character, that I think it worth mentioning.
When in PainsvUle, Ohio, a horse was brought in by a leading
gentleman. He stated that the horse had the habit of pulling
recklessly ahead against the bit, so much so that he could not be
stopped, offering to w^ager that he would pull eight men with the
bit. Upon trial, with a breaking bit on, he pulled eight men
around the ring, causing his tongue to become caught under the
bit, and was cut fully half oft* and the mouth badly bruised, and
became terribly swollen in a short time. I had a few ounces of
colendula with me, which I had obtained to try its effect if op-
portunity presented. I reduced some of it one-third to one-half
with water, and bathed the mouth and tongue with it thoroughly,
repeating two or three times in a couple of hours.
Being compelled to leave for Madison the same evening, I di-
rected the owner to bathe the parts with the colendula four or
five times a da}^ at least until my return. I remained at Madison
one day, went to Geneva the next, when I again returned to
Painsville to fill my engagement there, being absent three days.
Upon examination, I found all swelling and inflammation gone,
and the tongue entirely healed.
A horse having lost part of the tongue, cannot drink without
plunging the head deep in the water.
To cure cuts or bruises of the cheeks, use inside —
1 drachm tannin, to
1| ounces borax, and
3 or 4 parts water.
Swab the inside of the Avound once a day.
For the outside di'essing, use —
1 ounce tincture myrrh,
2 ounces tincture aloes,
I pint water.
Mix, and swab the parts once a dary.
Wash or sponge the parts with warm water and castile soap be-
fore each dressing.
SoRK Mouth.
The lips frequently become sore at the angles of the inouth,
FISTULA OF THE WITHERS.
985
from cutting or bruising of the bit. Tincture of myrrh and aloes,
equal parts, applied to the sore, will soon cause it to heal.
Fistula of the Withers.
The principle of treating fistula of the withers and poll evil is
the same as for treating other
deep-seated ulcers explained ; the
only difference is that they are
more complicated on account of
their location, and require, if
anything, more careful treat-
ment.
Fistula of the withers is caused
by an injury to, or bruising the
top of, the fii'st vertebra of the
neck, or the ligament covering it.
At first there is simply mflam-
mation, with some swelling, mak-
ing the part very tender and
sore ; if this is not arrested or dis-
persed, mattei' will form and
penetrate in different directions,
around and between the dorsal
vertebra, and under the shoulder blade, before it comes to the sur-
face. Consequently the fistula may extend to both sides, and if
neglected, may seriously involve the bones, in which case the cure
will be proportionately more difficult.
At its early stage, when
there is simpl}" inflammation
and soreness, cooling appli-
cations, such as pouring cold
water upon it, or directing a
small stream from a hose
against it, and repeating, is
good. The part can be kept
wet by the following lotion,
-Showing a bad case of fistula. ^^^ ^.|^g^ ^f ^.j^p inflammation
does not abate, give a dose of physic and apply an iodine or
sweating blister: —
Fig. 846.
-Shoulder in healthy con-
dition.
Fig. 847.-
986
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
4 ounces salt petre, 1 ounce sugar of lead,
1 ounce muriate of ammonia, 1 pint common salt,
2 gallons cold water.
Lay on a few thicknesses of
cloth, and keep wet with it.
Or the following may be
used : —
8 ounces tincture of arnica,
1 quart water.
If, however, matter forms,
the sooner the abscess is opened
the better. When this is done,
the extent of the injury, or
of the sinus, if any have
formed, must be carefully as-
_ „ .„ T^ . T - ., ..I. T, certain^d with a probe, or by
Fig. 848. — Festula of the withers, show- r ' J
ing seton. introducing the finger. If this
cannot be done to advantage, then the pipes must be destroyed by
the introduction of caustic tents, as before explained for treating
deep seated ulcers, so that it will make a clean sore ; then a de-
pending opening for the matter to run off must be made by pass-
ing a seton from the bottom outward, and sponge or syringe
it out once a day with
a strong suds of warm
water and castile soap.
It must be borne in
mind that if allowed
to heal over with pus,
or any unhealthy mat-
ter remaining at the
bottom, matter will
continue to form, and
finally break out anew,
making, if anything, a
more complicated con-
dition of ulcer. The
point is to see that all
foreign matter, sinuses, or unhealthy bone, is thoroughly removed.
Sinuses can be removed either by cutting away or sloughing off
Fig. 849. — Good method of covering the parts.
POLL EVIL. 987
with caustics as explained, and the diseased bone by scraping.
Syringe out the parts well, first with castile soap and water, then
with a mild solution of blue vitriol, or carbolic acid and water;
after which treat as before with digestive ointment, tincture of
myrrh, etc., as may be found advisable.
Soon after my leaving the road, one of my horses, Gifford, was
threatened with fistula of the withers. When able to examine
the case, I found there was severe inflammation and swelling of
the parts, which was so painful that the horse would not allow it
to be touched. The veterinary surgeon in charge had applied a
sharp stimulant, the effect of which was intensified by covering
the parts with a couple of thick blankets. The horse was very
fat, and there were indications of matter forming, which, as the
horse was extremely sensitive, would cause great trouble in dress-
ing the parts, which would be necessary for some time. I ex-
pressed my fear of this result, but the doctor thought differently,
assuring me that he had every reason to believe the inflammation
would disperse in time. I left, giving him full liberty to manage
the case in his own way, and was gratified on being informed
shortly afterward that the inflammation was dispersed, and in
this way a cure was affected. The serious condition of the case,
and the success with which the cure was affected by dispersing
the inflammation, induced me, for the benefit of my readers, to
write to the doctor for the details of tlie treatment used, which I
here include.
'' The treatment pursued in the management of Gifford was as
follows: Take two pounds salts, four ounces cream of tartar, mix
well, divide into nine doses, and give one dose once a day in his
feed. For the local treatment, I took of the tincture of iodine and
cantharides, equal parts, and applied to the shoidders every day
for ten or twelve days ; after which, I used a stronger solution tAVo
•or three times a day for three or four weeks. The case was a very
bad one."
Poll Evil.
Poll evil is caused by being clubbed back of the ear, striking
back of the head against an obstruction, pulling hard upon the
halter, or checking the head high, so as to bring undue pressure
upon the ligaments of the parts, which will be shown by the in-
flammation and swelling over the first vertebra of the neck. If
this inflammation is allowed to continue, the posterior part of the
988
DISEASES AND TIIEIE TEEATMENT.
occipital bone, and sometimes the atlas bone, also the strong ten-
don over them, will be involved, causing serious ulceration of the
parts, unless taken in hand promptly. The principle of treatment
is precisely that of fistula of the Avith-
ers. First, cooling applications, a dose
of physic, and a cooling, opening diet.
A favorite prescription for dispers-
ing inflainmation of this kind, used by
an old author.
IS,
Fig. S50. — Method of checking
that is liable to cause
poll evil.
2 drachms tartarized antimony, crj's-
alized and finely powdered,
2 drachms olive-oil,
1 oimce hosf's lard.
Vaseline can be substituted for the
oil and lard. When properly rubbed
on the part, this will act as a powerful blister, but does not blem-
ish. Should matter form, it must be opened to the bottom, and,
after being cleansed out, ascertain how far matter has bur-
rowed, or the degree to which sinuses have formed. It is not
prudent to do any more cutting at this part than simply to
make a sufficiently deep incision to give an opening for the matter
to pass off. If sinuses have formed, caustic tents are to be intro-
duced, as before explained, until a clean sore is made. If the
bones are involved, they must be scraped. Next, a depending
opening made by running a
seton from the bottom outward.
Sometimes the matter extends
across the neck to the opposite
side. In such a case, the best
way is to run a needle across
between the muscles, and out
on the opposite side, making an
outlet on both sides.
The after treatment is the
same as for fistula of the with-
ers, being careful to I'emove all foreign growth, or diseased bone.
Dress first with slightly caustic solution, then with digestive oint-
ment, as explained.
I will include here a remedy which is claimed to be very ef-
FiG. 851.-
-The head as it should be given
freedom in harness.
POLIi EYIL.
989
fectual in the cure of poll evil, fistula of the withers, etc. Burn
corn, cobs, and fill the cavity to the bottom with the ashes. It may
be necessary to repeat two or three times, before a cure is effected.
The ease with which this can be applied makes it worthy of trial.
I obtained it under the followino- circumstances: —
o
When in Central New York, during my last tour tluuugh
that country several years ago, a man said to me that ho had a
simple but sure cure for fistula of the withers, poll evil, etc., which
was a secret, but which he would give me if I would pass him
into my class. He claimed to be able to satisfy me as to the ef-
fectiveness of the remedy, by indorsements from several well-
known citizens Avho were pres-
ent. I said, "BrinQ'on vour
proofs." He brought for-
ward., among others, a man
who stated that he had a
horse which, for two years,
had been doctored for fistula
of the withers of the worst
character, without doing any
good, and at large expense.
He finally treated the case as
this man directed, and aftei-
three applications the cure
was complete. Others stated that the man had treated cases for
them, with the same success.
The writer would be greatly obliged to parties giving this
remedy a trial, if they would report to him the results.
Since writing the above, I requested a veterinary surgeon of
my acquaintance to give this a trial, when he had a case offered
for treatment. A very bad case of poll evil was brought in from
the country; there were two deep cavities, and he directed the
owner to fill them with the ashes. Some time afterward, the man
reported that both ulcers were healed over, but one of them had
again broken out. Upon inquiry, it was found that instead of
simply filling the cavities, and leaving them alone without further
attention, the man kept adding more each day, causing them to
heal too quickly.
There is no doubt that, when used as direcfettd, it will be found
Fig. 852. — Showing seatou.
990 DISEASES AND THEIK TEEATMENT.
a decidedly effective means of treatment. Its simplicity and safety
make it deserving of a trial before resorting to regular treatment.
The following remedy is used by veterinary surgeons of my
acquaintance as a remedy of great value, and is kept a secret
The point in iising it is, to saturate a little tow with it, and j^ush
it to the bottom of the ulcer, so that it will touch every part of it.
In about twenty-four hours the diseased part can be separated
from the healthy flesh with the finger, from the top to the bottom,
and taken out, when it is to be dressed as a simple wound: —
4 ounces accetate of copper (verdegris),
•i ounces sulphate of copper (blue vitriol),
4 ounces alum,
1 ounce white precipitate (white mercury),
2 ounces nitric acid,
1 pound honey.
Diseases of the Eye.
The eye, or organ of vision, is composed of three tunics, or
coats, and of the same number of humors. To the external coat
(sclerotic and cornea) it owes its form. The middle tunic is made
up of the choroid, or vascular coat, of the iris, or the thin curtain
suspended in the aqueous humor, and perforated in the center by
an opening called the pupil, or pupillary opening, which in the
horse is of an elliptical form ; in man it is round. The inner coat
is called the retina, or nervous covering, and is the terminal ex-
pansion of the optic nerve.
The humors are three in number, and they serve as reflectors
of the light. They are : The aqueous humor, crystalline lens, and
vitreous humor. The last is the largest, and occupies about
four-fifths of the whole interior of the globe or eyeball. The ap-
pendages of the eye are the eyelids, eyelashes, and the membrana
nictitans, generally called the haw, which is situated in the inner
or lower angle of the eye. It is connected with the difierent mus-
cles of the eyeball. By the contraction of the straight muscle of
the eye, the haw is forced outward, and is one of the beautiful
arrangements that nature has provided for the protection of so
delicate and sensitive an organ. The eye is wholly covered by a
thin membrane called the conjunctiva.
]KFLAM]\iATION OF TIIE EYES. 991
Simple Ophthalmia, or Inflammation of the Eyes,
Is a common disease among horses, and consists of inflammation
of the conjunctival membrane covering the eye.
Causes. — ^It may be produced by many different causes, and
perhaps the most common is from the introduction of a foreign
substance into the eye, as a hay seed, or chaff pickle becoming
Fig. 853.
a, Optic nerve; 6, Sclerotic; c, Choroid; d, Retina; e, Cornea; /, Iris; g,
h, Ciliary circle ; i, Insertion on crystalline lens ; j, Crystalline lens ; k, Crystalline
capsule ; I, Vitreous body ; m, ii, Anterior and posterior chamber ; o, Membrane
of aqueous humor; p, p, Tarsi; q, q, Fibrous membrane of eyelids; r, Elevator
muscle of upper eyelid ; s, «, Orbicularis muscle of eyelids ; t, /, Skin of eyelids ;
M, Conjunctiva; v, Membrane covering cornea ; x, Posterior rectus muscle ; y,
Superior rectus muscle ; z, Inferior rectus muscle ; iv, Orbital membrane.
lodged in the external covering (cornea), or by direct injury to
the eyes, as from the blow of a whip, or something of the kind.
When from a blow or direct cause of injury, but one eye will be
affected, while if from cold, etc., both eyes will be involved. It is
also caused by allowing horses to stand in foul stables, especially
in the summer months, whereby ammoniacal gases are generated,
992
DISEASES AND THEIE TEBATMENT.
proving very injurious to the eye-sight. It proceeds from exposure
to cold, and is often an accompaniment of catarrh.
Symptoms.-
The eyes are
weak ; the con-
junctiva, or in-
ner lining of the
lids, inflamed ;
water running
from the eyes;
the lids partly,
if not wholly,
closed, accord-
ing to the se-
verity of the
Ciliary case. Bluish or
white film, the
Fig. 854.
1, Sclerotic coat; 2, 4, Veins of the choroid; 3,
nerves; 5, Ciliary ligament; 6, Iris.
result of inflammation, comes over the cornea, extending no deeper
than the surface, and may vary from a slight cloudiness to entire
opacity.
Treatment. — This must, in a great measure, depend upon the
cause; therefore it is of the greatest importance to make a careful
examination, especially if but one eye is affected.
If there is any foreign matter in the
eye, remove it promptly, which can
be done either by means of a feather
or a pair of forceps. The eye should
be fomented with tepid or warm wa-
ter, and the horse kept in a darkened
stable or loose-box; next, the eye may
be kept constantly moist by means of
a sponge or cloth, wet with tepid or
cold water, and applied over the eye ;
or better, Goulard's extract, used in
the proportion of 1 drachm to a pint
of watei'. If accompanied by great pain, the following lotion
should be applied around the eye several times a day : —
1 ounce watery infusion of opium,
4 ounces Goulard's extract,
12 ounces water.
Fig. 855. — Capillaries of the
vascular layer of the
retina.
INFLAMMATION OF THE EYES.
993
When the cloudiness or opacity of the cornea is tardy in being
removed, the eye should be stimulated daily with the following
collyriuni : —
5 grains nitrate of silver,
1 ounce distilled water.
Apply by means of a feather or camers-hair unish.
• If he must be used or kept hi the sunlight,
the eye should bo kept covered with a l)hu'
cloth tied loosely over it. It is very impoi'tant
to attend to any such form of local inflamma-
tion promptly ; not only treating properly, 1 )ut,
if possible, take him from all work, since, if
neglected, or the inflaunnation aggravated by
heating the blood, the sight is liable to be de-
stroyed, or run into periodic opthalmia. It is
somewhat wonderful how much injury the eye
will recover from, when treated with any kind
of care.
Twenty years ago, when diiving hoi'ses
without reins was regarded as a great feat, in
training them to drive in this wa}', it was sometimes necessary to
use the whip very severely over the head, wlien the eye was lia-
ble to be struck, and so seriously
injured as to close it and make it
entirely white from inflaunnation
in a short time. Yet, in every
case, by bathing with cold watei",
keeping in a dark place, and if
moved, keeping the eye covered
with a cloth, in a few days the
eye entirely recovered.
Once, while trainmg Gifford,
one of my old paii- of trained horses, he ran incidentally against
the corner of a stair, striking the eye so severely as to instantly
destroy his power of sight; the eye was entirely closed, and red
with inflammation. In this case I simply kept the eye covered
with a cloth kept constantly wet with water, in which was tinct-
ure of aconite in the pro])ortion of about 40 drops to half a pint
of Avater. There was entire lecovery within a week. This jnild
63
ui. 856. — Goodraeth-
1x1 (if covering
the eye.
Fig. 857.^ — Reversed.view of tlie above.
994
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
preparation lias proved fui- me very efficient in reducing local
inflammation.
Specific, or Periodic Ophthalmia,
Is the most severe afl^^ection to which the horse's eye is liable, and
is very common in this country. The parts principally and pri-
marily involved are the internal structures of the eye, and the
changes which occur vaiy in degree to the severity of the attack.
Causes. — The great cause of this affection can be traced to an
hereditary predispo-
sition, always ready
to burst forth when
exposed to certain ex-
citing causes, such as
injui-ies of any kind,
as before explained,
being kept in very
dark and ill-venti-
lated stables, and then
suddenly exposed to
the glare of a hot
sun; and, like simple
ophthalmia, it may fol-
low continued expos-
ure to cold.
Symptoms. —
Among the first
symptoms is a watery discharge from one or both eyes, and on be-
ing exposed to the sunlight he exhibits a peculiar uneasiness, with
a partial closure of the affected eye. As the disease advances, the
eyelids become swollen, and if turned upward, the conjunctiva
appears reddened and injected ; the eye looks smaller, and retracted
into its socket; the interior of the eye reveals a peculiar muddy
or turbid appearance, showing floating flakes, and a yellowish or
whitish deposit at the bottom of the chamber. Fig. 860 is designed
to show, on an enlarged scale, something of this change. The
symptoms are very like tho.se of simple ophthalmia, and often leads
to the supposition that the eye has received a blow or other injury.
The above symptoms become more and more aggravated, and
Fig. 85S.
-Physiological papillae, as seen with the
ophthalmoscope.
SPECIFIC, OE PEEIODIC OPHTHALMIA.
995
tliG patient becomes affected constitutionally; the circulation is
increased, the mouth hot, and the appetite impaired. These symp-
toms may continue for several days, and then gradually disap-
pear, or they may be prolonged for weeks, and ead only with the
destruction of the eye. A prominent and well-marked symptom
of this disease is its shifting from one eye to the other; in many
cases, one eye has no sooner recovered than the other becomes af-
fected. At other times, recovery is rapid, and to all appearances
the eye looks per-
fectly healthy ;
in a short time,
however, the dis-
ease returns, and
often with in-
creased severity.
These occur-
rences or shift-
ings take place
in from three
weeks to a month
or more. As the
disease advances
still farther, the
eye begins to
clear, the cornea
becoming trans-
parent, leaving a
slight muddiness
in
Fig. 859. — Inflammation of optic nerve.
a, Papilla of the optic nerve conjested; 6, Enlarged
veins, connected by exhudation round the papilla; c, rather
diminished arteries.
the anterior
part (chamber) of the eye; the pupil diminishes in size, and the
disease gradually terminates in more or less opacity of the chrys-
talline lens or its capsule, constituting cataract.
Treatment. — As a general rule, the treatment of specific
ophthalmia is very unsatisfactory, but still medicinal remedies are
found beneficial in palliating the disease. The horse should be
placed in a comfortable and darkened loose-box, Avith a plentiful
supply of pure air. .A brisk dose of purgative medicine should be
administered, and if much constitutional fever is present, ten
drops of the tincture of aconite should be given every three hours,
996
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
until six or eight doses are given. Bleed from the facial vein, and
follow by fomentations of hot water to the eye. After the third
or fourth day, cold applications are preferable to hot. The ex-
tract of belladonna may be applied around the orbits, and also ad-
ministered internally, in doses of two scruples, three times a day.
When the acute inflammatory symptoms are somewhat abated,
Fig. 860. — Generalized atrophical choroidites.
a, Papilla of the optic nerve, preserving its rosy color ; 6, c, Atrophied choroid,
showing the white tint of the uncovered sclerotic; d, e, Blood-vessels of the retina;
/, Pigmentary deposits of the choroid.
the absorption of the effused products should bo aided by a stimu-
lating collyrium, as, —
10 grains sulphate of zinc,
1 ounce distilled water,
Or any of the eye waters advised under that head.
The following simple treatment, used by a very successful
practitioner, has by special request been written out for me: —
AMAUKOSIS, OR GLASS EYE. 997
" When the Uds are swollen, and not due to any disease, such as
Pink Eye etc , but to a cold, and injuries of numerous descriptions,
the eye should first be bathed off with hot salt water for a few min-
utes, then turn the lower lid down and drop on the lid and eye-
ball,'with an eye-dropper, the following collyrium:—
" 10 grains sulphate of atropio,
1 drachm sulphate of zinc,
6 ounces aqua rosae,
" Drop on the diseased eye 15 to 20 drops two to three times a day.
This remedy is a certain cure in most all eye-troubles.
" In diseases of the eye due to liver complaint, first give a strong
cathartic combined with 1 to 2 drachms of calomel, and treat the
eye as above."
Amaurosis, or Glass Eye,
Consists in either partial or complete paralysis of the optic nerve,
or its terminal expansion, the retina.
Causes. — Injuries to the brain, causing an extravasation of
blood upon the deep origin of the special nerve of sight (optic),
from disease of the internal coat of the eye (retina). It occasion-
ally occurs as a sequel of stomach staggers or indigestion. We
have also known it to occur in pregnant mares. Percival men-
tions several cases of amaurosis occurring in mares with foal, where
vision was perfectly restored after parturition.
Symptoms.— The eye has a peculiar glassy appearance; the
horse carries his head very high, and is continually moving his
ears, and his action is high, lifting his feet as if he were stepping
over some obstacle. He is easily alarmed by any noise. The pu-
pil is dilated, and loses its natural elliptical form. If the glare of
a lighted candle is brought to bear upon the eye, the pupil refuses
to contract, thus showing that nervous influence is lost.
Treatment.— The horse should have rest, and a strong dose of
purgative medicine given. If supposed to arise from effusion or
pres^sure on the nerve (optic), blisters and setons to the poll are
recommended, and diuretics should be used. In some instances
the powdered nux vomica, in doses of one scruple twice a day, has
been used with advantage. If amaurosis has continued for a
lengthened period, it is incurable, and treatment in such cases
would be entirely useless.
998 DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
Cataract
Is the name applied to a deposition of a pearly white substance
within the eye, and is a very common affection in this country.
It consists in an effusion of lymph, either on the middle humor
(crystalline lens), or on its capsule, and is variable in size, some-
times not larger than the head of a pin, while in other cases it
covers the whole lens.
Causes. — It is generally a result of repeated attacks of specific
ophthalmia, or it may even supervene upon a first attack; it may
follow a severe injury to the eye.
Symptoms. — The eyesight is either partially or completely
gone, and when covering the greater part of the lens, it is easily
known by its pearly white appearance. "When small, it is some-
what difiicult of detection ; the eye is smaller than in health, and
the pupil becomes greatly contracted when exposed to light. It
may be detected by placing the animal in a bright light, and care-
fully examining the eye; if the eye appears smaller than the
other, it indicates something amiss with it. He should then be
placed in a darkened stable, and allowed to stand quietly for ten
or fifteen minutes before being subjected to an examination. Stand
in front of him, and bring a lighted candle close up to the front
of his eye, when any alteration in the structure of the lens can be
readily detected.
Treatment on the horse is useless, as when permanently es-
tablished, it cannot be removed. When the cataract is confined
to one eye only, it interferes but little with the horse's usefulness
for ordinary work.
The cornea is frequently injured from the puncture of a nail,
allowing the aqueous humor to escape, and perhaps injuring the
crystalline lens, completely destroying vision. When the injury
is confined to the cornea, the humor may be reproduced. The
part should be diligently bathed, either with hot or cold water, and
the fomentations must be applied several times a day; and the eye
supported by means of a wet sponge or cloth, which tends to sub-
due the acute inflammation and allay the pain, and by keeping
the eyelids closed, it supports the lacerated parts.
After a few days it may be necessary to stimulate the part,
DROPSY OF THE BELIA'". 999
when any of the stimulating applications recommended for simple
ophthalmia may be used.
The membrana riictitans, or haw, sometimes becomes enlarged,
the result of an injury, or from being implicated in other diseased
conditions of the eye. -Even in its healthy state, we have known
it mistaken (b}^ ignorant persons) for an abnormal structure, and
barbarously removed. It is not an imusual circumstance to hear
persons boast of the rapidity with which they can remove this
beautiful and most essential appendage to the eye.
Dropsy of the Belly (Ascites).
Ascites consists of a collection of serous fluid in the cavity of
the belly. It is not very often seen, unless in connection with
some other disease.
Causes. — It is usually the result of chronic peritoneal inflam-
mation, or a sympathetic extension, or accompaniment of " water
in the chest " (hydrothorax), chronic disease of some important or-
gan contained in the belly, which it invests. Occasionally it oc-
curs in conjunction with enlarged liver or spleen. Sometimes also
from impeded circulation, consequent on abnormal tumors press-
ing on some important vessels; and, unquestionably, as in the hu-
man subject, some animals have a dropsical tendency (diathesis).
Symptoms. — The animal is observed to be dull and inactive,
the bowels are costive, and the urine scanty ; he is always thirsty,
watery swelling appears between the fore legs, which soon extends
backward along to the sheath or udder; the belly is large, and
when struck, emits a dull, heavy sound. As it goes on, the
breathing becomes rapid, and the pulse quick and small, the thirst
intense, the appetite fails, the enlargement of the belly becomes
more perceptible, the external swelling greater, and the breathing
much increased; as death approaches, the pulse becomes impercep-
tible, and as Blaine remarks, "the peritoneal inflammation pro-
duces colicky symptoms frequently, and in this way being occa-
sionally but little disturbed, and at other times very ill, a few ac-
tive symptoms carry ofl'the poor beast."
Treatment. — When the watery effusion is extensive, few
cases recover ; however, much can be done to arrest it in the early
stages; the prospects of recovery, of course, depend a good deal
on the cause of the complaint: when accompanied by hydrothorax,
]()()() DISHASKS AND 'rUKIK 'IMMvATMENT.
it almost invariably proves fatal. Tlu; strength from the fii-st
must b(; harliored, stimulants must be given from the beginning;
open the bowels by an active purgative, smart friction being fre-
quently applied to the belly, or if the swelling is considerable, it
should be supported by bandages; should the state of the patient
permit, walking exercise should be persevered in. The following
ball should be given <laily: —
1 drachm iodine,
1 drachm iodide of potassium.
Linseed meal and soft soap sufficient to fonn a ball.
Occasional doses of sweet nitre and waiiii beer should be o'iven.
Free scarifications with a lancet or sharp knife should be made in
the swelling.
Tonics should be more early used than they generally are; a
very good tonic ball in these cases consists of —
2 drachms sulphate of iron,
• 1 drachm iodine.
Made into a ball with linseed meal and soft soap. Or,
2 drachms ginger,
2 di-achms gentian,
2 drachms sulphate of iron,
Molasses sufficient to make a ball.
When medical treatment fails, temporar}' relief may be ob-
tained by tapping, which consists in puncturing the belly, in the
line between the navel and the sheath (or udder), taking care not
to injure the liowels, or any important vessels, in doing which the
belly must he tightly bandaged, and kept compressed.
Anasarca, or Swelled Legs.
If plethoric, fat legs and sheath swelled. When standing in
stable without any of the usual symptoms, should first be given a
sti-ong cathartic, and twenty-four to thirty-six hours after give
th(! following poM'ders in the feed morning and night: —
1^ ounces sulphate of iron,
2 ounces powdered digitallis leaves,
6 ounces nitrate of potass. ,
\ ounce powdered nux vomica.
Make into twelve powders, and give in feed morning and night as above
directed, until the animal's feces becomes of a lilackish color, then stop.
tkfijAmmation of the veins.
1001
By this time the horse should be well. If the case is weak
and debilitated, omit the physic and powders, and give good, nu-
tritious food. In the meantime the horse in either case should
have gentle exercise.
It is bad practice to bandage. The application of bandages
with stimulating liniment prevents the free circulation of the
Fig. 8G1.— The leg
in its natural
condition.
Fici. SG;3.— The leg as
it appears when "fill-
ed" or swelled.
blood, thereby causing not only debility of the capillaries, or small
blood-vessels, but also irritates the skin. It in all cases gives
temporary relief, but not a cure. The treatment before given is
the only one to be depended upon.
Inflammation^ of the Veins (Phlebitis).
Owing to the practice of bleeding horses for all ailments, which
is still very common among people through the countr}', phlebitis
is not uncommon. It consists of inflammation of the coats of the
vein, involving the surrounding cellular tissues also.
Causes. — When it occurs, it almost invariably follows the
operation of bleeding, arising from some mismanagement in per-
forming it, or securing the integuments after. Rusty fleams, care-
1002 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
lessness in pinning- it up, — as in pulling the skin out, allowing
blood to filtrate the cellular tissues, — bringing the edges unevenly-
together, or, as in cases we have known, pinning the vein itself to
the skin. Certain states of constitutional predisposition of the
veins to take on inflammatory action are said to exist.
Symptoms. — It is easily distinguished by the inverted edges
of the wound, which are red and swollen, and discharge thin
serum, which soon gives place to pus. The vein above the inci-
sion is hard, hot, and tender, and considerably enlarged. The
swelling extends upward to the head ; the inflammation extends
to the surrounding tissues; the side of the neck is swollen; the
neck is stiff", and the head extended. The systomatic fever runs high.
Treatment. — The head should be tied up, and almost constant
fomentations of hot water applied for several days. The lips of
the wound should be touched with the cautery or lunar caustic.
A full dose of purgative? medicine should be given. When the
acute fever has subsided, it should be blistered thi'oughout its en-
tire extent, and repeated if required, the head being kept elevated,
and his feed placed within his reach.
These cases often terminate in complete obliteration of the
vein ; but in course of time the smaller vessels of the neck enlarge,
and take the place of the lost jugular. He is not suited to be
turned to pasture, as the head is apt to swell. He can never after
be passed as a sound horse.
Thrombus.
Thrombus is the name given to a round tumor which some-
times occurs around tlie puncture made in bleeding.
Causes. — It is usually the result of pinning up the wound by
drawing the skin out, allowing the blood to be extravasated into
the cellular tissues; also from the opening in the skin not being
opposite the opening in the vein, or too small to allow the blood
to escape freely ; often from the tissues being irritated by repeated
striking of the fleam, or " perhaps from spontaneous inflammation
and serous eflfusion in the divided integuments and membranes
themselves."
Symptoms. — It is easily recognized by the appearance of a
round full swelling surrounding the opening a short time after
bleeding.
LAMPAS. 1003
Treatment. — It should be re-opened, the coagula squeezed out,
and the edges of the wound again brought together, and a j)ad, or
sponge, saturated with a strong solution of Goulard's lotion, or cold
water constantly applied for an hour at a time, the pad being
supported by a broad bandage round the neck. The head must
be tied up for at least twenty-four hours. It usually subsides in
a day or two. Should swelling remain, it should be blistered and
^iTeated as in phlebitis.
Lampas.
Lampas is the name given to a slight enlargement of the bars
or ridges on the palate behind the incisoi- teeth. It is mostly con-
fined to young horses, and is a
natural congestion of these parts,
consequent on the shedding of the
teeth. It is not so much a dis-
ease as a natural and salutary
process, which in general is best
let alone, and in which cruel rem- ^ „„„ r,,, , , .^ -, ,.
Fig. 863. — The barbarous method often
edies, such as firing, should never resorted to, of burning out
for a moment be thought of. If *^^ ^'^^^P^'-
much inflamed, a slight scarification, with sloppy feed for a few
weeks, will suffice to remove it. In older animals, similar swell-
ings are sometimes seen arising from indigestion ; a slight physick-
ing will generally remove them, without resorting to such out7'e
practices as " cutting out the lampas."
Diseases of the Skin.
The skin is a membrane of variable thickness, which covers
the whole body, and is reflected inward by all the natural open-
ings, so as to line, by its internal reflections, the eye, the nasal
cavities, the mouth, etc., etc. Skin diseases in the lower animals
generally do not prove so inveterate as in human beings.
Surfeit
Is an afiection of common occurrence among horses in the spring
and summer months, and is an eruptive disease, showing itself in
the form of small tumors, or pimpleS; and extending along the
neck, or over the whole body.
1004 DISEASES AND a^HElK TREATMENT.
Causes. — It very often proves a sequel of some derangement
of the digestive organs ; as from feeding for a lengthened period
on one kind of food, and more particularly if it is of a stimulating
or heating nature. It is also apt to occur in horses that are in
high condition when subjected to violent exercise, causing them
to sweat freely, and then being exposed to sudden chill ; in this
form it is often met with in colts, when being first put to work.
Symptoms. — It appeai-s suddenly; small pimples or tumors
arise on different parts of the body and neck, and jjarticularly un-
derneath the mane; in some instances they disappear rapidly by
absorption, while in others they burst and discharge a thin fluid ;
the hair comes out, and small scales form, which are easily pulled
off. At times this affection proves very irksome and troublesome
to the horse, causing him to rub violently against his stall, or bite
at the parts affected with his teeth. In its simple form it appears
to inconvenience the animal but little, and is generally easily re-
moved.
Treatment. — In the first place the food should be changed,
and a mild purgative given, as Barbadoes aloes, four to six
drachms ; the kidneys should be made to act freely, and for that
purpose the following ball may be given daily for four or five
days : —
3 draclims nitrate of jDotass. ,
1 scruple camphor,
] drachm oil of juniper,
With soft soap and linseed meal sufficient to form ;in ordinarj'^ sized
ball.
In inveterate cases, small doses of calomel and opium may be
used with success. The eruptions should be thoroughly cleaned
with soap and water, and afterward dressed with a mild solution
of the chloride of zinc, about twenty grains to a ^^int of water.
He should have regular exercise and good grooming, using the
wisp instead of the curry-comb. Surfeit differs from mange, in
not being contagious.
Urticaeia, Nettle Eash, Hines, etc.,
Shown by pimples, or elevations, on the skin, may go and come
within twenty-four hours, generally due to a disturbance of the
stomach, such as gastric derangement. In any case not .serious,
the symptoms are as follows: The horse probably not having
MANGE.
1005
taken well to his feed (apparently all right), a few hours later the
whole body will be covered with little erruptions, or elevations, all
over the skin.
The treatment for it should be as follows: Give a cathartic,
and have his body well bathed with strong salt and water. This
bathing may be repeated two or three times within twenty -four
hours ; feed lightly, and reduce the amount of grain feed.
This disease is caused by over-feeding, and want of exercise.
Is always common to fat horses, and makes its appearance dur-
ing the spring and summer months.
Mange
Is another eruptive disease, and is very contagious, and is caused
by the repeated attacks of minute
insects which burrow into the skin ;
these insects are called acari, and
can be easily seen by means of a
magnifying glass. (I include il-
lustrations of three varieties of
mange parasites.)
Causes. — In the majority of
cases it is the result of contagion,
either from coming in direct con-
tact with a mang}-" hoi'se, or it
may be carried by means of his
harness or blankets. It is also
generated by uncleanliness and in- ^^^- 864.— Mauge parasite,
sufficient nourishment ; the skin, from being allowed to become cov-
ered with dh't, loses, in a great measure, its highly important func-
tion in maintaining an animal in health.
Symptoms. — Generally, the first symptom observed is the an-
imal rubbing his head and neck against the stall or manger;
small pimples appear, and the hair falls off; the skin is dry and
hard, and upon the hardened patches may be seen small red spots.
A horse affected with mange is kept in a constant state of irrita-
tion, which soon reduces him in flesh.
Treatment. — He should be separated from other animals, and
thoroughly washed with soap and water every second or third
day, afterwards dressed with the following application : —
1006
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
4 ounces linseed oil,
4 ounces oil of tar,
3 ounces aulphur.
Mix, and rub well into the affected parts.
No. 2. — 4 ounces oil turpentine,
4 ounces oil tar,
6 ounces linseed oil. Mix.
Alternately with the above application mercurial ointment
may be used. The horse should have a generous diet, and moder-
FiG. 865.
Fig. 8B6.
Mange parasites.
ate and regular exercise. In inveterate cases arsenical solutions
are beneficial, but must be used with caution. All clothing, har-
Fio. 867. — One of the tests for mange.
ness, etc., which has been used on a horse affected with mange,
should be thoroughly cleansed before they are used again.
The following is recommended by a very successful veterinary.
sui'geon : —
" Take the horse in tho sun, and scrub him tlioroughly all over
with castile soap and water, then wash him well from head to tail
with gas water, in which ^^"t 2 drachms white hellebore to the gal-
HEN-HCE. 1007
Ion. Ho must now be put in another stall, distant from the one in
which he has been standing. Thus treated, it rarely requires more
than one washing to effect a permanent cure. The harness should
be thoroughly scrubbed, and put away for six or eight weeks.
These precautious are necessary to success in this otherwise trouble-
some disease."
Hen. Lice.
• It is not known to many that heu lice and common human
body lice grow on horses with great rapidity. Hen lice especially
are sometimes very troublesome. Prof. Bouley, in 1851, first
called attention to them.
Symptoms. — When a horse is taken suddenly with irresistible
itching, sometimes acting half frantic in his efforts to relieve him-
self by scratching, biting, striking up with his hind feet, and
stamping, examine him carefully for hen lice. This trouble is to
be particularly looked for where hens have access to, or roost in,
the stable. There is lia,ble to be an eruption of very small vesicles
under the skin, the haii" falling off in small, circular spots. In a
few days these spots are liable to extend.
When neglected, or not attended to, the horse is liable to lose
bii^ appetite, grow thin and weak, on account of the constant an-
noyance and irritation to which he is made subject.
Treatment. — Remove the cause. Hens should never be kept
near a horse stable, nor allowed to roost in it. Wash the animal
with a decoction of tobacco, or staphysgia; whitewash the stable,
and observe cleanliness. If subject to human lice, and the animal
is poor, with long hair, clip it off, and wash the animal with a de-
coction of stavesacre, one ounce of the powdered seeds to a pint of
water, taking care that the animal does not lick himself for some
time after the remedy has been applied. — J7illianis.
An ounce of arsenic to a pail of soft water, with wliich wash
the horse thoroughly in a warm place, is claimed to be a sure
remedy for destroying either kind of lice. — Somerville.
RiNG-WOKM.
This is not a common disease among horses. It consists in a
parasitic growth of organic cells in the surface of the skin. Ring-
worm is a common affection in man, and is said to be communica-
ble from him to the lower animals. Like other diseases of the
skin, it is also generated by uncleanliness.
1008 DISEASES AND THEIK TEBATMENT.
Symptoms. — The hair falls off on various parts of the body,
especially about the face, eyelids, cheeks, neck, and thighs, leav-
ing small and apparently ulcerated patches," which appear white
and scaly, and have a peculiar tendency to spread; the animal
loses flesh, and his coat becomes dry and dirty looking.
Treatment. — Ring- worm, if attended to in the early stage, is^
easily cured. The affected parts should be well cleansed, and
touched with a mild caustic, and dressed daily with the following
ointment : —
1 di-achm. iodine,
1 ounce lard.
Or, in place of the ointment, a liniment composed of —
1 ounce sulphur,
6 drachms iodide of potassium,
3 drachms iodine,
10 ounces oil of tar ;
May be used daily.
Scratches, Mud Fever, and Cracked Heels
Are very common occurrences among horses, especially in the
spring and autumn months, and the hind legs are oftener affected
than the fore ones.
Causes. — They are very often the result of keeping horses
standing in damp or filthy stables. Clipping the hair from off
the legs is regarded as a very serious cause of scratches, as it
leaves the skin so ])are that it cannot as readily resist the efiects
of irritants of any kind as when protected by its natural covering;
but the most common cause is the habit of washing the legs with
cold water, and not drying them thoroughly afterwards. The
sebaceovis glands in the hollow of the pasterns become inflamed,
their secretion is increased, the skin cracks and discharges an
ichorous matter.
Symptoms. — They usually cause lameness, more or less severe,
according to the severity of the attack, always mos.t painful for
the first few steps. The hollow of the pasterns are swollen, red,
hot, and tender, with ti-ansverse cracks which open at every step,
and often l)leed, especially in cold weather. (A good illustration
of this is shown by Figs. 868 and 869.
Treatment must be regulated according to the extent and
OKACKED HEELS.
1009
duration of tlie disease. lu all cases the liorse should be kept in
a dry place, with an abundance of clean litter; the heels should
be thoroughly cleansed, and if painful, poultices of linseed meal
apphed for several days. If the horse is in high condition, and
the legs much swollen, a full dose of purgative medicme must be
given, followed by two or three doses of diuretic medicine, as, —
3 draclims nitrate of potash,
'3 drachms resin,
With soft soap sufficient to make an ordinary sized hall.
Fio. SOS. — A very bad
case of scratches.
Fig. 869. — Au ordinary
case of scratches.
After poulticing, the parts should be dressed once or twice a
day with the following lotion: —
6 drachms sulphate of zinc,
1 ounce acetate of lead,
1 pint water.
Occasionally scratches prove very troublesome and difficult to
cure; if the ulcerations extend, it will be necessary to change the
dressing, and dry powders, such as oxide of zinc, calomel, etc.,
should bo tried.
The following is included from a very successful practitioner,
as J lis favorite treatment : —
• First wasli tlio parts off well with wurin Avutci- uiid soup, dry
thoroughly, and ai^ply the folloAviiig ointment twice a day:—
6t
1010
DISEASES AND THEIR TEEATMENT.
** 3 ounces oxide of zinc,
2 drachms carbolic acid,
10 ounces lard.
Mix.
" If the case is serious, internal remedies must be resorted to.
First give a laxative, then feed twice a da}^ one of the following
powders: —
' ' Ij ounces sulphate of iron,
3 ounces gentian root, pulverized.
" Make into eight powders. " _
The prescription given below was obtained b}^ the writer un-
der the following circumstances, which will illustra.te its value:
When traveling through Ohio, dur-
ing the winter of 1866, in conse-
quence of deep mud, Turco's feet
became badly affected with scratches,
or cracked heels. In spite of all that
could be done, the ulcerations con-
tinued to spread, in connection with
deep cracks across the heels, which
would bleed whenever he was moved.
Persons who had been in the army
who saw him, stated that his feet
were affected as were those in the
array, when they lost their hoofs.
While trying to drive him one morn-
ing, a drunken fellow, who intro-
duced himself as the local horse doc-
tor, claimed that ho had a remedy
that would cure the horse completely in two weeks. Having
no confidence whatever in the fellow, I paid no attention to him,
but was finally induced, mainly to free myself from his annoy-
ance, to buy the prescription. Next day he followed me to
the adjoining toAvn, when he again assured me, if I would try
the medicine, he would warrant it to cure the case. To get rid
of him, I finally told him he might go and make as much medicine
as he pleased, and I would pay him for it. He prepared the med-
icine, and it was applied by the groom to the horse, as directed,
that night. Next morning there was such a decided improvement
that I was encouraged to persevere in its use, and in two weeks
both legs were entirely cured.
Fig. aiO. — ybuwiiig the legs in
healthy condition.
CEACKED HEELS. lOH
I regard the prescription very valuable, and mention this fact
as proof of its effectiveness: —
2 ounces resiii,
2 ounces copperas,
2 ounces alum,
1 ounce beeswax,
1 pint tar,
Tallow, size of hen's egg.
Boil over a slow fire, skim off the filth, and add a handful of the scrap-
ings of sweet elder. When cool, it is fit for use.
Another remedy, for Avbich much is claimed, is the follow-
ing:—
6 ounces sweet oil,
2 ounces borax,
2 ounces sugar of lead. Mix.
First wash clean with soft water and castile soap. When dry, apply
once a day.
Sometimes a horse will irritate or break the skin by getting a
rope or strap around the leg, which, if neglected, will cause a
great deal of trouble by inducing scratches or cracking of the
skin. The leg should be immediately poulticed with flax seed
meal, until all inflammation subsides. The horse in the meantime
should have bran mashes, with a small dose of physic.
If, however, it has been neglected, and scratches or ulceration
of the skin follow, it must be treated the same as for an ordinary
case of scratches. I have found that tying a thickness or two of
flannel loosely around the part for a few days after treatment, is
very beneficial.
Mr. J. F. Beaver, of the firm of Beaver & Williams Livery, Bat-
tle Creek, Mich., gave me the remedy below, which he claims to
be the best thing he ever used for cracked heels. That, twelve
years ago, he bought a very fast trotter that was regarded worth-
less on account of his heels cracking so badly that he could not be
speeded. Every effort to cure him previously having failed, a
careful application of this remedy cured him perfectly. He has
used it on a number of bad cases since then, always with success.
He thinks it the best ever used for the cure of cracked heels, and
would not be without it for one hundred dollars. The prescription
was obtained of one of the best known and successful veterinary
surgeons in the country. Mr. B.'s statement was fully corrobo-
rated by friends who were acquainted with all the facts, and is un-
1012 DISEASES AND THEIK TEEATMENT.
doubtedly a remedy of great value. I include the prescription,
with directions, as given me :—
" The immediate causes of cracked heels, though various, may
be summed up under the general heads of neglect and mismanage-
ment. Any very sudden change from heat to cold, or from cold to
heat, is very likely to derange the secretions of the skin. Hence
washing the legs, esj)ecially with hot water, is very apt to induce
cracked heels. The use of caustics and active astringents fre-
quently does irreparable mischief. " Gummj^-legged " horses, i. e.,
those whose legs are disposed to fill, are predisjjosed to cracked
heels. Though this affection is usually associated with neglect or
mismanagement, we occasionally find it in animals receiving the
best of care. Horses well groomed and regularly exercised some-
times suffer from cracked heels. The process of sweating induces
the affection. The sweat runs down into the hollow of the heels,
and the evaporation of the perspiration, strongl}'' impregnated as
it is with the salts of the blood, may possibly lead to disease. In
regard to treatment, first, the cause, if it can be discovered, must
be removed. The heels should be washed ever}^ night with warm
water, and carefully enveloped in flannel bandages. Soap, though
commonly used along with the water, is injurious, because the al-
kali contained in it spoils the material thrown out for the repara-
tive process. Ointments of various kinds are used. The following,
if properly prepared, is an excellent remedy: Take of oxide of
zinc, one drachm ; Veterinary Cosmoline, one ounce ; powdered
gum benzoin, ten grains ; camphorated spirits, one drachm ; mix
thoroughly. The mode of application is a matter for attention. It
should be gently rubbed upon the cracks with the finger, so as to
distribute it in a moderately thick layer over the whole of the af-
fected part, and to insinuate it as much as possible under any crusts
that may be fonned in the disease. Once properly applied, it will
prevent further crust from collecting, while it serves the several
purposes of a new cuticle to the abraded skin, a water-dressing, and
a barrier to the oxidizing action always present in inflammation.
The heels must not be washed after the application of the oint-
ment ; they may be wiped with a soft napkin as much as may seem
necessary, but when the ointment is once applied, it should not be
removed by Avashing without good reason. Or the following lini-
ment may be successfully applied : Take of Goulard's extract, En-
glish glycerine, and skunk oil, two parts each ; liquor ammonia,
half a part ; mix. Agitate before using, and apply with a soft
brush twice a day."
See also hoof ointment on page 983, which Prof. Gamgee, of
Edinburgh, Scotland, says is one of the very best remedies for
scratches or cracked heels.
Grease.
This may be considered as an aggravated condition of scratches,
and is induced by the same general causes. In the early stage, it
GEEASE.
1018
consists in inflammation of the sweat glands, foMfewed by an of-
fensive, white, oily discharge from the heels. The acrid character
of the discharge often causes large portions of the skin to slough
away, leaving ugly sores behind.
Symptoms. — There is genei'ally more or less swelling of the
legs, which, if not speedily relieved, is followed by a discharge;
the hair falls oft', and the skin is reddened and inflamed. The
parts are very painful and hot, and in many cases the least press-
ure of the hand will make the horse twitch up his leg, and con-
tinue to hold it up for some time.
In other cases, when made to move
about in his stall, or when taken
out of his stable in the morning,
he will keep twitching up his legs
as if he were aflfected with string-
halt. Exercise appears to relieve
the pain, as after being walked
for ten or fifteen minutes, he goes
quite free. As the disease ad-
vances, the skin cracks, and the
discharge increases, becoming more
and more purulent and offensive.
(A good illustration of its appear-
ance at this stage is given in Fig.
871.) The swelling increases, not
being confined to the heels, but in- ^i^^- 8~i.— A bad condition of grease,
volving the front of the fetlock joint, and in some cases extending
uj)wards to the hock. The cracked condition of the legs and heels
undergoes a change of structure, and fungoid granulations spring
up similar in form to a bunch of keys; this is called the "orapy
stage," which may* vary considerably in structure, at one time be-
ing very vascular, bleeding readily when touched, in other in-
stances it loses its vascularity, and becomes hard and horny ; from
between the crevices of the grapes an' ichorous, glairy discharge
continues.
There is a small parasite, called sarcoptes hippopodus, which is
sometimes found in chronic grease, an illustration of which I here
give largely magnified, from Williams, who says this class of insect
may be also common to mange. The disease induced by it is called
lOU
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
foot mange, iibtention is drawn to a horse with this disease by his
rubbing his fore legs, or striking constantly with the hind ones
during the night. The seat of the disease, and the ready detec-
tion of numerous parasites in clusters where crusts or scabs form
about the horse's heels, suffice to enable us to diagnose the malady.
Treatment. — Without cleanliness, all medicinal remedies are
useless. The heels should be washed with soap and water every
day, and the general comfort
of the animal attended to. If
the patient is in high condition,
a dose of purgative medicine
must be given, and the animal
restricted to a cooling diet, as
carrots, bran, etc. ; or, if in sum-
mer, green food is preferable.
The following lotion may be
applied daily, which, in mild
cases, will generally suffice: —
30 grains chloride of zinc,
1 pint water.
In cases of long standing, the
hair must be cut off, and the
parts softened with linseed meal
poultices; to which may be
added charcoal, yeast, or bleach-
ing powder. After removing
Fig. 872.-Sarcoptes hippopodus. the poultices, dust the parts
over with oxide of zinc powder, or apply the following ointment
every morning, to be washed off at night: —
1 scruple acetate of lead,
4 drachms soft soap,
4 drachms lard.
As in other skin diseases, small doses of Fowler's solution of
arsenic is generally attended with beneficial results.
Tumor on the Shoulder.
Very often, in consequence of continued chafing of the collar,
which may be neglected, serious inflammation is caused, some-
times followed by a deep cyst of matter, beneath the large flat
TUMOE ON THE SHOULDER
1015
Fig. 873.-
-Showing tumor on elbow
and shoulder.
muscle which covers the front of the shoulder. The tissues around
the part become thickened and indurated so that it is frequently
difficult to detect any fluctu-
ation of matter, yet it may
be assumed, when there is con-
siderable swelling, that has
continued for some time, and
matter exists, there will not
be recovery until it has been
removed. In slight cases only,
a little nut-like induration
usually forms without matter.
Treatment.-In cases where
injury is recent, if the horse
must be used, change the col-
lar, so that, if possible, no chaf-
ing or pressure will be brought
upon the part. Bathe the shoulder with hot and cold water ac-
cording to the severity of the case, or two or three thicknesses of
wet blanket may
be slung over the
shouldei'. Bathing
the part thor-.^Sjl,
oughly with arn- jii,',/ ^'*\\:
ica which has been
reduced about one-
third with water,
is a favorite rem-
edy for chaffs and
bruises. The fol-
lowing liniments '
for external in-
flam mation are
very good: —
2 ounces wonn-wood,
1 quart New England Fig. 874. — A good method of covering shoulder with wet
rum. cloths or poultices, when seriously chaffed or inflamed.
Steep the womi-wood in the liquor, and apply the preparation thor-
oughly to the shoulder. Or,
loir;
DTSRASES AND TIIKTR TUKATM KXT.
1 ounce Goulard's extract,
2 o\mces vinegar,
3 ounces spirits of wine,
Hi pints water.
Cover the part Avith two or three thicknesses of cloth kejit wcit with tliis.
An excellent remedy for bruises and soreness, caused 1\y kicks,
etc., is made by putting all the camphor into whisky which it
will cut or dissolve. Bathe the part thoroughly with this.
If a tumor forms, open it with a knife, and treat like an or-
dinary wound ; or the matter can be drawn off with a trochar
and canula, until the sac is reduced, when it can be opened. If a
solid tumoi- forms, a straight verticle incision is to be made
through the skin over the mass, and dissected out, when the skin
is to be brought together witli stitches, and treated as a simple
wound.
Tumor ox Point of the Elbow
These are, in most cases, caused by the heels of the shoe when
the horse lies with
his fore limbs bent
under him.
Treatment. — If
in its acute stage,
hot or cold applica-
tions may be used;
if very much swol-
len, bathincr with hot
Avater will be best.
W hen the acute stage
passes off, apply an
iodine or biniodide of
mercury blister ; if
serum is secreted, it
is recommended as
the simplest treat-
ment, to draw it off
with a canula and
trochar, and inject
the sac with compound tincture of iodine, diluted Avith twice the
quantity of Avatei-. Or, open the sac freely at the lower part, and
Fio. 87."). — A good method of ruveriiiir or poultic-
ing tlic elbow when injured.
SAT.LENDEPuS. 1017
heal like a common wound. If a hard mass is left beneath the
skin, it is to be dissected out, and the skin brought together with
a couple of stitches, and treat as a simple wound.
Sallenders
Is a name given to an eruption on the front of the hock joint, con-
sisting in a scurfiness of the skin, accompanied by an ichorous dis-
charge and falling oitt of the hair.
Causes. — High feeding without exercise, disorder of the di-
gestive system, uncleanliness, and bad grooming. In stallions of
the heavy draught breed they are a very common affection, and
prove difficult to remove.
Treatmeiit. — Dress the parts with mercurial or iodine oint-
ments, keep the legs dry and clean, and give regular but not se-
vere exercise, and occasionally a dose of laxative medicine. When
only slight, the following lotion may remove them : —
20 grains corrosive sublimate,
1 pint water.
Apply twice a day.
Mallenders
Is the name given to a similar affection located at the back of the
knee. The treatment must be the same as for sallenders.
Saddle and Collar Galls,
A very common occurrence among horses, are caused by uneven
pressure of the saddle or collar; the skin becomes excoriated, and
the hair falls off. Large inflammatory swellings appear, which
may form into abscesses, or the skin may become indurated and
thickened.
Treatment. — The parts should be fomented with warm water,
and some simple or cooling lotion applied, as, —
1 ounce acetate of lead,
1 pint water.
If abscesses form, they must be freely opened, and well fo-
mented or poulticed. When the skin becomes indurated, forming
what are called sitfasts, thev must be dissected out.
The following is said to be an excellent healing lotion for sad-
dle or collar galls: —
1018 DISEASES AISTD THEIK TEEATMENT.
Ij ounces sulphate copper,
1 ounce sulphate zinc,
Ij ounces sugar of lead.
Put in three pints of water. Swab on the parts tv/o or three times a
da3\ Reduces inflammation, and sets uj) healing granulation of parts.
Tenotomy.
As the name indicates, it consists in division of the tendons in
cases of morbid contraction, ^ivino- rise to knudcUng- over the fet-
lock, causing the whole weight to be thrown on the toe. It is
only applicable to cases in which we have no anchylosis of the
joints.
The horse being cast and properly secured, the leg is taken out
of tlie hobbles, and a rope attached to the foot, which is held by
assistants. A lono-itudinal incision is made about an inch in
length, a little in front of the tendons, and below any point of
thickening that may exist. A common, small bladed scalpel, or
the curved tenotomy knife, is passed in, care being taken to avoid
the artery vein and nerve, and the tendons are divided ; the skin
behind must not be cut, as the ends of the tendon may protrude,
giving rise to fungus growths. The foot should now be easily
brought into its natural position ; if not, some force should be used
to bring it back " by placing the knee against the front or pro-
jecting part of it, at the same time laying hold of the foot with
one hand, and the upper part of the leg with the other, and using
considerable force." This is sometimes necessary to break up ad-
hesions which may have formed. A stitch or two should be put
in the wound, and a thick woolen bandage kept constantly wet
with cold water should be applied for some days. If much in-
flammation ensues, a poultice should be applied, and some purga-
tive medicine given.
If the fetlock descends too much, the heels should be raised.
If adhesions take place during recovery, a tipjjed shoe should be
put on the foot. In from two to three months he will be fit for
work.
In a conversation with Dr. Hamill about this operation, in ex-
plaining the simplicity and success of the operation, he referred to
a case in point. To make the matter more clear to the general
reader, I made the request that he would write out a statement of
TEi^OTOMY.
1019
the method of treatment used by him, with a drawing- showing
the position of the foot before being operated upon ; also drawings
of his method of adjustment for holding the foot in position after
the operation, which are here given: —
" Tenotomy, or Division of the Tendons.
" This is one of the simplest, as well as one of the most useful
operations in equine surgery, as it will restore
to normal position and strength a limb which has
been so much deformed by contraction of the
great flexor tendon of the foot, as to leave an
otherwise good horse utterly useless. This con-
traction causes Avbat is known as knuckling, or
descending forward and downward of the fetlock
joint towards the ground.
" The operation is as follows : The horse is
secured (in some cases throwing down is unnec-
essary), the leg is flexed or bent at the knee, a
very small incision is made through the skin on
the inside of the leg, at the inner border of the
tendon, whez-e it stands out freest from the ' can-
non bone.' (See Fig. 876.) Then insert a probe
pointed tenotomy knife, keeping it pressed as
close to the tendon as possible to avoid cutting
the arteiy, which may be better protected by
pressing with the fingers of the left hand towards
the bone, all the
Fig. 876. — Showing
the position of the
foot before being
operated upon.
soft tissues ]y- a, Point to enter
ing in front of the knife for cutting
the tendon, the tendons.
Press the knife
in until the skin is reached, but
not cut on the opposite side;
turn the edge towards the ten-
don, cut carefully backward,
while an attendant straightens
the limb, until both tendons are
severed, if necessary, to let the
limb out straight. But a small
wound is best for the healing
process. And where adhesions
have taken j)lace, force is re-
quired to straighten out the foot,
with the b7-ace or sfcq/ shoe. (See
Fig. 878.) With a little antisep-
tic dressing occasionally to the
wound, recovery will take place early. As a much better ' set '
limb can be had with use of stai/ shoe, it may be added that one can
be easily made by welding a bar of the desired length on the old
Fig. 877. — Drawing of the shoe and bar
used for the treatment of the
case referred to.
1020
DISEASES AND THEIE TKEATMENT.
shoe, setting it to the position of the sound limb, then packing and
bandaging all together jiist above the point of operation. (See il-
lustrations below.)
" The adjustable brace shoe, shown in Fig. 877, is also simjjle,
which is taken from the very shoe actually in use on one of the
worst cases of contraction of the flexor tendon ever in New York
City. A horse belong-
ing to Messrs. Smith &
McWilliam, Manhat-
tan Gas Works, N. Y.,
was a large, powerful
draught horse, be-
tween fourteen a n d
fifteen hundred
weight, used at very
h ea vy work . T h rough
some sprain to the off
hind limb, he kept
walking on the toe for
about five or six
months. Every known
remedy was tried to
prevent knuckling,
both as regards medi-
cal treatment and
Fig 878.^D^wing of model shoe and bar designed shoeing. Heavy plates
for this purpose, and its adjustment. of steel were welded in
front of the toe of the
shoo. During another six months, he kept going over, until
finally he walked on the anterior face of the hoof, with the fetlock
joint resting on the ground. Fig. 87G shows the position in which
the foot was carried. The limb appeared to bo paralyzed above the
joint. When he was down, he was quite hel])less, had to be helped
up, and in the end could hardly be made to stand alone. The own-
ers decided to have him destroyed, although only eight years old,
but first acquainted their veterinary surgeon. He advised tenot-
omy, which was performed in the month of March, 1878. In a
fcAv weeks the horse worked on Mr. Smith's farm at heavy plough-
ing, and other farm work. Shortl}^ after, he was taken back to
the city, put to the same heavy work again, when he worked for
two j^eai-s, and never afterward showed the slightest lameness, or
even weakness in that lecc."
In 1865, I purchased a pair of finely matched stallions. After
being trained carefully, the first time exhibited they were driven
to a new wagon. In turning short around, the wheel caught into
the rub-iron, and being on sideling ground, it caused the wagon
to upset, when the horses got away and ran into their stable close
by. Upon examination, it was found that the sharp corner of
TENOTOMY. 1021
the tire on the fore wheel, in striking one of the horse's hind leos,
entirely severed the tendons about three and a half to four inches
above the point of the fetlock, allowing the foot to turn up, and
the ankle to rest upon the ground. I supposed, of course, the
horse was ruined, and beyond help. At that time I knew noth-
ing at all about the treatment of sickness or lameness, and there
being no veterinary surgeon in all that region of country, was
consequently thrown upon my own resources. The horse being a
valuable one, and the injury to him breaking up a fine team, I
was bound to save him if I could, and succeeded in doing so as
follows : — •
I had the horse put in slings; next had the shoe taken off the
foot, to which I had a piece of strong iron
welded on at the toe. I then took a piece of
leather, di-ew it around the fetlock, and fast-
ened through a loop in the iron, as shown in
Fig. 879. The part was simply dressed as an
ordinary wound. Excessive inflammation was
kept down by showering with cold water. In
about five weeks the parts seemed to be entirely
healed, leaving considerable enlargement; but Fig. S79.— Thefootas
fearing that by giving him entire freedom, the ^*' ^^^ supported,
tendons might be torn apart, I kept him in slings a little over
seven weeks. ♦
I kept a man with this horse night and day, with instructions
to let him stand upon his feet easily an hour oi- so at a time, then
alternating by shortening the slings, so as to rest his weight prin-
cipally upon them. It was also so arranged, by an ftctra strap
behind, as to pull forward and upward like a breeching. Every
precaution was taken to nur.se, by giving nourishing and easily
digested food. Indeed, without this precaution, I think he could
not have been saved, as the weather was very warm, and very
trying for a horse to stand so long in a warm stable. As it was,
he Avas very much emaciated when taken out of tlie slings, tliough
he soon regained his strength and flesh, and seemed to be as well as
ever. The enlargement gradually subsided, so that at the end of
a year it was scarcely noticeable. There was at first a little want
of mobility in the limb, but it soon disappeared.
I would here add that it would have facilitated the absorption
1022 DISEASES AISTD THEIE TEEATMENT.
of the enlargement, to have used a slight absorbant, with moder-
ate pressure of a light woolen bandage.
Castration.
The following article was, by special request, written by Dr.
Chas. A. Meyer, who is an expert in the performance of this oper-
ation : —
" Castration by the Latest Method.
" Advances and progress have been made in all branches of the
sciences and arts, and the art and science of surgery has been one
of them. The nature, tcmj^erament, and disposition of the horse
is better understood, and the educated veterinarian often risks his
life for the benefit of stock raisers. We tt"!!!, therefore, speak of
yiQ. 880. — Miles' Ecraseufe.
the most improved method of casti'atmg the staUion, as it is now,
and will in the future be performed, with more ease and success.
The old method of castrating the stallion, which so often injures
the animal by breaking his back, injuring his limbs, spraining his
muscles, and frequently disabling him for life, is now prevented.
The method as now performed is to castrate the animal standing,
using no ropes to tie his legs, no hard usage, no clamps, and less lia-
ble to cause tetanus, eryseplas, sclerous cord, etc. The operation is
as follows : —
"■ Put a halter on the anunal, speak to him kindly, lead him to
a corner, and quietly back him into it. Have the groom hold the
halter-rope with the right hand, rather short, and place his left
hand or arm over the face of the horse, and turn the animal's head
to the left, or nigh side. The operator should have a sharp castrat-
ing knife, a pair of scissors, and, the most important instrument of
all, the ecraseure (as shown in Pig. 880), called Miles' Ecraseure.
The operator should stand on the nigh side, midAvay between the
fore and hind legs (say nothing to the horse), grasp the scrotum
gently in the left hand above the testicles, now with the knife held
about 8 to 10 inches from the scrotum, make a slash into, and
throng the coverings of the testicles, cutting into them pi'oper.
While the cut is made with the fore fingers at the back of the scro-
CASTEATION. 1023
turn, raise the severed coverings, and the tosticles pop out. This
must bo done quickly. Then step back, apply the chain of the ec-
raseure about an inch above the testicle, and quickly tighten the
chain. "When a finn tortion is on the chain, gradually tighten the
same, when a peculiar grating sensation will bo felt. Do not cut
clear through the cord with the chain. Then take your scissors
and cut below the chain, Avhen the testicle will fall to the ground.
Gradually loosen the chain, v/hich should require about half a min-
ute, and repeat the same operation on the second testicle. You
will not have any bleeding, and the animal will stand perfectly
quiet.
" This was at one time performed by a few men, who ti*aveled
through the country castrating, and v*^ho captivated the stock rais-
ers by their clever way of operating, and who look upon it as a se-
cret, of which there is no such thing. The whole secret lies in
this : The testicles ai'O endowed with a profuse plexus of nerves,
and is a highly sensitive organ. By making a sharp, quick incis-
ion in the testicle, the pain is so intense that the animal becomes
unnerved, and is under complete control of the operator. In this
lies the whole secret. In some cases, the stallion makes a few
sharp, quick kicks v/ith one leg, but they are so as not to get in
close proximity with the operator, being straight out behind.
There is no danger to either the operator or the horse, ifothing
is applied to the vfounded jDai-t, which is to be left alone, and a
slight swelling v,'i!l bo visible for a few days, which is natural, and
must be to produce a healing of tho parts. The percentage of loss
is very slight, and only then duo to complications, such as colds,
etc. I have never ^'^et seen an animal die from being operated upon
by this method."
The Old Method,
As practiced by an old man named Gould, who is a resident near
Bath, Steuben Co., N. Y. He is known in that and surrounding-
counties for his success in castrating horses, claiming to have never
lost a case, and that there was but little swelling after the opera-
tion. The writer took particular pains to see the old man operate,
and learn his secret.
The horse was laid down, and tied in the usual manner. He
washed the parts thoroughly with warm water, and then greased
with lard. The clamps were of the usual kind. It is the prepa-
ration he put on the clamps that made his success, he said.
He put on the clamp, first rye flour paste ; on this, sifted on
equal portions of red precipitate and corrosive sublimate, mixed
together in powder. In 24 hours the clamps were taken off".
This method of treatment has been pursued for many years by a
1024 DISEASES AND THEIE TREATMENT.
frieud of the author, and he claims, with uufaiUng success,
never having lost a case, and is followed by no appreciable swell-
ing.
Injuries and Diseases (jf the Penis.
Causes. — The penis or yard of the stallion more particularly
is liable to injury, from being kicked in covering, or sometimes it
gets injured by awkwardness of the groom in serving mares; also
from being cruelly struck with a whip or stick while in a state of
erection. Warts and excrescences frequently cover the surface of
the organ.
Symptoms. — We may have injuries of more or less severity
fi'om a slight scratch to deep and severe laceration of its sub-
stance; or, on the other hand, the blow may have merely bruised,
withovit breaking, the skin, producing want of power to retract it>
and often accompanied by enormous swelling of the organ. When
long out, the glans assumes a icddish-brown coloi', and the sur-
face is cold, with very little sensibility. This is known as ^9a7'a-
jjhymosis. Sometimes these swellings subside, but thickening and
enlargement of the lower part remains, preventing retraction
within tiie sheath, proving very troublesome and unsightly.
Warty excrescences are easily recognized, and may occur on any
part of the organ.
Treatment. — Injuries from kicks and blows must be treated
on the general principles of subduing inflannnation. If it hangs
pendulous, it must be supported by a broad bandage round the
body, and copious affusion with cold water, or iced water in sum-
mer, constantly applied ; if very hot and tender, accompanied by
fever and constitutional disturbance, hot fomentations may be
more applicable ; whichever is employed must be persevered in for
•some length of time. Purgatives should be given, and low diet,
for some time.
Unless there is extensive laceration of the substance of the or-
gan, nothhig more than cold applications are required; should it
prove tardy in liealing, Goulard lotion, or a mild solution of sul-
phate of zinc will prove beneficial. When it continues, and the
tumefaction increases, fi-ee and deep longitudinal scarification
must ])e made on its surface, and i-epeated in a few <lays, if neces-
sary. Sometimes charcoal poultices are required to cleanse the
wounds and soothe the part.
SHEATH AXD YAED. 1025
Foulness of the Sheath and Yard.
In geldings the penis becomes diminished considerably in size,
and, from want of the sexual desire, seldom protrude it without
its covering, the sheath, consequently tlie sebaceous secretion of
the glands in the prepuce accumulate, forming a black soft foetid
substance, with a strong persistent mic odour. This sometimes
becomes irritating, and gives rise to uneasiness, and should be oc-
casionally washed out with warm water, and a soft sponge, tak-
ing care not to scratch or bruise the inner surface, as troublesome
swellings sometimes ensue.
More trouble, however, arises from the accumulation of little
round "beans," (as horsemen call them,) of a soft clayish appear-
ance, in the cavity in the head of the penis, surrounding the end
of the urethra; sometiiues obstructing the passage of the urine, by
pi-essing on the urethra, or even stopping up the orifice itself, giv-
ing rise to difficultv in stalino-, and uneasiness.
The sheath .should be washed out with soap and water, and
the hand, well oiled, should be passed up, and the penis drawn
out, when the accumulation should be removed, taking care not to
scratch oi- Ijruise the parts.
Parturition or Foaling.
The period of gestation in the mare varies from eleven to thir-
teen months. Usually about ten days before foaling she begins
to " make bag," the udder enlarges, and a thin milky fluid can be
drawn from the teats, and a glairy discharge escapes from the
vagina, giving warning that the foal is about to be dropped.
When the time approaches, she becomes uneasy, getting up and
down frequently. Presently the true labour pains begin, the
womb contracts on its contents, assisted by the diaphragm and
abdominal muscles; the whole body is convulsed with the effort;
the mouth of the womb becomes dilated ; the water-bag appears
and bursts ; and when the presentation is natural, a few efforts
force it out — sometimes enclosed in the hiembranes, which must
be immediately removed ; and if the cord does not give way itself,
it being sometimes thick and strong, a ligature should be put on
it about four inches from the belly, and the remainder cut away.
In general, mares are best left to themselves at this important
85
1026 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
period, but care should be taken that they do not got into awk-
ward positions, as against a wall, or the sides of the box.
Abnormal Presentations.
The natural position of the foal at birth is with the head rest-
m<r on the two fore-legs. When in this position, and the parts
natural, it soon comes away without very much exertion. In
many cases, however, the foal is found in such positions as to pre-
vent its escape without assistance. In all cases of protracted la-
bour, where the pains continue without effect, assistance ma}?- be
required. The hand being raised in temperature by washing in
warm water, should be introduced to ascertain the cause. In
some cases the neck of the womb will be found not sufficiently
dilated, but the foal is found in its natural position. In such
cases, it may be gently dilated with the hand, or left alone, when
nature will often overcome it herself. In cases of natural presen-
tion, we must not be in too much hurry to deliver; harm is often
done by injudicious interference. One or both fore-legs may be
doubled back, with the head presenting. In this case, push it
back, and pass the hand down the leg if possible; get them up
into the passage, either by the hand or looped cords passed round
the fetlock, when, by slight traction, it will generally be brought
away. The legs may be presented in the passage, and the head
either doubled down under the brim of the pelvis, or turned over
the shoulder down on the flank. In this case, it should be pushed
bodily back, and the head sought for, when a loop must be placed,
if possible, on the lower jaw; it must now be pushed back, while
the head is to be pulled forward, and brought into the passage.
This case is often very troublesome, from the difficulty sometimes
experienced in reaching the head. It is sometimes necessary to
remove one of the legs by cutting the skin round the fetlock, and
with the embryotomy knife dividing the skin of the leg as far as
the shoulder, and separating it with the fingers, when it can be
removed. A cord should be attached to the loose skin to aid in
traction, when the head can in most cases be reached. Wo have
had occasion to remove both legs in the same manner before de-
livery could be effected.
Sometimes the buttocks and tail are only to be felt ; this is
often a troublesome case, especially when the legs dip under the
BLISTEES. 1027
pelvis. It must be pushed well in, and the hind feet, if possible,
secured and brought into the passage. Often, however, it is very
difficult to do, when, as recommended by Prof. Dick, " the con-
tents of the abdomen must be removed at the rectum ; the pelvis
divided at the symphysis, when a cord being attached, and force
used, the hind legs will get into the place of the viscera, and the
qviarters collapse so as to allow of extraction." The whole four
feet may be presented in the passage ; th<3 simplest way of deliver-
ing in this case is to feel for the hocks, and slip loops on the hind
feet; and by pushing back the fore ones, it may be removed by
the hind legs.
It is impossible to describe minutely the details of procedure
in these cases, as, from difference in collateral circumstances, such
as size, age, length of time she has been in laboia-, swelling of the
parts, etc., etc., different plans of treatment must suggest them-
selves to the operator. The principles to be observed are these:
endeavor to get it into its natural position, in which position it is
easiest delivered ; failing in that, to get it into the next easiest,
viz., the hind legs first — that impracticable, to remove those parts
of the foal which offer most resistance, care being taken in so do-
ing not to bruise or lacerate the mare. In no circumstances are
tact, coolness, and steady perseverance moi-e required than in a
protracted case of labour; however, the dictates of humanity no
less than professional duty demand that we shrink not from the
most difficult.
Blisters.
Before a blister is applied, the hair must be cut off from the
part as closely as possible. The blistering ointment is then to be
well rubbed into the part with the hand ; and after this has been
continued about ten minutes, some of the ointment may be
smeared on the part. In blistering the legs, the tender part of
the heel, under the fetlock joint, is to be avoided; it may be better
to rub a little hog's lard or vaseline on it, in order to defend it
from any of the blisters that may accidentally run down from the
leg. When the legs are blistered, all the litter should be removed
from the stall, and the horse's head should be carefully secured, to
prevent his rubbing the blistered parts with his nose. On the
third day he may have a cradle put around his neck, and be
102S DISEASES ANT) THEIE TEEATMENT.
turned loose into a large box, or a paddock, or an orchard. In a
field he would be apt to take too much exercise. About a week
or ten daj^s after the blister lias been applied, the parts should be
oiled with some olive-oil or vaseline. If flies are troublesome, and
make the horse restless, they may be kept off by the tar ointment,
or tar and train oil mixed.
Counter Ikritants. — Their Uses, How to Employ
Them, etc., from Williams.
" In all painful affections, warm fomentations or poultices must
as a rule be prescribed. In the course of some days, however, if
the ]>aiu is subsiding, and the parts seeminglj^ relaxed, much bene-
fit will be obtained by making a change to cold, mild astringents
and bandages, to promote absorption of the exudate.
"The congested ca])illaries maybe relieved by local bleeding,
but the parts upon which such an operation is performed are verj'-
few, except about the coronet or the foot. An incision into the
coronary plexus will reach the vessels at once; the utility of this
is, however, very doubtful, except in rare cases. Bleeding at the
toe, although much practiced by many, is not to be commended,
" Purgatives are very useful during the first stages of lameness,
reducing the inflammation, A full dose of aloes may be given with
advantage, the diet being properlj^ regulated and restricted to bran
mashes, a little hay, and the water to be chilled.
" After the acute signs of inflammation have subsided, if the
lameness still remains, the application of the so-called counter irri-
tants will be rendered necessary. These consist of rubefacients,
blistex's, setons, and the actual cautery. The actions of these reme-
dies differ only in degree, in rapidity, and in performance, not in
the nature of the exudation which they produce. Without enter-
ing into any speculative discussion upon the question, superficial ir-
ritants are beneficial in all cases of chronic lameness, whether it be
caused by disease in bone, cartilage, ligament, tendon, or any other
structure; and they are often more decided^ beneficial when ap-
])licd to the diseased structure itself than to the skin covering it.
.For example, a lameness arises from bone spavin; its eradication is
much more certain and rapid when a pointed cautery'- is applied to
the diseased bones than when the hock is fired in the orchnary
way. Again, a spavin has been fired and blistered repeatedly
without benefit; the bones are "punched " (a barbarous operation,
and only to be performed in extreme cases), violent inflammation
is excited in the diseased bones, which for a time increases the
lameness; but this gradually subsides, and the original lameness is
foimd to bo removed.
" I am of the opinion that the curative action of external irri-
tants is not due to their producing metastasis or counter irritation;
but that they excite within thje originally fli8eas"ed structure a re-
COUNTEE IRRITANTH.
1029
parative inflammation, jjartaking in its nature of what is described
by Virchovv as the "secretory inflammation," which, superseding
the original diseased process (whether that be inflammation pure
and Bimple or its eff'ects, ulceration, caries, or a formation of a low
form of fibrous tissues), excites the formation of reparative material
by which the breaches are united, ulcers healed, and diseased action
removed.
" To illustrate this view, I will bring forward two familiar ex-
amples: 1. The healing of a sinus or fistula, after the aiiplication
of a blister, or of the actual cautery to the skin contingent to it;
and 2. The removal of phlebitis (inflammation of the vein in the
neck after bleeding) by a blister.
" In the first instance, we find that a sinus heals after a blister
or cautery, by the
formation of an or-
gan iz able exudate,
which completely
fills up the cavity of
the sinus; and, in the
second, we find that
a blister assists in the
obliteration of the in-
flamed vein, not by
romovin«- the inflam-
mation from it, but
by promoting the
ibrmation of a large
quantity of re]:)arn-
tive lymph, and hast-
ening its further de-
velopment into fi- Fig. 881.— The Aspirator.*
brous tissues, b}' which the vessel is transformed at the inflamed
part into a fibrous cord. 'Now if the curative action were due
to the removal of inflammation, we should find that in the first
case the relief Avould be only of a temporary- nature, the sinus
would still remain, being generally the cause, and not the cuect
of the morbid action; and in the second, that the inflammation
being removed from the coats of the veins, the vessel Avoiild, upon
removal of the clot, become pervious. But such is not the case.
Let the clot be removed ever so often, it is sure to form again, and
nothing has the power of overcoming the inflammation of the ves-
sel until it has been transformed into an organized cord, a process
most materially hastened b}' the application of a blister.
" I think it may therefore be accepted that extei-nal irritants
• — whether they be simply rubefacients, producing a mere redness
* This cut belongs in article on windgalls, page 778 ; but on account of not be-
ing ayailable when tlie matter for that article was put in type, it is inserted here.
It was furnished by John Picynders & Co., Manufacturers of Surgical and Veterinary
Instruments, etc., 303 Fourth Avenue, N. T.
1030 DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
of tlio skin, vesicants or blisters, Avhicli cause elevations of the cnti-
cle hy fluid underneath it, or cauterization and setons, which pro-
mote the sujjpurativo action — remove lameness by assisting nature
in a process of repair.
<' Ruhpfacients may bo employed in the less severe forms of
lameness, in sj^i'^iiif* of tendons, or in slight affection of joints, along
with rest and fomentations, after the more acute symptoms have
passed uwaj'.
"It is usual to apply blisters in all cases of some standing, Avhen
organic changes in the parts involved are suspected. Before a blis-
ter is applied, the hair should be clipped from the part, which, if
dirty, ought to be washed, and Avhen dry, the blister to be applied
Avith smart friction for about ten minutes. To obtain the full effect
of a blister, a quantit}' of ointment is to be thickly laid on after the
rubbijig ill is completed,
" The best agent is cantharides, in the form of acetate, tinctui'e,
or ointment, to the limbs, the ointment in preference ; one part of
cantharides to twelve parts of lard or palm-oil. If pre^^ared with
a temperature equal to the b jiling point of water (212°), it will be
sufficiently strong and will never blemish. It is a mistake to think
that the powdered flies should be mixed with the vehicle when it
is nearly cold. An ointment ko prepared will require three times
the quantity of cantharides. The heat molts the canlharidine.
" Hints ujion hlistering generally. — No more than two legs are to
be blistered at one time, and thi-eo weeks at least must be allowed
to elapse before the others are blistered, and between each re-ap-
plication. It is bad practice to blister extensively in very hot
weather ; and it is a mistake to suppose that blisters to the loins
and back are more apt to irritate the urinary organs than when
applied to any other part of the body, provided that it be carefull}'
and properly done,
"The evil results of blistering arc: 1st. The production of
strangury, by the absorbed eantharidino irritating the iirinary
passes. This is a ver}^ rare occurrence, provided the blister has
been applied to a moderate extent of svirface; but if four legs, or
even two, be extensively blistered at one time, the occurrence of
such may be laid down to the indiscretion of the practitioner. In
some cases, however, very moderate blistering may be followed by
stranguiy, and Avhen it docs occui", it is best treated thus: First
wash- the blistered surface with warm water, in which a little alkali
has been dissolved; dress it with oil, give the animal demulcents to
drink, such as cold linseed tea, and administer a few doses of opium
and bicarbonate of soda.
" 2d, The production of a considerable amount of nervous irz'i-
tability, fidgetiness, quickened pulse, and injected mucous mem-
branes, with loss of appetite. These B3nnptoms are due to a nerv-
ous temperament; and if not very severe, had better not be inter-
fered with. Should they become alarming, the animal must be
treated as in the first instance; the fomentations being continued
COUNTER lERITANTS. 1031
for a longer period to the'legs. It mtiy be here mentioned that fo-
mentations should not be hot, but soothingly warm.
" Sometimes blisters, no matter how carefully applied, produce
excessive swellings of the limb or limbs, with a tendency to sup-
puration and sloughing of the skin. These results are generally
due to the animal's being in bad health, and in a condition tending
to anasarca or to erysipelatous disease. The treatment must con-
sist of purgatives or diuretics, as the case maybe; fomentations,
astringent lotions, and gentle exercise, as soon as the pain is suffi-
ciently subsided to admit of the animal's being moved about. In
man}^ cases the swellings involve the sheath of the penis, and the
under surface of the abdomen. Punctures are very useful in such
parts, by allowing the escape of the contained fliiid. 1 have seen
tetanus arise from a very limited blister to one fore leg.
'' If the effects are not sufficiently apparent in about thii-ty
hours after the blister has been applied, a very little more, or what
is remaining on the skin, which may be sufficient, should be gently
rubbed in ; and in about fortj^-eight hours after the application the
part is to be Avashcd, and every trace of the blister removed ; a lit-
tle oil being now applied, or, what suits perhaps better, an emulsion
of sweet-oil, carbonate of potash, and water. It is a mistake to
keep the parts soft too long ; the eschars should be allowed to ac-
cumulate, and to desquamate gradually.
'■'■Firing, or the application of the actual cautery, is a much
more severe irritant than a blister, and often removes pain very
rapidly when repeated blisters have failed to do so. In bone dis-
eases, and in all cases of chronic lameness, it is of great benefit, and
seems to act by powerfully exciting the healing process in the part
diseased. The fii'ing may be in lines, and superficial, the transverse
method being the least calculated to blemish ; or it may be in
points, and deep, by pyro puncture (see treatment for spavins,
ring-bones, etc.) into the diseased structure. This latter method
is the more easily performed, and the more eifective.
" jSTothing is more calculated to dispel the idea of the correct-
ness of the counter-irritation theor3'' than the dissection of a part
which has been recently fired (say three days after the operation),
when it will be found that the skin, subcutaneous tissue, and the
bones, — when they are superficially situated, such as those of the
hock, pastern, etc., — are involved in the inflammatory action so
produced. Thus a bone spavin lameness is removed by the inflam-
mation excited by the cautery in the diseased bones, providing a
supply of material for the pui'pose of uniting them together into one
immovable mass ; or as in caries of a ginglymoid joint, for the re-
pair of destroyed structure, as alrcad}^ explained.
'' Setons act very satisfactorily in some cases of bone diseases,
especiall}^ in those accompanied by external heat of the part; they
produce a discharge of pus, and their action can be continued for
a much longer time than that of blistering or firing. In tendenous
or ligamentous lamenesses, with much thickening of the integu-
ments and subcutaneous structures, setons should not be employed,
1082 DISH^ASES AND TKKni TREATMENT.
as they leave imicli uddilioiial iliiekening, and wvc not so cft'eeLuul
as tlie actuiil fauteiy."'
Hot Fomentations.
This is so often advised for acute inflammation, sprains, etc.,
notwithstanding the simplicity of its application, I think it advis-
able to give such details as will serve to aid the owner in its use.
The use of hot and cold water alone, intelligently applied, will be
found a very safe, simple, and effective remedy for allaying in-
flammation, pain, and congestion.
The principle is to apply all the heat the animal will bear, but
not enough to scald or burn. It is best accomplished by wring-
ing through a common clothes wringer a woolen blanket (a com-
mon horse-blanket will do) out of boiling hot watei*, fold it quickly
into four or more thicknesses, and place it over the affected part.
Cover the hot cloth well with dry blanket. If continued or re-
peated long enough to relax the skin, cold is to be applied to tone
it up, when, if necessary, the heat is to be again continued.
For Acute Pleurisy. — To relieve the pain, apply hot fomenta-
tions over the seat of the pain, from one to three hours, or till the
pain subsides. The fomentations should be rencAA'^ed every five or
ten minutes, and at the conclusion should be followed with
a heavy, cold compress for about ten minutes. Ice compresses in-
stead of the fomentations will sometimes afford relief when all
other means fail. After ice-compresses have been applied for an
hour, they should lie followed by a hot fomentation, and then apply
the cold compress again until the pain subsides.
For Golic. — Apply hot fomentations sufiiciently large to cover
the abdomen or belly of the horse, in quick succession, for an
hour or so, till relief is obtained. And at the same time give a
copious injection of hot water into the rectum, of from 110 to 118°
F. A gallon or two of water should be used for this purpose.
Any kind of a syringe will do, but the Fountain Syringe is much
to be preferred above all othei's. Sometimes the fomentation is all
that is necessary to give i-elief, and sometimes injections alone will
give great relief.
For Strains and Sprains. — Apply hot fomentations vigor-
ously, changing them every five or ten minutijs till the pain and
swelling subside. Apply a cold compress for the last application,
HOT FOMENTATIONS. 1083
and the compress can be left on continuously, but it should be cov-
ered with the woolen cloth.
For a Cold. — If the cold is located in the head, a fomentation
can be applied to the head, and should be extensive enough to
cover most of the neck. This can be done by folding a blanket
lengthwise about four thicknesses, and just winding it spirally
around the horse's head so as not to cover the eyes ; and if one
blanket is not sufficient, another blanket can be wound around
the head and down the neck in the same manner. The fomenta-
tion should be well covered with a dry blanket, and if it is so hot
that the horse cannot bear it, the hot folded blanket, after being
wrung out of hot water, should be folded in a dry one, so as not
to burn him. In this case, it is not necessary to add another dry
blanket over the fomentation.
If the cold seems to be settled all over the horse, several blan-
kets may be joined at the edges, and thrown over the horse so
that the edges hang down to the ground, forming a kind of tent
for the horse to be under. The edges of the blanket behind and
before the body can be pinned together. Then place a vessel with
hot water under the horse, and a hot brick or hot flat-irons can
be thrown into the water to produce a vapor, which should be
continued until the horse is in a profuse sweat. Then he can be
sponged off, beginning with cool water, and ending with cold wa-
ter, or sprayed with cool water, then with cold; or the water can
be poured over the body, if it is not convenient to spray. The an-
imal should then be warmly blanketed, and in the course of 20
minutes if he does not sweat, or has ceased to sweat, should then
be dried thoroughly by wiping with cloths and rubbing with the
hand, until perfectly dry. Care should be taken that the tempera-
tui'c of the room in which this treatment is given should not fall
much below 50°, and would be better to be about 65° or 70°, and
there should be no draught. The treatment can be made much
more effective by placing the horse's feet into as hot water as he
will bear, while the vapor is being given.
Another method is a hot-blanket pack, which is sometimes
more convenient, and is just as effectual. The hot-blanket pack
can be given by wringing a heavy blanket out of hot water, and
folding it; then folding it into a dry blanket and putting it
around the body of the horse. It will require at least two such
1034 DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
blankets to reach over the body of the horse. He showkl
then be veiy heavily blanketed, .so as to keep the heat of the hot
cloths in, and produce perspiration. The hot-blanket pack should
be followed by cool sponging, spraying, or pouring, the same as
after the vapor bath. The after treatment should be the same as
after the vapor bath.
Poultices.
The simplest and cheapest poultice can be made by pouring
boiling water on about a peck of bran, so as to make a very thin
mash ; or linseed meal could be added to it. Boiled turnips make
a good poultice, which would also be improved by the addition of
a little linseed meal.
Poultices are generally too small, confined, and dry. A poul-
tice should be made large, so as to cover the parts thoroughly, and
keep them moist. When a horse gets a nail in the foot, or it is
calked, or when there is any local inflammation from an injuiy,
covering the parts with a warm poultice will be found a Vv ry sim-
ple and good way of keeping down inflammation. If it is desired
to poultice the leg for a sprain of the tendons, a flannel bag can
be made for the purpose, or an old pant's leg, if convenient, can be
pulled up over the leg ; tie a string loosely around the foot below
the fetlock, and fill the bag with the poultice above the knee
which can be kept up by tying a piece of listing, or a stiip of flan-
nel over the shoulder. Poultices are also useful applications for
promoting suppuration in inflamed tumors; and when thero is ir-
ritation or inflammation in the heels, such as scratches, cracks, or
grease. The poultices conmionly employed for these purposes are
of an emollient character. The following is a standard formula: —
1 pound linseed meal,
2 quarts bran,
2 to 4 oimces hog's lar J.
Boiling water enough to make a soft poultice.
Or, turnips tlioroughly boiled and mashed, any quantity, lin-
seed meal enough to form the poultice. A good poultice can be
made of carrots, grated finely. Either of these simple poultices
may be converted into an anodyne poultice by the addition of
opium ; into a fermenting poultice by the addition of yeast, and
by substituting oatmeal for linseed meal; into an astringent poul-
THE PULSE. 1035
tice by the addition of Goulard's extract, sugar of lead, or pow-
dered alum; and into a detergent poultice by the addition of white
or blue vitriol.
In obstinate cases of virulent grease, where there is much pain,
and a stinking, dark colored discharge, and especially when emol-
lients a}'e found ineffectual, the detergent poultice has quickly
cured the disease, and in such cases even a solution of corrosive
sublimate has been used with the best effect. But emollients
should always be fairly tried, and some diuretic medicine given.
The Pulse.
The arteries are the vessels which convey the blood from the
heart to the system. " The blood nowhere passes through an ar-
tery so rapidly as it is forced into it by the ventricles of the heart,
on account of the resistan e offered by all the tubes against which
it is forced. The consequence is, that when it receives the wave
of blood, both the diameter and the length of t':e vessel is in-
creased, and this is followed by a recoil and recovery of its previ-
ous position, owing to the elasticity of the tube; these operations
constitute the pulse, which is felt when the finger slightly com-
pi-esses an artery." — Bennett. Hence the pulsations rf the artery
correspond with the beatings of the heart, and consequently indi-
cate the irritability of that organ, or the system generalh^ The
average pulse of the horse is from thirty-two to foriy-two beais
per minute. The smaller and more nervous the horse, the quicker
the pulse; while the larger and coarser bred, the slower. The
most convenient places to feel the pulse are at the arm, on the
inside where the artery (radial) passes over the head of <he
bone, or on the under part of the lower jaw. It can be felt
easiest and best at the lower jaw, a little behind, where the sub-
maxillary artery comes up and winds round to gain the clKek,
(See No. 13, in Fig. 882.) Pass the finger down the jaAV up near
the neck on the inner edge, and a cord-like ridgo will bo felt,
which, upon gently and firmly pre ^sing it with the end of the fin-
ger, will plainly be felt to throb and beat. (See Fig. 883.)
" Frequent reference is made to the state of the pulse in differ-
ent diseases, such as colic, pneumonia, laminitis, etc., etc. Hence
it should be studied carefully. For example, during the eai-ly
stage of colic, the pulse will be hardly affected, and the ears and
1036
DISEASES AND THEIR TREATMENT.
legs will bo natural in temperature; while in inflainination of the
bowels the pulse Avill be quick and wirj, ears and legs cold, etc.
In fever it is quick, wiry, and light, indicating the extreme or not
of disturbance in the circulation." — Youatt.
There are four general principles, or points, which must in-
fluence the course of treatment in all diseases. If there is high
Fig. 883, — Showing the pulse.
1 and 12, Carotid artery and its branches; 13, Submaxillary artery,
temperature, 102 to 107 (107 to 108 is fatal), the first point is to
reduce the fever. In first stage, aconite internally is best ; exter-
nally, wrapping the body and extremities to equali;5o the tem-
perature.
The heart's action is the next great point. 34 to 40 beats to
a minute is normal ; below that indicates debility. If it is a quick,
wiry, or thready pulse, it indicates inflammation of the intestines
THE PULSE.
1037
or abdominal organs, which calls immediately for sedatives. Take,
for example, general colic treatment. Usual colic dose: —
1 to 2 ozs. laudanum,
1 to 2 ozs. sweet spirits nitre,
1 to 2 drachms tincture belladonna,
I to a pint of linseed oil.
If tympanitis (flatulent colic), would add to the above one-
half to one ounce tincture Jamaica ginger, and one-half to one
ounce aromatic spirits of ammonia, with a few drops tincture nux
vomica, every one-half
hour, until relieved.
Quick and feeble pulse
indicates the lungs being
involved. Moderately
rapid, and throbbing or
bounding pulse would in-
dicate inflammation of
the extremities, such as
laminitis, and to be
treated as such. "While
an irregular pulse-beat,
whether fast or slow,
would indicate the heart
itself being involved,
, . , . ,., . . -, Fiu. 883. — Feeling the pulse.
which IS to be treated
by giving medicines that act upon the heart, such as alcoholic
stimulants, belladonna, and digitallis. The first two stimu-
late the heart, the last is a heart sedative. Of alcohol, brandy,
etc., give 2 to 4 ounces, with same quantity of water, for a dose;
tincture of belladonna, 10 to 12 drops, which may be given in
small doses every hour for an unlimited time, or in 1 to 2 drachm
doses twice a day, not to be longer than a few days. Digitallis
being a heart sedative, must be used with greater caution ; from
15 to 60 drops of the tincture may be given twice a day for two
to four days, or until the heart's action becomes slower. This
drug has accumulative properties — that is, it may not seem to act
for some time ; and then act with such great force as to be fatal.
— Ilarmll.
1038
DISEASES AND THEIE TP.EAT.MEXT.
Giving Balls.
Medicine is most commonly given to horses in the form of a
ball or bolas, the size of Avhich should not exceed that of a hen's
FiCx. 884. — Bad method of giving ball.
egg. Though named a hall, it is generally rolled up in a cilindri-
cal form, about one inch in diameter, and two and a half in length.
In giving a ball, the horse's tongue is drawn out on the off or right
side, and held firmly with the left hand, while with the right the
Fig. 885. — Approved method.
ball is quickly passed over the tongue into the pharynx, or top of
the gullet. The hand should be kept as near to the roof of the
mouth as possible in giving the ball ; there will then be much less
danger of being Wounded by the teeth. The moment the right
GIYING BALLS.
1039
hand is withdrawn
from the mouth, the
tongue is let loose,
and the ball genei'ally
swallowed.
Balls cannot be
conveniently given
unless wrapped up in
paper; but for this
purpose the softest
and thinnest should
be chosen. In hold-
FiG. 886.— After giving ball.
injTf the tonirue with the left hand, wliile the ball is intro-
duced, great care is recj^uired, as the rough and violent manner in
Fig. 887. — Giving a drench.
which this is sometimes done often inj ures the tongue, or lacerates
the under part of it. The muscles by which swallowing is effected
1040 DISEASES ASD TUEIE TKEATME]S^T.
may also be seriously injured in this way. In violent colds,
stranofles, etc., there is often so much soreness of the throat as to
render swallowing very painful and difficult; in such cases, neither
balls nor drenches should be given, as they are sure to do mischief
by irritating the throat, and may even suffocate the animal by
getting into the windpipe.
Physicking.
It is always best, if possible, to prepare the horse for physic by
giving a bran mash twenty-four hours previously, as the medicine
will act more favorably, and there is less danger of superpurga-
tion. Five drachms of aloes (Barbadoes aloes are always used for
horses) will act as forcibly after a mash as seven without. Again,
the quantity of physic should be adapted to age and size. The
rule is to give one drachm for each year up to seven. Eight
drachms is the largest given at one dose.
PHYSIC BALL.
7 drachms Barbadoes aloes, pulverized,
4 drachms bar soap,
1 drachm ginger.
The usual way is to mix the ingredients in this proiiortion, then reduce
to the weight intended, and give.
For Alternative Balls simply give from one to two or three
drachms of mass, as above prepared, two or three times a week, for
a week or two. The following are the details advised : —
The horse should be fed with bran mashes for two or three
days, and have moderate but regular exercise, or be worked with
moderation. He should be allowed only a moderate quantity of
hay, especially if he has a voracious appetite; and if inclined to
eat his litter, he should be prevented by a muzzle, or by being tied
up to the rack in the day-time, or what is still better, by having
his litter removed during the day, and by applying the muzzle at
night after he has eaten his allowance of hay. If in low condi-
tion, some oats may be mixed with the bran mashes; but eight to
ten pounds of good hay are a sufficient allowance for a day and
night. On the morning when the physic is given, neither hay nor
mashes should be allowed, imtil two or three hours after it has
been taken. Some practitioners, however, direct a small, thin
mash of bran only, to be given about an hour after, for the pur-
PHYSICKING. ■ 104X
pose of dissolving or mixing- with the physic. This, however, is
unnecessary, though supposed to render the effect milder and more
expeditious. But this is not the case; physic should be given fast-
ing. During the day the horse may have walking exercise for
about half an hour, and once only, and be fed with bran mashes,
and have the chill taken off his water. Grooms generally con-
sider exercise unnecessary or improper on the day the physic is
given; and on the following day, when the medicine generally
operates, they are apt to give too much exercise. But as soon as
the purging has taken place in a sufficient degree, which is genei-
ally the case about the afternoon of the day after it is taken, ex-
ercise is unnecessary and improper. And should the purging con-
tinue, or be found to be going on the following morning (that is,
on the morning of the third day, including tliat on which the
medicine was given), it should be restrained by gruel made of ar-
row-root or fine wheat flour, with which the horse should be
drenched if he refuses to drink it. Should the purging continue
after this, about half an ounce of tincture of opium may be given
with a little gruel.
Horses sometimes appear sick, and refuse their food, after tak-
ing physic, either during the afternoon or evening of the same
day, or the following morning. This is generally caused by a neg-
lect of the preparation above directed, by the stomach being
loaded at the time the physic is given, or by the horse feeding im-
properly too soon afterwards ; and not unf requently by the physic
being too strong. When this sickness is observed, the horse should
have walking exercise ; and if it be on the same day the physic is
taken, and the uneasiness be considerable, let a clyster be admin-
istered ; nothing more is necessary. Should it continue, however,
the following mornuig let him be again exercised, and have some
water with the chill off ; and if the purging does not come on, and
he appears to make fruitless efforts to dung, let the clyster be re-
peated, which, with a repetition of the exercise, will generally
pi'oduce the desired effect. A horse should be clothed, and not
exposed to rain or cold wind during the operation of physic; and
when its operation has ceased, he should be gradually brought
bads to his usual diet and work.
Cathartics improve digestion and chylification by cleansing
the intestines and unloading the liver, and if the animal is after-
66
1042 DISEASES AND THEIE TKEATMENT.
wards properly fed, will improve his strength and condition in a
remarkable degree. Diuretics carry off the excrementitious mat-
ter of the blood by the kidneys, and thereby produce a similar ef-
fect, but not in so essential or permanent a manner; for if the sys-
tem of feeding, which renders the blood impure, be continued, it
will soon return to its original state. Cathartics are always use-
ful when the appetite and digestion are bad, and this is known by
a voracious oi- depraved appetite, both for food and for water;
rumbling of the bowels, and a frequent discharge of wind from
the anus. This is the case in a remarkable degree with broken-
winded horses, and generally in such as have chronic cough, or
are crib-biters. Cathartics should not be given too strong or too
frequently, as they may thereby weaken instead of strengthen the
digestive organs, and produce the effect they were intended to re-
move. Cathartics .should always be made with soap, in the fol-
lowing manner, and then, if given upon an empty stomach, they
will be carried off, and will not be dissolved until they get into the
large bowels, where their effect is intended to be produced : that
is, carrying off all the excrementitious matter that may be lodged
in them. When given in this way, they never produce sickness
or pain in the stomach, but always operate without pain or dan-
ger.
CATHARTIC BALL.
4 drachms to 1 oz. Barbadoes aloes, powdered,
3 to 4 drachms hard soap,
1 drachm ginger,
1 drachm water,
10 drops oil of cloves.
Beat the soap, oil of cloves, and water together in a mortar, so as to
form a paste, and if necessary use more water. This being done, add the
powdered aloes and ginger, and beat the whole into a ball.
Bleeding, or Phlebotomy.
The operation of blood-letting is now almost discarded in mod-
ern practice. It is simple, and can be performed by almost any
one with a steady hand. For its performance a fleam and blood-
stick are required; the star of the fleam should be large at the
shoulder, to make a sufficient opening to allow a free flow of blood,
and the blade should be broad, to prevent its sinking in when the
vein is deep. The jugular vein of the neck is usually selected to
BLEEDING.
1043
bleed from. The head should be moderately raised and slightly
to^d off, the eye next the operator being covered by the hand of
Fig. 888. — Raising the vein.
the assistant holding the head. The left side is easiest operated
on; the vein is raised by the pressure of the third and little fin-
FiG. 889— Method of placing the fleam.
gers o£ the left hand, ^vhich holds the flean>. It is most superfi-
dal about two inches from the angle of the jaw, consequently tte
point is usually selected for the operation. The vem tang raised,
1044 DISEASES Al^D THBIE TEEATMENT.
and the hair smoothed down by the moistened finger, the star of
the fleam is placed in a line -with the course of the vein, with one
smart tap of the blood-stick the vein and coats of
the vein are punctured, and the blood will flow.
Whc!n sufficient has been abstracted, the edges of the
wound should be carefully taken together, and hairs
and clot carefully wiped away ; a small pin is passed
through them, and a little tow wound round it, and
the point of the pin cut off. The head should be
riG.890.— The ^^^^ ^^p f^j, g^ f^,^ hours to prevent his rubbing the
orifice closed. . ^r.
pm on.
Setons.
Setons are similar in their action to rowels, and are used for
much the same purposes. They are usually made of broad white
tape. In inserting a seton, the skin is cut with the rowelling
scissors as above. A seton needle, which should be large and well
polished, is passed in and pushed under the skin as far as is neces-
sary ; another cut is then made in the skin, through which it is
passed out; the needle in its course should separate the skin on
each side from its cellular attachments. The lower opening
should always be so placed that the matter will have a dependent
outlet. The ends of the seton should be tied to circular j)ieces of
leather, so as to prevent its being pulled through. It is necessary
to wash it frequently with warm water, and pull it up and down
often, to keep it open, dressing it occasionally with digestive oint-
ment to keep up the discharge.
The Rowel.
Rowels are used as counter-irritants in treating deep-seated
inflammations ; and whenever any morbid disease is to be stopped,
as in grease and in thrushes, they have long been favorite reme-
dies among horsemen.
In applying a rowel, the skin is to be taken up between the
finger and thumb, and a cut is made in the skin with the rowel-
ling scissors, and with the hook on the handle of the scissors it is
separated from its cellular connections for about two inches, and
a dossil of tow, or a circular piece of leather, with a hole in it, pre-
viously dipped in digestive ointment, is inserted, which must be
TRACHEOTOMY.
1045
cleaned and moved every day. A discharge is soon set up, which
has a tendency to remove any deep-seated, morbid action. ^
Tracheotomy.
It sometimes happens that from the tumefaction of strangles,
the impaction of foreign bodies, and other sudden causes of ob-
struction, the life of the patient is threatened from suffocation. It
is found necessary to open the windpipe to avert the untoward i-e-
sult, until the cause of the obstruction be removed.
It consists in making an incision through the skin, and muscles
in the mesian line down on the trachea, or V\^indpipe, cutting
through two rings of this tube, and inserting a bent tube, which is
usually made of block-tin, with a broad flange, to which tapes or
straps are attached to tie it round the neck. It is usually em-
ployed to give temporary relief ; but I have known horses to work
with a tube in the windpipe for years. It must be frequently
taken out and cleaned. When the cause of the obstruction is re-
moved, the tube is Avithdrawn, and the edges of the skin being
scarified, they are carefully brought together, and treated as a
simple wound.
Docking, Nicking, etc.
This was a very common operation thirty years ago, but has
now gone into en-
tire disuse. Like
high checking, it
is not only need-
less, but cruel.
There are, how-
ever, some cases
in which it may
be resorted to with
advantage, and on
this account I in-
clude illustrations
Fig. 891. — Showing the methods of severing the
depressing ligaments, from the French.
showing the method of doing it. The principal one is when the
hor.se switches and becomes dangerous when the rein is caught
under the tail. The action being involuntary, it cannot practic-
ally be broken up by treatment In such a case raising the tail
will be found efFectual,
1046
DISEASES AND THEIE TEEATMENT.
Iji performing- it, the joint at which it is to be amputated be-
i§^ determined upon, the hair above it is shed back and tied with
a cord, the part is cHppcd close, and the tail being held out by an
assistant, with one cut of the docking shears it is severed. The
bleeding is stopped by lightly searing Avith a hot iron with a hole in
the center so as not to burn the bone. Some practitioners ampu-
tate it so as to leave flaps to cover the bone; by this method the
stump is entii'ely covered by hair, and though more troublesome,
is preferable. Too mucli searing is to be avoided, as exfoliation
Fig. 892. — Ordinary method of putting the horse in pnlleys to raise the tail,
of the bone sometimes follows the injudicious use of the firing
n'on.
Nicking and pricking are one and the same operation, the lat-
ter being an improved method of performing it. The object is to
cause the tail to be carried in an elevated position, which is much
admired in road horses. It is also performed to set the tail straight
when carried awry, which is a serious eyesore to a good-looking
horse. Pricking is nothing more or less than tenotomy of the de-
pressor muscles of the tail.
It is best to secure him with a twitch and side line ; the hair
at the end of the tail is firmly tied, and a loop formed, to which
the weight is to be attached. The only instrument used is a long-
EiM:BROCATIONS.
1047
bladed scalpel, or the common pricking knife. The tail is raised
with the left hand, while with the right the center of the bon^s
felt for, and the knife is passed in (with its flat surface next the
skin) to the opposite side, when the cutting edge is turned toward
the bone, and the muscles carefully divided. When simply to
sti-aighten a wry tail, if the faulty tendons are discovered and
divided, one incision may be sufficient; but in "setting up " a tail
Fig. 893. — The French method of keeping the tail elevated.
two, and sometimes three, are required. The muscles having been
thoroughly divided, the tail is supported by means of the double
pulley over the back part of the stall; the cord attached to the
end of the tail is passed through the wheels of the pulley, and suf-
ficient weight attached to keep the tail elevated, to prevent read-
hesion of the divided muscles. He should be taken out of the pul-
leys twice a day and gently exercised; but the pulleys must be
continued until the parts have thoroughly healed, and he carries
the tail in the manner desired.
Embrocations
Are external applications in a liquid form, that are rubbed on a
diseased part, as in strains and indolent swellings, and as an aux-
iliary in the treatment of internal inflammation. They are of a
stimulating nature, and are greatly assisted by friction. Of this
kiad are opodeldoc, soap liniment, etc.
EMBROCATONS FOR HART), INDOLENT TUMORS.
No. 1.- — 4 ounces olive-oil,
<t drachms camphor. Mix.
1048 BTSEASKS AN]) THEIK TREATMENT.
^^ No. 2. — 2 ounces mercurial ointment,
2 drachms each of olive-oil and camphor.
Embrocations of a more stimulating kind are sometimes em-
ployed in swellings of the joints, old strains, or other local affec-
tions, such as soap liniment with liquid ammonia, olive-oil, oil of
turpentine, and liquid ammonia; but blisters in such eases are
generally more effectual.
Embrocations ai'e often improperly employed, as in recent
strains, or inflamed tumois, and other cases where emollient or
cooling applications are required. Both strains and bruises are
at first attended with a degree of inflammation proportionate to
the violence of the injury, and the susceptibility of the injured
part; therefore they require, at first, such treatment as is calcu-^
lated to subdue inflammation, as explained under head of Sprains,
etc.
ANODYNE XINIMENT.
4 troy ounces castile soap,
2 troy ounces spirits camphor,
1 ounce oil rosemary,
2 pints alcohol,
4 ounces -water.
Good for sprains, hruises, rheumatic pains, etc.
• LINIMENT OF AMMONIA, OK, VOLATILE LINIMENT.
1 ounce strong solution of ammonia,
2 ounces olive-oil. Mix.
To this, camphor or oil of turpentine is sometimes added ; and the s< >-
lution of ammonia is, for some purposes, joined to the soap liniment.
MUSTARD EMBROCATION.
4 ounces flour of mustard,
1^ ounces liquid ammonia,
1 ounce oil of turpentine.
Water, a sufficient quantity to bring it to tlie consistency of cream.
Flour of mustard mixed into a thin paste, with water only, is a powerful
stimulant, and may he employed with good effect in cases of internal inflam-
mation, either of the bowels or lungs.
SOAP LINIMENT. *
1 ounce hard soap,
1 ounce camphor,
1 ounce oil of rosemary,
1 pint rectified spirits.
Cut up the soap, and let it stand with the spirits mitil dissolved, then
add the rest, Good for sprains, bruises, etc.
CAUSTICS. 1049
Caustics
Are substances which burn away the tissues of the body by de-
composition of their elements, and ai-e valuable to destroy fungous
growth and set up healthy action. They are, consequently, often
required to destroy proud flesh, kill the virus in poisoned wounds,
stimulate old ulcers, excite healthy action in fistula, and remove
warts, tumors, etc.
Corrosive sublimate, in powder, acts energetically ; nitrate of
silver is excellent to lower granulation ; sulphate of copper is not
so strong as the above, but good ; chloride of zinc is a powerful
caustic, and may be used in sinuses, in solution, 7 drachms in a
pint of water; verdigris, either in powder or mixed with lard, is
good as an ointment, in proportion of one to three parts. Carry-
ing this treatment to extreme implies using a hot iron, the actual
cautery.
Vegetable Caustic. — Make a strong lye of hickory or oak
ashes, put into an iron kettle, and evaporate to the consistency of
thin molasses; then remove into a sand bath, and continue the
evaporation to the consistenc}'^ of honey. Keep it in a ground
stopped glass jar.
This caustic is very valuable in fistulas, cancers, scrofulas, and
indolent ulcers, particularly where there are sinuses, necrosis (or de-
cay of bone), and in all cases where there is proud flesh ; and also
to excite a healthy action of the parts. It removes fungous flesh
without exciting inflammation, a,nd acts but little except on spongy
or soft flesh.
CHAPTER XXXVII.
FORMULA FOR RECIPES AND PRESCRIPTIONS.
In this chapter is given a list of prescriptions, proved by ex-
perience to be most valuable. Many of them have been long used
by the Veterinary Profession, and have also been recommended
and used by the best authorities in Europe and this country.
There are also included a large number of chance recipes, obtained
by me in various ways, many of them during the past twenty
years, taken from my old book, " New System," Avhich have been
proved valuable, and which I regard worthy of a place here.
Among them are many recipes that have been kept great secrets,
and sold at large prices.
Alteratives.
POWDERS.
No. 1. — Tartar emetic, .... 2 ounces.
Nitre (saltpetre), . . . . 4 " Mix.
Divide into twelve powders, one to be given twice a day in the food.
Useful in catarrh, influenza, and skin diseases.
No. 2. — Sulphur, ..... 3 ounces.
Nitre, 2 "
Antimony, . . . . . lo " Mix.
To be divided into six poAvders, one daily in the food. Useful in skin
diseases.
r.ALT,S. ^
No. 1. — Barbadoes aloes, ... 10 drachms.
Castile Boap, . . . . 12 ''
Powdered carraway .seed, . 12 "
Powdered ginger, . . . 4 "
Molasses or palm-oil sufficient to form a mass. Divide into six balls,
one to be given every morning till the bowels are freely opened. Useful in
hide-bound, costive bowels, and skin diseases.
[1050]
DIUEBTIC ALTEEATIVES. 1051
No, 2. — Barbadoes aloes, ... 10 drachms.
• Calomel, 2 '^
Powdered fenugreek, . . 12 "
Ginger, . . . . . 4 "
Oil of cloves, . . . .40 drops.
Soft soap sufficient to form a mass. Divide into four parts, one every
second day. While taking these, he must have mashes, chilled water, etc. ,
and be carefully preserved from cold and damp. Useful in hide-bound, grease,
unthrifty condition, etc.
No. 3.— Tartar emetic, .... G drachms.
Calomel, . . . . . 3 "
Sublimated sulphur, . . .3 ounces.
Common mass sufficient to form six balls of an ounce each ; one daily.
Useful in mange, worms, and skin diseases.
Diuretic Alteeatives.
POWDERS.
No. 1. — Resin, finely powdered, . . 2 ounces.
Nitre, 1| "
Linseed meal, . . . . 3 " Mix.
Divide into six balls ; one daily. Hegulate the kidneys and improve the
coat.
BALLS.
No. 1. — Powdered resin, . . . .4 ounces.
Castile soap, . . . . 3 "
Venice turpentine, . . . . 2 "
Powdered carraways sufiicient to form the mass. Divide into balls of a
convenient size ; one daily, till diuresis is produced. Useful in swelled legs,
dropsical effusion, weed, etc.
Antacids.
No. 1. — Prepared chalk, .... 4 oimces.
Powdered ginger, . . . .1
a
Barbadoes aloes, . . . . 1 "
Common mass sufficient to make six balls of convenient size ; one daily.
Useful in acidity of the stomach and indigestion.
No. 2. — Carbonate (bicarbonate) soda, . 3 ounces.
Gentian and ginger, of each, . .1 '•'
Molasses sufficient to make a mass. Divide into four parts ; one night
and morning.
Antispasmodics.
No. 1. — Sulphuric ether, .... 1 ounce.
Infusion of opium, . . . 2 ''
Peppermint water, . . . . 1 " Mix.
To be given in n q[un.rt of cold water. Usefid in flatulence, spasm, etc.
1052 EECIPES AND l^llESCEIPTIONS.
No. 2. — Ether and chloroform, of each, . J ounce.
Tincture of o])ium, . . . . 2 "
Tincture of cardamoms, . . 1 "
To be given in a quart of water. Useful in colic.
No. 3. — Spirits of ammonia (aromatic), . 2 ounces.
Dilute hydrocyianic acid, . . .20 drops.
Tincture of ginger, ... 2 ounces.
To be given in a quart of beer, well shaken. Useful in spasmodic colic.
ANODYNE DKAtTGHT, OR DRENCH.
No. 4. — Tincture of opium, . . . 5 to 1 ounce.
Spirits of nitrous ether, . . . 1 to 2 "
Essence of peppermint,* . . 1 to 2 drachms.
Water, ...... 1 pint.
ANODYNE CARMINATIVE TINCTURE.
No. 5. — Best Turkey opium, ... 1 ounce.
Cloves, bruised, . . . . 2 "
Jamaica ginger, bruised, . . 3 "
Old Cognac brandy, .... 1 quart. — (White.)
Let them be digested together in a wellcorkeH bottle, and shaken sev-
eral times a day, for three or four weeks. It is to be strained through blot-
ting-paper, and it is fit for use. The medium dose is two ounces, which
may be given in ale or warm water.
Either of these recipes will be found a good remedy for flatulent
or spasmodic colic. In the anodyne draught, warm beer may be
substituted for water. It should be recollected that when the colic
is attended with costiveness, clysters and oily and saline laxatives
are necessary, either in addition to the anodyne, or after the ano-
dyne is exhibited. For other prescriptions, see Colic, page 886.
Drench for Stomach Staggers.
No. 1. — Barbadoes aloes,
5 drs. to 1 oz.
Calomel, .....
2 drachms.
Oil of peppermint, .
. 20 drops.
Warm water,
1 pint.
Tincture of cardamoms, . .
2 ounces.
Mix, and give at one dose.
Astringents.
No. 1.- — Powdered oj^ium,
. 1 drachm.
Powdered catechu.
2 "
Powdered chalk.
1 ounce.
To be given in arrow-root, starch, or thick flour gruel. Useful in diar-
rhoea or superpurgation.
* Essence of peppermint consists of the essential oil of peppermint dissolved in spirit of
Tvine; one pnvt of tVie former to three of the latter.
BLISTEES. 1053
No. 2. — Powdered catechu and alum, of each, 2 drachms.
Powdered opium, . . . 1 "
Powdered ginger, . . , . 2 "
Oil of cloves, . . . . 10 drops.
Molasses to form a ball. Useful in superpurgation, diarrhnea, etc.
No. 3. — Opium and acacia gum, of each, . 1 drachm.
Prepared chalk, ... 4 ounces.
Carefully dissolved in warm water, and given in jilenty of flour or starch
gruel, which, alternated with linseed tea, is to be often repeated.
PKYINli POAVDEKS.
No. 1. — Prepared chalk, . . . .4 ounces.
Sulphate of zinc, . . . 1 "
Charcoal, . . . . . 1 "
Armenian bole, . . . 2 " Mix.
To be finely powdered, and dusted over raw surfaces. Useful for heal-
ing wounds.
No. 2. — Powdered alum, .... 4 ounces.
Armenian bole, . , . . 1 " Mix.
To be powdered, and used as above.
No. 3. — Sulphate of zinc, .... 2 ounces.
Oxide of zinc, . . . . . 1 " Mix.
To be used as above.
ASTRINGENT LOTION.
No. 1. — Sulphate of zinc, . . . G drachms.
Sugar of lead, . . . . ] ounce. Mix.
To be dissolved in a quart of water. Wet the wound twice a day with
the lotion, well shaken. Useful for wounds, bruises, etc.
ASTRINGENT OINTMENT.
No. 1. — -Resin ointment, .... 4 ounces.
Oil of turpentine, . . . 1 ''
Powdered sulphate of copper, . . j "
Mix, and make an ointment. Useful for tardy sores and fungus
growths.
Blisters.
OINTMENTS.
No. 1. — Lard, ...... 12 ounces.
Canadian turpentine, . . . 2 "
Powdered cantharides. . . 3 "
Melt the lard and turpentine, stir in the flies, keep stirring till oocl.
1054 RECIPES AND PEESCRIPTIONS.
No. 2. — Lard, . . ... .3 pounds.
Flies, 1 "
Eui>horbium, ... .4 drachms.
Palm oil, ..... 1 pound.
Melt the lard and oil over a slow fire, and when coolin?, stir in the other
ingredients.
No. 3. — Lard, 1 pound.
Turpentine, 4 ounces.
Powdered flies, . . . . 3 "
Biniodide of mercury, . . 6 drachms.
To be thoroughly incorporated. Useful for splints, spavins, ring-bones,
and enlargement of glands.
No. 4. — Lard, 1 pomid.
Bee's wax, ..... 4 ounces.
Biniodide of mercury, . . . 2j "
Melt the lard and wax, and the biniodide, and stir till cold. Useful
for enlargement of bone or glandular tissues.
LIQUID BLISTERS.
No. 1. — Rectified spirits of wine, . . 15 ounces.
Powdered cantharides, . . . 1 "
Powdered camphor, . . . i "
Macerate for ten days. To be used as a sweating blister.
No. 2.— Olive-oil, ^
Oil of turpentine, > equal parts.
Aqua ammonia, )
To be well shaken. Useful for sore throat, chronic swelling, and cal-
lous enlargements.
Colic Mixtures.*
No. 1. — Linseed oil, ....
Tincture of opium,
Oil of turpentine, . . . . 2 " Mix.
To be given as a drench.
No. 2. — Linseed oil, ....
Tincture of opium, .
Sweet spirits of nitre, . , . 2 " Mix.
As a drench. — (Dick.)
No. 3. — Aromatic spirits of ammonia, .
Whisky, . . . .
Oil of peppermint, .
Water, 1 quart. Mix.
1
quart.
2
ounces,
2
IC
1
pint.
2
ounces,
2
((
1
ounce.
2
iC
20 drops.
1
quart.
*Sec also Antispasmodics, page 1051.
COLLYEIA (EYE-WATEES). 1055
No. 4. — Alkaline solution of aloes, . . 4 to 6 ounces.
Oil of peppermint, ... 30 drops.
Tincture of opium, .... 2 ounces.
Water, ..... 1 quart. Mix.
CoLLYRiA (Eye-Waters).
No. 1. — Nitrate of silver, . . . . 2 to 10 grains.
Rain, or distilled water, . . 1 ounce.
Infusion of opium, .... 5 drops. Mix.
To be applied to the eye with a feather or camel's-hair pencil. Useful
in opacity of the cornea, specific ophthalmia, etc.
No. 2. — Sulphate zinc, . . . . h drachm.
Acetate of lead, .... 1 drachm.
Distilled water, . ... 16 ounces. Mix.
To be used as above.
Common Mass.
Linseed meal, ) , ,
n.«- , r equal parts.
Molasses, j ^ ^
Yery useful in making up balls.
Compound Camphor Liniment.
Camphor, 2 ounces.
Spirits of lavender, . . . . 1 pint.
Liquor ammonia, .... 6 ounces. Mix.
Useful in sprains, or as a mild blister.
Compound Iodine Liniment.
Iodine, ..... 1 part.
Soap liniment, .... 8 parts.
Mix, and shake well. Useful in s'prains, thickened tendons, enlarged
glands, etc.
Condition Balls.
No. 1. — Powdered ginger, .... 1 drachm.
Powdered gentian, . . . 3 "
Sulphate of iron, . . . . 2 "
Molasses sufficient to form a mass. To be made into one ball. Im-
proves the appetite, and stimulates digestion.
((
No. 2. — Powdered ginger, .... 1 drachm.
Allspice, ..... 2
Caraway seed, . . ... 3
Molasses to form a ball. As above.
1056 KECIPES AND PEE8CEIPT10NS.
^ Cordial Drench.
No. 1. — Good old be^r (warm), . . 1 quart.
Powdered ginger, . . . . i ounce.
Shake well. To be given in exhaustion, and recovery from debilitating
diseases.
No. 2. — Best brandy, . . . . 2 to 4 ounces.
Molasses, . . . . 3 ounces.
Warm water, . . . . 12 "
As above.
Veterinary Aromatic Powder.
Powdered caraway seeds, . . * 6 ounces.
Powdered allspice, . . . 4 "
Jamaica gingered, powdered, . 2 "
Liquorice powder, . . . . 2 " Mix. •
This is a good cordial powder, and may be given in a dose of two or
three drachms in warm ale, in such cases as require the use of cordials. If
the form of a ball is preferred, it may be obtained by beating up a dose of
th© powders with a little molasses.
Cough Balls.
[ See also Chronic Cough.]
No. 1.— Calomel, ""]
_, ' '^of each, 1 drachm.
Camphor, [
Digitalis, J
Made into a ball, with molasses. One daily, till six are given, when a
gentle laxative should be administered. — (Dick.)
No. 2. — Digitalis, . . . . ■ i drachm.
Camphor, . . . . . 1 "
Tartar emetic, . . . . 1 "
Linseed meal, . \ , . . 1
Nitrate of potass, . . . .3
To be made into a mass, with Barbadoes tar. Useful in clironic cough.
Used as above. — (Spooner.)
No. 3. — Gum ammon, . . . . 2 to 3 drachms.
Powdered squills, . . . .1 drachm.
Camphor, . . . . . 1 "
Castile soap, . . . . . 2 "
Oil of anise, .... 20 minims.
Sirup a|nd flour sufficient to form a ball. — (White.)
JJKCOCTIOK OF ALOES. 1057
No. 4. — Barbadoes aloes, .... 3 ounces.
Common mass, . . . . 13 "
Powdered digitalis, . . .1''
Make into sixteen. One daily. — ((ramger.)
Decoction of Aloks.
Barbadoes aloes, .... -ii omices.
Bicarbonate potass, . . . '2
Acacia gum, . . . . . -
Boiling water, .... 1 pint. Mix.
If required to keep, two ounces of alcoliol may be iiddt^d. -(Perctval.)
Drench for a Cough.
Bruise 3 ounces of fresh squills in a mortar, or 4 to 5 ounces of garlic,
and macerate them in 12 ounces of vinegar in a slow oven or on a hot plate
fur one hour ; strain off the liquid part, and add to it 1 pound of treacle, or
honey. The dose in bad coughs is 3 to 4 ounces. If there exists much irri-
tation, a tablespoonful of tincture of opium may be added to every »i ounces.
Digestives
Are medicines which promote suppuration in ulcers, and cause
them to discharge a white, healthy matter. This term is com-
monly applied to ointments and other preparations which ^mpro^•('
the state or condition of ulcers or sores, and cause them to dis-
charge good matter. Medicines that promote the digestion of
food are termed tonics, stomachics, and cordials.
DIGESTIVE OINTMENTS.
No. 1. — Powdered resin, .... 1 pound.
Lard, I "
Oil of turpentine, . ... . 2 '" Mix.
Dissolve the resin and lard, and stir in the turpentine. I'sefnl for stim-
idating unhealthy wounds, keeping up the action of blisters, and smearing
setons.
No. 2.— Hog's lard, . . ) , ,
^ , ,. > of each 4 -lunces.
Common turpentme, . j
Melt over a slow fire, and add 1 ounce powdered acetate of copper. Stir
till cold, and use as above.
No. 3. — Vaseline and strained turpentine, of
each, 4 ounces.
Verdigris, 1 " Mix.
(iT
1058
EEGIPES AND PEESCEIPTIONS.
No. 4. — Hog's-lard ox* vaseline, and Venice •
turpentine, of each, . . 4 ounces.
Sulphate of cojiper (blue vitriol, 2>ow-
dered finely), . . . . 1 " Mix.
No. 5. — Ointment of yellow resin, . . . 4 oiinces.
Oil of turpentine, . . . . 1 "
Nitric oxide of mercury (red precipi-
tate), finely powdered, . . 1 " Mix.
Friar's Balsam.
Friar's Balsam, or compound tincture benzoin, is made in the
following manner: —
3 ounces.
2 ''
1 "
1 Cl
Benzoin, .....
Storax Balsam, strained, .
Balsam of tolu, ....
Extract of spiked aloes,
Rectified spirit, . . . . 2 pints.
Macerate for fourteen days (seven days, dub.), and filter or strain
through blotting paper. The properties of this tincture are stimulating and
expectorant, and it is therefore prescribed by some in combination "with
other remedies, in cases of old chronic cough or broken wind. As it is de-
composed by water, it should first be amalgamated with mucilage or yolk of
egg, in order to suspend it in aqueous liquids, when given internally. How-
ever, its principle use is that of a stimulant external application to indolent
sores or wounds.
Diuretic or Urine Balls.
of each, ^ ounce.
No. 1. — Soap,
Resin, .
Nitre,
One every second day till two or three are given. Useful in swelled legs,
grease, etc.
No. 2.— Nitre, . ' .
3 drachms.
Powdered resin, .
4 "
Oil of juniper, ....
1 fluid drachm,
Powdered ginger,
1 scruple.
Soft soap sufficient to form a ball.
No. 3. — Powdered resin, . .
4 drachms.
Powdered nitre,
3 "
Powdered ginger.
. 1
Palm-oil sufficient to form a ball.
FEVER mXTLTEES. IO59
Liniment for Bad Thrush and Canker.
Ko. 1.— Tar, 4 ounces ; melt, and add
Muriatic acid, ..... 6 drachms.
Verdigris, 4 << j^-^
Continue stirring until it is cold,
No. 2.— Tar melted, 1 pound.
Strong sulphuric acid, by weight, 2 ounces.
Stir them well together for some time, and immediately before the mixt-
ure is used.
Diuretic Mass.
Common resin, .... 3 pounds.
Soft soap, 2 "
Melt over a slow fire, and when cool add
Nitre (powdered finely), . . 2 "
Venice turpentine, ... 10 ounces.
To be made into balls as required. Dose, 1 ounce.
Fever Mixtures.
No. 1.— Nitre, 1 pound.
Tartar emetic, . . . . h "
Camphor, 4 ounces.
Common mass as much as is sufficient to form a mass. Dose, 1 ounce,
made into a ball. One every three hours, while fever lasts.
No. 2. — Tincture of aconite, ... 10 to 15 drops.
To be given every two hours in a little Avater till fever subsides.
No. 3. — Calomel and opium, of each, . . 1 drachm.
Common mass, . . . . 6 "
Made into a ball as above. Useful in inflammation of the lungs, etc.
Hoof Ointment.
Archangel tar, .... 1 pound.
Tallow, 5 "
Bee's wax, 4 ounces.
Melt together, and stir till cool. Useful dressing for weak feet, keep-
ing the hoof soft, and stimulating the growth of horn.
Goulard's Extract.
Sugar of lead, 6 ounces and 6 drachms.
Litharge (powdered), . . . 4 "
Water, li pint.
Boil for half an hour, and when cool, if required, add water to make a
pint and a half ; filter, and keep in well-stoppered bottles. Useful in bruises,
inflammation of the eyes, skin eruptions, etc.
1060 EBCIPES AND PllESCEIPTIONS.
Iodine Ointment.
Iodine, . . . . . .1 drachm.
Iodide of potassium, . . . ^ drachm.
Lard, , ..... 1 ounce. Mix.
Useful in glandular and bony enlargements, jsallendera, sallenders,
ring-worm, etc.
Lice Mixture.
Olive-oil, 1 quart.
Oil of tar, 3 ounces. Mix.
To be well shaken. Wash well with soap and water, rub dry, and rub
well in. At the same time feed well.
Mange Ointment.
Linseed, or train oil. ... 8 ounces.
Oil of tar, 2 "
Sulphur, 4 " Mix.
Shake well, and wash with soap and water ; then rub the mixture well
in, washing every second day.
Purgatives.
PUROATIVB DRENOH.
No. 1. — Linseed or castor oil, . . . 1 quart.
PURGATIVE DRENCH FOR OBSTINATE CONSTIPATION.
No. 2. — Linseed oil, .... 1 quart.
Croton oil, . . . . 20 drops. Mix.
ToNrc Powders.
No. 1. — Sulphate of iron, . . . . 3 ounces.
Arsenious acid, .... 1 draclim. Mix.
Powder the iron finely, and divide into twelve powders ; then add the
arsenic (five grains) to each. One night and morning in the feed. LTseful
in loss of appetite and recovery from debilitating diseases.
No. 2. — Sulphate of copper, ... 2 ounces.
Ginger, . . . . , . 1 "
Powder and divide into twelve ; one night and morning. Useful in
farcy, nasal gleet, and chronic discharges.
Tonic Mass.
No. 1. — Ginger (powdered) gentian, )
n 11. , r eqiial parts.
Oarraway seed and anise seed, | ^
Molasses sufficient to form a mass. Dose, one ounce in a ball night and
morning.
WORM POWJ^KRS.
1U61
No. 2. — Ginger, gentian, and sulphate of iron,
of each, .... 2 pounds.
Lard, 1 "
Molasses, . . . . . 5 " Mix.
The sulphate of iron to be linely powdered, and thoroughly incorporated
with the other ingredients ; the lard and molasseis to be dissolved, and the
mixed powder to be stirred in. Dose, one ounce night and morning.
Worm Puwders.
Tartar emetic, .... 2 drachms.
Linseed meal, . . . , .1 ounce.
To be given night and morning in a little bran, or on an empty stomach.
2 drachms.
11 <<
Worm Balls.
No. 1. — Gentian quassia, camphor, sulphate
of iron, of each, ... 2 drachms.
Made into a ball with common mass. — (Ihiii.)
No. 2. — Assafoetida, ....
Calomel and savin, of each,
Oil of male fern, ... 30 drops.
Common mass sufficient to form a ball given at night, and a purge in
the morning. — (Gamgee.)
Worm Drench.
Linseed oil, ... .1 quart.
Oil of turpentine, .... 2 ounces.
To be prepared by bran mashes for two days ; allowed to fast for at
least eight hours, when the drench is to be carefully given ; and, if thought
necessary, repeated next morning, and followed by a purgative.
SSi
&"■
m
V
1062 RECJPES AND PiiESCKlFTiONS.
RECIPES FROM THE AUTHOR'S OLD BOOK (TPIE NEW
SYSTEM), AND OTHER SOURCES,
V/hich have not been included in previous chaptei's. Among tiiese
are many recipes valued highly by persons having the old book.
For the benefit of such I give them a place here.
Charges.
Adhesive plasters v/hich are softened or liquefied in a ladle by
a gentle heat, and then applied to the legs, from the knee and
hock joints to the foot, as a remedy for wind galls and old lame-
nesses, arising from strains or hard work, or to the back in strains
of that part. As soon as the plaster is applied, the part is cov-
ered with short tow, and the horse sent to grass.
X CHARGE.
No. 1. — 2 ounces yellow resin, 4 ounces burgundy pitch, 2 ounces Barba-
does tar, 3 ounces bee's wax, 4 ounces red lead. The first three are to be
melted together, and then the latter is to be added. The mixture is to be
constantly stirred until sufficiently cold to be api^lied ; and if it proves too
thick v/hen cold, it may be softened with a little oil or lard.
Graix Founder.
Take three pints of vinegar, into which put six red pepper
pods, and boil until reduced to one quart. When cool, give as a
drench. Blanket the horse warmly. This will put the horse in
a profuse perspiration, and perform a perfect cure. The gentle-
man of whom I got this cured a valuable horse that got into his
granary and ate so much grain that he was in the morning per-
fectly stiff. One, dose made a perfect cure. He said he would not
be without it for one hundred dollars.
Condition Powder.
I lb. grains paradise (ground), -| lb. ground ginger, | lb. powdered gen-
tian, 6 oxmces cumin seed (ground), 6 ounces fenugreek (ground), 6 ounces
carbonate soda, 6 lbs. common brown sugar, 12 lbs. salt. Put in one hun-
dred pounds of meal. Dose : one pint to be given with the usual food.
This is considered one of the best tonic condition powders ever
used. It is sold in the Eastern cities at a large price, under the
name of Condition Food, and is licld as a secret of great value.
I have known $50 to be refused for the recipe.
FOR STRAIN OK INFLAMMATION. 1063
A Yery Fine Healing Preparation for Cuts.
Equal parts tincture myrrh and balsam copiaba." To be u«ed
once a day. This is the favorite remedy of one of the most suc-
cessful horsemen in the country. It is one of the best of healing
remedies.
A Good Application to a Putrid Ulcer.
To remove foetid smell of fistulous v^^ithers, poll evil, canker,
and wounds, dilute chloride of lime, with twenty times its quan-
tity of water, and dress Avith it whenever there is an offensive dis-
charge. Mix a poultice with this preparation, and put it on. It
will remove all smell, and cleanse by its action.
For Strain or Inflammation.
Whenever there is much inflammation fi-om strain or wounds,
take —
1 pound saltpetre, 1 gallon hot water. When cool, add 1 quart best
whisky. Saturate a sponge or cloth -with the preparation, and keep the part
thoroughly wet with it.
To Cure Cuts or Bruises of the Cheeks.*
They are liable to occur in some peculiar cases when using
third method of subjection. Use inside, —
1 drachm tannin to ^ oz. borax, 3 to 4 parts water. Swab once a day in-
side tlie wound. For outside dressing use 1 ounce tincture of myrrh, 2
ounces tincture aloes, ^ pint water.
If the horse is troublesome, liable to strike, tie with r. strong
halter, rather short, to the manger; then tie a rope or strong strap
around the neck, bring back between the fore legs, around the
near hind leg, and back through the loop around the neck ; pull
short enough to laise the foot from the ground to make fast. The
horse is now unable to rear, and will stand quietly to have the
parts dressed. Repeat dressing once a day, until cured.
A great deal of trouble will be prevented when there is bruis-
ing of the cheeks, as stated, by bathing with hot water, and dress-
ing with calendula. The bathing must be continued until the in-
flammation is reduced, then dress with the calendula; but if neg-
lected, suppuration is liable to follow, making holes in the cheeks,
when the treatment must be as above.
* This prescription was given the writer by Dr. Braily, chief veterinary surgeon
of the U. S. Cavalry during the Rebellion. It will be found all that can be desired
for healing all wounds inside cheeks or mouth.
1064 KKCIFES AND PKE«CRI PTIONS.
To Grow Hair on the Mank oh Tail.
Add as inucli sulphur to castor oil as will make it thick as
cream, and rub into the roots of the hair two or three times a
week. This was obtained by the writer nearly twenty years ago
in Maine. From some cause, one of my horses (Turco) rubbed
the hair off his tail m as to spoil it. The skin was smooth and
glossy, and apparentl}^ beyond hope of new hair growing in. Some
one told me to apply the above, and in a short time a heavy
growth of hair started, and grew to full length.
In 1873, in defiance of all that could be done, Gilford (one of
my pair of trained horses) lost all the hair from his tail. The
above was well rubbed into the dock two or three times a week,
and a heavy growth of hair was soon started, which, in time, made
a fine tail.
Astringent Otntments.
No. 1. — 4 ounces Venice turpentine, 1 ounce bee's wax, 4 ounces vase-
line. Melt over a slow fire; and when rather cool, hut when it is liquid,
add 1 ounce sugar of lead, or 2 ounces alum, finely powdered. Stir the mixt-
ure until it is cold.
No. 2. — 1 drachiu red nitrated mercury, commonly Jiamed red precipi-
tate, rubbed down to a very fine powder ; 2 ounces calmine cerate, com-
monly named Turner's cerate. Mix.
Remark. — The astringent powders and ointments ai-e designed
chiefly as remedies for the grease, after the inflammation of the
part has been in a great measure removed by proper poultices ;
but the ointment is applicable onlj^ to those ulcerations or cracks
which are sometimes an effect of that disease ; and often occurring
from other causes.
Goulard's Extract.
This is made from litharge and vinegar, by simmering them
together over "a gentk; fii'e, until the vinegar lias dissolved as
much as it is capable of doing. It is a very useful application iu
cases of external inflammation, and may be used either as a lotion
or in the form, of a poultice. Goulard lotion is made by mixing-
half an ounce of the extract in a pint of soft water. Some add
to this a little camphorated spirit, or some distilled vinegar; but
wlien the lotion is intended for the eyes, there must be a much
largei portion of water, not less than a quart, and the lotion
should be filtered.
Goulard poultice is made by mixing as much of the lotion with
bran, linseed meal, or any proper materials for a poultice, as will
give them a proper consistence. Goulard is never used undiluted,
nor is it given internally. — White.
COUGH POWDERS. 1065
* Fissure, or Sand Crack, ix Front of Hoof
Is most common in the hind feet of draught horses. It is caused
by disease of the coffin-bone ; the pyra-medal process, or front
of the bono, being affected. Save all horn in toe possible, espe-
cially the bottom clips, to be taken up on each side of toe ; but
must not be hammered down tightly when the shoe is on. They
must simply be tight, without giving constraint.
For treatment, take 1 ounce each of tar and resin, I ounce
tallow ; melt together. Apply this, while warm, to the fissure of
Fig, 894. — Fissure, or Fig. S95. — An old quar-
toe crack. ter crack.
the hoof and coronet, then place a layer of toAv over the dressing,
and bind the ball of the foot with a broad, coarse tape, rather
tight. All tliat can usually be done is to palliate, a cure can
rarely be accomplished.
Mr. Gamgee has given a great deal of attention to this diffi-
culty, dissecting a large number, and in all cases found the bone
diseased. Ho advises the above treatment, which is all that can
be done.
To riuRE Weakness and Weeping of the Eyes — the Lids
Swollen and thk Eyes Weak. — For Horses.
An old man's remedy. Claimed tliat ho never failed in curing
with it.
Take saltpetre, l-i oz. ; sulphate of zinc, 1 oz. ; sugar of lead,
1 oz. Mix all with a pint of vinegai- and a quart of soft water.
Take a small sponge ; fill with it and squeeze in the hollow over
the eye once a day until a cure is effecteil.
CouoH Powders.
An excellent remedy: Licorice root (powdered), fenugreek,
lobelia, blood-root, camphoi- gUm, equal parts. Dose — tablespoon-
ful two or three times a day in feed. In all cases of acute or
*This was intended to follow Quarter Crack, page 691, but was passed ovex
when tliat matter wns put in type.
1066
EECIPES AND PKESCKTPTIONS.
chi'onic cough, if thickening of glands of neck, stimulate outside
neck sharply.
Foil Removing Callouses or Thickenin(j, Curbs or
Bunches of any Kind.
Oil origanum, oil spike, oil amber, spirits turpentine and cam-
phor, 1 ounce each. Rub on thoroughly two or three times a
week.
AVhen in Ohio, the writer bought a fine work horse very
Fig. 896.— Thickening of the
tendons, caused b^' bang-
ing or striking the
part. (Belongs to
article on p. 1001.)
Fig. 89T. — Front view of bones
of the fore foot. (Belongs
to article on Foot-
Lameness, on
page 945.)
cheap, on account of having a very bad curb on one of his legs,
making a very disagreeable blemish. He was purchased late in
June and kept constantly to the hardest pulling as a wheel horse.
A little of the above medicine was lubbed on about once a week,
sometimes oftener, and again would frequently neglect doing so
for more than that time. By fall the enlargement was all gone,
and the leg was as smooth and well as the one opposite.
COEUiAL Foil A HORSE. 1067
Magic Liniment.
Two oz. oil of spike, 2 oz. origanum, 2 oz. hemlock, 2 oz.
worm-wood, 4 oz. sweet oil, 2 oz. spirits ammonia, 2 oz. gum cam-
phor, 2 oz. spirits turpentine, and ] quart proof spirits- — 90 per
cent. Mix well together, and bottle tight. For sprains, bruises,
lameness, etc., in man, this liniment, without turpentine, is un-
rivaled.
This prescription was obtained by the writer twelve years ago, in Onondaga
Co., N. Y. Much was claimed for it; that it would cure lame back, bruises, sprains,
etc., and with the turpentine worked well upon horse flesh. My attention has been
particularly called to it during the past two years by parties who used it. In Niag-
ara Co., N. y., a gentleman, in looking over his book after the school, pointed to
it, Baying: "There is a receipt I would not take $50 for." He said a very fine
horse in that neighborhood a few years ago got strained in the back so badly that
he could not get up in consequence. A negro from Syracuse took the horse in
charge, made and applied a liniment to the back, bathing it in thoroughly twice
daily. There was rapid improvement; the animal being soon able to get up, and
got entirely well. He ofEered the negro $10 for the recipe, without avail; that he
made the nigger drunk and stole the recipe from him; "and," said he, "that's it
exactly." He took down a bottle from a shelf in the sitting-room (in Charlotte,
Niagara Co., N. Y.), saying: "Here is some of it; they could not keep house with-
out it here. For toothache, neuralgic pains, sprains, etc., the landlady said it was
indispensable; that they kept it always in the house." This was corroborated by
others.
At Clifton Springs, Ontario Co., N. Y,, during my last tour through that sec-
tion in 1S~4, a gentleman pointed out the same prescription taken from my old
book, and said he would not take $100 for it; that he had cured 40 cases of neu-
ralgia with it; that he put up the medicine as a specialty for that purpose, at $1.00
a bottle; first making it up for his wife, who was troubled with neuralgia, curing
her. It was used by others with the same result. The demand becoming so great
that he put it up as a specialty, and had thus secured a large local sale of it,
A Good Application to a Putrid Ulcer.
To remove fetid smell of fistulous Avithers, poll evil, canker, and
wounds, dilute chloride of lime with twenty times its quantity of
water, and di-ess with it whenever there is an offensive discharge;
mix a poultice with this prejjaration, and put it on. It will remove
all smell, and cleanse by its action.
Best Cordial for a Horse.
The following is the best cordial for a horse that is old. has lost
his appetite, and is recovering slowly from sickness, or for an old
horse that has been worked too hard: —
Four parts each of carraway powder and bruised raisins, and
two eftch of ginger and palm oil. beaten into a mass. This is harm-
less, and is one of the very best.
To Cure Weak Back.
0. J. Madison, livery keeper and large dealer in horses, of Mas-
siUon, Ohio, a few years ago, cured several very bad cases. One
horse was so weak that he would fall down and could not get up;
1068 EECIPES AND PKESCRIPTIONS.
said it would cure any case of weak back, and that ho never knew
it to fail.
Give one grain of strychnine night and morning; next take
equal parts of pine tar and pitch, warm until it sj^reads eusil}-, and
spread over the small of the back, from the hip forward ten inches,
and across to almost the points of the hips; then spread on can-
tharides (should be well pulverized) until the pitch is thoroughly
covered; then cover with two thicknesses of cotton flannel.
A stiif sticking plaster of this nature is called a charge, and the
following is one of the best formulas: —
Burgundy pitch or common pitch, 5 ounces; tar, 6 ounces; yel-
low wax, 1 ounce, melted together, and when they are becoming
cool, half a drachm of powdered cantharides well stirred in. This
must be partially melted afresh when applied, and put on the part
with a large spatula as hot as it can be without giving too much
pain. Tow or cotton should be scattered over it while it is warm,
which forms a thick, adhesive covei'ing, that cannot be separated
from the skin for months. — Youatt.
Dr. Sheldon's Treatment for Worms.
Dr. Sheldon says it never fails to clean the worms out of a
horse.
1st. Bran mash. In 24 hours give 1 drachm of santomine,
which should be dissolved in water; then mix in a quart of starch,
and give as a drench; in 30 minutes give aloes in solution sufficient
to move the bowels promptly.
For Bruise and Cut on Man or Horse.
A favorite prescription of great value.
Laudanum, 1 oz. ; arnica tinct., 1 oz. ; sassafras oil, 1 oz. Mix,
bandage lightly, when possible, and keep wet. Said the gentleman
who gave the above pi'escription, I bruised one of my fingers terri-
bly, literally smashing nail and flesh. I was in the greatest pain.
When, after hours of suffering, a gentleman from New York ac-
costed me, and learning my trouble, said for thirty cents I can re-
lieve and cure you. He gave me this prescription. I had it put
up, kept my fingers wet with it during the night, and next day
there was no pain, and in two days my finger was well. It re-
moves all fire and pain and heals by first intention.
To IIecruit a Horse Hide-Bound or Otherwise Out op Sorts.
Nitrate potassa (or saltpetre), 4 oz.; crude antimony, 1 oz.^ sul-
phur, 3 oz. Nitrate of potassa and antimony should be finely ])ul-
verized, then add the sulphur, and mix the whole well together.
Dose: A tablespoonful of the mixture in a bran mash daily, for a
week or two.
This is the favorite prescription used by one of the best horse-
men I ever knew, who was also a leading physician. He kept it
GREAT TANNING PEBPAKATION.
1069
a secret, but gave it to the writer on condition it should not be
made known in his neighboi'hood.
The Great Tanning Preparation.
This is the great secret sold a pew years ago for tanning all
kinds of skins with the hair on. The secret and right to use it
were sold through the country at large prices: —
To two pails of water add 2 lbs. alum; 2 qts. salt; 2 lbs.
Epsom salts; 2 oz. oil vitriol. Wet and scrape the meat and oil
out; then put the skins into the liquid, and let stand from eighteen
to twenty-four hours.
For Scratches, — a Valuable Remedy.
Sweet-oil, 6 oz.; borax, 2 oz.; sugar of lead, 2 oz. First wash
Fig. 898.— Showing bronchial
tubes. (Belongs to Bron-
chitis, page 885.)
Fiu. 899. — Showing parasites burrowing in the
skin, magnified. (This cut belongs to
the article on Mange, but could not
be found when making up.)
clean with soft water and castile soap; when dry, apply once a day.
This is a good thing.
For Inflamed Leg, Galled Shoulders or Back.
Sal ammoniac, 1 oz.; vinegar, 4 oz.; spirits of wine, 2 oz.; tinct-
ure arnica, 2 drachms; water, J pint. Mix, and bathe with it often
and thoroughly.
Wash for Reducing an Inflamed Wound.
One oz. sulphate of zinc, 1 oz. crotus martes, J oz. sugar of lead,
1 pint water. A sore will not smell bad when this wash is used.
1070 EECIPES AND PEESCEIPTIONS.
For Fresh Strains, etc.
Carbonate aminonate, 2 ounces; apple vinegar, * gill. Rub in
well.
A Fine Simple Liniment.
Two parts ammonia to 4 parts of soft water. Good for
strains, etc.
To Reduce Swelling of the Legs and Strengthen the
Tendons after Hard Driving.
A favorite remedy on Long Island. One pint alcohol, 1 ordi-
nary sized beef gall, 1 ounce organum, 1 ounce oil of spike, 1 ounce
gum myrrh, ^ ounce camphor gum. First wash and rub clean and
dry. Then bathe with the liniment and rub dry. Then apply
again and bandage the leg, being careful not to bandage too tight.
This is the best liniment for the purpose recommended I have
ever used. It should be kept in every stable.
Condition Powders.
Take 1 pound of ginger, 1 ounce of anise seed, pulverized, 1
ounce of fenugreek seed, 2 ounces of ginseng root, pulverized, 1
ounce of the seed of sumach berries, pulverized, 1 ounce of anti-
mony; mix it Avith one pound of brown sugar. This is excellent
for coughs, colds, or to give a horse an appetite.
To Cure Cough.
Put into alcohol all the tar it will cut, and add one-third in
quantity of tincture belladonna. Dose: from one to two teaspoon-
fuls once or twice a day. Yery good.
Cough Powder.
Fenugreek, ginger, licorice and blood-root, equal parts. Half
proportion lobelia and camphor may be added. Dose: tablespoon-
ful twice a day. For heaves, add more camphor.
Diuretic Drops
That are reliable for stoppage of water, foul Avater, or inflammation
of the kidneys, in all cases: —
Take of sweet spirits of nitre, 4 oz.; balsam copaiba, 2 oz.; oil
of juniper, 2 oz.; spirits of turpentine, 2 oz.; gum camphor, pulver-
ized, 1 oz. Mix all together,. and shake well, bottle, and it is fit for
use for man or beast, under all circumstances where a diuretic is
required.
Dose: for a horse, 1 oz. in half a pint of milk once in six hours;
for a man, 1 teaspoonful in a tablespoonful of milk once in six
FOE DIABETES.
1071
'fmm
hours. Be sure to shake the ingredients up well before turning
out for use.
Drenches to Promote Parturition.
Ergot of rye in fine powder, 2 or 3 drachms; Ji.muj
pennyroyal Avater or infusion of rue, 1 quart.
EoR Diabetes.
Opium, 1 drachm; ginger, 2 drachms; oak bark
(peeled), 1 oz.; decoction of oak bark, 1 pint.
CORDIAT. AND AnODYNE BaLL.
Castile soap, 3 drachms; camphor, 2 drachms;
ginger, 1| drachms, and Yenice turj)entine, 6 drs.
made iato 1 ball.
Aromatic Powder.
Gai'away, 6 oz.; pimento, 4 oz,; ginger, 2 oz. ;
licorice, 2 oz. Mix. Dose, 6 to 8 di'achms.
Cooling and Diuretic Drink.
Dissolve 1 ounce of nitre in a pail of Avater.
Tonic Balt. (Vegetable Tonicj.
Peruvian bark, 1 ounce; opium, J drachln; gin- ll/aaai)''^
ger, 1 J drachms; oil of caraway, 20 drops. Treacle
to form a ball.
Diuretic Alterative Balls.
Dried common soda, 1 oz.; castile soap, 6 drs.;
resin, 2 oz.; licorice powder, i oz. ; Barbadoes tar,
to form six balls. One daily.
Laxative Alterative Balls.
Fig. 900.— Show-
Aloes, 4 oz. ; soft soap, 4 oz.; common moss, 2J ing the Theca, or
oz. Mix. Dose, one ounce. channel, of the
perforans tendon
Balls for Appetite. ""^ *^« ^"'^^^^ ^"'^
heel, (This cut
Equal weights of assafoetida, saffron, bay bcr- on Sprain of the
ries, and aloes, madc^ into a mass Avith extract of Back Tendons, on
gentian. Dose, 1 oz. page 957.)
Anodyne Ball.
Opium, i drachm to 1 drachm; camphor, 1 drachm; anise seed,
J oz,; soft extract of licorice.
1072 EECIPES AND PEESCliiPTJOKS.
CoKDiAL Balls.
Ginger and gentian, equal parts; treacle to form a 7nass. Dose,
1 oz. to 1} oz.
Ginger and omraway, each, 4 lbs.; gentian, 1 lb.; palm-oii. [l
lbs. Beat together. Dose, 1 to IJ oz.
Mixed Balls, Cordial Astringent Balls.
Catechu, 1 drachm; opium, 10 grains. To AA'^ash liorses l)efore
or after a journey.
Diuretic Balls.
Resin, soap, and nitre, of eacli, etpial parts; beaten together into
a mass. Dose, 1 oz. to 1^^ oz.
White soap, 8 oz.; nitre, 3 oz. ; resin, 3 oz.; camjjhor, 3 drachms;
oil of juniper, 3 drachms. For 6 balls, one ever}^ morning or every
other morning.
Tonic Diuretic Ball.
Gentian, 1 drachm ; ginger, J drachm ; sulphate of iron, 2
drachms; nitre, h oz.; resin, ^ oz. Mix with molasses.
Fever Balls.
Emetic tartar, 2 drachm; camphor, i drachm; nitre, 2 drachms;
ginger, 3 drachms. Mix, and make into balls.
For Diabetes.
Catechu, ^ oz.; alum, i drachm; sugar of lead, 10 grains: Avith
conserve of roses to form a ball.
Anodyne Drenches.
Opium, 1 drachm, dissolved in warm water, ^ pint; add 1 quart
of starch gruel.
Mix tincture of opium, 1 oz. with sweet spirits of nitre, IJ oz.;
essence peppermint, 1 drachm, and water, 1 pint.
To Curb Collar or Saddle Galls.
Fill a fruit can about a third full with litharge, or It. Fill bal-
ance with lard, and mix thoroughly. The litharge should be well
prolonged. In twenty-four hours ready for use.
To JIeal Cuts or Bruises.
A favorite remedy, b}' C. H. Smith, a practical livery man in
Eureka Springs, Ark. Exceedingly good for saddle sores or galls.
2 oz. gum camphor; 6 oz. castile soap; 6 oz. spirits ammonia.
Mix, and let stand until dissolved; then add 2 oz. sal ammoniac, 16
oz. spirits turpentine, 1 quart soft water.
Stimulating Liniment.
2 ounces aquse ammonia; 4 draohms organum; IJ ounces raw
Unseed oil.
CUBE FOR HEADACHE. 1073
HUMAN REMEDIES.
The prescriptions here following-, among which will be found
several of great value, have been obtained at considerable expense
and trouble. The great value with which my old book, The New
System, is held, is chiefly owing to the recipes given in it, all of
which will be found under the various heads in this. This ap-
preciation has induced me to add tho recipes here following.
Those for headache, hydrophobia, tape-worm, etc., ai-e specially
valuable. These recipes are worth more than the cost of the
book.
•' CUKK VOK TaI'E-WoR.M.
" My symptoms while harboring a tape- worm v/ere most notice-
ably a depression of mind, caused, I suppose, by weakness for which
I could see no cause (not then knowing its existence). Had a good
appetite — not at all inordinate, only 1 would have a desire to eat
within two hours after a good meal. I grew weaker daily, it
seemed to me ; in fact, I was starving.
"■ Cicre. — I bought about two quarts of pumpkin seeds, peeled
them, pounded the meats fine in a mortar ; took a teacup half full,
added water to make it the consistency of a thick gruel, and ate
it with my breakfast and dinner. The third dose brought the
" varmint," though I persisted in taking three more doses, so as to
be sure and get away the head and neck, which are about the size
of a dai-ning-needle. Unless that comes away, it will grow again.
The dose above named will cause gome pain, as a physic, but it is
in no way dangerous. It is a poison only to the worms.
• SAMUEL B. MORSE,
" 6th Aud. Office, Treas. Dep't.,
'•Washington, D. C. ■
See top page 911, where another modification of the remedy is
given, as used by a well known veterinary surgeon of New York
City. Would particularly call attention to how to use it, espe-
cially so far as the fasting before taking it; next the taking of a
brisk cathartic afterwards.
CuRK FOR Headache.
Perocyannate of quinine, 60 grains; valerinate zinc, 20 grains;
solid extract hyoscyamius, 20 grahis. Make into 20 pills. Take
<me pill three times a day, before meals, for three days; then stop
three days, unless it is about time for the return of the headache;
68
1074 EBCIPES AND PRESCEIPTIONS.
in that case, keep right on with the pills. These pills are harmless,
and are both tonic and nervine.
This recipe is from Dr. Johnson, Atlanta, Ga., who gave it to Mr. Wm. An-
drus, and he to Grandine & Hinman, druggists in Battle Creek, Mich., his succes-
sors in business, who have used it among their friends and customers with univer-
sal success. It is undoubtedly the best remedy for headache known to the profes-
sion.
During a chance conversation with one of the above firm in relation to the
prescriptions for tape-worm and hydrophobia, given in other pages of this book, he
referred to this recipe as invaluable for cure of headache, and referred to a large
number of cases ho knew to have been cured by it. Assured of its value, with the
hope of being able to help those so unfortunate as to be subject to sick-headache, I
made a special request for a copy of it, which was kindly granted. As this pre-
scription cannot be put up by small country druggists, we would advise having it
put up by the above firm. They are perfect gentlemen, and stand very high for
integrity. This is not an advertisement, and is mentioned for the special benefit
of friends who may need the medicine. It will cost 11.50 to fill the prescription.
To Cure Fits.
Put as much valerian root, and the castor or wart from a
horse's leg, which is to be cleaned and cut into small pieces, as will
be digested in a pint of whisky. Dose — three teaspoonfuls a
day, and repeated until a cure is effected. A son of Mr. Hoyer's,
of Shelby, Niagara County, N. Y., twelve years old, was subject
to fits terribly, being in a fit sometimes, Mr. Hoyer stated, for two
hours. Dr. Failing, of Royalton, next town, obtained the above
remedy in Canada, which cured the boy in six months. Mr. Hen-
derson, hotel keeper of Otisco, N. Y., claimed to have been cured
by this prescription, also three others met by the writer in Central
New York.
Cure of Carbuncle.
Take a cow's horn, scrape off" about a handful of fine shavings,
and apply to the enlargement. Continue repeating until there is
relief. This is regarded specific, and gives relief in two or three
days.
Mr. McCombs, of Hot Springs, Ark., who gave it to me, referred
to a number of bad cases cured. One especial case was that of a
man who liad a very bad carbuncle, of week's duration. He was
recommended to use this. His doctor found it on, and took it ofi*;
but the patient had another poultice put on. The effect was so
good, that the doctor, next time, said he might keep it on. The
experiment Avas so marked a success that he adopted it as his
method of treatment.
Sure Cure for Bite of Rattlesnake.
The leaves of boneset herb boiled down in milk to a strong de-
coction, which is to be given freely as a drink ; also keep the bit-
ten part well poulticed with the same, changing frequently until
CUEE OF DIPHTHEEIA. 1075
all dangerous symptoms disappear. Edward Comfort, of German-
town, Pa., a Quaker, sixty years of age, of much intelligence and
experience, gave me the above and the following statement in
relation to this herb. He stated first that he knew by undoubted
statements of neighbors and personally, of its being used in various
cases with entire success, both on man and beast. A young wo-
man living at Mahomeny Creek, Jeff. Co., Pa., was bitten by a
snake in the morning. Her father rode 20 miles to Red Bank for
a physician, but returning toward evening met a neighbor, Wm.
Neil, who told him he knew how to cure her, and went home with
him. Proceeding on a run across the meadow, gathering some
boneset as he went along ; and, to save time, as he neared the
house he chewed some of the leaves in his mouth to a pulp, and
the moment he reached the girl, put the mass, as a poultice, on the
wound. He then immediately made a milk decoction, as first ex-
plained, and gave a spoonful at a time, as she was able to take it.
At the time of his arrival, her tongue was so swollen as to pro-
trude out of her mouth, and bleeding from the mouth and ears.
He remained all night, frequently changing the poultice, and giv-
ing a few tablespoonfuls at a time. By morning she was able to
close her mouth, and ceased bleeding at the nose and ears, and by
evening was quite comfortable, and was soon entirely restored.
Mr. C. also stated that the father of his aunt, Mr. Brady, exten-
sively employed in surveying different counties in Pennsylvania,
spending much time in the woods, related to him various cases
where the above remedy had been applied with entire success.
For Cure of Diphtheria.
Given by Mrs. J. Ogden Dorcenous, the eminent chemist of New
York City.
Lime-water and carbolic acid. Spray the throat with it once
au hour.
To Stop Hair Falling Out.
The followLng has proved so valuable a remedy for pi'eventing
hair falling out, as well as growing in new hair, that it is given a
place here: —
Fill a bottle with lobelia roots and stems, and cover well with
good whisky, and let stand until digested ; then strain off the liq-
uor and add any scent desirable. Wet the hair, rubbing well into
the scalp with the fingers once a day for a week or two, repeating
afterward as may be found necessary.
Years ago the writer's hair was falling out rapidly ; being no-
ticed by a stranger, he advised the above dressing, saying his hair
was falling out rapidly, and was not only stopped falling out, but
had grown in thick by this remedy, and would warrant it to do
1076 EECIPES A:N^D PEESCEIPTIONS.
so in my case. It was immediately used as directed, with the
most satisfactory results.
Years afterward his hair commenced falling out again; about
what would be supposed an equivalent of the tincture of lobelia
was used ; a little castor oil was added, scented with bergamot, and
used as a dressing; the effect seemed to be the same as before.
The remedy has been given by the writer to a number of persons
who used it with the same success.
To Take out Fire from a Burn.
Take equal portions lime-water and raw linseed oil. Good for
burns and scalds. Bathe the parts liberally with the liniment.
This was given by W. Mansfield, of W. Eoxbury, Vt., and
used by him for many years in his family ; claimed it to be one of
the best remedies ever used for these purposes. In the proportion
of § lime-water and j linseed oil will cure the poisoning by ivy
and dogwood. Wet a cloth and lay on the part, and keep con-
stantly wet till well.
A lady who had had much experience with these poisons, says
this is the only thing that seems to take out the poison.
Cure of Sciatic Eheumatism.
A case of sciatic rheumatism of two years' standing, cured by
taking decoction of poke berries, prepared as follows: —
Put a pint of the berries in a quart of Avhisky. After standing
until fully digested, dose, one tablespoonful four times in twenty-
four hours, or six hours apart. The case was very severe, resisting
all regular treatment, and causing great suffering. Was cured in
a few weeks.
Given by Eev. Mr. Button, of Evansville, 111. He obtained it
from the man who was cured.
Itch Ointment.
1 oz. red precipitate; 1 oz. spirits of turpentine ; 2 oz. Bur-
gundy pitch; J lb. fresh butter. Melt the butter and pitch, and
add the other ingredients, stirring until cold.
Inflammation of Kidneys and Bladder.
This was given by a leading physician as his favorite remedy.
Fluid extract, colchicum and digitallis, } ounce each. Dose, 10
drops in a tablespoonful of Avater every morning.
To Open the Bowels.
Given by Isaac Price, of Schuylkill, Chester Co., Pa.
Take ooai"8e coi*nmeal enough to make a pint, or pint and a
half Boil it about half, or parboil, to which add the size of a hick-
ASTHMA.— HOW CUEED. 1077
ory nut of fresh made butter, or butter without salt. If agreeable,
eat with it plenty of molasses. Make a meal of this, and repeat if
necessary.
For Catarrh, Sore Throat, etc.
2 oz. borax; 2 oz. burnt alum; 4 oz. camphor; 4 oz. Talcum.
Use as snuff three or four times a day. Also good for headache
and neuralgia. Used with great success in sore throat and diph-
theria; taken as a gargle. TJsed by James Thompson, Chicago, for
20 years, for cure of catarrh and cold in head.
For Control of Nervous Irritability, Want op Sleep, etc.
Prescribed by Dr. Jewell, of Chicago.
19 grains sulphate of morphia; 1 grain atrophia (belladonna);
180 grains sugar of milk. To be put in a mortar, and worked
thoroughly one hour. Dose for adult, 4 grains before going to bed,
or repeated when necessary once in four hours.
Eye Wash.
A remedy of great value for inflammation of the eyea or sores of any
kind.
Crotus martes and white vitriol, equal parts ; dissolve in a half -pint of
snow-water or pure soft-water. Dissolve thoroughly, and when settled, pour
off and add half as much more water. If too sensitive, or much inflamma-
tion, reduce.
This has cured fever sores when all other treatment failed. Alzerah
Williams, Mrs. Waite of Jamestown, N. Y., and John Woodford of West
Hickory, Pa. , were cured by it.
To Cure Boils.
Two parts cream tartar, one part sulphur, one pint whisky. (About
four cents' worth of each of the two. )
Take one tablespoonful three mornings ; then skip three mornings, and
so on, for nine mornings. Obtained from an old man, and claimed to be an
infallible cure.
Asthma. — How Cubed.
Take smart-weed, carefully dried. Fill an earthen bowl with smart-
weed, pour in hot water, and cover until steeped. Take half a glass three
times a day until cured. Given by James Garcelon of Lewiston, Me. Mr.
Garcelon for two years could not sleep, except by sitting in a chair. Relief
was immediate, and a cure was efiected in a year. |
Another Remedy. — A lady of intelligence in Western New York told the j
writer that her uncle was cured of asthma by taking a teaspoonful of salt in
half a tumbler of water before going to bed at night, and in the morning ;
that he sat up to sleep for years ; that he had taken the salt and water for a
year. He was entirely relieved of the asthma, but he kept taking the salt
and water.
I
1078 RECIPES AND PRESCRIPTIONS.
How TO Give Relief in Obstinate Constipation.
Cyrus W. King, of Brunswick, Me. , was relieved by this remedy after
taking pills, etc. , and failing to get a passage of the bowels for seventeen
days. Put a tablespoonful of coarse Indian meal into a cup, and wet thor-
oughly with common molasses, and take it all. An old lady who happened
to hear of the case, said she could relieve the man in a few hours, and ad-
vised this. It was taken at night, and there was perfect relief by morning.
To Cure Colic.
Take at once a tumblerful of hot molasses. A sailor who was delirious
from colic, and nearly dead from it, was relieved in five minutes. Calling
my attention to it, and claiming it would cure every case, I was induced to
make a note of it. The sailor said he took cold molasses with the same ef-
fect.
To CiTRE A Fever- Sore.
Take 3 ounces blue vitriol and 3 ounces gunpowder. Boil in a quart of
soft water until thoroughly dissolved, and reduced to one-half the quantity.
Pour on to the sore while hot as can be borne.
Steven Johnson of Gouverneur, N. Y., was cured of a fever- sore on his
arm, of the worst character, of a year's standing. Doctors said he must lose
his arm — his own words. There was necrosis of the bones of the arm ; sores
in three places ; was cured by one application. Mr. Olmstead, of Oxbow,
N. Y. , had a bad sore below the knee ; went on crutches for six months ;
was cured with one application. Several other cases were reported of an
equally remarkable character.
To Cure an Indolent Ulcer.
A gentleman who had a fever-sore on his leg for seventeen years, had
spent five thousand dollars in trying to get the sore cured, and had no hope
of having it healed, was cured in three months by the following remedy : —
Take th^ green scum that gathers on the water in the frog ponds in
spring and summer ; boil over a slow fire ; then add fresh butter to the con-
sistence of an ointment. Dress the sore with it once a day. The man
claimed to have given it to others who were afflicted with obstinate ulcers,
and that it had made perfect cures, and wished, from humanity to others so
afflicted, that I would give it an insertion in my book.
For Weak Back, Rheumatism, and Crick in the Back.
British oil, 1 oz. ; oil of spike, 1 oz. ; origanum, 1 oz. ; camphor, 1 oz. ;
alcohol, 1 pint. Put the British oil and camphor into the alcohol first ;
shake well. T. H. Brown, of Madrid, N. Y. , was cured of rheumatism in
the leg with this. His mother had a crick in the back ; was entirely disabled.
A few applications cured her. Accounts of its valuable eflfecta in the cure of
other cases were reported.
EEMARKABLE CUEE. 1079
Remarkable Cure.
The following is a case of remarkable cure of bruise of thigh, from the
use of hot salt.
H. D. Johnson, of Pottsdam, St. Lawrence Co., N. Y. , fell from a build-
ing, twelve feet, upon a pile of wood, injuring him seriously in different parts
of the body — the thigh very seriously bruised, causing him to faint away.
He had a stiff leg for a month, the part swollen from the hip to the foot to
twice its size, was treated with cold water by advice of three physicians.
The limb was entirely stiff and disabled. As a matter of experiment he
bound on a poultice of hot salt about an inch thick before going to bed. Next
morning he could move and bend his leg, the swelling was all gone down,
and he was perfectly cured.
The simple facts, as stated above, were given to the writer six years after
the injury of Mr. Johnson.
For Rheumatism, Lame Back, and Difficulty of the Kid-
neys (in man).
Digitallis, calcium, and aconite, equal parts. Take 10 to 15 drops in
water, twice a day. This is a favorite prescription that is valued highly, —
worth, so claimed, many times the cost of this work.
For Infant Colic, or Restlessness.
Homeopathic pellets, medicated with the third dilution of chamamilla.
Also of great benefit in derangements of the bowels, during teething. Dose
from 2 to 6 pellets.
The above has been recommended so highly, and I am made to believe
is so valuable a remedy, in addition to being entirely harmless, that I am in-
duced to include it for the benefit of families.
To Cure Insomnia (Sleeplessness). Also Good for Cold and
Biliousness.
First get into a bath of a temperature of 98°, into which had been put 1
pound sal soda and 4 ounces aquae ammonia. The head should be kept wet
with cold water. Gradually increase the temperature as high as can be
borne, or to 110° to 115°, remaining in from 10 to 15 minutes. When there
is nervousness, itching of the skin, causing disturbance and irritation after
the bath, take 1 part aquae ammonia to 4 parts warm water, and apply to the
skin with a sponge over the entire body.
Prescribed by an eminent physician, of New York City ; given me by
a gentleman well read in medicine, who used it with great success. Referred
to a number of cases entirely relieved and cured by a few baths. The atten-
tion of physicians is particularly directed to the value of the above.
The bath should be taken before going to bed.
1080 IIECIPES AND PEESOETPTIOKS.
PsoRXAsrs AND EczEMA. (Particut.art.v Psortasts.)
Arsenite soda, 5 grains ; powdered extract mix v<iniic;i, 4 i^rains. Make
100 pills ; take one after each meal. To insun,' a cure, should ho used from
1 to G months.
2. Sulphur and cream tartar, each, 1 oz. ; calcined magnesia, i oz ; pow-
dered sugar milk, 1 oz. ; powdered anise seed, 3 drachms. Mix. Dose : 1
teaspoonful in water night and morning.
3. Tar Ointment. — Pure tar, and beef suet, equal parts. Mix the tar
with the suet, previously melted with a moderate heat. And having strained
the mixture through muslin, stir it constantly while cooling. Apply 2 or
3 times daily, rubbing in thoroughly.
4. Particularly for psoriasis. Caustic potash, 2 drachms ; oil tar, ^ oz.
Mix. Apply, externally, one part of the mixture to 4 parts rain-water.
After using for 2 weeks, it may be used 1 part to 2 pai'ts rain-water.
A gentleman who had suffered terribly from jjsoriasis for years, though
under treatment almost constantly by specialists at great expense, was given
the above prescription by an eminent specialist, of New York City, which cured
him in three months. Knows of its curing a number of bad cases to whom
he gave the prescription. Regards it priceless in value. It is included here
with the hope of its helping persons so affected. The treatment given should
be regularly followed.
Eye Wash.
Take three hen's eggs and break them into a quart of clear cold rain-wa-
ter ; stir until a thorough mixture is effected ; boil over a slow fire, stirring
every few minutes ; add half an ounce of sulphate of zinc (white vitriol) ;
continue the boiling a short time, and the compound is ready for use. In
this preparation a solid substance, or curd, is precipitated or thrown down,
and a liquid solution rests upon the top. This is the best wash for sore eyes
of either man or beast that was ever made. The curd applied to the in-
flamed eye at night will draw the fever and soreness nearly all out by morn-
ing. After Ufo or three days the water should be strained from the curd,
and put into a bottle for future use. This wash is invaluable. When ap-
plied to the human eye, it should be diluted.
A gentleman who had a copy of my old edition, having this remedy in
it, informed me that he Avas offered $10 for the book on account of the value
of this recipe, having used it in his neighborhood with great success, and
that he would not sell it at any price.
--^^ A D D E N D A .<?*=--
SPECIAL NOTICE TO FRIENDS AND INQUIRERS.
In consequence of many inquiries from persons who desire instructions
from me, asking when and where I would next teach a class, etc., I would
state that for at least six months I desire to give myself entire rest. I will
not, on any conditions, teach classes as done by me heretofore. In the first
place, it is entirely unnecessary, as all the instruction I could give will be
found in this book more clearly and fully explained than I could give to a
class in a few hours' time. In addition, the condition of my health will not ad-
mit my being exposed again to the strain and excitement of this kind of work.
When suitable or specially iiiteresting subjects 'are available, I will, as
a means of amusement to myself and interest to friends, make experiments
to show the effects of my treatment. These lectures, or test experiments,
will, in all cases, be given without charge, all subscribers to the book being
admitted.
Gentlemen writing to me on any business, please be as brief and explicit
as possible. In describing vicious horses of any character, give age, color,
size, the kind of habit and action, long or short hair, kind of eye and head,
etc. In making experiments, to be interesting it is necessary to have at
least three cases, opposite in temperament and character, to shoAv effects upon
difterent kinds of character. I desire, so far as it is possible for me to do, to
give leading horsemen an opportunity of witnessing test experiments made
by the system of treatment given in this book. But I must, in all cases, be
free to make such experiments in my own way, and to insure this, will make
them on the condition of not taking pay.
* D. MAGNER,
May 22, I884. Battle Creek, Mich.
Cbibbing.
The following was omitted in its proper place on page 319. As it will,
however, be found in the General Index, it will not make much difference: —
If regular treatment advised fails, try saturating the manger, neck-yoke,
and straps, if inclined to bite them, with kerosene oil. Rubbing the parts
bitten upon with strong fly blister, may next be tried ; or get cayenne or
red pepper pods, boil down to a strong decoction, and wash the parts the
horse may be induced to bite upon thoroughly with the solution. To be re-
peated at least once a week, for a month or more. The object is to make
the lips and mouth so sore as to prevent the inclination to bite. This method
will often work very satisfactorily ; but, like the treatment first advised, must
be done thoroughly to be effective. Covering the parts with sheep skin will
seldom do any good.
W. D. Gross, of Kutztown, Pa. , advertises a, device for the cure of crib-
bing, for which he claims much. It is simply a thin plate of metal placed
over the upper front teeth and fastened at each end by small bolts. This
will, of course, make the gums sore, if pressed upon to any extent, and will
undoubtedly work weU ; but it seems objectionable, on account of the an-
noyance such a plate must cause a sensitive horse, and the method of fasten-
ing it to the teeth. Cribbing can in all cases be stopped by buckling a wide,
flexible strap, moderately tight, around the neck. It should be from 3 to
Zh inches wide. A narrow strap will not work well.
* (lOSl)
GEIJERAi; IFDEX.
A bad case, 303.
Abnormal presentations, 1026.
Absorption of coffin bone, 810, SI 4.
A cold, 1033.
Acidity of the stomach, 939.
Acute indigestion, 940.
Acute pleurisy, 1032.
A dangerous case, 521.
Adaptation to wants, 83.
A desperate case, 482.
Adjustable brace shoe, 1020.
Advice to teamsters, 257.
Afraid of railway car, 132.
Afraid of robe, 129.
Age, how to tell, 559.
Allegan horse, 383.
Allegan man-eater, 435.
Almost a failure, 479.
Amaurosis, 997.
Ammonia liniment, 1048.
Anasarca, 1000.
Anchylosis of bones, 751, 753.
An exciting incident, 344.
Annoying difficulties, 527.
Anodyne liniment, 1048.
Antiphlogistics, 749.
Application of subjective methods, 400.
Approaching a vicious stallion, 301.
Arabian secret, 403.
Art of direct subjection, 457.
Art of taming horses, 385.
A runaway, 140.
Ascaris, or ascarides, 906.
Ascites, 999.
A serious accident, 50 1 .
Atrophy, 812, 822.
Autograph letter from Mr. Bonner, 513.
Azoturia, 923.
Backing, 274.
In stall, 289.
Back, teaching a colt to, 105.
Back tendon, sprain of, 957.
Treatment, 960.
Bad case, 303.
[1082]
Bad shoeing, 627, 633.
Effects of, 636, 648.
Bad to bridle, 196.
Bad to shoe, 55, 222.
Confirmed in the habit, 229.
Illustration, 468.
Palliative treatment, 222-236.
Subjective treatment, 237.
Balking, 241.
Double, 252.
Illustrations of, 257-261.
Restless, 250.
Single, 241.
Balking horses, 242.
Simple treatment, 245.
Balls, cathartic, 1042.
Bar shoe, advantages of, 694.
Bit, breaking, 70, 104.
Four ring, 187, 271.
Half moon, 75, 268.
Spoon, 76, 369.
Upper jaw, 72.
Bitting, 107.
Bleeding, 749, 1042. *
Blind Billy, 694.
Blinders, custom of using, 112.
Blistering, hints upon, 1030.
Blisters, 1027.
For spavin, 764.
Bloody urine, 918.
Bones, caries of, 752.
Necrosis of, 753.
Bones, diseases of, 751.
Bones of the foot, 581.
Bony enlargement, 754.
Bots, 907, 912.
Bowels, inflammation of, 898.
Brace or stay shoe, 1019.
Brain, Influence on, 387.
Brain, inflammation of, 919.
Breaking down, 962.
Breaking, or " W " bit, 70, 104, 399.
Breaking rig, 80.
Breeding, 537.
Bridle, war, 47, 61, 399.
Double-draw-hitch form, 62, 69.
Bridle, Patent, 76, 263, 272, 399.
Broken knee, 971.
GENEEAL INDEX.
1083
Broken wind, 856.
Bronchitis, 869, 885. ,
Bronchocele, 861.
Bruise of the sole of foot, 947.
Bruises, 956.
Buffalo Omnibus Co.'s horse, 415.
o
Calks, 948.
Canker, 955.
Capped hocks, 770.
Carriage top, fear of, 469.
Cast in the stall, 32G.
Castration, 1022.
Cataract, 998.
Catarrh, 841.
Catarrhal fever, 864.
Catch a horse, 316.
Cathartic balls, 1042.
Causes of lameness, 783.
Causes of spavin, 760.
Caustics, 1049.
Character, contrasts of, 572-579.
Checking head high, 184.
Check, over draw, 183.
Chronic cough, 854.
Chronic founder, 838.
Chronic lameness, stages of, 803
Circulation, 732.
Derangement of, 7'f2.
Clenching down the nail, 665.
Cleveland, success at, 500.
Clicking and overreaching, 707.
Coffin bone, absorption of, 810, 814.
Coleman, Prof., 712.
Colic, 740, 886, 1032.
Flatulent, 894.
Symptoms of, 891.
Treatment for, 893.
Collar and shoulder galls, 1017.
Colt training, 91.
0 o make gentle, 94.
To subdue, 389.
Committee report, 513, 515.
Common cause of trouble, 466.
Cong'^stion of lungs, 868, 873.
ConSrmed kickers, 171.
Constipation, 901, 905.
Contraction, 668.
Condition for cure, 079.
Classes of. 677.
To cure, 688, 672, 675.
Contrasts of char,"ct->r, -572-579.
Control by eye, or will, 408.
Control by whipping, 60.
Control of man by will 4'^9.
Cooking food, 554.
Corns, 695.
Cough, chronic, 854.
Counter irritants, 1028.
Cows, kicking, 328.
Cracks, heel, 1008.
Quarter, 691.
Toe, 694, 699.
Cribbing, 319, 1081.
Crupper, 187.
Curb, 772.
Curiosity, exciting, 491.
Curling under of heels, 685.
Cuts or wounds, 977.
Dangerous case, 521.
Description of foot, 586, 627, 633.
Of interior hoof, 829.
Description of teeth, 570.
Dialogue between man and horse, 450.
Diaphragm, rupture of, 807.
Diaphragm, spasmodic action of, 935.
Diarrhea, 902.
Difficulties, 497, 527, 531.
Diseases and their treatment, 746.
Diseases of the bones, 751.
Eye, 990.
Feet, 826.
Lungs, 868.
Nervous system, 918.
Skin, 1003.
Dislocation of the patella, 976.
Distemper, 845.
Diuresis, 916.
Diuretics, 749.
Division of the nerve, 801.
Division of tendons, 1019.
Docking, 1045.
Double balking, 252.
Double-draw-hitch, 62, 69.
Drench, giving, 1039.
Driving double, 116.
Driving in harness, 103.
Driving to poles, 110.
Driving without reins, 347.
Dropsy of the belly, 999.
Effect of bad shoeing, 636, 648.
Of fear, 118.
Elbow, tumor on, 1010.
Embrocations, 1047.
Epizootic, 864.
Equestrianism, 350.
Evil results of blistering, 1030.
Eye, diseases of, 990.
Eye, glass, 997.
Excessive fear, 118.
Exciting curiosity, 491.
Exostosis, or bony enlargement, 754.
Experience, personal, 472.
1084
GENEEAL INDl^X.
Experiments, 483.
Special, 495.
Test, 523, 529.
Explanations, 535.
External part of the foot, 583.
Extracts from standard authors, 712.
Coleman, Prof., 713.
Fleming, Geo., 716.'
Freeman, 723.
Lafosse, 722.
Miles, 715.
Moorcroft, 714.
Osmer, 719.
Touatt, 715.
IF
Familiar talk with reader, 457.
rancher, 0. H. P., 368.
Farcy, 849.
Fear, its effects, 118.
Illustrations, 119.
Fear, of carriage top, 120, 4('»9.
Objects, 127.
Hogs and dogs, 132.
Railroad cars, 132.
Rattle of wagon, 125.
Robe, 83, 129, 145.
Sound of gun, 131.
Umbrella, S3, 130.
Feeding and watering, 551.
Feet, condition of, 803.
How to keep in a natural position,
787, 792.
Fistula of the withers, 9S5.
Fever, catarrhal, 864.
Fever, mud, 1008.
Filaria, 907.
Firing, 765, 1031.
First attempts at horse taming, 473.
First method of subjection, .''0-3S.
First publications, 487.
Flatulent colic, 894.
Foaling, 1025.
Follow, taught by whip, 101, 334.
By rope halter, 97.
Fomentations, 1032.
Food, 552.
Foot strap, 32, 79, 182.
Force to trot, 330.
Foulness of sheath and yard, 1025.
Founder, or laminites, 826.
Chronic, 838.
Treatment for, 830.
Four-ring bit, 73, 371.
Fractures, 815, 974.
Freeman, quotation from, 723.
Frightened by a blanket, 141.
Fi-og-pressure, G77,
a-
Gallopsville horse, 414.
Galls, collar and saddle, 1017.
Gamgee, Joseph, 653, 952.
Gangrene, 747.
General Knox Stallion, 215.
Getting cast in the stall, 32().
Giving balls, 1038.
Giving drench, 1039.
Glanders and iarey, 848.
Glass eye, 997.
Goodenough, Mr., 381.
Goodman horse, 207.
Gravelling, 947.
Grease, 1012.
Grooming, 196.
Half-moon bit, 75, 368.
Haltering, 92.
Halter pulling, 71, 279.
Hamill, Prof., 643.
Hankey mare, 206.
Hard pullers, 74.
Harness, how to fit. 111.
Harnessing, 193.
Head, checking high, 184.
Headstrong horses, 70.
Health, preservation of, 743.
Headstrong stallions, 296.
Heaves, 856.
Heels, weak, 700.
Hen lice, 1007.
Herman horse, 420.
Hettrick horse, 203.
Hints upon blistering, 1030.
Hip lameness, 968.
Hip strap, 186.
Hitching a horse, 391.
The colt, 116.
Hitching to a wagon, 1 10.
*Hoof lameness, 703.
Horse-back riding, 350, 361.
Horse distemper, 845.
Horse doctors, 507.
Hot fomentations, 1032.
How to keep feet in natural condition,
787, 793.
How to tell the age, 559.
Hydrophobia, 933.
Hydrothorax, 883.
Hypertrophy, examples of, 804.
niustrations of balking, 257.
Illustrations of fear, 119.
Illustrations of kicking, 197-221, 530.
General Knox stallion, 315,
*iroof Ointment, 983, ] 059
GENEEAL INDEX.
1085
Goodman horse, 307.
Hankey mare, 206.
Hettrick horse, 203.
Lima stallion, 220.
Malcome horse, 198.
McVay horse, 212.
Putney horse, 19T.
Wild Ravenna colt, 218.
Illustrative cases of runaway, 267, 463.
Illustrative cases of subjection, 412-448.
Allegan man-eater, 435.
Buffalo Omnibus Co.'s horse, 41.5.
Gallopsville horse, 414.
Herman horse, 420.
"Jet" — Hillman horse, 425.
Mt. Vernon horse, 412.
Mustang pony, 443.
Norwalk horse, 434.
Oxford horse, 418.
Roberts horse, 440.
Wilkins horse, 421.
Illustrative effects of fear, 136.
Afraid of a robe, 145.
A runaway, 140.
Colt, bad to break, 144.
Eight-year-old sorrel, 136.
Frightened by a blanket, 141.
Pony, nine-vear-old, 142.
Wild Pete, 147.
Inattention and carelessness, 460.
Indigestion, 939.
Inflammation, 746.
Inflammation of bladder, 917.
Bowels, 898.
Brain, 919.
Eyes, 991.
Kidneys, 915,
Lungs, 868, 875.
Os-pedis, 840.
Veins, 1001.
Influence on brain, 387.
Influenza, 864.
Injuries and diseases of penis, 1024.
Injury by shoeing, 686.
Injuries of the tongue, 983.
In New York, 509.
Insanity, 135.
Interfering, 705, 707.
Internal parts of foot, 589.
"Jet"— Hillman horse, 425.
Jumping fences, 327.
Jumping out of shafts, 126.
Keeping engagements, 533.
Kickers, details of treatment, 165.
Confirmed, 171.
Mustang, to illustrate, 176.
Runaway, 160.
Sulky, 173.
Switching, 179.
Kickers, illustrative cases of, 197-221,
520.
Kicker, to break, 80, 158.
Kicking, 152.
In the stall, 190.
When whipped, 188.
Kicking cows, 328.
Kicking strap, 179.
Kidneys, inflammation of, 915.
Kinds of shoes, 726.
Knee, broken, 971.
Knuckling over, 970.
Ladies riding, 859.
Lafosse, 722.
Lameness, 704.
Of the Shoulder, 964.
Permanent, 819.
Laminitis, or founder, 826.
Lampas, 1003.
Laryngitis, 843.
Leg, Monday-morning, 937.
Lie down, to teach to, 337.
Lima stallion, 220.
Liniment, anodyne, 1048.
Tor the shoulder, 966.
Of ammonia, 1048.
Soap, 1048.
Volatile, 1048.
Lockjaw, 928.
Lugging or pulling on rein, 273.
Lungs, congestion of, 868, 873.
Inflammation of, 875.
Lymphangitis, 937.
Madness, or rabies, 931.
Mad staggers, 919.
Maine, success in, 488, 493.
Malcome horse, notable kicker, 198.
Mallenders, 1017.
Mange, 1005.
Manner of spreading foot, 683.
Mastering vicious horses, 333.
McVay horse, 213.
Megrims, or vertigo, 921.
Meningitis, spinal, 923.
Methods of subjection, 20-30.
First, 30-38, 397.
Second, 38-48, 397.
Third, 48, 897.
Morgan Tiger horse, 484.
Mouth, Bore, 984.
Mt. Vernon horse, 413.
1086
GENEKAL INDEX.
Mud fever, 1008.
Mustang pony, 443.
Mustang, wild and dangerous, 401.
Mustard, embrocation, 1048.
isr
Nails, clinching down, 665.
Nailing the shoe, 661, 680.
Nasal gleet, 863.
Nature of spavin, 758.
Navicular bone, fracture of, 816.
Navicular disease, 822.
Navicular or coffin joint lameness, 778.
Illustration of, 795.
Mr. Roburg's treatment, 798.
Necrosis, 751.
Nerve, division of, 801.
Nervous 63'stem, diseases of, 918.
Nettle rash, 1004.
Neurotomv, 799.
Nicking, 1045.
Norwalk horse, 434.
Notices of the press, 500-505.
o
Objections in stabling, 545.
Objects, fear of, 127.
Oflfutt, Denton, 368, 449.
Opening quarters of the foot, 688.
Open joint, 971.
Operation in neurotomy, 800.
Ophthalmia, periodic, 994.
Simple, 991.
Specific, 994.
Os-pedis, inflammation of, 840.
Osteosarcoma, 751.
Over-draw check, 183.
Overloading, 256.
Overreach, 951.
Overreaching and clicking, 707.
Oxyures, 907.
Pads for tender feet, 710.
Paring the sole, 679.
Partakes of owner's character, 387.
Paralysis, 927.
Partial, 923.
Parturition, 1025.
Patella, dislocation of, 976.
Patent bridle, 76, 263, 272, 484.
Pathological condition of feet, 803.
Pawing in the stall, 325.
Peditis, 840.
Penis, injury and disease of, 1024.
Perforans tendon, sprain of, 964.
Peritonitis, 938.
Periodic ophthalmia, 994.
Permanent lameness, 819.
Personal experience, 472.
Phlebitis, 1001.
Phlebotomy, 1042.
Phrenitis, 919.
Physicking, 1040.
Pinkeye, 866.
Pleurisy, 869, 878, 882.
Pneumonia, 869, 875.
Typhoid, 884.
Poles, driving to, 110.
Poll evil, 987.
Poultices, 1034.
Precautions to insure safety, 463.
Preservation of health, 743.
Pretended secrets, 459.
Pricking in shoeing, 941, 600, 007.
Principle of shoeing, 687.
Profuse staling, 916.
Pulling on halter, 279.
Treatment, 286, 288.
Pulse, 1035.
Purgatives, 749.
Putting tongue out of mouth, 323.
Quacks, 680.
Quarter cracks, 691.
Quittor, 951.
Quotation from Prof. Hamill, 643.
Gamgee, 653.
McLellan, 644.
:r
Rabies, or madness, 931.
Railway cars, fear of, 132.
Rarey, John S, 368.
Recipes, miscellaneous, 1050.
Riding horseback, 350.
Ring-bone, 770.
Ring-worm, 1007.
Roaring, 859.
Robe, fear of, 83, 129.
Roberts horse, 440.
Rope rig for subjection, 31.
Rowcll, 1044.
Rubefacients, 1030.
Running away, 261.
Running back in stall, 289.
Rupture of diaphragm, 807.
Saddle and collar galls, 101^
Sallenders, 1017.
Scratches, 1008.
Sheath, foulness of, 1025,
Sedatives, 749.
Seedy toe, 946.
GENEEAL INDEX.
1087
Selection of stallions, 538.
Setons, 1031, 1044.
Shoeing, 388, 580, 631.
Bad, 623, 636.
For ordinary uses, 658.
French method of, 689.
Hind feet, 666.
Mode of, 823.
Nailing, 661, 680.
Noted points, 635.
Principle of, 687.
Quotation, 643.
Shoeing tender, sore feet, 708.
Shoes, kinds of, 726.
Thin heeled, 788.
With spring, 689.
Shoulder lameness, 964.
Shoulder, tumor on, 1014.
Side bone, 772.
Side reiners, 74.
Simple ophthalmia, 991.
Single balking, 341.
Sit up, to teach, 339.
Skin, diseases of, 1003.
Sling for foot, 1021.
Snake's power to charm, 409.
Soap liniment, 1048.
Sole, bruise of, 947.
Somerville, Mr., 908, 920.
Sore footed, 670, 704.
Sore Mouth, 984.
Sore throat, 843.
Sound of gun, fear of, 131.
Spasmodic action of diaphragm, 935.
Spavin, 756.
Cause of, 760.
Bog, 774.
Nature of, 758.
Symptoms of, 760.
Treatment for, 762, 764.
Special experiments. 495.
Spinal Meningitis, 923.
Splint, or splent, 754.
Spoiled by fright, 139.
Spoon bit, 76, 269.
Sprain and bruises, 956.
Sprain of back tendon, 957.
Sprain of the fetlock, 963.
Of perforans tendon, 964
Spreaders, 682.
Stabling, 543.
Ventilation, 547.
Stages of chronic lameness, 803.
Staggers, 919.
Stallions, 293.
A bad case, 303.
Approaching, 301.
Headstrong, 296.
Vicious, 299.
StaJlions, illustrative cases, 305-317.
Fred Arnd horse, 305.
Godolphin Arabian, 308.
Statement of facts, 531.
Stepping on glass, nails, etc., 941.
Stifled, 976.
Stifle-joint lameness, 977.
Stomach, 939.
Acidity of, 939.
Strangles, 845.
Strap, kicking, 179.
Foot, 32, 79, 182.
Hip, 186.
Tail, 181.
String halt, 935.
Structure of foot, 808.
Stumbling, 708.
Subdue by medicine, 402.
Subjection, 362.
Application of methods, 400.
Condition in, 394.
Methods of, 20-30.
Of colt, 94, 389.
Points of investigation, 372.
Subjection, first method, 30-38, 397.
Subjection, illustrative cases, 412—448.
Allegan man-eater, 435.
Buffalo Omnibus Co.'s horse,415.
Gallopsville horse, 414.
Hermon horse, 420.
"Jet," — Hillman horse, 425.
Mt. Vernon horse, 412.
Mustang pony, 443.
Norwalk horse, 434.
Oxford horse, 418.
Roberts horse, 440.
Wilkins horse, 421.
Subjection, second method, 38-48, 397.
War bridle, 47.
Subjection, third method, 48, 397.
Bad to shoe, 55.
Not adapted to some cases, 57.
One trial, 60.
Sign of submission, 55.
War bridle, second form, 49.
Success in Maine, 488, 493.
In Michigan, 503.
Success in subjection, 392.
Sullen colts, 94, 389.
Sullen horses taught to follow, 97.
Sun stroke, 922.
Superpurgation, 902.
Suppuration, 747.
Surfeit, 1003.
Sweeney, 966.
Sweeney, 781.
Swelled legs, 1000.
Switching kickers, 179.
Tail strap, 181.
Talk with reader, 457.
1088
GENERAL INDEX.
Taming horses, 517.
Tape-worm, 907, 911.
Teaching by whip, objection to, 102.
Teaching to back and whoa, 105.
To follow, 96.
Teeth, dcbcription of, 570.
Tender feet, to shoe, 708.
Pads for, 710.
Tender bitted, 328.
Tendons, division of, 1019.
Tenotomy, 1018.
Teres lumbrici, 906.
Test experiments, 523, 529.
Tetanus, or lockjaw, 928.
The pulse, 1035.
The rowel, 1044.
Thin-heeled shoes, 788.
Thorough-pins, 774.
Thrombus, 1002,
Throwing ovur backward, 114.
Thrush, 954.
Thumps, 935.
To break a runaway, 80.
To catch a horse, 316.
Toe crack, 694, 699.
To prevent bitting, 107.
To subdue a colt, 389.
Tracheotomy, 1045.
Training the colt, 91.
Treacherous character, 123.
Treads, or calks, 948.
Treatment of foot diseases, sdU.
Trichocephalus desper, 907.
Tricks, to teach, 332.
Chase a man, 346.
Drive without reins, 347.
Follow by whip, 334.
Kick up, 335.
Sit down, 337.
Nod and shake the head, ;>;!4.
Sit up, 339.
Tell the age, 334.
Throw boy.s, 340.
To kiss, 337.
Walk upon hind feet, 345.
Walk on knees, 346.
Trimming for shoeing, 646.
Trot, to force to, 330.
Trouble, common cause of, 46(».
Tumor on the elbow, 1016.
On the shoulder, 1014.
Turner, James, 850.
Turning a horse out, 819.
Tying up one foot, 79.
Tympanites, 894.
XT
Ulceration, 823, 747.
Umbrella, fear of, 83, 130.
Uncontrollable resistance, 387,
Upper jaw bit, 72.
Urine, retention of, 918.
Bloody, 918.
Urticaria, 1004.
"V"
Vascular system, division of, 7.S4.
Vaseline, 988.
Vegetable caustics, 1049.
Ventilation, 547, 743.
Veterinary adviser, 857.
Vertigo, or megrims, 921.
Vicious horses, 232.
Volatile linimeut, 1048,
-V7-
War bridle, 47, 49, 61, 399.
Double-draw-hitch form, <'.:.', (;<i.
Modification of, 66.
Points of using. 64.
Warren, Alexander, 934.
Watering and feeding, 551, 557.
Water in the chest, 883,
Watson horse, 201.
Weak heels, 700.
Kemedy for, 702.
Weed, 937.
Whipping to contrul, 60.
AVhite, Mr., 906, 909.
Whoa, to teach a eolt tn, 10.").
Wild horses, 405.
Wild Pete, 1 47.
Wild Ravanna colt, 2 is.
Wilkins horse, 421.
Will not back, 274.
Will not stand, 270.
AVind sucking, 323.
Winning treatment, 393.
Wonderful exhibition, 512.
" W " or breaking bit, 70, 1(1-4.
Word of caution, 07.
Worms, 906.
Treatment, 908.
IT
Yard and slieath, foiilnesn of, 1025.
Youatt, Mr,, 715
, ^;^y-
*
z> ^
^^ '
^^
^v^v
^t3
^3
:yy
.''C'
^i'
^5./
■-.-^\
y^ ^
^>-
-^ ^
^1>
c>3
';N:
"%■•:
>>:> ^
§t^
.^i^.iTj"
:^ ^.
^ff
^ Ok
^^^5?^-*
> ^
^i^i^ ^ 5^
e-J
:>„:;^
^-:^^>
.-^1
^::>^
S^^
^^.^
^^^
>?;9-
rs»
?^i^
8SHi^
i^^
^ ^^x> ~Z
"^--^
^^r^-^.-—
"^:^^^^
A ^^^
'^-^
"tf- . — »
^^^>^
^^>:
^3^
:^0
'il^
U'>l
Hr.
ir<;
/>s-^ &■
ni inl!
; i v',
J i I
•",^
i
I
A
^'
1 )
>
li!}.
) 1
i
; , '■-. \
» >
}
i f
f !
■I.
! /v i
''^<,»!?f;H*ywfe.V-
Live Music Archive
Librivox Free Audio
Metropolitan Museum
Cleveland Museum of Art
Internet Arcade
Console Living Room
Books to Borrow
Open Library
TV News
Understanding 9/11